2024 Guidelines Manual
Summary
The 2024 Guidelines Manual of the United States Sentencing Commission, incorporating amendments effective November 1, 2024, issued under Chair Carlton W. Reeves. The front matter gives the recommended citation forms and a table of contents through eight chapters, from general application principles and offense conduct through adjustments, criminal history, determining the sentence, plea agreements, supervised release violations and sentencing of organizations, followed by Appendix A, an index and a list of departure provisions. The original introduction in Chapter One recounts the Commission's creation under the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984, the initial guidelines submitted to Congress on April 13, 1987 and effective November 1, 1987, and the 25 percent or six months limit on guideline ranges in 28 U.S.C. § 994(b)(2).
Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used
Full text
UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION
GUIDELINES MANUAL
2024
CARLTON W. REEVES
Chair
LAURA E. MATE CLAIRE MURRAY LUIS FELIPE RESTREPO
Vice Chair Vice Chair Vice Chair
CLARIA HORN BOOM JOHN GLEESON CANDICE C. WONG
Commissioner Commissioner Commissioner
SCOTT A.C. MEISLER PATRICIA K. CUSHWA
Commissioner, Ex-officio Commissioner, Ex-officio
This document contains the text of the Guidelines Manual incorporating
amendments effective November 1, 2024, and earlier.
CITATION FORM
RECOMMENDED CITATION FORM
United States Sentencing Commission Guidelines, Policy Statements, and Commentary may
be cited as follows:
I. Full citation form
U.S. SENT’G COMM’N, GUIDELINES MANUAL §3E1.1 (Nov. 2024)
II. Abbreviated citation form
[using USSG as the designated short form for United States Sentencing Guidelines]
◆ a guideline —
USSG §2D1.1
◆ a policy statement —
USSG §6A1.1, p.s.
◆ commentary designated as an application note —
USSG §2B1.1, comment. (n.1)
◆ commentary designated as background —
USSG §2B1.1, comment. (backg’d.)
◆ commentary designated as an introduction —
USSG Ch.3, Pt.D, intro. comment.
◆ commentary designated as a conclusion —
USSG Ch.3, Pt.D, concl. comment.
◆ an appendix to the Guidelines Manual —
USSG App. C
ii ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION, AUTHORITY, AND GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES ........................1
Part A ― Introduction and Authority ..................................................................................1
1. Original Introduction to the Guidelines Manual ..................................................1
2. Continuing Evolution and Role of the Guidelines ...............................................13
3. Authority .......................................................................................................................16
Part B ― General Application Principles .........................................................................17
CHAPTER TWO
OFFENSE CONDUCT ...................................................................................................................53
Part A ― Offenses Against the Person ..............................................................................53
1. Homicide .......................................................................................................................53
2. Assault ...........................................................................................................................56
3. Criminal Sexual Abuse and Offenses Related to Registration
as a Sex Offender ........................................................................................................62
4. Kidnapping, Abduction, or Unlawful Restraint ...................................................75
5. Air Piracy and Offenses Against Mass Transportation Systems .....................78
6. Threatening or Harassing Communications, Hoaxes, Stalking,
and Domestic Violence ...............................................................................................81
Part B ― Basic Economic Offenses .....................................................................................86
1. Theft, Embezzlement, Receipt of Stolen Property, Property
Destruction, and Offenses Involving Fraud or Deceit .......................................86
2. Burglary and Trespass ............................................................................................115
3. Robbery, Extortion, and Blackmail ......................................................................119
4. Commercial Bribery and Kickbacks .....................................................................125
5. Counterfeiting and Infringement of Copyright or Trademark .......................128
6. Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers ..........................................................134
Part C ― Offenses Involving Public Officials and Violations of
Federal Election Campaign Laws ............................................................................136
Part D ― Offenses Involving Drugs and Narco-Terrorism .........................................147
1. Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, Trafficking, or
Possession; Continuing Criminal Enterprise .....................................................147
2. Unlawful Possession .................................................................................................195
3. Regulatory Violations ..............................................................................................197
Part E ― Offenses Involving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering ...................199
1. Racketeering ..............................................................................................................199
2. Extortionate Extension of Credit ..........................................................................202
3. Gambling .....................................................................................................................203
4. Trafficking in Contraband Cigarettes and Smokeless Tobacco .....................205
5. Labor Racketeering ..................................................................................................205
Part F ― [Deleted] ................................................................................................................209
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part G ― Offenses Involving Commercial Sex Acts, Sexual
Exploitation of Minors, and Obscenity ...................................................................210
1. Promoting a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct ........................210
2. Sexual Exploitation of a Minor ..............................................................................217
3. Obscenity ....................................................................................................................227
Part H ― Offenses Involving Individual Rights ............................................................231
1. Civil Rights ...............................................................................................................231
2. Political Rights ..........................................................................................................233
3. Privacy and Eavesdropping ....................................................................................234
4. Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, Slave Trade, and Child Soldiers ............................237
Part I ― [Not Used] ..............................................................................................................239
Part J ― Offenses Involving the Administration Of Justice ......................................240
Part K ― Offenses Involving Public Safety ....................................................................249
1. Explosives and Arson ...............................................................................................249
2. Firearms ......................................................................................................................256
3. Mailing Injurious Articles ......................................................................................271
Part L ― Offenses Involving Immigration, Naturalization, and
Passports .......................................................................................................................273
1. Immigration ................................................................................................................273
2. Naturalization and Passports ................................................................................281
Part M ― Offenses Involving National Defense and Weapons of Mass
Destruction ....................................................................................................................286
1. Treason ........................................................................................................................286
2. Sabotage ......................................................................................................................286
3. Espionage and Related Offenses ...........................................................................288
4. Evasion of Military Service ....................................................................................292
5. Prohibited Financial Transactions and Exports, and Providing
Material Support to Designated Foreign Terrorist Organizations .....................293
6. Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Weapons and Materials, and
Other Weapons of Mass Destruction ....................................................................296
Part N ― Offenses Involving Food, Drugs, Agricultural Products,
Consumer Products, and Odometer Laws ..............................................................300
1. Tampering with Consumer Products ....................................................................300
2. Food, Drugs, Agricultural Products, and Consumer Products ...........................302
3. Odometer Laws and Regulations...........................................................................303
Part O ― [Not Used] ............................................................................................................304
Part P ― Offenses Involving Prisons and Correctional Facilities ............................305
Part Q ― Offenses Involving the Environment .............................................................309
1. Environment...............................................................................................................309
2. Conservation and Wildlife ......................................................................................316
Part R ― Antitrust Offenses ..............................................................................................319
Part S ― Money Laundering and Monetary Transaction Reporting ........................323
iv ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part T ― Offenses Involving Taxation ............................................................................329
1. Income Taxes, Employment Taxes, Estate Taxes, Gift Taxes,
and Excise Taxes (Other Than Alcohol, Tobacco, and Customs
Taxes) ..........................................................................................................................329
2. Alcohol and Tobacco Taxes .....................................................................................338
3. Customs Taxes ...........................................................................................................339
4. Tax Table ....................................................................................................................341
Part U ― [Not Used] ............................................................................................................342
Part V ― [Not Used] ............................................................................................................342
Part W ― [Not Used] ...........................................................................................................342
Part X ― Other Offenses .....................................................................................................343
1. Conspiracies, Attempts, Solicitations ..................................................................343
2. Aiding and Abetting .................................................................................................346
3. Accessory After the Fact .........................................................................................346
4. Misprision of Felony .................................................................................................347
5. All Other Felony Offenses and Class A Misdemeanors ...................................348
6. Offenses Involving Use of a Minor in a Crime of Violence .............................350
7. Offenses Involving Border Tunnels and Submersible and
Semi-Submersible Vessels ......................................................................................351
Part Y ― [Not Used] ............................................................................................................352
Part Z ― [Not Used] .............................................................................................................352
CHAPTER THREE
ADJUSTMENTS ...........................................................................................................................353
Part A ― Victim-Related Adjustments ............................................................................353
Part B ― Role in the Offense .............................................................................................359
Part C ― Obstruction and Related Adjustments ..........................................................367
Part D ― Multiple Counts ..................................................................................................372
Part E ― Acceptance of Responsibility ............................................................................384
CHAPTER FOUR
CRIMINAL HISTORY AND CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD .............................................................387
Part A ― Criminal History .................................................................................................387
Part B ― Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood ..................................................403
Part C ― Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders .............................................414
CHAPTER FIVE
DETERMINING THE SENTENCE ................................................................................................416
Part A ― Sentencing Table ................................................................................................416
Part B ― Probation ..............................................................................................................419
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part C ― Imprisonment ......................................................................................................428
Part D ― Supervised Release ............................................................................................435
Part E ― Restitution, Fines, Assessments, Forfeitures ..............................................446
Part F ― Sentencing Options ............................................................................................454
Part G ― Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment ..................................460
Part H ― Specific Offender Characteristics ...................................................................469
Part I ― [Not Used] ..............................................................................................................476
Part J ― Relief From Disability ........................................................................................477
Part K ― Departures ...........................................................................................................478
1. Substantial Assistance to Authorities .................................................................478
2. Other Grounds for Departure ................................................................................479
3. Early Disposition Programs ...................................................................................497
CHAPTER SIX
SENTENCING PROCEDURES, PLEA AGREEMENTS, AND CRIME VICTIMS’ RIGHTS ....................498
Part A ― Sentencing Procedures ......................................................................................498
Part B ― Plea Agreements .................................................................................................502
CHAPTER SEVEN
VIOLATIONS OF PROBATION AND SUPERVISED RELEASE ................................................507
Part A ― Introduction to Chapter Seven ........................................................................507
Part B ― Probation and Supervised Release Violations .............................................512
CHAPTER EIGHT
SENTENCING OF ORGANIZATIONS ......................................................................................520
Part A ― General Application Principles .......................................................................521
Part B ― Remedying Harm from Criminal Conduct, and Effective
Compliance and Ethics Program ..............................................................................525
1. Remedying Harm from Criminal Conduct ..........................................................525
2. Effective Compliance and Ethics Program .........................................................528
Part C ― Fines ......................................................................................................................534
1. Determining the Fine ― Criminal Purpose Organizations .............................534
2. Determining the Fine ― Other Organizations ...................................................534
3. Implementing the Sentence of a Fine ..................................................................551
4. Departures from the Guideline Fine Range .......................................................553
Part D ― Organizational Probation .................................................................................558
Part E ― Special Assessments, Forfeitures, and Costs ...............................................562
Part F ― Violations of Probation ― Organizations ......................................................564
vi ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX A ...............................................................................................................................565
INDEX TO GUIDELINES MANUAL ...........................................................................................591
LIST OF DEPARTURE PROVISIONS ..........................................................................................609
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUPPLEMENTARY VOLUMES
APPENDIX B
Selected Sentencing Statutes
APPENDIX C (Volume I)
Amendments to the Guidelines Manual
(effective November 1, 1997, and earlier)
APPENDIX C (Volume II)
Amendments to the Guidelines Manual
(effective November 1, 1998, through November 5, 2003)
APPENDIX C (Volume III)
Amendments to the Guidelines Manual
(effective November 1, 2004, through November 1, 2011)
SUPPLEMENT TO APPENDIX C
Amendments to the Guidelines Manual
(effective November 1, 2012, through November 1, 2024)
viii ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION, AUTHORITY,
AND GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
PART A ― INTRODUCTION AND AUTHORITY
Introductory Commentary
Subparts 1 and 2 of this Part provide an introduction to the Guidelines Manual describing the
historical development and evolution of the federal sentencing guidelines. Subpart 1 sets forth the
original introduction to the Guidelines Manual as it first appeared in 1987, with the inclusion of
amendments made occasionally thereto between 1987 and 2000. The original introduction, as so
amended, explained a number of policy decisions made by the United States Sentencing Commission
(“Commission”) when it promulgated the initial set of guidelines and therefore provides a useful ref-
erence for contextual and historical purposes. Subpart 2 further describes the evolution of the federal
sentencing guidelines after the initial guidelines were promulgated.
Subpart 3 of this Part states the authority of the Commission to promulgate federal sentencing
guidelines, policy statements, and commentary.
1. ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINES MANUAL
The following provisions of this Subpart set forth the original introduction to this man-
ual, effective November 1, 1987, and as amended through November 1, 2000:
1. Authority
The United States Sentencing Commission (“Commission”) is an independent
agency in the judicial branch composed of seven voting and two non-voting, ex officio
members. Its principal purpose is to establish sentencing policies and practices for the
federal criminal justice system that will assure the ends of justice by promulgating de-
tailed guidelines prescribing the appropriate sentences for offenders convicted of federal
crimes.
The guidelines and policy statements promulgated by the Commission are issued
pursuant to Section 994(a) of Title 28, United States Code.
2. The Statutory Mission
The Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (Title II of the Comprehensive Crime Control
Act of 1984) provides for the development of guidelines that will further the basic pur-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 1
Ch. 1 Pt. A
poses of criminal punishment: deterrence, incapacitation, just punishment, and rehabil-
itation. The Act delegates broad authority to the Commission to review and rationalize
the federal sentencing process.
The Act contains detailed instructions as to how this determination should be
made, the most important of which directs the Commission to create categories of offense
behavior and offender characteristics. An offense behavior category might consist, for
example, of “bank robbery/committed with a gun/$2500 taken.” An offender character-
istic category might be “offender with one prior conviction not resulting in imprison-
ment.” The Commission is required to prescribe guideline ranges that specify an appro-
priate sentence for each class of convicted persons determined by coordinating the of-
fense behavior categories with the offender characteristic categories. Where the guide-
lines call for imprisonment, the range must be narrow: the maximum of the range can-
not exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 percent or six months. 28 U.S.C.
§ 994(b)(2).
Pursuant to the Act, the sentencing court must select a sentence from within the
guideline range. If, however, a particular case presents atypical features, the Act allows
the court to depart from the guidelines and sentence outside the prescribed range. In
that case, the court must specify reasons for departure. 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b). If the court
sentences within the guideline range, an appellate court may review the sentence to
determine whether the guidelines were correctly applied. If the court departs from the
guideline range, an appellate court may review the reasonableness of the departure.
18 U.S.C. § 3742. The Act also abolishes parole, and substantially reduces and restruc-
tures good behavior adjustments.
The Commission’s initial guidelines were submitted to Congress on April 13, 1987.
After the prescribed period of Congressional review, the guidelines took effect on No-
vember 1, 1987, and apply to all offenses committed on or after that date. The Commis-
sion has the authority to submit guideline amendments each year to Congress between
the beginning of a regular Congressional session and May 1. Such amendments auto-
matically take effect 180 days after submission unless a law is enacted to the contrary.
28 U.S.C. § 994(p).
The initial sentencing guidelines and policy statements were developed after ex-
tensive hearings, deliberation, and consideration of substantial public comment. The
Commission emphasizes, however, that it views the guideline-writing process as evolu-
tionary. It expects, and the governing statute anticipates, that continuing research, ex-
perience, and analysis will result in modifications and revisions to the guidelines
through submission of amendments to Congress. To this end, the Commission is estab-
lished as a permanent agency to monitor sentencing practices in the federal courts.
3. The Basic Approach (Policy Statement)
To understand the guidelines and their underlying rationale, it is important to fo-
cus on the three objectives that Congress sought to achieve in enacting the Sentencing
Reform Act of 1984. The Act’s basic objective was to enhance the ability of the criminal
2 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
justice system to combat crime through an effective, fair sentencing system. To achieve
this end, Congress first sought honesty in sentencing. It sought to avoid the confusion
and implicit deception that arose out of the pre-guidelines sentencing system which re-
quired the court to impose an indeterminate sentence of imprisonment and empowered
the parole commission to determine how much of the sentence an offender actually
would serve in prison. This practice usually resulted in a substantial reduction in the
effective length of the sentence imposed, with defendants often serving only about one-
third of the sentence imposed by the court.
Second, Congress sought reasonable uniformity in sentencing by narrowing the
wide disparity in sentences imposed for similar criminal offenses committed by similar
offenders. Third, Congress sought proportionality in sentencing through a system that
imposes appropriately different sentences for criminal conduct of differing severity.
Honesty is easy to achieve: the abolition of parole makes the sentence imposed by
the court the sentence the offender will serve, less approximately fifteen percent for good
behavior. There is a tension, however, between the mandate of uniformity and the man-
date of proportionality. Simple uniformity — sentencing every offender to five years —
destroys proportionality. Having only a few simple categories of crimes would make the
guidelines uniform and easy to administer, but might lump together offenses that are
different in important respects. For example, a single category for robbery that included
armed and unarmed robberies, robberies with and without injuries, robberies of a few
dollars and robberies of millions, would be far too broad.
A sentencing system tailored to fit every conceivable wrinkle of each case would
quickly become unworkable and seriously compromise the certainty of punishment and
its deterrent effect. For example: a bank robber with (or without) a gun, which the robber
kept hidden (or brandished), might have frightened (or merely warned), injured seri-
ously (or less seriously), tied up (or simply pushed) a guard, teller, or customer, at night
(or at noon), in an effort to obtain money for other crimes (or for other purposes), in the
company of a few (or many) other robbers, for the first (or fourth) time.
The list of potentially relevant features of criminal behavior is long; the fact that
they can occur in multiple combinations means that the list of possible permutations of
factors is virtually endless. The appropriate relationships among these different factors
are exceedingly difficult to establish, for they are often context specific. Sentencing
courts do not treat the occurrence of a simple bruise identically in all cases, irrespective
of whether that bruise occurred in the context of a bank robbery or in the context of a
breach of peace. This is so, in part, because the risk that such a harm will occur differs
depending on the underlying offense with which it is connected; and also because, in
part, the relationship between punishment and multiple harms is not simply additive.
The relation varies depending on how much other harm has occurred. Thus, it would
not be proper to assign points for each kind of harm and simply add them up, irrespec-
tive of context and total amounts.
The larger the number of subcategories of offense and offender characteristics in-
cluded in the guidelines, the greater the complexity and the less workable the system.
Moreover, complex combinations of offense and offender characteristics would apply and
interact in unforeseen ways to unforeseen situations, thus failing to cure the unfairness
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 3
Ch. 1 Pt. A
of a simple, broad category system. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, probation
officers and courts, in applying a complex system having numerous subcategories, would
be required to make a host of decisions regarding whether the underlying facts were
sufficient to bring the case within a particular subcategory. The greater the number of
decisions required and the greater their complexity, the greater the risk that different
courts would apply the guidelines differently to situations that, in fact, are similar,
thereby reintroducing the very disparity that the guidelines were designed to reduce.
In view of the arguments, it would have been tempting to retreat to the simple,
broad category approach and to grant courts the discretion to select the proper point
along a broad sentencing range. Granting such broad discretion, however, would have
risked correspondingly broad disparity in sentencing, for different courts may exercise
their discretionary powers in different ways. Such an approach would have risked a re-
turn to the wide disparity that Congress established the Commission to reduce and
would have been contrary to the Commission’s mandate set forth in the Sentencing Re-
form Act of 1984.
In the end, there was no completely satisfying solution to this problem. The Com-
mission had to balance the comparative virtues and vices of broad, simple categorization
and detailed, complex subcategorization, and within the constraints established by that
balance, minimize the discretionary powers of the sentencing court. Any system will, to
a degree, enjoy the benefits and suffer from the drawbacks of each approach.
A philosophical problem arose when the Commission attempted to reconcile the
differing perceptions of the purposes of criminal punishment. Most observers of the
criminal law agree that the ultimate aim of the law itself, and of punishment in partic-
ular, is the control of crime. Beyond this point, however, the consensus seems to break
down. Some argue that appropriate punishment should be defined primarily on the ba-
sis of the principle of “just deserts.” Under this principle, punishment should be scaled
to the offender’s culpability and the resulting harms. Others argue that punishment
should be imposed primarily on the basis of practical “crime control” considerations.
This theory calls for sentences that most effectively lessen the likelihood of future crime,
either by deterring others or incapacitating the defendant.
Adherents of each of these points of view urged the Commission to choose between
them and accord one primacy over the other. As a practical matter, however, this choice
was unnecessary because in most sentencing decisions the application of either philoso-
phy will produce the same or similar results.
In its initial set of guidelines, the Commission sought to solve both the practical
and philosophical problems of developing a coherent sentencing system by taking an
empirical approach that used as a starting point data estimating pre-guidelines sen-
tencing practice. It analyzed data drawn from 10,000 presentence investigations, the
differing elements of various crimes as distinguished in substantive criminal statutes,
the United States Parole Commission’s guidelines and statistics, and data from other
relevant sources in order to determine which distinctions were important in pre-guide-
lines practice. After consideration, the Commission accepted, modified, or rationalized
these distinctions.
4 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
This empirical approach helped the Commission resolve its practical problem by
defining a list of relevant distinctions that, although of considerable length, was short
enough to create a manageable set of guidelines. Existing categories are relatively broad
and omit distinctions that some may believe important, yet they include most of the
major distinctions that statutes and data suggest made a significant difference in sen-
tencing decisions. Relevant distinctions not reflected in the guidelines probably will oc-
cur rarely and sentencing courts may take such unusual cases into account by departing
from the guidelines.
The Commission’s empirical approach also helped resolve its philosophical di-
lemma. Those who adhere to a just deserts philosophy may concede that the lack of
consensus might make it difficult to say exactly what punishment is deserved for a par-
ticular crime. Likewise, those who subscribe to a philosophy of crime control may
acknowledge that the lack of sufficient data might make it difficult to determine exactly
the punishment that will best prevent that crime. Both groups might therefore recognize
the wisdom of looking to those distinctions that judges and legislators have, in fact,
made over the course of time. These established distinctions are ones that the commu-
nity believes, or has found over time, to be important from either a just deserts or crime
control perspective.
The Commission did not simply copy estimates of pre-guidelines practice as re-
vealed by the data, even though establishing offense values on this basis would help
eliminate disparity because the data represent averages. Rather, it departed from the
data at different points for various important reasons. Congressional statutes, for ex-
ample, suggested or required departure, as in the case of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of
1986 that imposed increased and mandatory minimum sentences. In addition, the data
revealed inconsistencies in treatment, such as punishing economic crime less severely
than other apparently equivalent behavior.
Despite these policy-oriented departures from pre-guidelines practice, the guide-
lines represent an approach that begins with, and builds upon, empirical data. The
guidelines will not please those who wish the Commission to adopt a single philosophical
theory and then work deductively to establish a simple and perfect set of categorizations
and distinctions. The guidelines may prove acceptable, however, to those who seek more
modest, incremental improvements in the status quo, who believe the best is often the
enemy of the good, and who recognize that these guidelines are, as the Act contemplates,
but the first step in an evolutionary process. After spending considerable time and re-
sources exploring alternative approaches, the Commission developed these guidelines
as a practical effort toward the achievement of a more honest, uniform, equitable, pro-
portional, and therefore effective sentencing system.
4. The Guidelines’ Resolution of Major Issues (Policy Statement)
The guideline-drafting process required the Commission to resolve a host of im-
portant policy questions typically involving rather evenly balanced sets of competing
considerations. As an aid to understanding the guidelines, this introduction briefly dis-
cusses several of those issues; commentary in the guidelines explains others.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 5
Ch. 1 Pt. A
(a) Real Offense vs. Charge Offense Sentencing.
One of the most important questions for the Commission to decide was whether to
base sentences upon the actual conduct in which the defendant engaged regardless of
the charges for which he was indicted or convicted (“real offense” sentencing), or upon
the conduct that constitutes the elements of the offense for which the defendant was
charged and of which he was convicted (“charge offense” sentencing). A bank robber, for
example, might have used a gun, frightened bystanders, taken $50,000, injured a teller,
refused to stop when ordered, and raced away damaging property during his escape. A
pure real offense system would sentence on the basis of all identifiable conduct. A pure
charge offense system would overlook some of the harms that did not constitute statu-
tory elements of the offenses of which the defendant was convicted.
The Commission initially sought to develop a pure real offense system. After all,
the pre-guidelines sentencing system was, in a sense, this type of system. The sentenc-
ing court and the parole commission took account of the conduct in which the defendant
actually engaged, as determined in a presentence report, at the sentencing hearing, or
before a parole commission hearing officer. The Commission’s initial efforts in this di-
rection, carried out in the spring and early summer of 1986, proved unproductive, mostly
for practical reasons. To make such a system work, even to formalize and rationalize the
status quo, would have required the Commission to decide precisely which harms to take
into account, how to add them up, and what kinds of procedures the courts should use
to determine the presence or absence of disputed factual elements. The Commission
found no practical way to combine and account for the large number of diverse harms
arising in different circumstances; nor did it find a practical way to reconcile the need
for a fair adjudicatory procedure with the need for a speedy sentencing process given
the potential existence of hosts of adjudicated “real harm” facts in many typical cases.
The effort proposed as a solution to these problems required the use of, for example,
quadratic roots and other mathematical operations that the Commission considered too
complex to be workable. In the Commission’s view, such a system risked return to wide
disparity in sentencing practice.
In its initial set of guidelines submitted to Congress in April 1987, the Commission
moved closer to a charge offense system. This system, however, does contain a signifi-
cant number of real offense elements. For one thing, the hundreds of overlapping and
duplicative statutory provisions that make up the federal criminal law forced the Com-
mission to write guidelines that are descriptive of generic conduct rather than guidelines
that track purely statutory language. For another, the guidelines take account of a num-
ber of important, commonly occurring real offense elements such as role in the offense,
the presence of a gun, or the amount of money actually taken, through alternative base
offense levels, specific offense characteristics, cross references, and adjustments.
The Commission recognized that a charge offense system has drawbacks of its own.
One of the most important is the potential it affords prosecutors to influence sentences
by increasing or decreasing the number of counts in an indictment. Of course, the de-
fendant’s actual conduct (that which the prosecutor can prove in court) imposes a natu-
ral limit upon the prosecutor’s ability to increase a defendant’s sentence. Moreover, the
Commission has written its rules for the treatment of multicount convictions with an
6 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
eye toward eliminating unfair treatment that might flow from count manipulation. For
example, the guidelines treat a three-count indictment, each count of which charges sale
of 100 grams of heroin or theft of $10,000, the same as a single-count indictment charg-
ing sale of 300 grams of heroin or theft of $30,000. Furthermore, a sentencing court may
control any inappropriate manipulation of the indictment through use of its departure
power. Finally, the Commission will closely monitor charging and plea agreement prac-
tices and will make appropriate adjustments should they become necessary.
(b) Departures.
The sentencing statute permits a court to depart from a guideline-specified sen-
tence only when it finds “an aggravating or mitigating circumstance of a kind, or to a
degree, not adequately taken into consideration by the Sentencing Commission in for-
mulating the guidelines that should result in a sentence different from that described.”
18 U.S.C. § 3553(b). The Commission intends the sentencing courts to treat each guide-
line as carving out a “heartland,” a set of typical cases embodying the conduct that each
guideline describes. When a court finds an atypical case, one to which a particular guide-
line linguistically applies but where conduct significantly differs from the norm, the
court may consider whether a departure is warranted. Section 5H1.10 (Race, Sex, Na-
tional Origin, Creed, Religion, and Socio-Economic Status), §5H1.12 (Lack of Guidance
as a Youth and Similar Circumstances), the third sentence of §5H1.4 (Physical Condi-
tion, Including Drug or Alcohol Dependence or Abuse), the last sentence of §5K2.12 (Co-
ercion and Duress), and §5K2.19 (Post-Sentencing Rehabilitative Efforts)* list several
factors that the court cannot take into account as grounds for departure. With those
specific exceptions, however, the Commission does not intend to limit the kinds of fac-
tors, whether or not mentioned anywhere else in the guidelines, that could constitute
grounds for departure in an unusual case.
*Note: Section 5K2.19 (Post-Sentencing Rehabilitative Efforts) was deleted by Amendment 768, effective November 1,
2012. (See USSG App. C, amendment 768.)
The Commission has adopted this departure policy for two reasons. First, it is dif-
ficult to prescribe a single set of guidelines that encompasses the vast range of human
conduct potentially relevant to a sentencing decision. The Commission also recognizes
that the initial set of guidelines need not do so. The Commission is a permanent body,
empowered by law to write and rewrite guidelines, with progressive changes, over many
years. By monitoring when courts depart from the guidelines and by analyzing their
stated reasons for doing so and court decisions with references thereto, the Commission,
over time, will be able to refine the guidelines to specify more precisely when departures
should and should not be permitted.
Second, the Commission believes that despite the courts’ legal freedom to depart
from the guidelines, they will not do so very often. This is because the guidelines, offense
by offense, seek to take account of those factors that the Commission’s data indicate
made a significant difference in pre-guidelines sentencing practice. Thus, for example,
where the presence of physical injury made an important difference in pre-guidelines
sentencing practice (as in the case of robbery or assault), the guidelines specifically in-
clude this factor to enhance the sentence. Where the guidelines do not specify an aug-
mentation or diminution, this is generally because the sentencing data did not permit
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 7
Ch. 1 Pt. A
the Commission to conclude that the factor was empirically important in relation to the
particular offense. Of course, an important factor (e.g., physical injury) may infrequently
occur in connection with a particular crime (e.g., fraud). Such rare occurrences are pre-
cisely the type of events that the courts’ departure powers were designed to cover —
unusual cases outside the range of the more typical offenses for which the guidelines
were designed.
It is important to note that the guidelines refer to two different kinds of departure.
The first involves instances in which the guidelines provide specific guidance for depar-
ture by analogy or by other numerical or non-numerical suggestions. The Commission
intends such suggestions as policy guidance for the courts. The Commission expects that
most departures will reflect the suggestions and that the courts of appeals may prove
more likely to find departures “unreasonable” where they fall outside suggested levels.
A second type of departure will remain unguided. It may rest upon grounds referred
to in Chapter Five, Part K (Departures) or on grounds not mentioned in the guidelines.
While Chapter Five, Part K lists factors that the Commission believes may constitute
grounds for departure, the list is not exhaustive. The Commission recognizes that there
may be other grounds for departure that are not mentioned; it also believes there may
be cases in which a departure outside suggested levels is warranted. In its view, how-
ever, such cases will be highly infrequent.
(c) Plea Agreements.
Nearly ninety percent of all federal criminal cases involve guilty pleas and many of
these cases involve some form of plea agreement. Some commentators on early Commis-
sion guideline drafts urged the Commission not to attempt any major reforms of the plea
agreement process on the grounds that any set of guidelines that threatened to change
pre-guidelines practice radically also threatened to make the federal system unmanage-
able. Others argued that guidelines that failed to control and limit plea agreements
would leave untouched a “loophole” large enough to undo the good that sentencing guide-
lines would bring.
The Commission decided not to make major changes in plea agreement practices
in the initial guidelines, but rather to provide guidance by issuing general policy state-
ments concerning the acceptance of plea agreements in Chapter Six, Part B (Plea Agree-
ments). The rules set forth in Fed. R. Crim. P. 11(e) govern the acceptance or rejection
of such agreements. The Commission will collect data on the courts’ plea practices and
will analyze this information to determine when and why the courts accept or reject plea
agreements and whether plea agreement practices are undermining the intent of the
Sentencing Reform Act. In light of this information and analysis, the Commission will
seek to further regulate the plea agreement process as appropriate. Importantly, if the
policy statements relating to plea agreements are followed, circumvention of the Sen-
tencing Reform Act and the guidelines should not occur.
The Commission expects the guidelines to have a positive, rationalizing impact
upon plea agreements for two reasons. First, the guidelines create a clear, definite ex-
pectation in respect to the sentence that a court will impose if a trial takes place. In the
event a prosecutor and defense attorney explore the possibility of a negotiated plea, they
8 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
will no longer work in the dark. This fact alone should help to reduce irrationality in
respect to actual sentencing outcomes. Second, the guidelines create a norm to which
courts will likely refer when they decide whether, under Rule 11(e), to accept or to reject
a plea agreement or recommendation.
(d) Probation and Split Sentences.
The statute provides that the guidelines are to “reflect the general appropriateness
of imposing a sentence other than imprisonment in cases in which the defendant is a
first offender who has not been convicted of a crime of violence or an otherwise serious
offense . . . .” 28 U.S.C. § 994(j). Under pre-guidelines sentencing practice, courts sen-
tenced to probation an inappropriately high percentage of offenders guilty of certain
economic crimes, such as theft, tax evasion, antitrust offenses, insider trading, fraud,
and embezzlement, that in the Commission’s view are “serious.”
The Commission’s solution to this problem has been to write guidelines that clas-
sify as serious many offenses for which probation previously was frequently given and
provide for at least a short period of imprisonment in such cases. The Commission con-
cluded that the definite prospect of prison, even though the term may be short, will serve
as a significant deterrent, particularly when compared with pre-guidelines practice
where probation, not prison, was the norm.
More specifically, the guidelines work as follows in respect to a first offender. For
offense levels one through eight, the sentencing court may elect to sentence the offender
to probation (with or without confinement conditions) or to a prison term. For offense
levels nine and ten, the court may substitute probation for a prison term, but the proba-
tion must include confinement conditions (community confinement, intermittent con-
finement, or home detention). For offense levels eleven and twelve, the court must im-
pose at least one-half the minimum confinement sentence in the form of prison confine-
ment, the remainder to be served on supervised release with a condition of community
confinement or home detention.* The Commission, of course, has not dealt with the sin-
gle acts of aberrant behavior that still may justify probation at higher offense levels
through departures.**
*Note: The Commission expanded Zones B and C of the Sentencing Table in 2010 to provide a greater range of sentencing
options to courts with respect to certain offenders. (See USSG App. C, amendment 738.) In 2018, the Commission added
a new application note to the Commentary to §5C1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Imprisonment), stating that if a defendant
is a “nonviolent first offender and the applicable guideline range is in Zone A or B of the Sentencing Table, the court
should consider imposing a sentence other than a sentence of imprisonment.” (See USSG App. C, amendment 801.)
In 2023, the Commission added a new Chapter Four guideline, at §4C1.1 (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders),
providing a decrease of 2 levels from the offense level determined under Chapters Two and Three for “zero-point” offend-
ers who meet certain criteria. In addition, the Commission further amended the Commentary to §5C1.1 to address the
alternatives to incarceration available to “zero-point” offenders by revising the application note in §5C1.1 that addressed
“nonviolent first offenders” to focus on “zero-point” offenders. (See USSG App. C, amendment 821.)
**Note: Although the Commission had not addressed “single acts of aberrant behavior” at the time the Introduction to
the Guidelines Manual originally was written, it subsequently addressed the issue in Amendment 603, effective Novem-
ber 1, 2000. (See USSG App. C, amendment 603.)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 9
Ch. 1 Pt. A
(e) Multi-Count Convictions.
The Commission, like several state sentencing commissions, has found it particu-
larly difficult to develop guidelines for sentencing defendants convicted of multiple vio-
lations of law, each of which makes up a separate count in an indictment. The difficulty
is that when a defendant engages in conduct that causes several harms, each additional
harm, even if it increases the extent to which punishment is warranted, does not neces-
sarily warrant a proportionate increase in punishment. A defendant who assaults others
during a fight, for example, may warrant more punishment if he injures ten people than
if he injures one, but his conduct does not necessarily warrant ten times the punishment.
If it did, many of the simplest offenses, for reasons that are often fortuitous, would lead
to sentences of life imprisonment — sentences that neither just deserts nor crime control
theories of punishment would justify.
Several individual guidelines provide special instructions for increasing punish-
ment when the conduct that is the subject of that count involves multiple occurrences
or has caused several harms. The guidelines also provide general rules for aggravating
punishment in light of multiple harms charged separately in separate counts. These
rules may produce occasional anomalies, but normally they will permit an appropriate
degree of aggravation of punishment for multiple offenses that are the subjects of sepa-
rate counts.
These rules are set out in Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts). They essen-
tially provide: (1) when the conduct involves fungible items (e.g., separate drug transac-
tions or thefts of money), the amounts are added and the guidelines apply to the total
amount; (2) when nonfungible harms are involved, the offense level for the most serious
count is increased (according to a diminishing scale) to reflect the existence of other
counts of conviction. The guidelines have been written in order to minimize the possibil-
ity that an arbitrary casting of a single transaction into several counts will produce a
longer sentence. In addition, the sentencing court will have adequate power to prevent
such a result through departures.
(f) Regulatory Offenses.
Regulatory statutes, though primarily civil in nature, sometimes contain criminal
provisions in respect to particularly harmful activity. Such criminal provisions often de-
scribe not only substantive offenses, but also more technical, administratively-related
offenses such as failure to keep accurate records or to provide requested information.
These statutes pose two problems: first, which criminal regulatory provisions should the
Commission initially consider, and second, how should it treat technical or administra-
tively-related criminal violations?
In respect to the first problem, the Commission found that it could not comprehen-
sively treat all regulatory violations in the initial set of guidelines. There are hundreds
of such provisions scattered throughout the United States Code. To find all potential
violations would involve examination of each individual federal regulation. Because of
this practical difficulty, the Commission sought to determine, with the assistance of the
10 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
Department of Justice and several regulatory agencies, which criminal regulatory of-
fenses were particularly important in light of the need for enforcement of the general
regulatory scheme. The Commission addressed these offenses in the initial guidelines.
In respect to the second problem, the Commission has developed a system for treat-
ing technical recordkeeping and reporting offenses that divides them into four catego-
ries. First, in the simplest of cases, the offender may have failed to fill out a form inten-
tionally, but without knowledge or intent that substantive harm would likely follow. He
might fail, for example, to keep an accurate record of toxic substance transport, but that
failure may not lead, nor be likely to lead, to the release or improper handling of any
toxic substance. Second, the same failure may be accompanied by a significant likelihood
that substantive harm will occur; it may make a release of a toxic substance more likely.
Third, the same failure may have led to substantive harm. Fourth, the failure may rep-
resent an effort to conceal a substantive harm that has occurred.
The structure of a typical guideline for a regulatory offense provides a low base
offense level (e.g., 6) aimed at the first type of recordkeeping or reporting offense. Spe-
cific offense characteristics designed to reflect substantive harms that do occur in re-
spect to some regulatory offenses, or that are likely to occur, increase the offense level.
A specific offense characteristic also provides that a recordkeeping or reporting offense
that conceals a substantive offense will have the same offense level as the substantive
offense.
(g) Sentencing Ranges.
In determining the appropriate sentencing ranges for each offense, the Commission
estimated the average sentences served within each category under the pre-guidelines
sentencing system. It also examined the sentences specified in federal statutes, in the
parole guidelines, and in other relevant, analogous sources. The Commission’s Supple-
mentary Report on the Initial Sentencing Guidelines (1987) contains a comparison be-
tween estimates of pre-guidelines sentencing practice and sentences under the guide-
lines.
While the Commission has not considered itself bound by pre-guidelines sentencing
practice, it has not attempted to develop an entirely new system of sentencing on the
basis of theory alone. Guideline sentences, in many instances, will approximate average
pre-guidelines practice and adherence to the guidelines will help to eliminate wide dis-
parity. For example, where a high percentage of persons received probation under pre-
guidelines practice, a guideline may include one or more specific offense characteristics
in an effort to distinguish those types of defendants who received probation from those
who received more severe sentences. In some instances, short sentences of incarceration
for all offenders in a category have been substituted for a pre-guidelines sentencing
practice of very wide variability in which some defendants received probation while oth-
ers received several years in prison for the same offense. Moreover, inasmuch as those
who pleaded guilty under pre-guidelines practice often received lesser sentences, the
guidelines permit the court to impose lesser sentences on those defendants who accept
responsibility for their misconduct. For defendants who provide substantial assistance
to the government in the investigation or prosecution of others, a downward departure
may be warranted.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 11
Ch. 1 Pt. A
The Commission has also examined its sentencing ranges in light of their likely
impact upon prison population. Specific legislation, such as the Anti-Drug Abuse Act
of 1986 and the career offender provisions of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984
(28 U.S.C. § 994(h)), required the Commission to promulgate guidelines that will lead
to substantial prison population increases. These increases will occur irrespective of the
guidelines. The guidelines themselves, insofar as they reflect policy decisions made by
the Commission (rather than legislated mandatory minimum or career offender sen-
tences), are projected to lead to an increase in prison population that computer models,
produced by the Commission and the Bureau of Prisons in 1987, estimated at approxi-
mately 10 percent over a period of ten years.
(h) The Sentencing Table.
The Commission has established a sentencing table that for technical and practical
reasons contains 43 levels. Each level in the table prescribes ranges that overlap with
the ranges in the preceding and succeeding levels. By overlapping the ranges, the table
should discourage unnecessary litigation. Both prosecution and defense will realize that
the difference between one level and another will not necessarily make a difference in
the sentence that the court imposes. Thus, little purpose will be served in protracted
litigation trying to determine, for example, whether $10,000 or $11,000 was obtained as
a result of a fraud. At the same time, the levels work to increase a sentence proportion-
ately. A change of six levels roughly doubles the sentence irrespective of the level at
which one starts. The guidelines, in keeping with the statutory requirement that the
maximum of any range cannot exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 per-
cent or six months (28 U.S.C. § 994(b)(2)), permit courts to exercise the greatest permis-
sible range of sentencing discretion. The table overlaps offense levels meaningfully,
works proportionately, and at the same time preserves the maximum degree of allowa-
ble discretion for the court within each level.
Similarly, many of the individual guidelines refer to tables that correlate amounts
of money with offense levels. These tables often have many rather than a few levels.
Again, the reason is to minimize the likelihood of unnecessary litigation. If a money
table were to make only a few distinctions, each distinction would become more im-
portant and litigation over which category an offender fell within would become more
likely. Where a table has many small monetary distinctions, it minimizes the likelihood
of litigation because the precise amount of money involved is of considerably less im-
portance.
5. A Concluding Note
The Commission emphasizes that it drafted the initial guidelines with considerable
caution. It examined the many hundreds of criminal statutes in the United States Code.
It began with those that were the basis for a significant number of prosecutions and
sought to place them in a rational order. It developed additional distinctions relevant to
the application of these provisions and it applied sentencing ranges to each resulting
category. In doing so, it relied upon pre-guidelines sentencing practice as revealed by its
12 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
own statistical analyses based on summary reports of some 40,000 convictions, a sample
of 10,000 augmented presentence reports, the parole guidelines, and policy judgments.
The Commission recognizes that some will criticize this approach as overly cau-
tious, as representing too little a departure from pre-guidelines sentencing practice. Yet,
it will cure wide disparity. The Commission is a permanent body that can amend the
guidelines each year. Although the data available to it, like all data, are imperfect, ex-
perience with the guidelines will lead to additional information and provide a firm em-
pirical basis for consideration of revisions.
Finally, the guidelines will apply to more than 90 percent of all felony and Class A
misdemeanor cases in the federal courts. Because of time constraints and the nonexist-
ence of statistical information, some offenses that occur infrequently are not considered
in the guidelines. Their exclusion does not reflect any judgment regarding their serious-
ness and they will be addressed as the Commission refines the guidelines over time.
2. CONTINUING EVOLUTION AND ROLE OF THE GUIDELINES
The Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 changed the course of federal sentencing. Among
other things, the Act created the United States Sentencing Commission as an independent
agency in the Judicial Branch, and directed it to develop guidelines and policy statements for
sentencing courts to use when sentencing offenders convicted of federal crimes. Moreover, it
empowered the Commission with ongoing responsibilities to monitor the guidelines, submit
to Congress appropriate modifications of the guidelines and recommended changes in crimi-
nal statutes, and establish education and research programs. The mandate rested on con-
gressional awareness that sentencing is a dynamic field that requires continuing review by
an expert body to revise sentencing policies, in light of application experience, as new crimi-
nal statutes are enacted, and as more is learned about what motivates and controls criminal
behavior.
This statement finds resonance in a line of Supreme Court cases that, taken together,
echo two themes. The first theme is that the guidelines are the product of a deliberative
process that seeks to embody the purposes of sentencing set forth in the Sentencing Reform
Act, and as such they continue to play an important role in the sentencing court’s determi-
nation of an appropriate sentence in a particular case. The Supreme Court alluded to this in
Mistretta v. United States, 488 U.S. 361 (1989), which upheld the constitutionality of both
the federal sentencing guidelines and the Commission against nondelegation and separation
of powers challenges. Therein the Court stated:
Developing proportionate penalties for hundreds of different crimes by a virtually
limitless array of offenders is precisely the sort of intricate, labor-intensive task for
which delegation to an expert body is especially appropriate. Although Congress
has delegated significant discretion to the Commission to draw judgments from its
analysis of existing sentencing practice and alternative sentencing models, . . . [w]e
have no doubt that in the hands of the Commission “the criteria which Congress
has supplied are wholly adequate for carrying out the general policy and purpose”
of the Act.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 13
Ch. 1 Pt. A
Id. at 379 (internal quotation marks and citations omitted).
The continuing importance of the guidelines in federal sentencing was further acknowl-
edged by the Court in United States v. Booker, 543 U.S. 220 (2005), even as that case rendered
the guidelines advisory in nature. In Booker, the Court held that the imposition of an en-
hanced sentence under the federal sentencing guidelines based on the sentencing judge’s de-
termination of a fact (other than a prior conviction) that was not found by the jury or admitted
by the defendant violated the Sixth Amendment. The Court reasoned that an advisory guide-
line system, while lacking the mandatory features that Congress enacted, retains other fea-
tures that help to further congressional objectives, including providing certainty and fairness
in meeting the purposes of sentencing, avoiding unwarranted sentencing disparities, and
maintaining sufficient flexibility to permit individualized sentences when warranted. The
Court concluded that an advisory guideline system would “continue to move sentencing in
Congress’ preferred direction, helping to avoid excessive sentencing disparities while main-
taining flexibility sufficient to individualize sentences where necessary.” Id. at 264–65. An
advisory guideline system continues to assure transparency by requiring that sentences be
based on articulated reasons stated in open court that are subject to appellate review. An
advisory guideline system also continues to promote certainty and predictability in sentenc-
ing, thereby enabling the parties to better anticipate the likely sentence based on the indi-
vidualized facts of the case.
The continuing importance of the guidelines in the sentencing determination is predi-
cated in large part on the Sentencing Reform Act’s intent that, in promulgating guidelines,
the Commission must take into account the purposes of sentencing as set forth in 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(a). See 28 U.S.C. §§ 994(f), 991(b)(1). The Supreme Court reinforced this view in
Rita v. United States, 551 U.S. 338 (2007), which held that a court of appeals may apply a
presumption of reasonableness to a sentence imposed by a district court within a properly
calculated guideline range without violating the Sixth Amendment. In Rita, the Court relied
heavily on the complementary roles of the Commission and the sentencing court in federal
sentencing, stating:
[T]he presumption reflects the nature of the Guidelines-writing task that Congress
set for the Commission and the manner in which the Commission carried out that
task. In instructing both the sentencing judge and the Commission what to do, Con-
gress referred to the basic sentencing objectives that the statute sets forth in
18 U.S.C. § 3553(a) . . . . The provision also tells the sentencing judge to “impose a
sentence sufficient, but not greater than necessary, to comply with” the basic aims
of sentencing as set out above. Congressional statutes then tell the Commission to
write Guidelines that will carry out these same § 3553(a) objectives.
Id. at 347–48 (emphasis in original). The Court concluded that “[t]he upshot is that the sen-
tencing statutes envision both the sentencing judge and the Commission as carrying out the
same basic § 3553(a) objectives, the one, at retail, the other at wholesale[,]” id. at 348, and
that the Commission’s process for promulgating guidelines results in “a set of Guidelines that
seek to embody the § 3553(a) considerations, both in principle and in practice.” Id. at 350.
Consequently, district courts are required to properly calculate and consider the guide-
lines when sentencing, even in an advisory guideline system. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(4),
(a)(5); Booker, 543 U.S. at 264 (“The district courts, while not bound to apply the Guidelines,
14 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 1 Pt. A
must . . . take them into account when sentencing.”); Rita, 551 U.S. at 351 (stating that a
district court should begin all sentencing proceedings by correctly calculating the applicable
Guidelines range); Gall v. United States, 552 U.S. 38, 49 (2007) (“As a matter of administra-
tion and to secure nationwide consistency, the Guidelines should be the starting point and
the initial benchmark.”). The district court, in determining the appropriate sentence in a
particular case, therefore, must consider the properly calculated guideline range, the grounds
for departure provided in the policy statements, and then the factors under 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(a). See Rita, 551 U.S. at 351. The appellate court engages in a two-step process upon
review. The appellate court “first ensure[s] that the district court committed no significant
procedural error, such as failing to calculate (or improperly calculating) the Guidelines
range . . . [and] then consider[s] the substantive reasonableness of the sentence imposed un-
der an abuse-of-discretion standard[,] . . . tak[ing] into account the totality of the circum-
stances, including the extent of any variance from the Guidelines range.” Gall, 552 U.S. at 51.
The second and related theme resonant in this line of Supreme Court cases is that, as
contemplated by the Sentencing Reform Act, the guidelines are evolutionary in nature. They
are the product of the Commission’s fulfillment of its statutory duties to monitor federal sen-
tencing law and practices, to seek public input on the operation of the guidelines, and to
revise the guidelines accordingly. As the Court acknowledged in Rita:
The Commission’s work is ongoing. The statutes and the Guidelines themselves
foresee continuous evolution helped by the sentencing courts and courts of appeals
in that process. The sentencing courts, applying the Guidelines in individual cases
may depart (either pursuant to the Guidelines or, since Booker, by imposing a non-
Guidelines sentence). The judges will set forth their reasons. The Courts of Appeals
will determine the reasonableness of the resulting sentence. The Commission will
collect and examine the results. In doing so, it may obtain advice from prosecutors,
defenders, law enforcement groups, civil liberties associations, experts in penology,
and others. And it can revise the Guidelines accordingly.
Rita, 551 U.S. at 350; see also Booker, 543 U.S. at 264 (“[T]he Sentencing Commission re-
mains in place, writing Guidelines, collecting information about actual district court sentenc-
ing decisions, undertaking research, and revising the Guidelines accordingly.”); Gall,
552 U.S. at 46 (“[E]ven though the Guidelines are advisory rather than mandatory, they are,
as we pointed out in Rita, the product of careful study based on extensive empirical evidence
derived from the review of thousands of individual sentencing decisions.”).
Provisions of the Sentencing Reform Act promote and facilitate this evolutionary pro-
cess. For example, pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 994(x), the Commission publishes guideline
amendment proposals in the Federal Register and conducts hearings to solicit input on those
proposals from experts and other members of the public. Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 994(o), the
Commission periodically reviews and revises the guidelines in consideration of comments it
receives from members of the federal criminal justice system, including the courts, probation
officers, the Department of Justice, the Bureau of Prisons, defense attorneys and the federal
public defenders, and in consideration of data it receives from sentencing courts and other
sources. Statutory mechanisms such as these bolster the Commission’s ability to take into
account fully the purposes of sentencing set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2) in its promulgation
of the guidelines.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 15
Ch. 1 Pt. A
Congress retains authority to require certain sentencing practices and may exercise its
authority through specific directives to the Commission with respect to the guidelines. As the
Supreme Court noted in Kimbrough v. United States, 552 U.S. 85 (2007), “Congress has
shown that it knows how to direct sentencing practices in express terms. For example, Con-
gress has specifically required the Sentencing Commission to set Guideline sentences for se-
rious recidivist offenders ‘at or near’ the statutory maximum.” Id. at 103; 28 U.S.C. § 994(h).
As envisioned by Congress, implemented by the Commission, and reaffirmed by the Su-
preme Court, the guidelines are the product of a deliberative and dynamic process that seeks
to embody within federal sentencing policy the purposes of sentencing set forth in the Sen-
tencing Reform Act. As such, the guidelines continue to be a key component of federal sen-
tencing and to play an important role in the sentencing court’s determination of an appropri-
ate sentence in any particular case.
3. AUTHORITY
§1A3.1. Authority
The guidelines, policy statements, and commentary set forth in this Guidelines
Manual, including amendments thereto, are promulgated by the United States
Sentencing Commission pursuant to: (1) section 994(a) of title 28, United States
Code; and (2) with respect to guidelines, policy statements, and commentary
promulgated or amended pursuant to specific congressional directive, pursuant
to the authority contained in that directive in addition to the authority under
section 994(a) of title 28, United States Code.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 67, 68, and 271); Novem-
ber 1, 1990 (amendment 307); November 1, 1992 (amendment 466); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534);
Historical
November 1, 1996 (amendment 538); November 1, 2000 (amendments 602 and 603); October 27, 2003
Note
(amendment 651); November 1, 2008 (amendments 717 and 725); November 1, 2014 (amendment 789); No-
vember 1, 2018 (amendment 813); November 1, 2023 (amendment 821).
16 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.1
PART B ― GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
§1B1.1. Application Instructions
(a) The court shall determine the kinds of sentence and the guideline range as
set forth in the guidelines (see 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(4)) by applying the pro-
visions of this manual in the following order, except as specifically directed:
(1) Determine, pursuant to §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines), the offense
guideline section from Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) applicable to
the offense of conviction. See §1B1.2.
(2) Determine the base offense level and apply any appropriate specific
offense characteristics, cross references, and special instructions con-
tained in the particular guideline in Chapter Two in the order listed.
(3) Apply the adjustments as appropriate related to victim, role, and ob-
struction of justice from Parts A, B, and C of Chapter Three.
(4) If there are multiple counts of conviction, repeat steps (1) through (3)
for each count. Apply Part D of Chapter Three to group the various
counts and adjust the offense level accordingly.
(5) Apply the adjustment as appropriate for the defendant’s acceptance
of responsibility from Part E of Chapter Three.
(6) Determine the defendant’s criminal history category as specified in
Part A of Chapter Four. Determine from Parts B and C of Chapter
Four any other applicable adjustments.
(7) Determine the guideline range in Part A of Chapter Five that corre-
sponds to the offense level and criminal history category determined
above.
(8) For the particular guideline range, determine from Parts B through G
of Chapter Five the sentencing requirements and options related to
probation, imprisonment, supervision conditions, fines, and restitu-
tion.
(b) The court shall then consider Parts H and K of Chapter Five, Specific Of-
fender Characteristics and Departures, and any other policy statements or
commentary in the guidelines that might warrant consideration in impos-
ing sentence. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(5).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 17
§1B1.1
(c) The court shall then consider the applicable factors in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)
taken as a whole. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Frequently Used Terms Defined.—The following are definitions of terms that are used fre-
quently in the guidelines and are of general applicability (except to the extent expressly modified
in respect to a particular guideline or policy statement):
(A) “Abducted” means that a victim was forced to accompany an offender to a different loca-
tion. For example, a bank robber’s forcing a bank teller from the bank into a getaway car
would constitute an abduction.
(B) “Bodily injury” means any significant injury; e.g., an injury that is painful and obvious, or
is of a type for which medical attention ordinarily would be sought.
(C) “Brandished” with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that all
or part of the weapon was displayed, or the presence of the weapon was otherwise made
known to another person, in order to intimidate that person, regardless of whether the
weapon was directly visible to that person. Accordingly, although the dangerous weapon
does not have to be directly visible, the weapon must be present.
(D) “Court protection order” means “protection order” as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 2266(5) and
consistent with 18 U.S.C. § 2265(b).
(E) “Dangerous weapon” means (i) an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily
injury; or (ii) an object that is not an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily
injury but (I) closely resembles such an instrument; or (II) the defendant used the object in
a manner that created the impression that the object was such an instrument (e.g., a de-
fendant wrapped a hand in a towel during a bank robbery to create the appearance of a
gun).
(F) “Departure” means (i) for purposes other than those specified in clause (ii), imposition of
a sentence outside the applicable guideline range or of a sentence that is otherwise different
from the guideline sentence; and (ii) for purposes of §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inade-
quacy of Criminal History Category), assignment of a criminal history category other than
the otherwise applicable criminal history category, in order to effect a sentence outside the
applicable guideline range. “Depart” means grant a departure.
“Downward departure” means departure that effects a sentence less than a sentence that
could be imposed under the applicable guideline range or a sentence that is otherwise less
than the guideline sentence. “Depart downward” means grant a downward departure.
“Upward departure” means departure that effects a sentence greater than a sentence
that could be imposed under the applicable guideline range or a sentence that is otherwise
greater than the guideline sentence. “Depart upward” means grant an upward departure.
(G) “Destructive device” means any article described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(f) (including an ex-
plosive, incendiary, or poison gas — (i) bomb, (ii) grenade, (iii) rocket having a propellant
charge of more than four ounces, (iv) missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of
more than one-quarter ounce, (v) mine, or (vi) device similar to any of the devices described
in the preceding clauses).
18 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.1
(H) “Firearm” means (i) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or
may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; (ii) the frame or
receiver of any such weapon; (iii) any firearm muffler or silencer; or (iv) any destructive
device. A weapon, commonly known as a “BB” or pellet gun, that uses air or carbon dioxide
pressure to expel a projectile is a dangerous weapon but not a firearm.
(I) “Offense” means the offense of conviction and all relevant conduct under §1B1.3 (Relevant
Conduct) unless a different meaning is specified or is otherwise clear from the context. The
term “instant” is used in connection with “offense,” “federal offense,” or “offense of convic-
tion,” as the case may be, to distinguish the violation for which the defendant is being sen-
tenced from a prior or subsequent offense, or from an offense before another court (e.g., an
offense before a state court involving the same underlying conduct).
(J) “Otherwise used” with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that
the conduct did not amount to the discharge of a firearm but was more than brandishing,
displaying, or possessing a firearm or other dangerous weapon.
(K) “Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury” means injury involving a substantial
risk of death; loss or substantial impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or
mental faculty that is likely to be permanent; or an obvious disfigurement that is likely to
be permanent. In the case of a kidnapping, for example, maltreatment to a life-threatening
degree (e.g., by denial of food or medical care) would constitute life-threatening bodily in-
jury.
(L) “Physically restrained” means the forcible restraint of the victim such as by being tied,
bound, or locked up.
(M) “Serious bodily injury” means injury involving extreme physical pain or the protracted
impairment of a function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty; or requiring medical
intervention such as surgery, hospitalization, or physical rehabilitation. In addition, “seri-
ous bodily injury” is deemed to have occurred if the offense involved conduct constituting
criminal sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242 or any similar offense under state
law.
2. Definition of Additional Terms.—Definitions of terms also may appear in other sections. Such
definitions are not designed for general applicability; therefore, their applicability to sections
other than those expressly referenced must be determined on a case-by-case basis.
The term “includes” is not exhaustive; the term “e.g.” is merely illustrative.
3. List of Statutory Provisions.—The list of “Statutory Provisions” in the Commentary to each
offense guideline does not necessarily include every statute covered by that guideline. In addi-
tion, some statutes may be covered by more than one guideline.
4. Cumulative Application of Multiple Adjustments.—
(A) Cumulative Application of Multiple Adjustments within One Guideline.—The of-
fense level adjustments from more than one specific offense characteristic within an offense
guideline are applied cumulatively (added together) unless the guideline specifies that only
the greater (or greatest) is to be used. Within each specific offense characteristic, however,
the offense level adjustments are alternative; only the one that best describes the conduct
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 19
§1B1.2
is to be used. For example, in §2A2.2(b)(3), pertaining to degree of bodily injury, the subdi-
vision that best describes the level of bodily injury is used; the adjustments for different
degrees of bodily injury (subparagraphs (A) – (E)) are not added together.
(B) Cumulative Application of Multiple Adjustments from Multiple Guidelines.—Ab-
sent an instruction to the contrary, enhancements under Chapter Two, adjustments under
Chapter Three, and determinations under Chapter Four are to be applied cumulatively. In
some cases, such enhancements, adjustments, and determinations may be triggered by the
same conduct. For example, shooting a police officer during the commission of a robbery
may warrant an injury enhancement under §2B3.1(b)(3) and an official victim adjustment
under §3A1.2, even though the enhancement and the adjustment both are triggered by the
shooting of the officer.
5. Two or More Guideline Provisions Equally Applicable.—Where two or more guideline pro-
visions appear equally applicable, but the guidelines authorize the application of only one such
provision, use the provision that results in the greater offense level. E.g., in §2A2.2(b)(2), if a
firearm is both discharged and brandished, the provision applicable to the discharge of the fire-
arm would be used.
6. Use of Abbreviated Guideline Titles.—Whenever a guideline makes reference to another
guideline, a parenthetical restatement of that other guideline’s heading accompanies the initial
reference to that other guideline. This parenthetical is provided only for the convenience of the
reader and is not intended to have substantive effect. In the case of lengthy guideline headings,
such a parenthetical restatement of the guideline heading may be abbreviated for ease of refer-
ence. For example, references to §2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft;
Offenses Involving Stolen Property; Property Damage or Destruction; Fraud and Deceit; Forgery;
Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obliga-
tions of the United States) may be abbreviated as follows: §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction,
and Fraud).
Background: The court must impose a sentence “sufficient, but not greater than necessary,” to com-
ply with the purposes of sentencing set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2). See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a). Sub-
sections (a), (b), and (c) are structured to reflect the three-step process used in determining the partic-
ular sentence to be imposed. If, after step (c), the court imposes a sentence that is outside the guidelines
framework, such a sentence is considered a “variance”. See Irizarry v. United States, 553 U.S. 708,
709–16 (2008) (describing within-range sentences and departures as “sentences imposed under the
framework set out in the Guidelines”).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 1); November 1, 1989 (amend-
ments 69–72 and 303); November 1, 1990 (amendment 361); November 1, 1991 (amendment 388); Novem-
ber 1, 1993 (amendment 497); November 1, 1997 (amendments 545 and 546); November 1, 2000 (amend-
Historical
ments 591 and 601); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1,
Note
2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2006 (amendment 684); November 1, 2010 (amendment 741); Novem-
ber 1, 2014 (amendment 789); November 1, 2018 (amendment 805); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824);
November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§1B1.2. Applicable Guidelines
(a) Determine the offense guideline section in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct)
applicable to the offense of conviction (i.e., the offense conduct charged in
20 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.2
the count of the indictment or information of which the defendant was con-
victed). However, in the case of a plea agreement (written or made orally
on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes a more
serious offense than the offense of conviction, determine the offense guide-
line section in Chapter Two applicable to the stipulated offense.
Refer to the Statutory Index (Appendix A) to determine the Chapter Two
offense guideline, referenced in the Statutory Index for the offense of con-
viction. If the offense involved a conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation, refer
to §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) as well as the guideline
referenced in the Statutory Index for the substantive offense. For statutory
provisions not listed in the Statutory Index, use the most analogous guide-
line. See §2X5.1 (Other Offenses). The guidelines do not apply to any count
of conviction that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction.
See §1B1.9 (Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions).
(b) After determining the appropriate offense guideline section pursuant to
subsection (a) of this section, determine the applicable guideline range in
accordance with §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).
(c) A plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stip-
ulation that specifically establishes the commission of additional offense(s)
shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted of additional
count(s) charging those offense(s).
(d) A conviction on a count charging a conspiracy to commit more than one
offense shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted on a sepa-
rate count of conspiracy for each offense that the defendant conspired to
commit.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. This section provides the basic rules for determining the guidelines applicable to the offense con-
duct under Chapter Two (Offense Conduct). The court is to use the Chapter Two guideline section
referenced in the Statutory Index (Appendix A) for the offense of conviction. However, (A) in the
case of a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that
specifically establishes a more serious offense than the offense of conviction, the Chapter Two
offense guideline section applicable to the stipulated offense is to be used; and (B) for statutory
provisions not listed in the Statutory Index, the most analogous guideline, determined pursuant
to §2X5.1 (Other Offenses), is to be used.
In the case of a particular statute that proscribes only a single type of criminal conduct, the
offense of conviction and the conduct proscribed by the statute will coincide, and the Statutory
Index will specify only one offense guideline for that offense of conviction. In the case of a partic-
ular statute that proscribes a variety of conduct that might constitute the subject of different
offense guidelines, the Statutory Index may specify more than one offense guideline for that par-
ticular statute, and the court will determine which of the referenced guideline sections is most
appropriate for the offense conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 21
§1B1.2
If the offense involved a conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation, refer to §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicita-
tion, or Conspiracy) as well as the guideline referenced in the Statutory Index for the substantive
offense. For statutory provisions not listed in the Statutory Index, the most analogous guideline
is to be used. See §2X5.1 (Other Offenses).
As set forth in the first paragraph of this note, an exception to this general rule is that if a plea
agreement (written or made orally on the record) contains a stipulation that establishes a more
serious offense than the offense of conviction, the guideline section applicable to the stipulated
offense is to be used. A factual statement or a stipulation contained in a plea agreement (written
or made orally on the record) is a stipulation for purposes of subsection (a) only if both the de-
fendant and the government explicitly agree that the factual statement or stipulation is a stipu-
lation for such purposes. However, a factual statement or stipulation made after the plea agree-
ment has been entered, or after any modification to the plea agreement has been made, is not a
stipulation for purposes of subsection (a). The sentence that shall be imposed is limited, however,
to the maximum authorized by the statute under which the defendant is convicted. See Chapter
Five, Part G (Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment). For example, if the defendant
pleads guilty to theft, but admits the elements of robbery as part of the plea agreement, the
robbery guideline is to be applied. The sentence, however, may not exceed the maximum sentence
for theft. See H. Rep. 98-1017, 98th Cong., 2d Sess. 99 (1984).
The exception to the general rule has a practical basis. In a case in which the elements of an
offense more serious than the offense of conviction are established by a plea agreement, it may
unduly complicate the sentencing process if the applicable guideline does not reflect the serious-
ness of the defendant’s actual conduct. Without this exception, the court would be forced to use
an artificial guideline and then depart from it to the degree the court found necessary based upon
the more serious conduct established by the plea agreement. The probation officer would first be
required to calculate the guideline for the offense of conviction. However, this guideline might
even contain characteristics that are difficult to establish or not very important in the context of
the actual offense conduct. As a simple example, §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud)
contains monetary distinctions which are more significant and more detailed than the monetary
distinctions in §2B3.1 (Robbery). Then, the probation officer might need to calculate the robbery
guideline to assist the court in determining the appropriate degree of departure in a case in which
the defendant pled guilty to theft but admitted committing robbery. This cumbersome, artificial
procedure is avoided by using the exception rule in guilty or nolo contendere plea cases where it
is applicable.
As with any plea agreement, the court must first determine that the agreement is acceptable, in
accordance with the policies stated in Chapter Six, Part B (Plea Agreements). The limited excep-
tion provided here applies only after the court has determined that a plea, otherwise fitting the
exception, is acceptable.
2. Section 1B1.2(b) directs the court, once it has determined the applicable guideline (i.e., the ap-
plicable guideline section from Chapter Two) under §1B1.2(a) to determine any applicable spe-
cific offense characteristics (under that guideline), and any other applicable sentencing factors
pursuant to the relevant conduct definition in §1B1.3. Where there is more than one base offense
level within a particular guideline, the determination of the applicable base offense level is
treated in the same manner as a determination of a specific offense characteristic. Accordingly,
the “relevant conduct” criteria of §1B1.3 are to be used, unless conviction under a specific statute
is expressly required.
3. Subsections (c) and (d) address circumstances in which the provisions of Chapter Three, Part D
(Multiple Counts) are to be applied although there may be only one count of conviction. Subsec-
tion (c) provides that in the case of a stipulation to the commission of additional offense(s), the
guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of an additional count for each
22 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.3
of the offenses stipulated. For example, if the defendant is convicted of one count of robbery but,
as part of a plea agreement, admits to having committed two additional robberies, the guidelines
are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of three counts of robbery. Subsection (d)
provides that a conviction on a conspiracy count charging conspiracy to commit more than one
offense is treated as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate conspiracy count for each
offense that he conspired to commit. For example, where a conviction on a single count of con-
spiracy establishes that the defendant conspired to commit three robberies, the guidelines are to
be applied as if the defendant had been convicted on one count of conspiracy to commit the first
robbery, one count of conspiracy to commit the second robbery, and one count of conspiracy to
commit the third robbery.
4. Particular care must be taken in applying subsection (d) because there are cases in which the
verdict or plea does not establish which offense(s) was the object of the conspiracy. In such cases,
subsection (d) should only be applied with respect to an object offense alleged in the conspiracy
count if the court, were it sitting as a trier of fact, would convict the defendant of conspiring to
commit that object offense. Note, however, if the object offenses specified in the conspiracy count
would be grouped together under §3D1.2(d) (e.g., a conspiracy to steal three government checks)
it is not necessary to engage in the foregoing analysis, because §1B1.3(a)(2) governs consideration
of the defendant’s conduct.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 2); November 1, 1989 (amend-
Historical ments 73–75 and 303); November 1, 1991 (amendment 434); November 1, 1992 (amendment 438); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2000 (amendment 591); November 1, 2001 (amendments 613 and 617).
§1B1.3. Relevant Conduct (Factors that Determine the Guideline Range)
(a) CHAPTERS TWO (OFFENSE CONDUCT) AND THREE (ADJUSTMENTS).—Unless
otherwise specified, (i) the base offense level where the guideline specifies
more than one base offense level, (ii) specific offense characteristics and
(iii) cross references in Chapter Two, and (iv) adjustments in Chapter
Three, shall be determined on the basis of the following:
(1) (A) all acts and omissions committed, aided, abetted, counseled, com-
manded, induced, procured, or willfully caused by the defendant;
and
(B) in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity (a criminal
plan, scheme, endeavor, or enterprise undertaken by the defend-
ant in concert with others, whether or not charged as a conspir-
acy), all acts and omissions of others that were—
(i) within the scope of the jointly undertaken criminal activity,
(ii) in furtherance of that criminal activity, and
(iii) reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal ac-
tivity;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 23
§1B1.3
that occurred during the commission of the offense of conviction, in
preparation for that offense, or in the course of attempting to avoid
detection or responsibility for that offense;
(2) solely with respect to offenses of a character for which §3D1.2(d)
would require grouping of multiple counts, all acts and omissions de-
scribed in subdivisions (1)(A) and (1)(B) above that were part of the
same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of
conviction;
(3) all harm that resulted from the acts and omissions specified in sub-
sections (a)(1) and (a)(2) above, and all harm that was the object of
such acts and omissions; and
(4) any other information specified in the applicable guideline.
(b) CHAPTERS FOUR (CRIMINAL HISTORY AND CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD) AND FIVE
(DETERMINING THE SENTENCE).—Factors in Chapters Four and Five that
establish the guideline range shall be determined on the basis of the con-
duct and information specified in the respective guidelines.
(c) ACQUITTED CONDUCT.—Relevant conduct does not include conduct for
which the defendant was criminally charged and acquitted in federal court,
unless such conduct also establishes, in whole or in part, the instant of-
fense of conviction.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Sentencing Accountability and Criminal Liability.—The principles and limits of sentenc-
ing accountability under this guideline are not always the same as the principles and limits of
criminal liability. Under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), the focus is on the specific acts and omis-
sions for which the defendant is to be held accountable in determining the applicable guideline
range, rather than on whether the defendant is criminally liable for an offense as a principal,
accomplice, or conspirator.
2. Accountability Under More Than One Provision.—In certain cases, a defendant may be
accountable for particular conduct under more than one subsection of this guideline. If a defend-
ant’s accountability for particular conduct is established under one provision of this guideline, it
is not necessary to review alternative provisions under which such accountability might be es-
tablished.
3. Jointly Undertaken Criminal Activity (Subsection (a)(1)(B)).—
(A) In General.—A “jointly undertaken criminal activity” is a criminal plan, scheme, en-
deavor, or enterprise undertaken by the defendant in concert with others, whether or not
charged as a conspiracy.
In the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity, subsection (a)(1)(B) provides that a
defendant is accountable for the conduct (acts and omissions) of others that was:
24 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.3
(i) within the scope of the jointly undertaken criminal activity;
(ii) in furtherance of that criminal activity; and
(iii) reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.
The conduct of others that meets all three criteria set forth in subdivisions (i) through (iii)
(i.e., “within the scope,” “in furtherance,” and “reasonably foreseeable”) is relevant conduct
under this provision. However, when the conduct of others does not meet any one of the
criteria set forth in subdivisions (i) through (iii), the conduct is not relevant conduct under
this provision.
(B) Scope.—Because a count may be worded broadly and include the conduct of many partici-
pants over a period of time, the scope of the “jointly undertaken criminal activity” is not
necessarily the same as the scope of the entire conspiracy, and hence relevant conduct is
not necessarily the same for every participant. In order to determine the defendant’s ac-
countability for the conduct of others under subsection (a)(1)(B), the court must first deter-
mine the scope of the criminal activity the particular defendant agreed to jointly undertake
(i.e., the scope of the specific conduct and objectives embraced by the defendant’s agree-
ment). In doing so, the court may consider any explicit agreement or implicit agreement
fairly inferred from the conduct of the defendant and others. Accordingly, the accountability
of the defendant for the acts of others is limited by the scope of his or her agreement to
jointly undertake the particular criminal activity. Acts of others that were not within the
scope of the defendant’s agreement, even if those acts were known or reasonably foreseeable
to the defendant, are not relevant conduct under subsection (a)(1)(B).
In cases involving contraband (including controlled substances), the scope of the jointly un-
dertaken criminal activity (and thus the accountability of the defendant for the contraband
that was the object of that jointly undertaken activity) may depend upon whether, in the
particular circumstances, the nature of the offense is more appropriately viewed as one
jointly undertaken criminal activity or as a number of separate criminal activities.
A defendant’s relevant conduct does not include the conduct of members of a conspiracy
prior to the defendant joining the conspiracy, even if the defendant knows of that conduct
(e.g., in the case of a defendant who joins an ongoing drug distribution conspiracy knowing
that it had been selling two kilograms of cocaine per week, the cocaine sold prior to the
defendant joining the conspiracy is not included as relevant conduct in determining the
defendant’s offense level). The Commission does not foreclose the possibility that there may
be some unusual set of circumstances in which the exclusion of such conduct may not ade-
quately reflect the defendant’s culpability; in such a case, an upward departure may be
warranted.
(C) In Furtherance.—The court must determine if the conduct (acts and omissions) of others
was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity.
(D) Reasonably Foreseeable.—The court must then determine if the conduct (acts and omis-
sions) of others that was within the scope of, and in furtherance of, the jointly undertaken
criminal activity was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.
Note that the criminal activity that the defendant agreed to jointly undertake, and the rea-
sonably foreseeable conduct of others in furtherance of that criminal activity, are not nec-
essarily identical. For example, two defendants agree to commit a robbery and, during the
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 25
§1B1.3
course of that robbery, the first defendant assaults and injures a victim. The second defend-
ant is accountable for the assault and injury to the victim (even if the second defendant had
not agreed to the assault and had cautioned the first defendant to be careful not to hurt
anyone) because the assaultive conduct was within the scope of the jointly undertaken crim-
inal activity (the robbery), was in furtherance of that criminal activity (the robbery), and
was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity (given the nature of
the offense).
With respect to offenses involving contraband (including controlled substances), the defend-
ant is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for all quantities of contraband with which he
was directly involved and, in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity under sub-
section (a)(1)(B), all quantities of contraband that were involved in transactions carried out
by other participants, if those transactions were within the scope of, and in furtherance of,
the jointly undertaken criminal activity and were reasonably foreseeable in connection with
that criminal activity.
The requirement of reasonable foreseeability applies only in respect to the conduct (i.e., acts
and omissions) of others under subsection (a)(1)(B). It does not apply to conduct that the
defendant personally undertakes, aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces, procures, or
willfully causes; such conduct is addressed under subsection (a)(1)(A).
4. Illustrations of Conduct for Which the Defendant is Accountable under Subsec-
tions (a)(1)(A) and (B).—
(A) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant.—
(i) Defendant A is one of ten persons hired by Defendant B to off-load a ship containing
marihuana. The off-loading of the ship is interrupted by law enforcement officers and
one ton of marihuana is seized (the amount on the ship as well as the amount off-
loaded). Defendant A and the other off-loaders are arrested and convicted of importa-
tion of marihuana. Regardless of the number of bales he personally unloaded, Defend-
ant A is accountable for the entire one-ton quantity of marihuana. Defendant A aided
and abetted the off-loading of the entire shipment of marihuana by directly partici-
pating in the off-loading of that shipment (i.e., the specific objective of the criminal
activity he joined was the off-loading of the entire shipment). Therefore, he is account-
able for the entire shipment under subsection (a)(1)(A) without regard to the issue of
reasonable foreseeability. This is conceptually similar to the case of a defendant who
transports a suitcase knowing that it contains a controlled substance and, therefore,
is accountable for the controlled substance in the suitcase regardless of his knowledge
or lack of knowledge of the actual type or amount of that controlled substance.
In certain cases, a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more
than one subsection of this guideline. As noted in the preceding paragraph, Defend-
ant A is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of marihuana under subsec-
tion (a)(1)(A). Defendant A also is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of ma-
rihuana on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B) (applying to a jointly undertaken criminal
activity). Defendant A engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity and all three
criteria of subsection (a)(1)(B) are met. First, the conduct was within the scope of the
criminal activity (the importation of the shipment of marihuana). Second, the off-load-
ing of the shipment of marihuana was in furtherance of the criminal activity, as de-
scribed above. And third, a finding that the one-ton quantity of marihuana was rea-
sonably foreseeable is warranted from the nature of the undertaking itself (the impor-
tation of marihuana by ship typically involves very large quantities of marihuana).
26 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.3
The specific circumstances of the case (the defendant was one of ten persons off-load-
ing the marihuana in bales) also support this finding. In an actual case, of course, if a
defendant’s accountability for particular conduct is established under one provision of
this guideline, it is not necessary to review alternative provisions under which such
accountability might be established. See Application Note 2.
(B) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant; acts and omissions in a
jointly undertaken criminal activity.—
(i) Defendant C is the getaway driver in an armed bank robbery in which $15,000 is
taken and a teller is assaulted and injured. Defendant C is accountable for the money
taken under subsection (a)(1)(A) because he aided and abetted the act of taking the
money (the taking of money was the specific objective of the offense he joined). De-
fendant C is accountable for the injury to the teller under subsection (a)(1)(B) because
the assault on the teller was within the scope and in furtherance of the jointly under-
taken criminal activity (the robbery), and was reasonably foreseeable in connection
with that criminal activity (given the nature of the offense).
As noted earlier, a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more
than one subsection. In this example, Defendant C also is accountable for the money
taken on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B) because the taking of money was within the
scope and in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery), and
was reasonably foreseeable (as noted, the taking of money was the specific objective
of the jointly undertaken criminal activity).
(C) Requirements that the conduct of others be within the scope of the jointly under-
taken criminal activity, in furtherance of that criminal activity, and reasonably
foreseeable.—
(i) Defendant D pays Defendant E a small amount to forge an endorsement on an $800
stolen government check. Unknown to Defendant E, Defendant D then uses that check
as a down payment in a scheme to fraudulently obtain $15,000 worth of merchandise.
Defendant E is convicted of forging the $800 check and is accountable for the forgery
of this check under subsection (a)(1)(A). Defendant E is not accountable for the
$15,000 because the fraudulent scheme to obtain $15,000 was not within the scope of
the jointly undertaken criminal activity (i.e., the forgery of the $800 check).
(ii) Defendants F and G, working together, design and execute a scheme to sell fraudulent
stocks by telephone. Defendant F fraudulently obtains $20,000. Defendant G fraudu-
lently obtains $35,000. Each is convicted of mail fraud. Defendants F and G each are
accountable for the entire amount ($55,000). Each defendant is accountable for the
amount he personally obtained under subsection (a)(1)(A). Each defendant is account-
able for the amount obtained by his accomplice under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the
conduct of each was within the scope of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the
scheme to sell fraudulent stocks), was in furtherance of that criminal activity, and
was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.
(iii) Defendants H and I engaged in an ongoing marihuana importation conspiracy in
which Defendant J was hired only to help off-load a single shipment. Defendants H,
I, and J are included in a single count charging conspiracy to import marihuana. De-
fendant J is accountable for the entire single shipment of marihuana he helped import
under subsection (a)(1)(A) and any acts and omissions of others related to the impor-
tation of that shipment on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B) (see the discussion in ex-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 27
§1B1.3
ample (A)(i) above). He is not accountable for prior or subsequent shipments of mari-
huana imported by Defendants H or I because those acts were not within the scope of
his jointly undertaken criminal activity (the importation of the single shipment of
marihuana).
(iv) Defendant K is a wholesale distributor of child pornography. Defendant L is a retail-
level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it, but
otherwise operates independently of Defendant K. Similarly, Defendant M is a retail-
level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it, but
otherwise operates independently of Defendant K. Defendants L and M are aware of
each other’s criminal activity but operate independently. Defendant N is Defend-
ant K’s assistant who recruits customers for Defendant K and frequently supervises
the deliveries to Defendant K’s customers. Each defendant is convicted of a count
charging conspiracy to distribute child pornography. Defendant K is accountable un-
der subsection (a)(1)(A) for the entire quantity of child pornography sold to Defend-
ants L and M. Defendant N also is accountable for the entire quantity sold to those
defendants under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the entire quantity was within the
scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity (to distribute child pornography with
Defendant K), in furtherance of that criminal activity, and reasonably foreseeable.
Defendant L is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of child
pornography that he purchased from Defendant K because he is not engaged in a
jointly undertaken criminal activity with the other defendants. For the same reason,
Defendant M is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of child
pornography that he purchased from Defendant K.
(v) Defendant O knows about her boyfriend’s ongoing drug-trafficking activity, but agrees
to participate on only one occasion by making a delivery for him at his request when
he was ill. Defendant O is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for the drug quantity
involved on that one occasion. Defendant O is not accountable for the other drug sales
made by her boyfriend because those sales were not within the scope of her jointly
undertaken criminal activity (i.e., the one delivery).
(vi) Defendant P is a street-level drug dealer who knows of other street-level drug dealers
in the same geographic area who sell the same type of drug as he sells. Defendant P
and the other dealers share a common source of supply, but otherwise operate inde-
pendently. Defendant P is not accountable for the quantities of drugs sold by the other
street-level drug dealers because he is not engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal
activity with them. In contrast, Defendant Q, another street-level drug dealer, pools
his resources and profits with four other street-level drug dealers. Defendant Q is
engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity and, therefore, he is accountable
under subsection (a)(1)(B) for the quantities of drugs sold by the four other dealers
during the course of his joint undertaking with them because those sales were within
the scope of the jointly undertaken criminal activity, in furtherance of that criminal
activity, and reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.
(vii) Defendant R recruits Defendant S to distribute 500 grams of cocaine. Defendant S
knows that Defendant R is the prime figure in a conspiracy involved in importing
much larger quantities of cocaine. As long as Defendant S’s agreement and conduct is
limited to the distribution of the 500 grams, Defendant S is accountable only for that
500 gram amount (under subsection (a)(1)(A)), rather than the much larger quantity
imported by Defendant R. Defendant S is not accountable under subsection (a)(1)(B)
for the other quantities imported by Defendant R because those quantities were not
within the scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity (i.e., the 500 grams).
28 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.3
(viii) Defendants T, U, V, and W are hired by a supplier to backpack a quantity of mari-
huana across the border from Mexico into the United States. Defendants T, U, V,
and W receive their individual shipments from the supplier at the same time and co-
ordinate their importation efforts by walking across the border together for mutual
assistance and protection. Each defendant is accountable for the aggregate quantity
of marihuana transported by the four defendants. The four defendants engaged in a
jointly undertaken criminal activity, the object of which was the importation of the
four backpacks containing marihuana (subsection (a)(1)(B)), and aided and abetted
each other’s actions (subsection (a)(1)(A)) in carrying out the jointly undertaken crim-
inal activity (which under subsection (a)(1)(B) were also in furtherance of, and rea-
sonably foreseeable in connection with, the criminal activity). In contrast, if Defend-
ants T, U, V, and W were hired individually, transported their individual shipments
at different times, and otherwise operated independently, each defendant would be
accountable only for the quantity of marihuana he personally transported (subsec-
tion (a)(1)(A)). As this example illustrates, the scope of the jointly undertaken crimi-
nal activity may depend upon whether, in the particular circumstances, the nature of
the offense is more appropriately viewed as one jointly undertaken criminal activity
or as a number of separate criminal activities. See Application Note 3(B).
5. Application of Subsection (a)(2).—
(A) Relationship to Grouping of Multiple Counts.—“Offenses of a character for which
§3D1.2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts,” as used in subsection (a)(2), applies
to offenses for which grouping of counts would be required under §3D1.2(d) had the defend-
ant been convicted of multiple counts. Application of this provision does not require the
defendant, in fact, to have been convicted of multiple counts. For example, where the de-
fendant engaged in three drug sales of 10, 15, and 20 grams of cocaine, as part of the same
course of conduct or common scheme or plan, subsection (a)(2) provides that the total quan-
tity of cocaine involved (45 grams) is to be used to determine the offense level even if the
defendant is convicted of a single count charging only one of the sales. If the defendant is
convicted of multiple counts for the above noted sales, the grouping rules of Chapter Three,
Part D (Multiple Counts) provide that the counts are grouped together. Although Chapter
Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) applies to multiple counts of conviction, it does not limit
the scope of subsection (a)(2). Subsection (a)(2) merely incorporates by reference the types
of offenses set forth in §3D1.2(d); thus, as discussed above, multiple counts of conviction are
not required for subsection (a)(2) to apply.
As noted above, subsection (a)(2) applies to offenses of a character for which §3D1.2(d)
would require grouping of multiple counts, had the defendant been convicted of multiple
counts. For example, the defendant sells 30 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U.S.C. § 841)
on one occasion and, as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan, at-
tempts to sell an additional 15 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U.S.C. § 846) on another
occasion. The defendant is convicted of one count charging the completed sale of 30 grams
of cocaine. The two offenses (sale of cocaine and attempted sale of cocaine), although covered
by different statutory provisions, are of a character for which §3D1.2(d) would require the
grouping of counts, had the defendant been convicted of both counts. Therefore, subsec-
tion (a)(2) applies and the total amount of cocaine (45 grams) involved is used to determine
the offense level.
(B) “Same Course of Conduct or Common Scheme or Plan”.—“Common scheme or plan”
and “same course of conduct” are two closely related concepts.
(i) Common scheme or plan. For two or more offenses to constitute part of a common
scheme or plan, they must be substantially connected to each other by at least one
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 29
§1B1.3
common factor, such as common victims, common accomplices, common purpose, or
similar modus operandi. For example, the conduct of five defendants who together
defrauded a group of investors by computer manipulations that unlawfully trans-
ferred funds over an eighteen-month period would qualify as a common scheme or
plan on the basis of any of the above listed factors; i.e., the commonality of victims
(the same investors were defrauded on an ongoing basis), commonality of offenders
(the conduct constituted an ongoing conspiracy), commonality of purpose (to defraud
the group of investors), or similarity of modus operandi (the same or similar computer
manipulations were used to execute the scheme).
(ii) Same course of conduct. Offenses that do not qualify as part of a common scheme
or plan may nonetheless qualify as part of the same course of conduct if they are suf-
ficiently connected or related to each other as to warrant the conclusion that they are
part of a single episode, spree, or ongoing series of offenses. Factors that are appro-
priate to the determination of whether offenses are sufficiently connected or related
to each other to be considered as part of the same course of conduct include the degree
of similarity of the offenses, the regularity (repetitions) of the offenses, and the time
interval between the offenses. When one of the above factors is absent, a stronger
presence of at least one of the other factors is required. For example, where the con-
duct alleged to be relevant is relatively remote to the offense of conviction, a stronger
showing of similarity or regularity is necessary to compensate for the absence of tem-
poral proximity. The nature of the offenses may also be a relevant consideration
(e.g., a defendant’s failure to file tax returns in three consecutive years appropriately
would be considered as part of the same course of conduct because such returns are
only required at yearly intervals).
(C) Conduct Associated with a Prior Sentence.—For the purposes of subsection (a)(2), of-
fense conduct associated with a sentence that was imposed prior to the acts or omissions
constituting the instant federal offense (the offense of conviction) is not considered as part
of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction.
Examples: (1) The defendant was convicted for the sale of cocaine and sentenced to state
prison. Immediately upon release from prison, he again sold cocaine to the same person,
using the same accomplices and modus operandi. The instant federal offense (the offense of
conviction) charges this latter sale. In this example, the offense conduct relevant to the
state prison sentence is considered as prior criminal history, not as part of the same course
of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction. The prior state prison
sentence is counted under Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood).
(2) The defendant engaged in two cocaine sales constituting part of the same course of con-
duct or common scheme or plan. Subsequently, he is arrested by state authorities for the
first sale and by federal authorities for the second sale. He is convicted in state court for
the first sale and sentenced to imprisonment; he is then convicted in federal court for the
second sale. In this case, the cocaine sales are not separated by an intervening sentence.
Therefore, under subsection (a)(2), the cocaine sale associated with the state conviction is
considered as relevant conduct to the instant federal offense. The state prison sentence for
that sale is not counted as a prior sentence; see §4A1.2(a)(1).
Note, however, in certain cases, offense conduct associated with a previously imposed sen-
tence may be expressly charged in the offense of conviction. Unless otherwise provided,
such conduct will be considered relevant conduct under subsection (a)(1), not (a)(2).
30 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.3
6. Application of Subsection (a)(3).—
(A) Definition of “Harm”.—“Harm” includes bodily injury, monetary loss, property damage
and any resulting harm.
(B) Risk or Danger of Harm.—If the offense guideline includes creating a risk or danger of
harm as a specific offense characteristic, whether that risk or danger was created is to be
considered in determining the offense level. See, e.g., §2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage by
Use of Explosives); §2Q1.2 (Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides).
If, however, the guideline refers only to harm sustained (e.g., §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault);
§2B3.1 (Robbery)) or to actual, attempted or intended harm (e.g., §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud); §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy)), the risk created
enters into the determination of the offense level only insofar as it is incorporated into the
base offense level. Unless clearly indicated by the guidelines, harm that is merely risked is
not to be treated as the equivalent of harm that occurred. In a case in which creation of risk
is not adequately taken into account by the applicable offense guideline, an upward depar-
ture may be warranted. See generally §1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sen-
tence); §5K2.0 (Grounds for Departure). The extent to which harm that was attempted or
intended enters into the determination of the offense level should be determined in accord-
ance with §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) and the applicable offense guide-
line.
7. Factors Requiring Conviction under a Specific Statute.—A particular guideline (in the
base offense level or in a specific offense characteristic) may expressly direct that a particular
factor be applied only if the defendant was convicted of a particular statute. For example, in
§2S1.1 (Laundering of Monetary Instruments; Engaging in Monetary Transactions in Property
Derived from Unlawful Activity), subsection (b)(2)(B) applies if the defendant “was convicted un-
der 18 U.S.C. § 1956”. Unless such an express direction is included, conviction under the statute
is not required. Thus, use of a statutory reference to describe a particular set of circumstances
does not require a conviction under the referenced statute. An example of this usage is found in
§2A3.4(a)(2) (“if the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2242”).
Unless otherwise specified, an express direction to apply a particular factor only if the defendant
was convicted of a particular statute includes the determination of the offense level where the
defendant was convicted of conspiracy, attempt, solicitation, aiding or abetting, accessory after
the fact, or misprision of felony in respect to that particular statute. For example, §2S1.1(b)(2)(B)
(which is applicable only if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1956) would be applied
in determining the offense level under §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in a case in which the
defendant was convicted of accessory after the fact to a violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1956 but would
not be applied in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a conspiracy under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1956(h) and the sole object of that conspiracy was to commit an offense set forth in 18 U.S.C.
§ 1957. See Application Note 3(C) of §2S1.1.
8. Partially Completed Offense.—In the case of a partially completed offense (e.g., an offense
involving an attempted theft of $800,000 and a completed theft of $30,000), the offense level is
to be determined in accordance with §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) whether the
conviction is for the substantive offense, the inchoate offense (attempt, solicitation, or conspir-
acy), or both. See Application Note 4 in the Commentary to §2X1.1. Note, however, that Applica-
tion Note 4 is not applicable where the offense level is determined under §2X1.1(c)(1).
9. Solicitation, Misprision, or Accessory After the Fact.—In the case of solicitation, mispri-
sion, or accessory after the fact, the conduct for which the defendant is accountable includes all
conduct relevant to determining the offense level for the underlying offense that was known, or
reasonably should have been known, by the defendant.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 31
§1B1.3
10. Acquitted Conduct.—Subsection (c) provides that relevant conduct does not include conduct
for which the defendant was criminally charged and acquitted in federal court, unless such con-
duct establishes, in whole or in part, the instant offense of conviction. There may be cases in
which certain conduct underlies both an acquitted charge and the instant offense of conviction.
In those cases, the court is in the best position to determine whether such overlapping conduct
establishes, in whole or in part, the instant offense of conviction and therefore qualifies as rele-
vant conduct.
Background: This section prescribes rules for determining the applicable guideline sentencing range,
whereas §1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence) governs the range of information that
the court may consider in adjudging sentence once the guideline sentencing range has been deter-
mined. Conduct that is not formally charged or is not an element of the offense of conviction may enter
into the determination of the applicable guideline sentencing range. The range of information that
may be considered at sentencing is broader than the range of information upon which the applicable
sentencing range is determined.
Subsection (a) establishes a rule of construction by specifying, in the absence of more explicit
instructions in the context of a specific guideline, the range of conduct that is relevant to determining
the applicable offense level (except for the determination of the applicable offense guideline, which is
governed by §1B1.2(a)). No such rule of construction is necessary with respect to Chapters Four and
Five because the guidelines in those chapters are explicit as to the specific factors to be considered.
Subsection (a)(2) provides for consideration of a broader range of conduct with respect to one
class of offenses, primarily certain property, tax, fraud and drug offenses for which the guidelines
depend substantially on quantity, than with respect to other offenses such as assault, robbery and
burglary. The distinction is made on the basis of §3D1.2(d), which provides for grouping together
(i.e., treating as a single count) all counts charging offenses of a type covered by this subsection. How-
ever, the applicability of subsection (a)(2) does not depend upon whether multiple counts are alleged.
Thus, in an embezzlement case, for example, embezzled funds that may not be specified in any count
of conviction are nonetheless included in determining the offense level if they were part of the same
course of conduct or part of the same scheme or plan as the count of conviction. Similarly, in a drug
distribution case, quantities and types of drugs not specified in the count of conviction are to be in-
cluded in determining the offense level if they were part of the same course of conduct or part of a
common scheme or plan as the count of conviction. On the other hand, in a robbery case in which the
defendant robbed two banks, the amount of money taken in one robbery would not be taken into ac-
count in determining the guideline range for the other robbery, even if both robberies were part of a
single course of conduct or the same scheme or plan. (This is true whether the defendant is convicted
of one or both robberies.)
Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) adopt different rules because offenses of the character dealt with in
subsection (a)(2) (i.e., to which §3D1.2(d) applies) often involve a pattern of misconduct that cannot
readily be broken into discrete, identifiable units that are meaningful for purposes of sentencing. For
example, a pattern of embezzlement may consist of several acts of taking that cannot separately be
identified, even though the overall conduct is clear. In addition, the distinctions that the law makes as
to what constitutes separate counts or offenses often turn on technical elements that are not especially
meaningful for purposes of sentencing. Thus, in a mail fraud case, the scheme is an element of the
offense and each mailing may be the basis for a separate count; in an embezzlement case, each taking
may provide a basis for a separate count. Another consideration is that in a pattern of small thefts, for
example, it is important to take into account the full range of related conduct. Relying on the entire
range of conduct, regardless of the number of counts that are alleged or on which a conviction is ob-
tained, appears to be the most reasonable approach to writing workable guidelines for these offenses.
Conversely, when §3D1.2(d) does not apply, so that convictions on multiple counts are considered sep-
32 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.4
arately in determining the guideline sentencing range, the guidelines prohibit aggregation of quanti-
ties from other counts in order to prevent “double counting” of the conduct and harm from each count
of conviction. Continuing offenses present similar practical problems. The reference to §3D1.2(d),
which provides for grouping of multiple counts arising out of a continuing offense when the offense
guideline takes the continuing nature into account, also prevents double counting.
Subsection (a)(4) requires consideration of any other information specified in the applicable
guideline. For example, §2A1.4 (Involuntary Manslaughter) specifies consideration of the defendant’s
state of mind; §2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage By Use of Explosives) specifies consideration of the
risk of harm created.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 3); November 1, 1989 (amend-
ments 76–78 and 303); November 1, 1990 (amendment 309); November 1, 1991 (amendment 389); Novem-
Historical
ber 1, 1992 (amendment 439); November 1, 1994 (amendment 503); November 1, 2001 (amendments 617
Note
and 634); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2015
(amendments 790 and 797); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824); November 1, 2024 (amendment 826).
§1B1.4. Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence (Selecting a Point Within the
Guideline Range or Departing from the Guidelines)
In determining the sentence to impose within the guideline range, or whether
a departure from the guidelines is warranted, the court may consider, without
limitation, any information concerning the background, character and conduct
of the defendant, unless otherwise prohibited by law. See 18 U.S.C. § 3661.
Commentary
Background: This section distinguishes between factors that determine the applicable guideline sen-
tencing range (§1B1.3) and information that a court may consider in imposing a sentence within that
range. The section is based on 18 U.S.C. § 3661, which recodifies 18 U.S.C. § 3577. The recodification
of this 1970 statute in 1984 with an effective date of 1987 (99 Stat. 1728), makes it clear that Congress
intended that no limitation would be placed on the information that a court may consider in imposing
an appropriate sentence under the future guideline sentencing system. A court is not precluded from
considering information that the guidelines do not take into account in determining a sentence within
the guideline range or from considering that information in determining whether and to what extent
to depart from the guidelines. For example, if the defendant committed two robberies, but as part of a
plea negotiation entered a guilty plea to only one, the robbery that was not taken into account by the
guidelines would provide a reason for sentencing at the top of the guideline range and may provide a
reason for an upward departure. Some policy statements do, however, express a Commission policy
that certain factors should not be considered for any purpose, or should be considered only for limited
purposes. See, e.g., Chapter Five, Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 4); November 1, 1989 (amend-
Historical
ment 303); November 1, 2000 (amendment 604); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2023
Note
(amendment 824).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 33
§1B1.5
§1B1.5. Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines
(a) A cross reference (an instruction to apply another offense guideline) refers
to the entire offense guideline (i.e., the base offense level, specific offense
characteristics, cross references, and special instructions).
(b) (1) An instruction to use the offense level from another offense guideline
refers to the offense level from the entire offense guideline (i.e., the
base offense level, specific offense characteristics, cross references,
and special instructions), except as provided in subdivision (2) below.
(2) An instruction to use a particular subsection or table from another
offense guideline refers only to the particular subsection or table ref-
erenced, and not to the entire offense guideline.
(c) If the offense level is determined by a reference to another guideline under
subsection (a) or (b)(1) above, the adjustments in Chapter Three (Adjust-
ments) also are determined in respect to the referenced offense guideline,
except as otherwise expressly provided.
(d) A reference to another guideline under subsection (a) or (b)(1) above may
direct that it be applied only if it results in the greater offense level. In
such case, the greater offense level means the greater Chapter Two offense
level, except as otherwise expressly provided.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. References to other offense guidelines are most frequently designated “Cross References,” but
may also appear in the portion of the guideline entitled “Base Offense Level” (e.g., §2D1.2(a)(1)
and (2)), or “Specific Offense Characteristics” (e.g., §2A4.1(b)(7)). These references may be to a
specific guideline, or may be more general (e.g., to the guideline for the “underlying offense”).
Such references incorporate the specific offense characteristics, cross references, and special in-
structions as well as the base offense level. For example, if the guideline reads “2 plus the offense
level from §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault),” the user would determine the offense level from §2A2.2,
including any applicable adjustments for planning, weapon use, degree of injury and motive, and
then increase by 2 levels.
A reference may also be to a specific subsection of another guideline; e.g., the reference in
§2D1.10(a)(1) to “3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1.1”. In such case,
only the specific subsection of that other guideline is used.
2. A reference to another guideline may direct that such reference is to be used only if it results in
a greater offense level. In such cases, the greater offense level means the offense level taking into
account only the Chapter Two offense level, unless the offense guideline expressly provides for
consideration of both the Chapter Two offense level and applicable Chapter Three adjustments.
For situations in which a comparison involving both Chapters Two and Three is necessary,
see the Commentary to §§2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Un-
der Color of Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest
34 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.6
Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Func-
tions); 2E1.1 (Unlawful Conduct Relating to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations);
and 2E1.2 (Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering Enterprise).
3. A reference may direct that, if the conduct involved another offense, the offense guideline for
such other offense is to be applied. Consistent with the provisions of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct),
such other offense includes conduct that may be a state or local offense and conduct that occurred
under circumstances that would constitute a federal offense had the conduct taken place within
the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. Where there is more than one such
other offense, the most serious such offense (or group of closely related offenses in the case of
offenses that would be grouped together under §3D1.2(d)) is to be used. For example, if a defend-
ant convicted of possession of a firearm by a felon, to which §2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession,
or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or
Ammunition) applies, is found to have possessed that firearm during commission of a series of
offenses, the cross reference at §2K2.1(c) is applied to the offense resulting in the greatest offense
level.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 79 and 80); November 1,
Historical
1991 (amendment 429); November 1, 1992 (amendment 440); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 1997 (amendment 547); November 1, 2001 (amendment 616); November 1, 2004 (amendment 666).
§1B1.6. Structure of the Guidelines
The guidelines are presented in numbered chapters divided into alphabetical
parts. The parts are divided into subparts and individual guidelines. Each
guideline is identified by three numbers and a letter corresponding to the chap-
ter, part, subpart and individual guideline.
The first number is the chapter, the letter represents the part of the chapter,
the second number is the subpart, and the final number is the guideline. Sec-
tion 2B1.1, for example, is the first guideline in the first subpart in Part B of
Chapter Two. Or, §3A1.2 is the second guideline in the first subpart in Part A
of Chapter Three. Policy statements are similarly identified.
To illustrate:
Historical Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 35
§1B1.8
§1B1.7. Significance of Commentary
The Commentary that accompanies the guideline sections may serve a number
of purposes. First, it may interpret the guideline or explain how it is to be ap-
plied. Failure to follow such commentary could constitute an incorrect applica-
tion of the guidelines, subjecting the sentence to possible reversal on appeal.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3742. Second, the commentary may suggest circumstances
which, in the view of the Commission, may warrant departure from the guide-
lines. Such commentary is to be treated as the legal equivalent of a policy state-
ment. Finally, the commentary may provide background information, including
factors considered in promulgating the guideline or reasons underlying prom-
ulgation of the guideline. As with a policy statement, such commentary may
provide guidance in assessing the reasonableness of any departure from the
guidelines.
Commentary
Portions of this document not labeled as guidelines or commentary also express the policy of the
Commission or provide guidance as to the interpretation and application of the guidelines. These are
to be construed as commentary and thus have the force of policy statements.
“[C]ommentary in the Guidelines Manual that interprets or explains a guideline is authoritative
unless it violates the Constitution or a federal statute, or is inconsistent with, or a plainly erroneous
reading of, that guideline.” Stinson v. United States, 508 U.S. 36, 38 (1993).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 498).
Note
§1B1.8. Use of Certain Information
(a) Where a defendant agrees to cooperate with the government by providing
information concerning unlawful activities of others, and as part of that
cooperation agreement the government agrees that self-incriminating in-
formation provided pursuant to the agreement will not be used against the
defendant, then such information shall not be used in determining the ap-
plicable guideline range, except to the extent provided in the agreement.
(b) The provisions of subsection (a) shall not be applied to restrict the use of
information:
(1) known to the government prior to entering into the cooperation agree-
ment;
36 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.8
(2) concerning the existence of prior convictions and sentences in deter-
mining §4A1.1 (Criminal History Category) and §4B1.1 (Career Of-
fender);
(3) in a prosecution for perjury or giving a false statement;
(4) in the event there is a breach of the cooperation agreement by the
defendant; or
(5) in determining whether, or to what extent, a downward departure
from the guidelines is warranted pursuant to a government motion
under §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. This provision does not authorize the government to withhold information from the court but
provides that self-incriminating information obtained under a cooperation agreement is not to be
used to determine the defendant’s guideline range. Under this provision, for example, if a de-
fendant is arrested in possession of a kilogram of cocaine and, pursuant to an agreement to pro-
vide information concerning the unlawful activities of co-conspirators, admits that he assisted in
the importation of an additional three kilograms of cocaine, a fact not previously known to the
government, this admission would not be used to increase his applicable guideline range, except
to the extent provided in the agreement. Although the guideline itself affects only the determi-
nation of the guideline range, the policy of the Commission, as a corollary, is that information
prohibited from being used to determine the applicable guideline range shall not be used to de-
part upward. In contrast, subsection (b)(5) provides that consideration of such information is
appropriate in determining whether, and to what extent, a downward departure is warranted
pursuant to a government motion under §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities); e.g., a
court may refuse to depart downward on the basis of such information.
2. Subsection (b)(2) prohibits any cooperation agreement from restricting the use of information as
to the existence of prior convictions and sentences in determining adjustments under §4A1.1
(Criminal History Category) and §4B1.1 (Career Offender). The probation office generally will
secure information relevant to the defendant’s criminal history independent of information the
defendant provides as part of his cooperation agreement.
3. On occasion the defendant will provide incriminating information to the government during plea
negotiation sessions before a cooperation agreement has been reached. In the event no agreement
is reached, use of such information in a sentencing proceeding is restricted by Rule 11(f) (Admis-
sibility or Inadmissibility of a Plea, Plea Discussions, and Related Statements) of the Federal
Rules of Criminal Procedure and Rule 410 (Pleas, Plea Discussions, and Related Statements) of
the Rules of Evidence.
4. As with the statutory provisions governing use immunity, 18 U.S.C. § 6002, this guideline does
not apply to information used against the defendant in a prosecution for perjury, giving a false
statement, or in the event the defendant otherwise fails to comply with the cooperation agree-
ment.
5. This guideline limits the use of certain incriminating information furnished by a defendant in
the context of a defendant-government agreement for the defendant to provide information con-
cerning the unlawful activities of other persons. The guideline operates as a limitation on the
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 37
§1B1.9
use of such incriminating information in determining the applicable guideline range, and not
merely as a restriction of the government’s presentation of such information (e.g., where the de-
fendant, subsequent to having entered into a cooperation agreement, provides such information
to the probation officer preparing the presentence report, the use of such information remains
protected by this section).
6. Unless the cooperation agreement relates to the provision of information concerning the unlawful
activities of others, this guideline does not apply (i.e., an agreement by the defendant simply to
detail the extent of his own unlawful activities, not involving an agreement to provide infor-
mation concerning the unlawful activity of another person, is not covered by this guideline).
Effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 5). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 308); Novem-
Historical ber 1, 1991 (amendment 390); November 1, 1992 (amendment 441); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674);
Note November 1, 2009 (amendment 736); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2013 (amend-
ment 778).
§1B1.9. Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions
The sentencing guidelines do not apply to any count of conviction that is a
Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the guidelines, the court may impose any sentence au-
thorized by statute for each count that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction. A Class B
misdemeanor is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more
than thirty days but not more than six months; a Class C misdemeanor is any offense for which
the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more than five days but not more than thirty
days; an infraction is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is
not more than five days or for which no imprisonment is authorized. See 18 U.S.C. § 3559.
2. The guidelines for sentencing on multiple counts do not apply to counts that are Class B or C
misdemeanors or infractions. Sentences for such offenses may be consecutive to or concurrent
with sentences imposed on other counts. In imposing sentence, the court should, however, con-
sider the relationship between the Class B or C misdemeanor or infraction and any other offenses
of which the defendant is convicted.
Background: For the sake of judicial economy, the Commission has exempted all Class B and C mis-
demeanors and infractions from the coverage of the guidelines.
Historical Effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 6). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 81); November 1,
Note 2010 (amendment 746).
38 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.10
§1B1.10. Reduction in Term of Imprisonment as a Result of Amended Guideline Range
(Policy Statement)
(a) AUTHORITY.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—In a case in which a defendant is serving a term of im-
prisonment, and the guideline range applicable to that defendant has
subsequently been lowered as a result of an amendment to the Guide-
lines Manual listed in subsection (d) below, the court may reduce the
defendant’s term of imprisonment as provided by 18 U.S.C.
§ 3582(c)(2). As required by 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2), any such reduction
in the defendant’s term of imprisonment shall be consistent with this
policy statement.
(2) EXCLUSIONS.—A reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is
not consistent with this policy statement and therefore is not author-
ized under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) if—
(A) none of the amendments listed in subsection (d) is applicable to
the defendant; or
(B) an amendment listed in subsection (d) does not have the effect of
lowering the defendant’s applicable guideline range.
(3) LIMITATION.—Consistent with subsection (b), proceedings under
18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement do not constitute a
full resentencing of the defendant.
(b) DETERMINATION OF REDUCTION IN TERM OF IMPRISONMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—In determining whether, and to what extent, a reduc-
tion in the defendant’s term of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C.
§ 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement is warranted, the court shall
determine the amended guideline range that would have been appli-
cable to the defendant if the amendment(s) to the guidelines listed in
subsection (d) had been in effect at the time the defendant was sen-
tenced. In making such determination, the court shall substitute only
the amendments listed in subsection (d) for the corresponding guide-
line provisions that were applied when the defendant was sentenced
and shall leave all other guideline application decisions unaffected.
(2) LIMITATION AND PROHIBITION ON EXTENT OF REDUCTION.—
(A) LIMITATION.—Except as provided in subdivision (B), the court
shall not reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment under
18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement to a term that is
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 39
§1B1.10
less than the minimum of the amended guideline range deter-
mined under subdivision (1) of this subsection.
(B) EXCEPTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE.—If the term of impris-
onment imposed was less than the term of imprisonment pro-
vided by the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the
time of sentencing pursuant to a government motion to reflect
the defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities, a reduction
comparably less than the amended guideline range determined
under subdivision (1) of this subsection may be appropriate.
(C) PROHIBITION.—In no event may the reduced term of imprison-
ment be less than the term of imprisonment the defendant has
already served.
(c) CASES INVOLVING MANDATORY MINIMUM SENTENCES AND SUBSTANTIAL AS-
SISTANCE.—If the case involves a statutorily required minimum sentence
and the court had the authority to impose a sentence below the statutorily
required minimum sentence pursuant to a government motion to reflect
the defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities, then for purposes of
this policy statement the amended guideline range shall be determined
without regard to the operation of §5G1.1 (Sentencing on a Single Count
of Conviction) and §5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction).
(d) COVERED AMENDMENTS.—Amendments covered by this policy statement
are listed in Appendix C as follows: 126, 130, 156, 176, 269, 329, 341, 371,
379, 380, 433, 454, 461, 484, 488, 490, 499, 505, 506, 516, 591, 599, 606,
657, 702, 706 as amended by 711, 715, 750 (parts A and C only), 782 (sub-
ject to subsection (e)(1)), and 821 (parts A and B, subpart 1 only and subject
to subsection (e)(2)).
(e) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS.—
(1) The court shall not order a reduced term of imprisonment based on
Amendment 782 unless the effective date of the court’s order is No-
vember 1, 2015, or later.
(2) The court shall not order a reduced term of imprisonment based on
Part A or Part B, Subpart 1 of Amendment 821 unless the effective
date of the court’s order is February 1, 2024, or later.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (a).—
(A) Eligibility.—Eligibility for consideration under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) is triggered only by
an amendment listed in subsection (d) that lowers the applicable guideline range (i.e., the
40 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.10
guideline range that corresponds to the offense level and criminal history category deter-
mined pursuant to §1B1.1(a), which is determined before consideration of any departure
provision in the Guidelines Manual or any variance). Accordingly, a reduction in the de-
fendant’s term of imprisonment is not authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and is not
consistent with this policy statement if: (i) none of the amendments listed in subsection (d)
is applicable to the defendant; or (ii) an amendment listed in subsection (d) is applicable to
the defendant but the amendment does not have the effect of lowering the defendant’s ap-
plicable guideline range because of the operation of another guideline or statutory provision
(e.g., a statutory mandatory minimum term of imprisonment).
(B) Factors for Consideration.—
(i) In General.—Consistent with 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2), the court shall consider the fac-
tors set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a) in determining: (I) whether a reduction in the
defendant’s term of imprisonment is warranted; and (II) the extent of such reduction,
but only within the limits described in subsection (b).
(ii) Public Safety Consideration.—The court shall consider the nature and seriousness
of the danger to any person or the community that may be posed by a reduction in the
defendant’s term of imprisonment in determining: (I) whether such a reduction is war-
ranted; and (II) the extent of such reduction, but only within the limits described in
subsection (b).
(iii) Post-Sentencing Conduct.—The court may consider post-sentencing conduct of the
defendant that occurred after imposition of the term of imprisonment in determining:
(I) whether a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is warranted; and
(II) the extent of such reduction, but only within the limits described in subsection (b).
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—In determining the amended guideline range under sub-
section (b)(1), the court shall substitute only the amendments listed in subsection (d) for the
corresponding guideline provisions that were applied when the defendant was sentenced. All
other guideline application decisions remain unaffected.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Under subsection (b)(2), the amended guideline range de-
termined under subsection (b)(1) and the term of imprisonment already served by the defendant
limit the extent to which the court may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment under
18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement. Specifically, as provided in subsection (b)(2)(A),
if the term of imprisonment imposed was within the guideline range applicable to the defendant
at the time of sentencing, the court may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment to a term
that is no less than the minimum term of imprisonment provided by the amended guideline range
determined under subsection (b)(1). For example, in a case in which: (A) the guideline range
applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing was 70 to 87 months; (B) the term of im-
prisonment imposed was 70 months; and (C) the amended guideline range determined under
subsection (b)(1) is 51 to 63 months, the court may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment,
but shall not reduce it to a term less than 51 months.
If the term of imprisonment imposed was outside the guideline range applicable to the defendant
at the time of sentencing, the limitation in subsection (b)(2)(A) also applies. Thus, if the term of
imprisonment imposed in the example provided above was not a sentence of 70 months (within
the guidelines range) but instead was a sentence of 56 months (constituting a downward depar-
ture or variance), the court likewise may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment, but shall
not reduce it to a term less than 51 months.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 41
§1B1.10
Subsection (b)(2)(B) provides an exception to this limitation, which applies if the term of impris-
onment imposed was less than the term of imprisonment provided by the guideline range appli-
cable to the defendant at the time of sentencing pursuant to a government motion to reflect the
defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities. In such a case, the court may reduce the de-
fendant’s term, but the reduction is not limited by subsection (b)(2)(A) to the minimum of the
amended guideline range. Instead, as provided in subsection (b)(2)(B), the court may, if appro-
priate, provide a reduction comparably less than the amended guideline range. Thus, if the term
of imprisonment imposed in the example provided above was 56 months pursuant to a govern-
ment motion to reflect the defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities (representing a down-
ward departure of 20 percent below the minimum term of imprisonment provided by the guide-
line range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing), a reduction to a term of impris-
onment of 41 months (representing a reduction of approximately 20 percent below the minimum
term of imprisonment provided by the amended guideline range) would amount to a comparable
reduction and may be appropriate.
The provisions authorizing such a government motion are §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Au-
thorities) (authorizing, upon government motion, a downward departure based on the defend-
ant’s substantial assistance); 18 U.S.C. § 3553(e) (authorizing the court, upon government mo-
tion, to impose a sentence below a statutory minimum to reflect the defendant’s substantial as-
sistance); and Fed. R. Crim. P. 35(b) (authorizing the court, upon government motion, to reduce
a sentence to reflect the defendant’s substantial assistance).
In no case, however, shall the term of imprisonment be reduced below time served. See subsec-
tion (b)(2)(C). Subject to these limitations, the sentencing court has the discretion to determine
whether, and to what extent, to reduce a term of imprisonment under this section.
4. Application of Subsection (c).—As stated in subsection (c), if the case involves a statutorily
required minimum sentence and the court had the authority to impose a sentence below the
statutorily required minimum sentence pursuant to a government motion to reflect the defend-
ant’s substantial assistance to authorities, then for purposes of this policy statement the
amended guideline range shall be determined without regard to the operation of §5G1.1 (Sen-
tencing on a Single Count of Conviction) and §5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Convic-
tion). For example:
(A) Defendant A is subject to a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment of 120 months. The
original guideline range at the time of sentencing was 135 to 168 months, which is entirely
above the mandatory minimum, and the court imposed a sentence of 101 months pursuant
to a government motion to reflect the defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities. The
court determines that the amended guideline range as calculated on the Sentencing Table
is 108 to 135 months. Ordinarily, §5G1.1 would operate to restrict the amended guideline
range to 120 to 135 months, to reflect the mandatory minimum term of imprisonment. For
purposes of this policy statement, however, the amended guideline range remains 108 to
135 months.
To the extent the court considers it appropriate to provide a reduction comparably less than
the amended guideline range pursuant to subsection (b)(2)(B), Defendant A’s original sen-
tence of 101 months amounted to a reduction of approximately 25 percent below the mini-
mum of the original guideline range of 135 months. Therefore, an amended sentence of
81 months (representing a reduction of approximately 25 percent below the minimum of
the amended guideline range of 108 months) would amount to a comparable reduction and
may be appropriate.
(B) Defendant B is subject to a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment of 120 months. The
original guideline range at the time of sentencing (as calculated on the Sentencing Table)
42 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.10
was 108 to 135 months, which was restricted by operation of §5G1.1 to a range of 120 to
135 months. See §5G1.1(c)(2). The court imposed a sentence of 90 months pursuant to a
government motion to reflect the defendant’s substantial assistance to authorities. The
court determines that the amended guideline range as calculated on the Sentencing Table
is 87 to 108 months. Ordinarily, §5G1.1 would operate to restrict the amended guideline
range to precisely 120 months, to reflect the mandatory minimum term of imprisonment.
See §5G1.1(b). For purposes of this policy statement, however, the amended guideline range
is considered to be 87 to 108 months (i.e., unrestricted by operation of §5G1.1 and the stat-
utory minimum of 120 months).
To the extent the court considers it appropriate to provide a reduction comparably less than
the amended guideline range pursuant to subsection (b)(2)(B), Defendant B’s original sen-
tence of 90 months amounted to a reduction of approximately 25 percent below the original
guideline range of 120 months. Therefore, an amended sentence of 65 months (representing
a reduction of approximately 25 percent below the minimum of the amended guideline
range of 87 months) would amount to a comparable reduction and may be appropriate.
5. Application to Amendment 750 (Parts A and C Only).—As specified in subsection (d), the
parts of Amendment 750 that are covered by this policy statement are Parts A and C only. Part A
amended the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1.1 for crack cocaine and made related revisions to the
Drug Equivalency Tables (currently called Drug Conversion Tables) in the Commentary to
§2D1.1 (see §2D1.1, comment. (n.8)). Part C deleted the cross reference in §2D2.1(b) under which
an offender who possessed more than 5 grams of crack cocaine was sentenced under §2D1.1.
6. Application to Amendment 782.—As specified in subsection (d) and (e)(1), Amendment 782
(generally revising the Drug Quantity Table and chemical quantity tables across drug and chem-
ical types) is covered by this policy statement only in cases in which the order reducing the de-
fendant’s term of imprisonment has an effective date of November 1, 2015, or later.
A reduction based on retroactive application of Amendment 782 that does not comply with the
requirement that the order take effect on November 1, 2015, or later is not consistent with this
policy statement and therefore is not authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2).
Subsection (e)(1) does not preclude the court from conducting sentence reduction proceedings and
entering orders under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement before November 1, 2015,
provided that any order reducing the defendant’s term of imprisonment has an effective date of
November 1, 2015, or later.
7. Application to Amendment 821 (Parts A and B, Subpart 1 Only).—As specified in subsec-
tion (d), the parts of Amendment 821 that are covered by this policy statement are Parts A and B,
Subpart 1 only, subject to the special instruction at subsection (e)(2). Part A amended §4A1.1
(Criminal History Category) to limit the overall criminal history impact of “status points”
(i.e., the additional criminal history points given to defendants for the fact of having committed
the instant offense while under a criminal justice sentence, including probation, parole, super-
vised release, imprisonment, work release, or escape status). Part B, Subpart 1 created a new
Chapter Four guideline at §4C1.1 (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders) to provide a
decrease of two levels from the offense level determined under Chapters Two and Three for de-
fendants who did not receive any criminal history points under Chapter Four, Part A and whose
instant offense did not involve specified aggravating factors.
The special instruction at subsection (e)(2) delays the effective date of orders reducing a defend-
ant’s term of imprisonment to a date no earlier than February 1, 2024. A reduction based on the
retroactive application of Part A or Part B, Subpart 1 of Amendment 821 that does not comply
with the requirement that the order take effect no earlier than February 1, 2024, is not consistent
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 43
§1B1.10
with this policy statement and therefore is not authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2). Subsec-
tion (e)(2), however, does not preclude the court from conducting sentence reduction proceedings
and entering orders under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement before February 1,
2024, provided that any order reducing the defendant’s term of imprisonment has an effective
date of February 1, 2024, or later.
8. Supervised Release.—
(A) Exclusion Relating to Revocation.—Only a term of imprisonment imposed as part of
the original sentence is authorized to be reduced under this section. This section does not
authorize a reduction in the term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation of supervised
release.
(B) Modification Relating to Early Termination.—If the prohibition in subsection (b)(2)(C)
relating to time already served precludes a reduction in the term of imprisonment to the
extent the court determines otherwise would have been appropriate as a result of the
amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1), the court may consider any
such reduction that it was unable to grant in connection with any motion for early termi-
nation of a term of supervised release under 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(1). However, the fact that
a defendant may have served a longer term of imprisonment than the court determines
would have been appropriate in view of the amended guideline range determined under
subsection (b)(1) shall not, without more, provide a basis for early termination of supervised
release. Rather, the court should take into account the totality of circumstances relevant to
a decision to terminate supervised release, including the term of supervised release that
would have been appropriate in connection with a sentence under the amended guideline
range determined under subsection (b)(1).
9. Use of Policy Statement in Effect on Date of Reduction.—Consistent with subsection (a)
of §1B1.11 (Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentencing), the court shall use the
version of this policy statement that is in effect on the date on which the court reduces the de-
fendant’s term of imprisonment as provided by 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2).
Background: Section 3582(c)(2) of title 18, United States Code, provides: “[I]n the case of a defendant
who has been sentenced to a term of imprisonment based on a sentencing range that has subsequently
been lowered by the Sentencing Commission pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 994(o), upon motion of the de-
fendant or the Director of the Bureau of Prisons, or on its own motion, the court may reduce the term
of imprisonment, after considering the factors set forth in section 3553(a) to the extent that they are
applicable, if such a reduction is consistent with applicable policy statements issued by the Sentencing
Commission.”
This policy statement provides guidance and limitations for a court when considering a motion
under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(2) and implements 28 U.S.C. § 994(u), which provides: “If the Commission
reduces the term of imprisonment recommended in the guidelines applicable to a particular offense or
category of offenses, it shall specify in what circumstances and by what amount the sentences of pris-
oners serving terms of imprisonment for the offense may be reduced.” The Supreme Court has con-
cluded that proceedings under section 3582(c)(2) are not governed by United States v. Booker, 543 U.S.
220 (2005), and this policy statement remains binding on courts in such proceedings. See Dillon v.
United States, 560 U.S. 817 (2010).
Among the factors considered by the Commission in selecting the amendments included in sub-
section (d) were the purpose of the amendment, the magnitude of the change in the guideline range
made by the amendment, and the difficulty of applying the amendment retroactively to determine an
amended guideline range under subsection (b)(1).
44 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.11
The listing of an amendment in subsection (d) reflects policy determinations by the Commission
that a reduced guideline range is sufficient to achieve the purposes of sentencing and that, in the sound
discretion of the court, a reduction in the term of imprisonment may be appropriate for previously
sentenced, qualified defendants. The authorization of such a discretionary reduction does not other-
wise affect the lawfulness of a previously imposed sentence, does not authorize a reduction in any
other component of the sentence, and does not entitle a defendant to a reduced term of imprisonment
as a matter of right.
The Commission has not included in this policy statement amendments that generally reduce
the maximum of the guideline range by less than six months. This criterion is in accord with the
legislative history of 28 U.S.C. § 994(u) (formerly § 994(t)), which states: “It should be noted that the
Committee does not expect that the Commission will recommend adjusting existing sentences under
the provision when guidelines are simply refined in a way that might cause isolated instances of ex-
isting sentences falling above the old guidelines* or when there is only a minor downward adjustment
in the guidelines. The Committee does not believe the courts should be burdened with adjustments in
these cases.” S. Rep. 225, 98th Cong., 1st Sess. 180 (1983).
*So in original. Probably should be “to fall above the amended guidelines”.
Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 306). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 360); No-
vember 1, 1991 (amendment 423); November 1, 1992 (amendment 469); November 1, 1993 (amend-
ment 502); November 1, 1994 (amendment 504); November 1, 1995 (amendment 536); November 1, 1997
Historical
(amendment 548); November 1, 2000 (amendment 607); November 5, 2003 (amendment 662); November 1,
Note
2007 (amendment 710); March 3, 2008 (amendments 712 and 713); May 1, 2008 (amendment 716); Novem-
ber 1, 2011 (amendment 759); November 1, 2012 (amendment 770); November 1, 2014 (amendments 780,
788, and 789); November 1, 2018 (amendment 808); November 1, 2023 (amendments 824 and 825).
§1B1.11. Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentencing (Policy Statement)
(a) The court shall use the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the
defendant is sentenced.
(b) (1) If the court determines that use of the Guidelines Manual in effect on
the date that the defendant is sentenced would violate the ex post facto
clause of the United States Constitution, the court shall use the
Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the offense of conviction
was committed.
(2) The Guidelines Manual in effect on a particular date shall be applied
in its entirety. The court shall not apply, for example, one guideline
section from one edition of the Guidelines Manual and another guide-
line section from a different edition of the Guidelines Manual. How-
ever, if a court applies an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual,
the court shall consider subsequent amendments, to the extent that
such amendments are clarifying rather than substantive changes.
(3) If the defendant is convicted of two offenses, the first committed be-
fore, and the second after, a revised edition of the Guidelines Manual
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 45
§1B1.11
became effective, the revised edition of the Guidelines Manual is to be
applied to both offenses.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Subsection (b)(2) provides that if an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual is used, it is to be
used in its entirety, except that subsequent clarifying amendments are to be considered.
Example: A defendant is convicted of an antitrust offense committed in November 1989. He is
to be sentenced in December 1992. Effective November 1, 1991, the Commission raised the base
offense level for antitrust offenses. Effective November 1, 1992, the Commission lowered the
guideline range in the Sentencing Table for cases with an offense level of 8 and criminal history
category of I from 2–8 months to 0–6 months. Under the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual
(effective November 1, 1992), the defendant has a guideline range of 4–10 months (final offense
level of 9, criminal history category of I). Under the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual (ef-
fective November 1, 1989), the defendant has a guideline range of 2–8 months (final offense level
of 8, criminal history category of I). If the court determines that application of the 1992 edition
of the Guidelines Manual would violate the ex post facto clause of the United States Constitution,
it shall apply the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual in its entirety. It shall not apply, for
example, the offense level of 8 and criminal history category of I from the 1989 edition of the
Guidelines Manual in conjunction with the amended guideline range of 0–6 months for this of-
fense level and criminal history category from the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual.
2. Under subsection (b)(1), the last date of the offense of conviction is the controlling date for ex post
facto purposes. For example, if the offense of conviction (i.e., the conduct charged in the count of
the indictment or information of which the defendant was convicted) was determined by the court
to have been committed between October 15, 1991 and October 28, 1991, the date of October 28,
1991 is the controlling date for ex post facto purposes. This is true even if the defendant’s conduct
relevant to the determination of the guideline range under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) included
an act that occurred on November 2, 1991 (after a revised Guidelines Manual took effect).
Background: Subsections (a) and (b)(1) provide that the court should apply the Guidelines Manual
in effect on the date the defendant is sentenced unless the court determines that doing so would violate
the ex post facto clause in Article I, § 9 of the United States Constitution. Under 18 U.S.C. § 3553, the
court is to apply the guidelines and policy statements in effect at the time of sentencing. However, the
Supreme Court has held that the ex post facto clause applies to sentencing guideline amendments that
subject the defendant to increased punishment. See Peugh v. United States, 569 U.S. 530, 533 (2013)
(holding that “there is an ex post facto violation when a defendant is sentenced under Guidelines prom-
ulgated after he committed his criminal acts and the new version provides a higher applicable Guide-
lines sentencing range than the version in place at the time of the offense”).
Subsection (b)(2) provides that the Guidelines Manual in effect on a particular date shall be ap-
plied in its entirety.
Subsection (b)(3) provides that where the defendant is convicted of two offenses, the first com-
mitted before, and the second after, a revised edition of the Guidelines Manual became effective, the
revised edition of the Guidelines Manual is to be applied to both offenses, even if the revised edition
results in an increased penalty for the first offense. Because the defendant completed the second of-
fense after the amendment to the guidelines took effect, the ex post facto clause does not prevent de-
termining the sentence for that count based on the amended guidelines. For example, if a defendant
pleads guilty to a single count of embezzlement that occurred after the most recent edition of the
Guidelines Manual became effective, the guideline range applicable in sentencing will encompass any
46 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.12
relevant conduct (e.g., related embezzlement offenses that may have occurred prior to the effective
date of the guideline amendments) for the offense of conviction. The same would be true for a defendant
convicted of two counts of embezzlement, one committed before the amendments were enacted, and
the second after. In this example, the ex post facto clause would not bar application of the amended
guideline to the first conviction; a contrary conclusion would mean that such defendant was subject to
a lower guideline range than if convicted only of the second offense. Decisions from several appellate
courts addressing the analogous situation of the constitutionality of counting pre-guidelines criminal
activity as relevant conduct for a guidelines sentence support this approach. See United States v.
Ykema, 887 F.2d 697 (6th Cir. 1989) (upholding inclusion of pre-November 1, 1987, drug quantities as
relevant conduct for the count of conviction, noting that habitual offender statutes routinely augment
punishment for an offense of conviction based on acts committed before a law is passed); United
States v. Allen, 886 F.2d 143 (8th Cir. 1989) (similar); see also United States v. Cusack, 901 F.2d 29
(4th Cir. 1990) (similar).
Moreover, the approach set forth in subsection (b)(3) should be followed regardless of whether
the offenses of conviction are the type in which the conduct is grouped under §3D1.2(d). The ex post
facto clause does not distinguish between groupable and nongroupable offenses, and unless that clause
would be violated, Congress’s directive to apply the sentencing guidelines in effect at the time of sen-
tencing must be followed. Under the guideline sentencing system, a single sentencing range is deter-
mined based on the defendant’s overall conduct, even if there are multiple counts of conviction
(see §§3D1.1–3D1.5, 5G1.2). Thus, if a defendant is sentenced in January 1992 for a bank robbery
committed in October 1988 and one committed in November 1991, the November 1991 Guidelines
Manual should be used to determine a combined guideline range for both counts. See generally United
States v. Stephenson, 921 F.2d 438 (2d Cir. 1990) (holding that the Sentencing Commission and Con-
gress intended that the applicable version of the guidelines be applied as a “cohesive and integrated
whole” rather than in a piecemeal fashion).
Consequently, even in a complex case involving multiple counts that occurred under several dif-
ferent versions of the Guidelines Manual, it will not be necessary to compare more than two manuals
to determine the applicable guideline range — the manual in effect at the time the last offense of
conviction was completed and the manual in effect at the time of sentencing.
Effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 442). Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 474); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2013 (amendment 779); November 1, 2015 (amend-
Note
ment 796); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§1B1.12. Persons Sentenced Under the Federal Juvenile Delinquency Act (Policy
Statement)
The sentencing guidelines do not apply to a defendant sentenced under the Fed-
eral Juvenile Delinquency Act (18 U.S.C. §§ 5031–5042). However, the sentence
imposed upon a juvenile delinquent may not exceed the maximum of the guide-
line range applicable to an otherwise similarly situated adult defendant unless
the court finds an aggravating factor sufficient to warrant an upward departure
from that guideline range. United States v. R.L.C., 503 U.S. 291 (1992). There-
fore, a necessary step in ascertaining the maximum sentence that may be im-
posed upon a juvenile delinquent is the determination of the guideline range
that would be applicable to a similarly situated adult defendant.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 47
§1B1.13
Historical Effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 475).
Note
§1B1.13. Reduction in Term of Imprisonment Under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(1)(A) (Policy
Statement)
(a) IN GENERAL.—Upon motion of the Director of the Bureau of Prisons or the
defendant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(1)(A), the court may reduce a
term of imprisonment (and may impose a term of supervised release with
or without conditions that does not exceed the unserved portion of the orig-
inal term of imprisonment) if, after considering the factors set forth in
18 U.S.C. § 3553(a), to the extent that they are applicable, the court deter-
mines that—
(1) (A) extraordinary and compelling reasons warrant the reduction; or
(B) the defendant (i) is at least 70 years old; and (ii) has served at
least 30 years in prison pursuant to a sentence imposed under
18 U.S.C. § 3559(c) for the offense or offenses for which the de-
fendant is imprisoned;
(2) the defendant is not a danger to the safety of any other person or to
the community, as provided in 18 U.S.C. § 3142(g); and
(3) the reduction is consistent with this policy statement.
(b) EXTRAORDINARY AND COMPELLING REASONS.—Extraordinary and compel-
ling reasons exist under any of the following circumstances or a combina-
tion thereof:
(1) MEDICAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE DEFENDANT.—
(A) The defendant is suffering from a terminal illness (i.e., a serious
and advanced illness with an end-of-life trajectory). A specific
prognosis of life expectancy (i.e., a probability of death within a
specific time period) is not required. Examples include metastatic
solid-tumor cancer, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), end-
stage organ disease, and advanced dementia.
(B) The defendant is—
(i) suffering from a serious physical or medical condition,
48 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.13
(ii) suffering from a serious functional or cognitive impairment,
or
(iii) experiencing deteriorating physical or mental health be-
cause of the aging process,
that substantially diminishes the ability of the defendant to pro-
vide self-care within the environment of a correctional facility
and from which he or she is not expected to recover.
(C) The defendant is suffering from a medical condition that requires
long-term or specialized medical care that is not being provided
and without which the defendant is at risk of serious deteriora-
tion in health or death.
(D) The defendant presents the following circumstances—
(i) the defendant is housed at a correctional facility affected or
at imminent risk of being affected by (I) an ongoing outbreak
of infectious disease, or (II) an ongoing public health emer-
gency declared by the appropriate federal, state, or local au-
thority;
(ii) due to personal health risk factors and custodial status, the
defendant is at increased risk of suffering severe medical
complications or death as a result of exposure to the ongoing
outbreak of infectious disease or the ongoing public health
emergency described in clause (i); and
(iii) such risk cannot be adequately mitigated in a timely man-
ner.
(2) AGE OF THE DEFENDANT.—The defendant (A) is at least 65 years old;
(B) is experiencing a serious deterioration in physical or mental
health because of the aging process; and (C) has served at least
10 years or 75 percent of his or her term of imprisonment, whichever
is less.
(3) FAMILY CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE DEFENDANT.—
(A) The death or incapacitation of the caregiver of the defendant’s
minor child or the defendant’s child who is 18 years of age or older
and incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disabil-
ity or a medical condition.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 49
§1B1.13
(B) The incapacitation of the defendant’s spouse or registered part-
ner when the defendant would be the only available caregiver for
the spouse or registered partner.
(C) The incapacitation of the defendant’s parent when the defendant
would be the only available caregiver for the parent.
(D) The defendant establishes that circumstances similar to those
listed in paragraphs (3)(A) through (3)(C) exist involving any
other immediate family member or an individual whose relation-
ship with the defendant is similar in kind to that of an immediate
family member, when the defendant would be the only available
caregiver for such family member or individual. For purposes of
this provision, “immediate family member” refers to any of the
individuals listed in paragraphs (3)(A) through (3)(C) as well as
a grandchild, grandparent, or sibling of the defendant.
(4) VICTIM OF ABUSE.—The defendant, while in custody serving the term
of imprisonment sought to be reduced, was a victim of:
(A) sexual abuse involving a “sexual act,” as defined in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2246(2) (including the conduct described in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2246(2)(D) regardless of the age of the victim); or
(B) physical abuse resulting in “serious bodily injury,” as defined in
the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions);
that was committed by, or at the direction of, a correctional officer, an
employee or contractor of the Bureau of Prisons, or any other individ-
ual who had custody or control over the defendant.
For purposes of this provision, the misconduct must be established by
a conviction in a criminal case, a finding or admission of liability in a
civil case, or a finding in an administrative proceeding, unless such
proceedings are unduly delayed or the defendant is in imminent dan-
ger.
(5) OTHER REASONS.—The defendant presents any other circumstance or
combination of circumstances that, when considered by themselves or
together with any of the reasons described in paragraphs (1)
through (4), are similar in gravity to those described in paragraphs (1)
through (4).
(6) UNUSUALLY LONG SENTENCE.—If a defendant received an unusually
long sentence and has served at least 10 years of the term of impris-
onment, a change in the law (other than an amendment to the Guide-
lines Manual that has not been made retroactive) may be considered
50 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§1B1.13
in determining whether the defendant presents an extraordinary and
compelling reason, but only where such change would produce a gross
disparity between the sentence being served and the sentence likely
to be imposed at the time the motion is filed, and after full considera-
tion of the defendant’s individualized circumstances.
(c) LIMITATION ON CHANGES IN LAW.—Except as provided in subsection (b)(6),
a change in the law (including an amendment to the Guidelines Manual
that has not been made retroactive) shall not be considered for purposes of
determining whether an extraordinary and compelling reason exists under
this policy statement. However, if a defendant otherwise establishes that
extraordinary and compelling reasons warrant a sentence reduction under
this policy statement, a change in the law (including an amendment to the
Guidelines Manual that has not been made retroactive) may be considered
for purposes of determining the extent of any such reduction.
(d) REHABILITATION OF THE DEFENDANT.—Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 994(t), re-
habilitation of the defendant is not, by itself, an extraordinary and compel-
ling reason for purposes of this policy statement. However, rehabilitation
of the defendant while serving the sentence may be considered in combi-
nation with other circumstances in determining whether and to what ex-
tent a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is warranted.
(e) FORESEEABILITY OF EXTRAORDINARY AND COMPELLING REASONS.—For pur-
poses of this policy statement, an extraordinary and compelling reason
need not have been unforeseen at the time of sentencing in order to war-
rant a reduction in the term of imprisonment. Therefore, the fact that an
extraordinary and compelling reason reasonably could have been known or
anticipated by the sentencing court does not preclude consideration for a
reduction under this policy statement.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Interaction with Temporary Release from Custody Under 18 U.S.C. § 3622 (“Fur-
lough”).—A reduction of a defendant’s term of imprisonment under this policy statement is not
appropriate when releasing the defendant under 18 U.S.C. § 3622 for a limited time adequately
addresses the defendant’s circumstances.
2. Notification of Victims.—Before granting a motion pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(1)(A), the
Commission encourages the court to make its best effort to ensure that any victim of the offense
is reasonably, accurately, and timely notified, and provided, to the extent practicable, with an
opportunity to be reasonably heard, unless any such victim previously requested not to be noti-
fied.
Background: The Commission is required by 28 U.S.C. § 994(a)(2) to develop general policy state-
ments regarding application of the guidelines or other aspects of sentencing that in the view of the
Commission would further the purposes of sentencing (18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2)), including, among other
things, the appropriate use of the sentence modification provisions set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c). In
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 51
§1B1.13
doing so, the Commission is required by 28 U.S.C. § 994(t) to “describe what should be considered
extraordinary and compelling reasons for sentence reduction, including the criteria to be applied and
a list of specific examples.” This policy statement implements 28 U.S.C. § 994(a)(2) and (t).
Effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 683). Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 698); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2016 (amendment 799); November 1, 2018 (amend-
Note
ment 813); November 1, 2023 (amendment 814).
52 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A1.1
CHAPTER TWO
OFFENSE CONDUCT
Introductory Commentary
Chapter Two pertains to offense conduct. The chapter is organized by offenses and divided into
parts and related sections that may cover one statute or many. Each offense has a corresponding base
offense level and may have one or more specific offense characteristics that adjust the offense level
upward or downward. Certain factors relevant to the offense that are not covered in specific guidelines
in Chapter Two are set forth in Chapter Three, Parts A (Victim-Related Adjustments), B (Role in the
Offense), and C (Obstruction and Related Adjustments); Chapter Four, Parts B (Career Offenders and
Criminal Livelihood) and C (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders); and Chapter Five, Part K
(Departures).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2024
Note (amendment 831).
PART A ― OFFENSES AGAINST THE PERSON
1. HOMICIDE
§2A1.1. First Degree Murder
(a) Base Offense Level: 43
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1111, 1841(a)(2)(C), 1992(a)(7), 2113(e), 2118(c)(2), 2199, 2282A,
2291, 2332b(a)(1), 2340A; 21 U.S.C. § 848(e). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A
(Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Applicability of Guideline.—This guideline applies in cases of premeditated killing. This
guideline also applies when death results from the commission of certain felonies. For example,
this guideline may be applied as a result of a cross reference (e.g., a kidnapping in which death
occurs, see §2A4.1(c)(1)), or in cases in which the offense level of a guideline is calculated using
the underlying crime (e.g., murder in aid of racketeering, see §2E1.3(a)(2)).
2. Imposition of Life Sentence.—
(A) Offenses Involving Premeditated Killing.—In the case of premeditated killing, life im-
prisonment is the appropriate sentence if a sentence of death is not imposed. A downward
departure would not be appropriate in such a case. A downward departure from a manda-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 53
§2A1.3
tory statutory term of life imprisonment is permissible only in cases in which the govern-
ment files a motion for a downward departure for the defendant’s substantial assistance,
as provided in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(e).
(B) Felony Murder.—If the defendant did not cause the death intentionally or knowingly, a
downward departure may be warranted. For example, a downward departure may be war-
ranted if in robbing a bank, the defendant merely passed a note to the teller, as a result of
which the teller had a heart attack and died. The extent of the departure should be based
upon the defendant’s state of mind (e.g., recklessness or negligence), the degree of risk in-
herent in the conduct, and the nature of the underlying offense conduct. However, depar-
ture below the minimum guideline sentence provided for second degree murder in §2A1.2
(Second Degree Murder) is not likely to be appropriate. Also, because death obviously is an
aggravating factor, it necessarily would be inappropriate to impose a sentence at a level
below that which the guideline for the underlying offense requires in the absence of death.
3. Applicability of Guideline When Death Sentence Not Imposed.—If the defendant is sen-
tenced pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3591 et seq. or 21 U.S.C. § 848(e), a sentence of death may be
imposed under the specific provisions contained in that statute. This guideline applies when a
sentence of death is not imposed under those specific provisions.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 82); November 1, 1990
Historical (amendment 310); November 1, 1993 (amendment 476); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1,
Note 2004 (amendment 663); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699 and 700);
November 1, 2010 (amendment 746).
§2A1.2. Second Degree Murder
(a) Base Offense Level: 38
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1111, 1841(a)(2)(C), 2199, 2282A, 2291, 2332b(a)(1), 2340A. For
additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant’s conduct was exceptionally heinous, cruel,
brutal, or degrading to the victim, an upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.8 (Extreme
Conduct).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 663); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699 and 700).
§2A1.3. Voluntary Manslaughter
(a) Base Offense Level: 29
54 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A1.4
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1112, 1841(a)(2)(C), 2199, 2291, 2332b(a)(1). For additional stat-
utory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 663); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2007 (amendment 699).
§2A1.4. Involuntary Manslaughter
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 12, if the offense involved criminally negligent conduct; or
(2) (Apply the greater):
(A) 18, if the offense involved reckless conduct; or
(B) 22, if the offense involved the reckless operation of a means of
transportation.
(b) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense involved the involuntary manslaughter of more than one
person, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as
if the involuntary manslaughter of each person had been contained in
a separate count of conviction.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1112, 1841(a)(2)(C), 2199, 2291, 2332b(a)(1). For additional stat-
utory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Criminally negligent” means conduct that involves a gross deviation from the standard of care
that a reasonable person would exercise under the circumstances, but which is not reckless. Of-
fenses with this characteristic usually will be encountered as assimilative crimes.
“Means of transportation” includes a motor vehicle (including an automobile or a boat) and a
mass transportation vehicle. “Mass transportation” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 1992(d)(7).
“Reckless” means a situation in which the defendant was aware of the risk created by his con-
duct and the risk was of such a nature and degree that to disregard that risk constituted a gross
deviation from the standard of care that a reasonable person would exercise in such a situation.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 55
§2A2.1
“Reckless” includes all, or nearly all, convictions for involuntary manslaughter under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1112. A homicide resulting from driving a means of transportation, or similarly dangerous ac-
tions, while under the influence of alcohol or drugs ordinarily should be treated as reckless.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2003
Historical
(amendment 652); November 1, 2004 (amendment 663); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1,
Note
2007 (amendment 699).
§2A1.5. Conspiracy or Solicitation to Commit Murder
(a) Base Offense Level: 33
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary
value for undertaking the murder, increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense resulted in the death of a victim, apply §2A1.1 (First
Degree Murder).
(2) If the offense resulted in an attempted murder or assault with intent
to commit murder, apply §2A2.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Mur-
der; Attempted Murder).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 351(d), 371, 373, 1117, 1751(d).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 311). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 663).
Note
* * * * *
2. ASSAULT
§2A2.1. Assault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 33, if the object of the offense would have constituted first degree mur-
der; or
56 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A2.2
(2) 27, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; (B) the victim sustained serious bodily in-
jury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) the degree of injury is between that
specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.
(2) If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary
value for undertaking the murder, increase by 4 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 113(a)(1), 351(c), 1113, 1116(a), 1751(c), 1841(a)(2)(C),
1992(a)(7), 2199, 2291. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“First degree murder” means conduct that, if committed within the special maritime and ter-
ritorial jurisdiction of the United States, would constitute first degree murder under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1111.
“Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury” and “serious bodily injury” have the mean-
ing given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instruc-
tions).
2. Upward Departure Provision.—If the offense created a substantial risk of death or serious
bodily injury to more than one person, an upward departure may be warranted.
Background: This section applies to the offenses of assault with intent to commit murder and at-
tempted murder. An attempted manslaughter, or assault with intent to commit manslaughter, is cov-
ered under §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 83 and 84); November 1,
Historical 1990 (amendment 311); November 1, 1991 (amendment 391); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004 (amendment 663); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685);
November 1, 2007 (amendment 699).
§2A2.2. Aggravated Assault
(a) Base Offense Level: 14
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the assault involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 lev-
els.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 57
§2A2.2
(2) If (A) a firearm was discharged, increase by 5 levels; (B) a dangerous
weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels;
(C) a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or its
use was threatened, increase by 3 levels.
(3) If the victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level accord-
ing to the seriousness of the injury:
DEGREE OF BODILY INJURY INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) Bodily Injury add 3
(B) Serious Bodily Injury add 5
(C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 7
(D) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), add 4 levels; or
(E) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subdivisions (B) and (C), add 6 levels.
However, the cumulative adjustments from application of subdivi-
sions (2) and (3) shall not exceed 10 levels.
(4) If the offense involved strangling, suffocating, or attempting to stran-
gle or suffocate a spouse, intimate partner, or dating partner, increase
by 3 levels.
However, the cumulative adjustments from application of subdivi-
sions (2), (3), and (4) shall not exceed 12 levels.
(5) If the assault was motivated by a payment or offer of money or other
thing of value, increase by 2 levels.
(6) If the offense involved the violation of a court protection order, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(7) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 111(b) or § 115, in-
crease by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 111, 112, 113(a)(2), (3), (6), (8), 114, 115(a), (b)(1), 351(e), 1751(e),
1841(a)(2)(C), 1992(a)(7), 2199, 2291, 2332b(a)(1), 2340A. For additional statutory provision(s), see Ap-
pendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
58 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A2.2
“Aggravated assault” means a felonious assault that involved (A) a dangerous weapon with
intent to cause bodily injury (i.e., not merely to frighten) with that weapon; (B) serious bodily
injury; (C) strangling, suffocating, or attempting to strangle or suffocate; or (D) an intent to com-
mit another felony.
“Brandished,” “bodily injury,” “firearm,” “otherwise used,” “permanent or life-threaten-
ing bodily injury,” and “serious bodily injury,” have the meaning given those terms in §1B1.1
(Application Instructions), Application Note 1.
“Dangerous weapon” has the meaning given that term in §1B1.1, Application Note 1, and in-
cludes any instrument that is not ordinarily used as a weapon (e.g., a car, a chair, or an ice pick)
if such an instrument is involved in the offense with the intent to commit bodily injury.
“Strangling” and “suffocating” have the meaning given those terms in 18 U.S.C. § 113.
“Spouse,” “intimate partner,” and “dating partner” have the meaning given those terms in
18 U.S.C. § 2266.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “more than minimal
planning” means more planning than is typical for commission of the offense in a simple form.
“More than minimal planning” also exists if significant affirmative steps were taken to conceal
the offense, other than conduct to which §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of
Justice) applies. For example, waiting to commit the offense when no witnesses were present
would not alone constitute more than minimal planning. By contrast, luring the victim to a spe-
cific location or wearing a ski mask to prevent identification would constitute more than minimal
planning.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—In a case involving a dangerous weapon with intent to
cause bodily injury, the court shall apply both the base offense level and subsection (b)(2).
4. Application of Official Victim Adjustment.—If subsection (b)(7) applies, §3A1.2 (Official Vic-
tim) also shall apply.
Background: This guideline covers felonious assaults that are more serious than other assaults be-
cause of the presence of an aggravating factor, i.e., serious bodily injury; the involvement of a danger-
ous weapon with intent to cause bodily injury; strangling, suffocating, or attempting to strangle or
suffocate; or the intent to commit another felony. Such offenses occasionally may involve planning or
be committed for hire. Consequently, the structure follows §2A2.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit
Murder; Attempted Murder). This guideline also covers attempted manslaughter and assault with
intent to commit manslaughter. Assault with intent to commit murder is covered by §2A2.1. Assault
with intent to commit rape is covered by §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal
Sexual Abuse).
An assault that involves the presence of a dangerous weapon is aggravated in form when the
presence of the dangerous weapon is coupled with the intent to cause bodily injury. In such a case, the
base offense level and the weapon enhancement in subsection (b)(2) take into account different aspects
of the offense, even if application of the base offense level and the weapon enhancement is based on
the same conduct.
Subsection (b)(7) implements the directive to the Commission in subsection 11008(e) of the 21st
Century Department of Justice Appropriations Act (the “Act”), Public Law 107–273. The enhancement
in subsection (b)(7) is cumulative to the adjustment in §3A1.2 (Official Victim) in order to address
adequately the directive in section 11008(e)(2)(D) of the Act, which provides that the Commission shall
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 59
§2A2.3
consider “the extent to which sentencing enhancements within the Federal guidelines and the author-
ity of the court to impose a sentence in excess of the applicable guideline range are adequate to ensure
punishment at or near the maximum penalty for the most egregious conduct covered by” 18 U.S.C.
§§ 111 and 115.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 85 and 86); November 1,
Historical 1990 (amendment 311); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 1997 (amendment 549); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2001 (amendment 614); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004 (amendment 663);
November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2014 (amend-
ment 781).
§2A2.3. Assault
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 7, if the offense involved physical contact, or if a dangerous weapon
(including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened; or
(2) 4, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If (A) the victim sustained bodily injury, increase by 2 levels; or (B) the
offense resulted in substantial bodily injury to a spouse, intimate
partner, or dating partner, or an individual under the age of sixteen
years, increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the conduct constituted aggravated assault, apply §2A2.2 (Aggra-
vated Assault).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 112, 113(a)(4), (5), (7), 115(a), 115(b)(1), 351(e), 1751(e), 2199,
2291. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Bodily injury”, “dangerous weapon”, and “firearm” have the meaning given those terms in
Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Spouse,” “intimate partner,” and “dating partner” have the meaning given those terms in
18 U.S.C. § 2266.
60 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A2.4
“Substantial bodily injury” means “bodily injury which involves (A) a temporary but substan-
tial disfigurement; or (B) a temporary but substantial loss or impairment of the function of any
bodily member, organ, or mental faculty.” See 18 U.S.C. § 113(b)(1).
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—Conduct that forms the basis for application of subsec-
tion (a)(1) also may form the basis for application of the enhancement in subsection (b)(1)(A)
or (B).
Background: This section applies to misdemeanor assault and battery and to any felonious assault
not covered by §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 15, 1988 (amendment 64); November 1, 1989
Note (amendments 87 and 88); November 1, 1995 (amendment 510); November 1, 2004 (amendment 663); No-
vember 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781).
§2A2.4. Obstructing or Impeding Officers
(a) Base Offense Level: 10
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the offense involved physical contact; or (B) a dangerous weapon
(including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened, in-
crease by 3 levels.
(2) If the victim sustained bodily injury, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the conduct constituted aggravated assault, apply §2A2.2 (Aggra-
vated Assault).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 40A, 111, 1501, 1502, 2237(a)(1), (a)(2)(A), 3056(d). For addi-
tional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline, “bodily injury”, “dangerous weapon”, and “fire-
arm” have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1
(Application Instructions).
2. Application of Certain Chapter Three Adjustments.—The base offense level incorporates
the fact that the victim was a governmental officer performing official duties. Therefore, do not
apply §3A1.2 (Official Victim) unless, pursuant to subsection (c), the offense level is determined
under §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault). Conversely, the base offense level does not incorporate the
possibility that the defendant may create a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to
another person in the course of fleeing from a law enforcement official (although an offense under
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 61
§2A3.1
18 U.S.C. § 758 for fleeing or evading a law enforcement checkpoint at high speed will often, but
not always, involve the creation of that risk). If the defendant creates that risk and no higher
guideline adjustment is applicable for the conduct creating the risk, apply §3C1.2 (Reckless En-
dangerment During Flight).
3. Upward Departure Provision.—The base offense level does not assume any significant dis-
ruption of governmental functions. In situations involving such disruption, an upward departure
may be warranted. See §5K2.7 (Disruption of Governmental Function).
Effective October 15, 1988 (amendment 64). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 89 and 90);
Historical November 1, 1992 (amendment 443); November 1, 1997 (amendment 550); November 1, 2004 (amend-
Note ment 663); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2023
(amendment 815).
* * * * *
3. CRIMINAL SEXUAL ABUSE AND OFFENSES RELATED TO REGISTRATION AS A
SEX OFFENDER
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 701).
Note
§2A3.1. Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 38, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c); or
(2) 30, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b),
increase by 4 levels.
(2) If subsection (a)(2) applies and (A) the victim had not attained the age
of twelve years, increase by 4 levels; or (B) the victim had attained the
age of twelve years but had not attained the age of sixteen years, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(3) If the victim was (A) in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the
defendant; or (B) a person held in the custody of a correctional facility,
increase by 2 levels.
(4) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily
62 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.1
injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between
that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.
(5) If the victim was abducted, increase by 4 levels.
(6) If, to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohib-
ited sexual conduct, or if, to facilitate transportation or travel, by a
minor or a participant, to engage in prohibited sexual conduct, the
offense involved (A) the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s
identity; or (B) the use of a computer or an interactive computer ser-
vice, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder), if the resulting offense level is greater than
that determined above.
(2) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering
or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually
explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such
conduct, apply §2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of
Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting
Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Mi-
nors to Engage in Production), if the resulting offense level is greater
than that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense occurred in the custody or control of a prison or other
correctional facility and the victim was a prison official, the offense
shall be deemed to have an official victim for purposes of subsec-
tion (c)(2) of §3A1.2 (Official Victim).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2241, 2242. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A
(Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Abducted”, “permanent or life-threatening bodily injury”, and “serious bodily injury”
have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Appli-
cation Instructions). However, for purposes of this guideline, “serious bodily injury” means
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 63
§2A3.1
conduct other than criminal sexual abuse, which already is taken into account in the base offense
level under subsection (a).
“Custody or control” and “prison official” have the meaning given those terms in Application
Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1.2 (Official Victim).
“Child pornography” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(8).
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Distribution” means any act, including possession with intent to distribute, production, trans-
portation, and advertisement, related to the transfer of material involving the sexual exploitation
of a minor. Accordingly, distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation
of a minor on a website for public viewing, but does not include the mere solicitation of such
material by a defendant.
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Participant” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” (A) means any sexual activity for which a person can be charged
with a criminal offense; (B) includes the production of child pornography; and (C) does not include
trafficking in, or possession of, child pornography.
“Victim” includes an undercover law enforcement officer.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “conduct described in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2241(a) or (b)” is engaging in, or causing another person to engage in, a sexual act with
another person by: (A) using force against the victim; (B) threatening or placing the victim
in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; (C) ren-
dering the victim unconscious; or (D) administering by force or threat of force, or without
the knowledge or permission of the victim, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance
and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct.
This provision would apply, for example, if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished,
or in a case in which the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct was substan-
tially impaired by drugs or alcohol.
(B) Application in Cases Involving a Conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c).—If the con-
duct that forms the basis for a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c) is that the defendant
engaged in conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b), do not apply subsection (b)(1).
64 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.1
3. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—
(A) Care, Custody, or Supervisory Control.—Subsection (b)(3) is to be construed broadly
and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to the defend-
ant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-
sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this en-
hancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should look to
the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply
to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship.
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(3) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
4. Application of Subsection (b)(6).—
(A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity.—The enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(6)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to
(A) persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct; or
(B) facilitate transportation or travel, by a minor or a participant, to engage in prohibited
sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(6)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made
directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the
minor. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) would not apply to a misrep-
resentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making
travel arrangements for the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) may apply in-
cludes misrepresentation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long
as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to (A) persuade, induce, entice, or coerce
a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct; or (B) facilitate transportation or travel, by
a minor or a participant, to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly, use of a com-
puter screen name, without such intent, would not be a sufficient basis for application of
the enhancement.
(B) Use of a Computer or Interactive Computer Service.—Subsection (b)(6)(B) provides
an enhancement if a computer or an interactive computer service was used to (i) persuade,
induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct; or (ii) facilitate
transportation or travel, by a minor or a participant, to engage in prohibited sexual conduct.
Subsection (b)(6)(B) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive
computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a person who exercises cus-
tody, care, or supervisory control of the minor. Accordingly, the enhancement would not
apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to obtain airline tickets
for the minor from an airline’s Internet site.
5. Application of Subsection (c)(2).—
(A) In General.—The cross reference in subsection (c)(2) is to be construed broadly and in-
cludes all instances where the offense involved employing, using, persuading, inducing, en-
ticing, coercing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement,
a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual de-
piction of such conduct.
(B) Definition.—For purposes of subsection (c)(2), “sexually explicit conduct” has the mean-
ing given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(2).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 65
§2A3.2
6. Upward Departure Provision.—If a victim was sexually abused by more than one participant,
an upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.8 (Extreme Conduct).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 91 and 92); November 1,
Historical 1991 (amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (amendment 444); November 1, 1993 (amendment 477); Novem-
Note ber 1, 1995 (amendment 511); November 1, 1997 (amendment 545); November 1, 2000 (amendments 592
and 601); November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2004
(amendment 664); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2008 (amendment 725).
§2A3.2. Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor Under the Age of Sixteen Years (Statutory
Rape) or Attempt to Commit Such Acts
(a) Base Offense Level: 18
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the minor was in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the
defendant, increase by 4 levels.
(2) If (A) subsection (b)(1) does not apply; and (B)(i) the offense involved
the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade,
induce, entice, or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual con-
duct; or (ii) a participant otherwise unduly influenced the minor to
engage in prohibited sexual conduct, increase by 4 levels.
(3) If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to per-
suade, induce, entice, or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sex-
ual conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit
criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242), apply
§2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual
Abuse). If the victim had not attained the age of 12 years, §2A3.1 shall
apply, regardless of the “consent” of the victim.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2243(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A
(Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
66 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.2
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 16 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 16 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 16 years.
“Participant” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §3B1.1 (Aggravating
Role).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §2A3.1
(Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
2. Custody, Care, or Supervisory Control Enhancement.—
(A) In General.—Subsection (b)(1) is intended to have broad application and is to be applied
whenever the minor is entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently.
For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are
among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply
this enhancement, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the
defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor rela-
tionship.
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(1) applies, do not apply subsection (b)(2) or §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or
Use of Special Skill).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—
(A) Misrepresentation of Identity.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) applies in
cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade, induce, entice,
or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) is in-
tended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to the minor or to a person who
exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor. Accordingly, the enhancement
in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to
an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) may apply in-
cludes misrepresentation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long
as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce
the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly, use of a computer screen
name, without such intent, would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhance-
ment.
(B) Undue Influence.—In determining whether subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) applies, the court
should closely consider the facts of the case to determine whether a participant’s influence
over the minor compromised the voluntariness of the minor’s behavior. The voluntariness
of the minor’s behavior may be compromised without prohibited sexual conduct occurring.
However, subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) does not apply in a case in which the only “minor” (as de-
fined in Application Note 1) involved in the offense is an undercover law enforcement of-
ficer.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 67
§2A3.3
In a case in which a participant is at least 10 years older than the minor, there shall be a
rebuttable presumption that subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) applies. In such a case, some degree of
undue influence can be presumed because of the substantial difference in age between the
participant and the minor.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement if a computer
or an interactive computer service was used to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce the minor to
engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(3) is intended to apply only to the use of a
computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with the minor or with a
person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor.
5. Cross Reference.—Subsection (c)(1) provides a cross reference to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual
Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse) if the offense involved criminal sexual abuse
or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242. For exam-
ple, the cross reference to §2A3.1 shall apply if (A) the victim had not attained the age of 12 years
(see 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c)); (B) the victim had attained the age of 12 years but not attained the age
of 16 years, and was placed in fear of death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping (see 18 U.S.C.
§ 2241(a),(c)); or (C) the victim was threatened or placed in fear other than fear of death, serious
bodily injury, or kidnapping (see 18 U.S.C. § 2242(1)).
6. Upward Departure Consideration.—There may be cases in which the offense level deter-
mined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. In such
cases, an upward departure may be warranted. For example, an upward departure may be war-
ranted if the defendant committed the criminal sexual act in furtherance of a commercial scheme
such as pandering, transporting persons for the purpose of prostitution, or the production of por-
nography.
Background: This section applies to offenses involving the criminal sexual abuse of an individual
who had not attained the age of 16 years. While this section applies to consensual sexual acts prose-
cuted under 18 U.S.C. § 2243(a) that would be lawful but for the age of the minor, it also applies to
cases, prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. § 2243(a), in which a participant took active measure(s) to unduly
influence the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct and, thus, the voluntariness of the minor’s
behavior was compromised. A four-level enhancement is provided in subsection (b)(2) for such cases.
It is assumed that at least a four-year age difference exists between the minor and the defendant, as
specified in 18 U.S.C. § 2243(a). A four-level enhancement is provided in subsection (b)(1) for a defend-
ant who victimizes a minor under his supervision or care. However, if the minor had not attained the
age of 12 years, §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse) will ap-
ply, regardless of the “consent” of the minor.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 93); November 1, 1991
Historical (amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (amendment 444); November 1, 1995 (amendment 511); November 1,
Note 2000 (amendment 592); November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2004 (amendment 664); Novem-
ber 1, 2009 (amendment 732); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746).
§2A3.3. Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Ward or Attempt to Commit Such Acts; Criminal
Sexual Abuse of an Individual in Federal Custody
(a) Base Offense Level: 18
68 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.3
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a partici-
pant’s identity to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage
in prohibited sexual conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to per-
suade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual
conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit
criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242), ap-
ply §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal
Sexual Abuse). If the victim had not attained the age of 12 years,
§2A3.1 shall apply, regardless of the “consent” of the victim.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2243(b), 2243(c). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appen-
dix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years; and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Participant” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
“Ward” means a person in official detention under the custodial, supervisory, or disciplinary
authority of the defendant.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—The enhancement in subsection (b)(1) applies in cases in-
volving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 69
§2A3.4
minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(1) is intended to apply only to mis-
representations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody, care, or supervi-
sory control of the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(1) may apply includes mis-
representation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long as the misrep-
resentation was made with the intent to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in
prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly, use of a computer screen name, without such intent,
would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement if a computer
or an interactive computer service was used to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to
engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(2) is intended to apply only to the use of a
computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a
person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor.
4. Inapplicability of §3B1.3.—Do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special
Skill).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 94); November 1, 1995
Historical (amendment 511); November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1,
Note 2004 (amendment 664); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); Novem-
ber 1, 2023 (amendment 816).
§2A3.4. Abusive Sexual Contact or Attempt to Commit Abusive Sexual Contact
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 20, if the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a)
or (b);
(2) 16, if the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2242; or
(3) 12, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the victim had not attained the age of twelve years, increase by
4 levels; but if the resulting offense level is less than 22, increase to
level 22.
(2) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) or (2),
and the victim had attained the age of twelve years but had not at-
tained the age of sixteen years, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the victim was in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the
defendant, increase by 2 levels.
70 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.4
(4) If the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a partici-
pant’s identity to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage
in prohibited sexual conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(5) If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to per-
suade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual
conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit
criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242), apply
§2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual
Abuse).
(2) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse of a minor or attempt to
commit criminal sexual abuse of a minor (as defined in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2243(a)), apply §2A3.2 (Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor Under the
Age of Sixteen Years (Statutory Rape) or Attempt to Commit Such
Acts), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined
above.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2244. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statu-
tory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Participant” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
2. Application of Subsection (a)(1).—For purposes of subsection (a)(1), “conduct described in
18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b)” is engaging in, or causing sexual contact with, or by another person
by: (A) using force against the victim; (B) threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 71
§2A3.4
will be subjected to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; (C) rendering the victim uncon-
scious; or (D) administering by force or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission
of the victim, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing
the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct.
3. Application of Subsection (a)(2).—For purposes of subsection (a)(2), “conduct described in
18 U.S.C. § 2242” is: (A) engaging in, or causing sexual contact with, or by another person by
threatening or placing the victim in fear (other than by threatening or placing the victim in fear
that any person will be subjected to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping); or (B) engaging
in, or causing sexual contact with, or by another person who is incapable of appraising the nature
of the conduct or physically incapable of declining participation in, or communicating unwilling-
ness to engage in, the sexual act.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—
(A) Custody, Care, or Supervisory Control.—Subsection (b)(3) is intended to have broad
application and is to be applied whenever the victim is entrusted to the defendant, whether
temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or
other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In
determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should look to the actual rela-
tionship that existed between the defendant and the victim and not simply to the legal
status of the defendant-victim relationship.
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(3) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
5. Misrepresentation of a Participant’s Identity.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(4) ap-
plies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade, induce,
entice, or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(4) is intended to
apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody,
care, or supervisory control of the minor. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(4) would
not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course
of making travel arrangements for the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(4) may apply includes mis-
representation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long as the misrep-
resentation was made with the intent to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to engage in
prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly, use of a computer screen name, without such intent,
would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement.
6. Application of Subsection (b)(5).—Subsection (b)(5) provides an enhancement if a computer
or an interactive computer service was used to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce a minor to
engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(5) is intended to apply only to the use of a
computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a
person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor.
Background: This section covers abusive sexual contact not amounting to criminal sexual abuse
(criminal sexual abuse is covered under §§2A3.1–3.3). Alternative base offense levels are provided to
take account of the different means used to commit the offense.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 95); November 1, 1991
Historical (amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (amendment 444); November 1, 1995 (amendment 511); November 1,
Note 2000 (amendment 592); November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2004 (amendment 664); Novem-
ber 1, 2007 (amendments 701 and 711).
72 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A3.5
§2A3.5. Failure to Register as a Sex Offender
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 16, if the defendant was required to register as a Tier III offender;
(2) 14, if the defendant was required to register as a Tier II offender; or
(3) 12, if the defendant was required to register as a Tier I offender.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (Apply the greatest):
If, while in a failure to register status, the defendant committed—
(A) a sex offense against someone other than a minor, increase by
6 levels;
(B) a felony offense against a minor not otherwise covered by subdi-
vision (C), increase by 6 levels; or
(C) a sex offense against a minor, increase by 8 levels.
(2) If the defendant voluntarily (A) corrected the failure to register; or
(B) attempted to register but was prevented from registering by un-
controllable circumstances and the defendant did not contribute to the
creation of those circumstances, decrease by 3 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2250(a), (b).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years; and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Sex offense” has the meaning given that term in 34 U.S.C. § 20911(5).
“Tier I offender”, “Tier II offender”, and “Tier III offender” have the meaning given the terms
“tier I sex offender”, “tier II sex offender”, and “tier III sex offender”, respectively, in 34 U.S.C.
§ 20911.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 73
§2A3.6
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), a defendant shall be
deemed to be in a “failure to register status” during the period in which the defendant engaged
in conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2250(a) or (b).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—
(A) In General.—In order for subsection (b)(2) to apply, the defendant’s voluntary attempt to
register or to correct the failure to register must have occurred prior to the time the defend-
ant knew or reasonably should have known a jurisdiction had detected the failure to regis-
ter.
(B) Interaction with Subsection (b)(1).—Do not apply subsection (b)(2) if subsection (b)(1)
also applies.
Historical Effective November 1, 2007 (amendments 701 and 711). Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amend-
Note ment 746); November 1, 2018 (amendments 812 and 813).
§2A3.6. Aggravated Offenses Relating to Registration as a Sex Offender
If the defendant was convicted under—
(a) 18 U.S.C. § 2250(d), the guideline sentence is the minimum term of impris-
onment required by statute; or
(b) 18 U.S.C. § 2260A, the guideline sentence is the term of imprisonment re-
quired by statute.
Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Live-
lihood) shall not apply to any count of conviction covered by this guideline.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2250(d), 2260A.
Application Notes:
1. In General.—Section 2250(d) of title 18, United States Code, provides a mandatory minimum
term of five years’ imprisonment and a statutory maximum term of 30 years’ imprisonment. The
statute also requires a sentence to be imposed consecutively to any sentence imposed for a con-
viction under 18 U.S.C. § 2250(a) or (b). Section 2260A of title 18, United States Code, provides
a term of imprisonment of 10 years that is required to be imposed consecutively to any sentence
imposed for an offense enumerated under that section.
2. Inapplicability of Chapters Three and Four.—Do not apply Chapters Three (Adjustments)
and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to any offense sentenced under this guide-
line. Such offenses are excluded from application of those chapters because the guideline sen-
tence for each offense is determined only by the relevant statute. See §§3D1.1 (Procedure for
74 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A4.1
Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of
Conviction).
3. Inapplicability of Chapter Two Enhancement.—If a sentence under this guideline is im-
posed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, do not apply any specific offense
characteristic that is based on the same conduct as the conduct comprising the conviction under
18 U.S.C. § 2250(d) or § 2260A.
4. Upward Departure.—In a case in which the guideline sentence is determined under subsec-
tion (a), a sentence above the minimum term required by 18 U.S.C. § 2250(d) is an upward de-
parture from the guideline sentence. A departure may be warranted, for example, in a case in-
volving a sex offense committed against a minor or if the offense resulted in serious bodily injury
to a minor.
Historical Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 701). Amended effective November 1, 2018 (amendment 812).
Note
* * * * *
4. KIDNAPPING, ABDUCTION, OR UNLAWFUL RESTRAINT
§2A4.1. Kidnapping, Abduction, Unlawful Restraint
(a) Base Offense Level: 32
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If a ransom demand or a demand upon government was made, in-
crease by 6 levels.
(2) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily
injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between
that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.
(3) If a dangerous weapon was used, increase by 2 levels.
(4) (A) If the victim was not released before thirty days had elapsed, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(B) If the victim was not released before seven days had elapsed, in-
crease by 1 level.
(5) If the victim was sexually exploited, increase by 6 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 75
§2A4.1
(6) If the victim is a minor and, in exchange for money or other consider-
ation, was placed in the care or custody of another person who had no
legal right to such care or custody of the victim, increase by 3 levels.
(7) If the victim was kidnapped, abducted, or unlawfully restrained dur-
ing the commission of, or in connection with, another offense or escape
therefrom; or if another offense was committed during the kidnap-
ping, abduction, or unlawful restraint, increase to—
(A) the offense level from the Chapter Two offense guideline applica-
ble to that other offense if such offense guideline includes an ad-
justment for kidnapping, abduction, or unlawful restraint, or oth-
erwise takes such conduct into account; or
(B) 4 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to
that other offense, but in no event greater than level 43, in any
other case,
if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute
murder under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within
the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply
§2A1.1 (First Degree Murder).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 115(b)(2), 351(b), (d), 1201, 1203, 1751(b), 2340A. For additional
statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. For purposes of this guideline—
Definitions of “serious bodily injury” and “permanent or life-threatening bodily injury”
are found in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions). However, for purposes of this
guideline, “serious bodily injury” means conduct other than criminal sexual abuse, which is
taken into account in the specific offense characteristic under subsection (b)(5).
2. “A dangerous weapon was used” means that a firearm was discharged, or a “firearm” or “dan-
gerous weapon” was “otherwise used” (as defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application In-
structions)).
3. “Sexually exploited” includes offenses set forth in 18 U.S.C. §§ 2241–2244, 2251, and 2421–
2423.
76 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A4.2
4. In the case of a conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation to kidnap, §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or
Conspiracy) requires that the court apply any adjustment that can be determined with reasona-
ble certainty. Therefore, for example, if an offense involved conspiracy to kidnap for the purpose
of committing murder, subsection (b)(7) would reference first degree murder (resulting in an of-
fense level of 43, subject to a possible 3-level reduction under §2X1.1(b)).
Similarly, for example, if an offense involved a kidnapping during which a participant attempted
to murder the victim under circumstances that would have constituted first degree murder had
death occurred, the offense referenced under subsection (b)(7) would be the offense of first degree
murder.
Background: Federal kidnapping cases generally encompass three categories of conduct: limited du-
ration kidnapping where the victim is released unharmed; kidnapping that occurs as part of or to
facilitate the commission of another offense (often, sexual assault); and kidnapping for ransom or po-
litical demand.
The guideline contains an adjustment for the length of time that the victim was detained. The
adjustment recognizes the increased suffering involved in lengthy kidnappings and provides an incen-
tive to release the victim.
An enhancement is provided when the offense is committed for ransom (subsection (b)(1)) or in-
volves another federal, state, or local offense that results in a greater offense level (subsections (b)(7)
and (c)(1)).
Section 401 of Public Law 101–647 amended 18 U.S.C. § 1201 to require that courts take into
account certain specific offense characteristics in cases involving a victim under eighteen years of age
and directed the Commission to include those specific offense characteristics within the guidelines.
Where the guidelines did not already take into account the conduct identified by the Act, additional
specific offense characteristics have been provided.
Subsections (a) and (b)(5), and the deletion of subsection (b)(4)(C), effective May 30, 2003, imple-
ment the directive to the Commission in section 104 of Public Law 108–21.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 96); November 1, 1991
Historical (amendment 363); November 1, 1992 (amendment 445); November 1, 1993 (amendment 478); November 1,
Note 1997 (amendment 545); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); May 30, 2003 (amendment 650); October 27,
2003 (amendment 651).
§2A4.2. Demanding or Receiving Ransom Money
(a) Base Offense Level: 23
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant was a participant in the kidnapping offense, apply
§2A4.1 (Kidnapping, Abduction, Unlawful Restraint).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 77
§2A5.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 876(a), 877, 1202. For additional statutory provision(s), see Ap-
pendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. A “participant” is a person who is criminally responsible for the commission of the offense, but
need not have been convicted.
Background: This section specifically includes conduct prohibited by 18 U.S.C. § 1202, requiring that
ransom money be received, possessed, or disposed of with knowledge of its criminal origins. The actual
demand for ransom under these circumstances is reflected in §2A4.1. This section additionally includes
extortionate demands through the use of the United States Postal Service, behavior proscribed by
18 U.S.C. §§ 876–877.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 479); November 1, 2023
Note (amendment 824).
* * * * *
5. AIR PIRACY AND OFFENSES AGAINST MASS TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637).
Note
§2A5.1. Aircraft Piracy or Attempted Aircraft Piracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 38
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If death resulted, increase by 5 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 49 U.S.C. § 46502(a), (b) (formerly 49 U.S.C. § 1472 (i), (n)). For additional
statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Background: This section covers aircraft piracy both within the special aircraft jurisdiction of the
United States, 49 U.S.C. § 46502(a), and aircraft piracy outside that jurisdiction when the defendant
is later found in the United States, 49 U.S.C. § 46502(b). Seizure of control of an aircraft may be by
force or violence, or threat of force or violence, or by any other form of intimidation. The presence of a
weapon is assumed in the base offense level.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 534).
Note
78 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A5.2
§2A5.2. Interference with Flight Crew Member or Flight Attendant; Interference with
Dispatch, Navigation, Operation, or Maintenance of Mass Transportation
Vehicle; Unsafe Operation of Unmanned Aircraft
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 30, if the offense involved intentionally endangering the safety of:
(A) an airport or an aircraft; or (B) a mass transportation facility or a
mass transportation vehicle;
(2) 18, if the offense involved recklessly endangering the safety of: (A) an
airport or an aircraft; or (B) a mass transportation facility or a mass
transportation vehicle;
(3) if an assault occurred, the offense level from the most analogous as-
sault guideline, §§2A2.1–2A2.4; or
(4) 9.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If (A) subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) applies; and (B)(i) a firearm was dis-
charged, increase by 5 levels; (ii) a dangerous weapon was otherwise
used, increase by 4 levels; or (iii) a dangerous weapon was brandished
or its use was threatened, increase by 3 levels. If the resulting offense
level is less than level 24, increase to level 24.
(c) Cross References
(1) If death resulted, apply the most analogous guideline from Chap-
ter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
(2) If the offense involved possession of, or a threat to use (A) a nuclear
weapon, nuclear material, or nuclear byproduct material; (B) a chem-
ical weapon; (C) a biological agent, toxin, or delivery system; or (D) a
weapon of mass destruction, apply §2M6.1 (Nuclear, Biological, and
Chemical Weapons, and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction), if the
resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 39B, 1992(a)(1), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6); 49 U.S.C. §§ 46308, 46503,
46504 (formerly 49 U.S.C. § 1472(c), (j)). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statu-
tory Index).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 79
§2A5.3
Application Note:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Biological agent”, “chemical weapon”, “nuclear byproduct material”, “nuclear mate-
rial”, “toxin”, and “weapon of mass destruction” have the meaning given those terms in Ap-
plication Note 1 of the Commentary to §2M6.1 (Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Weapons, and
Other Weapons of Mass Destruction).
“Brandished”, “dangerous weapon”, “firearm”, and “otherwise used” have the meaning
given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Mass transportation” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1992(d)(7).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 97 and 303); November 1,
Note 1993 (amendment 480); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); Novem-
ber 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2023 (amendment 815).
§2A5.3. Committing Certain Crimes Aboard Aircraft
(a) Base Offense Level: The offense level applicable to the underlying offense.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 49 U.S.C. § 46506 (formerly 49 U.S.C. § 1472(k)(1)).
Application Notes:
1. “Underlying offense” refers to the offense listed in 49 U.S.C. § 46506 of which the defendant is
convicted.
2. If the conduct intentionally or recklessly endangered the safety of the aircraft or passengers, an
upward departure may be warranted.
Historical Effective October 15, 1988 (amendment 65). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 98); Novem-
Note ber 1, 1995 (amendment 534).
* * * * *
80 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A6.1
6. THREATENING OR HARASSING COMMUNICATIONS, HOAXES, STALKING, AND
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 549); November 1, 2006
Note (amendment 686).
§2A6.1. Threatening or Harassing Communications; Hoaxes; False Liens
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 12; or
(2) 6, if the defendant is convicted of an offense under 47 U.S.C.
§ 223(a)(1)(C), (D), or (E) that did not involve a threat to injure a per-
son or property.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out
such threat, increase by 6 levels.
(2) If (A) the offense involved more than two threats; or (B) the defendant
is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1521 and the offense involved more
than two false liens or encumbrances, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved the violation of a court protection order, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(4) If the offense resulted in (A) substantial disruption of public, govern-
mental, or business functions or services; or (B) a substantial expendi-
ture of funds to clean up, decontaminate, or otherwise respond to the
offense, increase by 4 levels.
(5) If the defendant (A) is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 115, (B) made a
public threatening communication, and (C) knew or should have
known that the public threatening communication created a substan-
tial risk of inciting others to violate 18 U.S.C. § 115, increase by 2 lev-
els.
(6) If (A) subsection (a)(2) and subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) do not
apply, and (B) the offense involved a single instance evidencing little
or no deliberation, decrease by 4 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 81
§2A6.1
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out
a threat to use a weapon of mass destruction, as defined in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2332a(c)(2)(B), (C), and (D), apply §2M6.1 (Weapons of Mass De-
struction), if the resulting offense level is greater than that deter-
mined under this guideline.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 32(c), 35(b), 871, 876(c), 877, 878(a), 879, 1038, 1521, 1992(a)(9),
(a)(10), 2291(a)(8), 2291(e), 2292, 2332b(a)(2); 47 U.S.C. § 223(a)(1)(C)–(E); 49 U.S.C. § 46507. For ad-
ditional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Scope of Conduct to Be Considered.—In determining whether subsections (b)(1), (b)(2),
and (b)(3) apply, the court shall consider both conduct that occurred prior to the offense and con-
duct that occurred during the offense; however, conduct that occurred prior to the offense must
be substantially and directly connected to the offense, under the facts of the case taken as a
whole. For example, if the defendant engaged in several acts of mailing threatening letters to the
same victim over a period of years (including acts that occurred prior to the offense), then for
purposes of determining whether subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) apply, the court shall con-
sider only those prior acts of threatening the victim that have a substantial and direct connection
to the offense.
2. Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustments.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1521, apply §3A1.2 (Official Victim).
3. Grouping.—For purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), multiple counts involving
making a threatening or harassing communication to the same victim are grouped together un-
der §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). Multiple counts involving different victims are
not to be grouped under §3D1.2.
4. Departure Provisions.—
(A) In General.—The Commission recognizes that offenses covered by this guideline may in-
clude a particularly wide range of conduct and that it is not possible to include all of the
potentially relevant circumstances in the offense level. Factors not incorporated in the
guideline may be considered by the court in determining whether a departure from the
guidelines is warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
(B) Multiple Threats, False Liens or Encumbrances, or Victims; Pecuniary Harm.—If
the offense involved (i) substantially more than two threatening communications to the
same victim, (ii) a prolonged period of making harassing communications to the same vic-
tim, (iii) substantially more than two false liens or encumbrances against the real or per-
sonal property of the same victim, (iv) multiple victims, or (v) substantial pecuniary harm
to a victim, an upward departure may be warranted.
Background: These statutes cover a wide range of conduct, the seriousness of which depends upon
the defendant’s intent and the likelihood that the defendant would carry out the threat. The specific
offense characteristics are intended to distinguish such cases.
82 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A6.2
Subsection (b)(5) implements, in a broader form, the directive to the Commission in section 209
of the Court Security Improvement Act of 2007, Public Law 110–177.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 480); November 1, 1997
Historical (amendment 549); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2006 (amendment 686); November 1,
Note 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2008 (amendment 718); November 1, 2009 (amendment 729); Novem-
ber 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§2A6.2. Stalking or Domestic Violence
(a) Base Offense Level: 18
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense involved one of the following aggravating factors: (A) the
violation of a court protection order; (B) bodily injury; (C) strangling,
suffocating, or attempting to strangle or suffocate; (D) possession, or
threatened use, of a dangerous weapon; or (E) a pattern of activity
involving stalking, threatening, harassing, or assaulting the same vic-
tim, increase by 2 levels. If the offense involved more than one of sub-
divisions (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E), increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved the commission of another criminal offense, ap-
ply the offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A (Offenses Against
the Person) most applicable to that other criminal offense, if the re-
sulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2261–2262.
Application Notes:
1. For purposes of this guideline:
“Bodily injury” and “dangerous weapon” are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Applica-
tion Instructions).
“Pattern of activity involving stalking, threatening, harassing, or assaulting the same
victim” means any combination of two or more separate instances of stalking, threatening, har-
assing, or assaulting the same victim, whether or not such conduct resulted in a conviction. For
example, a single instance of stalking accompanied by a separate instance of threatening, har-
assing, or assaulting the same victim constitutes a pattern of activity for purposes of this guide-
line.
“Stalking” means conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2261A.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 83
§2A6.2
“Strangling” and “suffocating” have the meaning given those terms in 18 U.S.C. § 113.
2. Subsection (b)(1) provides for a two-level or four-level enhancement based on the degree to which
the offense involved aggravating factors listed in that subsection. If the offense involved aggra-
vating factors more serious than the factors listed in subsection (b)(1), the cross reference in
subsection (c) most likely will apply, if the resulting offense level is greater, because the more
serious conduct will be covered by another offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A. For ex-
ample, §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault) most likely would apply pursuant to subsection (c) if the
offense involved assaultive conduct in which injury more serious than bodily injury occurred or
if a dangerous weapon was used rather than merely possessed.
3. In determining whether subsection (b)(1)(E) applies, the court shall consider, under the totality
of the circumstances, any conduct that occurred prior to or during the offense; however, conduct
that occurred prior to the offense must be substantially and directly connected to the offense. For
example, if a defendant engaged in several acts of stalking the same victim over a period of years
(including acts that occurred prior to the offense), then for purposes of determining whether sub-
section (b)(1)(E) applies, the court shall look to the totality of the circumstances, considering only
those prior acts of stalking the victim that have a substantial and direct connection to the offense.
Prior convictions taken into account under subsection (b)(1)(E) are also counted for purposes of
determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
4. For purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), multiple counts involving stalking,
threatening, or harassing the same victim are grouped together (and with counts of other offenses
involving the same victim that are covered by this guideline) under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely
Related Counts). For example, if the defendant is convicted of two counts of stalking the defend-
ant’s ex-spouse under 18 U.S.C. § 2261A and one count of interstate domestic violence involving
an assault of the ex-spouse under 18 U.S.C. § 2261, the stalking counts would be grouped to-
gether with the interstate domestic violence count. This grouping procedure avoids unwarranted
“double counting” with the enhancement in subsection (b)(1)(E) (for multiple acts of stalking,
threatening, harassing, or assaulting the same victim) and recognizes that the stalking and in-
terstate domestic violence counts are sufficiently related to warrant grouping.
Multiple counts that are cross referenced to another offense guideline pursuant to subsection (c)
are to be grouped together if §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts) would require grouping
of those counts under that offense guideline. Similarly, multiple counts cross referenced pursuant
to subsection (c) are not to be grouped together if §3D1.2 would preclude grouping of the counts
under that offense guideline. For example, if the defendant is convicted of multiple counts of
threatening an ex-spouse in violation of a court protection order under 18 U.S.C. § 2262 and the
counts are cross referenced to §2A6.1 (Threatening or Harassing Communications), the counts
would group together because Application Note 3 of §2A6.1 specifically requires grouping. In
contrast, if the defendant is convicted of multiple counts of assaulting the ex-spouse in violation
of a court protection order under 18 U.S.C. § 2262 and the counts are cross referenced to §2A2.2
(Aggravated Assault), the counts probably would not group together inasmuch as §3D1.2(d) spe-
cifically precludes grouping of counts covered by §2A2.2 and no other provision of §3D1.2 would
likely apply to require grouping.
Multiple counts involving different victims are not to be grouped under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely
Related Counts).
84 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2A6.2
5. If the defendant received an enhancement under subsection (b)(1) but that enhancement does
not adequately reflect the extent or seriousness of the conduct involved, an upward departure
may be warranted. For example, an upward departure may be warranted if the defendant stalked
the victim on many occasions over a prolonged period of time.
Historical Effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 549). Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 616); No-
Note vember 1, 2009 (amendment 737); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 85
§2B1.1
PART B ― BASIC ECONOMIC OFFENSES
1. THEFT, EMBEZZLEMENT, RECEIPT OF STOLEN PROPERTY, PROPERTY
DESTRUCTION, AND OFFENSES INVOLVING FRAUD OR DECEIT
Introductory Commentary
These sections address basic forms of property offenses: theft, embezzlement, fraud, forgery,
counterfeiting (other than offenses involving altered or counterfeit bearer obligations of the United
States), insider trading, transactions in stolen goods, and simple property damage or destruction. (Ar-
son is dealt with separately in Chapter Two, Part K (Offenses Involving Public Safety)). These guide-
lines apply to offenses prosecuted under a wide variety of federal statutes, as well as offenses that
arise under the Assimilative Crimes Act.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 303); November 1, 2001
Note (amendment 617).
§2B1.1. Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft; Offenses Involving Stolen
Property; Property Damage or Destruction; Fraud and Deceit; Forgery;
Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit
Bearer Obligations of the United States
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 7, if (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense referenced to this
guideline; and (B) that offense of conviction has a statutory maximum
term of imprisonment of 20 years or more; or
(2) 6, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the loss exceeded $6,500, increase the offense level as follows:
LOSS (APPLY THE GREATEST) INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) $6,500 or less no increase
(B) More than $6,500 add 2
(C) More than $15,000 add 4
(D) More than $40,000 add 6
(E) More than $95,000 add 8
(F) More than $150,000 add 10
(G) More than $250,000 add 12
(H) More than $550,000 add 14
(I) More than $1,500,000 add 16
86 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
(J) More than $3,500,000 add 18
(K) More than $9,500,000 add 20
(L) More than $25,000,000 add 22
(M) More than $65,000,000 add 24
(N) More than $150,000,000 add 26
(O) More than $250,000,000 add 28
(P) More than $550,000,000 add 30.
*Notes to Table:
(A) Loss.—Loss is the greater of actual loss or intended loss.
(B) Gain.—The court shall use the gain that resulted from the of-
fense as an alternative measure of loss only if there is a loss but
it reasonably cannot be determined.
(C) For purposes of this guideline—
(i) “Actual loss” means the reasonably foreseeable pecuniary
harm that resulted from the offense.
(ii) “Intended loss” (I) means the pecuniary harm that the de-
fendant purposely sought to inflict; and (II) includes in-
tended pecuniary harm that would have been impossible or
unlikely to occur (e.g., as in a government sting operation,
or an insurance fraud in which the claim exceeded the in-
sured value).
(iii) “Pecuniary harm” means harm that is monetary or that
otherwise is readily measurable in money. Accordingly, pe-
cuniary harm does not include emotional distress, harm to
reputation, or other non-economic harm.
(iv) “Reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm” means pecu-
niary harm that the defendant knew or, under the circum-
stances, reasonably should have known, was a potential re-
sult of the offense.
(2) (Apply the greatest) If the offense—
(A) (i) involved 10 or more victims; (ii) was committed through mass-
marketing; or (iii) resulted in substantial financial hardship to
one or more victims, increase by 2 levels;
(B) resulted in substantial financial hardship to five or more victims,
increase by 4 levels; or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 87
§2B1.1
(C) resulted in substantial financial hardship to 25 or more victims,
increase by 6 levels.
(3) If the offense involved a theft from the person of another, increase
by 2 levels.
(4) If the offense involved receiving stolen property, and the defendant
was a person in the business of receiving and selling stolen property,
increase by 2 levels.
(5) If the offense involved theft of, damage to, destruction of, or traffick-
ing in, property from a national cemetery or veterans’ memorial, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(6) If (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1037; and (B) the offense involved obtaining electronic mail ad-
dresses through improper means, increase by 2 levels.
(7) If (A) the defendant was convicted of a federal health care offense in-
volving a government health care program; and (B) the loss under
subsection (b)(1) to the government health care program was (i) more
than $1,000,000, increase by 2 levels; (ii) more than $7,000,000, in-
crease by 3 levels; or (iii) more than $20,000,000, increase by 4 levels.
(8) (Apply the greater) If—
(A) the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 670, in-
crease by 2 levels; or
(B) the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 670, and the
defendant was employed by, or was an agent of, an organization
in the supply chain for the pre-retail medical product, increase
by 4 levels.
(9) If the offense involved (A) a misrepresentation that the defendant was
acting on behalf of a charitable, educational, religious, or political or-
ganization, or a government agency; (B) a misrepresentation or other
fraudulent action during the course of a bankruptcy proceeding; (C) a
violation of any prior, specific judicial or administrative order, injunc-
tion, decree, or process not addressed elsewhere in the guidelines; or
(D) a misrepresentation to a consumer in connection with obtaining,
providing, or furnishing financial assistance for an institution of
higher education, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is
less than level 10, increase to level 10.
88 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
(10) If (A) the defendant relocated, or participated in relocating, a fraudu-
lent scheme to another jurisdiction to evade law enforcement or regu-
latory officials; (B) a substantial part of a fraudulent scheme was com-
mitted from outside the United States; or (C) the offense otherwise
involved sophisticated means and the defendant intentionally en-
gaged in or caused the conduct constituting sophisticated means, in-
crease by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12,
increase to level 12.
(11) If the offense involved (A) the possession or use of any (i) device-mak-
ing equipment, or (ii) authentication feature; (B) the production or
trafficking of any (i) unauthorized access device or counterfeit access
device, or (ii) authentication feature; or (C)(i) the unauthorized trans-
fer or use of any means of identification unlawfully to produce or ob-
tain any other means of identification, or (ii) the possession of 5 or
more means of identification that unlawfully were produced from, or
obtained by the use of, another means of identification, increase by
2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase to
level 12.
(12) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 1040, increase
by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase
to level 12.
(13) If the defendant was convicted under 42 U.S.C. § 408(a), § 1011(a), or
§ 1383a(a) and the statutory maximum term of ten years’ imprison-
ment applies, increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less
than 12, increase to level 12.
(14) (Apply the greater) If the offense involved misappropriation of a trade
secret and the defendant knew or intended—
(A) that the trade secret would be transported or transmitted out of
the United States, increase by 2 levels; or
(B) that the offense would benefit a foreign government, foreign in-
strumentality, or foreign agent, increase by 4 levels.
If subparagraph (B) applies and the resulting offense level is less than
level 14, increase to level 14.
(15) If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal or to receive sto-
len (A) vehicles or vehicle parts; or (B) goods or chattels that are part
of a cargo shipment, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level
is less than level 14, increase to level 14.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 89
§2B1.1
(16) If the offense involved (A) the conscious or reckless risk of death or
serious bodily injury; or (B) possession of a dangerous weapon (includ-
ing a firearm) in connection with the offense, increase by 2 levels. If
the resulting offense level is less than level 14, increase to level 14.
(17) (Apply the greater) If—
(A) the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts
from one or more financial institutions as a result of the offense,
increase by 2 levels; or
(B) the offense (i) substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness
of a financial institution; or (ii) substantially endangered the sol-
vency or financial security of an organization that, at any time
during the offense, (I) was a publicly traded company; or (II) had
1,000 or more employees, increase by 4 levels.
(C) The cumulative adjustments from application of both subsec-
tions (b)(2) and (b)(17)(B) shall not exceed 8 levels, except as pro-
vided in subparagraph (D).
(D) If the resulting offense level determined under subparagraph (A)
or (B) is less than level 24, increase to level 24.
(18) If (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1030, and the offense involved an intent to obtain personal infor-
mation, or (B) the offense involved the unauthorized public dissemi-
nation of personal information, increase by 2 levels.
(19) (A) (Apply the greatest) If the defendant was convicted of an offense
under:
(i) 18 U.S.C. § 1030, and the offense involved a computer sys-
tem used to maintain or operate a critical infrastructure, or
used by or for a government entity in furtherance of the ad-
ministration of justice, national defense, or national secu-
rity, increase by 2 levels.
(ii) 18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(5)(A), increase by 4 levels.
(iii) 18 U.S.C. § 1030, and the offense caused a substantial dis-
ruption of a critical infrastructure, increase by 6 levels.
(B) If subparagraph (A)(iii) applies, and the offense level is less than
level 24, increase to level 24.
90 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
(20) If the offense involved—
(A) a violation of securities law and, at the time of the offense, the
defendant was (i) an officer or a director of a publicly traded com-
pany; (ii) a registered broker or dealer, or a person associated
with a broker or dealer; or (iii) an investment adviser, or a person
associated with an investment adviser; or
(B) a violation of commodities law and, at the time of the offense, the
defendant was (i) an officer or a director of a futures commission
merchant or an introducing broker; (ii) a commodities trading ad-
visor; or (iii) a commodity pool operator,
increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If (A) a firearm, destructive device, explosive material, or controlled
substance was taken, or the taking of any such item was an object of
the offense; or (B) the stolen property received, transported, trans-
ferred, transmitted, or possessed was a firearm, destructive device,
explosive material, or controlled substance, apply §2D1.1 (Unlawful
Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking (Including Pos-
session with Intent to Commit These Offenses); Attempt or Conspir-
acy), §2D2.1 (Unlawful Possession; Attempt or Conspiracy), §2K1.3
(Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Explosive Mate-
rials; Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials), or
§2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms
or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Am-
munition), as appropriate.
(2) If the offense involved arson, or property damage by use of explosives,
apply §2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives), if the
resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
(3) If (A) neither paragraph (1) nor (2) of this subsection applies; (B) the
defendant was convicted under a statute proscribing false, fictitious,
or fraudulent statements or representations generally (e.g., 18 U.S.C.
§ 1001, § 1341, § 1342, or § 1343); and (C) the conduct set forth in the
count of conviction establishes an offense specifically covered by an-
other guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct), apply that other
guideline.
(4) If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource or a paleontological
resource, apply §2B1.5 (Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of, Cul-
tural Heritage Resources or Paleontological Resources; Unlawful
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 91
§2B1.1
Sale, Purchase, Exchange, Transportation, or Receipt of Cultural Her-
itage Resources or Paleontological Resources), if the resulting offense
level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 5 U.S.C. §§ 8345a, 8466a; 7 U.S.C. §§ 6, 6b, 6c, 6h, 6o, 13, 23; 15 U.S.C. §§ 50,
77e, 77q, 77x, 78j, 78ff, 80b-6, 1644, 6821; 18 U.S.C. §§ 38, 220, 225, 285–289, 471–473, 500, 510,
553(a)(1), 641, 656, 657, 659, 662, 664, 1001–1008, 1010–1014, 1016–1022, 1025, 1026, 1028, 1029,
1030(a)(4)–(5), 1031, 1037, 1040, 1341–1344, 1348, 1350, 1361, 1363, 1369, 1702, 1703 (if vandalism
or malicious mischief, including destruction of mail, is involved), 1708, 1831, 1832, 1992(a)(1), (a)(5),
2113(b), 2282A, 2282B, 2291, 2312–2317, 2332b(a)(1), 2701; 19 U.S.C. § 2401f; 20 U.S.C. § 1097(a),
(b), (d), (e); 29 U.S.C. § 501(c); 42 U.S.C. § 1011; 49 U.S.C. §§ 14915, 30170, 46317(a), 60123(b). For
additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Cultural heritage resource” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2B1.5 (Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of, Cultural Heritage Resources or
Paleontological Resources; Unlawful Sale, Purchase, Exchange, Transportation, or Receipt of
Cultural Heritage Resources or Paleontological Resources).
“Equity security” has the meaning given that term in section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(11)).
“Federal health care offense” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 24.
“Financial institution” includes any institution described in 18 U.S.C. § 20, § 656, § 657,
§ 1005, § 1006, § 1007, or § 1014; any state or foreign bank, trust company, credit union, insur-
ance company, investment company, mutual fund, savings (building and loan) association, union
or employee pension fund; any health, medical, or hospital insurance association; brokers and
dealers registered, or required to be registered, with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered, or required to be regis-
tered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and any similar entity, whether or not
insured by the federal government. “Union or employee pension fund” and “any health, medical,
or hospital insurance association,” primarily include large pension funds that serve many per-
sons (e.g., pension funds of large national and international organizations, unions, and corpora-
tions doing substantial interstate business), and associations that undertake to provide pension,
disability, or other benefits (e.g., medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of per-
sons.
“Firearm” and “destructive device” have the meaning given those terms in the Commentary
to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Foreign instrumentality” and “foreign agent” have the meaning given those terms in
18 U.S.C. § 1839(1) and (2), respectively.
“Government health care program” means any plan or program that provides health benefits,
whether directly, through insurance, or otherwise, which is funded directly, in whole or in part,
by federal or state government. Examples of such programs are the Medicare program, the Med-
icaid program, and the CHIP program.
92 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
“Means of identification” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(7), except
that such means of identification shall be of an actual (i.e., not fictitious) individual, other than
the defendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant
Conduct).
“National cemetery” means a cemetery (A) established under section 2400 of title 38, United
States Code; or (B) under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army, the Secretary of the Navy,
the Secretary of the Air Force, or the Secretary of the Interior.
“Paleontological resource” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Com-
mentary to §2B1.5 (Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of, Cultural Heritage Resources or Pale-
ontological Resources; Unlawful Sale, Purchase, Exchange, Transportation, or Receipt of Cul-
tural Heritage Resources or Paleontological Resources).
“Personal information” means sensitive or private information involving an identifiable indi-
vidual (including such information in the possession of a third party), including (A) medical rec-
ords; (B) wills; (C) diaries; (D) private correspondence, including e-mail; (E) financial records;
(F) photographs of a sensitive or private nature; or (G) similar information.
“Pre-retail medical product” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 670(e).
“Publicly traded company” means an issuer (A) with a class of securities registered under
section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78l); or (B) that is required to file
reports under section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78o(d)). “Issuer”
has the meaning given that term in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.
§ 78c).
“Supply chain” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 670(e).
“Theft from the person of another” means theft, without the use of force, of property that was
being held by another person or was within arms’ reach. Examples include pick-pocketing and
non-forcible purse-snatching, such as the theft of a purse from a shopping cart.
“Trade secret” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1839(3).
“Veterans’ memorial” means any structure, plaque, statue, or other monument described in
18 U.S.C. § 1369(a).
“Victim” means (A) any person who sustained any part of the actual loss determined under sub-
section (b)(1); or (B) any individual who sustained bodily injury as a result of the offense. “Person”
includes individuals, corporations, companies, associations, firms, partnerships, societies, and
joint stock companies.
2. Application of Subsection (a)(1).—
(A) “Referenced to this Guideline”.—For purposes of subsection (a)(1), an offense is “refer-
enced to this guideline” if (i) this guideline is the applicable Chapter Two guideline spe-
cifically referenced in Appendix A (Statutory Index) for the offense of conviction, as deter-
mined under the provisions of §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines); or (ii) in the case of a convic-
tion for conspiracy, solicitation, or attempt to which §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Con-
spiracy) applies, this guideline is the appropriate guideline for the offense the defendant
was convicted of conspiring, soliciting, or attempting to commit.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 93
§2B1.1
(B) Definition of “Statutory Maximum Term of Imprisonment”.—For purposes of this
guideline, “statutory maximum term of imprisonment” means the maximum term of
imprisonment authorized for the offense of conviction, including any increase in that max-
imum term under a statutory enhancement provision.
(C) Base Offense Level Determination for Cases Involving Multiple Counts.—In a case
involving multiple counts sentenced under this guideline, the applicable base offense level
is determined by the count of conviction that provides the highest statutory maximum term
of imprisonment.
3. Loss Under Subsection (b)(1).—This application note applies to the determination of loss un-
der subsection (b)(1).
(A) Rules of Construction in Certain Cases.—In the cases described in clauses (i)
through (iii), reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm shall be considered to include the pe-
cuniary harm specified for those cases as follows:
(i) Product Substitution Cases.—In the case of a product substitution offense, the
reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm includes the reasonably foreseeable costs of
making substitute transactions and handling or disposing of the product delivered, or
of retrofitting the product so that it can be used for its intended purpose, and the
reasonably foreseeable costs of rectifying the actual or potential disruption to the vic-
tim’s business operations caused by the product substitution.
(ii) Procurement Fraud Cases.—In the case of a procurement fraud, such as a fraud
affecting a defense contract award, reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm includes
the reasonably foreseeable administrative costs to the government and other partici-
pants of repeating or correcting the procurement action affected, plus any increased
costs to procure the product or service involved that was reasonably foreseeable.
(iii) Offenses Under 18 U.S.C. § 1030.—In the case of an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1030,
actual loss includes the following pecuniary harm, regardless of whether such pecu-
niary harm was reasonably foreseeable: any reasonable cost to any victim, including
the cost of responding to an offense, conducting a damage assessment, and restoring
the data, program, system, or information to its condition prior to the offense, and any
revenue lost, cost incurred, or other damages incurred because of interruption of ser-
vice.
(B) Estimation of Loss.—The court need only make a reasonable estimate of the loss. The
sentencing judge is in a unique position to assess the evidence and estimate the loss based
upon that evidence. For this reason, the court’s loss determination is entitled to appropriate
deference. See 18 U.S.C. § 3742(e) and (f).
The estimate of the loss shall be based on available information, taking into account, as
appropriate and practicable under the circumstances, factors such as the following:
(i) The fair market value of the property unlawfully taken, copied, or destroyed; or, if the
fair market value is impracticable to determine or inadequately measures the harm,
the cost to the victim of replacing that property.
(ii) In the case of proprietary information (e.g., trade secrets), the cost of developing that
information or the reduction in the value of that information that resulted from the
offense.
94 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
(iii) The cost of repairs to damaged property.
(iv) The approximate number of victims multiplied by the average loss to each victim.
(v) The reduction that resulted from the offense in the value of equity securities or other
corporate assets.
(vi) More general factors, such as the scope and duration of the offense and revenues gen-
erated by similar operations.
(C) Exclusions from Loss.—Loss shall not include the following:
(i) Interest of any kind, finance charges, late fees, penalties, amounts based on an
agreed-upon return or rate of return, or other similar costs.
(ii) Costs to the government of, and costs incurred by victims primarily to aid the govern-
ment in, the prosecution and criminal investigation of an offense.
(D) Credits Against Loss.—Loss shall be reduced by the following:
(i) The money returned, and the fair market value of the property returned and the ser-
vices rendered, by the defendant or other persons acting jointly with the defendant,
to the victim before the offense was detected. The time of detection of the offense is
the earlier of (I) the time the offense was discovered by a victim or government agency;
or (II) the time the defendant knew or reasonably should have known that the offense
was detected or about to be detected by a victim or government agency.
(ii) In a case involving collateral pledged or otherwise provided by the defendant, the
amount the victim has recovered at the time of sentencing from disposition of the
collateral, or if the collateral has not been disposed of by that time, the fair market
value of the collateral at the time of sentencing.
(iii) Notwithstanding clause (ii), in the case of a fraud involving a mortgage loan, if the
collateral has not been disposed of by the time of sentencing, use the fair market value
of the collateral as of the date on which the guilt of the defendant has been established,
whether by guilty plea, trial, or plea of nolo contendere.
In such a case, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the most recent tax as-
sessment value of the collateral is a reasonable estimate of the fair market value. In
determining whether the most recent tax assessment value is a reasonable estimate
of the fair market value, the court may consider, among other factors, the recency of
the tax assessment and the extent to which the jurisdiction’s tax assessment practices
reflect factors not relevant to fair market value.
(E) Special Rules.—Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the following special rules shall be
used to assist in determining loss in the cases indicated:
(i) Stolen or Counterfeit Credit Cards and Access Devices; Purloined Numbers
and Codes.—In a case involving any counterfeit access device or unauthorized access
device, loss includes any unauthorized charges made with the counterfeit access de-
vice or unauthorized access device and shall be not less than $500 per access device.
However, if the unauthorized access device is a means of telecommunications access
that identifies a specific telecommunications instrument or telecommunications ac-
count (including an electronic serial number/mobile identification number (ESN/MIN)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 95
§2B1.1
pair), and that means was only possessed, and not used, during the commission of the
offense, loss shall be not less than $100 per unused means. For purposes of this clause,
“counterfeit access device” and “unauthorized access device” have the meaning
given those terms in Application Note 10(A).
(ii) Government Benefits.—In a case involving government benefits (e.g., grants, loans,
entitlement program payments), loss shall be considered to be not less than the value
of the benefits obtained by unintended recipients or diverted to unintended uses, as
the case may be. For example, if the defendant was the intended recipient of food
stamps having a value of $100 but fraudulently received food stamps having a value
of $150, loss is $50.
(iii) Davis–Bacon Act Violations.—In a case involving a Davis–Bacon Act violation
(i.e., a violation of 40 U.S.C. § 3142, criminally prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001),
the value of the benefits shall be considered to be not less than the difference between
the legally required wages and actual wages paid.
(iv) Ponzi and Other Fraudulent Investment Schemes.—In a case involving a fraud-
ulent investment scheme, such as a Ponzi scheme, loss shall not be reduced by the
money or the value of the property transferred to any individual investor in the
scheme in excess of that investor’s principal investment (i.e., the gain to an individual
investor in the scheme shall not be used to offset the loss to another individual inves-
tor in the scheme).
(v) Certain Other Unlawful Misrepresentation Schemes.—In a case involving a
scheme in which (I) services were fraudulently rendered to the victim by persons
falsely posing as licensed professionals; (II) goods were falsely represented as ap-
proved by a governmental regulatory agency; or (III) goods for which regulatory ap-
proval by a government agency was required but not obtained, or was obtained by
fraud, loss shall include the amount paid for the property, services or goods trans-
ferred, rendered, or misrepresented, with no credit provided for the value of those
items or services.
(vi) Value of Controlled Substances.—In a case involving controlled substances, loss
is the estimated street value of the controlled substances.
(vii) Value of Cultural Heritage Resources or Paleontological Resources.—In a
case involving a cultural heritage resource or paleontological resource, loss attributa-
ble to that resource shall be determined in accordance with the rules for determining
the “value of the resource” set forth in Application Note 2 of the Commentary to
§2B1.5.
(viii) Federal Health Care Offenses Involving Government Health Care Pro-
grams.—In a case in which the defendant is convicted of a federal health care offense
involving a government health care program, the aggregate dollar amount of fraudu-
lent bills submitted to the government health care program shall constitute prima
facie evidence of the amount of the intended loss, i.e., is evidence sufficient to establish
the amount of the intended loss, if not rebutted.
(ix) Fraudulent Inflation or Deflation in Value of Securities or Commodities.—
In a case involving the fraudulent inflation or deflation in the value of a publicly
traded security or commodity, the court in determining loss may use any method that
is appropriate and practicable under the circumstances. One such method the court
96 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
may consider is a method under which the actual loss attributable to the change in
value of the security or commodity is the amount determined by—
(I) calculating the difference between the average price of the security or commodity
during the period that the fraud occurred and the average price of the security
or commodity during the 90-day period after the fraud was disclosed to the mar-
ket, and
(II) multiplying the difference in average price by the number of shares outstanding.
In determining whether the amount so determined is a reasonable estimate of the
actual loss attributable to the change in value of the security or commodity, the court
may consider, among other factors, the extent to which the amount so determined
includes significant changes in value not resulting from the offense (e.g., changes
caused by external market forces, such as changed economic circumstances, changed
investor expectations, and new industry-specific or firm-specific facts, conditions, or
events).
4. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—
(A) Definition.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), “mass-marketing” means a plan, pro-
gram, promotion, or campaign that is conducted through solicitation by telephone, mail, the
Internet, or other means to induce a large number of persons to (i) purchase goods or ser-
vices; (ii) participate in a contest or sweepstakes; or (iii) invest for financial profit. “Mass-
marketing” includes, for example, a telemarketing campaign that solicits a large number
of individuals to purchase fraudulent life insurance policies.
(B) Applicability to Transmission of Multiple Commercial Electronic Mail Mes-
sages.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1037, or any other
offense involving conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 1037, shall be considered to have been
committed through mass-marketing. Accordingly, the defendant shall receive at least a
two-level enhancement under subsection (b)(2) and may, depending on the facts of the case,
receive a greater enhancement under such subsection, if the defendant was convicted un-
der, or the offense involved conduct described in, 18 U.S.C. § 1037.
(C) Undelivered United States Mail.—
(i) In General.—In a case in which undelivered United States mail was taken, or the
taking of such item was an object of the offense, or in a case in which the stolen prop-
erty received, transported, transferred, transmitted, or possessed was undelivered
United States mail, “victim” means (I) any victim as defined in Application Note 1;
or (II) any person who was the intended recipient, or addressee, of the undelivered
United States mail.
(ii) Special Rule.—A case described in subparagraph (C)(i) of this note that involved—
(I) a United States Postal Service relay box, collection box, delivery vehicle, satchel,
or cart, shall be considered to have involved at least 10 victims.
(II) a housing unit cluster box or any similar receptacle that contains multiple mail-
boxes, whether such receptacle is owned by the United States Postal Service or
otherwise owned, shall, unless proven otherwise, be presumed to have involved
the number of victims corresponding to the number of mailboxes in each cluster
box or similar receptacle.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 97
§2B1.1
(iii) Definition.—“Undelivered United States mail” means mail that has not actually
been received by the addressee or the addressee’s agent (e.g., mail taken from the
addressee’s mail box).
(D) Vulnerable Victims.—If subsection (b)(2)(B) or (C) applies, an enhancement under
§3A1.1(b)(2) shall not apply.
(E) Cases Involving Means of Identification.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), in a case
involving means of identification “victim” means (i) any victim as defined in Application
Note 1; or (ii) any individual whose means of identification was used unlawfully or without
authority.
(F) Substantial Financial Hardship.—In determining whether the offense resulted in sub-
stantial financial hardship to a victim, the court shall consider, among other factors,
whether the offense resulted in the victim—
(i) becoming insolvent;
(ii) filing for bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code (title 11, United States Code);
(iii) suffering substantial loss of a retirement, education, or other savings or investment
fund;
(iv) making substantial changes to his or her employment, such as postponing his or her
retirement plans;
(v) making substantial changes to his or her living arrangements, such as relocating to a
less expensive home; and
(vi) suffering substantial harm to his or her ability to obtain credit.
5. Enhancement for Business of Receiving and Selling Stolen Property under Subsec-
tion (b)(4).—For purposes of subsection (b)(4), the court shall consider the following non-exhaus-
tive list of factors in determining whether the defendant was in the business of receiving and
selling stolen property:
(A) The regularity and sophistication of the defendant’s activities.
(B) The value and size of the inventory of stolen property maintained by the defendant.
(C) The extent to which the defendant’s activities encouraged or facilitated other crimes.
(D) The defendant’s past activities involving stolen property.
6. Application of Subsection (b)(6).—For purposes of subsection (b)(6), “improper means” in-
cludes the unauthorized harvesting of electronic mail addresses of users of a website, proprietary
service, or other online public forum.
7. Application of Subsection (b)(8)(B).—If subsection (b)(8)(B) applies, do not apply an adjust-
ment under §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
98 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
8. Application of Subsection (b)(9).—
(A) In General.—The adjustments in subsection (b)(9) are alternative rather than cumulative.
If, in a particular case, however, more than one of the enumerated factors applied, an up-
ward departure may be warranted.
(B) Misrepresentations Regarding Charitable and Other Institutions.—Subsec-
tion (b)(9)(A) applies in any case in which the defendant represented that the defendant
was acting to obtain a benefit on behalf of a charitable, educational, religious, or political
organization, or a government agency (regardless of whether the defendant actually was
associated with the organization or government agency) when, in fact, the defendant in-
tended to divert all or part of that benefit (e.g., for the defendant’s personal gain). Subsec-
tion (b)(9)(A) applies, for example, to the following:
(i) A defendant who solicited contributions for a non-existent famine relief organization.
(ii) A defendant who solicited donations from church members by falsely claiming to be a
fundraiser for a religiously affiliated school.
(iii) A defendant, chief of a local fire department, who conducted a public fundraiser rep-
resenting that the purpose of the fundraiser was to procure sufficient funds for a new
fire engine when, in fact, the defendant intended to divert some of the funds for the
defendant’s personal benefit.
(C) Fraud in Contravention of Prior Judicial Order.—Subsection (b)(9)(C) provides an
enhancement if the defendant commits a fraud in contravention of a prior, official judicial
or administrative warning, in the form of an order, injunction, decree, or process, to take or
not to take a specified action. A defendant who does not comply with such a prior, official
judicial or administrative warning demonstrates aggravated criminal intent and deserves
additional punishment. If it is established that an entity the defendant controlled was a
party to the prior proceeding that resulted in the official judicial or administrative action,
and the defendant had knowledge of that prior decree or order, this enhancement applies
even if the defendant was not a specifically named party in that prior case. For example, a
defendant whose business previously was enjoined from selling a dangerous product, but
who nonetheless engaged in fraudulent conduct to sell the product, is subject to this en-
hancement. This enhancement does not apply if the same conduct resulted in an enhance-
ment pursuant to a provision found elsewhere in the guidelines (e.g., a violation of a condi-
tion of release addressed in §3C1.3 (Commission of Offense While on Release) or a violation
of probation addressed in §4A1.1 (Criminal History Category)).
(D) College Scholarship Fraud.—For purposes of subsection (b)(9)(D):
“Financial assistance” means any scholarship, grant, loan, tuition, discount, award, or
other financial assistance for the purpose of financing an education.
“Institution of higher education” has the meaning given that term in section 101 of the
Higher Education Act of 1954 (20 U.S.C. § 1001).
(E) Non-Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustments.—
(i) Subsection (b)(9)(A).—If the conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement un-
der subsection (b)(9)(A) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an adjustment
under §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill), do not apply that
adjustment under §3B1.3.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 99
§2B1.1
(ii) Subsection (b)(9)(B) and (C).—If the conduct that forms the basis for an enhance-
ment under subsection (b)(9)(B) or (C) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an
adjustment under §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice), do
not apply that adjustment under §3C1.1.
9. Application of Subsection (b)(10).—
(A) Definition of United States.—For purposes of subsection (b)(10)(B), “United States”
means each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Sa-
moa.
(B) Sophisticated Means Enhancement under Subsection (b)(10)(C).—For purposes of
subsection (b)(10)(C), “sophisticated means” means especially complex or especially intri-
cate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or concealment of an offense. For example,
in a telemarketing scheme, locating the main office of the scheme in one jurisdiction but
locating soliciting operations in another jurisdiction ordinarily indicates sophisticated
means. Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions, or both, through the use of fictitious
entities, corporate shells, or offshore financial accounts also ordinarily indicates sophisti-
cated means.
(C) Non-Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the conduct that forms the basis
for an enhancement under subsection (b)(10) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an
adjustment under §3C1.1, do not apply that adjustment under §3C1.1.
10. Application of Subsection (b)(11).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(11):
“Authentication feature” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(1).
“Counterfeit access device” (i) has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1029(e)(2);
and (ii) includes a telecommunications instrument that has been modified or altered to ob-
tain unauthorized use of telecommunications service.
“Device-making equipment” (i) has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 1029(e)(6); and (ii) includes (I) any hardware or software that has been configured as de-
scribed in 18 U.S.C. § 1029(a)(9); and (II) a scanning receiver referred to in 18 U.S.C.
§ 1029(a)(8). “Scanning receiver” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1029(e)(8).
“Produce” includes manufacture, design, alter, authenticate, duplicate, or assemble. “Pro-
duction” includes manufacture, design, alteration, authentication, duplication, or assem-
bly.
“Telecommunications service” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 1029(e)(9).
“Unauthorized access device” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1029(e)(3).
(B) Authentication Features and Identification Documents.—Offenses involving au-
thentication features, identification documents, false identification documents, and means
of identification, in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1028, also are covered by this guideline. If the
primary purpose of the offense, under 18 U.S.C. § 1028, was to violate, or assist another to
100 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
violate, the law pertaining to naturalization, citizenship, or legal resident status, apply
§2L2.1 (Trafficking in a Document Relating to Naturalization) or §2L2.2 (Fraudulently Ac-
quiring Documents Relating to Naturalization), as appropriate, rather than this guideline.
(C) Application of Subsection (b)(11)(C)(i).—
(i) In General.—Subsection (b)(11)(C)(i) applies in a case in which a means of identifi-
cation of an individual other than the defendant (or a person for whose conduct the
defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)) is used without that indi-
vidual’s authorization unlawfully to produce or obtain another means of identification.
(ii) Examples.—Examples of conduct to which subsection (b)(11)(C)(i) applies are as fol-
lows:
(I) A defendant obtains an individual’s name and social security number from a
source (e.g., from a piece of mail taken from the individual’s mailbox) and obtains
a bank loan in that individual’s name. In this example, the account number of
the bank loan is the other means of identification that has been obtained unlaw-
fully.
(II) A defendant obtains an individual’s name and address from a source (e.g., from
a driver’s license in a stolen wallet) and applies for, obtains, and subsequently
uses a credit card in that individual’s name. In this example, the credit card is
the other means of identification that has been obtained unlawfully.
(iii) Non-Applicability of Subsection (b)(11)(C)(i).—Examples of conduct to which
subsection (b)(11)(C)(i) does not apply are as follows:
(I) A defendant uses a credit card from a stolen wallet only to make a purchase. In
such a case, the defendant has not used the stolen credit card to obtain another
means of identification.
(II) A defendant forges another individual’s signature to cash a stolen check. Forging
another individual’s signature is not producing another means of identification.
(D) Application of Subsection (b)(11)(C)(ii).—Subsection (b)(11)(C)(ii) applies in any case
in which the offense involved the possession of 5 or more means of identification that un-
lawfully were produced or obtained, regardless of the number of individuals in whose name
(or other identifying information) the means of identification were so produced or so ob-
tained.
11. Interaction of Subsection (b)(13) and §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Spe-
cial Skill).—If subsection (b)(13) applies, do not apply §3B1.3.
12. Application of Subsection (b)(15).—Subsection (b)(15) provides a minimum offense level in
the case of an ongoing, sophisticated operation (e.g., an auto theft ring or “chop shop”) to steal or
to receive stolen (A) vehicles or vehicle parts; or (B) goods or chattels that are part of a cargo
shipment. For purposes of this subsection, “vehicle” means motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft. A
“cargo shipment” includes cargo transported on a railroad car, bus, steamboat, vessel, or air-
plane.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 101
§2B1.1
13. Gross Receipts Enhancement under Subsection (b)(17)(A).—
(A) In General.—For purposes of subsection (b)(17)(A), the defendant shall be considered to
have derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts if the gross receipts to the defendant
individually, rather than to all participants, exceeded $1,000,000.
(B) Definition.—“Gross receipts from the offense” includes all property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense.
See 18 U.S.C. § 982(a)(4).
14. Application of Subsection (b)(17)(B).—
(A) Application of Subsection (b)(17)(B)(i).—The following is a non-exhaustive list of fac-
tors that the court shall consider in determining whether, as a result of the offense, the
safety and soundness of a financial institution was substantially jeopardized:
(i) The financial institution became insolvent.
(ii) The financial institution substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds.
(iii) The financial institution was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit, payment,
or investment.
(iv) The financial institution was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with
another institution in order to continue active operations.
(v) One or more of the criteria in clauses (i) through (iv) was likely to result from the
offense but did not result from the offense because of federal government intervention,
such as a “bailout”.
(B) Application of Subsection (b)(17)(B)(ii).—
(i) Definition.—For purposes of this subsection, “organization” has the meaning given
that term in Application Note 1 of §8A1.1 (Applicability of Chapter Eight).
(ii) In General.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court shall
consider in determining whether, as a result of the offense, the solvency or financial
security of an organization that was a publicly traded company or that had more than
1,000 employees was substantially endangered:
(I) The organization became insolvent or suffered a substantial reduction in the
value of its assets.
(II) The organization filed for bankruptcy under Chapters 7, 11, or 13 of the Bank-
ruptcy Code (title 11, United States Code).
(III) The organization suffered a substantial reduction in the value of its equity secu-
rities or the value of its employee retirement accounts.
(IV) The organization substantially reduced its workforce.
(V) The organization substantially reduced its employee pension benefits.
102 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
(VI) The liquidity of the equity securities of a publicly traded company was substan-
tially endangered. For example, the company was delisted from its primary list-
ing exchange, or trading of the company’s securities was halted for more than
one full trading day.
(VII) One or more of the criteria in subclauses (I) through (VI) was likely to result
from the offense but did not result from the offense because of federal govern-
ment intervention, such as a “bailout”.
15. Application of Subsection (b)(19).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(19):
“Critical infrastructure” means systems and assets vital to national defense, national
security, economic security, public health or safety, or any combination of those matters. A
critical infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned. Examples of critical infrastruc-
tures include gas and oil production, storage, and delivery systems, water supply systems,
telecommunications networks, electrical power delivery systems, financing and banking
systems, emergency services (including medical, police, fire, and rescue services), transpor-
tation systems and services (including highways, mass transit, airlines, and airports), and
government operations that provide essential services to the public.
“Government entity” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(9).
(B) Subsection (b)(19)(A)(iii).—If the same conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement
under subsection (b)(19)(A)(iii) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement
under subsection (b)(17)(B), do not apply the enhancement under subsection (b)(17)(B).
16. Application of Subsection (b)(20).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(20):
“Commodities law” means (i) the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and
18 U.S.C. § 1348; and (ii) includes the rules, regulations, and orders issued by the Commod-
ity Futures Trading Commission.
“Commodity pool operator” has the meaning given that term in section 1a(11) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1a(11)).
“Commodity trading advisor” has the meaning given that term in section 1a(12) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1a(12)).
“Futures commission merchant” has the meaning given that term in section 1a(28) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1a(28)).
“Introducing broker” has the meaning given that term in section 1a(31) of the Commodity
Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1a(31)).
“Investment adviser” has the meaning given that term in section 202(a)(11) of the Invest-
ment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. § 80b-2(a)(11)).
“Person associated with a broker or dealer” has the meaning given that term in sec-
tion 3(a)(18) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(18)).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 103
§2B1.1
“Person associated with an investment adviser” has the meaning given that term in
section 202(a)(17) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. § 80b-2(a)(17)).
“Registered broker or dealer” has the meaning given that term in section 3(a)(48) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(48)).
“Securities law” (i) means 18 U.S.C. §§ 1348, 1350, and the provisions of law referred to
in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(47)); and (ii) in-
cludes the rules, regulations, and orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commis-
sion pursuant to the provisions of law referred to in such section.
(B) In General.—A conviction under a securities law or commodities law is not required in
order for subsection (b)(20) to apply. This subsection would apply in the case of a defendant
convicted under a general fraud statute if the defendant’s conduct violated a securities law
or commodities law. For example, this subsection would apply if an officer of a publicly
traded company violated regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission
by fraudulently influencing an independent audit of the company’s financial statements for
the purposes of rendering such financial statements materially misleading, even if the of-
ficer is convicted only of wire fraud.
(C) Nonapplicability of §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).—If
subsection (b)(20) applies, do not apply §3B1.3.
17. Cross Reference in Subsection (c)(3).—Subsection (c)(3) provides a cross reference to another
guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) in cases in which the defendant is convicted of a
general fraud statute, and the count of conviction establishes an offense involving fraudulent
conduct that is more aptly covered by another guideline. Sometimes, offenses involving fraudu-
lent statements are prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001, or a similarly general statute, although
the offense involves fraudulent conduct that is also covered by a more specific statute. Examples
include false entries regarding currency transactions, for which §2S1.3 (Structuring Transac-
tions to Evade Reporting Requirements) likely would be more apt, and false statements to a
customs officer, for which §2T3.1 (Evading Import Duties or Restrictions (Smuggling); Receiving
or Trafficking in Smuggled Property) likely would be more apt. In certain other cases, the mail
or wire fraud statutes, or other relatively broad statutes, are used primarily as jurisdictional
bases for the prosecution of other offenses. For example, a state employee who improperly influ-
enced the award of a contract and used the mails to commit the offense may be prosecuted under
18 U.S.C. § 1341 for fraud involving the deprivation of the intangible right of honest services.
Such a case would be more aptly sentenced pursuant to §2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or
Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right; Fraud involving the Deprivation of
the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference
with Governmental Functions).
18. Continuing Financial Crimes Enterprise.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C.
§ 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise), the offense level is that applicable to
the underlying series of offenses comprising the “continuing financial crimes enterprise”.
19. Partially Completed Offenses.—In the case of a partially completed offense (e.g., an offense
involving a completed theft or fraud that is part of a larger, attempted theft or fraud), the offense
level is to be determined in accordance with the provisions of §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or
Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense, the inchoate offense (attempt,
solicitation, or conspiracy), or both. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §2X1.1.
20. Multiple-Count Indictments.—Some fraudulent schemes may result in multiple-count indict-
ments, depending on the technical elements of the offense. The cumulative loss produced by a
104 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
common scheme or course of conduct should be used in determining the offense level, regardless
of the number of counts of conviction. See Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts).
21. Departure Considerations.—
(A) Upward Departure Considerations.—There may be cases in which the offense level de-
termined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. In
such cases, an upward departure may be warranted. The following is a non-exhaustive list
of factors that the court may consider in determining whether an upward departure is war-
ranted:
(i) A primary objective of the offense was an aggravating, non-monetary objective. For
example, a primary objective of the offense was to inflict emotional harm.
(ii) The offense caused or risked substantial non-monetary harm. For example, the of-
fense caused physical harm, psychological harm, or severe emotional trauma, or re-
sulted in a substantial invasion of a privacy interest (through, for example, the theft
of personal information such as medical, educational, or financial records). An upward
departure would be warranted, for example, in an 18 U.S.C. § 1030 offense involving
damage to a protected computer, if, as a result of that offense, death resulted. An
upward departure also would be warranted, for example, in a case involving animal
enterprise terrorism under 18 U.S.C. § 43, if, in the course of the offense, serious bod-
ily injury or death resulted, or substantial scientific research or information were de-
stroyed. Similarly, an upward departure would be warranted in a case involving con-
duct described in 18 U.S.C. § 670 if the offense resulted in serious bodily injury or
death, including serious bodily injury or death resulting from the use of the pre-retail
medical product.
(iii) The offense involved a substantial amount of interest of any kind, finance charges,
late fees, penalties, amounts based on an agreed-upon return or rate of return, or
other similar costs, not included in the determination of loss for purposes of subsec-
tion (b)(1).
(iv) The offense created a risk of substantial loss beyond the loss determined for purposes
of subsection (b)(1), such as a risk of a significant disruption of a national financial
market.
(v) In a case involving stolen information from a “protected computer”, as defined in
18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(2), the defendant sought the stolen information to further a
broader criminal purpose.
(vi) In a case involving access devices or unlawfully produced or unlawfully obtained
means of identification:
(I) The offense caused substantial harm to the victim’s reputation, or the victim
suffered a substantial inconvenience related to repairing the victim’s reputation.
(II) An individual whose means of identification the defendant used to obtain un-
lawful means of identification is erroneously arrested or denied a job because an
arrest record has been made in that individual’s name.
(III) The defendant produced or obtained numerous means of identification with re-
spect to one individual and essentially assumed that individual’s identity.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 105
§2B1.1
(B) Upward Departure for Debilitating Impact on a Critical Infrastructure.—An up-
ward departure would be warranted in a case in which subsection (b)(19)(A)(iii) applies and
the disruption to the critical infrastructure(s) is so substantial as to have a debilitating
impact on national security, national economic security, national public health or safety, or
any combination of those matters.
(C) Downward Departure Consideration.—There may be cases in which the offense level
determined under this guideline substantially overstates the seriousness of the offense. In
such cases, a downward departure may be warranted.
For example, a securities fraud involving a fraudulent statement made publicly to the mar-
ket may produce an aggregate loss amount that is substantial but diffuse, with relatively
small loss amounts suffered by a relatively large number of victims. In such a case, the loss
table in subsection (b)(1) and the victims table in subsection (b)(2) may combine to produce
an offense level that substantially overstates the seriousness of the offense. If so, a down-
ward departure may be warranted.
(D) Downward Departure for Major Disaster or Emergency Victims.—If (i) the mini-
mum offense level of level 12 in subsection (b)(12) applies; (ii) the defendant sustained dam-
age, loss, hardship, or suffering caused by a major disaster or an emergency as those terms
are defined in 42 U.S.C. § 5122; and (iii) the benefits received illegally were only an exten-
sion or overpayment of benefits received legitimately, a downward departure may be war-
ranted.
Background: This guideline covers offenses involving theft, stolen property, property damage or de-
struction, fraud, forgery, and counterfeiting (other than offenses involving altered or counterfeit bearer
obligations of the United States).
Because federal fraud statutes often are broadly written, a single pattern of offense conduct usu-
ally can be prosecuted under several code sections, as a result of which the offense of conviction may
be somewhat arbitrary. Furthermore, most fraud statutes cover a broad range of conduct with extreme
variation in severity. The specific offense characteristics and cross references contained in this guide-
line are designed with these considerations in mind.
The Commission has determined that, ordinarily, the sentences of defendants convicted of fed-
eral offenses should reflect the nature and magnitude of the loss caused or intended by their crimes.
Accordingly, along with other relevant factors under the guidelines, loss serves as a measure of the
seriousness of the offense and the defendant’s relative culpability and is a principal factor in deter-
mining the offense level under this guideline.
Theft from the person of another, such as pickpocketing or non-forcible purse-snatching, receives
an enhanced sentence because of the increased risk of physical injury. This guideline does not include
an enhancement for thefts from the person by means of force or fear; such crimes are robberies and
are covered under §2B3.1 (Robbery).
A minimum offense level of level 14 is provided for offenses involving an organized scheme to
steal vehicles or vehicle parts. Typically, the scope of such activity is substantial, but the value of the
property may be particularly difficult to ascertain in individual cases because the stolen property is
rapidly resold or otherwise disposed of in the course of the offense. Therefore, the specific offense char-
acteristic of “organized scheme” is used as an alternative to “loss” in setting a minimum offense level.
Use of false pretenses involving charitable causes and government agencies enhances the sen-
tences of defendants who take advantage of victims’ trust in government or law enforcement agencies
or the generosity and charitable motives of victims. Taking advantage of a victim’s self-interest does
106 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.1
not mitigate the seriousness of fraudulent conduct; rather, defendants who exploit victims’ charitable
impulses or trust in government create particular social harm. In a similar vein, a defendant who has
been subject to civil or administrative proceedings for the same or similar fraudulent conduct demon-
strates aggravated criminal intent and is deserving of additional punishment for not conforming with
the requirements of judicial process or orders issued by federal, state, or local administrative agencies.
Offenses that involve the use of financial transactions or financial accounts outside the United
States in an effort to conceal illicit profits and criminal conduct involve a particularly high level of
sophistication and complexity. These offenses are difficult to detect and require costly investigations
and prosecutions. Diplomatic processes often must be used to secure testimony and evidence beyond
the jurisdiction of United States courts. Consequently, a minimum offense level of level 12 is provided
for these offenses.
Subsection (b)(5) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 2 of Public Law 105–
101 and the directive to the Commission in section 3 of Public Law 110–384.
Subsection (b)(7) implements the directive to the Commission in section 10606 of Public
Law 111–148.
Subsection (b)(8) implements the directive to the Commission in section 7 of Public Law 112–
186.
Subsection (b)(9)(D) implements, in a broader form, the directive in section 3 of the College Schol-
arship Fraud Prevention Act of 2000, Public Law 106–420.
Subsection (b)(10) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 6(c)(2) of Public Law 105–184.
Subsections (b)(11)(A)(i) and (B)(i) implement the instruction to the Commission in section 4 of
the Wireless Telephone Protection Act, Public Law 105–172.
Subsection (b)(11)(C) implements the directive to the Commission in section 4 of the Identity
Theft and Assumption Deterrence Act of 1998, Public Law 105–318. This subsection focuses principally
on an aggravated form of identity theft known as “affirmative identity theft” or “breeding”, in which a
defendant uses another individual’s name, social security number, or some other form of identification
(the “means of identification”) to “breed” (i.e., produce or obtain) new or additional forms of identifica-
tion. Because 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d) broadly defines “means of identification”, the new or additional forms
of identification can include items such as a driver’s license, a credit card, or a bank loan. This subsec-
tion provides a minimum offense level of level 12, in part because of the seriousness of the offense. The
minimum offense level accounts for the fact that the means of identification that were “bred” (i.e., pro-
duced or obtained) often are within the defendant’s exclusive control, making it difficult for the indi-
vidual victim to detect that the victim’s identity has been “stolen.” Generally, the victim does not be-
come aware of the offense until certain harms have already occurred (e.g., a damaged credit rating or
an inability to obtain a loan). The minimum offense level also accounts for the non-monetary harm
associated with these types of offenses, much of which may be difficult or impossible to quantify
(e.g., harm to the individual’s reputation or credit rating, inconvenience, and other difficulties result-
ing from the offense). The legislative history of the Identity Theft and Assumption Deterrence Act
of 1998 indicates that Congress was especially concerned with providing increased punishment for this
type of harm.
Subsection (b)(12) implements the directive in section 5 of Public Law 110–179.
Subsection (b)(14) implements the directive in section 3 of Public Law 112–269.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 107
§2B1.4
Subsection (b)(16)(B) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 110512 of Public Law 103–322.
Subsection (b)(17)(A) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 2507 of Public Law 101–647.
Subsection (b)(17)(B)(i) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 961(m) of Public Law 101–73.
Subsection (b)(18) implements the directive in section 209 of Public Law 110–326.
Subsection (b)(19) implements the directive in section 225(b) of Public Law 107–296. The mini-
mum offense level of level 24 provided in subsection (b)(19)(B) for an offense that resulted in a sub-
stantial disruption of a critical infrastructure reflects the serious impact such an offense could have
on national security, national economic security, national public health or safety, or a combination of
any of these matters.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 7); November 1, 1989 (amend-
ments 99–101 and 303); November 1, 1990 (amendments 312, 317, and 361); November 1, 1991 (amend-
ments 364, and 393); November 1, 1993 (amendments 481 and 482); November 1, 1995 (amendment 512);
November 1, 1997 (amendment 551); November 1, 1998 (amendment 576); November 1, 2000 (amend-
ment 596); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendments 637, 638, and 646); Janu-
Historical ary 25, 2003 (amendment 647); November 1, 2003 (amendments 653, 654, 655, and 661); November 1, 2004
Note (amendments 665, 666, and 674); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1, 2006 (amendments 685
and 696); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699, 700, and 702); February 6, 2008 (amendment 714); Novem-
ber 1, 2008 (amendments 719 and 725); November 1, 2009 (amendments 726, 733, and 737); November 1,
2010 (amendments 745 and 747); November 1, 2011 (amendment 749); November 1, 2012 (amendment 761);
November 1, 2013 (amendments 771, 772, and 777); November 1, 2015 (amendments 791 and 792), Novem-
ber 1, 2018 (amendments 806 and 813); November 1, 2023 (amendment 815); November 1, 2024 (amend-
ments 827 and 831).
§2B1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2B1.2 (Receiving, Transporting, Transferring, Transmitting, or Possessing Stolen Property), effec-
Historical tive November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 8), June 15, 1988 (amendment 9),
Note November 1, 1989 (amendments 102–104), and November 1, 1990 (amendments 312 and 361), was deleted
by consolidation with §2B1.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2B1.3. [Deleted]
Section 2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective June 15,
Historical 1988 (amendment 10), November 1, 1990 (amendments 312 and 313), November 1, 1997 (amendment 551),
Note November 1, 1998 (amendment 576), was deleted by consolidation with §2B1.1 effective November 1, 2001
(amendment 617).
§2B1.4. Insider Trading
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
108 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.4
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the gain resulting from the offense exceeded $6,500, increase by the
number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruc-
tion, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(2) If the offense involved an organized scheme to engage in insider trad-
ing and the offense level determined above is less than level 14, in-
crease to level 14.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. § 78j and 17 C.F.R. § 240.10b-5. For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), an “organized scheme
to engage in insider trading” means a scheme to engage in insider trading that involves con-
sidered, calculated, systematic, or repeated efforts to obtain and trade on inside information, as
distinguished from fortuitous or opportunistic instances of insider trading.
The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court may consider in determining
whether the offense involved an organized scheme to engage in insider trading:
(A) the number of transactions;
(B) the dollar value of the transactions;
(C) the number of securities involved;
(D) the duration of the offense;
(E) the number of participants in the scheme (although such a scheme may exist even in the
absence of more than one participant);
(F) the efforts undertaken to obtain material, nonpublic information;
(G) the number of instances in which material, nonpublic information was obtained; and
(H) the efforts undertaken to conceal the offense.
2. Application of §3B1.3.—Section 3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) should
be applied if the defendant occupied and abused a position of special trust. Examples might in-
clude a corporate president or an attorney who misused information regarding a planned but
unannounced takeover attempt. It typically would not apply to an ordinary “tippee”.
Furthermore, §3B1.3 should be applied if the defendant’s employment in a position that involved
regular participation or professional assistance in creating, issuing, buying, selling, or trading
securities or commodities was used to facilitate significantly the commission or concealment of
the offense. It would apply, for example, to a hedge fund professional who regularly participates
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 109
§2B1.5
in securities transactions or to a lawyer who regularly provides professional assistance in secu-
rities transactions, if the defendant’s employment in such a position was used to facilitate signif-
icantly the commission or concealment of the offense. It ordinarily would not apply to a position
such as a clerical worker in an investment firm, because such a position ordinarily does not in-
volve special skill. See §3B1.3, comment. (n.4).
Background: This guideline applies to certain violations of Rule 10b-5 that are commonly referred to
as “insider trading”. Insider trading is treated essentially as a sophisticated fraud. Because the victims
and their losses are difficult if not impossible to identify, the gain, i.e., the total increase in value
realized through trading in securities by the defendant and persons acting in concert with the defend-
ant or to whom the defendant provided inside information, is employed instead of the victims’ losses.
Certain other offenses, e.g., 7 U.S.C. § 13(e), that involve misuse of inside information for per-
sonal gain also appropriately may be covered by this guideline.
Subsection (b)(2) implements the directive to the Commission in section 1079A(a)(1)(A) of Public
Law 111–203.
Historical Effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 617). Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); No-
Note vember 1, 2012 (amendment 761); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2B1.5. Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of, Cultural Heritage Resources or
Paleontological Resources; Unlawful Sale, Purchase, Exchange,
Transportation, or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources or Paleontological
Resources
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the value of the cultural heritage resource or paleontological re-
source (A) exceeded $2,500 but did not exceed $6,500, increase by
1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500, increase by the number of levels from
the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corre-
sponding to that amount.
(2) If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource or paleontological
resource from, or that, prior to the offense, was on, in, or in the custody
of (A) the national park system; (B) a National Historic Landmark;
(C) a national monument or national memorial; (D) a national marine
sanctuary; (E) a national cemetery or veterans’ memorial; (F) a mu-
seum; or (G) the World Heritage List, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource constituting
(A) human remains; (B) a funerary object; (C) cultural patrimony;
110 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.5
(D) a sacred object; (E) cultural property; (F) designated archaeologi-
cal or ethnological material; or (G) a pre-Columbian monumental or
architectural sculpture or mural, increase by 2 levels.
(4) If the offense was committed for pecuniary gain or otherwise involved
a commercial purpose, increase by 2 levels.
(5) If the defendant engaged in a pattern of misconduct involving cultural
heritage resources or paleontological resources, increase by 2 levels.
(6) If a dangerous weapon was brandished or its use was threatened, in-
crease by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14,
increase to level 14.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved arson, or property damage by the use of any
explosive, explosive material, or destructive device, apply §2K1.4 (Ar-
son; Property Damage by Use of Explosives), if the resulting offense
level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 16 U.S.C. §§ 470aaa–5, 470ee, 668(a), 707(b); 18 U.S.C. §§ 541–546, 554, 641,
661–662, 666, 668, 1163, 1168, 1170, 1361, 1369, 2232, 2314–2315.
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
(A) “Cultural heritage resource” means any of the following:
(i) A historic property, as defined in 54 U.S.C. § 300308 (see also section 16(l) of 36 C.F.R.
pt. 800).
(ii) An archaeological resource, as defined in 16 U.S.C. § 470bb(1) (see also section 3(a) of
43 C.F.R. pt. 7; 36 C.F.R. pt. 296; 32 C.F.R. pt. 229; 18 C.F.R. pt. 1312).
(iii) A cultural item, as defined in section 2(3) of the Native American Graves Protection
and Repatriation Act, 25 U.S.C. § 3001(3) (see also 43 C.F.R. § 10.2(d)).
(iv) A commemorative work. “Commemorative work” (I) has the meaning given that
term in 40 U.S.C. § 8902(a)(1); and (II) includes any national monument or national
memorial.
(v) An object of cultural heritage, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 668(a)(2).
(vi) Designated ethnological material, as described in 19 U.S.C. §§ 2601(2)(ii), 2601(7),
and 2604.
(B) “Paleontological resource” has the meaning given such term in 16 U.S.C. § 470aaa.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 111
§2B1.5
2. Value of the Resource Under Subsection (b)(1).—This application note applies to the deter-
mination of the value of the resource under subsection (b)(1).
(A) General Rule.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), the value of the resource shall include,
as applicable to the particular resource involved, the following:
(i) The archaeological value. (Archaeological value shall be included in the case of any
resource that is an archaeological resource.)
(ii) The commercial value.
(iii) The cost of restoration and repair.
(B) Estimation of Value.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), the court need only make a rea-
sonable estimate of the value of the resource based on available information.
(C) Definitions.—For purposes of this application note:
(i) “Archaeological value” of a resource means the cost of the retrieval of the scientific
information which would have been obtainable prior to the offense, including the cost
of preparing a research design, conducting field work, conducting laboratory analysis,
and preparing reports, as would be necessary to realize the information potential.
(See, e.g., 43 C.F.R. § 7.14(a); 36 C.F.R. § 296.14(a); 32 C.F.R. § 229.14(a); 18 C.F.R.
§ 1312.14(a).)
(ii) “Commercial value” of a resource means the fair market value of the resource at the
time of the offense. (See, e.g., 43 C.F.R. § 7.14(b); 36 C.F.R. § 296.14(b); 32 C.F.R.
§ 229.14(b); 18 C.F.R. § 1312.14(b).)
(iii) “Cost of restoration and repair” includes all actual and projected costs of curation,
disposition, and appropriate reburial of, and consultation with respect to, the re-
source; and any other actual and projected costs to complete restoration and repair of
the resource, including (I) its reconstruction and stabilization; (II) reconstruction and
stabilization of ground contour and surface; (III) research necessary to conduct recon-
struction and stabilization; (IV) the construction of physical barriers and other pro-
tective devices; (V) examination and analysis of the resource as part of efforts to sal-
vage remaining information about the resource; and (VI) preparation of reports.
(See, e.g., 43 C.F.R. § 7.14(c); 36 C.F.R. § 296.14(c); 32 C.F.R. § 229.14(c); 18 C.F.R.
§ 1312.14(c).)
(D) Determination of Value in Cases Involving a Variety of Resources.—In a case in-
volving a variety of resources, the value of the resources is the sum of all calculations made
for those resources under this application note.
3. Enhancement in Subsection (b)(2).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2):
(A) “Museum” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 668(a)(1) except that the mu-
seum may be situated outside the United States.
(B) “National cemetery” and “veterans’ memorial” have the meaning given those terms in
Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud).
112 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B1.5
(C) “National Historic Landmark” means a property designated as such pursuant to
54 U.S.C. § 302102.
(D) “National marine sanctuary” means a national marine sanctuary designated as such by
the Secretary of Commerce pursuant to 16 U.S.C. § 1433.
(E) “National monument or national memorial” means any national monument or na-
tional memorial established as such by Act of Congress or by proclamation pursuant to
54 U.S.C. § 320301.
(F) “National park system” has the meaning given that term in 54 U.S.C. § 100501.
(G) “World Heritage List” means the World Heritage List maintained by the World Heritage
Committee of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization in ac-
cordance with the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural
Heritage.
4. Enhancement in Subsection (b)(3).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3):
(A) “Cultural patrimony” has the meaning given that term in 25 U.S.C. § 3001(3)(D)
(see also 43 C.F.R. 10.2(d)(4)).
(B) “Cultural property” has the meaning given that term in 19 U.S.C. § 2601(6).
(C) “Designated archaeological or ethnological material” means archaeological or ethno-
logical material described in 19 U.S.C. § 2601(7) (see also 19 U.S.C. §§ 2601(2) and 2604).
(D) “Funerary object” means an object that, as a part of the death rite or ceremony of a cul-
ture, was placed intentionally, at the time of death or later, with or near human remains.
(E) “Human remains” (i) means the physical remains of the body of a human; and (ii) does
not include remains that reasonably may be determined to have been freely disposed of or
naturally shed by the human from whose body the remains were obtained, such as hair
made into ropes or nets.
(F) “Pre-Columbian monumental or architectural sculpture or mural” has the meaning
given that term in 19 U.S.C. § 2095(3).
(G) “Sacred object” has the meaning given that term in 25 U.S.C. § 3001(3)(C)
(see also 43 C.F.R. § 10.2(d)(3)).
5. Pecuniary Gain and Commercial Purpose Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(4).—
(A) “For Pecuniary Gain”.—For purposes of subsection (b)(4), “for pecuniary gain” means
for receipt of, or in anticipation of receipt of, anything of value, whether monetary or in
goods or services. Therefore, offenses committed for pecuniary gain include both monetary
and barter transactions, as well as activities designed to increase gross revenue.
(B) Commercial Purpose.—The acquisition of resources for display to the public, whether for
a fee or donation and whether by an individual or an organization, including a governmen-
tal entity, a private non-profit organization, or a private for-profit organization, shall be
considered to involve a “commercial purpose” for purposes of subsection (b)(4).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 113
§2B1.6
6. Pattern of Misconduct Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(5).—
(A) Definition.—For purposes of subsection (b)(5), “pattern of misconduct involving cul-
tural heritage resources or paleontological resources” means two or more separate
instances of offense conduct involving a resource that did not occur during the course of the
offense (i.e., that did not occur during the course of the instant offense of conviction and all
relevant conduct under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)). Offense conduct involving a resource
may be considered for purposes of subsection (b)(5) regardless of whether the defendant
was convicted of that conduct.
(B) Computation of Criminal History Points.—A conviction taken into account under sub-
section (b)(5) is not excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives crimi-
nal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
7. Dangerous Weapons Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(6).—For purposes of subsec-
tion (b)(6), “brandished” and “dangerous weapon” have the meaning given those terms in Ap-
plication Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
8. Multiple Counts.—For purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), multiple counts
involving offenses covered by this guideline are grouped together under subsection (d) of §3D1.2
(Groups of Closely Related Counts). Multiple counts involving offenses covered by this guideline
and offenses covered by other guidelines are not to be grouped under §3D1.2(d).
9. Upward Departure Provision.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined
under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. In such cases, an
upward departure may be warranted. For example, an upward departure may be warranted if
(A) in addition to cultural heritage resources or paleontological resources, the offense involved
theft of, damage to, or destruction of, items that are not cultural heritage resources (such as an
offense involving the theft from a national cemetery of lawnmowers and other administrative
property in addition to historic gravemarkers or other cultural heritage resources) or paleonto-
logical resources; or (B) the offense involved a cultural heritage resource that has profound sig-
nificance to cultural identity (e.g., the Statue of Liberty or the Liberty Bell).
Historical Effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 638). Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); No-
Note vember 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2010 (amendments 745 and 746); November 1, 2014 (amend-
ment 781); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2018 (amendment 813).
§2B1.6. Aggravated Identity Theft
(a) If the defendant was convicted of violating 18 U.S.C. § 1028A, the guideline
sentence is the term of imprisonment required by statute. Chapters Three
(Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall
not apply to that count of conviction.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1028A. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Stat-
utory Index).
114 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B2.1
Application Notes:
1. Imposition of Sentence.—
(A) In General.—Section 1028A of title 18, United States Code, provides a mandatory term of
imprisonment. Accordingly, the guideline sentence for a defendant convicted under
18 U.S.C. § 1028A is the term required by that statute. Except as provided in subpara-
graph (B), 18 U.S.C. § 1028A also requires a term of imprisonment imposed under this sec-
tion to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.
(B) Multiple Convictions Under Section 1028A.—Section 1028A(b)(4) of title 18, United
States Code, provides that in the case of multiple convictions under 18 U.S.C. § 1028A, the
terms of imprisonment imposed on such counts may, in the discretion of the court, run
concurrently, in whole or in part, with each other. See the Commentary to §5G1.2 (Sentenc-
ing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) for guidance regarding imposition of sentence on
multiple counts of 18 U.S.C. § 1028A.
2. Inapplicability of Chapter Two Enhancement.—If a sentence under this guideline is im-
posed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, do not apply any specific offense
characteristic for the transfer, possession, or use of a means of identification when determining
the sentence for the underlying offense. A sentence under this guideline accounts for this factor
for the underlying offense of conviction, including any such enhancement that would apply based
on conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). “Means of
identification” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(7).
3. Inapplicability of Chapters Three and Four.—Do not apply Chapters Three (Adjustments)
and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to any offense sentenced under this guide-
line. Such offenses are excluded from application of those chapters because the guideline sen-
tence for each offense is determined only by the relevant statute. See §§3D1.1 (Procedure for
Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1.2.
Historical Effective November 1, 2005 (amendment 677). Amended effective November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
Note
* * * * *
2. BURGLARY AND TRESPASS
§2B2.1. Burglary of a Residence or a Structure Other than a Residence
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 17, if a residence; or
(2) 12, if a structure other than a residence.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 115
§2B2.1
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 lev-
els.
(2) If the loss exceeded $5,000, increase the offense level as follows:
LOSS (APPLY THE GREATEST) INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) $5,000 or less no increase
(B) More than $5,000 add 1
(C) More than $20,000 add 2
(D) More than $95,000 add 3
(E) More than $500,000 add 4
(F) More than $1,500,000 add 5
(G) More than $3,000,000 add 6
(H) More than $5,000,000 add 7
(I) More than $9,500,000 add 8.
(3) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, or
if the taking of such item was an object of the offense, increase by
1 level.
(4) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase
by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2113(a), 2115, 2117, 2118(b). For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “Firearm,” “destructive device,” and “dangerous weapon” are defined in the Commentary to
§1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
2. “Loss” means the value of the property taken, damaged, or destroyed.
3. Subsection (b)(4) does not apply to possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) that
was stolen during the course of the offense.
4. More than Minimal Planning.—“More than minimal planning” means more planning than
is typical for commission of the offense in a simple form. “More than minimal planning” also
exists if significant affirmative steps were taken to conceal the offense, other than conduct to
which §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) applies. “More than min-
imal planning” shall be considered to be present in any case involving repeated acts over a period
of time, unless it is clear that each instance was purely opportune. For example, checking the
area to make sure no witnesses were present would not alone constitute more than minimal
planning. By contrast, obtaining building plans to plot a particular course of entry, or disabling
an alarm system, would constitute more than minimal planning.
116 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B2.3
Background: The base offense level for residential burglary is higher than for other forms of burglary
because of the increased risk of physical and psychological injury. Weapon possession, but not use, is
a specific offense characteristic because use of a weapon (including to threaten) ordinarily would make
the offense robbery. Weapon use would be a ground for upward departure.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 11); June 15, 1988 (amend-
Historical ment 12); November 1, 1989 (amendments 105 and 106); November 1, 1990 (amendments 315 and 361);
Note November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2014 (amend-
ment 781); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2B2.2. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2B2.2 (Burglary of Other Structures), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective June 15, 1988
Note (amendment 13), November 1, 1989 (amendment 107), and November 1, 1990 (amendments 315 and 361),
was deleted by consolidation with §2B2.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2B2.3. Trespass
(a) Base Offense Level: 4
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (Apply the greater) If—
(A) the trespass occurred (i) at a secure government facility; (ii) at a
nuclear energy facility; (iii) on a vessel or aircraft of the United
States; (iv) in a secure area of an airport or a seaport; (v) at a
residence; (vi) at Arlington National Cemetery or a cemetery un-
der the control of the National Cemetery Administration; (vii) at
any restricted building or grounds; or (viii) on a computer system
used (I) to maintain or operate a critical infrastructure; or (II) by
or for a government entity in furtherance of the administration
of justice, national defense, or national security, increase by
2 levels; or
(B) the trespass occurred at the White House or its grounds, or the
Vice President’s official residence or its grounds, increase by
4 levels.
(2) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase
by 2 levels.
(3) If (A) the offense involved invasion of a protected computer; and
(B) the loss resulting from the invasion (i) exceeded $2,500 but did not
exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (ii) exceeded $6,500, increase by
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 117
§2B2.3
the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property De-
struction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense was committed with the intent to commit a felony of-
fense, apply §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect
to that felony offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that
determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1030(a)(3), 1036, 2199; 38 U.S.C. § 2413; 42 U.S.C. § 7270b. For
additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Airport” has the meaning given that term in section 47102 of title 49, United States Code.
“Critical infrastructure” means systems and assets vital to national defense, national secu-
rity, economic security, public health or safety, or any combination of those matters. A critical
infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned. Examples of critical infrastructures include
gas and oil production, storage, and delivery systems, water supply systems, telecommunications
networks, electrical power delivery systems, financing and banking systems, emergency services
(including medical, police, fire, and rescue services), transportation systems and services (includ-
ing highways, mass transit, airlines, and airports), and government operations that provide es-
sential services to the public.
“Felony offense” means any offense (federal, state, or local) punishable by imprisonment for a
term exceeding one year, whether or not a criminal charge was brought or a conviction was ob-
tained.
“Firearm” and “dangerous weapon” are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application
Instructions).
“Government entity” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(9).
“Protected computer” means a computer described in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(2)(A) or (B).
“Restricted building or grounds” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1752.
“Seaport” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 26.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—Valuation of loss is discussed in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud) and the Commentary to §2B1.1.
Background: Most trespasses punishable under federal law involve federal lands or property. The
trespass section provides an enhancement for offenses involving trespass on secure government in-
stallations (such as nuclear facilities) and other locations (such as airports and seaports) to protect a
significant federal interest. Additionally, an enhancement is provided for trespass at a residence.
118 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B3.1
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 108 and 109); November 1,
Historical 1997 (amendment 551); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2003 (amendment 654); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699 and 703); November 1, 2013 (amend-
ment 777); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2024 (amendment 827).
* * * * *
3. ROBBERY, EXTORTION, AND BLACKMAIL
§2B3.1. Robbery
(a) Base Offense Level: 20
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the property of a financial institution or post office was taken, or if
the taking of such property was an object of the offense, increase by
2 levels.
(2) (A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 7 levels; (B) if a firearm
was otherwise used, increase by 6 levels; (C) if a firearm was bran-
dished or possessed, increase by 5 levels; (D) if a dangerous weapon
was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; (E) if a dangerous weapon
was brandished or possessed, increase by 3 levels; or (F) if a threat of
death was made, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level accord-
ing to the seriousness of the injury:
DEGREE OF BODILY INJURY INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) Bodily Injury add 2
(B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4
(C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6
(D) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or
(E) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), add 5 levels.
Provided, however, that the cumulative adjustments from application
of paragraphs (2) and (3) shall not exceed 11 levels.
(4) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense
or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any person was
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 119
§2B3.1
physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to fa-
cilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.
(5) If the offense involved carjacking, increase by 2 levels.
(6) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, or
if the taking of such item was an object of the offense, increase by
1 level.
(7) If the loss exceeded $20,000, increase the offense level as follows:
LOSS (APPLY THE GREATEST) INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) $20,000 or less no increase
(B) More than $20,000 add 1
(C) More than $95,000 add 2
(D) More than $500,000 add 3
(E) More than $1,500,000 add 4
(F) More than $3,000,000 add 5
(G) More than $5,000,000 add 6
(H) More than $9,500,000 add 7.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1951, 2113, 2114, 2118(a), 2119. For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—“Firearm,” “destructive device,” “dangerous weapon,” “otherwise used,”
“brandished,” “bodily injury,” “serious bodily injury,” “permanent or life-threatening
bodily injury,” “abducted,” and “physically restrained” are defined in the Commentary to
§1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Carjacking” means the taking or attempted taking of a motor vehicle from the person or pres-
ence of another by force and violence or by intimidation.
2. Dangerous Weapon.—Consistent with Application Note 1(E)(ii) of §1B1.1 (Application Instruc-
tions), an object shall be considered to be a dangerous weapon for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(E)
if (A) the object closely resembles an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily in-
jury; or (B) the defendant used the object in a manner that created the impression that the object
was an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury (e.g., a defendant wrapped
a hand in a towel during a bank robbery to create the appearance of a gun).
120 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B3.2
3. Definition of “Loss”.—“Loss” means the value of the property taken, damaged, or destroyed.
4. Cumulative Application of Subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3).—The combined adjustments for
weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.
5. Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant intended to murder the victim, an upward
departure may be warranted; see §2A2.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted
Murder).
6. “A Threat of Death”.—“A threat of death,” as used in subsection (b)(2)(F), may be in the form
of an oral or written statement, act, gesture, or combination thereof. Accordingly, the defendant
does not have to state expressly his intent to kill the victim in order for the enhancement to
apply. For example, an oral or written demand using words such as “Give me the money or I will
kill you”, “Give me the money or I will pull the pin on the grenade I have in my pocket”, “Give
me the money or I will shoot you”, “Give me your money or else (where the defendant draws his
hand across his throat in a slashing motion)”, or “Give me the money or you are dead” would
constitute a threat of death. The court should consider that the intent of this provision is to
provide an increased offense level for cases in which the offender(s) engaged in conduct that
would instill in a reasonable person, who is a victim of the offense, a fear of death.
Background: Possession or use of a weapon, physical injury, and unlawful restraint sometimes occur
during a robbery. The guideline provides for a range of enhancements where these factors are present.
Although in pre-guidelines practice the amount of money taken in robbery cases affected sen-
tence length, its importance was small compared to that of the other harm involved. Moreover, because
of the relatively high base offense level for robbery, an increase of 1 or 2 levels brings about a consid-
erable increase in sentence length in absolute terms. Accordingly, the gradations for property loss
increase more slowly than for simple property offenses.
The guideline provides an enhancement for robberies where a victim was forced to accompany
the defendant to another location, or was physically restrained by being tied, bound, or locked up.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendments 14 and 15); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendments 110 and 111); November 1, 1990 (amendments 314, 315, and 361); November 1, 1991 (amend-
Note ment 365); November 1, 1993 (amendment 483); November 1, 1997 (amendments 545 and 552); November 1,
2000 (amendment 601); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); Novem-
ber 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2018 (amendment 805); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§2B3.2. Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage
(a) Base Offense Level: 18
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved an express or implied threat of death, bodily
injury, or kidnapping, increase by 2 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 121
§2B3.2
(2) If the greater of the amount demanded or the loss to the victim ex-
ceeded $20,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from
the table in §2B3.1(b)(7).
(3) (A)(i) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 7 levels; (ii) if a firearm
was otherwise used, increase by 6 levels; (iii) if a firearm was bran-
dished or possessed, increase by 5 levels; (iv) if a dangerous weapon
was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; or (v) if a dangerous weapon
was brandished or possessed, increase by 3 levels; or
(B) If (i) the offense involved preparation to carry out a threat of
(I) death; (II) serious bodily injury; (III) kidnapping; (IV) product tam-
pering; or (V) damage to a computer system used to maintain or oper-
ate a critical infrastructure, or by or for a government entity in fur-
therance of the administration of justice, national defense, or national
security; or (ii) the participant(s) otherwise demonstrated the ability
to carry out a threat described in any of clauses (i)(I) through (i)(V),
increase by 3 levels.
(4) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level accord-
ing to the seriousness of the injury:
DEGREE OF BODILY INJURY INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) Bodily Injury add 2
(B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4
(C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6
(D) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or
(E) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), add 5 levels.
Provided, however, that the cumulative adjustments from application
of paragraphs (3) and (4) shall not exceed 11 levels.
(5) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense
or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any person was
physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to fa-
cilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder).
122 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B3.2
(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply §2A2.1 (As-
sault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder) if the result-
ing offense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 875(b), (d), 876(b), (d), 877, 1030(a)(7), 1951. For additional stat-
utory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Abducted,” “bodily injury,” “brandished,” “dangerous weapon,” “firearm,” “otherwise
used,” “permanent or life-threatening bodily injury,” “physically restrained,” and “seri-
ous bodily injury” have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commen-
tary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Critical infrastructure” means systems and assets vital to national defense, national secu-
rity, economic security, public health or safety, or any combination of those matters. A critical
infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned. Examples of critical infrastructures include
gas and oil production, storage, and delivery systems, water supply systems, telecommunications
networks, electrical power delivery systems, financing and banking systems, emergency services
(including medical, police, fire, and rescue services), transportation systems and services (includ-
ing highways, mass transit, airlines, and airports), and government operations that provide es-
sential services to the public.
“Government entity” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(9).
2. Threat of Injury or Serious Damage.—This guideline applies if there was any threat, express
or implied, that reasonably could be interpreted as one to injure a person or physically damage
property, or any comparably serious threat, such as to drive an enterprise out of business. Even
if the threat does not in itself imply violence, the possibility of violence or serious adverse conse-
quences may be inferred from the circumstances of the threat or the reputation of the person
making it. An ambiguous threat, such as “pay up or else,” or a threat to cause labor problems,
ordinarily should be treated under this section.
3. Offenses Involving Public Officials and Other Extortion Offenses.—Guidelines for brib-
ery involving public officials are found in Part C, Offenses Involving Public Officials. “Extortion
under color of official right,” which usually is solicitation of a bribe by a public official, is covered
under §2C1.1 unless there is use of force or a threat that qualifies for treatment under this sec-
tion. Certain other extortion offenses are covered under the provisions of Part E, Offenses In-
volving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering.
4. Cumulative Application of Subsections (b)(3) and (b)(4).—The combined adjustments for
weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.
5. Definition of “Loss to the Victim”.—“Loss to the victim,” as used in subsection (b)(2), means
any demand paid plus any additional consequential loss from the offense (e.g., the cost of defen-
sive measures taken in direct response to the offense).
6. Defendant’s Preparation or Ability to Carry Out a Threat.—In certain cases, an extortion-
ate demand may be accompanied by conduct that does not qualify as a display of a dangerous
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 123
§2B3.3
weapon under subsection (b)(3)(A)(v) but is nonetheless similar in seriousness, demonstrating
the defendant’s preparation or ability to carry out the threatened harm (e.g., an extortionate
demand containing a threat to tamper with a consumer product accompanied by a workable plan
showing how the product’s tamper-resistant seals could be defeated, or a threat to kidnap a per-
son accompanied by information showing study of that person’s daily routine). Subsec-
tion (b)(3)(B) addresses such cases.
7. Upward Departure Based on Threat of Death or Serious Bodily Injury to Numerous
Victims.—If the offense involved the threat of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims
(e.g., in the case of a plan to derail a passenger train or poison consumer products), an upward
departure may be warranted.
8. Upward Departure Based on Organized Criminal Activity or Threat to Family Member
of Victim.—If the offense involved organized criminal activity, or a threat to a family member
of the victim, an upward departure may be warranted.
Background: The Hobbs Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1951, prohibits extortion, attempted extortion, and conspir-
acy to extort. It provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of twenty years. 18 U.S.C. §§ 875–877
prohibit communication of extortionate demands through various means. The maximum penalty un-
der these statutes varies from two to twenty years. Violations of 18 U.S.C. § 875 involve threats or
demands transmitted by interstate commerce. Violations of 18 U.S.C. § 876 involve the use of the
United States mails to communicate threats, while violations of 18 U.S.C. § 877 involve mailing threat-
ening communications from foreign countries. This guideline also applies to offenses under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1030(a)(7) involving a threat to impair the operation of a “protected computer.”
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 112, 113, and 303); Novem-
Historical ber 1, 1990 (amendment 316); November 1, 1991 (amendment 366); November 1, 1993 (amendment 479);
Note November 1, 1997 (amendment 551); November 1, 1998 (amendment 586); November 1, 2000 (amend-
ment 601); November 1, 2003 (amendment 654); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2023
(amendment 824); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§2B3.3. Blackmail and Similar Forms of Extortion
(a) Base Offense Level: 9
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the greater of the amount obtained or demanded (A) exceeded
$2,500 but did not exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded
$6,500, increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1
(Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that
amount.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense involved extortion under color of official right, apply
§2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion
Under Color of Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the
124 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B4.1
Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to
Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions).
(2) If the offense involved extortion by force or threat of injury or serious
damage, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Seri-
ous Damage).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 873, 875–877, 1951. For additional statutory provision(s), see Ap-
pendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. This section applies only to blackmail and similar forms of extortion where there clearly is no
threat of violence to person or property. “Blackmail” (18 U.S.C. § 873) is defined as a threat to
disclose a violation of United States law unless money or some other item of value is given.
Background: Under 18 U.S.C. § 873, the maximum term of imprisonment authorized for blackmail
is one year. Extortionate threats to injure a reputation, or other threats that are less serious than
those covered by §2B3.2, may also be prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. §§ 875–877, which carry higher max-
imum sentences.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 114); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 479); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1,
2015 (amendment 791).
* * * * *
4. COMMERCIAL BRIBERY AND KICKBACKS
§2B4.1. Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the greater of the value of the bribe or the improper benefit to be
conferred (A) exceeded $2,500 but did not exceed $6,500, increase by
1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500, increase by the number of levels from
the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corre-
sponding to that amount.
(2) (Apply the greater) If—
(A) the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts
from one or more financial institutions as a result of the offense,
increase by 2 levels; or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 125
§2B4.1
(B) the offense substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of
a financial institution, increase by 4 levels.
If the resulting offense level determined under subdivision (A) or (B)
is less than level 24, increase to level 24.
(c) Special Instruction for Fines ― Organizations
(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base
Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment;
(B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the
unlawful payment; or (C) the consequential damages resulting from
the unlawful payment.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 215, 220, 224, 225; 26 U.S.C. §§ 9012(e), 9042(d); 41 U.S.C.
§§ 8702, 8707; 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395nn(b)(1), (2), 1396h(b)(1),(2); 49 U.S.C. § 11902. For additional statu-
tory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. This guideline covers commercial bribery offenses and kickbacks that do not involve officials of
federal, state, or local government, foreign governments, or public international organizations.
See Part C, Offenses Involving Public Officials, if any such officials are involved.
2. The “value of the improper benefit to be conferred” refers to the value of the action to be
taken or effected in return for the bribe. See Commentary to §2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting,
or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of
the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference
with Governmental Functions).
3. “Financial institution,” as used in this guideline, is defined to include any institution described
in 18 U.S.C. §§ 20, 656, 657, 1005–1007, and 1014; any state or foreign bank, trust company,
credit union, insurance company, investment company, mutual fund, savings (building and loan)
association, union or employee pension fund; any health, medical or hospital insurance associa-
tion; brokers and dealers registered, or required to be registered, with the Securities and Ex-
change Commission; futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered, or
required to be registered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and any similar
entity, whether or not insured by the federal government. “Union or employee pension fund” and
“any health, medical, or hospital insurance association,” as used above, primarily include large
pension funds that serve many individuals (e.g., pension funds of large national and international
organizations, unions, and corporations doing substantial interstate business), and associations
that undertake to provide pension, disability, or other benefits (e.g., medical or hospitalization
insurance) to large numbers of persons.
4. Gross Receipts Enhancement under Subsection (b)(2)(A).—
(A) In General.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2)(A), the defendant shall be considered to
have derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts if the gross receipts to the defendant
individually, rather than to all participants, exceeded $1,000,000.
126 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B4.1
(B) Definition.—“Gross receipts from the offense” includes all property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense.
See 18 U.S.C. § 982(a)(4).
5. Enhancement for Substantially Jeopardizing the Safety and Soundness of a Financial
Institution under Subsection (b)(2)(B).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2)(B), an offense
shall be considered to have substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial
institution if, as a consequence of the offense, the institution (A) became insolvent; (B) substan-
tially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds; (C) was unable on demand to refund fully any
deposit, payment, or investment; (D) was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with
another institution in order to continue active operations; or (E) was placed in substantial jeop-
ardy of any of subdivisions (A) through (D) of this note.
6. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes
enterprise), the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the
“continuing financial crimes enterprise.”
Background: This guideline applies to violations of various federal bribery statutes that do not in-
volve governmental officials. The base offense level is to be enhanced based upon the value of the
unlawful payment or the value of the action to be taken or effected in return for the unlawful payment,
whichever is greater.
One of the more commonly prosecuted offenses to which this guideline applies is offering or ac-
cepting a fee in connection with procurement of a loan from a financial institution in violation of
18 U.S.C. § 215.
As with non-commercial bribery, this guideline considers not only the amount of the bribe but
also the value of the action received in return. Thus, for example, if a bank officer agreed to the offer
of a $25,000 bribe to approve a $250,000 loan under terms for which the applicant would not otherwise
qualify, the court, in increasing the offense level, would use the greater of the $25,000 bribe, and the
savings in interest over the life of the loan compared with alternative loan terms. If a gambler paid a
player $5,000 to shave points in a nationally televised basketball game, the value of the action to the
gambler would be the amount that he and his confederates won or stood to gain. If that amount could
not be estimated, the amount of the bribe would be used to determine the appropriate increase in
offense level.
This guideline also applies to making prohibited payments to induce the award of subcontracts
on federal projects for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized is ten years. 41 U.S.C.
§§ 8702, 8707. Violations of 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b involve the offer or acceptance of a payment to refer
an individual for services or items paid for under a federal health care program (e.g., the Medicare and
Medicaid programs).
This guideline also applies to violations of law involving bribes and kickbacks in expenses in-
curred for a presidential nominating convention or presidential election campaign. These offenses are
prohibited under 26 U.S.C. §§ 9012(e) and 9042(d), which apply to candidates for President and Vice
President whose campaigns are eligible for federal matching funds.
This guideline also applies to violations of 18 U.S.C. § 224, sports bribery, as well as certain
violations of the Interstate Commerce Act.
Subsection (b)(2)(A) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 961(m) of Public Law 101–73.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 127
§2B5.1
Subsection (b)(2)(B) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 2507 of Public
Law 101–647.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 317); November 1, 1991
Historical (amendments 364 and 422); November 1, 1992 (amendment 468); November 1, 1997 (amendment 553); No-
Note vember 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendments 639 and 646); November 1, 2004 (amend-
ment 666); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2015 (amendments 791 and 796); November 1,
2023 (amendment 815).
* * * * *
5. COUNTERFEITING AND INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT OR TRADEMARK
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
Note
§2B5.1. Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States
(a) Base Offense Level: 9
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the face value of the counterfeit items (A) exceeded $2,500 but did
not exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500, increase
by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property De-
struction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(2) If the defendant (A) manufactured or produced any counterfeit obli-
gation or security of the United States, or possessed or had custody of
or control over a counterfeiting device or materials used for counter-
feiting; or (B) controlled or possessed (i) counterfeiting paper similar
to a distinctive paper; (ii) genuine United States currency paper from
which the ink or other distinctive counterfeit deterrent has been com-
pletely or partially removed; or (iii) a feature or device essentially
identical to a distinctive counterfeit deterrent, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, and the offense level determined under
that subsection is less than level 15, increase to level 15.
(4) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed in connec-
tion with the offense, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level
is less than level 13, increase to level 13.
(5) If any part of the offense was committed outside the United States,
increase by 2 levels.
128 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B5.2
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 470–474A, 476, 477, 500, 501, 1003. For additional statutory
provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Counterfeit” refers to an instrument that has been falsely made, manufactured, or altered. For
example, an instrument that has been falsely made or manufactured in its entirety is “counter-
feit”, as is a genuine instrument that has been falsely altered (such as a genuine $5 bill that has
been altered to appear to be a genuine $100 bill).
“Distinctive counterfeit deterrent” and “distinctive paper” have the meaning given those
terms in 18 U.S.C. § 474A(c)(2) and (1), respectively.
“United States” means each of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and Amer-
ican Samoa.
2. Applicability to Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States.—This guideline
applies to counterfeiting of United States currency and coins, food stamps, postage stamps, treas-
ury bills, bearer bonds and other items that generally could be described as bearer obligations of
the United States, i.e., that are not made out to a specific payee.
3. Inapplicability to Certain Obviously Counterfeit Items.—Subsection (b)(2)(A) does not ap-
ply to persons who produce items that are so obviously counterfeit that they are unlikely to be
accepted even if subjected to only minimal scrutiny.
Background: Possession of counterfeiting devices to copy obligations (including securities) of the
United States is treated as an aggravated form of counterfeiting because of the sophistication and
planning involved in manufacturing counterfeit obligations and the public policy interest in protecting
the integrity of government obligations. Similarly, an enhancement is provided for a defendant who
produces, rather than merely passes, the counterfeit items.
Subsection (b)(4) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 110512 of Public Law 103–322.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 16); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendment 115); November 1, 1995 (amendment 513); November 1, 1997 (amendment 554); November 1,
Note 1998 (amendment 587); November 1, 2000 (amendments 595 and 605); November 1, 2001 (amendments 617
and 618); November 1, 2009 (amendment 731); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2B5.2. [Deleted]
Section 2B5.2 (Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit
Historical Bearer Obligations of the United States), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988
Note (amendment 17) and November 1, 1989 (amendment 116), was deleted by consolidation with §2F1.1 effective
November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 129
§2B5.3
§2B5.3. Criminal Infringement of Copyright or Trademark
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the infringement amount (A) exceeded $2,500 but did not exceed
$6,500, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500, increase by the
number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruc-
tion, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(2) If the offense involved the display, performance, publication, repro-
duction, or distribution of a work being prepared for commercial dis-
tribution, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the (A) offense involved the manufacture, importation, or uploading
of infringing items; or (B) defendant was convicted under 17 U.S.C.
§§ 1201 and 1204 for trafficking in circumvention devices, increase by
2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase to
level 12.
(4) If the offense was not committed for commercial advantage or private
financial gain, decrease by 2 levels, but the resulting offense level
shall be not less than level 8.
(5) If the offense involved a drug that uses a counterfeit mark on or in
connection with the drug, increase by 2 levels.
(6) If the offense involved (A) the conscious or reckless risk of death or
serious bodily injury; or (B) possession of a dangerous weapon (includ-
ing a firearm) in connection with the offense, increase by 2 levels. If
the resulting offense level is less than level 14, increase to level 14.
(7) If the offense involved a counterfeit military good or service the use,
malfunction, or failure of which is likely to cause (A) the disclosure of
classified information; (B) impairment of combat operations; or
(C) other significant harm to (i) a combat operation, (ii) a member of
the Armed Forces, or (iii) national security, increase by 2 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 14, increase to level 14.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 17 U.S.C. §§ 506(a), 1201, 1204; 18 U.S.C. §§ 2318–2320, 2511. For additional
statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
130 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B5.3
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Circumvention devices” are devices used to perform the activity described in 17 U.S.C.
§§ 1201(a)(3)(A) and 1201(b)(2)(A).
“Commercial advantage or private financial gain” means the receipt, or expectation of re-
ceipt, of anything of value, including other protected works.
“Counterfeit military good or service” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2320(f)(4).
“Drug” and “counterfeit mark” have the meaning given those terms in 18 U.S.C. § 2320(f).
“Infringed item” means the copyrighted or trademarked item with respect to which the crime
against intellectual property was committed.
“Infringing item” means the item that violates the copyright or trademark laws.
“Uploading” means making an infringing item available on the Internet or a similar electronic
bulletin board with the intent to enable other persons to (A) download or otherwise copy the
infringing item; or (B) have access to the infringing item, including by storing the infringing item
as an openly shared file. “Uploading” does not include merely downloading or installing an in-
fringing item on a hard drive on a defendant’s personal computer unless the infringing item is
an openly shared file.
“Work being prepared for commercial distribution” has the meaning given that term in
17 U.S.C. § 506(a)(3).
2. Determination of Infringement Amount.—This note applies to the determination of the in-
fringement amount for purposes of subsection (b)(1).
(A) Use of Retail Value of Infringed Item.—The infringement amount is the retail value of
the infringed item, multiplied by the number of infringing items, in a case involving any of
the following:
(i) The infringing item (I) is, or appears to a reasonably informed purchaser to be, iden-
tical or substantially equivalent to the infringed item; or (II) is a digital or electronic
reproduction of the infringed item.
(ii) The retail price of the infringing item is not less than 75% of the retail price of the
infringed item.
(iii) The retail value of the infringing item is difficult or impossible to determine without
unduly complicating or prolonging the sentencing proceeding.
(iv) The offense involves the illegal interception of a satellite cable transmission in viola-
tion of 18 U.S.C. § 2511. (In a case involving such an offense, the “retail value of the
infringed item” is the price the user of the transmission would have paid to lawfully
receive that transmission, and the “infringed item” is the satellite transmission rather
than the intercepting device.)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 131
§2B5.3
(v) The retail value of the infringed item provides a more accurate assessment of the pe-
cuniary harm to the copyright or trademark owner than does the retail value of the
infringing item.
(vi) The offense involves the display, performance, publication, reproduction, or distribu-
tion of a work being prepared for commercial distribution. In a case involving such an
offense, the “retail value of the infringed item” is the value of that item upon its initial
commercial distribution.
(vii) A case under 18 U.S.C. § 2318 or § 2320 that involves a counterfeit label, patch,
sticker, wrapper, badge, emblem, medallion, charm, box, container, can, case, hang-
tag, documentation, or packaging of any type or nature (I) that has not been affixed
to, or does not enclose or accompany a good or service; and (II) which, had it been so
used, would appear to a reasonably informed purchaser to be affixed to, enclosing or
accompanying an identifiable, genuine good or service. In such a case, the “infringed
item” is the identifiable, genuine good or service.
(viii) A case under 17 U.S.C. §§ 1201 and 1204 in which the defendant used a circumvention
device. In such an offense, the “retail value of the infringed item” is the price the user
would have paid to access lawfully the copyrighted work, and the “infringed item” is
the accessed work.
(B) Use of Retail Value of Infringing Item.—The infringement amount is the retail value
of the infringing item, multiplied by the number of infringing items, in any case not covered
by subdivision (A) of this Application Note, including a case involving the unlawful record-
ing of a musical performance in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 2319A.
(C) Retail Value Defined.—For purposes of this Application Note, the “retail value” of an
infringed item or an infringing item is the retail price of that item in the market in which
it is sold.
(D) Determination of Infringement Amount in Cases Involving a Variety of Infringing
Items.—In a case involving a variety of infringing items, the infringement amount is the
sum of all calculations made for those items under subdivisions (A) and (B) of this Applica-
tion Note. For example, if the defendant sold both counterfeit videotapes that are identical
in quality to the infringed videotapes and obviously inferior counterfeit handbags, the in-
fringement amount, for purposes of subsection (b)(1), is the sum of the infringement amount
calculated with respect to the counterfeit videotapes under subdivision (A)(i) (i.e., the quan-
tity of the infringing videotapes multiplied by the retail value of the infringed videotapes)
and the infringement amount calculated with respect to the counterfeit handbags under
subdivision (B) (i.e., the quantity of the infringing handbags multiplied by the retail value
of the infringing handbags).
(E) Indeterminate Number of Infringing Items.—In a case in which the court cannot de-
termine the number of infringing items, the court need only make a reasonable estimate of
the infringement amount using any relevant information, including financial records.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—In subsection (b)(7), “other significant harm to a mem-
ber of the Armed Forces” means significant harm other than serious bodily injury or death. In
a case in which the offense involved a counterfeit military good or service the use, malfunction,
or failure of which is likely to cause serious bodily injury or death, subsection (b)(6)(A) (conscious
or reckless risk of serious bodily injury or death) would apply.
132 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B5.3
4. Application of §3B1.3.—If the defendant de-encrypted or otherwise circumvented a technolog-
ical security measure to gain initial access to an infringed item, an adjustment under §3B1.3
(Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) may apply.
5. Departure Considerations.—If the offense level determined under this guideline substan-
tially understates or overstates the seriousness of the offense, a departure may be warranted.
The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court may consider in determining
whether a departure may be warranted:
(A) The offense involved substantial harm to the reputation of the copyright or trademark
owner.
(B) The offense was committed in connection with, or in furtherance of, the criminal activities
of a national, or international, organized criminal enterprise.
(C) The method used to calculate the infringement amount is based upon a formula or extrap-
olation that results in an estimated amount that may substantially exceed the actual pecu-
niary harm to the copyright or trademark owner.
(D) The offense resulted in death or serious bodily injury.
Background: This guideline treats copyright and trademark violations much like theft and fraud.
Similar to the sentences for theft and fraud offenses, the sentences for defendants convicted of intel-
lectual property offenses should reflect the nature and magnitude of the pecuniary harm caused by
their crimes. Accordingly, similar to the loss enhancement in the theft and fraud guideline, the in-
fringement amount in subsection (b)(1) serves as a principal factor in determining the offense level for
intellectual property offenses.
Subsection (b)(1) implements section 2(g) of the No Electronic Theft (NET) Act of 1997,
Pub. L. 105–147, by using the retail value of the infringed item, multiplied by the number of infringing
items, to determine the pecuniary harm for cases in which use of the retail value of the infringed item
is a reasonable estimate of that harm. For cases referred to in Application Note 2(B), the Commission
determined that use of the retail value of the infringed item would overstate the pecuniary harm or
otherwise be inappropriate. In these types of cases, use of the retail value of the infringing item, mul-
tiplied by the number of those items, is a more reasonable estimate of the resulting pecuniary harm.
Subsection (b)(5) implements the directive to the Commission in section 717 of Public Law 112–
144.
Section 2511 of title 18, United States Code, as amended by the Electronic Communications Act
of 1986, prohibits the interception of satellite transmission for purposes of direct or indirect commer-
cial advantage or private financial gain. Such violations are similar to copyright offenses and are
therefore covered by this guideline.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendments 481 and 482); May 1, 2000
(amendment 590); November 1, 2000 (amendment 593); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); October 24,
Historical
2005 (amendment 675); September 12, 2006 (amendment 682); November 1, 2006 (amendment 687); No-
Note
vember 1, 2007 (amendment 704); November 1, 2009 (amendment 735); November 1, 2013 (amend-
ment 773); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2018 (amendment 812).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 133
§2B6.1
§2B5.4. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2B5.4 (Criminal Infringement of Trademark), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolida-
Note tion with §2B5.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
* * * * *
6. MOTOR VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
§2B6.1. Altering or Removing Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers, or Trafficking in
Motor Vehicles or Parts with Altered or Obliterated Identification Numbers
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the retail value of the motor vehicles or parts (A) exceeded $2,500
but did not exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500,
increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Prop-
erty Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(2) If the defendant was in the business of receiving and selling stolen
property, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle
parts, or to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts, and the offense
level as determined above is less than level 14, increase to level 14.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 511, 553(a)(2), 2321.
Application Notes:
1. Subsection (b)(3), referring to an “organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, or to receive
stolen vehicles or vehicle parts,” provides an alternative minimum measure of loss in the case of
an ongoing, sophisticated operation such as an auto theft ring or “chop shop.” “Vehicles” refers
to all forms of vehicles, including aircraft and watercraft. See Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft,
Property Destruction, and Fraud).
2. The term “increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property De-
struction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount,” as used in subsection (b)(1), refers
to the number of levels corresponding to the retail value of the motor vehicles or parts involved.
Background: The statutes covered in this guideline prohibit altering or removing motor vehicle iden-
tification numbers, importing or exporting, or trafficking in motor vehicles or parts knowing that the
identification numbers have been removed, altered, tampered with, or obliterated. Violations of
134 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2B6.1
18 U.S.C. § 511 carry a maximum of five years imprisonment. Violations of 18 U.S.C. §§ 553(a)(2)
and 2321 carry a maximum of ten years imprisonment.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 117–119); November 1,
Historical
1993 (amendment 482); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 135
§2C1.1
PART C ― OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC OFFICIALS AND
VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL ELECTION CAMPAIGN LAWS
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 25, 2003 (amendment 648). Introductory Commen-
Historical
tary to Part C, effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective January 25, 2003 (amendment 648), and
Note
November 1, 2003 (amendment 656).
§2C1.1. Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of
Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to
Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference
with Governmental Functions
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 14, if the defendant was a public official; or
(2) 12, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved more than one bribe or extortion, increase by
2 levels.
(2) If the value of the payment, the benefit received or to be received in
return for the payment, the value of anything obtained or to be ob-
tained by a public official or others acting with a public official, or the
loss to the government from the offense, whichever is greatest, ex-
ceeded $6,500, increase by the number of levels from the table in
§2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to
that amount.
(3) If the offense involved an elected public official or any public official
in a high-level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by
4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to
level 18.
(4) If the defendant was a public official who facilitated (A) entry into the
United States for a person, a vehicle, or cargo; (B) the obtaining of a
passport or a document relating to naturalization, citizenship, legal
entry, or legal resident status; or (C) the obtaining of a government
identification document, increase by 2 levels.
136 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2C1.1
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense was committed for the purpose of facilitating the com-
mission of another criminal offense, apply the offense guideline appli-
cable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense, if the resulting of-
fense level is greater than that determined above.
(2) If the offense was committed for the purpose of concealing, or obstruct-
ing justice in respect to, another criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Ac-
cessory After the Fact) or §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropri-
ate, in respect to that other offense, if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
(3) If the offense involved a threat of physical injury or property destruc-
tion, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious
Damage), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined
above.
(d) Special Instruction for Fines ― Organizations
(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base
Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment;
(B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the
unlawful payment; or (C) the consequential damages resulting from
the unlawful payment.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, 78dd-2, 78dd-3; 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(b)(1), (2), 226, 227, 371
(if conspiracy to defraud by interference with governmental functions), 872, 1341 (if the scheme or
artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the intangible right of honest services of a public official),
1342 (if the scheme or artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the intangible right of honest
services of a public official), 1343 (if the scheme or artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the
intangible right of honest services of a public official), 1951. For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Government identification document” means a document made or issued by or under the
authority of the United States Government, a State, or a political subdivision of a State, which,
when completed with information concerning a particular individual, is of a type intended or
commonly accepted for the purpose of identification of individuals.
“Payment” means anything of value. A payment need not be monetary.
“Public official” shall be construed broadly and includes the following:
(A) “Public official” as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 201(a)(1).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 137
§2C1.1
(B) A member of a state or local legislature. “State” means a State of the United States, and
any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States.
(C) An officer or employee or person acting for or on behalf of a state or local government, or
any department, agency, or branch of government thereof, in any official function, under or
by authority of such department, agency, or branch of government, or a juror in a state or
local trial.
(D) Any person who has been selected to be a person described in subdivisions (A), (B), or (C),
either before or after such person has qualified.
(E) An individual who, although not otherwise covered by subdivisions (A) through (D): (i) is in
a position of public trust with official responsibility for carrying out a government program
or policy; (ii) acts under color of law or official right; or (iii) participates so substantially in
government operations as to possess de facto authority to make governmental decisions
(e.g., which may include a leader of a state or local political party who acts in the manner
described in this subdivision).
2. More than One Bribe or Extortion.—Subsection (b)(1) provides an adjustment for offenses
involving more than one incident of either bribery or extortion. Related payments that, in es-
sence, constitute a single incident of bribery or extortion (e.g., a number of installment payments
for a single action) are to be treated as a single bribe or extortion, even if charged in separate
counts.
In a case involving more than one incident of bribery or extortion, the applicable amounts under
subsection (b)(2) (i.e., the greatest of the value of the payment, the benefit received or to be re-
ceived, the value of anything obtained or to be obtained by a public official or others acting with
a public official, or the loss to the government) are determined separately for each incident and
then added together.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—“Loss”, for purposes of subsection (b)(2), shall be deter-
mined in accordance with §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) and Application
Note 3 of the Commentary to §2B1.1. The value of “the benefit received or to be received”
means the net value of such benefit. Examples: (A) A government employee, in return for a $500
bribe, reduces the price of a piece of surplus property offered for sale by the government from
$10,000 to $2,000; the value of the benefit received is $8,000. (B) A $150,000 contract on which
$20,000 profit was made was awarded in return for a bribe; the value of the benefit received is
$20,000. Do not deduct the value of the bribe itself in computing the value of the benefit received
or to be received. In the preceding examples, therefore, the value of the benefit received would
be the same regardless of the value of the bribe.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—
(A) Definition.—“High-level decision-making or sensitive position” means a position
characterized by a direct authority to make decisions for, or on behalf of, a government
department, agency, or other government entity, or by a substantial influence over the de-
cision-making process.
(B) Examples.—Examples of a public official in a high-level decision-making position include
a prosecuting attorney, a judge, an agency administrator, and any other public official with
a similar level of authority. Examples of a public official who holds a sensitive position
include a juror, a law enforcement officer, an election official, and any other similarly situ-
ated individual.
138 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2C1.1
5. Application of Subsection (c).—For the purposes of determining whether to apply the cross
references in this section, the “resulting offense level” means the final offense level (i.e., the
offense level determined by taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any ap-
plicable adjustments from Chapter Three, Parts A–D). See §1B1.5(d); Application Note 2 of the
Commentary to §1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines).
6. Inapplicability of §3B1.3.—Do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special
Skill).
7. Upward Departure Provisions.—In some cases the monetary value of the unlawful payment
may not be known or may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense. For example, a
small payment may be made in exchange for the falsification of inspection records for a shipment
of defective parachutes or the destruction of evidence in a major narcotics case. In part, this issue
is addressed by the enhancements in §2C1.1(b)(2) and (c)(1), (2), and (3). However, in cases in
which the seriousness of the offense is still not adequately reflected, an upward departure is
warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
In a case in which the court finds that the defendant’s conduct was part of a systematic or per-
vasive corruption of a governmental function, process, or office that may cause loss of public
confidence in government, an upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.7 (Disruption of
Governmental Function).
Background: This section applies to a person who offers or gives a bribe for a corrupt purpose, such
as inducing a public official to participate in a fraud or to influence such individual’s official actions,
or to a public official who solicits or accepts such a bribe.
The object and nature of a bribe may vary widely from case to case. In some cases, the object may
be commercial advantage (e.g., preferential treatment in the award of a government contract). In oth-
ers, the object may be issuance of a license to which the recipient is not entitled. In still others, the
object may be the obstruction of justice. Consequently, a guideline for the offense must be designed to
cover diverse situations.
In determining the net value of the benefit received or to be received, the value of the bribe is not
deducted from the gross value of such benefit; the harm is the same regardless of value of the bribe
paid to receive the benefit. In a case in which the value of the bribe exceeds the value of the benefit, or
in which the value of the benefit cannot be determined, the value of the bribe is used because it is
likely that the payer of such a bribe expected something in return that would be worth more than the
value of the bribe. Moreover, for deterrence purposes, the punishment should be commensurate with
the gain to the payer or the recipient of the bribe, whichever is greater.
Under §2C1.1(b)(3), if the payment was for the purpose of influencing an official act by certain
officials, the offense level is increased by 4 levels.
Under §2C1.1(c)(1), if the payment was to facilitate the commission of another criminal offense,
the guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense will apply if the result is greater
than that determined above. For example, if a bribe was given to a law enforcement officer to allow
the smuggling of a quantity of cocaine, the guideline for conspiracy to import cocaine would be applied
if it resulted in a greater offense level.
Under §2C1.1(c)(2), if the payment was to conceal another criminal offense or obstruct justice in
respect to another criminal offense, the guideline from §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or §2J1.2
(Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, will apply if the result is greater than that determined above.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 139
§2C1.2
For example, if a bribe was given for the purpose of concealing the offense of espionage, the guideline
for accessory after the fact to espionage would be applied.
Under §2C1.1(c)(3), if the offense involved forcible extortion, the guideline from §2B3.2 (Extortion
by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) will apply if the result is greater than that determined
above.
Section 2C1.1 also applies to offenses under 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, 78dd-2, and 78dd-3. Such of-
fenses generally involve a payment to a foreign public official, candidate for public office, or agent or
intermediary, with the intent to influence an official act or decision of a foreign government or political
party. Typically, a case prosecuted under these provisions will involve an intent to influence govern-
mental action.
Section 2C1.1 also applies to fraud involving the deprivation of the intangible right to honest
services of government officials under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1341–1343 and conspiracy to defraud by interfer-
ence with governmental functions under 18 U.S.C. § 371. Such fraud offenses typically involve an im-
proper use of government influence that harms the operation of government in a manner similar to
bribery offenses.
Offenses involving attempted bribery are frequently not completed because the offense is re-
ported to authorities or an individual involved in the offense is acting in an undercover capacity. Fail-
ure to complete the offense does not lessen the defendant’s culpability in attempting to use public
position for personal gain. Therefore, solicitations and attempts are treated as equivalent to the un-
derlying offense.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 18); November 1, 1989
(amendments 120–122); November 1, 1991 (amendments 367 and 422); November 1, 1997 (amendment 547);
Historical November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendment 639); November 1, 2003 (amend-
Note ment 653); November 1, 2004 (amendment 666); November 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2008
(amendment 720); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1,
2024 (amendment 827).
§2C1.2. Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 11, if the defendant was a public official; or
(2) 9, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved more than one gratuity, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the value of the gratuity exceeded $6,500, increase by the number
of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and
Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
140 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2C1.2
(3) If the offense involved an elected public official or any public official
in a high-level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by 4 lev-
els. If the resulting offense level is less than level 15, increase to
level 15.
(4) If the defendant was a public official who facilitated (A) entry into the
United States for a person, a vehicle, or cargo; (B) the obtaining of a
passport or a document relating to naturalization, citizenship, legal
entry, or legal resident status; or (C) the obtaining of a government
identification document, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Special Instruction for Fines ― Organizations
(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base
Fine), use the value of the unlawful payment.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(c)(1), 212–214, 217. For additional statutory provision(s), see
Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Government identification document” means a document made or issued by or under the
authority of the United States Government, a State, or a political subdivision of a State, which,
when completed with information concerning a particular individual, is of a type intended or
commonly accepted for the purpose of identification of individuals.
“Public official” shall be construed broadly and includes the following:
(A) “Public official” as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 201(a)(1).
(B) A member of a state or local legislature. “State” means a State of the United States, and
any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States.
(C) An officer or employee or person acting for or on behalf of a state or local government, or
any department, agency, or branch of government thereof, in any official function, under or
by authority of such department, agency, or branch of government, or a juror.
(D) Any person who has been selected to be a person described in subdivisions (A), (B), or (C),
either before or after such person has qualified.
(E) An individual who, although not otherwise covered by subdivisions (A) through (D): (i) is in
a position of public trust with official responsibility for carrying out a government program
or policy; (ii) acts under color of law or official right; or (iii) participates so substantially in
government operations as to possess de facto authority to make governmental decisions
(e.g., which may include a leader of a state or local political party who acts in the manner
described in this subdivision).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 141
§2C1.3
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—Related payments that, in essence, constitute a single gra-
tuity (e.g., separate payments for airfare and hotel for a single vacation trip) are to be treated as
a single gratuity, even if charged in separate counts.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—
(A) Definition.—“High-level decision-making or sensitive position” means a position
characterized by a direct authority to make decisions for, or on behalf of, a government
department, agency, or other government entity, or by a substantial influence over the de-
cision-making process.
(B) Examples.—Examples of a public official in a high-level decision-making position include
a prosecuting attorney, a judge, an agency administrator, a law enforcement officer, and
any other public official with a similar level of authority. Examples of a public official who
holds a sensitive position include a juror, a law enforcement officer, an election official, and
any other similarly situated individual.
4. Inapplicability of §3B1.3.—Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust
or Use of Special Skill).
Background: This section applies to the offering, giving, soliciting, or receiving of a gratuity to a
public official in respect to an official act. It also applies in cases involving (1) the offer to, or acceptance
by, a bank examiner of a loan or gratuity; (2) the offer or receipt of anything of value for procuring a
loan or discount of commercial bank paper from a Federal Reserve Bank; and (3) the acceptance of a
fee or other consideration by a federal employee for adjusting or cancelling a farm debt.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 121); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 422); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1,
Note
2004 (amendment 666); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2C1.3. Conflict of Interest; Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized Compensation
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense involved actual or planned harm to the government, in-
crease by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved a bribe or gratuity, apply §2C1.1 (Offering, Giv-
ing, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official
Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to
Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Inter-
ference with Governmental Functions) or §2C1.2 (Offering, Giving,
Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity), as appropriate, if the resulting
offense level is greater than the offense level determined above.
142 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2C1.5
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 203, 205, 207, 208, 209, 1909; 40 U.S.C. § 14309(a), (b). For ad-
ditional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. Abuse of Position of Trust.—Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust
or Use of Special Skill).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2001
Note (amendment 619); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679).
§2C1.4. [Deleted]
Section 2C1.4 (Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized Compensation), effective November 1, 1987, amended
Historical
effective November 1, 1998 (amendment 588), was deleted by consolidation with §2C1.3 effective Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2001 (amendment 619).
§2C1.5. Payments to Obtain Public Office
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 210, 211.
Application Note:
1. Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
Background: Under 18 U.S.C. § 210, it is unlawful to pay, offer, or promise anything of value to a
person, firm, or corporation in consideration of procuring appointive office. Under 18 U.S.C. § 211, it
is unlawful to solicit or accept anything of value in consideration of a promise of the use of influence
in obtaining appointive federal office. Both offenses are misdemeanors for which the maximum term
of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 143
§2C1.8
§2C1.6. [Deleted]
Section 2C1.6 (Loan or Gratuity to Bank Examiner, or Gratuity for Adjustment of Farm Indebtedness, or
Historical Procuring Bank Loan, or Discount of Commercial Paper), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
Note November 1, 2001 (amendment 617), was deleted by consolidation with §2C1.2 effective November 1, 2004
(amendment 666).
§2C1.7. [Deleted]
Section 2C1.7 (Fraud Involving Deprivation of the Intangible Right to the Honest Services of Public Officials;
Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions), effective November 1, 1991 (amend-
Historical
ment 368), amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 468), November 1, 1997 (amendment 547),
Note
November 1, 2001 (amendment 617), and November 1, 2003 (amendment 653), was deleted by consolidation
with §2C1.1 effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 666).
§2C1.8. Making, Receiving, or Failing to Report a Contribution, Donation, or
Expenditure in Violation of the Federal Election Campaign Act; Fraudulently
Misrepresenting Campaign Authority; Soliciting or Receiving a Donation in
Connection with an Election While on Certain Federal Property
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the value of the illegal transactions exceeded $6,500, increase by
the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property De-
struction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(2) (Apply the greater) If the offense involved, directly or indirectly, an
illegal transaction made by or received from—
(A) a foreign national, increase by 2 levels; or
(B) a government of a foreign country, increase by 4 levels.
(3) If (A) the offense involved the contribution, donation, solicitation, ex-
penditure, disbursement, or receipt of governmental funds; or (B) the
defendant committed the offense for the purpose of obtaining a spe-
cific, identifiable non-monetary federal benefit, increase by 2 levels.
(4) If the defendant engaged in 30 or more illegal transactions, increase
by 2 levels.
144 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2C1.8
(5) If the offense involved a contribution, donation, solicitation, or ex-
penditure made or obtained through intimidation, threat of pecuniary
or other harm, or coercion, increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved a bribe or gratuity, apply §2C1.1 (Offering, Giv-
ing, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official
Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to
Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Inter-
ference with Governmental Functions) or §2C1.2 (Offering, Giving,
Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity), as appropriate, if the resulting
offense level is greater than the offense level determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 607; 52 U.S.C. §§ 30109(d), 30114, 30116, 30117, 30118, 30119,
30120, 30121, 30122, 30123, 30124(a), 30125, 30126. For additional provision(s), see Appendix A (Stat-
utory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Foreign national” has the meaning given that term in section 319(b) of the Federal Election
Campaign Act of 1971, 52 U.S.C. § 30121(b).
“Government of a foreign country” has the meaning given that term in section 1(e) of the
Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. § 611(e)).
“Governmental funds” means money, assets, or property, of the United States government, of
a State government, or of a local government, including any branch, subdivision, department,
agency, or other component of any such government. “State” means any of the fifty States, the
District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam,
the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa. “Local government” means the government
of a political subdivision of a State.
“Illegal transaction” means (A) any contribution, donation, solicitation, or expenditure of
money or anything of value, or any other conduct, prohibited by the Federal Election Campaign
Act of 1971, 52 U.S.C. § 30101 et seq.; (B) any contribution, donation, solicitation, or expenditure
of money or anything of value made in excess of the amount of such contribution, donation, so-
licitation, or expenditure that may be made under such Act; and (C) in the case of a violation of
18 U.S.C. § 607, any solicitation or receipt of money or anything of value under that section. The
terms “contribution” and “expenditure” have the meaning given those terms in section 301(8)
and (9) of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 (52 U.S.C. § 30101(8) and (9)), respectively.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(3)(B).—Subsection (b)(3)(B) provides an enhancement for a de-
fendant who commits the offense for the purpose of achieving a specific, identifiable non-mone-
tary federal benefit that does not rise to the level of a bribe or a gratuity. Subsection (b)(3)(B) is
not intended to apply to offenses under this guideline in which the defendant’s only motivation
for commission of the offense is generally to achieve increased visibility with, or heightened ac-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 145
§2C1.8
cess to, public officials. Rather, subsection (b)(3)(B) is intended to apply to defendants who com-
mit the offense to obtain a specific, identifiable non-monetary federal benefit, such as a presiden-
tial pardon or information proprietary to the government.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(4).—Subsection (b)(4) shall apply if the defendant engaged in
any combination of 30 or more illegal transactions during the course of the offense, whether or
not the illegal transactions resulted in a conviction for such conduct.
4. Departure Provision.—In a case in which the defendant’s conduct was part of a systematic or
pervasive corruption of a governmental function, process, or office that may cause loss of public
confidence in government, an upward departure may be warranted.
Effective January 25, 2003 (amendment 648). Amended effective November 1, 2003 (amendment 656); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1, 2015 (amendments 791 and 796); November 1, 2024 (amend-
Note
ment 831).
146 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
PART D ― OFFENSES INVOLVING DRUGS AND NARCO-TERRORISM
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 711).
Note
1. UNLAWFUL MANUFACTURING, IMPORTING, EXPORTING, TRAFFICKING, OR
POSSESSION; CONTINUING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE
§2D1.1. Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking (Including
Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses); Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 43, if (A) the defendant is convicted of an offense under 21 U.S.C.
§ 841(b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(1), (b)(2),
or (b)(3), to which the mandatory statutory term of life imprisonment
applies; or (B) the parties stipulate to (i) such an offense for purposes
of calculating the guideline range under §1B1.2 (Applicable Guide-
lines); or (ii) such base offense level; or
(2) 38, if (A) the defendant is convicted of an offense under 21 U.S.C.
§ 841(b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(1), (b)(2),
or (b)(3), to which the statutory term of imprisonment of not less than
20 years to life applies; or (B) the parties stipulate to (i) such an of-
fense for purposes of calculating the guideline range under §1B1.2
(Applicable Guidelines); or (ii) such base offense level; or
(3) 30, if (A) the defendant is convicted of an offense under 21 U.S.C.
§ 841(b)(1)(E) or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(5) to which the statutory maxi-
mum term of imprisonment of 30 years applies; or (B) the parties stip-
ulate to (i) such an offense for purposes of calculating the guideline
range under §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines); or (ii) such base offense
level; or
(4) 26, if (A) the defendant is convicted of an offense under 21 U.S.C.
§ 841(b)(1)(E) or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(5) to which the statutory maxi-
mum term of imprisonment of 15 years applies; or (B) the parties stip-
ulate to (i) such an offense for purposes of calculating the guideline
range under §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines); or (ii) such base offense
level; or
(5) the offense level specified in the Drug Quantity Table set forth in sub-
section (c), except that if (A) the defendant receives an adjustment
under §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role); and (B) the base offense level under
subsection (c) is (i) level 32, decrease by 2 levels; (ii) level 34 or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 147
§2D1.1
level 36, decrease by 3 levels; or (iii) level 38, decrease by 4 levels. If
the resulting offense level is greater than level 32 and the defendant
receives the 4-level (“minimal participant”) reduction in §3B1.2(a), de-
crease to level 32.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase
by 2 levels.
(2) If the defendant used violence, made a credible threat to use violence,
or directed the use of violence, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the defendant unlawfully imported or exported a controlled sub-
stance under circumstances in which (A) an aircraft other than a reg-
ularly scheduled commercial air carrier was used to import or export
the controlled substance, (B) a submersible vessel or semi-submersi-
ble vessel as described in 18 U.S.C. § 2285 was used, or (C) the de-
fendant acted as a pilot, copilot, captain, navigator, flight officer, or
any other operation officer aboard any craft or vessel carrying a con-
trolled substance, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is
less than level 26, increase to level 26.
(4) If the object of the offense was the distribution of a controlled sub-
stance in a prison, correctional facility, or detention facility, increase
by 2 levels.
(5) If (A) the offense involved the importation of amphetamine or meth-
amphetamine or the manufacture of amphetamine or methampheta-
mine from listed chemicals that the defendant knew were imported
unlawfully, and (B) the defendant is not subject to an adjustment un-
der §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role), increase by 2 levels.
(6) If the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 865, increase by 2 lev-
els.
(7) If the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is ac-
countable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), distributed a controlled
substance through mass-marketing by means of an interactive com-
puter service, increase by 2 levels.
(8) If the offense involved the distribution of an anabolic steroid and a
masking agent, increase by 2 levels.
(9) If the defendant distributed an anabolic steroid to an athlete, increase
by 2 levels.
148 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
(10) If the defendant was convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 841(g)(1)(A), in-
crease by 2 levels.
(11) If the defendant bribed, or attempted to bribe, a law enforcement of-
ficer to facilitate the commission of the offense, increase by 2 levels.
(12) If the defendant maintained a premises for the purpose of manufac-
turing or distributing a controlled substance, increase by 2 levels.
(13) If the defendant (A) knowingly misrepresented or knowingly
marketed as another substance a mixture or substance containing
fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl )-4-piperidinyl] propanamide)
or a fentanyl analogue, increase by 4 levels; or (B) represented or
marketed as a legitimately manufactured drug another mixture or
substance containing fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl )-4-
piperidinyl] propanamide) or a fentanyl analogue, and acted with
willful blindness or conscious avoidance of knowledge that such
mixture or substance was not the legitimately manufactured drug,
increase by 2 levels. The term “drug,” as used in subsection (b)(13)(B),
has the meaning given that term in 21 U.S.C. § 321(g)(1).
(14) (Apply the greatest):
(A) If the offense involved (i) an unlawful discharge, emission, or re-
lease into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance; or
(ii) the unlawful transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal
of a hazardous waste, increase by 2 levels.
(B) If the defendant was convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 860a of distrib-
uting, or possessing with intent to distribute, methamphetamine
on premises where a minor is present or resides, increase by
2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14, in-
crease to level 14.
(C) If—
(i) the defendant was convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 860a of man-
ufacturing, or possessing with intent to manufacture, meth-
amphetamine on premises where a minor is present or re-
sides; or
(ii) the offense involved the manufacture of amphetamine or
methamphetamine and the offense created a substantial
risk of harm to (I) human life other than a life described in
subparagraph (D); or (II) the environment,
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 149
§2D1.1
increase by 3 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than
level 27, increase to level 27.
(D) If the offense (i) involved the manufacture of amphetamine or
methamphetamine; and (ii) created a substantial risk of harm to
the life of a minor or an incompetent, increase by 6 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 30, increase to level 30.
(15) If (A) the offense involved the cultivation of marihuana on state or
federal land or while trespassing on tribal or private land; and (B) the
defendant receives an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role),
increase by 2 levels.
(16) If the defendant receives an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating
Role) and the offense involved 1 or more of the following factors:
(A) (i) the defendant used fear, impulse, friendship, affection, or
some combination thereof to involve another individual in the il-
legal purchase, sale, transport, or storage of controlled sub-
stances, (ii) the individual received little or no compensation from
the illegal purchase, sale, transport, or storage of controlled sub-
stances, and (iii) the individual had minimal knowledge of the
scope and structure of the enterprise;
(B) the defendant, knowing that an individual was (i) less than
18 years of age, (ii) 65 or more years of age, (iii) pregnant, or
(iv) unusually vulnerable due to physical or mental condition or
otherwise particularly susceptible to the criminal conduct, dis-
tributed a controlled substance to that individual or involved that
individual in the offense;
(C) the defendant was directly involved in the importation of a con-
trolled substance;
(D) the defendant engaged in witness intimidation, tampered with or
destroyed evidence, or otherwise obstructed justice in connection
with the investigation or prosecution of the offense;
(E) the defendant committed the offense as part of a pattern of crim-
inal conduct engaged in as a livelihood,
increase by 2 levels.
(17) If the defendant receives the 4-level (“minimal participant”) reduction
in §3B1.2(a) and the offense involved all of the following factors:
150 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
(A) the defendant was motivated by an intimate or familial relation-
ship or by threats or fear to commit the offense and was otherwise
unlikely to commit such an offense;
(B) the defendant received no monetary compensation from the ille-
gal purchase, sale, transport, or storage of controlled substances;
and
(C) the defendant had minimal knowledge of the scope and structure
of the enterprise,
decrease by 2 levels.
(18) If the defendant meets the criteria set forth in paragraphs (1)–(5) of
subsection (a) of §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Min-
imum Sentences in Certain Cases), decrease by 2 levels.
[Subsection (c) (Drug Quantity Table) is set forth after subsection (e) (Special
Instruction).]
(d) Cross References
(1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder) or §2A1.2 (Second Degree Murder), as appro-
priate, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined
under this guideline.
(2) If the defendant was convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(7) (of distrib-
uting a controlled substance with intent to commit a crime of vio-
lence), apply §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect
to the crime of violence that the defendant committed, or attempted
or intended to commit, if the resulting offense level is greater than
that determined above.
(e) Special Instruction
(1) If (A) subsection (d)(2) does not apply; and (B) the defendant commit-
ted, or attempted to commit, a sexual offense against another individ-
ual by distributing, with or without that individual’s knowledge, a
controlled substance to that individual, an adjustment under
§3A1.1(b)(1) shall apply.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 151
§2D1.1
(c) DRUG QUANTITY TABLE
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES AND QUANTITY* BASE OFFENSE LEVEL
(1) ⚫ 90 KG or more of Heroin; Level 38
⚫ 450 KG or more of Cocaine;
⚫ 25.2 KG or more of Cocaine Base;
⚫ 90 KG or more of PCP, or 9 KG or more of PCP (actual);
⚫ 45 KG or more of Methamphetamine, or
4.5 KG or more of Methamphetamine (actual), or
4.5 KG or more of “Ice”;
⚫ 45 KG or more of Amphetamine, or
4.5 KG or more of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ 900 G or more of LSD;
⚫ 36 KG or more of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl] Propanamide);
⚫ 9 KG or more of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ 90,000 KG or more of Marihuana;
⚫ 18,000 KG or more of Hashish;
⚫ 1,800 KG or more of Hashish Oil;
⚫ 90,000,000 units or more of Ketamine;
⚫ 90,000,000 units or more of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ 5,625,000 units or more of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ 90,000 KG or more of Converted Drug Weight.
(2) ⚫ At least 30 KG but less than 90 KG of Heroin; Level 36
⚫ At least 150 KG but less than 450 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 8.4 KG but less than 25.2 KG of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 30 KG but less than 90 KG of PCP, or
at least 3 KG but less than 9 KG of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 15 KG but less than 45 KG of Methamphetamine, or
at least 1.5 KG but less than 4.5 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 1.5 KG but less than 4.5 KG of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 15 KG but less than 45 KG of Amphetamine, or
at least 1.5 KG but less than 4.5 KG of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 300 G but less than 900 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 12 KG but less than 36 KG of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 3 KG but less than 9 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 30,000 KG but less than 90,000 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 6,000 KG but less than 18,000 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 600 KG but less than 1,800 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 30,000,000 units but less than 90,000,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 30,000,000 units but less than 90,000,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 1,875,000 units but less than 5,625,000 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 30,000 KG but less than 90,000 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(3) ⚫ At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Heroin; Level 34
⚫ At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 2.8 KG but less than 8.4 KG of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of PCP, or
at least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP (actual);
152 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Methamphetamine, or
at least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Amphetamine, or
at least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 100 G but less than 300 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 4 KG but less than 12 KG of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 10,000 KG but less than 30,000 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 2,000 KG but less than 6,000 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 10,000,000 but less than 30,000,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 10,000,000 but less than 30,000,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 625,000 but less than 1,875,000 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 10,000 KG but less than 30,000 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(4) ⚫ At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Heroin; Level 32
⚫ At least 15 KG but less than 50 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 840 G but less than 2.8 KG of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of PCP, or
at least 300 G but less than 1 KG of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 1.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Methamphetamine, or
at least 150 G but less than 500 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 150 G but less than 500 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 1.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Amphetamine, or
at least 150 G but less than 500 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 30 G but less than 100 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 1.2 KG but less than 4 KG of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 3,000 KG but less than 10,000 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 600 KG but less than 2,000 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 3,000,000 but less than 10,000,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 3,000,000 but less than 10,000,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 187,500 but less than 625,000 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 3,000 KG but less than 10,000 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(5) ⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Heroin; Level 30
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 280 G but less than 840 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP, or
at least 100 G but less than 300 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Methamphetamine, or
at least 50 G but less than 150 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 50 G but less than 150 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Amphetamine, or
at least 50 G but less than 150 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 10 G but less than 30 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 400 G but less than 1.2 KG of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 100 G but less than 300 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 153
§2D1.1
⚫ At least 1,000 KG but less than 3,000 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 1,000,000 but less than 3,000,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 1,000,000 but less than 3,000,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 62,500 but less than 187,500 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 1,000 KG but less than 3,000 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(6) ⚫ At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Heroin; Level 28
⚫ At least 3.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 196 G but less than 280 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of PCP, or
at least 70 G but less than 100 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 350 G but less than 500 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 35 G but less than 50 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 35 G but less than 50 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 350 G but less than 500 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 35 G but less than 50 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 7 G but less than 10 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 280 G but less than 400 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 70 G but less than 100 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 700 KG but less than 1,000 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 140 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 700,000 but less than 1,000,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 700,000 but less than 1,000,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 43,750 but less than 62,500 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 700 KG but less than 1,000 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(7) ⚫ At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Heroin; Level 26
⚫ At least 2 KG but less than 3.5 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 112 G but less than 196 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 400 G but less than 700 G of PCP, or
at least 40 G but less than 70 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 200 G but less than 350 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 20 G but less than 35 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 20 G but less than 35 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 200 G but less than 350 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 20 G but less than 35 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 4 G but less than 7 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 160 G but less than 280 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 40 G but less than 70 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 400 KG but less than 700 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 80 KG but less than 140 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 400,000 but less than 700,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 400,000 but less than 700,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 25,000 but less than 43,750 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 400 KG but less than 700 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
154 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
(8) ⚫ At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Heroin; Level 24
⚫ At least 500 G but less than 2 KG of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 28 G but less than 112 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 100 G but less than 400 G of PCP, or
at least 10 G but less than 40 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 5 G but less than 20 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 5 G but less than 20 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 5 G but less than 20 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 1 G but less than 4 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 40 G but less than 160 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 10 G but less than 40 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 100 KG but less than 400 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 20 KG but less than 80 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 100,000 but less than 400,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 100,000 but less than 400,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 6,250 but less than 25,000 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 100 KG but less than 400 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(9) ⚫ At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Heroin; Level 22
⚫ At least 400 G but less than 500 G of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 22.4 G but less than 28 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 80 G but less than 100 G of PCP, or
at least 8 G but less than 10 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 40 G but less than 50 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 4 G but less than 5 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 4 G but less than 5 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 40 G but less than 50 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 4 G but less than 5 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 800 MG but less than 1 G of LSD;
⚫ At least 32 G but less than 40 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 8 G but less than 10 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 80 KG but less than 100 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 16 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 80,000 but less than 100,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 80,000 but less than 100,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 5,000 but less than 6,250 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 80 KG but less than 100 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(10) ⚫ At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Heroin; Level 20
⚫ At least 300 G but less than 400 G of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 16.8 G but less than 22.4 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 60 G but less than 80 G of PCP, or
at least 6 G but less than 8 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 30 G but less than 40 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 3 G but less than 4 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 3 G but less than 4 G of “Ice”;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 155
§2D1.1
⚫ At least 30 G but less than 40 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 3 G but less than 4 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 600 MG but less than 800 MG of LSD;
⚫ At least 24 G but less than 32 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 6 G but less than 8 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 60 KG but less than 80 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 12 KG but less than 16 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 60,000 but less than 80,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 60,000 but less than 80,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ 60,000 units or more of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 3,750 but less than 5,000 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 60 KG but less than 80 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(11) ⚫ At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Heroin; Level 18
⚫ At least 200 G but less than 300 G of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 11.2 G but less than 16.8 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 40 G but less than 60 G of PCP, or
at least 4 G but less than 6 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 20 G but less than 30 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 2 G but less than 3 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 2 G but less than 3 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 20 G but less than 30 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 2 G but less than 3 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 400 MG but less than 600 MG of LSD;
⚫ At least 16 G but less than 24 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 4 G but less than 6 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 40 KG but less than 60 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 8 KG but less than 12 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 800 G but less than 1.2 KG of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 40,000 but less than 60,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 40,000 but less than 60,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 40,000 but less than 60,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 2,500 but less than 3,750 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 40 KG but less than 60 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(12) ⚫ At least 20 G but less than 40 G of Heroin; Level 16
⚫ At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 5.6 G but less than 11.2 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 20 G but less than 40 G of PCP, or
at least 2 G but less than 4 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 1 G but less than 2 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 1 G but less than 2 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 1 G but less than 2 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 200 MG but less than 400 MG of LSD;
⚫ At least 8 G but less than 16 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 2 G but less than 4 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 20 KG but less than 40 KG of Marihuana;
156 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 500 G but less than 800 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 20,000 but less than 40,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 20,000 but less than 40,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 20,000 but less than 40,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 1,250 but less than 2,500 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 20 KG but less than 40 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(13) ⚫ At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Heroin; Level 14
⚫ At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Cocaine;
⚫ At least 2.8 G but less than 5.6 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ At least 10 G but less than 20 G of PCP, or
at least 1 G but less than 2 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Methamphetamine, or
at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or
at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of “Ice”;
⚫ At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Amphetamine, or
at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ At least 100 MG but less than 200 MG of LSD;
⚫ At least 4 G but less than 8 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]
Propanamide);
⚫ At least 1 G but less than 2 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 10 KG but less than 20 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 2 KG but less than 5 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 10,000 but less than 20,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 10,000 but less than 20,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 10,000 but less than 20,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 625 but less than 1,250 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 10 KG but less than 20 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(14) ⚫ Less than 10 G of Heroin; Level 12
⚫ Less than 50 G of Cocaine;
⚫ Less than 2.8 G of Cocaine Base;
⚫ Less than 10 G of PCP, or
less than 1 G of PCP (actual);
⚫ Less than 5 G of Methamphetamine, or
less than 500 MG of Methamphetamine (actual), or
less than 500 MG of “Ice”;
⚫ Less than 5 G of Amphetamine, or
less than 500 MG of Amphetamine (actual);
⚫ Less than 100 MG of LSD;
⚫ Less than 4 G of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl] Propanamide);
⚫ Less than 1 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 10 KG of Marihuana;
⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 5,000 but less than 10,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 5,000 but less than 10,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 5,000 but less than 10,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 312 but less than 625 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ 80,000 units or more of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam);
⚫ At least 5 KG but less than 10 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 157
§2D1.1
(15) ⚫ At least 2.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Marihuana; Level 10
⚫ At least 500 G but less than 1 KG of Hashish;
⚫ At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 2,500 but less than 5,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 2,500 but less than 5,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 2,500 but less than 5,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ At least 156 but less than 312 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 40,000 but less than 80,000 units of Schedule IV substances (except
Flunitrazepam);
⚫ At least 2.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(16) ⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 2.5 KG of Marihuana; Level 8
⚫ At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish;
⚫ At least 20 G but less than 50 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ At least 1,000 but less than 2,500 units of Ketamine;
⚫ At least 1,000 but less than 2,500 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ At least 1,000 but less than 2,500 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ Less than 156 units of Flunitrazepam;
⚫ At least 16,000 but less than 40,000 units of Schedule IV substances (except
Flunitrazepam);
⚫ 160,000 units or more of Schedule V substances;
⚫ At least 1 KG but less than 2.5 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
(17) ⚫ Less than 1 KG of Marihuana; Level 6
⚫ Less than 200 G of Hashish;
⚫ Less than 20 G of Hashish Oil;
⚫ Less than 1,000 units of Ketamine;
⚫ Less than 1,000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants;
⚫ Less than 1,000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine);
⚫ Less than 16,000 units of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam);
⚫ Less than 160,000 units of Schedule V substances;
⚫ Less than 1 KG of Converted Drug Weight.
*Notes to Drug Quantity Table:
(A) Unless otherwise specified, the weight of a controlled substance set forth in the table
refers to the entire weight of any mixture or substance containing a detectable
amount of the controlled substance. If a mixture or substance contains more than
one controlled substance, the weight of the entire mixture or substance is assigned
to the controlled substance that results in the greater offense level.
(B) The terms “PCP (actual)”, “Amphetamine (actual)”, and “Methamphetamine
(actual)” refer to the weight of the controlled substance, itself, contained in the
mixture or substance. For example, a mixture weighing 10 grams containing PCP
at 50% purity contains 5 grams of PCP (actual). In the case of a mixture or substance
containing PCP, amphetamine, or methamphetamine, use the offense level deter-
mined by the entire weight of the mixture or substance, or the offense level deter-
mined by the weight of the PCP (actual), amphetamine (actual), or methampheta-
mine (actual), whichever is greater.
158 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
The terms “Hydrocodone (actual)” and “Oxycodone (actual)” refer to the weight
of the controlled substance, itself, contained in the pill, capsule, or mixture.
(C) “Ice,” for the purposes of this guideline, means a mixture or substance containing
d-methamphetamine hydrochloride of at least 80% purity.
(D) “Cocaine base,” for the purposes of this guideline, means “crack.” “Crack” is the
street name for a form of cocaine base, usually prepared by processing cocaine hy-
drochloride and sodium bicarbonate, and usually appearing in a lumpy, rocklike
form.
(E) In the case of an offense involving marihuana plants, treat each plant, regardless of
sex, as equivalent to 100 grams of marihuana. Provided, however, that if the actual
weight of the marihuana is greater, use the actual weight of the marihuana.
(F) In the case of Schedule I or II Depressants (except gamma-hydroxybutyric acid),
Schedule III substances, Schedule IV substances, and Schedule V substances, one
“unit” means one pill, capsule, or tablet. If the substance (except gamma-hydroxy-
butyric acid) is in liquid form, one “unit” means 0.5 milliliters. For an anabolic ster-
oid that is not in a pill, capsule, tablet, or liquid form (e.g., patch, topical cream,
aerosol), the court shall determine the base offense level using a reasonable estimate
of the quantity of anabolic steroid involved in the offense. In making a reasonable
estimate, the court shall consider that each 25 milligrams of an anabolic steroid is
one “unit”.
(G) In the case of LSD on a carrier medium (e.g., a sheet of blotter paper), do not use the
weight of the LSD/carrier medium. Instead, treat each dose of LSD on the carrier
medium as equal to 0.4 milligrams of LSD for the purposes of the Drug Quantity
Table.
(H) Hashish, for the purposes of this guideline, means a resinous substance of cannabis
that includes (i) one or more of the tetrahydrocannabinols (as listed in 21 C.F.R.
§ 1308.11(d)(31)), (ii) at least two of the following: cannabinol, cannabidiol, or can-
nabichromene, and (iii) fragments of plant material (such as cystolith fibers).
(I) Hashish oil, for the purposes of this guideline, means a preparation of the soluble
cannabinoids derived from cannabis that includes (i) one or more of the tetrahydro-
cannabinols (as listed in 21 C.F.R. § 1308.11(d)(31)), (ii) at least two of the following:
cannabinol, cannabidiol, or cannabichromene, and (iii) is essentially free of plant
material (e.g., plant fragments). Typically, hashish oil is a viscous, dark colored oil,
but it can vary from a dry resin to a colorless liquid.
(J) Fentanyl analogue, for the purposes of this guideline, means any substance (in-
cluding any salt, isomer, or salt of isomer thereof), whether a controlled substance
or not, that has a chemical structure that is similar to fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-
phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl] propanamide).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 159
§2D1.1
(K) The term “Converted Drug Weight,” for purposes of this guideline, refers to a nom-
inal reference designation that is used as a conversion factor in the Drug Conversion
Tables set forth in the Commentary below, to determine the offense level for con-
trolled substances that are not specifically referenced in the Drug Quantity Table or
when combining differing controlled substances.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 841(a), (b)(1)–(3), (7), (g), 860a, 865, 960(a), (b); 49 U.S.C.
§ 46317(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definition of “Plant”.—For purposes of the guidelines, a “plant” is an organism having leaves
and a readily observable root formation (e.g., a marihuana cutting having roots, a rootball, or
root hairs is a marihuana plant).
2. Application of Subsection (a).—Subsection (a) provides base offense levels for offenses under
21 U.S.C. §§ 841 and 960 based upon the quantity of the controlled substance involved, the de-
fendant’s criminal history, and whether death or serious bodily injury resulted from the offense.
Subsection (a)(1) provides a base offense level of 43 for offenses under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(A),
(b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3), to which the mandatory statutory
term of life imprisonment applies because death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of
the controlled substance and the defendant committed the offense after one or more prior convic-
tions for a serious drug felony, serious violent felony, or felony drug offense.
Subsection (a)(2) provides a base offense level of 38 for offenses under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(A),
(b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3), to which the statutory minimum
term of imprisonment of not less than 20 years to life applies because death or serious bodily
injury resulted from the use of the controlled substance.
Subsection (a)(3) provides a base offense level of 30 for offenses under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(E) or
21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(5) to which the statutory maximum term of imprisonment of 30 years applies
because death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the controlled substance and the
defendant committed the offense after one or more prior convictions for a felony drug offense.
Subsection (a)(4) provides a base offense level of 26 for offenses under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(E) or
21 U.S.C. § 960(b)(5) to which the statutory maximum term of imprisonment of 15 years applies
because death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the controlled substance.
The terms “serious drug felony,” “serious violent felony,” and “felony drug offense” are defined in
21 U.S.C. § 802. The base offense levels in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) would also apply if
the parties stipulate to the applicable offense described in those provisions for purposes of calcu-
lating the guideline range under §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines) or to any such base offense level.
3. “Mixture or Substance”.—“Mixture or substance” as used in this guideline has the same
meaning as in 21 U.S.C. § 841, except as expressly provided. Mixture or substance does not in-
clude materials that must be separated from the controlled substance before the controlled sub-
stance can be used. Examples of such materials include the fiberglass in a cocaine/fiberglass
bonded suitcase, beeswax in a cocaine/beeswax statue, and waste water from an illicit laboratory
used to manufacture a controlled substance. If such material cannot readily be separated from
160 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
the mixture or substance that appropriately is counted in the Drug Quantity Table, the court
may use any reasonable method to approximate the weight of the mixture or substance to be
counted.
An upward departure nonetheless may be warranted when the mixture or substance counted in
the Drug Quantity Table is combined with other, non-countable material in an unusually sophis-
ticated manner in order to avoid detection.
Similarly, in the case of marihuana having a moisture content that renders the marihuana un-
suitable for consumption without drying (this might occur, for example, with a bale of rain-soaked
marihuana or freshly harvested marihuana that had not been dried), an approximation of the
weight of the marihuana without such excess moisture content is to be used.
4. In General.—
(A) Classification of Controlled Substances.—Certain pharmaceutical preparations are
classified as Schedule III, IV, or V controlled substances by the Drug Enforcement Admin-
istration under 21 C.F.R. § 1308.13–15 even though they contain a small amount of a
Schedule I or II controlled substance. For example, Tylenol 3 is classified as a Schedule III
controlled substance even though it contains a small amount of codeine, a Schedule II opi-
ate. For the purposes of the guidelines, the classification of the controlled substance under
21 C.F.R. § 1308.13–15 is the appropriate classification.
(B) Applicability to “Counterfeit” Substances.—The statute and guideline also apply to
“counterfeit” substances, which are defined in 21 U.S.C. § 802 to mean controlled sub-
stances that are falsely labeled so as to appear to have been legitimately manufactured or
distributed.
5. Determining Drug Types and Drug Quantities.—Types and quantities of drugs not specified
in the count of conviction may be considered in determining the offense level. See §1B1.3(a)(2)
(Relevant Conduct). Where there is no drug seizure or the amount seized does not reflect the
scale of the offense, the court shall approximate the quantity of the controlled substance. In mak-
ing this determination, the court may consider, for example, the price generally obtained for the
controlled substance, financial or other records, similar transactions in controlled substances by
the defendant, and the size or capability of any laboratory involved.
If the offense involved both a substantive drug offense and an attempt or conspiracy (e.g., sale of
five grams of heroin and an attempt to sell an additional ten grams of heroin), the total quantity
involved shall be aggregated to determine the scale of the offense.
In an offense involving an agreement to sell a controlled substance, the agreed-upon quantity of
the controlled substance shall be used to determine the offense level unless the sale is completed
and the amount delivered more accurately reflects the scale of the offense. For example, a de-
fendant agrees to sell 500 grams of cocaine, the transaction is completed by the delivery of the
controlled substance — actually 480 grams of cocaine, and no further delivery is scheduled. In
this example, the amount delivered more accurately reflects the scale of the offense. In contrast,
in a reverse sting, the agreed-upon quantity of the controlled substance would more accurately
reflect the scale of the offense because the amount actually delivered is controlled by the govern-
ment, not by the defendant. If, however, the defendant establishes that the defendant did not
intend to provide or purchase, or was not reasonably capable of providing or purchasing, the
agreed-upon quantity of the controlled substance, the court shall exclude from the offense level
determination the amount of controlled substance that the defendant establishes that the de-
fendant did not intend to provide or purchase or was not reasonably capable of providing or pur-
chasing.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 161
§2D1.1
6. Analogues and Controlled Substances Not Referenced in this Guideline.—Except as oth-
erwise provided, any reference to a particular controlled substance in these guidelines includes
all salts, isomers, all salts of isomers, and any analogue of that controlled substance. Any refer-
ence to cocaine includes ecgonine and coca leaves, except extracts of coca leaves from which co-
caine and ecgonine have been removed. Unless otherwise specified, “analogue,” for purposes of
this guideline, has the meaning given the term “controlled substance analogue” in 21 U.S.C.
§ 802(32). In determining the appropriate sentence, the court also may consider whether the
same quantity of analogue produces a greater effect on the central nervous system than the con-
trolled substance for which it is an analogue.
In the case of a controlled substance that is not specifically referenced in this guideline, deter-
mine the base offense level using the converted drug weight of the most closely related controlled
substance referenced in this guideline. See Application Note 8. In determining the most closely
related controlled substance, the court shall, to the extent practicable, consider the following:
(A) Whether the controlled substance not referenced in this guideline has a chemical structure
that is substantially similar to a controlled substance referenced in this guideline.
(B) Whether the controlled substance not referenced in this guideline has a stimulant, depres-
sant, or hallucinogenic effect on the central nervous system that is substantially similar to
the stimulant, depressant, or hallucinogenic effect on the central nervous system of a con-
trolled substance referenced in this guideline.
(C) Whether a lesser or greater quantity of the controlled substance not referenced in this
guideline is needed to produce a substantially similar effect on the central nervous system
as a controlled substance referenced in this guideline.
7. Multiple Transactions or Multiple Drug Types.—Where there are multiple transactions or
multiple drug types, the quantities of drugs are to be added. Tables for making the necessary
conversions are provided below.
8. Use of Drug Conversion Tables.—
(A) Controlled Substances Not Referenced in Drug Quantity Table.—The Commission
has used the sentences provided in, and equivalences derived from, the statute (21 U.S.C.
§ 841(b)(1)) as the primary basis for the guideline sentences. The statute, however, provides
direction only for the more common controlled substances, i.e., heroin, cocaine, PCP, meth-
amphetamine, fentanyl, LSD, and marihuana. In the case of a controlled substance that is
not specifically referenced in the Drug Quantity Table, determine the base offense level as
follows:
(i) Use the Drug Conversion Tables to find the converted drug weight of the controlled
substance involved in the offense.
(ii) Find the corresponding converted drug weight in the Drug Quantity Table.
(iii) Use the offense level that corresponds to the converted drug weight determined above
as the base offense level for the controlled substance involved in the offense.
(See also Application Note 6.) For example, in the Drug Conversion Tables set forth in this
Note, 1 gram of a substance containing oxymorphone, a Schedule I opiate, converts to 5 kil-
162 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
ograms of converted drug weight. In a case involving 100 grams of oxymorphone, the con-
verted drug weight would be 500 kilograms, which corresponds to a base offense level of 26
in the Drug Quantity Table.
(B) Combining Differing Controlled Substances.—The Drug Conversion Tables also pro-
vide a means for combining differing controlled substances to obtain a single offense level.
In each case, convert each of the drugs to its converted drug weight, add the quantities, and
look up the total in the Drug Quantity Table to obtain the combined offense level.
For certain types of controlled substances, the converted drug weights assigned in the Drug
Conversion Tables are “capped” at specified amounts (e.g., the combined converted weight
of all Schedule V controlled substances shall not exceed 2.49 kilograms of converted drug
weight). Where there are controlled substances from more than one schedule (e.g., a quan-
tity of a Schedule IV substance and a quantity of a Schedule V substance), determine the
converted drug weight for each schedule separately (subject to the cap, if any, applicable to
that schedule). Then add the converted drug weights to determine the combined converted
drug weight (subject to the cap, if any, applicable to the combined amounts).
Note: Because of the statutory equivalences, the ratios in the Drug Conversion Tables do
not necessarily reflect dosages based on pharmacological equivalents.
(C) Examples for Combining Differing Controlled Substances.—
(i) The defendant is convicted of selling 70 grams of a substance containing PCP
(Level 20) and 250 milligrams of a substance containing LSD (Level 16). The PCP
converts to 70 kilograms of converted drug weight; the LSD converts to 25 kilograms
of converted drug weight. The total therefore converts to 95 kilograms of converted
drug weight, for which the Drug Quantity Table provides an offense level of 22.
(ii) The defendant is convicted of selling 500 grams of marihuana (Level 6) and
10,000 units of diazepam (Level 6). The marihuana converts to 500 grams of converted
drug weight. The diazepam, a Schedule IV drug, converts to 625 grams of converted
drug weight. The total, 1.125 kilograms of converted drug weight, has an offense level
of 8 in the Drug Quantity Table.
(iii) The defendant is convicted of selling 80 grams of cocaine (Level 14) and 2 grams of
cocaine base (Level 12). The cocaine converts to 16 kilograms of converted drug
weight, and the cocaine base converts to 7.142 kilograms of converted drug weight.
The total therefore converts to 23.142 kilograms of converted drug weight, which has
an offense level of 16 in the Drug Quantity Table.
(iv) The defendant is convicted of selling 76,000 units of a Schedule III substance,
200,000 units of a Schedule IV substance, and 600,000 units of a Schedule V sub-
stance. The converted drug weight for the Schedule III substance is 76 kilograms (be-
low the cap of 79.99 kilograms of converted drug weight set forth as the maximum
converted weight for Schedule III substances). The converted drug weight for the
Schedule IV substance is subject to a cap of 9.99 kilograms set forth as the maximum
converted weight for Schedule IV substances (without the cap it would have been
12.5 kilograms). The converted drug weight for the Schedule V substance is subject to
the cap of 2.49 kilograms set forth as the maximum converted weight for Schedule V
substances (without the cap it would have been 3.75 kilograms). The combined con-
verted weight, determined by adding together the above amounts, is subject to the cap
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 163
§2D1.1
of 79.99 kilograms of converted drug weight set forth as the maximum combined con-
verted weight for Schedule III, IV, and V substances. Without the cap, the combined
converted weight would have been 88.48 (76 + 9.99 + 2.49) kilograms.
(D) Drug Conversion Tables.—
SCHEDULE I OR II OPIATES* CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of 1-(2-Phenylethyl)-4-phenyl-4-acetyloxypiperidine (PEPAP) = 700 gm
1 gm of 1-Methyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine (MPPP) = 700 gm
1 gm of 6-Monoacetylmorphine = 1 kg
1 gm of Alphaprodine = 100 gm
1 gm of Codeine = 80 gm
1 gm of Dextromoramide = 670 gm
1 gm of Dextropropoxyphene/Propoxyphene-Bulk = 50 gm
1 gm of Dipipanone = 250 gm
1 gm of Ethylmorphine = 165 gm
1 gm of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl] Propanamide) = 2.5 kg
1 gm of a Fentanyl Analogue = 10 kg
1 gm of Heroin = 1 kg
1 gm of Hydrocodone (actual) = 6,700 gm
1 gm of Hydromorphone/Dihydromorphinone = 2.5 kg
1 gm of Levo-alpha-acetylmethadol (LAAM) = 3 kg
1 gm of Levorphanol = 2.5 kg
1 gm of Meperidine/Pethidine = 50 gm
1 gm of Methadone = 500 gm
1 gm of Mixed Alkaloids of Opium/Papaveretum = 250 gm
1 gm of Morphine = 500 gm
1 gm of Opium = 50 gm
1 gm of Oxycodone (actual) = 6,700 gm
1 gm of Oxymorphone = 5 kg
1 gm of Racemorphan = 800 gm
*Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances
individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.
COCAINE AND OTHER SCHEDULE I AND II STIMULANTS
(AND THEIR IMMEDIATE PRECURSORS)* CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of 4-Methylaminorex (“Euphoria”) = 100 gm
1 gm of Aminorex = 100 gm
1 gm of Amphetamine = 2 kg
1 gm of Amphetamine (actual) = 20 kg
1 gm of Cocaine = 200 gm
1 gm of Cocaine Base (“Crack”) = 3,571 gm
1 gm of Fenethylline = 40 gm
1 gm of “Ice” = 20 kg
1 gm of Khat = .01 gm
1 gm of Methamphetamine = 2 kg
1 gm of Methamphetamine (actual) = 20 kg
1 gm of Methylphenidate (Ritalin) = 100 gm
1 gm of N-Benzylpiperazine = 100 gm
1 gm of N-Ethylamphetamine = 80 gm
1 gm of N-N-Dimethylamphetamine = 40 gm
1 gm of Phenmetrazine = 80 gm
1 gm of Phenylacetone (P2P) (when possessed for the purpose
of manufacturing methamphetamine) = 416 gm
1 gm of Phenylacetone (P2P) (in any other case) = 75 gm
*Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances
individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.
164 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
SYNTHETIC CATHINONES (EXCEPT SCHEDULE III, IV, AND V SUBSTANCES)* CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of a Synthetic Cathinone
(except a Schedule III, IV, or V substance) = 380 gm
*Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any synthetic cathinone (except a Sched-
ule III, IV, or V substance) individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.
LSD, PCP, AND OTHER SCHEDULE I AND II HALLUCINOGENS
(AND THEIR IMMEDIATE PRECURSORS)* CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of 1-Piperidinocyclohexanecarbonitrile (PCC) = 680 gm
1 gm of 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM) = 1.67 kg
1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA) = 500 gm
1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) = 500 gm
1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedioxy-N-ethylamphetamine (MDEA) = 500 gm
1 gm of 4-Bromo-2,5-Dimethoxyamphetamine (DOB) = 2.5 kg
1 gm of Bufotenine = 70 gm
1 gm of D-Lysergic Acid Diethylamide/Lysergide (LSD) = 100 kg
1 gm of Diethyltryptamine (DET) = 80 gm
1 gm of Dimethyltryptamine (DM) = 100 gm
1 gm of Mescaline = 10 gm
1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or
Psilocybin (dry) = 1 gm
1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or
Psilocybin (wet) = 0.1 gm
1 gm of N-ethyl-1-phenylcyclohexylamine (PCE) = 1 kg
1 gm of Paramethoxymethamphetamine (PMA) = 500 gm
1 gm of Peyote (dry) = 0.5 gm
1 gm of Peyote (wet) = 0.05 gm
1 gm of Phencyclidine (PCP) = 1 kg
1 gm of Phencyclidine (PCP) (actual) = 10 kg
1 gm of Psilocin = 500 gm
1 gm of Psilocybin = 500 gm
1 gm of Pyrrolidine Analog of Phencyclidine (PHP) = 1 kg
1 gm of Thiophene Analog of Phencyclidine (TCP) = 1 kg
*Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances
individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.
SCHEDULE I MARIHUANA CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of Cannabis Resin or Hashish = 5 gm
1 gm of Hashish Oil = 50 gm
1 gm of Marihuana/Cannabis (granulated, powdered, etc.) = 1 gm
1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol (organic) = 167 gm
1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol (synthetic) = 167 gm
SYNTHETIC CANNABINOIDS (EXCEPT SCHEDULE III, IV, AND V SUBSTANCES)* CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of a Synthetic Cannabinoid
(except a Schedule III, IV, or V substance) = 167 gm
*Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any synthetic cannabinoid (except a
Schedule III, IV, or V substance) individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.
“Synthetic Cannabinoid,” for purposes of this guideline, means any synthetic substance (other than synthetic tetra-
hydrocannabinol) that binds to and activates type 1 cannabinoid receptors (CB1 receptors).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 165
§2D1.1
FLUNITRAZEPAM ** CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of Flunitrazepam = 16 gm
**Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for flunitrazepam individually, or in
combination with any Schedule I or II depressants, Schedule III substances, Schedule IV substances, and Sched-
ule V substances is level 8.
SCHEDULE I OR II DEPRESSANTS (EXCEPT GAMMA-HYDROXYBUTYRIC ACID) CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of a Schedule I or II Depressant
(except Gamma-hydroxybutyric Acid) = 1 gm
GAMMA-HYDROXYBUTYRIC ACID CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 ml of Gamma-hydroxybutyric Acid = 8.8 gm
SCHEDULE III SUBSTANCES (EXCEPT KETAMINE)*** CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of a Schedule III Substance
(except Ketamine) = 1 gm
***Provided, that the combined converted weight of all Schedule III substances (except ketamine), Schedule IV
substances (except flunitrazepam), and Schedule V substances shall not exceed 79.99 kilograms of converted drug
weight.
KETAMINE CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of Ketamine = 1 gm
SCHEDULE IV SUBSTANCES (EXCEPT FLUNITRAZEPAM)**** CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of a Schedule IV Substance
(except Flunitrazepam) = 0.0625 gm
****Provided, that the combined converted weight of all Schedule IV (except flunitrazepam) and V substances
shall not exceed 9.99 kilograms of converted drug weight.
SCHEDULE V SUBSTANCES***** CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 unit of a Schedule V Substance = 0.00625 gm
*****Provided, that the combined converted weight of Schedule V substances shall not exceed 2.49 kilograms of
converted drug weight.
LIST I CHEMICALS (RELATING TO THE MANUFACTURE
OF AMPHETAMINE OR METHAMPHETAMINE)****** CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 gm of Ephedrine = 10 kg
1 gm of Phenylpropanolamine = 10 kg
1 gm of Pseudoephedrine = 10 kg
******Provided, that in a case involving ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine tablets, use the
weight of the ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine contained in the tablets, not the weight of the
entire tablets, in calculating the base offense level.
166 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
DATE RAPE DRUGS (EXCEPT FLUNITRAZEPAM, GHB, OR KETAMINE) CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
1 ml of 1,4-Butanediol = 8.8 gm
1 ml of Gamma Butyrolactone = 8.8 gm
To facilitate conversions to converted drug weight, the following table is provided:
MEASUREMENT CONVERSION TABLE
1 oz = 28.35 gm
1 lb = 453.6 gm
1 lb = 0.4536 kg
1 gal = 3.785 liters
1 qt = 0.946 liters
1 gm = 1 ml (liquid)
1 liter = 1,000 ml
1 kg = 1,000 gm
1 gm = 1,000 mg
1 grain = 64.8 mg.
9. Determining Quantity Based on Doses, Pills, or Capsules.—If the number of doses, pills,
or capsules but not the weight of the controlled substance is known, multiply the number of doses,
pills, or capsules by the typical weight per dose in the table below to estimate the total weight of
the controlled substance (e.g., 100 doses of Mescaline at 500 milligrams per dose = 50 grams of
mescaline). The Typical Weight Per Unit Table, prepared from information provided by the Drug
Enforcement Administration, displays the typical weight per dose, pill, or capsule for certain
controlled substances. Do not use this table if any more reliable estimate of the total weight is
available from case-specific information.
TYPICAL WEIGHT PER UNIT (DOSE, PILL, OR CAPSULE) TABLE
HALLUCINOGENS
2,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (STP, DOM)* 3 mg
3,4-Methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA) 250 mg
3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) 250 mg
Mescaline 500 mg
Phencyclidine (PCP)* 5 mg
Peyote (dry) 12 gm
Peyote (wet) 120 gm
Psilocin* 10 mg
Psilocybe mushrooms (dry) 5 gm
Psilocybe mushrooms (wet) 50 gm
Psilocybin* 10 mg
MARIHUANA
1 marihuana cigarette 0.5 gm
STIMULANTS
Amphetamine* 10 mg
Methamphetamine* 5 mg
Phenmetrazine (Preludin)* 75 mg
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 167
§2D1.1
*For controlled substances marked with an asterisk, the weight per unit shown is the weight of
the actual controlled substance, and not generally the weight of the mixture or substance con-
taining the controlled substance. Therefore, use of this table provides a very conservative esti-
mate of the total weight.
10. Determining Quantity of LSD.—LSD on a blotter paper carrier medium typically is marked
so that the number of doses (“hits”) per sheet readily can be determined. When this is not the
case, it is to be presumed that each 1/4 inch by 1/4 inch section of the blotter paper is equal to
one dose.
In the case of liquid LSD (LSD that has not been placed onto a carrier medium), using the weight
of the LSD alone to calculate the offense level may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the
offense. In such a case, an upward departure may be warranted.
11. Application of Subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2).—
(A) Application of Subsection (b)(1).—Definitions of “firearm” and “dangerous weapon”
are found in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions). The enhancement for
weapon possession in subsection (b)(1) reflects the increased danger of violence when drug
traffickers possess weapons. The enhancement should be applied if the weapon was pre-
sent, unless it is clearly improbable that the weapon was connected with the offense. For
example, the enhancement would not be applied if the defendant, arrested at the defend-
ant’s residence, had an unloaded hunting rifle in the closet. The enhancement also applies
to offenses that are referenced to §2D1.1; see §§2D1.2(a)(1) and (2), 2D1.5(a)(1), 2D1.6,
2D1.7(b)(1), 2D1.8, 2D1.11(c)(1), and 2D1.12(c)(1).
(B) Interaction of Subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2).—The enhancements in subsections (b)(1)
and (b)(2) may be applied cumulatively (added together), as is generally the case when two
or more specific offense characteristics each apply. See §1B1.1 (Application Instructions),
Application Note 4(A). However, in a case in which the defendant merely possessed a dan-
gerous weapon but did not use violence, make a credible threat to use violence, or direct the
use of violence, subsection (b)(2) would not apply.
12. Application of Subsection (b)(5).—If the offense involved importation of amphetamine or
methamphetamine, and an adjustment from subsection (b)(3) applies, do not apply subsec-
tion (b)(5).
13. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—For purposes of subsection (b)(7), “mass-marketing by
means of an interactive computer service” means the solicitation, by means of an interactive
computer service, of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled
substance. For example, subsection (b)(7) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to
promote the sale of Gamma-hydroxybutyric Acid (GHB) but would not apply to coconspirators
who use an interactive computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of
the offense. “Interactive computer service”, for purposes of subsection (b)(7) and this note, has
the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
§ 230(f)(2)).
14. Application of Subsection (b)(8).—For purposes of subsection (b)(8), “masking agent” means
a substance that, when taken before, after, or in conjunction with an anabolic steroid, prevents
the detection of the anabolic steroid in an individual’s body.
168 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
15. Application of Subsection (b)(9).—For purposes of subsection (b)(9), “athlete” means an in-
dividual who participates in an athletic activity conducted by (A) an intercollegiate athletic as-
sociation or interscholastic athletic association; (B) a professional athletic association; or (C) an
amateur athletic organization.
16. Application of Subsection (b)(11).—Subsection (b)(11) does not apply if the purpose of the
bribery was to obstruct or impede the investigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the defendant.
Such conduct is covered by §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) and,
if applicable, §2D1.1(b)(16)(D).
17. Application of Subsection (b)(12).—Subsection (b)(12) applies to a defendant who knowingly
maintains a premises (i.e., a building, room, or enclosure) for the purpose of manufacturing or
distributing a controlled substance, including storage of a controlled substance for the purpose
of distribution.
Among the factors the court should consider in determining whether the defendant “maintained”
the premises are (A) whether the defendant held a possessory interest in (e.g., owned or rented)
the premises and (B) the extent to which the defendant controlled access to, or activities at, the
premises.
Manufacturing or distributing a controlled substance need not be the sole purpose for which the
premises was maintained, but must be one of the defendant’s primary or principal uses for the
premises, rather than one of the defendant’s incidental or collateral uses for the premises. In
making this determination, the court should consider how frequently the premises was used by
the defendant for manufacturing or distributing a controlled substance and how frequently the
premises was used by the defendant for lawful purposes.
18. Application of Subsection (b)(14).—
(A) Hazardous or Toxic Substances (Subsection (b)(14)(A)).—Subsection (b)(14)(A) ap-
plies if the conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)
involved any discharge, emission, release, transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal
violation covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6928(d); the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1319(c); the Comprehensive Environmen-
tal Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9603(b); or 49 U.S.C. § 5124
(relating to violations of laws and regulations enforced by the Department of Transporta-
tion with respect to the transportation of hazardous material). In some cases, the enhance-
ment under subsection (b)(14)(A) may not account adequately for the seriousness of the
environmental harm or other threat to public health or safety (including the health or safety
of law enforcement and cleanup personnel). In such cases, an upward departure may be
warranted. Additionally, in determining the amount of restitution under §5E1.1 (Restitu-
tion) and in fashioning appropriate conditions of probation and supervision under §§5B1.3
(Conditions of Probation) and 5D1.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release), respectively, any
costs of environmental cleanup and harm to individuals or property shall be considered by
the court in cases involving the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine and
should be considered by the court in cases involving the manufacture of a controlled sub-
stance other than amphetamine or methamphetamine. See 21 U.S.C. § 853(q) (mandatory
restitution for cleanup costs relating to the manufacture of amphetamine and methamphet-
amine).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 169
§2D1.1
(B) Substantial Risk of Harm Associated with the Manufacture of Amphetamine and
Methamphetamine (Subsection (b)(14)(C)–(D)).—
(i) Factors to Consider.—In determining, for purposes of subsection (b)(14)(C)(ii)
or (D), whether the offense created a substantial risk of harm to human life or the
environment, the court shall include consideration of the following factors:
(I) The quantity of any chemicals or hazardous or toxic substances found at the
laboratory, and the manner in which the chemicals or substances were stored.
(II) The manner in which hazardous or toxic substances were disposed, and the like-
lihood of release into the environment of hazardous or toxic substances.
(III) The duration of the offense, and the extent of the manufacturing operation.
(IV) The location of the laboratory (e.g., whether the laboratory is located in a resi-
dential neighborhood or a remote area), and the number of human lives placed
at substantial risk of harm.
(ii) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(14)(D):
“Incompetent” means an individual who is incapable of taking care of the individual’s
self or property because of a mental or physical illness or disability, mental retarda-
tion, or senility.
“Minor” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary
to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse).
19. Application of Subsection (b)(15).—Subsection (b)(15) applies to offenses that involve the
cultivation of marihuana on state or federal land or while trespassing on tribal or private land.
Such offenses interfere with the ability of others to safely access and use the area and also pose
or risk a range of other harms, such as harms to the environment.
The enhancements in subsection (b)(14)(A) and (b)(15) may be applied cumulatively (added to-
gether), as is generally the case when two or more specific offense characteristics each apply.
See §1B1.1 (Application Instructions), Application Note 4(A).
20. Application of Subsection (b)(16).—
(A) Distributing to a Specified Individual or Involving Such an Individual in the Of-
fense (Subsection (b)(16)(B)).—If the defendant distributes a controlled substance to an
individual or involves an individual in the offense, as specified in subsection (b)(16)(B), the
individual is not a “vulnerable victim” for purposes of §3A1.1(b).
(B) Directly Involved in the Importation of a Controlled Substance (Subsec-
tion (b)(16)(C)).—Subsection (b)(16)(C) applies if the defendant is accountable for the im-
portation of a controlled substance under subsection (a)(1)(A) of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct
(Factors that Determine the Guideline Range)), i.e., the defendant committed, aided, abet-
ted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused the importation of a con-
trolled substance.
If subsection (b)(3) or (b)(5) applies, do not apply subsection (b)(16)(C).
170 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
(C) Pattern of Criminal Conduct Engaged in as a Livelihood (Subsection (b)(16)(E)).—
For purposes of subsection (b)(16)(E), “pattern of criminal conduct” and “engaged in
as a livelihood” have the meaning given such terms in §4B1.3 (Criminal Livelihood).
21. Applicability of Subsection (b)(18).—The applicability of subsection (b)(18) shall be deter-
mined without regard to whether the defendant was convicted of an offense that subjects the
defendant to a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment. Section 5C1.2(b), which provides that
the applicable guideline range shall not be less than 24 to 30 months of imprisonment, is not
pertinent to the determination of whether subsection (b)(18) applies.
22. Application of Subsection (e)(1).—
(A) Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “sexual offense” means a “sexual act” or “sex-
ual contact” as those terms are defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2246(2) and (3), respectively.
(B) Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant committed a sexual offense against
more than one individual, an upward departure would be warranted.
23. Interaction with §3B1.3.—A defendant who used special skills in the commission of the offense
may be subject to an adjustment under §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
Certain professionals often occupy essential positions in drug trafficking schemes. These profes-
sionals include doctors, pilots, boat captains, financiers, bankers, attorneys, chemists, account-
ants, and others whose special skill, trade, profession, or position may be used to significantly
facilitate the commission of a drug offense. Additionally, an enhancement under §3B1.3 ordinar-
ily would apply in a case in which the defendant used his or her position as a coach to influence
an athlete to use an anabolic steroid. Likewise, an adjustment under §3B1.3 ordinarily would
apply in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a drug offense resulting from the authori-
zation of the defendant to receive scheduled substances from an ultimate user or long-term care
facility. See 21 U.S.C. § 822(g).
Note, however, that if an adjustment from subsection (b)(3)(C) applies, do not apply §3B1.3
(Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
24. Cases Involving Mandatory Minimum Penalties.—Where a mandatory (statutory) mini-
mum sentence applies, this mandatory minimum sentence may be “waived” and a lower sentence
imposed (including a downward departure), as provided in 28 U.S.C. § 994(n), by reason of a
defendant’s “substantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another person who has
committed an offense.” See §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities). In addition, 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(f) provides an exception to the applicability of mandatory minimum sentences in certain
cases. See §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentences in Certain
Cases).
25. Imposition of Consecutive Sentence for 21 U.S.C. § 860a or § 865.—Sections 860a and 865
of title 21, United States Code, require the imposition of a mandatory consecutive term of im-
prisonment of not more than 20 years and 15 years, respectively. In order to comply with the
relevant statute, the court should determine the appropriate “total punishment” and divide the
sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the underlying drug offense
and the sentence attributable to 21 U.S.C. § 860a or § 865, specifying the number of months to
be served consecutively for the conviction under 21 U.S.C. § 860a or § 865. For example, if the
applicable adjusted guideline range is 151–188 months and the court determines a “total pun-
ishment” of 151 months is appropriate, a sentence of 130 months for the underlying offense plus
21 months for the conduct covered by 21 U.S.C. § 860a or § 865 would achieve the “total punish-
ment” in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement of a consecutive sentence.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 171
§2D1.1
26. Cases Involving “Small Amount of Marihuana for No Remuneration”.—Distribution of
“a small amount of marihuana for no remuneration”, 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(4), is treated as simple
possession, to which §2D2.1 applies.
27. Departure Considerations.—
(A) Downward Departure Based on Drug Quantity in Certain Reverse Sting Opera-
tions.—If, in a reverse sting (an operation in which a government agent sells or negotiates
to sell a controlled substance to a defendant), the court finds that the government agent set
a price for the controlled substance that was substantially below the market value of the
controlled substance, thereby leading to the defendant’s purchase of a significantly greater
quantity of the controlled substance than his available resources would have allowed him
to purchase except for the artificially low price set by the government agent, a downward
departure may be warranted.
(B) Upward Departure Based on Drug Quantity.—In an extraordinary case, an upward
departure above offense level 38 on the basis of drug quantity may be warranted. For ex-
ample, an upward departure may be warranted where the quantity is at least ten times the
minimum quantity required for level 38. Similarly, in the case of a controlled substance for
which the maximum offense level is less than level 38, an upward departure may be war-
ranted if the drug quantity substantially exceeds the quantity for the highest offense level
established for that particular controlled substance.
(C) Upward Departure Based on Unusually High Purity.—Trafficking in controlled sub-
stances, compounds, or mixtures of unusually high purity may warrant an upward depar-
ture, except in the case of PCP, amphetamine, methamphetamine, hydrocodone, or oxyco-
done for which the guideline itself provides for the consideration of purity (see the footnote
to the Drug Quantity Table). The purity of the controlled substance, particularly in the case
of heroin, may be relevant in the sentencing process because it is probative of the defend-
ant’s role or position in the chain of distribution. Since controlled substances are often di-
luted and combined with other substances as they pass down the chain of distribution, the
fact that a defendant is in possession of unusually pure narcotics may indicate a prominent
role in the criminal enterprise and proximity to the source of the drugs. As large quantities
are normally associated with high purities, this factor is particularly relevant where
smaller quantities are involved.
(D) Departure Based on Potency of Synthetic Cathinones.—In addition to providing con-
verted drug weights for specific controlled substances and groups of substances, the Drug
Conversion Tables provide converted drug weights for certain classes of controlled sub-
stances, such as synthetic cathinones. In the case of a synthetic cathinone that is not spe-
cifically referenced in this guideline, the converted drug weight for the class should be used
to determine the appropriate offense level. However, there may be cases in which a sub-
stantially lesser or greater quantity of a synthetic cathinone is needed to produce an effect
on the central nervous system similar to the effect produced by a typical synthetic cathinone
in the class, such as methcathinone or alpha-PVP. In such a case, a departure may be war-
ranted. For example, an upward departure may be warranted in cases involving MDPV, a
substance of which a lesser quantity is usually needed to produce an effect on the central
nervous system similar to the effect produced by a typical synthetic cathinone. In contrast,
a downward departure may be warranted in cases involving methylone, a substance of
which a greater quantity is usually needed to produce an effect on the central nervous sys-
tem similar to the effect produced by a typical synthetic cathinone.
172 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.1
(E) Departures for Certain Cases involving Synthetic Cannabinoids.—
(i) Departure Based on Concentration of Synthetic Cannabinoids.—Synthetic
cannabinoids are manufactured as powder or crystalline substances. The concen-
trated substance is then usually sprayed on or soaked into a plant or other base ma-
terial, and trafficked as part of a mixture. Nonetheless, there may be cases in which
the substance involved in the offense is a synthetic cannabinoid not combined with
any other substance. In such a case, an upward departure would be warranted.
There also may be cases in which the substance involved in the offense is a mixture
containing a synthetic cannabinoid diluted with an unusually high quantity of base
material. In such a case, a downward departure may be warranted.
(ii) Downward Departure Based on Potency of Synthetic Cannabinoids.—In the
case of a synthetic cannabinoid that is not specifically referenced in this guideline, the
converted drug weight for the class should be used to determine the appropriate of-
fense level. However, there may be cases in which a substantially greater quantity of
a synthetic cannabinoid is needed to produce an effect on the central nervous system
similar to the effect produced by a typical synthetic cannabinoid in the class, such as
JWH-018 or AM-2201. In such a case, a downward departure may be warranted.
Background: Offenses under 21 U.S.C. §§ 841 and 960 receive identical punishment based upon the
quantity of the controlled substance involved, the defendant’s criminal history, and whether death or
serious bodily injury resulted from the offense.
The base offense levels in §2D1.1 are either provided directly by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986
or are proportional to the levels established by statute, and apply to all unlawful trafficking. Levels 30
and 24 in the Drug Quantity Table are the distinctions provided by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act; however,
further refinement of drug amounts is essential to provide a logical sentencing structure for drug of-
fenses. To determine these finer distinctions, the Commission consulted numerous experts and prac-
titioners, including authorities at the Drug Enforcement Administration, chemists, attorneys, proba-
tion officers, and members of the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces, who also advocate
the necessity of these distinctions. Where necessary, this scheme has been modified in response to
specific congressional directives to the Commission.
The base offense levels at levels 24 and 30 establish guideline ranges such that the statutory
minimum falls within the range; e.g., level 30 ranges from 97 to 121 months, where the statutory
minimum term is ten years or 120 months.
For marihuana plants, the Commission has adopted an equivalency of 100 grams per plant, or
the actual weight of the usable marihuana, whichever is greater. The decision to treat each plant as
equal to 100 grams is premised on the fact that the average yield from a mature marihuana plant
equals 100 grams of marihuana. In controlled substance offenses, an attempt is assigned the same
offense level as the object of the attempt. Consequently, the Commission adopted the policy that each
plant is to be treated as the equivalent of an attempt to produce 100 grams of marihuana, except where
the actual weight of the usable marihuana is greater.
Because the weights of LSD carrier media vary widely and typically far exceed the weight of the
controlled substance itself, the Commission has determined that basing offense levels on the entire
weight of the LSD and carrier medium would produce unwarranted disparity among offenses involving
the same quantity of actual LSD (but different carrier weights), as well as sentences disproportionate
to those for other, more dangerous controlled substances, such as PCP. Consequently, in cases involv-
ing LSD contained in a carrier medium, the Commission has established a weight per dose of 0.4 mil-
ligram for purposes of determining the base offense level.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 173
§2D1.1
The dosage weight of LSD selected exceeds the Drug Enforcement Administration’s standard
dosage unit for LSD of 0.05 milligram (i.e., the quantity of actual LSD per dose) in order to assign some
weight to the carrier medium. Because LSD typically is marketed and consumed orally on a carrier
medium, the inclusion of some weight attributable to the carrier medium recognizes (A) that offense
levels for most other controlled substances are based upon the weight of the mixture containing the
controlled substance without regard to purity, and (B) the decision in Chapman v. United States,
500 U.S. 453 (1991) (holding that the term “mixture or substance” in 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1) includes the
carrier medium in which LSD is absorbed). At the same time, the weight per dose selected is less than
the weight per dose that would equate the offense level for LSD on a carrier medium with that for the
same number of doses of PCP, a controlled substance that comparative assessments indicate is more
likely to induce violent acts and ancillary crime than is LSD. (Treating LSD on a carrier medium as
weighing 0.5 milligram per dose would produce offense levels equivalent to those for PCP.) Thus, the
approach decided upon by the Commission will harmonize offense levels for LSD offenses with those
for other controlled substances and avoid an undue influence of varied carrier weight on the applicable
offense level. Nonetheless, this approach does not override the applicability of “mixture or substance”
for the purpose of applying any mandatory minimum sentence (see Chapman; §5G1.1(b)).
Frequently, a term of supervised release to follow imprisonment is required by statute for of-
fenses covered by this guideline. Guidelines for the imposition, duration, and conditions of supervised
release are set forth in Chapter Five, Part D (Supervised Release).
The last sentence of subsection (a)(5) implements the directive to the Commission in section 7(1)
of Public Law 111–220.
Subsection (b)(2) implements the directive to the Commission in section 5 of Public Law 111–
220.
Subsection (b)(3) is derived from section 6453 of Public Law 100–690.
Subsection (b)(11) implements the directive to the Commission in section 6(1) of Public Law 111–
220.
Subsection (b)(12) implements the directive to the Commission in section 6(2) of Public Law 111–
220.
Subsection (b)(14)(A) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 303 of Public
Law 104–237.
Subsections (b)(14)(C)(ii) and (D) implement, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commis-
sion in section 102 of Public Law 106–310.
Subsection (b)(16) implements the directive to the Commission in section 6(3) of Public Law 111–
220.
Subsection (b)(17) implements the directive to the Commission in section 7(2) of Public Law 111–
220.
The Drug Conversion Tables set forth in Application Note 8 were previously called the Drug
Equivalency Tables. In the original 1987 Guidelines Manual, the Drug Equivalency Tables provided
four conversion factors (or “equivalents”) for determining the base offense level in cases involving ei-
ther a controlled substance not referenced in the Drug Quantity Table or multiple controlled sub-
stances: heroin, cocaine, PCP, and marihuana. In 1991, the Commission amended the Drug Equiva-
lency Tables to provide for one substance, marihuana, as the single conversion factor in §2D1.1.
174 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.2
See USSG App. C, Amendment 396 (effective November 1, 1991). In 2018, the Commission amended
§2D1.1 to replace marihuana as the conversion factor with the new term “converted drug weight” and
to change the title of the Drug Equivalency Tables to the “Drug Conversion Tables.” See USSG App. C,
Amendment 808 (effective November 1, 2018).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendments 19, 20, and 21); November 1,
1989 (amendments 123–134, 302, and 303); November 1, 1990 (amendment 318); November 1, 1991 (amend-
ments 369–371 and 394–396); November 1, 1992 (amendments 446 and 447); November 1, 1993 (amend-
ments 479, 484–488, and 499); September 23, 1994 (amendment 509); November 1, 1994 (amendment 505);
November 1, 1995 (amendments 514–518); November 1, 1997 (amendments 555 and 556); November 1, 2000
(amendments 594 and 605); December 16, 2000 (amendment 608); May 1, 2001 (amendments 609–611);
Historical November 1, 2001 (amendments 620–625); November 1, 2002 (amendment 640); November 1, 2003 (amend-
Note ment 657); November 1, 2004 (amendments 667, 668, and 674); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679);
March 27, 2006 (amendment 681); November 1, 2006 (amendments 684 and 688); November 1, 2007 (amend-
ments 705, 706, and 711); May 1, 2008 (amendment 715); November 1, 2009 (amendments 727 and 728);
November 1, 2010 (amendments 746 and 748); November 1, 2011 (amendments 750, 751, and 760); Novem-
ber 1, 2012 (amendments 762 and 770); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777); November 1, 2014 (amend-
ments 782 and 783); November 1, 2015 (amendments 793 and 797); November 1, 2018 (amendments 807
and 808); November 1, 2023 (amendments 817, 818, and 824); November 1, 2024 (amendments 830 and 831).
§2D1.2. Drug Offenses Occurring Near Protected Locations or Involving Underage or
Pregnant Individuals; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 2 plus the offense level from §2D1.1 applicable to the quantity of con-
trolled substances directly involving a protected location or an under-
age or pregnant individual; or
(2) 1 plus the offense level from §2D1.1 applicable to the total quantity of
controlled substances involved in the offense; or
(3) 26, if the offense involved a person less than eighteen years of age; or
(4) 13, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 859 (formerly 21 U.S.C. § 845), 860 (formerly 21 U.S.C. § 845a),
861 (formerly 21 U.S.C. § 845b).
Application Note:
1. This guideline applies only in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a statutory violation
of drug trafficking in a protected location or involving an underage or pregnant individual (in-
cluding an attempt or conspiracy to commit such a violation) or in a case in which the defendant
stipulated to such a statutory violation. See §1B1.2(a). In a case involving such a conviction but
in which only part of the relevant offense conduct directly involved a protected location or an
underage or pregnant individual, subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) may result in different offense lev-
els. For example, if the defendant, as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or
plan, sold 5 grams of heroin near a protected location and 10 grams of heroin elsewhere, the
offense level from subsection (a)(1) would be level 14 (2 plus the offense level for the sale of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 175
§2D1.5
5 grams of heroin, the amount sold near the protected location); the offense level from subsec-
tion (a)(2) would be level 15 (1 plus the offense level for the sale of 15 grams of heroin, the total
amount of heroin involved in the offense).
Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in section 6454 of Public
Law 100–690.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 22); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendment 135); November 1, 1990 (amendment 319); November 1, 1991 (amendment 421); November 1,
Note 1992 (amendment 447); November 1, 2000 (amendment 591); November 1, 2014 (amendment 782); Novem-
ber 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§2D1.3. [Deleted]
Section 2D1.3 (Distributing Controlled Substances to Individuals Younger than Twenty-One Years, to Preg-
Historical nant Women, or Within 1000 Feet of a School or College), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
Note January 15, 1988 (amendment 23), was deleted by consolidation with §2D1.2 effective November 1, 1989
(amendment 135).
§2D1.4. [Deleted]
Section 2D1.4 (Attempts and Conspiracies), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1,
Historical
1989 (amendments 136–138), was deleted by consolidation with the guidelines applicable to the underlying
Note
substantive offenses effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447).
§2D1.5. Continuing Criminal Enterprise; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 4 plus the offense level from §2D1.1 applicable to the underlying of-
fense; or
(2) 38.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 848.
Application Notes:
1. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—Do not apply any adjustment from Chapter
Three, Part B (Role in the Offense).
176 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.6
2. Upward Departure Provision.—If as part of the enterprise the defendant sanctioned the use
of violence, or if the number of persons managed by the defendant was extremely large, an up-
ward departure may be warranted.
3. “Continuing Series of Violations”.—Under 21 U.S.C. § 848, certain conduct for which the
defendant has previously been sentenced may be charged as part of the instant offense to estab-
lish a “continuing series of violations.” A sentence resulting from a conviction sustained prior to
the last overt act of the instant offense is to be considered a prior sentence under §4A1.2(a)(1)
and not part of the instant offense.
4. Multiple Counts.—Violations of 21 U.S.C. § 848 will be grouped with other drug offenses for
the purpose of applying Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts).
Background: Because a conviction under 21 U.S.C. § 848 establishes that a defendant controlled and
exercised authority over one of the most serious types of ongoing criminal activity, this guideline pro-
vides a minimum base offense level of 38. An adjustment from Chapter Three, Part B is not authorized
because the offense level of this guideline already reflects an adjustment for role in the offense.
Section 848 of title 21, United States Code, provides a 20-year minimum mandatory penalty for
the first conviction, a 30-year minimum mandatory penalty for a second conviction, and a mandatory
life sentence for principal administrators of extremely large enterprises. If the application of the guide-
lines results in a sentence below the minimum sentence required by statute, the statutory minimum
shall be the guideline sentence. See §5G1.1(b).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 15, 1988 (amendment 66); November 1, 1989
Note (amendment 139); November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§2D1.6. Use of Communication Facility in Committing Drug Offense; Attempt or
Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: the offense level applicable to the underlying offense.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 843(b).
Application Note:
1. Where the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined by reference to §2D1.1,
see Application Note 5 of the Commentary to §2D1.1 for guidance in determining the scale of the
offense. Note that the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1.1 provides a minimum offense level of 12
where the offense involves heroin (or other Schedule I or II opiates), cocaine (or other Schedule I
or II stimulants), cocaine base, PCP, methamphetamine, LSD (or other Schedule I or II hallucin-
ogens), fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl] propanamide), or fentanyl ana-
logue (§2D1.1(c)(14)); a minimum offense level of 8 where the offense involves flunitrazepam
(§2D1.1(c)(16)); and a minimum offense level of 6 otherwise (§2D1.1(c)(17)).
Background: This section covers the use of a communication facility in committing a drug offense. A
communication facility includes any public or private instrument used in the transmission of writing,
signs, signals, pictures, and sound; e.g., telephone, wire, radio.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 177
§2D1.8
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 320); November 1, 1992
Historical
(amendment 447); November 1, 1994 (amendment 505); November 1, 2009 (amendment 737); November 1,
Note
2012 (amendment 770); November 1, 2018 (amendment 807).
§2D1.7. Unlawful Sale or Transportation of Drug Paraphernalia; Attempt or
Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 12
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved a controlled substance, apply §2D1.1 (Unlawful
Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking) or §2D2.1 (Un-
lawful Possession), as appropriate, if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 863 (formerly 21 U.S.C. § 857).
Application Note:
1. The typical case addressed by this guideline involves small-scale trafficking in drug parapherna-
lia (generally from a retail establishment that also sells items that are not unlawful). In a case
involving a large-scale dealer, distributor, or manufacturer, an upward departure may be war-
ranted. Conversely, where the offense was not committed for pecuniary gain (e.g., transportation
for the defendant’s personal use), a downward departure may be warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 397); November 1, 1992
Note (amendment 447).
§2D1.8. Renting or Managing a Drug Establishment; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) The offense level from §2D1.1 applicable to the underlying controlled
substance offense, except as provided below.
(2) If the defendant had no participation in the underlying controlled sub-
stance offense other than allowing use of the premises, the offense
level shall be 4 levels less than the offense level from §2D1.1 applica-
ble to the underlying controlled substance offense, but not greater
than level 26.
178 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.9
(b) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), do not apply
an adjustment under §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 856.
Application Note:
1. Subsection (a)(2) does not apply unless the defendant had no participation in the underlying
controlled substance offense other than allowing use of the premises. For example, subsec-
tion (a)(2) would not apply to a defendant who possessed a dangerous weapon in connection with
the offense, a defendant who guarded the cache of controlled substances, a defendant who ar-
ranged for the use of the premises for the purpose of facilitating a drug transaction, a defendant
who allowed the use of more than one premises, a defendant who made telephone calls to facili-
tate the underlying controlled substance offense, or a defendant who otherwise assisted in the
commission of the underlying controlled substance offense. Furthermore, subsection (a)(2) does
not apply unless the defendant initially leased, rented, purchased, or otherwise acquired a pos-
sessory interest in the premises for a legitimate purpose. Finally, subsection (a)(2) does not apply
if the defendant had previously allowed any premises to be used as a drug establishment without
regard to whether such prior misconduct resulted in a conviction.
Background: This section covers the offense of knowingly opening, maintaining, managing, or con-
trolling any building, room, or enclosure for the purpose of manufacturing, distributing, storing, or
using a controlled substance contrary to law (e.g., a “crack house”).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 394); November 1, 1992
Note (amendments 447 and 448); November 1, 2002 (amendment 640).
§2D1.9. Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on Federal Property to Protect the
Unlawful Production of Controlled Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 23
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 841(d)(1).
Background: This section covers the offense of assembling, placing, or causing to be placed, or main-
taining a “booby-trap” on federal property where a controlled substance is being manufactured or dis-
tributed.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); November 1, 2002
Note (amendment 646).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 179
§2D1.10
§2D1.10. Endangering Human Life While Illegally Manufacturing a Controlled
Substance; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1.1; or
(2) 20.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) (Apply the greater):
(A) If the offense involved the manufacture of amphetamine or meth-
amphetamine, increase by 3 levels. If the resulting offense level
is less than level 27, increase to level 27.
(B) If the offense (i) involved the manufacture of amphetamine or
methamphetamine; and (ii) created a substantial risk of harm to
the life of a minor or an incompetent, increase by 6 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 30, increase to level 30.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 858.
Application Note:
1. Substantial Risk of Harm Associated with the Manufacture of Amphetamine and Meth-
amphetamine.—
(A) Factors to Consider.—In determining, for purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B), whether the
offense created a substantial risk of harm to the life of a minor or an incompetent, the court
shall include consideration of the following factors:
(i) The quantity of any chemicals or hazardous or toxic substances found at the labora-
tory, and the manner in which the chemicals or substances were stored.
(ii) The manner in which hazardous or toxic substances were disposed, and the likelihood
of release into the environment of hazardous or toxic substances.
(iii) The duration of the offense, and the extent of the manufacturing operation.
(iv) The location of the laboratory (e.g., whether the laboratory is located in a residential
neighborhood or a remote area), and the number of human lives placed at substantial
risk of harm.
180 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
(B) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B):
“Incompetent” means an individual who is incapable of taking care of the individual’s self
or property because of a mental or physical illness or disability, mental retardation, or se-
nility.
“Minor” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse).
Background: Subsection (b)(1) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 102 of Public
Law 106–310.
Historical Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 140). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); De-
Note cember 16, 2000 (amendment 608); November 1, 2001 (amendment 620).
§2D1.11. Unlawfully Distributing, Importing, Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical;
Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: The offense level from the Chemical Quantity Table
set forth in subsection (d) or (e), as appropriate, except that if (A) the de-
fendant receives an adjustment under §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role); and
(B) the base offense level under subsection (d) is (i) level 32, decrease by
2 levels; (ii) level 34 or level 36, decrease by 3 levels; or (iii) level 38, de-
crease by 4 levels.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase
by 2 levels.
(2) If the defendant is convicted of violating 21 U.S.C. § 841(c)(2) or (f)(1),
or § 960(d)(2), (d)(3), or (d)(4), decrease by 3 levels, unless the defend-
ant knew or believed that the listed chemical was to be used to man-
ufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.
(3) If the offense involved (A) an unlawful discharge, emission, or release
into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance; or (B) the un-
lawful transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal of a hazardous
waste, increase by 2 levels.
(4) If the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is ac-
countable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), distributed a listed
chemical through mass-marketing by means of an interactive com-
puter service, increase by 2 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 181
§2D1.11
(5) If the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 865, increase by 2 lev-
els.
(6) If the defendant meets the criteria set forth in paragraphs (1)–(5) of
subsection (a) of §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Min-
imum Sentences in Certain Cases), decrease by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled sub-
stance, or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlaw-
fully, apply §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting,
Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that deter-
mined above.
(d) EPHEDRINE, PSEUDOEPHEDRINE, AND
PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE
QUANTITY TABLE*
(Methamphetamine and Amphetamine Precursor Chemicals)
QUANTITY BASE OFFENSE LEVEL
(1) 9 KG or more of Ephedrine; Level 38
9 KG or more of Phenylpropanolamine;
9 KG or more of Pseudoephedrine.
(2) At least 3 KG but less than 9 KG of Ephedrine; Level 36
At least 3 KG but less than 9 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 3 KG but less than 9 KG of Pseudoephedrine.
(3) At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Ephedrine; Level 34
At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Pseudoephedrine.
(4) At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Ephedrine; Level 32
At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Pseudoephedrine.
(5) At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Ephedrine; Level 30
At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(6) At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Ephedrine; Level 28
At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Pseudoephedrine.
182 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
(7) At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Ephedrine; Level 26
At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(8) At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Ephedrine; Level 24
At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(9) At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Ephedrine; Level 22
At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(10) At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Ephedrine; Level 20
At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(11) At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Ephedrine; Level 18
At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(12) At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Ephedrine; Level 16
At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(13) At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Ephedrine; Level 14
At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(14) Less than 1 G of Ephedrine; Level 12
Less than 1 G of Phenylpropanolamine;
Less than 1 G of Pseudoephedrine.
(e) CHEMICAL QUANTITY TABLE*
(All Other Precursor Chemicals)
LISTED CHEMICALS AND QUANTITY BASE OFFENSE LEVEL
(1) List I Chemicals Level 30
2.7 KG or more of Benzaldehyde;
60 KG or more of Benzyl Cyanide;
600 G or more of Ergonovine;
1.2 KG or more of Ergotamine;
60 KG or more of Ethylamine;
6.6 KG or more of Hydriodic Acid;
3.9 KG or more of Iodine;
960 KG or more of Isosafrole;
600 G or more of Methylamine;
1500 KG or more of N-Methylephedrine;
1500 KG or more of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 183
§2D1.11
1.9 KG or more of Nitroethane;
30 KG or more of Norpseudoephedrine;
60 KG or more of Phenylacetic Acid;
30 KG or more of Piperidine;
960 KG or more of Piperonal;
4.8 KG or more of Propionic Anhydride;
960 KG or more of Safrole;
1200 KG or more of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
3406.5 L or more of Gamma-butyrolactone;
2.1 KG or more of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or Hypophosphorous Acid.
(2) List I Chemicals Level 28
At least 890 G but less than 2.7 KG of Benzaldehyde;
At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 200 G but less than 600 G of Ergonovine;
At least 400 G but less than 1.2 KG of Ergotamine;
At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Ethylamine;
At least 2.2 KG but less than 6.6 KG of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 1.3 KG but less than 3.9 KG of Iodine;
At least 320 KG but less than 960 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 200 G but less than 600 G of Methylamine;
At least 500 KG but less than 1500 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 500 KG but less than 1500 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 625 G but less than 1.9 KG of Nitroethane;
At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Piperidine;
At least 320 KG but less than 960 KG of Piperonal;
At least 1.6 KG but less than 4.8 KG of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 320 KG but less than 960 KG of Safrole;
At least 400 KG but less than 1200 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 1135.5 L but less than 3406.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 714 G but less than 2.1 KG of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or
Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
33 KG or more of Acetic Anhydride;
3525 KG or more of Acetone;
60 KG or more of Benzyl Chloride;
3225 KG or more of Ethyl Ether;
3600 KG or more of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
30 KG or more of Potassium Permanganate;
3900 KG or more of Toluene.
(3) List I Chemicals Level 26
At least 267 G but less than 890 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 60 G but less than 200 G of Ergonovine;
At least 120 G but less than 400 G of Ergotamine;
At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Ethylamine;
At least 660 G but less than 2.2 KG of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 376.2 G but less than 1.3 KG of Iodine;
At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Isosafrole;
184 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
At least 60 G but less than 200 G of Methylamine;
At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 187.5 G but less than 625 G of Nitroethane;
At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Piperidine;
At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Piperonal;
At least 480 G but less than 1.6 KG of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Safrole;
At least 120 KG but less than 400 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 340.7 L but less than 1135.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 214 G but less than 714 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or
Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 11 KG but less than 33 KG of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 1175 KG but less than 3525 KG of Acetone;
At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 1075 KG but less than 3225 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 1200 KG but less than 3600 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 1300 KG but less than 3900 KG of Toluene.
(4) List I Chemicals Level 24
At least 89 G but less than 267 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 20 G but less than 60 G of Ergonovine;
At least 40 G but less than 120 G of Ergotamine;
At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Ethylamine;
At least 220 G but less than 660 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 125.4 G but less than 376.2 G of Iodine;
At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 20 G but less than 60 G of Methylamine;
At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 62.5 G but less than 187.5 G of Nitroethane;
At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Piperidine;
At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Piperonal;
At least 160 G but less than 480 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Safrole;
At least 40 KG but less than 120 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 113.6 L but less than 340.7 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 71 G but less than 214 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or
Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 3.3 KG but less than 11 KG of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 352.5 KG but less than 1175 KG of Acetone;
At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 322.5 KG but less than 1075 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 360 KG but less than 1200 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 185
§2D1.11
At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 390 KG but less than 1300 KG of Toluene.
(5) List I Chemicals Level 22
At least 62.3 G but less than 89 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 14 G but less than 20 G of Ergonovine;
At least 28 G but less than 40 G of Ergotamine;
At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Ethylamine;
At least 154 G but less than 220 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 87.8 G but less than 125.4 G of Iodine;
At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 14 G but less than 20 G of Methylamine;
At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 43.8 G but less than 62.5 G of Nitroethane;
At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Piperidine;
At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Piperonal;
At least 112 G but less than 160 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Safrole;
At least 28 KG but less than 40 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 79.5 L but less than 113.6 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 50 G but less than 71 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or
Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 1.1 KG but less than 3.3 KG of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 117.5 KG but less than 352.5 KG of Acetone;
At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 107.5 KG but less than 322.5 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 120 KG but less than 360 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 130 KG but less than 390 KG of Toluene.
(6) List I Chemicals Level 20
At least 35.6 G but less than 62.3 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 8 G but less than 14 G of Ergonovine;
At least 16 G but less than 28 G of Ergotamine;
At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Ethylamine;
At least 88 G but less than 154 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 50.2 G but less than 87.8 G of Iodine;
At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 8 G but less than 14 G of Methylamine;
At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 25 G but less than 43.8 G of Nitroethane;
At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Piperidine;
At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Piperonal;
186 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
At least 64 G but less than 112 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Safrole;
At least 16 KG but less than 28 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 45.4 L but less than 79.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 29 G but less than 50 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or
Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 726 G but less than 1.1 KG of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 82.25 KG but less than 117.5 KG of Acetone;
At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 75.25 KG but less than 107.5 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 84 KG but less than 120 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 91 KG but less than 130 KG of Toluene.
(7) List I Chemicals Level 18
At least 8.9 G but less than 35.6 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 2 G but less than 8 G of Ergonovine;
At least 4 G but less than 16 G of Ergotamine;
At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Ethylamine;
At least 22 G but less than 88 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 12.5 G but less than 50.2 G of Iodine;
At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 2 G but less than 8 G of Methylamine;
At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 6.3 G but less than 25 G of Nitroethane;
At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Piperidine;
At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Piperonal;
At least 16 G but less than 64 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Safrole;
At least 4 KG but less than 16 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 11.4 L but less than 45.4 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 7 G but less than 29 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 440 G but less than 726 G of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 47 KG but less than 82.25 KG of Acetone;
At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 43 KG but less than 75.25 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 48 KG but less than 84 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 52 KG but less than 91 KG of Toluene.
(8) List I Chemicals Level 16
At least 7.1 G but less than 8.9 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 1.6 G but less than 2 G of Ergonovine;
At least 3.2 G but less than 4 G of Ergotamine;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 187
§2D1.11
At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Ethylamine;
At least 17.6 G but less than 22 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 10 G but less than 12.5 G of Iodine;
At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 1.6 G but less than 2 G of Methylamine;
At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 5 G but less than 6.3 G of Nitroethane;
At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Piperidine;
At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Piperonal;
At least 12.8 G but less than 16 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Safrole;
At least 3.2 KG but less than 4 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 9.1 L but less than 11.4 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 6 G but less than 7 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
At least 110 G but less than 440 G of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 11.75 KG but less than 47 KG of Acetone;
At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 10.75 KG but less than 43 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 12 KG but less than 48 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 13 KG but less than 52 KG of Toluene.
(9) List I Chemicals Level 14
3.6 KG or more of Anthranilic Acid;
At least 5.3 G but less than 7.1 G of Benzaldehyde;
At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Benzyl Cyanide;
At least 1.2 G but less than 1.6 G of Ergonovine;
At least 2.4 G but less than 3.2 G of Ergotamine;
At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Ethylamine;
At least 13.2 G but less than 17.6 G of Hydriodic Acid;
At least 7.5 G but less than 10 G of Iodine;
At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Isosafrole;
At least 1.2 G but less than 1.6 G of Methylamine;
4.8 KG or more of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid;
At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
At least 3.8 G but less than 5 G of Nitroethane;
At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Norpseudoephedrine;
At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Phenylacetic Acid;
At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Piperidine;
At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Piperonal;
At least 9.6 G but less than 12.8 G of Propionic Anhydride;
At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Safrole;
At least 2.4 KG but less than 3.2 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
At least 6.8 L but less than 9.1 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or Hypophosphorous Acid;
188 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
List II Chemicals
At least 88 G but less than 110 G of Acetic Anhydride;
At least 9.4 KG but less than 11.75 KG of Acetone;
At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Chloride;
At least 8.6 KG but less than 10.75 KG of Ethyl Ether;
At least 9.6 KG but less than 12 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Potassium Permanganate;
At least 10.4 KG but less than 13 KG of Toluene.
(10) List I Chemicals Level 12
Less than 3.6 KG of Anthranilic Acid;
Less than 5.3 G of Benzaldehyde;
Less than 120 G of Benzyl Cyanide;
Less than 1.2 G of Ergonovine;
Less than 2.4 G of Ergotamine;
Less than 120 G of Ethylamine;
Less than 13.2 G of Hydriodic Acid;
Less than 7.5 G of Iodine;
Less than 1.92 KG of Isosafrole;
Less than 1.2 G of Methylamine;
Less than 4.8 KG of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid;
Less than 3 KG of N-Methylephedrine;
Less than 3 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;
Less than 3.8 G of Nitroethane;
Less than 60 G of Norpseudoephedrine;
Less than 120 G of Phenylacetic Acid;
Less than 60 G of Piperidine;
Less than 1.92 KG of Piperonal;
Less than 9.6 G of Propionic Anhydride;
Less than 1.92 KG of Safrole;
Less than 2.4 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;
Less than 6.8 L of Gamma-butyrolactone;
Less than 4 G of Red Phosphorus, White Phosphorus, or Hypophosphorous Acid;
List II Chemicals
Less than 88 G of Acetic Anhydride;
Less than 9.4 KG of Acetone;
Less than 160 G of Benzyl Chloride;
Less than 8.6 KG of Ethyl Ether;
Less than 9.6 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;
Less than 80 G of Potassium Permanganate;
Less than 10.4 KG of Toluene.
*Notes:
(A) Except as provided in Note (B), to calculate the base offense level in an offense that
involves two or more chemicals, use the quantity of the single chemical that results
in the greatest offense level, regardless of whether the chemicals are set forth in
different tables or in different categories (i.e., list I or list II) under subsection (d)
or (e) of this guideline, as appropriate.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 189
§2D1.11
(B) To calculate the base offense level in an offense that involves two or more chemicals
each of which is set forth in the Ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine, and Phenylpropano-
lamine Quantity Table, (i) aggregate the quantities of all such chemicals, and (ii) de-
termine the base offense level corresponding to the aggregate quantity.
(C) In a case involving ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine tablets,
use the weight of the ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine con-
tained in the tablets, not the weight of the entire tablets, in calculating the base
offense level.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 841(c)(1), (2), (f)(1), 865, 960(d)(1), (2), (3), (4).
Application Notes:
1. Cases Involving Multiple Chemicals.—
(A) Determining the Base Offense Level for Two or More Chemicals.—Except as pro-
vided in subdivision (B), if the offense involves two or more chemicals, use the quantity of
the single chemical that results in the greatest offense level, regardless of whether the
chemicals are set forth in different tables or in different categories (i.e., list I or list II) under
this guideline.
Example: The defendant was in possession of five kilograms of ephedrine and 300 grams
of hydriodic acid. Ephedrine and hydriodic acid typically are used together in the same
manufacturing process to manufacture methamphetamine. The base offense level for each
chemical is calculated separately and the chemical with the higher base offense level is
used. Five kilograms of ephedrine result in a base offense level of level 36; 300 grams of
hydriodic acid result in a base offense level of level 24. In this case, the base offense level
would be level 36.
(B) Determining the Base Offense Level for Offenses involving Ephedrine,
Pseudoephedrine, or Phenylpropanolamine.—If the offense involves two or more
chemicals each of which is set forth in the Ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine, and Phenylpro-
panolamine Quantity Table, (i) aggregate the quantities of all such chemicals, and (ii) de-
termine the base offense level corresponding to the aggregate quantity.
Example: The defendant was in possession of 80 grams of ephedrine and 50 grams of phe-
nylpropanolamine, an aggregate quantity of 130 grams of such chemicals. The base offense
level corresponding to that aggregate quantity is level 30.
(C) Upward Departure.—In a case involving two or more chemicals used to manufacture dif-
ferent controlled substances, or to manufacture one controlled substance by different man-
ufacturing processes, an upward departure may be warranted if the offense level does not
adequately address the seriousness of the offense.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—“Firearm” and “dangerous weapon” are defined in the
Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions). The adjustment in subsection (b)(1) should be
applied if the weapon was present, unless it is improbable that the weapon was connected with
the offense.
190 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.11
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Convictions under 21 U.S.C. §§ 841(c)(2) and (f)(1),
and 960(d)(2), (d)(3), and (d)(4) do not require that the defendant have knowledge or an actual
belief that the listed chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.
In a case in which the defendant possessed or distributed the listed chemical without such
knowledge or belief, a 3-level reduction is provided to reflect that the defendant is less culpable
than one who possessed or distributed listed chemicals knowing or believing that they would be
used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—Subsection (b)(3) applies if the conduct for which the de-
fendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) involved any discharge, emission, re-
lease, transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal violation covered by the Resource Conser-
vation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6928(d), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C.
§ 1319(c), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act,
42 U.S.C. § 9603(b), and 49 U.S.C. § 5124 (relating to violations of laws and regulations enforced
by the Department of Transportation with respect to the transportation of hazardous material).
In some cases, the enhancement under subsection (b)(3) may not adequately account for the se-
riousness of the environmental harm or other threat to public health or safety (including the
health or safety of law enforcement and cleanup personnel). In such cases, an upward departure
may be warranted. Additionally, any costs of environmental cleanup and harm to persons or
property should be considered by the court in determining the amount of restitution under §5E1.1
(Restitution) and in fashioning appropriate conditions of supervision under §§5B1.3 (Conditions
of Probation) and 5D1.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release).
5. Application of Subsection (b)(4).—For purposes of subsection (b)(4), “mass-marketing by
means of an interactive computer service” means the solicitation, by means of an interactive
computer service, of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled
substance. For example, subsection (b)(4) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to
promote the sale of Gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) but would not apply to coconspirators who use
an interactive computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of the of-
fense. “Interactive computer service”, for purposes of subsection (b)(4) and this note, has the
meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
§ 230(f)(2)).
6. Imposition of Consecutive Sentence for 21 U.S.C. § 865.—Section 865 of title 21, United
States Code, requires the imposition of a mandatory consecutive term of imprisonment of not
more than 15 years. In order to comply with the relevant statute, the court should determine the
appropriate “total punishment” and, on the judgment form, divide the sentence between the sen-
tence attributable to the underlying drug offense and the sentence attributable to 21 U.S.C.
§ 865, specifying the number of months to be served consecutively for the conviction under
21 U.S.C. § 865. For example, if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 151–188 months and
the court determines a “total punishment” of 151 months is appropriate, a sentence of 130 months
for the underlying offense plus 21 months for the conduct covered by 21 U.S.C. § 865 would
achieve the “total punishment” in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement of a consec-
utive sentence.
7. Applicability of Subsection (b)(6).—The applicability of subsection (b)(6) shall be determined
without regard to the offense of conviction. If subsection (b)(6) applies, §5C1.2(b) does not apply.
See §5C1.2(b)(2)(requiring an applicable guideline range of not less than 24 to 30 months of im-
prisonment if the “statutorily required minimum sentence is at least five years”).
8. Application of Subsection (c)(1).—“Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a con-
trolled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully,” as
used in subsection (c)(1), means that the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant
is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), completed the actions sufficient to constitute
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 191
§2D1.12
the offense of unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a
controlled substance unlawfully.
9. Offenses Involving Immediate Precursors or Other Controlled Substances Covered
Under §2D1.1.—In certain cases, the defendant will be convicted of an offense involving a listed
chemical covered under this guideline, and a related offense involving an immediate precursor
or other controlled substance covered under §2D1.1 (Unlawfully Manufacturing, Importing, Ex-
porting, or Trafficking). For example, P2P (an immediate precursor) and methylamine (a listed
chemical) are used together to produce methamphetamine. Determine the offense level under
each guideline separately. The offense level for methylamine is determined by using §2D1.11.
The offense level for P2P is determined by using §2D1.1 (P2P is listed in the Drug Conversion
Table under Cocaine and Other Schedule I and II Stimulants (and their immediate precursors)).
Under the grouping rules of §3D1.2(b), the counts will be grouped together. Note that in deter-
mining the scale of the offense under §2D1.1, the quantity of both the controlled substance and
listed chemical should be considered (see Application Note 5 in the Commentary to §2D1.1).
Background: Offenses covered by this guideline involve list I chemicals (including ephedrine,
pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine) and list II chemicals. List I chemicals are important to
the manufacture of a controlled substance and usually become part of the final product. For example,
ephedrine reacts with other chemicals to form methamphetamine. The amount of ephedrine directly
affects the amount of methamphetamine produced. List II chemicals are generally used as solvents,
catalysts, and reagents.
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); No-
vember 1, 1995 (amendment 519); May 1, 1997 (amendment 541); November 1, 1997 (amendment 557);
November 1, 2000 (amendments 605 and 606); May 1, 2001 (amendment 611); November 1, 2001 (amend-
Historical ment 625); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2004
Note (amendments 667 and 668); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1, 2007 (amendments 705
and 707); November 1, 2010 (amendments 745 and 746); November 1, 2012 (amendments 763 and 770);
November 1, 2014 (amendment 782); November 1, 2015 (amendment 796); November 1, 2018 (amendments
808 and 813); November 1, 2023 (amendment 817).
§2D1.12. Unlawful Possession, Manufacture, Distribution, Transportation, Exportation,
or Importation of Prohibited Flask, Equipment, Chemical, Product, or
Material; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 12, if the defendant intended to manufacture a controlled substance
or knew or believed the prohibited flask, equipment, chemical, prod-
uct, or material was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance;
or
(2) 9, if the defendant had reasonable cause to believe the prohibited
flask, equipment, chemical, product, or material was to be used to
manufacture a controlled substance.
192 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D1.12
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the defendant (A) intended to manufacture methamphetamine, or
(B) knew, believed, or had reasonable cause to believe that prohibited
flask, equipment, chemical, product, or material was to be used to
manufacture methamphetamine, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the offense involved (A) an unlawful discharge, emission, or release
into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance; or (B) the un-
lawful transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal of a hazardous
waste, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is ac-
countable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), distributed any prohib-
ited flask, equipment, chemical, product, or material through mass-
marketing by means of an interactive computer service, increase by
2 levels.
(4) If the offense involved stealing anhydrous ammonia or transporting
stolen anhydrous ammonia, increase by 6 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled sub-
stance, or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlaw-
fully, apply §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting,
or Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that deter-
mined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 843(a)(6), (7), 864.
Application Notes:
1. If the offense involved the large-scale manufacture, distribution, transportation, exportation, or
importation of prohibited flasks, equipment, chemicals, products, or material, an upward depar-
ture may be warranted.
2. “Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to
manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully,” as used in subsection (c)(1), means that
the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Rele-
vant Conduct), completed the actions sufficient to constitute the offense of unlawfully manufac-
turing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.
3. Subsection (b)(2) applies if the conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Rel-
evant Conduct) involved any discharge, emission, release, transportation, treatment, storage, or
disposal violation covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6928(d),
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1319(c), the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9603(b), and 49 U.S.C. § 5124 (relating
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 193
§2D1.13
to violations of laws and regulations enforced by the Department of Transportation with respect
to the transportation of hazardous material). In some cases, the enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(2) may not adequately account for the seriousness of the environmental harm or other
threat to public health or safety (including the health or safety of law enforcement and cleanup
personnel). In such cases, an upward departure may be warranted. Additionally, any costs of
environmental cleanup and harm to persons or property should be considered by the court in
determining the amount of restitution under §5E1.1 (Restitution) and in fashioning appropriate
conditions of supervision under §§5B1.3 (Conditions of Probation) and 5D1.3 (Conditions of Su-
pervised Release).
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3), “mass-marketing by
means of an interactive computer service” means the solicitation, by means of an interactive
computer service, of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled
substance. For example, subsection (b)(3) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to
promote the sale of prohibited flasks but would not apply to coconspirators who use an interactive
computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of the offense. “Interac-
tive computer service”, for purposes of subsection (b)(3) and this note, has the meaning given
that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); No-
Historical vember 1, 1995 (amendment 520); November 1, 1997 (amendment 558); November 1, 2000 (amend-
Note ment 605); November 1, 2001 (amendment 626); November 1, 2004 (amendment 667); November 1, 2010
(amendment 746).
§2D1.13. Structuring Chemical Transactions or Creating a Chemical Mixture to Evade
Reporting or Recordkeeping Requirements; Presenting False or Fraudulent
Identification to Obtain a Listed Chemical; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) The offense level from §2D1.11 (Unlawfully Distributing, Importing,
Exporting, or Possessing a Listed Chemical) if the defendant knew or
believed that the chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled
substance unlawfully; or
(2) The offense level from §2D1.11 (Unlawfully Distributing, Importing,
Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical) reduced by 3 levels if the
defendant had reason to believe that the chemical was to be used to
manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully; or
(3) 6, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 841(c)(3), (f)(1), 843(a)(4)(B), (a)(8).
194 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D2.1
Application Note:
1. “The offense level from §2D1.11” includes the base offense level and any applicable specific
offense characteristic or cross reference; see §1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Of-
fense Guidelines).
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); No-
Note vember 1, 2002 (amendment 646).
§2D1.14. Narco-Terrorism
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) The offense level from §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing,
Exporting, or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Com-
mit These Offenses); Attempt or Conspiracy) applicable to the under-
lying offense, except that §2D1.1(a)(5)(A), (a)(5)(B), and (b)(18) shall
not apply.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If §3A1.4 (Terrorism) does not apply, increase by 6 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 960a.
Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700). Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendments 746
Historical
and 748); November 1, 2011 (amendment 750); November 1, 2014 (amendment 783); November 1, 2018
Note
(amendment 807).
* * * * *
2. UNLAWFUL POSSESSION
§2D2.1. Unlawful Possession; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 8, if the substance is heroin or any Schedule I or II opiate, an analogue
of these, or cocaine base; or
(2) 6, if the substance is cocaine, flunitrazepam, LSD, or PCP; or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 195
§2D2.2
(3) 4, if the substance is any other controlled substance or a list I chemi-
cal.
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved possession of a controlled substance in a prison,
correctional facility, or detention facility, apply §2P1.2 (Providing or
Possessing Contraband in Prison).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 844(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Stat-
utory Index).
Application Note:
1. The typical case addressed by this guideline involves possession of a controlled substance by the
defendant for the defendant’s own consumption. Where the circumstances establish intended
consumption by a person other than the defendant, an upward departure may be warranted.
Background: Mandatory (statutory) minimum penalties for several categories of cases, ranging from
fifteen days’ to three years’ imprisonment, are set forth in 21 U.S.C. § 844(a). When a mandatory min-
imum penalty exceeds the guideline range, the mandatory minimum becomes the guideline sentence.
See §5G1.1(b). Note, however, that 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f) provides an exception to the applicability of
mandatory minimum sentences in certain cases. See §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory
Minimum Sentences in Certain Cases).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 24); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendment 304); November 1, 1990 (amendment 321); November 1, 1992 (amendment 447); September 23,
Note 1994 (amendment 509); November 1, 1995 (amendment 514); November 1, 1997 (amendments 556 and 558);
November 1, 2010 (amendments 746 and 748); November 1, 2011 (amendment 750).
§2D2.2. Acquiring a Controlled Substance by Forgery, Fraud, Deception, or
Subterfuge; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(3).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 447).
Note
196 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2D3.1
§2D2.3. Operating or Directing the Operation of a Common Carrier Under the
Influence of Alcohol or Drugs
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 26, if death resulted; or
(2) 21, if serious bodily injury resulted; or
(3) 13, otherwise.
(b) Special Instruction:
(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving the death or
serious bodily injury of more than one person, apply Chapter Three,
Part D (Multiple Counts) as if the defendant had been convicted of a
separate count for each such victim.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 342.
Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in section 6482 of the Anti-
Drug Abuse Act of 1988. Offenses covered by this guideline may vary widely with regard to harm and
risk of harm. The offense levels assume that the offense involved the operation of a common carrier
carrying a number of passengers, e.g., a bus. If no or only a few passengers were placed at risk, a
downward departure may be warranted. If the offense resulted in the death or serious bodily injury of
a large number of persons, such that the resulting offense level under subsection (b) would not ade-
quately reflect the seriousness of the offense, an upward departure may be warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 25); November 1, 1989
Note (amendment 141); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
* * * * *
3. REGULATORY VIOLATIONS
§2D3.1. Regulatory Offenses Involving Registration Numbers; Unlawful Advertising
Relating to Scheduled Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 842(a)(1), 843(a)(1), (2). For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 197
§2D3.5
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 421); November 1, 1992
Note (amendment 447); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2009 (amendment 727).
§2D3.2. Regulatory Offenses Involving Controlled Substances or Listed Chemicals;
Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level: 4
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. §§ 842(a)(2), (9), (10), (b), 954, 961. For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 421); November 1, 1992
Note (amendment 447); November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534).
§2D3.3. [Deleted]
Section 2D3.3 (Illegal Use of Registration Number to Distribute or Dispense a Controlled Substance to An-
Historical other Registrant or Authorized Person; Attempt or Conspiracy), effective November 1, 1987, amended effec-
Note tive November 1, 1991 (amendment 421) and November 1, 1992 (amendment 447), was deleted by consoli-
dation with §2D3.2 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2D3.4. [Deleted]
Section 2D3.4 (Illegal Transfer or Transshipment of a Controlled Substance; Attempt or Conspiracy), effec-
Historical
tive November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 359) and November 1, 1992
Note
(amendment 447), was deleted by consolidation with §2D3.2 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2D3.5. [Deleted]
Section 2D3.5 (Violation of Recordkeeping or Reporting Requirements for Listed Chemicals and Certain
Historical Machines; Attempt or Conspiracy), effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 371), amended effective Novem-
Note ber 1, 1992 (amendment 447), was deleted by consolidation with §2D3.2 effective November 1, 1993 (amend-
ment 481).
198 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2E1.1
PART E ― OFFENSES INVOLVING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISES AND
RACKETEERING
1. RACKETEERING
Introductory Commentary
Because of the jurisdictional nature of the offenses included, this subpart covers a wide variety
of criminal conduct. The offense level usually will be determined by the offense level of the underlying
conduct.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2E1.1. Unlawful Conduct Relating to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt
Organizations
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 19; or
(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying racketeering activity.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1962, 1963.
Application Notes:
1. Where there is more than one underlying offense, treat each underlying offense as if contained
in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). To determine whether
subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level, apply Chapter Three, Parts A, B, C,
and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2). Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level.
2. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analo-
gous federal offense is to be used.
3. If the offense level for the underlying racketeering activity is less than the alternative minimum
level specified (i.e., 19), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.
4. Certain conduct may be charged in the count of conviction as part of a “pattern of racketeering
activity” even though the defendant has previously been sentenced for that conduct. Where such
previously imposed sentence resulted from a conviction prior to the last overt act of the instant
offense, treat as a prior sentence under §4A1.2(a)(1) and not as part of the instant offense. This
treatment is designed to produce a result consistent with the distinction between the instant
offense and criminal history found throughout the guidelines. If this treatment produces an
anomalous result in a particular case, a guideline departure may be warranted.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 199
§2E1.3
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 26); November 1, 1989 (amend-
Note ment 142).
§2E1.2. Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering
Enterprise
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 6; or
(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying crime of violence or other
unlawful activity in respect to which the travel or transportation was
undertaken.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1952.
Application Notes:
1. Where there is more than one underlying offense, treat each underlying offense as if contained
in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). To determine whether
subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level, apply Chapter Three, Parts A, B, C,
and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2). Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level.
2. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analo-
gous federal offense is to be used.
3. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense
level specified (i.e., 6), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 27).
Note
§2E1.3. Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering Activity
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 12; or
(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying crime or racketeering
activity.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1959 (formerly 18 U.S.C. § 1952B).
200 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2E1.5
Application Notes:
1. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analo-
gous federal offense is to be used.
2. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense
level specified (i.e., 12), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.
Background: The conduct covered under this section ranges from threats to murder. The maximum
term of imprisonment authorized by statute ranges from three years to life imprisonment.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 143).
Note
§2E1.4. Use of Interstate Commerce Facilities in the Commission of Murder-For-Hire
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 32; or
(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying unlawful conduct.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1958 (formerly 18 U.S.C. § 1952A).
Application Note:
1. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analo-
gous federal offense is to be used.
Background: This guideline and the statute to which it applies do not require that a murder actually
have been committed.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 144); November 1, 1990
Note (amendment 311); November 1, 1992 (amendment 449).
§2E1.5. [Deleted]
Section 2E1.5 (Hobbs Act Extortion or Robbery), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1,
Historical
1989 (amendment 145), was deleted by consolidation with §§2B3.1, 2B3.2, 2B3.3, and 2C1.1 effective No-
Note
vember 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
* * * * *
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 201
§2E2.1
2. EXTORTIONATE EXTENSION OF CREDIT
§2E2.1. Making or Financing an Extortionate Extension of Credit; Collecting an
Extension of Credit by Extortionate Means
(a) Base Offense Level: 20
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (A) If a firearm was discharged increase by 5 levels; or
(B) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used,
increase by 4 levels; or
(C) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or
possessed, increase by 3 levels.
(2) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level accord-
ing to the seriousness of the injury:
DEGREE OF BODILY INJURY INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) Bodily Injury add 2
(B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4
(C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6
(D) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or
(E) If the degree of injury is between that
specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), add 5 levels.
Provided, however, that the combined increase from application of
paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not exceed 9 levels.
(3) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense
or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or
(B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission
of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder).
202 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2E3.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 892–894.
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—Definitions of “firearm,” “dangerous weapon,” “otherwise used,” “bran-
dished,” “bodily injury,” “serious bodily injury,” “permanent or life-threatening bodily
injury,” “abducted,” and “physically restrained” are found in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Ap-
plication Instructions).
2. Interpretation of Specific Offense Characteristics.—See also Commentary to §2B3.2 (Ex-
tortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) regarding the interpretation of the spe-
cific offense characteristics.
Background: This section refers to offenses involving the making or financing of extortionate exten-
sions of credit, or the collection of loans by extortionate means. These “loan-sharking” offenses typically
involve threats of violence and provide economic support for organized crime. The base offense level
for these offenses is higher than the offense level for extortion because loan sharking is in most cases
a continuing activity. In addition, the guideline does not include the amount of money involved because
the amount of money in such cases is often difficult to determine. Other enhancements parallel those
in §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 146–148); November 1,
Historical
1991 (amendment 398); November 1, 1993 (amendment 479); November 1, 2000 (amendment 601); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
* * * * *
3. GAMBLING
Introductory Commentary
This subpart covers a variety of proscribed conduct. The adjustments in Chapter Three, Part B
(Role in the Offense) are particularly relevant in providing a measure of the scope of the offense and
the defendant’s participation.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2E3.1. Gambling Offenses; Animal Fighting Offenses
(a) Base Offense Level: (Apply the greatest)
(1) 16, if the offense involved an animal fighting venture, except as pro-
vided in paragraph (3) below;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 203
§2E3.3
(2) 12, if the offense was (A) engaging in a gambling business; (B) trans-
mission of wagering information; or (C) committed as part of, or to
facilitate, a commercial gambling operation;
(3) 10, if the defendant was convicted under 7 U.S.C. § 2156(a)(2)(B); or
(4) 6, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. § 2156 (felony provisions only); 15 U.S.C. §§ 1172–1175; 18 U.S.C.
§§ 1082, 1301–1304, 1306, 1511, 1953, 1955; 31 U.S.C. § 5363. For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “animal fighting venture” has the meaning given
that term in 7 U.S.C. § 2156(f).
2. Upward Departure Provision.—The base offense levels provided for animal fighting ventures
in subsection (a)(1) and (a)(3) reflect that an animal fighting venture involves one or more violent
fights between animals and that a defeated animal often is severely injured in the fight, dies as
a result of the fight, or is killed afterward. Nonetheless, there may be cases in which the offense
level determined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense.
In such a case, an upward departure may be warranted. For example, an upward departure may
be warranted if (A) the offense involved extraordinary cruelty to an animal beyond the violence
inherent in such a venture (such as by killing an animal in a way that prolongs the suffering of
the animal); or (B) the offense involved animal fighting on an exceptional scale (such as an of-
fense involving an unusually large number of animals).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2007
Historical
(amendment 703); November 1, 2008 (amendment 721); November 1, 2016 (amendment 800); November 1,
Note
2024 (amendment 831).
§2E3.2. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2E3.2 (Transmission of Wagering Information), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consoli-
Note dation with §2E3.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2E3.3. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2E3.3 (Other Gambling Offenses), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with
Note §2E3.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
* * * * *
204 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2E4.1
4. TRAFFICKING IN CONTRABAND CIGARETTES AND SMOKELESS TOBACCO
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700).
Note
§2E4.1. Unlawful Conduct Relating to Contraband Cigarettes and Smokeless
Tobacco
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 9; or
(2) the offense level from the table in §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding
to the amount of the tax evaded.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2342(a), 2344(a).
Application Note:
1. “Tax evaded” refers to state and local excise taxes.
Background: The conduct covered by this section generally involves evasion of state and local excise
taxes. At least 10,000 cigarettes must be involved. Because this offense is basically a tax matter, it is
graded by use of the tax table in §2T4.1.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2008
Note (amendment 724).
* * * * *
5. LABOR RACKETEERING
Introductory Commentary
The statutes included in this subpart protect the rights of employees under the Taft–Hartley Act,
members of labor organizations under the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959,
and participants of employee pension and welfare benefit plans covered under the Employee Retire-
ment Income Security Act.
The base offense levels for many of the offenses in this subpart have been determined by refer-
ence to analogous sections of the guidelines. Thus, the base offense levels for bribery, theft, and fraud
in this subpart generally correspond to similar conduct under other parts of the guidelines. The base
offense levels for bribery and graft have been set higher than the level for commercial bribery due to
the particular vulnerability to exploitation of the organizations covered by this subpart.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 205
§2E5.1
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2E5.1. Offering, Accepting, or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation
of an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan; Prohibited Payments or
Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees, Representatives, or
Labor Organizations
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 10, if a bribe; or
(2) 6, if a gratuity.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the defendant was a fiduciary of the benefit plan or labor organiza-
tion, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the value of the prohibited payment or the value of the improper
benefit to the payer, whichever is greater (A) exceeded $2,500 but did
not exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded $6,500, increase
by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property De-
struction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
(c) Special Instruction for Fines ― Organizations
(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base
Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) if
a bribe, the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for
the unlawful payment; or (C) if a bribe, the consequential damages
resulting from the unlawful payment.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 1954; 29 U.S.C. § 186.
Application Notes:
1. “Bribe” refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment with the specific understanding
that it will corruptly affect an official action of the recipient.
2. “Gratuity” refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment other than a bribe.
206 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2E5.3
3. “Fiduciary of the benefit plan” is defined in 29 U.S.C. § 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who
exercises any discretionary authority or control in respect to the management of such plan or
exercises authority or control in respect to management or disposition of its assets, or who ren-
ders investment advice for a fee or other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any
moneys or other property of such plan, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or who has
any discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of such plan.
4. “Value of the improper benefit to the payer” is explained in the Commentary to §2C1.1 (Of-
fering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right; Fraud
Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspir-
acy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions).
5. If the adjustment for a fiduciary at §2E5.1(b)(1) applies, do not apply the adjustment at §3B1.3
(Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
Background: This section covers the giving or receipt of bribes and other unlawful gratuities involv-
ing employee welfare or pension benefit plans, or labor organizations. The seriousness of the offense
is determined by several factors, including the value of the bribe or gratuity and the magnitude of the
loss resulting from the transaction.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 149); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 422); November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1,
Note
2004 (amendment 666); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2E5.2. [Deleted]
Section 2E5.2 (Theft or Embezzlement from Employee Pension and Welfare Benefit Plans), effective Novem-
Historical ber 1, 1987, amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 28), November 1, 1989 (amendment 150), and
Note November 1, 1991 (amendment 399), was deleted by consolidation with §2B1.1 effective November 1, 1993
(amendment 481).
§2E5.3. False Statements and Concealment of Facts in Relation to Documents
Required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; Failure to
Maintain and Falsification of Records Required by the Labor Management
Reporting and Disclosure Act; Destruction and Failure to Maintain Corporate
Audit Records
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 6; or
(2) If the offense was committed to facilitate or conceal (A) an offense in-
volving a theft, a fraud, or an embezzlement; (B) an offense involving
a bribe or a gratuity; or (C) an obstruction of justice offense, apply
§2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud), §2E5.1 (Offering,
Accepting, or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 207
§2E5.6
an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan; Prohibited Payments
or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees, Represent-
atives, or Labor Organizations), or §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as
applicable.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1027, 1520; 29 U.S.C. §§ 439, 461, 1131. For additional statutory
provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Background: This section covers the falsification of documents or records relating to a benefit plan
covered by ERISA. It also covers failure to maintain proper documents required by the LMRDA or
falsification of such documents. Such violations sometimes occur in connection with the criminal con-
version of plan funds or schemes involving bribery or graft. Where a violation under this section occurs
in connection with another offense, the offense level is determined by reference to the offense facili-
tated by the false statements or documents.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 151); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 481); January 25, 2003 (amendment 647); November 1, 2003 (amendment 653).
§2E5.4. [Deleted]
Section 2E5.4 (Embezzlement or Theft from Labor Unions in the Private Sector), effective November 1, 1987,
Historical
amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 29) and November 1, 1989 (amendment 152), was deleted by
Note
consolidation with §2B1.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2E5.5. [Deleted]
Section 2E5.5 (Failure to Maintain and Falsification of Records Required by the Labor Management Report-
Historical
ing and Disclosure Act), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 153),
Note
was deleted by consolidation with §2E5.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2E5.6. [Deleted]
Section 2E5.6 (Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees, Representa-
Historical
tives, or Labor Organizations), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1991 (amend-
Note
ment 422), was deleted by consolidation with §2E5.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
208 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2F1.2
PART F ― [DELETED]
Historical The heading to Part F ― Offenses Involving Fraud or Deceit, effective November 1, 1987, was deleted due to
Note the deletion of §§2F1.1 and 2F1.2 effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 617).
§2F1.1. [Deleted]
Section 2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit; Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other
than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
June 15, 1988 (amendment 30), November 1, 1989 (amendments 154–156 and 303), November 1, 1990
Historical
(amendment 317), November 1, 1991 (amendments 364 and 393), November 1, 1992 (amendment 470), No-
Note
vember 1, 1993 (amendments 481 and 482), November 1, 1995 (amendment 513), November 1, 1997 (amend-
ment 551), November 1, 1998 (amendments 577 and 587), November 1, 2000 (amendments 595, 596,
and 597), was deleted by consolidation with §2B1.1 effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 617).
§2F1.2. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2F1.2 (Insider Trading), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with §2B1.1 effec-
Note tive November 1, 2001 (amendment 617).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 209
§2G1.1
PART G ― OFFENSES INVOLVING COMMERCIAL SEX ACTS, SEXUAL
EXPLOITATION OF MINORS, AND OBSCENITY
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 641).
Note
1. PROMOTING A COMMERCIAL SEX ACT OR PROHIBITED SEXUAL CONDUCT
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); November 1, 2002
Note (amendment 641).
§2G1.1. Promoting a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct with an
Individual Other than a Minor
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 34, if the offense of conviction is 18 U.S.C. § 1591(b)(1); or
(2) 14, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies; and (B)(i) the offense involved fraud or
coercion; or (ii) the offense of conviction is 18 U.S.C. § 2421A(b)(2),
increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b)
or 18 U.S.C. § 2242, apply §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt
to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense involved more than one victim, Chapter Three, Part D
(Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the promoting of a commercial
sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to each victim had been
contained in a separate count of conviction.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. § 1328 (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor);
18 U.S.C. §§ 1591 (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor), 2421 (only if the offense
involved a victim other than a minor), 2421A (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor),
210 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G1.1
2422(a) (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor). For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Commercial sex act” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1591(e)(3).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §2A3.1
(Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
“Promoting a commercial sex act” means persuading, inducing, enticing, or coercing a person
to engage in a commercial sex act, or to travel to engage in, a commercial sex act.
“Victim” means a person transported, persuaded, induced, enticed, or coerced to engage in, or
travel for the purpose of engaging in, a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct, whether
or not the person consented to the commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly,
“victim” may include an undercover law enforcement officer.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—Subsection (b)(1) provides an enhancement for fraud or
coercion that occurs as part of the offense and anticipates no bodily injury. If bodily injury results,
an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures). For purposes of
subsection (b)(1), “coercion” includes any form of conduct that negates the voluntariness of the
victim. This enhancement would apply, for example, in a case in which the ability of the victim
to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. This characteristic
generally will not apply if the drug or alcohol was voluntarily taken.
3. Application of Chapter Three Adjustment.—For the purposes of §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role),
a victim, as defined in this guideline, is considered a participant only if that victim assisted in
the promoting of a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to another victim.
4. Application of Subsection (c)(1).—
(A) Conduct Described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b).—For purposes of subsection (c)(1),
conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b) is engaging in, or causing another person to
engage in, a sexual act with another person by: (i) using force against the victim; (ii) threat-
ening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious bodily
injury, or kidnapping; (iii) rendering the victim unconscious; or (iv) administering by force
or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission of the victim, a drug, intoxicant,
or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to
appraise or control conduct. This provision would apply, for example, if any dangerous
weapon was used or brandished, or in a case in which the ability of the victim to appraise
or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol.
(B) Conduct Described in 18 U.S.C. § 2242.—For purposes of subsection (c)(1), conduct de-
scribed in 18 U.S.C. § 2242 is: (i) engaging in, or causing another person to engage in, a
sexual act with another person by threatening or placing the victim in fear (other than by
threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious
bodily injury, or kidnapping); or (ii) engaging in, or causing another person to engage in, a
sexual act with a victim who is incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct or who is
physically incapable of declining participation in, or communicating unwillingness to en-
gage in, the sexual act.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 211
§2G1.3
5. Special Instruction at Subsection (d)(1).—For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Mul-
tiple Counts), each person transported, persuaded, induced, enticed, or coerced to engage in, or
travel to engage in, a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct is to be treated as a sepa-
rate victim. Consequently, multiple counts involving more than one victim are not to be grouped
together under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). In addition, subsection (d)(1) directs
that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes the promoting of a commercial
sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to more than one victim, whether specifically cited
in the count of conviction, each such victim shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of
conviction.
6. Upward Departure Provision.—If the offense involved more than ten victims, an upward de-
parture may be warranted.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 157 and 158); November 1,
1990 (amendment 322); November 1, 1996 (amendment 538); November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); May 1,
Historical
2001 (amendment 612); November 1, 2001 (amendment 627); November 1, 2002 (amendment 641); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2004 (amendment 664); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2009 (amendment 737);
November 1, 2023 (amendment 815).
§2G1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2G1.2 (Transportation of a Minor for the Purpose of Prostitution or Prohibited Sexual Conduct),
Historical effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 159 and 160), November 1,
Note 1990 (amendment 323), November 1, 1991 (amendment 400), and November 1, 1992 (amendment 444), was
deleted by consolidation with §2G1.1 effective November 1, 1996 (amendment 538).
§2G1.3. Promoting a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct with a Minor;
Transportation of Minors to Engage in a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited
Sexual Conduct; Travel to Engage in Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited
Sexual Conduct with a Minor; Sex Trafficking of Children; Use of Interstate
Facilities to Transport Information about a Minor
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 34, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1591(b)(1);
(2) 30, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1591(b)(2);
(3) 28, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 2422(b) or
§ 2423(a); or
(4) 24, otherwise.
212 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G1.3
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the defendant was a parent, relative, or legal guardian of the
minor; or (B) the minor was otherwise in the custody, care, or super-
visory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If (A) the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a partic-
ipant’s identity to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the
travel of, a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct; or (B) a par-
ticipant otherwise unduly influenced a minor to engage in prohibited
sexual conduct, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service to (A) persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the
travel of, the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct; or (B) en-
tice, encourage, offer, or solicit a person to engage in prohibited sexual
conduct with the minor, increase by 2 levels. Provided, however, that
subsection (b)(3)(B) shall not apply if the offense of conviction is
18 U.S.C. § 2421A.
(4) (Apply the greater):
(A) If (i) the offense involved the commission of a sex act or sexual
contact; or (ii) subsection (a)(3) or (a)(4) applies and the offense
involved a commercial sex act, increase by 2 levels.
(B) If (i) subsection (a)(4) applies; and (ii) the offense of conviction is
18 U.S.C. § 2421A(b)(2), increase by 4 levels.
(5) If (A) subsection (a)(3) or (a)(4) applies; and (B) the offense involved a
minor who had not attained the age of 12 years, increase by 8 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering
or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually
explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such
conduct, apply §2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of
Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting
Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Mi-
nors to Engage in Production), if the resulting offense level is greater
than that determined above.
(2) If a minor was killed under circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 213
§2G1.3
(First Degree Murder), if the resulting offense level is greater than
that determined above.
(3) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242,
apply §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal
Sexual Abuse), if the resulting offense level is greater than that de-
termined above. If the offense involved interstate travel with intent
to engage in a sexual act with a minor who had not attained the age
of 12 years, or knowingly engaging in a sexual act with a minor who
had not attained the age of 12 years, §2A3.1 shall apply, regardless of
the “consent” of the minor.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense involved more than one minor, Chapter Three, Part D
(Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the persuasion, enticement,
coercion, travel, or transportation to engage in a commercial sex act
or prohibited sexual conduct of each victim had been contained in a
separate count of conviction.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. § 1328 (only if the offense involved a minor); 18 U.S.C. §§ 1591 (only
if the offense involved a minor), 2421 (only if the offense involved a minor), 2421A (only if the offense
involved a minor), 2422 (only if the offense involved a minor), 2423, 2425. For additional statutory
provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Commercial sex act” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1591(e)(3).
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Illicit sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2423(f).
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Participant” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
214 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G1.3
“Sexual act” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2246(2).
“Sexual contact” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2246(3).
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—
(A) Custody, Care, or Supervisory Control.—Subsection (b)(1) is intended to have broad
application and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to
the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care pro-
viders, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject
to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should
look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not
simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship.
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(1) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—
(A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity.—The enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(2)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to
persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage in prohibited
sexual conduct. Subsection (b)(2)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made
directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the
minor. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(A) would not apply to a misrep-
resentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making
travel arrangements for the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(A) may apply in-
cludes misrepresentation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long
as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or
facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Accordingly, use of
a computer screen name, without such intent, would not be a sufficient basis for application
of the enhancement.
(B) Undue Influence.—In determining whether subsection (b)(2)(B) applies, the court should
closely consider the facts of the case to determine whether a participant’s influence over the
minor compromised the voluntariness of the minor’s behavior. The voluntariness of the mi-
nor’s behavior may be compromised without prohibited sexual conduct occurring.
However, subsection (b)(2)(B) does not apply in a case in which the only “minor” (as defined
in Application Note 1) involved in the offense is an undercover law enforcement officer.
In a case in which a participant is at least 10 years older than the minor, there shall be a
rebuttable presumption that subsection (b)(2)(B) applies. In such a case, some degree of
undue influence can be presumed because of the substantial difference in age between the
participant and the minor.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3)(A).—Subsection (b)(3)(A) is intended to apply only to the use
of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a
person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor. Accordingly, the enhance-
ment in subsection (b)(3)(A) would not apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer
service to obtain airline tickets for the minor from an airline’s Internet site.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 215
§2G1.3
5. Application of Subsection (c).—
(A) Application of Subsection (c)(1).—The cross reference in subsection (c)(1) is to be con-
strued broadly and includes all instances in which the offense involved employing, using,
persuading, inducing, enticing, coercing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by
notice, advertisement or other method, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for
the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct. For purposes of subsec-
tion (c)(1), “sexually explicit conduct” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2256(2).
(B) Application of Subsection (c)(3).—For purposes of subsection (c)(3), conduct described
in 18 U.S.C. § 2241 means conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a), (b), or (c). Accordingly,
for purposes of subsection (c)(3):
(i) Conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b) is engaging in, or causing another
person to engage in, a sexual act with another person: (I) using force against the mi-
nor; (II) threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to
death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; (III) rendering the minor unconscious; or
(IV) administering by force or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission
of the minor, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and thereby substantially
impairing the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct. This provision would
apply, for example, if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished, or in a case in
which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was substantially im-
paired by drugs or alcohol.
(ii) Conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c) is: (I) interstate travel with intent to engage
in a sexual act with a minor who has not attained the age of 12 years; (II) knowingly
engaging in a sexual act with a minor who has not attained the age of 12 years; or
(III) knowingly engaging in a sexual act under the circumstances described in
18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) and (b) with a minor who has attained the age of 12 years but has
not attained the age of 16 years (and is at least 4 years younger than the person so
engaging).
(iii) Conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2242 is: (I) engaging in, or causing another person
to engage in, a sexual act with another person by threatening or placing the minor in
fear (other than by threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be
subject to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping); or (II) engaging in, or causing
another person to engage in, a sexual act with a minor who is incapable of appraising
the nature of the conduct or who is physically incapable of declining participation in,
or communicating unwillingness to engage in, the sexual act.
6. Application of Subsection (d)(1).—For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple
Counts), each minor transported, persuaded, induced, enticed, or coerced to engage in, or travel
to engage in, a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct is to be treated as a separate
minor. Consequently, multiple counts involving more than one minor are not to be grouped to-
gether under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). In addition, subsection (d)(1) directs
that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes travel or transportation to engage
in a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to more than one minor, whether
specifically cited in the count of conviction, each such minor shall be treated as if contained in a
separate count of conviction.
7. Upward Departure Provision.—If the offense involved more than ten minors, an upward de-
parture may be warranted.
216 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G2.1
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 664). Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2009 (amendments 732 and 737); November 1, 2018 (amendment 812); November 1, 2023 (amend-
Note
ment 815).
* * * * *
2. SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF A MINOR
§2G2.1. Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or
Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit
Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production
(a) Base Offense Level: 32
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved a minor who had (A) not attained the age of
twelve years, increase by 4 levels; or (B) attained the age of twelve
years but not attained the age of sixteen years, increase by 2 levels.
(2) (Apply the greater) If the offense involved—
(A) the commission of a sexual act or sexual contact, increase by
2 levels; or
(B) (i) the commission of a sexual act; and (ii) conduct described in
18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b), increase by 4 levels.
(3) If the defendant knowingly engaged in distribution, increase by 2 lev-
els.
(4) If the offense involved material that portrays (A) sadistic or masochis-
tic conduct or other depictions of violence; or (B) an infant or toddler,
increase by 4 levels.
(5) If the defendant was a parent, relative, or legal guardian of the minor
involved in the offense, or if the minor was otherwise in the custody,
care, or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.
(6) If, for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the
purpose of transmitting such material live, the offense involved
(A) the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to per-
suade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, a minor to en-
gage in sexually explicit conduct; or (B) the use of a computer or an
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 217
§2G2.1
interactive computer service to (i) persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or
facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct,
or to otherwise solicit participation by a minor in such conduct; or
(ii) solicit participation with a minor in sexually explicit conduct, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the victim was killed in circumstances that would constitute mur-
der under 18 U.S.C. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the
territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply §2A1.1
(First Degree Murder), if the resulting offense level is greater than
that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the offense involved the exploitation of more than one minor, Chap-
ter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the exploi-
tation of each minor had been contained in a separate count of convic-
tion.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1591, 2251(a)–(c), 2251(d)(1)(B), 2260(a). For additional statu-
tory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Distribution” means any act, including possession with intent to distribute, production, trans-
mission, advertisement, and transportation, related to the transfer of material involving the sex-
ual exploitation of a minor. Accordingly, distribution includes posting material involving the sex-
ual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing but does not include the mere solici-
tation of such material by a defendant.
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Material” includes a visual depiction, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2256.
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Sexually explicit conduct” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(2).
218 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G2.1
2. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2):
“Conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b)” is: (i) using force against the minor;
(ii) threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious
bodily injury, or kidnapping; (iii) rendering the minor unconscious; or (iv) administering by force
or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission of the minor, a drug, intoxicant, or
other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the minor to appraise
or control conduct. This provision would apply, for example, if any dangerous weapon was used
or brandished, or in a case in which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was
substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol.
“Sexual act” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2246(2).
“Sexual contact” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2246(3).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3), the defendant “know-
ingly engaged in distribution” if the defendant (A) knowingly committed the distribution,
(B) aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused the distribu-
tion, or (C) conspired to distribute.
4. Interaction of Subsection (b)(4)(B) and Vulnerable Victim (§3A1.1(b)).—If subsec-
tion (b)(4)(B) applies, do not apply §3A1.1(b).
5. Application of Subsection (b)(5).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (b)(5) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses
involving a minor entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For
example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are
among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply
this adjustment, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the
defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor rela-
tionship.
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(5) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
6. Application of Subsection (b)(6).—
(A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity.—The enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(6)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to
persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage in sexually
explicit conduct for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of
transmitting such material live. Subsection (b)(6)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepre-
sentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody, care, or supervi-
sory control of the minor. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) would not
apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the
course of making travel arrangements for the minor.
The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) may apply in-
cludes misrepresentation of a participant’s name, age, occupation, gender, or status, as long
as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or
facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of
producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of transmitting such material live.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 219
§2G2.2
Accordingly, use of a computer screen name, without such intent, would not be a sufficient
basis for application of the enhancement.
(B) Use of a Computer or an Interactive Computer Service.—Subsection (b)(6)(B) pro-
vides an enhancement if the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, a minor to engage
in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for
the purpose of transmitting such material live or otherwise to solicit participation by a mi-
nor in such conduct for such purposes. Subsection (b)(6)(B) is intended to apply only to the
use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor
or with a person who exercises custody, care, or supervisory control of the minor. Accord-
ingly, the enhancement would not apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer
service to obtain airline tickets for the minor from an airline’s Internet site.
7. Application of Subsection (d)(1).—For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple
Counts), each minor exploited is to be treated as a separate minor. Consequently, multiple counts
involving the exploitation of different minors are not to be grouped together under §3D1.2
(Groups of Closely Related Counts). Subsection (d)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an
offense of conviction includes more than one minor being exploited, whether specifically cited in
the count of conviction or not, each such minor shall be treated as if contained in a separate count
of conviction.
8. Upward Departure Provision.—An upward departure may be warranted if the offense in-
volved more than 10 minors.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 161); November 1, 1990
(amendment 324); November 1, 1991 (amendment 400); November 1, 1996 (amendment 537); November 1,
Historical 1997 (amendment 575); November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); May 1, 2001 (amendment 612); November 1,
Note 2001 (amendment 627); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2004 (amendment 664); Novem-
ber 1, 2009 (amendments 733, 736, and 737); November 1, 2016 (amendment 801); November 1, 2023
(amendment 824).
§2G2.2. Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving,
Transporting, Shipping, Soliciting, or Advertising Material Involving the
Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Possessing Material Involving the Sexual
Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic; Possessing Material Involving the
Sexual Exploitation of a Minor
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 18, if the defendant is convicted of 18 U.S.C. § 1466A(b), § 2252(a)(4),
§ 2252A(a)(5), or § 2252A(a)(7).
(2) 22, otherwise.
220 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G2.2
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies; (B) the defendant’s conduct was lim-
ited to the receipt or solicitation of material involving the sexual ex-
ploitation of a minor; and (C) the defendant did not intend to traffic
in, or distribute, such material, decrease by 2 levels.
(2) If the material involved a prepubescent minor or a minor who had not
attained the age of 12 years, increase by 2 levels.
(3) (Apply the greatest):
(A) If the offense involved distribution for pecuniary gain, increase
by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to the retail value of the
material, but by not less than 5 levels.
(B) If the defendant distributed in exchange for any valuable consid-
eration, but not for pecuniary gain, increase by 5 levels.
(C) If the offense involved distribution to a minor, increase by 5 lev-
els.
(D) If the offense involved distribution to a minor that was intended
to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce the minor to engage in any
illegal activity, other than illegal activity covered under subdivi-
sion (E), increase by 6 levels.
(E) If the offense involved distribution to a minor that was intended
to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, the
minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct, increase by 7 lev-
els.
(F) If the defendant knowingly engaged in distribution, other than
distribution described in subdivisions (A) through (E), increase
by 2 levels.
(4) If the offense involved material that portrays (A) sadistic or
masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence; or (B) sexual
abuse or exploitation of an infant or toddler, increase by 4 levels.
(5) If the defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving the sexual
abuse or exploitation of a minor, increase by 5 levels.
(6) If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service for the possession, transmission, receipt, or distribution
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 221
§2G2.2
of the material, or for accessing with intent to view the material, in-
crease by 2 levels.
(7) If the offense involved—
(A) at least 10 images, but fewer than 150, increase by 2 levels;
(B) at least 150 images, but fewer than 300, increase by 3 levels;
(C) at least 300 images, but fewer than 600, increase by 4 levels; and
(D) 600 or more images, increase by 5 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering
or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually
explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such
conduct or for the purpose of transmitting a live visual depiction of
such conduct, apply §2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Produc-
tion of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Per-
mitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement
for Minors to Engage in Production), if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1466A, 2252, 2252A(a)–(b), 2260(b). For additional statutory pro-
vision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Distribution” means any act, including possession with intent to distribute, production, trans-
mission, advertisement, and transportation, related to the transfer of material involving the sex-
ual exploitation of a minor. Accordingly, distribution includes posting material involving the sex-
ual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing but does not include the mere solici-
tation of such material by a defendant.
“Distribution for pecuniary gain” means distribution for profit.
“The defendant distributed in exchange for any valuable consideration” means the de-
fendant agreed to an exchange with another person under which the defendant knowingly dis-
tributed to that other person for the specific purpose of obtaining something of valuable consid-
eration from that other person, such as other child pornographic material, preferential access to
child pornographic material, or access to a child.
222 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G2.2
“Distribution to a minor” means the knowing distribution to an individual who is a minor at
the time of the offense.
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Material” includes a visual depiction, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2256.
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor” means any
combination of two or more separate instances of the sexual abuse or sexual exploitation of a
minor by the defendant, whether or not the abuse or exploitation (A) occurred during the course
of the offense; (B) involved the same minor; or (C) resulted in a conviction for such conduct.
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
“Sexual abuse or exploitation” means any of the following: (A) conduct described in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2241, § 2242, § 2243, § 2251(a)–(c), § 2251(d)(1)(B), § 2251A, § 2260(b), § 2421, § 2422, or
§ 2423; (B) an offense under state law, that would have been an offense under any such section
if the offense had occurred within the special maritime or territorial jurisdiction of the United
States; or (C) an attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the offenses under subdivisions (A)
or (B). “Sexual abuse or exploitation” does not include possession, accessing with intent to view,
receipt, or trafficking in material relating to the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(3)(F).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3)(F), the defendant
“knowingly engaged in distribution” if the defendant (A) knowingly committed the distribution,
(B) aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused the distribu-
tion, or (C) conspired to distribute.
3. Application of Subsection (b)(4)(A).—Subsection (b)(4)(A) applies if the offense involved ma-
terial that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence, regardless of
whether the defendant specifically intended to possess, access with intent to view, receive, or
distribute such materials.
4. Interaction of Subsection (b)(4)(B) and Vulnerable Victim (§3A1.1(b)).—If subsec-
tion (b)(4)(B) applies, do not apply §3A1.1(b).
5. Application of Subsection (b)(5).—A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(5) is
not excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pur-
suant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
6. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—
(A) Definition of “Images”.—“Images” means any visual depiction, as defined in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2256(5), that constitutes child pornography, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(8).
(B) Determining the Number of Images.—For purposes of determining the number of im-
ages under subsection (b)(7):
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 223
§2G2.3
(i) Each photograph, picture, computer or computer-generated image, or any similar vis-
ual depiction shall be considered to be one image. If the number of images substan-
tially underrepresents the number of minors depicted, an upward departure may be
warranted.
(ii) Each video, video-clip, movie, or similar visual depiction shall be considered to have
75 images. If the length of the visual depiction is substantially more than 5 minutes,
an upward departure may be warranted.
7. Application of Subsection (c)(1).—
(A) In General.—The cross reference in subsection (c)(1) is to be construed broadly and in-
cludes all instances where the offense involved employing, using, persuading, inducing, en-
ticing, coercing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement,
a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual de-
piction of such conduct or for the purpose of transmitting live any visual depiction of such
conduct.
(B) Definition.—“Sexually explicit conduct” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2256(2).
8. Cases Involving Adapted or Modified Depictions.—If the offense involved material that is
an adapted or modified depiction of an identifiable minor (e.g., a case in which the defendant is
convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 2252A(a)(7)), the term “material involving the sexual exploitation of
a minor” includes such material.
9. Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant engaged in the sexual abuse or exploitation
of a minor at any time (whether or not such abuse or exploitation occurred during the course of
the offense or resulted in a conviction for such conduct) and subsection (b)(5) does not apply, an
upward departure may be warranted. In addition, an upward departure may be warranted if the
defendant received an enhancement under subsection (b)(5) but that enhancement does not ade-
quately reflect the seriousness of the sexual abuse or exploitation involved.
Background: Section 401(i)(1)(C) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended subsection (b) to add sub-
division (7), effective April 30, 2003.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 31); November 1, 1990 (amend-
ment 325); November 1, 1991 (amendment 372); November 27, 1991 (amendment 435); November 1, 1996
Historical
(amendment 537); November 1, 1997 (amendment 575); November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); November 1,
Note
2001 (amendment 617); April 30, 2003 (amendment 649); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1,
2004 (amendment 664); November 1, 2009 (amendments 733 and 736); November 1, 2016 (amendment 801).
§2G2.3. Selling or Buying of Children for Use in the Production of Pornography
(a) Base Offense Level: 38
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2251A.
224 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G2.5
Background: The statutory minimum sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 2251A is
thirty years imprisonment.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 162). Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 736).
Note
§2G2.4. [Deleted]
Section 2G2.4 (Possession of Materials Depicting a Minor Engaged in Sexually Explicit Conduct), effective
Historical November 1, 1991 (amendment 372), amended effective November 27, 1991 (amendment 436), November 1,
Note 1996 (amendment 537), November 1, 2000 (amendment 592), and April 30, 2003 (amendment 649), was
deleted by consolidation with §2G2.2 effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 664).
§2G2.5. Recordkeeping Offenses Involving the Production of Sexually Explicit
Materials; Failure to Provide Required Marks in Commercial Electronic Email
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Cross References
(1) If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that
involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by
notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct
for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct, apply
§2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Ex-
plicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to En-
gage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to En-
gage in Production).
(2) If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that
involved trafficking in material involving the sexual exploitation of a
minor (including receiving, transporting, advertising, or possessing
material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to
traffic), apply §2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual
Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Advertising, or Pos-
sessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with
Intent to Traffic).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. § 7704(d); 18 U.S.C. §§ 2257, 2257A.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 372). Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 689); No-
Note vember 1, 2007 (amendment 701).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 225
§2G2.6
§2G2.6. Child Exploitation Enterprises
(a) Base Offense Level: 35
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If a victim (A) had not attained the age of 12 years, increase by 4 lev-
els; or (B) had attained the age of 12 years but had not attained the
age of 16 years, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If (A) the defendant was a parent, relative, or legal guardian of a mi-
nor victim; or (B) a minor victim was otherwise in the custody, care,
or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b),
increase by 2 levels.
(4) If a computer or an interactive computer service was used in further-
ance of the offense, increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2252A(g).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years; and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—
(A) Custody, Care, or Supervisory Control.—Subsection (b)(2) is intended to have broad
application and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to
the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care pro-
viders, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject
to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should
look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not
simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship.
226 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G3.1
(B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.—If the enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(2) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3), “conduct described in
18 U.S.C. § 2241(a) or (b)” is: (i) using force against the minor; (ii) threatening or placing the
minor in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping;
(iii) rendering the minor unconscious; or (iv) administering by force or threat of force, or without
the knowledge or permission of the minor, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and
thereby substantially impairing the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct. This pro-
vision would apply, for example, if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished, or in a case
in which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by
drugs or alcohol.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 701).
Note
* * * * *
3. OBSCENITY
§2G3.1. Importing, Mailing, or Transporting Obscene Matter; Transferring Obscene
Matter to a Minor; Misleading Domain Names
(a) Base Offense Level: 10
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (Apply the Greatest):
(A) If the offense involved distribution for pecuniary gain, increase
by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to the retail value of the
material, but by not less than 5 levels.
(B) If the defendant distributed in exchange for any valuable consid-
eration, but not for pecuniary gain, increase by 5 levels.
(C) If the offense involved distribution to a minor, increase by 5 lev-
els.
(D) If the offense involved distribution to a minor that was intended
to persuade, induce, entice, or coerce the minor to engage in any
illegal activity, other than illegal activity covered under subdivi-
sion (E), increase by 6 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 227
§2G3.1
(E) If the offense involved distribution to a minor that was intended
to persuade, induce, entice, coerce, or facilitate the travel of, the
minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct, increase by 7 lev-
els.
(F) If the defendant knowingly engaged in distribution, other than
distribution described in subdivisions (A) through (E), increase
by 2 levels.
(2) If, with the intent to deceive a minor into viewing material that is
harmful to minors, the offense involved the use of (A) a misleading
domain name on the Internet; or (B) embedded words or digital im-
ages in the source code of a website, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service, increase by 2 levels.
(4) If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic
conduct or other depictions of violence, increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved transporting, distributing, receiving, pos-
sessing, or advertising to receive material involving the sexual exploi-
tation of a minor, apply §2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the
Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Shipping,
Soliciting, or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation
of a Minor; Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of
a Minor with Intent to Traffic; Possessing Material Involving the Sex-
ual Exploitation of a Minor).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1460–1463, 1465, 1466, 1470, 2252B, 2252C. For additional stat-
utory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Distribution” means any act, including possession with intent to distribute, production, trans-
mission, advertisement, and transportation, related to the transfer of obscene matter. Accord-
ingly, distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor on a
website for public viewing but does not include the mere solicitation of such material by a de-
fendant.
“Distribution for pecuniary gain” means distribution for profit.
228 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2G3.1
“The defendant distributed in exchange for any valuable consideration” means the de-
fendant agreed to an exchange with another person under which the defendant knowingly dis-
tributed to that other person for the specific purpose of obtaining something of valuable consid-
eration from that other person, such as other obscene material, preferential access to obscene
material, or access to a child.
“Distribution to a minor” means the knowing distribution to an individual who is a minor at
the time of the offense.
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Material that is harmful to minors” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 2252B(d).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years, and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Prohibited sexual conduct” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
“Sexually explicit conduct” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(2).
2. Application of Subsection (b)(1)(F).—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(F), the defendant
“knowingly engaged in distribution” if the defendant (A) knowingly committed the distribution,
(B) aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused the distribu-
tion, or (C) conspired to distribute.
3. Inapplicability of Subsection (b)(3).—If the defendant is convicted of 18 U.S.C. § 2252B or
§ 2252C, subsection (b)(3) shall not apply.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(4).—Subsection (b)(4) applies if the offense involved material
that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence, regardless of
whether the defendant specifically intended to possess, receive, or distribute such materials.
Background: Most federal prosecutions for offenses covered in this guideline are directed to offenses
involving distribution for pecuniary gain. Consequently, the offense level under this section generally
will be at least 15.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 163); November 1, 1990
(amendment 326); November 1, 1991 (amendment 372); November 27, 1991 (amendment 437); November 1,
Historical
2000 (amendment 592); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2004 (amendment 664); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2009 (amendment 736); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746);
November 1, 2016 (amendment 801).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 229
§2G3.2
§2G3.2. Obscene Telephone Communications for a Commercial Purpose;
Broadcasting Obscene Material
(a) Base Offense Level: 12
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If a person who received the telephonic communication was less than
eighteen years of age, or if a broadcast was made between six o’clock
in the morning and eleven o’clock at night, increase by 4 levels.
(2) If 6 plus the offense level from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to the volume of commerce at-
tributable to the defendant is greater than the offense level deter-
mined above, increase to that offense level.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1464, 1468; 47 U.S.C. § 223(b)(1)(A).
Background: Subsection (b)(1) provides an enhancement where an obscene telephonic communica-
tion was received by a minor less than 18 years of age or where a broadcast was made during a time
when such minors were likely to receive it. Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement for large-scale
“dial-a-porn” or obscene broadcasting operations that results in an offense level comparable to the
offense level for such operations under §2G3.1 (Importing, Mailing, or Transporting Obscene Matter;
Transferring Obscene Matter to a Minor). The extent to which the obscene material was distributed is
approximated by the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant.
Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 164). Amended effective November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2001 (amendment 617). A former §2G3.2 (Obscene or Indecent Telephone Communications), ef-
Note
fective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 164).
230 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2H1.1
PART H ― OFFENSES INVOLVING INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS
1. CIVIL RIGHTS
Historical Introductory Commentary to Part H, Subpart 1, effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective Novem-
Note ber 1, 1995 (amendment 521).
§2H1.1. Offenses Involving Individual Rights
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
(1) the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to any underly-
ing offense;
(2) 12, if the offense involved two or more participants;
(3) 10, if the offense involved (A) the use or threat of force against a per-
son; or (B) property damage or the threat of property damage; or
(4) 6, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If (A) the defendant was a public official at the time of the offense; or
(B) the offense was committed under color of law, increase by 6 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 241, 242, 245(b), 246–250, 1091; 42 U.S.C. § 3631.
Application Notes:
1. “Offense guideline applicable to any underlying offense” means the offense guideline ap-
plicable to any conduct established by the offense of conviction that constitutes an offense under
federal, state, or local law (other than an offense that is itself covered under Chapter Two, Part H,
Subpart 1).
In certain cases, conduct set forth in the count of conviction may constitute more than one un-
derlying offense (e.g., two instances of assault, or one instance of assault and one instance of
arson). In such cases, use the following comparative procedure to determine the applicable base
offense level: (i) determine the underlying offenses encompassed within the count of conviction
as if the defendant had been charged with a conspiracy to commit multiple offenses. See Appli-
cation Note 4 of §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines); (ii) determine the Chapter Two offense level
(i.e., the base offense level, specific offense characteristics, cross references, and special instruc-
tions) for each such underlying offense; and (iii) compare each of the Chapter Two offense levels
determined above with the alternative base offense level under subsection (a)(2), (3), or (4). The
determination of the applicable alternative base offense level is to be based on the entire conduct
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 231
§2H1.4
underlying the count of conviction (i.e., the conduct taken as a whole). Use the alternative base
offense level only if it is greater than each of the Chapter Two offense levels determined above.
Otherwise, use the Chapter Two offense levels for each of the underlying offenses (with each
underlying offense treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction). Then apply subsec-
tion (b) to the alternative base offense level, or to the Chapter Two offense levels for each of the
underlying offenses, as appropriate.
2. “Participant” is defined in the Commentary to §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
3. The burning or defacement of a religious symbol with an intent to intimidate shall be deemed to
involve the threat of force against a person for the purposes of subsection (a)(3)(A).
4. If the finder of fact at trial or, in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, the court at
sentencing determines beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant intentionally selected any
victim or any property as the object of the offense because of the actual or perceived race, color,
religion, national origin, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, disability, or sexual orientation of
any person, an additional 3-level enhancement from §3A1.1(a) will apply. An adjustment from
§3A1.1(a) will not apply, however, if a 6-level adjustment from §2H1.1(b) applies. See §3A1.1(c).
5. If subsection (b)(1) applies, do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special
Skill).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 303); November 1, 1990
Historical (amendments 313 and 327); November 1, 1991 (amendment 430); November 1, 1995 (amendment 521); No-
Note vember 1, 2000 (amendment 591); November 1, 2010 (amendment 743); November 1, 2023 (amend-
ment 816).
§2H1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2H1.2 (Conspiracy to Interfere with Civil Rights), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
Historical
November 1, 1989 (amendment 303), was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.1 effective November 1, 1990
Note
(amendment 327).
§2H1.3. [Deleted]
Section 2H1.3 (Use of Force or Threat of Force to Deny Benefits or Rights in Furtherance of Discrimination;
Historical
Damage to Religious Real Property), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989
Note
(amendment 165), was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.1 effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 521).
§2H1.4. [Deleted]
Section 2H1.4 (Interference with Civil Rights Under Color of Law), effective November 1, 1987, amended
Historical
effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 166), was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.1 effective Novem-
Note
ber 1, 1995 (amendment 521).
232 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2H2.1
§2H1.5. [Deleted]
Section 2H1.5 (Other Deprivations of Rights or Benefits in Furtherance of Discrimination), effective Novem-
Historical
ber 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 167) and November 1, 1990 (amendment 328),
Note
was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.1 effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 521).
* * * * *
2. POLITICAL RIGHTS
§2H2.1. Obstructing an Election or Registration
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 18, if the obstruction occurred by use of force or threat of force against
person(s) or property; or
(2) 12, if the obstruction occurred by forgery, fraud, theft, bribery, deceit,
or other means, except as provided in paragraph (3) below; or
(3) 6, if the defendant (A) solicited, demanded, accepted, or agreed to ac-
cept anything of value to vote, refrain from voting, vote for or against
a particular candidate, or register to vote, (B) gave false information
to establish eligibility to vote, or (C) voted more than once in a federal
election.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 241, 242, 245(b)(1)(A), 592, 593, 594, 597, 1015(f); 52 U.S.C.
§§ 10307, 10308(a), (b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. Upward Departure Provision.—If the offense resulted in bodily injury or significant property
damage, or involved corrupting a public official, an upward departure may be warranted. See
Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
Background: Alternative base offense levels cover three major ways of obstructing an election: by
force, by deceptive or dishonest conduct, or by bribery. A defendant who is a public official or who
directs others to engage in criminal conduct is subject to an enhancement from Chapter Three, Part B
(Role in the Offense).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 168); November 1, 1995
Historical
(amendment 534); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2015 (amendment 796); November 1,
Note
2024 (amendment 831).
* * * * *
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 233
§2H3.1
3. PRIVACY AND EAVESDROPPING
§2H3.1. Interception of Communications; Eavesdropping; Disclosure of Certain
Private or Protected Information
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 9; or
(2) 6, if the offense of conviction has a statutory maximum term of im-
prisonment of one year or less but more than six months.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) or (e); or
(B) the purpose of the offense was to obtain direct or indirect commer-
cial advantage or economic gain, increase by 3 levels.
(2) (Apply the greater) If—
(A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 119, increase by
8 levels; or
(B) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 119, and the offense
involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service
to make restricted personal information about a covered person
publicly available, increase by 10 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the purpose of the offense was to facilitate another offense, apply
the guideline applicable to an attempt to commit that other offense, if
the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. § 1375a(d)(5)(B)(i), (ii); 18 U.S.C. §§ 119, 1039, 1905, 2511; 26 U.S.C.
§§ 7213(a)(1)–(3), (a)(5), (d), 7213A, 7216; 42 U.S.C. §§ 16962, 16984; 44 U.S.C. § 3572; 47 U.S.C. § 605.
For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Satellite Cable Transmissions.—If the offense involved interception of satellite cable trans-
missions for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain (including avoiding pay-
ment of fees), apply §2B5.3 (Criminal Infringement of Copyright) rather than this guideline.
234 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2H3.1
2. Imposition of Sentence for 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) and (e).—Subsections 1039(d) and (e) of ti-
tle 18, United States Code, require a term of imprisonment of not more than 5 years to be im-
posed in addition to any sentence imposed for a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(a), (b), or (c).
In order to comply with the statute, the court should determine the appropriate “total punish-
ment” and divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the
conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) or (e) and the sentence attributable to the conviction under
18 U.S.C. § 1039(a), (b), or (c), specifying the number of months to be served for the conviction
under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) or (e). For example, if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 15–
21 months and the court determines a “total punishment” of 21 months is appropriate, a sentence
of 9 months for conduct under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(a) plus 12 months for 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) conduct
would achieve the “total punishment” in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement.
3. Inapplicability of Chapter Three (Adjustments).—If the enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(2) applies, do not apply §3A1.2 (Official Victim).
4. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Computer” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1).
“Covered person” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 119(b).
“Interactive computer service” has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)).
“Means of identification” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(7), except
that such means of identification shall be of an actual (i.e., not fictitious) individual, other than
the defendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant
Conduct).
“Personal information” means sensitive or private information involving an identifiable indi-
vidual (including such information in the possession of a third party), including (A) medical rec-
ords; (B) wills; (C) diaries; (D) private correspondence, including e-mail; (E) financial records;
(F) photographs of a sensitive or private nature; or (G) similar information.
“Restricted personal information” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 119(b).
5. Upward Departure.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this
guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. In such a case, an upward
departure may be warranted. The following are examples of cases in which an upward departure
may be warranted:
(A) The offense involved personal information, means of identification, confidential phone rec-
ords information, or tax return information of a substantial number of individuals.
(B) The offense caused or risked substantial non-monetary harm (e.g., physical harm, psycho-
logical harm, or severe emotional trauma, or resulted in a substantial invasion of privacy
interest) to individuals whose private or protected information was obtained.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 169); November 1, 2001
Historical (amendment 628); May 1, 2007 (amendment 697); November 1, 2007 (amendment 708); November 1, 2008
Note (amendment 718); November 1, 2009 (amendments 726 and 737); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781); No-
vember 1, 2023 (amendments 815 and 824).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 235
§2H3.3
§2H3.2. Manufacturing, Distributing, Advertising, or Possessing an Eavesdropping
Device
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense was committed for pecuniary gain, increase by 3 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2512.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2H3.3. Obstructing Correspondence
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 6; or
(2) if the conduct was theft or destruction of mail, apply §2B1.1 (Theft,
Property Destruction, and Fraud).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1702. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Stat-
utory Index).
Background: The statutory provision covered by this guideline is sometimes used to prosecute of-
fenses more accurately described as theft or destruction of mail. In such cases, §2B1.1 (Theft, Property
Destruction, and Fraud) is to be applied.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 313); November 1, 2001
Note (amendment 617).
* * * * *
236 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2H4.1
4. PEONAGE, INVOLUNTARY SERVITUDE, SLAVE TRADE, AND CHILD SOLDIERS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
Note
§2H4.1. Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, Slave Trade, and Child Soldiers
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 22; or
(2) 18, if (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1592, or (B) the defendant was convicted of an offense under
18 U.S.C. § 1593A based on an act in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1592.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any victim sustained serious bodily
injury, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If (A) a dangerous weapon was used, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a dan-
gerous weapon was brandished, or the use of a dangerous weapon was
threatened, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If any victim was held in a condition of peonage or involuntary servi-
tude for (A) more than one year, increase by 3 levels; (B) between
180 days and one year, increase by 2 levels; or (C) more than 30 days
but less than 180 days, increase by 1 level.
(4) If any other felony offense was committed during the commission of,
or in connection with, the peonage or involuntary servitude offense,
increase to the greater of:
(A) 2 plus the offense level as determined above, or
(B) 2 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to
that other offense, but in no event greater than level 43.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 241, 1581–1590, 1592, 1593A, 2442.
Application Notes:
1. For purposes of this guideline—
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 237
§2H4.2
“A dangerous weapon was used” means that a firearm was discharged, or that a firearm or
other dangerous weapon was otherwise used. “The use of a dangerous weapon was threat-
ened” means that the use of a dangerous weapon was threatened regardless of whether a dan-
gerous weapon was present.
Definitions of “firearm,” “dangerous weapon,” “otherwise used,” “serious bodily injury,”
and “permanent or life-threatening bodily injury” are found in the Commentary to §1B1.1
(Application Instructions).
“Peonage or involuntary servitude” includes forced labor, slavery, and recruitment or use of
a child soldier.
2. Under subsection (b)(4), “any other felony offense” means any conduct that constitutes a felony
offense under federal, state, or local law (other than an offense that is itself covered by this sub-
part). When there is more than one such other offense, the most serious such offense (or group of
closely related offenses in the case of offenses that would be grouped together under §3D1.2(d))
is to be used. See Application Note 3 of §1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to other Offense
Guidelines).
3. If the offense involved the holding of more than ten victims in a condition of peonage or involun-
tary servitude, an upward departure may be warranted.
4. In a case in which the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1589(b) or 1593A, a downward
departure may be warranted if the defendant benefitted from participating in a venture de-
scribed in those sections without knowing that (i.e., in reckless disregard of the fact that) the
venture had engaged in the criminal activity described in those sections.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 521); May 1, 1997 (amend-
Historical
ment 542); November 1, 1997 (amendment 559); May 1, 2001 (amendment 612); November 1, 2001 (amend-
Note
ment 627); November 1, 2009 (amendments 730 and 733).
§2H4.2. Willful Violations of the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection
Act
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved (A) serious bodily injury, increase by 4 levels;
or (B) bodily injury, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent
to sustaining a civil or administrative adjudication for similar miscon-
duct, increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 29 U.S.C. § 1851.
238 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2H4.2
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “bodily injury” and “serious bodily injury”
have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Appli-
cation Instructions).
2. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Section 1851 of title 29, United States Code, covers a wide
range of conduct. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(2) applies only if the instant
offense is similar to previous misconduct that resulted in a civil or administrative adjudication
under the provisions of the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act (29 U.S.C.
§ 1801 et seq.).
Historical Effective May 1, 2001 (amendment 612). Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 627); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2015 (amendment 796).
PART I ― [NOT USED]
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 239
§2J1.2
PART J ― OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
§2J1.1. Contempt
Apply §2X5.1 (Other Offenses).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 401, 228. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A
(Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. In General.—Because misconduct constituting contempt varies significantly and the nature of
the contemptuous conduct, the circumstances under which the contempt was committed, the ef-
fect the misconduct had on the administration of justice, and the need to vindicate the authority
of the court are highly context-dependent, the Commission has not provided a specific guideline
for this offense. In certain cases, the offense conduct will be sufficiently analogous to §2J1.2 (Ob-
struction of Justice) for that guideline to apply.
2. Willful Failure to Pay Court-Ordered Child Support.—For offenses involving the willful
failure to pay court-ordered child support (violations of 18 U.S.C. § 228), the most analogous
guideline is §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud). The amount of the loss is the
amount of child support that the defendant willfully failed to pay. In such a case, do not apply
§2B1.1(b)(9)(C) (pertaining to a violation of a prior, specific judicial order). Note: This guideline
applies to second and subsequent offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(1) and to any offense under
18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(2) and (3). A first offense under 18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(1) is not covered by this
guideline because it is a Class B misdemeanor.
3. Violation of Judicial Order Enjoining Fraudulent Behavior.—In a case involving a viola-
tion of a judicial order enjoining fraudulent behavior, the most analogous guideline is §2B1.1. In
such a case, §2B1.1(b)(9)(C) (pertaining to a violation of a prior, specific judicial order) ordinarily
would apply.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 170 and 171); November 1,
Historical 1993 (amendment 496); November 1, 1998 (amendment 588); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2003 (amendment 653); November 1, 2009 (amendment 736); November 1, 2011 (amendments 752
and 760).
§2J1.2. Obstruction of Justice
(a) Base Offense Level: 14
240 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2J1.2
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (Apply the greatest):
(A) If the (i) defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001; and
(ii) statutory maximum term of eight years’ imprisonment ap-
plies because the matter relates to sex offenses under 18 U.S.C.
§ 1591 or chapters 109A, 109B, 110, or 117 of title 18, United
States Code, increase by 4 levels.
(B) If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical
injury to a person, or property damage, in order to obstruct the
administration of justice, increase by 8 levels.
(C) If the (i) defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001 or
§ 1505; and (ii) statutory maximum term of eight years’ impris-
onment applies because the matter relates to international ter-
rorism or domestic terrorism, increase by 12 levels.
(2) If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administra-
tion of justice, increase by 3 levels.
(3) If the offense (A) involved the destruction, alteration, or fabrication of
a substantial number of records, documents, or tangible objects;
(B) involved the selection of any essential or especially probative rec-
ord, document, or tangible object, to destroy or alter; or (C) was other-
wise extensive in scope, planning, or preparation, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved obstructing the investigation or prosecution of
a criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect
to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than
that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1001 (when the statutory maximum term of eight years’ impris-
onment applies because the matter relates to international terrorism or domestic terrorism, or to sex
offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 1591 or chapters 109A, 109B, 110, or 117 of title 18, United States Code),
1503, 1505–1513, 1516, 1519. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Domestic terrorism” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2331(5).
“International terrorism” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2331(1).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 241
§2J1.2
“Records, documents, or tangible objects” includes (A) records, documents, or tangible objects
that are stored on, or that are, magnetic, optical, digital, other electronic, or other storage medi-
ums or devices; and (B) wire or electronic communications.
“Substantial interference with the administration of justice” includes a premature or im-
proper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination
based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of
substantial governmental or court resources.
2. Chapter Three Adjustments.—
(A) Inapplicability of §3C1.1.—For offenses covered under this section, §3C1.1 (Obstructing
or Impeding the Administration of Justice) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed
the investigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the obstruction of justice count.
(B) Interaction with Terrorism Adjustment.—If §3A1.4 (Terrorism) applies, do not apply
subsection (b)(1)(C).
3. Convictions for the Underlying Offense.—In the event that the defendant is convicted of an
offense sentenced under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense that is
the object of the obstruction), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction and
Related Adjustments), and to §3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).
4. Upward Departure Considerations.—If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant
property damage resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K
(Departures). In a case involving an act of extreme violence (for example, retaliating against a
government witness by throwing acid in the witness’s face) or a particularly serious sex offense,
an upward departure would be warranted.
5. Subsection (b)(1)(B).—The inclusion of “property damage” under subsection (b)(1)(B) is de-
signed to address cases in which property damage is caused or threatened as a means of intimi-
dation or retaliation (e.g., to intimidate a witness from, or retaliate against a witness for, testi-
fying). Subsection (b)(1)(B) is not intended to apply, for example, where the offense consisted of
destroying a ledger containing an incriminating entry.
Background: This section addresses offenses involving the obstruction of justice generally prosecuted
under the above-referenced statutory provisions. Numerous offenses of varying seriousness may con-
stitute obstruction of justice: using threats or force to intimidate or influence a juror or federal officer;
obstructing a civil or administrative proceeding; stealing or altering court records; unlawfully inter-
cepting grand jury deliberations; obstructing a criminal investigation; obstructing a state or local in-
vestigation of illegal gambling; using intimidation or force to influence testimony, alter evidence, evade
legal process, or obstruct the communication of a judge or law enforcement officer; or causing a witness
bodily injury or property damage in retaliation for providing testimony, information or evidence in a
federal proceeding. The conduct that gives rise to the violation may, therefore, range from a mere
threat to an act of extreme violence.
The specific offense characteristics reflect the more serious forms of obstruction. Because the
conduct covered by this guideline is frequently part of an effort to avoid punishment for an offense that
the defendant has committed or to assist another person to escape punishment for an offense, a cross
reference to §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) is provided. Use of this cross reference will provide an
enhanced offense level when the obstruction is in respect to a particularly serious offense, whether
such offense was committed by the defendant or another person.
242 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2J1.3
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 172–174); November 1,
Historical 1991 (amendment 401); January 25, 2003 (amendment 647); November 1, 2003 (amendment 653); Octo-
Note ber 24, 2005 (amendment 676); November 1, 2006 (amendment 690); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701);
November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777).
§2J1.3. Perjury or Subornation of Perjury; Bribery of Witness
(a) Base Offense Level: 14
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical injury
to a person, or property damage, in order to suborn perjury, increase
by 8 levels.
(2) If the perjury, subornation of perjury, or witness bribery resulted in
substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase
by 3 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved perjury, subornation of perjury, or witness brib-
ery in respect to a criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Accessory After the
Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level
is greater than that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) In the case of counts of perjury or subornation of perjury arising from
testimony given, or to be given, in separate proceedings, do not group
the counts together under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(b)(3), (4), 1621–1623. For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “Substantial interference with the administration of justice” includes a premature or im-
proper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination
based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of
substantial governmental or court resources.
2. For offenses covered under this section, §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of
Justice) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the perjury
count.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 243
§2J1.4
3. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying
offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which he committed perjury, subornation of perjury, or
witness bribery), see the Commentary to §3C1.1, and to §3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related
Counts).
4. If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant property damage resulted, an upward de-
parture may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
5. “Separate proceedings,” as used in subsection (d)(1), includes different proceedings in the same
case or matter (e.g., a grand jury proceeding and a trial, or a trial and retrial), and proceedings
in separate cases or matters (e.g., separate trials of codefendants), but does not include multiple
grand jury proceedings in the same case.
Background: This section applies to perjury, subornation of perjury, and witness bribery, generally
prosecuted under the referenced statutes. The guidelines provide a higher penalty for perjury than the
pre-guidelines practice estimate of ten months imprisonment. The Commission believes that perjury
should be treated similarly to obstruction of justice. Therefore, the same considerations for enhancing
a sentence are applied in the specific offense characteristics, and an alternative reference to the guide-
line for accessory after the fact is made.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 175); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendments 401 and 402); November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2003 (amendment 653); No-
Note
vember 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777).
§2J1.4. Impersonation
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the impersonation was committed for the purpose of conducting an
unlawful arrest, detention, or search, increase by 6 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the impersonation was to facilitate another offense, apply the guide-
line for an attempt to commit that offense, if the resulting offense level
is greater than the offense level determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 912, 913.
Background: This section applies to impersonation of a federal officer, agent, or employee; and im-
personation to conduct an unlawful search or arrest.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 176).
Note
244 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2J1.6
§2J1.5. Failure to Appear by Material Witness
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 6, if in respect to a felony; or
(2) 4, if in respect to a misdemeanor.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administra-
tion of justice, increase by 3 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appen-
dix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “Substantial interference with the administration of justice” includes a premature or im-
proper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination
based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of
substantial governmental or court resources.
2. By statute, a term of imprisonment imposed for an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B) runs
consecutively to any other term of imprisonment imposed. 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(2).
Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a material witness. The base offense level
incorporates a distinction as to whether the failure to appear was in respect to a felony or misdemeanor
prosecution. The offense under 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B) is a misdemeanor for which the maximum
period of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 177); November 1, 1991
Note (amendment 401); November 1, 2009 (amendment 737).
§2J1.6. Failure to Appear by Defendant
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 11, if the offense constituted a failure to report for service of sentence;
or
(2) 6, otherwise.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 245
§2J1.6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1), and the
defendant—
(A) voluntarily surrendered within 96 hours of the time he was orig-
inally scheduled to report, decrease by 5 levels; or
(B) was ordered to report to a community corrections center, commu-
nity treatment center, “halfway house,” or similar facility, and
subdivision (A) above does not apply, decrease by 2 levels.
Provided, however, that this reduction shall not apply if the defend-
ant, while away from the facility, committed any federal, state, or lo-
cal offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more.
(2) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), and the
underlying offense is—
(A) punishable by death or imprisonment for a term of fifteen years
or more, increase by 9 levels; or
(B) punishable by a term of imprisonment of five years or more, but
less than fifteen years, increase by 6 levels; or
(C) a felony punishable by a term of imprisonment of less than five
years, increase by 3 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1).
Application Notes:
1. “Underlying offense” means the offense in respect to which the defendant failed to appear.
2. For offenses covered under this section, §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of
Justice) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the failure
to appear count.
3. In the case of a failure to appear for service of sentence, any term of imprisonment imposed on
the failure to appear count is to be imposed consecutively to any term of imprisonment imposed
for the underlying offense. See §5G1.3(a). The guideline range for the failure to appear count is
to be determined independently and the grouping rules of §§3D1.1–3D1.5 do not apply.
However, in the case of a conviction on both the underlying offense and the failure to appear,
other than a case of failure to appear for service of sentence, the failure to appear is treated under
§3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) as an obstruction of the under-
lying offense, and the failure to appear count and the count or counts for the underlying offense
246 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2J1.7
are grouped together under §3D1.2(c). (Note that 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(2) does not require a sen-
tence of imprisonment on a failure to appear count, although if a sentence of imprisonment on
the failure to appear count is imposed, the statute requires that the sentence be imposed to run
consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. Therefore, unlike a count in which the stat-
ute mandates both a minimum and a consecutive sentence of imprisonment, the grouping rules
of §§3D1.1–3D1.5 apply. See §3D1.1(b)(1), comment. (n.1), and §3D1.2, comment. (n.1).) The com-
bined sentence will then be constructed to provide a “total punishment” that satisfies the require-
ments both of §5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) and 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(2).
For example, if the combined applicable guideline range for both counts is 30–37 months and the
court determines that a “total punishment” of 36 months is appropriate, a sentence of 30 months
for the underlying offense plus a consecutive six months’ sentence for the failure to appear count
would satisfy these requirements. (Note that the combination of this instruction and increasing
the offense level for the obstructive, failure to appear conduct has the effect of ensuring an incre-
mental, consecutive punishment for the failure to appear count, as required by 18 U.S.C.
§ 3146(b)(2).)
4. If a defendant is convicted of both the underlying offense and the failure to appear count, and
the defendant committed additional acts of obstructive behavior (e.g., perjury) during the inves-
tigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the instant offense, an upward departure may be war-
ranted. The upward departure will ensure an enhanced sentence for obstructive conduct for
which no adjustment under §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) is
made because of the operation of the rules set out in Application Note 3.
5. In some cases, the defendant may be sentenced on the underlying offense (the offense in respect
to which the defendant failed to appear) before being sentenced on the failure to appear offense.
In such cases, criminal history points for the sentence imposed on the underlying offense are to
be counted in determining the guideline range on the failure to appear offense only where the
offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) (i.e., where the offense constituted a failure to
report for service of sentence).
Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a defendant who was released pending
trial, sentencing, appeal, or surrender for service of sentence. Where the base offense level is deter-
mined under subsection (a)(2), the offense level increases in relation to the statutory maximum of the
underlying offense.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 329); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 403); November 1, 1998 (amendment 579); November 1, 2001 (amendment 636); November 1,
Note
2005 (amendment 680); November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777).
§2J1.7. [Deleted]
Section 2J1.7 (Commission of Offense While on Release), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
Historical January 15, 1988 (amendment 32), November 1, 1989 (amendment 178), and November 1, 1991 (amend-
Note ment 431), was deleted from Chapter Two and replaced by §3C1.3 effective November 1, 2006 (amend-
ment 684).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 247
§2J1.9
§2J1.8. [Deleted]
Section 2J1.8 (Bribery of Witness), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (amend-
Historical
ment 33), November 1, 1989 (amendment 179), and November 1, 1991 (amendment 401), was deleted by
Note
consolidation with §2J1.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2J1.9. Payment to Witness
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the payment was made or offered for refusing to testify or for the
witness absenting himself to avoid testifying, increase by 4 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 201(c)(2), (3).
Application Notes:
1. For offenses covered under this section, §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of
Justice) does not apply unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the payment
to witness count.
2. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying
offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which the payment was made), see the Commentary to
§3C1.1, and to §3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).
Background: This section applies to witness gratuities in federal proceedings.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 180 and 181); November 1,
Note 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777).
248 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K1.3
PART K ― OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC SAFETY
1. EXPLOSIVES AND ARSON
§2K1.1. Failure to Report Theft of Explosive Materials; Improper Storage of Explosive
Materials
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 842(j), (k), 844(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Ap-
pendix A (Statutory Index).
Background: The above-referenced provisions are misdemeanors. The maximum term of imprison-
ment authorized by statute is one year.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 404); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 481).
§2K1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2K1.2 (Improper Storage of Explosive Materials), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective
Historical
November 1, 1991 (amendment 404), was deleted by consolidation with §2K1.1 effective November 1, 1993
Note
(amendment 481).
§2K1.3. Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Explosive Materials;
Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
(1) 24, if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subse-
quent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of
violence or a controlled substance offense;
(2) 20, if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subse-
quent to sustaining one felony conviction of either a crime of violence
or a controlled substance offense;
(3) 18, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 842(p)(2);
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 249
§2K1.3
(4) 16, if the defendant (A) was a prohibited person at the time the de-
fendant committed the instant offense; or (B) knowingly distributed
explosive materials to a prohibited person; or
(5) 12, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved twenty-five pounds or more of explosive mate-
rials, increase as follows:
WEIGHT OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) At least 25 but less than 100 lbs. add 1
(B) At least 100 but less than 250 lbs. add 2
(C) At least 250 but less than 500 lbs. add 3
(D) At least 500 but less than 1000 lbs. add 4
(E) 1000 lbs. or more add 5.
(2) If the offense involved any explosive material that the defendant
knew or had reason to believe was stolen, increase by 2 levels.
Provided, that the cumulative offense level determined above shall not ex-
ceed level 29.
(3) If the defendant (A) was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 842(p)(2); or
(B) used or possessed any explosive material in connection with an-
other felony offense; or possessed or transferred any explosive mate-
rial with knowledge, intent, or reason to believe that it would be used
or possessed in connection with another felony offense, increase by
4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to
level 18.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant (A) was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 842(p)(2); or
(B) used or possessed any explosive material in connection with the
commission or attempted commission of another offense, or possessed
or transferred any explosive material with knowledge or intent that
it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense, ap-
ply—
(A) §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that
other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that
determined above; or
250 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K1.3
(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting of-
fense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 842(a)–(e), (h), (i), (l)–(o), (p)(2), 844(d), (g), 1716, 2283; 26 U.S.C.
§ 5685.
Application Notes:
1. “Explosive material(s)” include explosives, blasting agents, and detonators. See 18 U.S.C.
§ 841(c). “Explosives” is defined at 18 U.S.C. § 844(j). A destructive device, defined in the Com-
mentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions), may contain explosive materials. Where the con-
duct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted establishes that the offense in-
volved a destructive device, apply §2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of
Firearms or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition) if the
resulting offense level is greater.
2. For purposes of this guideline:
“Controlled substance offense” has the meaning given that term in §4B1.2(b) and Application
Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
“Crime of violence” has the meaning given that term in §4B1.2(a) and Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §4B1.2.
“Felony conviction” means a prior adult federal or state conviction for an offense punishable by
death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, regardless of whether such offense is spe-
cifically designated as a felony and regardless of the actual sentence imposed. A conviction for
an offense committed at age eighteen years or older is an adult conviction. A conviction for an
offense committed prior to age eighteen years is an adult conviction if it is classified as an adult
conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the defendant was convicted (e.g., a federal
conviction for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is an adult con-
viction if the defendant was expressly proceeded against as an adult).
3. For purposes of subsection (a)(4), “prohibited person” means any person described in 18 U.S.C.
§ 842(i).
4. “Felony offense,” as used in subsection (b)(3), means any offense (federal, state, or local) pun-
ishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, whether or not a criminal charge was
brought, or conviction obtained.
5. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1), include only
the weight of the actual explosive material and the weight of packaging material that is neces-
sary for the use or detonation of the explosives. Exclude the weight of any other shipping or
packaging materials. For example, the paper and fuse on a stick of dynamite would be included;
the box that the dynamite was shipped in would not be included.
6. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1), count only
those explosive materials that were unlawfully sought to be obtained, unlawfully possessed, or
unlawfully distributed, including any explosive material that a defendant attempted to obtain
by making a false statement.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 251
§2K1.4
7. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 842(h) (offense involving stolen explosive materi-
als), and is convicted of no other offenses subject to this guideline, do not apply the adjustment
in subsection (b)(2) because the base offense level itself takes such conduct into account.
8. Under subsection (c)(1), the offense level for the underlying offense (which may be a federal,
state, or local offense) is to be determined under §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) or,
if death results, under the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Hom-
icide).
9. For purposes of applying subsection (a)(1) or (2), use only those felony convictions that receive
criminal history points under §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). In addition, for purposes of applying subsec-
tion (a)(1), use only those felony convictions that are counted separately under §4A1.1(a), (b),
or (c). See §4A1.2(a)(2).
Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1),
(a)(2), or (a)(4) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to
Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
10. An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following circumstances: (A) the quantity
of explosive materials significantly exceeded 1000 pounds; (B) the explosive materials were of a
nature more volatile or dangerous than dynamite or conventional powder explosives (e.g., plastic
explosives); (C) the defendant knowingly distributed explosive materials to a person under
twenty-one years of age; or (D) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to
multiple individuals.
11. As used in subsections (b)(3) and (c)(1), “another felony offense” and “another offense” refer
to offenses other than explosives or firearms possession or trafficking offenses. However, where
the defendant used or possessed a firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives
offense (e.g., the defendant used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful
shipment of explosives), an upward departure under §5K2.6 (Weapons and Dangerous Instru-
mentalities) may be warranted.
In addition, for purposes of subsection (c)(1)(A), “that other offense” means, with respect to an
offense under 18 U.S.C. § 842(p)(2), the underlying Federal crime of violence.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 183); November 1, 1991
(amendment 373); November 1, 1992 (amendment 471); November 1, 1993 (amendment 478); November 1,
Historical
1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 1997 (amendment 568); November 1, 1998 (amendment 586); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2001 (amendments 629 and 630); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2003 (amend-
ment 655); November 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2010 (amendments 746 and 747).
§2K1.4. Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
(1) 24, if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bod-
ily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense, and
that risk was created knowingly; or (B) involved the destruction or
attempted destruction of a dwelling, an airport, an aircraft, a mass
252 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K1.4
transportation facility, a mass transportation vehicle, a maritime fa-
cility, a vessel, or a vessel’s cargo, a public transportation system, a
state or government facility, an infrastructure facility, or a place of
public use;
(2) 20, if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bod-
ily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense; (B) in-
volved the destruction or attempted destruction of a structure other
than (i) a dwelling, or (ii) an airport, an aircraft, a mass transporta-
tion facility, a mass transportation vehicle, a maritime facility, a ves-
sel, or a vessel’s cargo, a public transportation system, a state or gov-
ernment facility, an infrastructure facility, or a place of public use; or
(C) endangered (i) a dwelling, (ii) a structure other than a dwelling,
or (iii) an airport, an aircraft, a mass transportation facility, a mass
transportation vehicle, a maritime facility, a vessel, or a vessel’s
cargo, a public transportation system, a state or government facility,
an infrastructure facility, or a place of public use;
(3) 16, if the offense involved the destruction of or tampering with aids to
maritime navigation; or
(4) 2 plus the offense level from §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and
Fraud).
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense was committed to conceal another offense, increase by
2 levels.
(2) If the base offense level is not determined under subsection (a)(4), and
the offense occurred on a national cemetery, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If death resulted, or the offense was intended to cause death or serious
bodily injury, apply the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two,
Part A (Offenses Against the Person) if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 32(a), (b), 33, 81, 844(f), (h) (only in the case of an offense com-
mitted prior to November 18, 1988), (i), 1855, 1992(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), 2275, 2282A, 2282B, 2291,
2332a, 2332f; 49 U.S.C. § 60123(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory
Index).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 253
§2K1.5
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Aids to maritime navigation” means any device external to a vessel intended to assist the
navigator to determine position or save course, or to warn of dangers or obstructions to naviga-
tion.
“Explosives” includes any explosive, explosive material, or destructive device.
“Maritime facility” means any structure or facility of any kind located in, on, under, or adjacent
to any waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and used, operated, or maintained
by a public or private entity, including any contiguous or adjoining property under common own-
ership or operation.
“National cemetery” means a cemetery (A) established under section 2400 of title 38, United
States Code; or (B) under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army, the Secretary of the Navy,
the Secretary of the Air Force, or the Secretary of the Interior.
“Mass transportation” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1992(d)(7).
“State or government facility”, “infrastructure facility”, “place of public use”, and “public
transportation system” have the meaning given those terms in 18 U.S.C. § 2332f(e)(3), (5), (6),
and (7), respectively.
“Vessel” includes every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable
of being used, as a means of transportation on water.
2. Risk of Death or Serious Bodily Injury.—Creating a substantial risk of death or serious
bodily injury includes creating that risk to fire fighters and other emergency and law enforcement
personnel who respond to or investigate an offense.
3. Upward Departure Provision.—If bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be war-
ranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
Background: Subsection (b)(2) implements the directive to the Commission in section 2 of Public
Law 105–101.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 182, 184, and 185); Novem-
ber 1, 1990 (amendment 330); November 1, 1991 (amendment 404); November 1, 1998 (amendment 576);
Historical
November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2003 (amend-
Note
ment 655); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699 and 700); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781); November 1,
2024 (amendment 831).
§2K1.5. Possessing Dangerous Weapons or Materials While Boarding or Aboard an
Aircraft
(a) Base Offense Level: 9
254 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K1.6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
If more than one applies, use the greatest:
(1) If the offense was committed willfully and without regard for the
safety of human life, or with reckless disregard for the safety of hu-
man life, increase by 15 levels.
(2) If the defendant was prohibited by another federal law from pos-
sessing the weapon or material, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If the defendant’s possession of the weapon or material would have
been lawful but for 49 U.S.C. § 46505 and he acted with mere negli-
gence, decrease by 3 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant used or possessed the weapon or material in commit-
ting or attempting another offense, apply the guideline for such other
offense, or §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy), as appropri-
ate, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined
above.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 49 U.S.C. § 46505 (formerly 49 U.S.C. § 1472(l)).
Background: This guideline provides an enhancement where the defendant was a person prohibited
by federal law from possession of the weapon or material. A decrease is provided in a case of mere
negligence where the defendant was otherwise authorized to possess the weapon or material.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 182, 186, 187, and 303);
Historical
November 1, 1991 (amendment 404); November 1, 1992 (amendment 443); November 1, 1995 (amend-
Note
ment 534); November 1, 1997 (amendment 560).
§2K1.6. Licensee Recordkeeping Violations Involving Explosive Materials
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive
explosive materials offense, apply §2K1.3 (Unlawful Receipt, Posses-
sion, or Transportation of Explosives Materials; Prohibited Transac-
tions Involving Explosive Materials).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 255
§2K2.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 842(f), (g).
Background: The above-referenced provisions are recordkeeping offenses applicable only to “licen-
sees,” who are defined at 18 U.S.C. § 841(m).
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 373). A former §2K1.6 (Shipping, Transporting, or Receiving Ex-
Historical plosives with Felonious Intent or Knowledge; Using or Carrying Explosives in Certain Crimes), effective
Note November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 303) and November 1, 1990 (amend-
ment 331), was deleted by consolidation with §2K1.3 effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 373).
§2K1.7. [Deleted]
Section 2K1.7 (Use of Fire or Explosives to Commit a Federal Felony), effective November 1, 1989 (amend-
Historical
ment 188), amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 332), was deleted by consolidation with §2K2.4
Note
effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
* * * * *
2. FIREARMS
§2K2.1. Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition;
Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
(1) 26, if (A) the offense involved a (i) semiautomatic firearm that is ca-
pable of accepting a large capacity magazine; or (ii) firearm that is
described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a); and (B) the defendant committed any
part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining at least two felony
convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance of-
fense;
(2) 24, if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subse-
quent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of
violence or a controlled substance offense;
(3) 22, if (A) the offense involved a (i) semiautomatic firearm that is ca-
pable of accepting a large capacity magazine; or (ii) firearm that is
described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a); and (B) the defendant committed any
part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining one felony convic-
tion of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense;
256 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.1
(4) 20, if—
(A) the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subse-
quent to sustaining one felony conviction of either a crime of vio-
lence or a controlled substance offense; or
(B) the (i) offense involved a (I) semiautomatic firearm that is capa-
ble of accepting a large capacity magazine; or (II) firearm that is
described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a); and (ii) defendant (I) was a pro-
hibited person at the time the defendant committed the instant
offense; (II) is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 922(d), § 932, or § 933;
or (III) is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 922(a)(6) or § 924(a)(1)(A)
and committed the offense with knowledge, intent, or reason to
believe that the offense would result in the transfer of a firearm
or ammunition to a prohibited person;
(5) 18, if the offense involved a firearm described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a);
(6) 14, if the defendant (A) was a prohibited person at the time the de-
fendant committed the instant offense; (B) is convicted under
18 U.S.C. § 922(d), § 932, or § 933; or (C) is convicted under 18 U.S.C.
§ 922(a)(6) or § 924(a)(1)(A) and committed the offense with
knowledge, intent, or reason to believe that the offense would result
in the transfer of a firearm or ammunition to a prohibited person;
(7) 12, except as provided below; or
(8) 6, if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 922(c), (e), (f), (m),
(s), (t), or (x)(1), or 18 U.S.C. § 1715.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense involved three or more firearms, increase as follows:
NUMBER OF FIREARMS INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) 3–7 add 2
(B) 8–24 add 4
(C) 25–99 add 6
(D) 100–199 add 8
(E) 200 or more add 10.
(2) If the defendant, other than a defendant subject to subsection (a)(1),
(a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), or (a)(5), possessed all ammunition and firearms
solely for lawful sporting purposes or collection, and did not unlaw-
fully discharge or otherwise unlawfully use such firearms or ammu-
nition, decrease the offense level determined above to level 6.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 257
§2K2.1
(3) If the offense involved—
(A) a destructive device that is a portable rocket, a missile, or a de-
vice for use in launching a portable rocket or a missile, increase
by 15 levels; or
(B) a destructive device other than a destructive device referred to in
subdivision (A), increase by 2 levels.
(4) If (A) any firearm was stolen, increase by 2 levels; or (B)(i) any firearm
had a serial number that was modified such that the original infor-
mation is rendered illegible or unrecognizable to the unaided eye; or
(ii) the defendant knew that any firearm involved in the offense was
not otherwise marked with a serial number (other than a firearm
manufactured prior to the effective date of the Gun Control Act of
1968) or was willfully blind to or consciously avoided knowledge of
such fact, increase by 4 levels.
The cumulative offense level determined from the application of subsec-
tions (b)(1) through (b)(4) may not exceed level 29, except if subsec-
tion (b)(3)(A) applies.
(5) (Apply the Greatest) If the defendant—
(A) was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 933(a)(2) or (a)(3), increase by
2 levels;
(B) (i) transported, transferred, sold, or otherwise disposed of, or pur-
chased or received with intent to transport, transfer, sell, or oth-
erwise dispose of, a firearm or any ammunition knowing or hav-
ing reason to believe that such conduct would result in the receipt
of the firearm or ammunition by an individual who (I) was a pro-
hibited person; or (II) intended to use or dispose of the firearm or
ammunition unlawfully; (ii) attempted or conspired to commit
the conduct described in clause (i); or (iii) received a firearm or
any ammunition as a result of inducing the conduct described in
clause (i), increase by 2 levels; or
(C) (i) transported, transferred, sold, or otherwise disposed of, or pur-
chased or received with intent to transport, transfer, sell, or oth-
erwise dispose of, two or more firearms knowing or having reason
to believe that such conduct would result in the receipt of the
firearms by an individual who (I) had a prior conviction for a
crime of violence, controlled substance offense, or misdemeanor
crime of domestic violence; (II) was under a criminal justice sen-
tence at the time of the offense; or (III) intended to use or dispose
258 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.1
of the firearms unlawfully; (ii) attempted or conspired to commit
the conduct described in clause (i); or (iii) received two or more
firearms as a result of inducing the conduct described in
clause (i), increase by 5 levels.
Provided, however, that subsection (b)(5)(C)(i)(I) shall not apply based
upon the receipt or intended receipt of the firearms by an individual
with a prior conviction for a misdemeanor crime of domestic violence
against a person in a dating relationship if, at the time of the instant
offense, such individual met the criteria set forth in the proviso of
18 U.S.C. § 921(a)(33)(C).
(6) If the defendant—
(A) possessed any firearm or ammunition while leaving or attempt-
ing to leave the United States, or possessed or transferred any
firearm or ammunition with knowledge, intent, or reason to be-
lieve that it would be transported out of the United States; or
(B) used or possessed any firearm or ammunition in connection with
another felony offense; or possessed or transferred any firearm
or ammunition with knowledge, intent, or reason to believe that
it would be used or possessed in connection with another felony
offense,
increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18,
increase to level 18.
(7) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive
offense involving firearms or ammunition, increase to the offense level
for the substantive offense.
(8) If the defendant—
(A) receives an enhancement under subsection (b)(5); and
(B) committed the offense in connection with the defendant’s partic-
ipation in a group, club, organization, or association of five or
more persons, knowing or acting with willful blindness or con-
scious avoidance of knowledge that the group, club, organization,
or association had as one of its primary purposes the commission
of criminal offenses;
increase by 2 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 259
§2K2.1
(9) If the defendant—
(A) receives an enhancement under subsection (b)(5);
(B) does not have more than 1 criminal history point, as determined
under §4A1.1 (Criminal History Category) and §4A1.2 (Defini-
tions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History), read to-
gether, before application of subsection (b) of §4A1.3 (Departures
Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category); and
(C) (i) was motivated by an intimate or familial relationship or by
threats or fear to commit the offense and was otherwise unlikely
to commit such an offense; or (ii) was unusually vulnerable to
being persuaded or induced to commit the offense due to a phys-
ical or mental condition;
decrease by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or ammunition cited
in the offense of conviction in connection with the commission or at-
tempted commission of another offense, or possessed or transferred a
firearm or ammunition cited in the offense of conviction with
knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection
with another offense, apply—
(A) §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that
other offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that
determined above; or
(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting of-
fense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 922(a)–(p), (r)–(w), (x)(1), 924(a), (b), (e)–(i), (k)–(o), 932, 933,
1715, 2332g; 26 U.S.C. § 5861(a)–(l). For additional statutory provisions, see Appendix A (Statutory
Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Ammunition” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 921(a)(17)(A).
“Controlled substance offense” has the meaning given that term in §4B1.2(b) and Application
Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
260 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.1
“Crime of violence” has the meaning given that term in §4B1.2(a) and Application Note 1 of the
Commentary to §4B1.2.
“Destructive device” has the meaning given that term in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(f).
“Felony conviction” means a prior adult federal or state conviction for an offense punishable by
death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, regardless of whether such offense is spe-
cifically designated as a felony and regardless of the actual sentence imposed. A conviction for
an offense committed at age eighteen years or older is an adult conviction. A conviction for an
offense committed prior to age eighteen years is an adult conviction if it is classified as an adult
conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the defendant was convicted (e.g., a federal
conviction for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is an adult con-
viction if the defendant was expressly proceeded against as an adult).
“Firearm” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 921(a)(3).
2. Semiautomatic Firearm That Is Capable of Accepting a Large Capacity Magazine.—
For purposes of subsections (a)(1), (a)(3), and (a)(4), a “semiautomatic firearm that is capable
of accepting a large capacity magazine” means a semiautomatic firearm that has the ability
to fire many rounds without reloading because at the time of the offense (A) the firearm had
attached to it a magazine or similar device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition;
or (B) a magazine or similar device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition was in
close proximity to the firearm. This definition does not include a semiautomatic firearm with an
attached tubular device capable of operating only with .22 caliber rim fire ammunition.
3. Definition of “Prohibited Person”.—For purposes of subsections (a)(4)(B), (a)(6), and (b)(5),
“prohibited person” means any person described in 18 U.S.C. § 922(g) or § 922(n).
4. Application of Subsection (a)(7).—Subsection (a)(7) includes the interstate transportation or
interstate distribution of firearms, which is frequently committed in violation of state, local, or
other federal law restricting the possession of firearms, or for some other underlying unlawful
purpose. In the unusual case in which it is established that neither avoidance of state, local, or
other federal firearms law, nor any other underlying unlawful purpose was involved, a reduction
in the base offense level to no lower than level 6 may be warranted to reflect the less serious
nature of the violation.
5. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—For purposes of calculating the number of firearms under
subsection (b)(1), count only those firearms that were unlawfully sought to be obtained, unlaw-
fully possessed, or unlawfully distributed, including any firearm that a defendant obtained or
attempted to obtain by making a false statement to a licensed dealer.
6. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Under subsection (b)(2), “lawful sporting purposes or col-
lection” as determined by the surrounding circumstances, provides for a reduction to an offense
level of 6. Relevant surrounding circumstances include the number and type of firearms, the
amount and type of ammunition, the location and circumstances of possession and actual use,
the nature of the defendant’s criminal history (e.g., prior convictions for offenses involving fire-
arms), and the extent to which possession was restricted by local law. Note that where the base
offense level is determined under subsections (a)(1)–(a)(5), subsection (b)(2) is not applicable.
7. Destructive Devices.—A defendant whose offense involves a destructive device receives both
the base offense level from the subsection applicable to a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 261
§2K2.1
(e.g., subsection (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(5)), and the applicable enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(3). Such devices pose a considerably greater risk to the public welfare than other National
Firearms Act weapons.
Offenses involving such devices cover a wide range of offense conduct and involve different de-
grees of risk to the public welfare depending on the type of destructive device involved and the
location or manner in which that destructive device was possessed or transported. For example,
a pipe bomb in a populated train station creates a substantially greater risk to the public welfare,
and a substantially greater risk of death or serious bodily injury, than an incendiary device in
an isolated area. In a case in which the cumulative result of the increased base offense level and
the enhancement under subsection (b)(3) does not adequately capture the seriousness of the of-
fense because of the type of destructive device involved, the risk to the public welfare, or the risk
of death or serious bodily injury that the destructive device created, an upward departure may
be warranted. See also §§5K2.1 (Death), 5K2.2 (Physical Injury), and 5K2.14 (Public Welfare).
8. Application of Subsection (b)(4).—
(A) Interaction with Subsection (a)(7).—If the only offense to which §2K2.1 applies is
18 U.S.C. § 922(i), (j), or (u), or 18 U.S.C. § 924(l) or (m) (offenses involving a stolen firearm
or stolen ammunition) and the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(7), do
not apply the enhancement in subsection (b)(4)(A). This is because the base offense level
takes into account that the firearm or ammunition was stolen. However, if the offense in-
volved a firearm with a serial number that was modified such that the original information
is rendered illegible or unrecognizable to the unaided eye, or if the defendant knew that
any firearm involved in the offense was not otherwise marked with a serial number (other
than a firearm manufactured prior to the effective date of the Gun Control Act of 1968) or
was willfully blind to or consciously avoided knowledge of such fact, apply subsec-
tion (b)(4)(B)(i) or (ii).
Similarly, if the offense to which §2K2.1 applies is 18 U.S.C. § 922(k) or 26 U.S.C. § 5861(g)
or (h) (offenses involving an altered or obliterated serial number) and the base offense level
is determined under subsection (a)(7), do not apply the enhancement in subsec-
tion (b)(4)(B)(i). However, if the offense involved a stolen firearm or stolen ammunition, or
if the defendant knew that any firearm involved in the offense was not otherwise marked
with a serial number (other than a firearm manufactured prior to the effective date of the
Gun Control Act of 1968) or was willfully blind to or consciously avoided knowledge of such
fact, apply subsection (b)(4)(A) or (B)(ii).
(B) Defendant’s State of Mind.—Subsection (b)(4)(A) or (B)(i) applies regardless of whether
the defendant knew or had reason to believe that the firearm was stolen or had a serial
number that was modified such that the original information is rendered illegible or unrec-
ognizable to the unaided eye. However, subsection (b)(4)(B)(ii) only applies if the defendant
knew that any firearm involved in the offense was not otherwise marked with a serial num-
ber (other than a firearm manufactured prior to the effective date of the Gun Control Act
of 1968) or was willfully blind to or consciously avoided knowledge of such fact.
9. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—Under subsection (b)(7), if a record-keeping offense was
committed to conceal a substantive firearms or ammunition offense, the offense level is increased
to the offense level for the substantive firearms or ammunition offense (e.g., if the defendant
falsifies a record to conceal the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person, the offense level is in-
creased to the offense level applicable to the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person).
10. Prior Felony Convictions.—For purposes of applying subsection (a)(1), (2), (3), or (4)(A), use
only those felony convictions that receive criminal history points under §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). In
262 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.1
addition, for purposes of applying subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), use only those felony convictions
that are counted separately under §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). See §4A1.2(a)(2).
Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1),
(a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4)(A), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(6) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal
history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
11. Upward Departure Provisions.—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the fol-
lowing circumstances: (A) the number of firearms substantially exceeded 200; (B) the offense
involved multiple National Firearms Act weapons (e.g., machineguns, destructive devices), mili-
tary type assault rifles, non-detectable (“plastic”) firearms (defined at 18 U.S.C. § 922(p)); (C) the
offense involved large quantities of armor-piercing ammunition (defined at 18 U.S.C.
§ 921(a)(17)(B)); or (D) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to multiple
individuals (see Application Note 7).
12. Armed Career Criminal.—A defendant who is subject to an enhanced sentence under the pro-
visions of 18 U.S.C. § 924(e) is an Armed Career Criminal. See §4B1.4.
13. Application of Subsection (b)(5).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of this subsection:
“Crime of violence” and “controlled substance offense” have the meaning given those
terms in §4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
“Misdemeanor crime of domestic violence” has the meaning given that term in
18 U.S.C. § 921(a)(33)(A).
The term “criminal justice sentence” includes probation, parole, supervised release, im-
prisonment, work release, or escape status.
The term “defendant,” consistent with §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), limits the accountabil-
ity of the defendant to the defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided
or abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused.
(B) Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant transported, transferred, sold, or oth-
erwise disposed of, or purchased or received with intent to transport, transfer, sell, or oth-
erwise dispose of, substantially more than 25 firearms, an upward departure may be war-
ranted.
(C) Interaction with Other Subsections.—In a case in which three or more firearms were
both possessed and trafficked, apply both subsections (b)(1) and (b)(5). If the defendant used
or transferred one of such firearms in connection with another felony offense (i.e., an offense
other than a firearms possession or trafficking offense) an enhancement under subsec-
tion (b)(6)(B) also would apply.
14. Application of Subsections (b)(6)(B) and (c)(1).—
(A) In General.—Subsections (b)(6)(B) and (c)(1) apply if the firearm or ammunition facili-
tated, or had the potential of facilitating, another felony offense or another offense, respec-
tively. However, subsection (c)(1) contains the additional requirement that the firearm or
ammunition be cited in the offense of conviction.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 263
§2K2.1
(B) Application When Other Offense is Burglary or Drug Offense.—Subsec-
tions (b)(6)(B) and (c)(1) apply (i) in a case in which a defendant who, during the course of
a burglary, finds and takes a firearm, even if the defendant did not engage in any other
conduct with that firearm during the course of the burglary; and (ii) in the case of a drug
trafficking offense in which a firearm is found in close proximity to drugs, drug-manufac-
turing materials, or drug paraphernalia. In these cases, application of subsections (b)(6)(B)
and, if the firearm was cited in the offense of conviction, (c)(1) is warranted because the
presence of the firearm has the potential of facilitating another felony offense or another
offense, respectively.
(C) Definitions.—
“Another felony offense”, for purposes of subsection (b)(6)(B), means any federal, state, or
local offense, other than the explosive or firearms possession or trafficking offense, punish-
able by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, regardless of whether a criminal
charge was brought, or a conviction obtained.
“Another offense”, for purposes of subsection (c)(1), means any federal, state, or local of-
fense, other than the explosive or firearms possession or trafficking offense, regardless of
whether a criminal charge was brought, or a conviction obtained.
(D) Upward Departure Provision.—In a case in which the defendant used or possessed a
firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives offense (e.g., the defendant
used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful shipment of explosives),
an upward departure under §5K2.6 (Weapons and Dangerous Instrumentalities) may be
warranted.
(E) Relationship Between the Instant Offense and the Other Offense.—In determining
whether subsections (b)(6)(B) and (c)(1) apply, the court must consider the relationship be-
tween the instant offense and the other offense, consistent with relevant conduct principles.
See §1B1.3(a)(1)–(4) and accompanying commentary.
In determining whether subsection (c)(1) applies, the court must also consider whether the
firearm used in the other offense was a firearm cited in the offense of conviction.
For example:
(i) Firearm Cited in the Offense of Conviction. Defendant A’s offense of conviction
is for unlawfully possessing a shotgun on October 15. The court determines that, on
the preceding February 10, Defendant A used the shotgun in connection with a rob-
bery. Ordinarily, under these circumstances, subsection (b)(6)(B) applies, and the
cross reference in subsection (c)(1) also applies if it results in a greater offense level.
Ordinarily, the unlawful possession of the shotgun on February 10 will be “part of the
same course of conduct or common scheme or plan” as the unlawful possession of the
same shotgun on October 15. See §1B1.3(a)(2) and accompanying commentary (includ-
ing, in particular, the factors discussed in Application Note 5(B) to §1B1.3). The use
of the shotgun “in connection with” the robbery is relevant conduct because it is a
factor specified in subsections (b)(6)(B) and (c)(1). See §1B1.3(a)(4) (“any other infor-
mation specified in the applicable guideline”).
(ii) Firearm Not Cited in the Offense of Conviction. Defendant B’s offense of convic-
tion is for unlawfully possessing a shotgun on October 15. The court determines that,
264 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.3
on the preceding February 10, Defendant B unlawfully possessed a handgun (not cited
in the offense of conviction) and used the handgun in connection with a robbery.
Subsection (b)(6)(B). In determining whether subsection (b)(6)(B) applies, the
threshold question for the court is whether the two unlawful possession offenses (the
shotgun on October 15 and the handgun on February 10) were “part of the same course
of conduct or common scheme or plan”. See §1B1.3(a)(2) and accompanying commen-
tary (including, in particular, the factors discussed in Application Note 5(B) to
§1B1.3).
If they were, then the handgun possession offense is relevant conduct to the shotgun
possession offense, and the use of the handgun “in connection with” the robbery is
relevant conduct because it is a factor specified in subsection (b)(6)(B).
See §1B1.3(a)(4) (“any other information specified in the applicable guideline”). Ac-
cordingly, subsection (b)(6)(B) applies.
On the other hand, if the court determines that the two unlawful possession offenses
were not “part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan,” then the
handgun possession offense is not relevant conduct to the shotgun possession offense
and subsection (b)(6)(B) does not apply.
Subsection (c)(1). Under these circumstances, the cross reference in subsection (c)(1)
does not apply, because the handgun was not cited in the offense of conviction.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 189); November 1, 1990
(amendment 333); November 1, 1991 (amendment 374); November 1, 1992 (amendment 471); November 1,
1993 (amendment 478); November 1, 1995 (amendment 522); November 1, 1997 (amendments 568 and 575);
November 1, 1998 (amendments 578 and 586); November 1, 2000 (amendment 605); November 1, 2001
Historical
(amendments 629–631); November 1, 2004 (amendment 669); November 1, 2005 (amendments 679 and 680);
Note
November 1, 2006 (amendments 686, 691, and 696); November 1, 2007 (amendment 707); November 1, 2010
(amendment 746); November 1, 2011 (amendment 753); November 1, 2014 (amendment 784); November 1,
2015 (amendments 790 and 797); November 1, 2016 (amendment 804); November 1, 2023 (amendment 819);
November 1, 2024 (amendment 828).
§2K2.2. [Deleted]
Section 2K2.2 (Unlawful Trafficking and Other Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms), effective No-
Historical vember 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 34), November 1, 1989 (amendment 189),
Note and November 1, 1990 (amendment 333), was deleted by consolidation with §2K2.1 effective November 1,
1991 (amendment 374).
§2K2.3. [Deleted]
Section 2K2.3 (Receiving, Transporting, Shipping or Transferring a Firearm or Ammunition With Intent to
Commit Another Offense, or With Knowledge that It Will Be Used in Committing Another Offense), effective
Historical November 1, 1989 (amendment 189), was deleted by consolidation with §2K2.1 effective November 1, 1991
Note (amendment 374). A former §2K2.3 (Prohibited Transactions in or Shipment of Firearms and Other Weap-
ons), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with §2K2.2 effective November 1, 1989
(amendment 189).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 265
§2K2.4
§2K2.4. Use of Firearm, Armor-Piercing Ammunition, or Explosive During or in Relation
to Certain Crimes
(a) If the defendant, whether or not convicted of another crime, was convicted
of violating section 844(h) of title 18, United States Code, the guideline
sentence is the term of imprisonment required by statute. Chapters Three
(Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall
not apply to that count of conviction.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (c), if the defendant, whether or not con-
victed of another crime, was convicted of violating section 924(c) or sec-
tion 929(a) of title 18, United States Code, the guideline sentence is the
minimum term of imprisonment required by statute. Chapters Three and
Four shall not apply to that count of conviction.
(c) If the defendant (1) was convicted of violating section 924(c) or sec-
tion 929(a) of title 18, United States Code; and (2) as a result of that con-
viction (alone or in addition to another offense of conviction), is determined
to be a career offender under §4B1.1 (Career Offender), the guideline sen-
tence shall be determined under §4B1.1(c). Except for §§3E1.1 (Acceptance
of Responsibility), 4B1.1, and 4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Sec-
tion 4B1.1), Chapters Three and Four shall not apply to that count of con-
viction.
(d) Special Instructions for Fines
(1) Where there is a federal conviction for the underlying offense, the fine
guideline shall be the fine guideline that would have been applicable
had there only been a conviction for the underlying offense. This
guideline shall be used as a consolidated fine guideline for both the
underlying offense and the conviction underlying this section.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 844(h), (o), 924(c), 929(a).
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (a).—Section 844(h) of title 18, United States Code, provides a man-
datory term of imprisonment of 10 years (or 20 years for the second or subsequent offense). Ac-
cordingly, the guideline sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h) is the term
required by that statute. Section 844(h) of title 18, United States Code, also requires a term of
imprisonment imposed under this section to run consecutively to any other term of imprison-
ment.
266 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.4
2. Application of Subsection (b).—
(A) In General.—Sections 924(c) and 929(a) of title 18, United States Code, provide mandatory
minimum terms of imprisonment (e.g., not less than five years). Except as provided in sub-
section (c), in a case in which the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a),
the guideline sentence is the minimum term required by the relevant statute. Each of
18 U.S.C. §§ 924(c) and 929(a) also requires that a term of imprisonment imposed under
that section shall run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.
(B) Upward Departure Provision.—In a case in which the guideline sentence is determined
under subsection (b), a sentence above the minimum term required by 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or
§ 929(a) is an upward departure from the guideline sentence. A departure may be war-
ranted, for example, to reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history in a case
in which the defendant is convicted of an 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a) offense but is not
determined to be a career offender under §4B1.1.
3. Application of Subsection (c).—In a case in which the defendant (A) was convicted of violating
18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or 18 U.S.C. § 929(a); and (B) as a result of that conviction (alone or in addition
to another offense of conviction), is determined to be a career offender under §4B1.1 (Career
Offender), the guideline sentence shall be determined under §4B1.1(c). In a case involving mul-
tiple counts, the sentence shall be imposed according to the rules in subsection (e) of §5G1.2
(Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction)
4. Non-Applicability of Certain Enhancements.—
(A) In General.—If a sentence under this guideline is imposed in conjunction with a sentence
for an underlying offense, do not apply any specific offense characteristic for possession,
brandishing, use, or discharge of an explosive or firearm when determining the sentence
for the underlying offense. A sentence under this guideline accounts for any explosive or
weapon enhancement for the underlying offense of conviction, including any such enhance-
ment that would apply based on conduct for which the defendant is accountable under
§1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). Do not apply any weapon enhancement in the guideline for the
underlying offense, for example, if (A) a co-defendant, as part of the jointly undertaken
criminal activity, possessed a firearm different from the one for which the defendant was
convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c); or (B) in an ongoing drug trafficking offense, the defend-
ant possessed a firearm other than the one for which the defendant was convicted under
18 U.S.C. § 924(c). However, if a defendant is convicted of two armed bank robberies, but is
convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) in connection with only one of the robberies, a weapon
enhancement would apply to the bank robbery which was not the basis for the 18 U.S.C.
§ 924(c) conviction.
A sentence under this guideline also accounts for conduct that would subject the defendant
to an enhancement under §2D1.1(b)(2) (pertaining to use of violence, credible threat to use
violence, or directing the use of violence). Do not apply that enhancement when determining
the sentence for the underlying offense.
If the explosive or weapon that was possessed, brandished, used, or discharged in the course
of the underlying offense also results in a conviction that would subject the defendant to an
enhancement under §2K1.3(b)(3) (pertaining to possession of explosive material in connec-
tion with another felony offense) or §2K2.1(b)(6)(B) (pertaining to possession of any firearm
or ammunition in connection with another felony offense), do not apply that enhancement.
A sentence under this guideline accounts for the conduct covered by these enhancements
because of the relatedness of that conduct to the conduct that forms the basis for the con-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 267
§2K2.4
viction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c) or § 929(a). For example, if in addition to a con-
viction for an underlying offense of armed bank robbery, the defendant was convicted of
being a felon in possession under 18 U.S.C. § 922(g), the enhancement under
§2K2.1(b)(6)(B) would not apply.
(B) Impact on Grouping.—If two or more counts would otherwise group under subsection (c)
of §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts), the counts are to be grouped together under
§3D1.2(c) despite the non-applicability of certain enhancements under Application
Note 4(A). Thus, for example, in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a felon-in-
possession count under 18 U.S.C. § 922(g) and a drug trafficking count underlying a con-
viction under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c), the counts shall be grouped pursuant to §3D1.2(c). The
applicable Chapter Two guidelines for the felon-in-possession count and the drug traffick-
ing count each include “conduct that is treated as a specific offense characteristic” in the
other count, but the otherwise applicable enhancements did not apply due to the rules in
§2K2.4 related to 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) convictions.
(C) Upward Departure Provision.—In a few cases in which the defendant is determined not
to be a career offender, the offense level for the underlying offense determined under the
preceding paragraphs may result in a guideline range that, when combined with the man-
datory consecutive sentence under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a), produces a total
maximum penalty that is less than the maximum of the guideline range that would have
resulted had there not been a count of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or
§ 929(a) (i.e., the guideline range that would have resulted if the enhancements for posses-
sion, use, or discharge of a firearm had been applied). In such a case, an upward departure
may be warranted so that the conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a) does
not result in a decrease in the total punishment. An upward departure under this para-
graph shall not exceed the maximum of the guideline range that would have resulted had
there not been a count of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a).
5. Chapters Three and Four.—Except for those cases covered by subsection (c), do not apply
Chapter Three (Adjustments) and Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to
any offense sentenced under this guideline. Such offenses are excluded from application of those
chapters because the guideline sentence for each offense is determined only by the relevant stat-
ute. See §§3D1.1 (Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1.2. In
determining the guideline sentence for those cases covered by subsection (c): (A) the adjustment
in §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) may apply, as provided in §4B1.1(c); and (B) no other
adjustments in Chapter Three and no provisions of Chapter Four, other than §§4B1.1 and 4B1.2,
shall apply.
6. Terms of Supervised Release.—Imposition of a term of supervised release is governed by the
provisions of §5D1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release).
7. Fines.—Subsection (d) sets forth special provisions concerning the imposition of fines. Where
there is also a conviction for the underlying offense, a consolidated fine guideline is determined
by the offense level that would have applied to the underlying offense absent a conviction under
18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a). This is required because the offense level for the under-
lying offense may be reduced when there is also a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c),
or § 929(a) in that any specific offense characteristic for possession, brandishing, use, or dis-
charge of a firearm is not applied (see Application Note 4). The Commission has not established
a fine guideline range for the unusual case in which there is no conviction for the underlying
offense, although a fine is authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 3571.
Background: Section 844(h) of title 18, United States Code, provides a mandatory term of imprison-
ment. Sections 924(c) and 929(a) of title 18, United States Code, provide mandatory minimum terms
268 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K2.5
of imprisonment. A sentence imposed pursuant to any of these statutes must be imposed to run con-
secutively to any other term of imprisonment. To avoid double counting, when a sentence under this
section is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, any specific offense char-
acteristic for explosive or firearm discharge, use, brandishing, or possession is not applied in respect
to such underlying offense.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 190); November 1, 1990
(amendment 332); November 1, 1991 (amendment 405); November 1, 1993 (amendments 481 and 489); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2000 (amendments 598, 599, and 600); November 1, 2002 (amendment 642); November 1, 2006
Note
(amendment 696); November 1, 2010 (amendment 748); November 1, 2011 (amendments 750 and 760); No-
vember 1, 2023 (amendment 824); November 1, 2024 (amendments 828 and 831).
§2K2.5. Possession of Firearm or Dangerous Weapon in Federal Facility; Possession
or Discharge of Firearm in School Zone
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If—
(A) the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm or
dangerous weapon to be present in a federal court facility; or
(B) the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm to be
present in a school zone,
increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or dangerous weapon
in connection with the commission or attempted commission of an-
other offense, or possessed or transferred a firearm or dangerous
weapon with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed
in connection with another offense, apply—
(A) §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that
other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that
determined above; or
(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting of-
fense level is greater than that determined above.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 269
§2K2.6
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 922(q), 930; 40 U.S.C. § 5104(e)(1).
Application Notes:
1. “Dangerous weapon” and “firearm” are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application
Instructions).
2. “Federal court facility” includes the courtroom; judges’ chambers; witness rooms; jury deliber-
ation rooms; attorney conference rooms; prisoner holding cells; offices and parking facilities of
the court clerks, the United States attorney, and the United States marshal; probation and parole
offices; and adjoining corridors and parking facilities of any court of the United States.
See 18 U.S.C. § 930(g)(3).
3. “School zone” is defined at 18 U.S.C. § 922(q). A sentence of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C.
§ 922(q) must run consecutively to any sentence of imprisonment imposed for any other offense.
See 18 U.S.C. § 924(a)(4). In order to comply with the statute, when the guideline range is based
on the underlying offense, and the defendant is convicted both of the underlying offense and
18 U.S.C. § 922(q), the court should apportion the sentence between the count for the underlying
offense and the count under 18 U.S.C. § 922(q). For example, if the guideline range is 30–
37 months and the court determines “total punishment” of 36 months is appropriate, a sentence
of 30 months for the underlying offense, plus 6 months under 18 U.S.C. § 922(q) would satisfy
this requirement.
4. Where the firearm was brandished, discharged, or otherwise used, in a federal facility, federal
court facility, or school zone, and the cross reference from subsection (c)(1) does not apply, an
upward departure may be warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 191). Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 374); No-
Note vember 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746).
§2K2.6. Possessing, Purchasing, or Owning Body Armor by Violent Felons
(a) Base Offense Level: 10
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the defendant used the body armor in connection with another fel-
ony offense, increase by 4 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 931.
270 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2K3.1
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—
(A) Meaning of “Defendant”.—Consistent with §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), the term “de-
fendant”, for purposes of subsection (b)(1), limits the accountability of the defendant to the
defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided or abetted, counseled, com-
manded, induced, procured, or willfully caused.
(B) Meaning of “Felony Offense”.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “felony offense”
means any offense (federal, state, or local) punishable by imprisonment for a term exceed-
ing one year, regardless of whether a criminal charge was brought, or a conviction obtained.
(C) Meaning of “Used”.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “used” means the body armor was
(i) actively employed in a manner to protect the person from gunfire; or (ii) used as a means
of bartering. Subsection (b)(1) does not apply if the body armor was merely possessed. For
example, subsection (b)(1) would not apply if the body armor was found in the trunk of a
car but was not being actively used as protection.
2. Inapplicability of §3B1.5.—If subsection (b)(1) applies, do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.5
(Use of Body Armor in Drug Trafficking Crimes and Crimes of Violence).
3. Grouping of Multiple Counts.—If subsection (b)(1) applies (because the defendant used the
body armor in connection with another felony offense) and the instant offense of conviction in-
cludes a count of conviction for that other felony offense, the counts of conviction for the 18 U.S.C.
§ 931 offense and that other felony offense shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (c) of §3D1.2
(Groups of Closely Related Counts).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 670).
Note
* * * * *
3. MAILING INJURIOUS ARTICLES
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
Note
§2K3.1. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2K3.1 (Unlawfully Transporting Hazardous Materials in Commerce), effective November 1, 1987,
Note was deleted by consolidation with §2Q1.2 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 271
§2K3.2
§2K3.2. Feloniously Mailing Injurious Articles
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) If the offense was committed with intent (A) to kill or injure any per-
son, or (B) to injure the mails or other property, apply §2X1.1 (At-
tempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to the intended offense;
or
(2) If death resulted, apply the most analogous offense guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1716 (felony provisions only).
Background: This guideline applies only to the felony provisions of 18 U.S.C. § 1716. The Commission
has not promulgated a guideline for the misdemeanor provisions of this statute.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 334).
Note
272 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L1.1
PART L ― OFFENSES INVOLVING IMMIGRATION, NATURALIZATION,
AND PASSPORTS
1. IMMIGRATION
§2L1.1. Smuggling, Transporting, or Harboring an Unlawful Alien
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 25, if the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1327 of a violation
involving an alien who was inadmissible under 8 U.S.C. § 1182(a)(3);
(2) 23, if the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1327 of a violation
involving an alien who previously was deported after a conviction for
an aggravated felony; or
(3) 12, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the offense was committed other than for profit, or the offense
involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring only of the defend-
ant’s spouse or child (or both the defendant’s spouse and child), and
(B) the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(3), de-
crease by 3 levels.
(2) If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of
six or more unlawful aliens, increase as follows:
NUMBER OF UNLAWFUL ALIENS
SMUGGLED, TRANSPORTED, OR HARBORED INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) 6–24 add 3
(B) 25–99 add 6
(C) 100 or more add 9.
(3) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sus-
taining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization
offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony
immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising
out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels.
(4) If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of a
minor who was unaccompanied by the minor’s parent, adult relative,
or legal guardian, increase by 4 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 273
§2L1.1
(5) (Apply the Greatest):
(A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 6 levels, but if the re-
sulting offense level is less than level 22, increase to level 22.
(B) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or
otherwise used, increase by 4 levels, but if the resulting offense
level is less than level 20, increase to level 20.
(C) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, in-
crease by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than
level 18, increase to level 18.
(6) If the offense involved intentionally or recklessly creating a substan-
tial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person, increase
by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than level 18, in-
crease to level 18.
(7) If any person died or sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level
according to the seriousness of the injury:
DEATH OR DEGREE OF INJURY INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) Bodily Injury add 2 levels
(B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4 levels
(C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 levels
(D) Death add 10 levels.
(8) (Apply the greater):
(A) If an alien was involuntarily detained through coercion or threat,
or in connection with a demand for payment, (i) after the alien
was smuggled into the United States; or (ii) while the alien was
transported or harbored in the United States, increase by 2 lev-
els. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to
level 18.
(B) If (i) the defendant was convicted of alien harboring, (ii) the alien
harboring was for the purpose of prostitution, and (iii) the de-
fendant receives an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating
Role), increase by 2 levels, but if the alien engaging in the pros-
titution had not attained the age of 18 years, increase by 6 levels.
(9) If the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1324(a)(4), increase
by 2 levels.
274 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L1.1
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If death resulted, apply the appropriate homicide guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1, if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined under this guideline.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1324(a), 1327. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appen-
dix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“The offense was committed other than for profit” means that there was no payment or
expectation of payment for the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of any of the unlawful al-
iens.
“Number of unlawful aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored” does not include the de-
fendant.
“Aggravated felony” has the meaning given that term in section 101(a)(43) of the Immigration
and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43)), without regard to the date of conviction for the ag-
gravated felony.
“Child” has the meaning set forth in section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(8 U.S.C. § 1101(b)(1)).
“Spouse” has the meaning set forth in 101(a)(35) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(35)).
“Immigration and naturalization offense” means any offense covered by Chapter Two,
Part L.
“Minor” means an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years.
“Parent” means (A) a natural mother or father; (B) a stepmother or stepfather; or (C) an adoptive
mother or father.
“Bodily injury,” “serious bodily injury,” and “permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury” have the meaning given those terms in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instruc-
tions).
2. Prior Convictions Under Subsection (b)(3).—Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an ad-
justment under subsection (b)(3) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history
points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(6).—Reckless conduct to which the adjustment from subsec-
tion (b)(6) applies includes a wide variety of conduct (e.g., transporting persons in the trunk or
engine compartment of a motor vehicle; carrying substantially more passengers than the rated
capacity of a motor vehicle or vessel; harboring persons in a crowded, dangerous, or inhumane
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 275
§2L1.2
condition; or guiding persons through, or abandoning persons in, a dangerous or remote geo-
graphic area without adequate food, water, clothing, or protection from the elements). If subsec-
tion (b)(6) applies solely on the basis of conduct related to fleeing from a law enforcement officer,
do not apply an adjustment from §3C1.2 (Reckless Endangerment During Flight). Additionally,
do not apply the adjustment in subsection (b)(6) if the only reckless conduct that created a sub-
stantial risk of death or serious bodily injury is conduct for which the defendant received an
enhancement under subsection (b)(5).
4. Application of Subsection (b)(7) to Conduct Constituting Criminal Sexual Abuse.—
Consistent with Application Note 1(M) of §1B1.1 (Application Instructions), “serious bodily in-
jury” is deemed to have occurred if the offense involved conduct constituting criminal sexual
abuse under 18 U.S.C. § 2241 or § 2242 or any similar offense under state law.
5. Inapplicability of §3A1.3.—If an enhancement under subsection (b)(8)(A) applies, do not apply
§3A1.3 (Restraint of Victim).
6. Interaction with §3B1.1.—For the purposes of §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), the aliens smuggled,
transported, or harbored are not considered participants unless they actively assisted in the
smuggling, transporting, or harboring of others. In large scale smuggling, transporting, or har-
boring cases, an additional adjustment from §3B1.1 typically will apply.
7. Upward Departure Provisions.—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the fol-
lowing cases:
(A) The defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored an alien knowing that the alien intended
to enter the United States to engage in subversive activity, drug trafficking, or other serious
criminal behavior.
(B) The defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored an alien the defendant knew was inad-
missible for reasons of security and related grounds, as set forth under 8 U.S.C.
§ 1182(a)(3).
(C) The offense involved substantially more than 100 aliens.
Background: This section includes the most serious immigration offenses covered under the Immi-
gration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendments 35, 36, and 37); November 1,
1989 (amendment 192); November 1, 1990 (amendment 335); November 1, 1991 (amendment 375); Novem-
Historical ber 1, 1992 (amendment 450); May 1, 1997 (amendment 543); November 1, 1997 (amendment 561); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2006 (amendments 686 and 692); November 1, 2007 (amendment 702); November 1, 2009 (amendment
730); November 1, 2014 (amendment 785); November 1, 2016 (amendment 802); November 1, 2018 (amend-
ment 805).
§2L1.2. Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
276 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L1.2
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (Apply the Greater) If the defendant committed the instant offense
after sustaining—
(A) a conviction for a felony that is an illegal reentry offense, increase
by 4 levels; or
(B) two or more convictions for misdemeanors under 8 U.S.C.
§ 1325(a), increase by 2 levels.
(2) (Apply the Greatest) If, before the defendant was ordered deported or
ordered removed from the United States for the first time, the defend-
ant engaged in criminal conduct that, at any time, resulted in—
(A) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed was five years or more,
increase by 10 levels;
(B) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed was two years or more,
increase by 8 levels;
(C) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed exceeded one year and one
month, increase by 6 levels;
(D) a conviction for any other felony offense (other than an illegal
reentry offense), increase by 4 levels; or
(E) three or more convictions for misdemeanors that are crimes of
violence or drug trafficking offenses, increase by 2 levels.
(3) (Apply the Greatest) If, after the defendant was ordered deported or
ordered removed from the United States for the first time, the defend-
ant engaged in criminal conduct that, at any time, resulted in—
(A) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed was five years or more,
increase by 10 levels;
(B) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed was two years or more,
increase by 8 levels;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 277
§2L1.2
(C) a conviction for a felony offense (other than an illegal reentry of-
fense) for which the sentence imposed exceeded one year and one
month, increase by 6 levels;
(D) a conviction for any other felony offense (other than an illegal
reentry offense), increase by 4 levels; or
(E) three or more convictions for misdemeanors that are crimes of
violence or drug trafficking offenses, increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. § 1253, § 1325(a) (second or subsequent offense only), § 1326. For
additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. In General.—
(A) “Ordered Deported or Ordered Removed from the United States for the First
Time”.—For purposes of this guideline, a defendant shall be considered “ordered deported
or ordered removed from the United States” if the defendant was ordered deported or or-
dered removed from the United States based on a final order of exclusion, deportation, or
removal, regardless of whether the order was in response to a conviction. “For the first time”
refers to the first time the defendant was ever the subject of such an order.
(B) Offenses Committed Prior to Age Eighteen.—Subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) do
not apply to a conviction for an offense committed before the defendant was eighteen years
of age unless such conviction is classified as an adult conviction under the laws of the juris-
diction in which the defendant was convicted.
2. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Crime of violence” means any of the following offenses under federal, state, or local law: mur-
der, voluntary manslaughter, kidnapping, aggravated assault, a forcible sex offense, robbery,
arson, extortion, the use or unlawful possession of a firearm described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a) or
explosive material as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 841(c), or any other offense under federal, state, or
local law that has as an element the use, attempted use, or threatened use of physical force
against the person of another. “Forcible sex offense” includes where consent to the conduct is not
given or is not legally valid, such as where consent to the conduct is involuntary, incompetent, or
coerced. The offenses of sexual abuse of a minor and statutory rape are included only if the sexual
abuse of a minor or statutory rape was (A) an offense described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c) or (B) an
offense under state law that would have been an offense under section 2241(c) if the offense had
occurred within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States. “Robbery”
is the unlawful taking or obtaining of personal property from the person or in the presence of
another, against his will, by means of actual or threatened force, or violence, or fear of injury,
immediate or future, to his person or property, or property in his custody or possession, or the
person or property of a relative or member of his family or of anyone in his company at the time
of the taking or obtaining. The phrase “actual or threatened force” refers to force that is sufficient
to overcome a victim’s resistance. “Extortion” is obtaining something of value from another by
the wrongful use of (A) force, (B) fear of physical injury, or (C) threat of physical injury.
278 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L1.2
“Drug trafficking offense” means an offense under federal, state, or local law that prohibits
the manufacture, import, export, distribution, or dispensing of, or offer to sell a controlled sub-
stance (or a counterfeit substance) or the possession of a controlled substance (or a counterfeit
substance) with intent to manufacture, import, export, distribute, or dispense.
“Felony” means any federal, state, or local offense punishable by imprisonment for a term ex-
ceeding one year.
“Illegal reentry offense” means (A) an offense under 8 U.S.C. § 1253 or § 1326, or (B) a second
or subsequent offense under 8 U.S.C. § 1325(a).
“Misdemeanor” means any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment
of one year or less.
“Sentence imposed” has the meaning given the term “sentence of imprisonment” in Application
Note 2 and subsection (b) of §4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal His-
tory). The length of the sentence imposed includes any term of imprisonment given upon revoca-
tion of probation, parole, or supervised release, regardless of when the revocation occurred.
3. Criminal History Points.—For purposes of applying subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3), use
only those convictions that receive criminal history points under §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). In addition,
for purposes of subsections (b)(1)(B), (b)(2)(E), and (b)(3)(E), use only those convictions that are
counted separately under §4A1.2(a)(2).
A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) is not excluded from con-
sideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four,
Part A (Criminal History).
4. Cases in Which Sentences for An Illegal Reentry Offense and Another Felony Offense
were Imposed at the Same Time.—There may be cases in which the sentences for an illegal
reentry offense and another felony offense were imposed at the same time and treated as a single
sentence for purposes of calculating the criminal history score under §4A1.1(a), (b), and (c). In
such a case, use the illegal reentry offense in determining the appropriate enhancement under
subsection (b)(1), if it independently would have received criminal history points. In addition, use
the prior sentence for the other felony offense in determining the appropriate enhancement un-
der subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3), as appropriate, if it independently would have received criminal
history points.
5. Cases in Which the Criminal Conduct Underlying a Prior Conviction Occurred Both
Before and After the Defendant Was First Ordered Deported or Ordered Removed.—
There may be cases in which the criminal conduct underlying a prior conviction occurred both
before and after the defendant was ordered deported or ordered removed from the United States
for the first time. For purposes of subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3), count such a conviction only under
subsection (b)(2).
6. Departure Based on Seriousness of a Prior Offense.—There may be cases in which the
offense level provided by an enhancement in subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3) substantially understates
or overstates the seriousness of the conduct underlying the prior offense, because (A) the length
of the sentence imposed does not reflect the seriousness of the prior offense; (B) the prior convic-
tion is too remote to receive criminal history points (see §4A1.2(e)); or (C) the time actually served
was substantially less than the length of the sentence imposed for the prior offense. In such a
case, a departure may be warranted.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 279
§2L1.3
7. Departure Based on Time Served in State Custody.—In a case in which the defendant is
located by immigration authorities while the defendant is serving time in state custody, whether
pre- or post-conviction, for a state offense, the time served is not covered by an adjustment under
§5G1.3(b) and, accordingly, is not covered by a departure under §5K2.23 (Discharged Terms of
Imprisonment). See §5G1.3(a). In such a case, the court may consider whether a departure is
appropriate to reflect all or part of the time served in state custody, from the time immigration
authorities locate the defendant until the service of the federal sentence commences, that the
court determines will not be credited to the federal sentence by the Bureau of Prisons. Any such
departure should be fashioned to achieve a reasonable punishment for the instant offense.
Such a departure should be considered only in cases where the departure is not likely to increase
the risk to the public from further crimes of the defendant. In determining whether such a de-
parture is appropriate, the court should consider, among other things, (A) whether the defendant
engaged in additional criminal activity after illegally reentering the United States; (B) the seri-
ousness of any such additional criminal activity, including (1) whether the defendant used vio-
lence or credible threats of violence or possessed a firearm or other dangerous weapon (or induced
another person to do so) in connection with the criminal activity, (2) whether the criminal activity
resulted in death or serious bodily injury to any person, and (3) whether the defendant was an
organizer, leader, manager, or supervisor of others in the criminal activity; and (C) the serious-
ness of the defendant’s other criminal history.
8. Departure Based on Cultural Assimilation.—There may be cases in which a downward de-
parture may be appropriate on the basis of cultural assimilation. Such a departure should be
considered only in cases where (A) the defendant formed cultural ties primarily with the United
States from having resided continuously in the United States from childhood, (B) those cultural
ties provided the primary motivation for the defendant’s illegal reentry or continued presence in
the United States, and (C) such a departure is not likely to increase the risk to the public from
further crimes of the defendant.
In determining whether such a departure is appropriate, the court should consider, among other
things, (1) the age in childhood at which the defendant began residing continuously in the United
States, (2) whether and for how long the defendant attended school in the United States, (3) the
duration of the defendant’s continued residence in the United States, (4) the duration of the de-
fendant’s presence outside the United States, (5) the nature and extent of the defendant’s famil-
ial and cultural ties inside the United States, and the nature and extent of such ties outside the
United States, (6) the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history, and (7) whether the de-
fendant engaged in additional criminal activity after illegally reentering the United States.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 38); November 1, 1989
(amendment 193); November 1, 1991 (amendment 375); November 1, 1995 (amendment 523); November 1,
1997 (amendment 562); November 1, 2001 (amendment 632); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); Novem-
Historical
ber 1, 2003 (amendment 658); November 1, 2007 (amendment 709); November 1, 2008 (amendment 722);
Note
November 1, 2010 (amendment 740); November 1, 2011 (amendment 754); November 1, 2012 (amend-
ment 764); November 1, 2014 (amendment 787); November 1, 2015 (amendment 795); November 1, 2016
(amendment 802); November 1, 2018 (amendment 809); November 1, 2023 (amendment 822).
§2L1.3. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2L1.3 (Engaging in a Pattern of Unlawful Employment of Aliens), effective November 1, 1987, was
Note deleted effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 194).
* * * * *
280 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L2.1
2. NATURALIZATION AND PASSPORTS
§2L2.1. Trafficking in a Document Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or Legal
Resident Status, or a United States Passport; False Statement in Respect to
the Citizenship or Immigration Status of Another; Fraudulent Marriage to
Assist Alien to Evade Immigration Law
(a) Base Offense Level: 11
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense was committed other than for profit, or the offense in-
volved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring only of the defend-
ant’s spouse or child (or both the defendant’s spouse and child), de-
crease by 3 levels.
(2) If the offense involved six or more documents or passports, increase
as follows:
NUMBER OF
DOCUMENTS/PASSPORTS INCREASE IN LEVEL
(A) 6–24 add 3
(B) 25–99 add 6
(C) 100 or more add 9.
(3) If the defendant knew, believed, or had reason to believe that a pass-
port or visa was to be used to facilitate the commission of a felony
offense, other than an offense involving violation of the immigration
laws, increase by 4 levels.
(4) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sus-
taining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization
offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony
immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising
out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels.
(5) If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used (A) a United States
passport, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a foreign passport, increase by
2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (4), 1325(c), (d); 18 U.S.C. §§ 1015, 1028,
1425–1427, 1542, 1544, 1546. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 281
§2L2.2
Application Notes:
1. For purposes of this guideline—
“The offense was committed other than for profit” means that there was no payment or
expectation of payment for the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of any of the unlawful al-
iens.
“Immigration and naturalization offense” means any offense covered by Chapter Two,
Part L.
“Child” has the meaning set forth in section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(8 U.S.C. § 1101(b)(1)).
“Spouse” has the meaning set forth in section 101(a)(35) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(35)).
2. Where it is established that multiple documents are part of a set of documents intended for use
by a single person, treat the set as one document.
3. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement if the defendant knew, believed, or had reason to
believe that a passport or visa was to be used to facilitate the commission of a felony offense,
other than an offense involving violation of the immigration laws. If the defendant knew, be-
lieved, or had reason to believe that the felony offense to be committed was of an especially seri-
ous type, an upward departure may be warranted.
4. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under subsection (b)(4) are also counted for
purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal
History).
5. If the offense involved substantially more than 100 documents, an upward departure may be
warranted.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 195); November 1, 1992
Historical (amendment 450); November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 1995 (amendment 524); May 1, 1997
Note (amendment 544); November 1, 1997 (amendment 563); November 1, 2006 (amendment 692); November 1,
2010 (amendment 746).
§2L2.2. Fraudulently Acquiring Documents Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or
Legal Resident Status for Own Use; False Personation or Fraudulent Marriage
by Alien to Evade Immigration Law; Fraudulently Acquiring or Improperly
Using a United States Passport
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
282 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L2.2
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported (volun-
tarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the instant
offense, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sus-
taining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization
offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony
immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising
out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels.
(3) If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used (A) a United States
passport, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a foreign passport, increase by
2 levels.
(4) (Apply the Greater):
(A) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense to con-
ceal the defendant’s membership in, or authority over, a military,
paramilitary, or police organization that was involved in a seri-
ous human rights offense during the period in which the defend-
ant was such a member or had such authority, increase by 2 lev-
els. If the resulting offense level is less than level 13, increase to
level 13.
(B) If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense to con-
ceal the defendant’s participation in (i) the offense of incitement
to genocide, increase by 6 levels; or (ii) any other serious human
rights offense, increase by 10 levels. If clause (ii) applies and the
resulting offense level is less than level 25, increase to level 25.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the defendant used a passport or visa in the commission or at-
tempted commission of a felony offense, other than an offense involv-
ing violation of the immigration laws, apply—
(A) §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that
felony offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that
determined above; or
(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from
Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting of-
fense level is greater than that determined above.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 283
§2L2.2
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (5), 1325(c), (d); 18 U.S.C. §§ 911, 1015,
1028, 1423–1426, 1542–1544, 1546.
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “immigration and naturalization offense”
means any offense covered by Chapter Two, Part L.
2. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under
subsection (b)(2) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant
to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—The term “used” is to be construed broadly and includes
the attempted renewal of previously-issued passports.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(4).—For purposes of subsection (b)(4):
“Serious human rights offense” means (A) violations of federal criminal laws relating to gen-
ocide, torture, war crimes, and the use or recruitment of child soldiers under sections 1091, 2340,
2340A, 2441, and 2442 of title 18, United States Code, see 28 U.S.C. § 509B(e); and (B) conduct
that would have been a violation of any such law if the offense had occurred within the jurisdic-
tion of the United States or if the defendant or the victim had been a national of the United
States.
“The offense of incitement to genocide” means (A) violations of 18 U.S.C. § 1091(c); and
(B) conduct that would have been a violation of such section if the offense had occurred within
the jurisdiction of the United States or if the defendant or the victim had been a national of the
United States.
5. Multiple Counts.—For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), a count of
conviction for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States covered by §2L1.2 (Unlaw-
fully Entering or Remaining in the United States) arising from the same course of conduct as the
count of conviction covered by this guideline shall be considered a closely related count to the
count of conviction covered by this guideline, and therefore is to be grouped with the count of
conviction covered by this guideline.
6. Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used a United
States passport for the purpose of entering the United States to engage in terrorist activity, an
upward departure may be warranted. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1.4 (Ter-
rorism).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 39); November 1, 1989
(amendment 196); November 1, 1992 (amendment 450); November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1,
Historical
1995 (amendment 524); May 1, 1997 (amendment 544); November 1, 1997 (amendment 563); November 1,
Note
2004 (amendment 671); November 1, 2006 (amendment 692); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); Novem-
ber 1, 2012 (amendment 765).
284 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2L2.5
§2L2.3. [Deleted]
Section 2L2.3 (Trafficking in a United States Passport), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective No-
Historical
vember 1, 1989 (amendment 197) and November 1, 1992 (amendment 450), was deleted by consolidation
Note
with §2L2.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2L2.4. [Deleted]
Section 2L2.4 (Fraudulently Acquiring or Improperly Using a United States Passport), effective Novem-
Historical
ber 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 40) and November 1, 1989 (amendment 198),
Note
was deleted by consolidation with §2L2.2 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2L2.5. Failure to Surrender Canceled Naturalization Certificate
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1428.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 285
§2M2.1
PART M ― OFFENSES INVOLVING NATIONAL DEFENSE AND
WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 633).
Note
1. TREASON
§2M1.1. Treason
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 43, if the conduct is tantamount to waging war against the United
States;
(2) the offense level applicable to the most analogous offense, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2381.
Background: Treason is a rarely prosecuted offense that could encompass a relatively broad range of
conduct, including many of the more specific offenses in this part. The guideline contemplates imposi-
tion of the maximum penalty in the most serious cases, with reference made to the most analogous
offense guideline in lesser cases.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Note
* * * * *
2. SABOTAGE
§2M2.1. Destruction of, or Production of Defective, War Material, Premises, or Utilities
(a) Base Offense Level: 32
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2153, 2154; 42 U.S.C. § 2284; 49 U.S.C. § 60123(b). For addi-
tional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
286 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M2.4
Application Note:
1. Violations of 42 U.S.C. § 2284 are included in this section where the defendant was convicted of
acting with intent to injure the United States or aid a foreign nation.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2002
Note (amendment 637); November 1, 2018 (amendment 813).
§2M2.2. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2M2.2 (Production of Defective War Material, Premises, or Utilities), effective November 1, 1987,
Note was deleted by consolidation with §2M2.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2M2.3. Destruction of, or Production of Defective, National Defense Material,
Premises, or Utilities
(a) Base Offense Level: 26
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2155, 2156; 42 U.S.C. § 2284; 49 U.S.C. § 60123(b).
Application Note:
1. Violations of 42 U.S.C. § 2284 not included in §2M2.1 are included in this section.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2002
Note (amendment 637).
§2M2.4. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2M2.4 (Production of Defective National Defense Material, Premises, or Utilities), effective Novem-
Note ber 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with §2M2.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
* * * * *
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 287
§2M3.2
3. ESPIONAGE AND RELATED OFFENSES
§2M3.1. Gathering or Transmitting National Defense Information to Aid a Foreign
Government
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 42, if top secret information was gathered or transmitted; or
(2) 37, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 794; 42 U.S.C. §§ 2274(a), (b), 2275.
Application Notes:
1. “Top secret information” is information that, if disclosed, “reasonably could be expected to
cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security.” Executive Order 13526 (50 U.S.C.
§ 3161 note).
2. The Commission has set the base offense level in this subpart on the assumption that the infor-
mation at issue bears a significant relation to the nation’s security, and that the revelation will
significantly and adversely affect security interests. When revelation is likely to cause little or
no harm, a downward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
3. The court may depart from the guidelines upon representation by the President or his duly au-
thorized designee that the imposition of a sanction other than authorized by the guideline is
necessary to protect national security or further the objectives of the nation’s foreign policy.
Background: Offense level distinctions in this subpart are generally based on the classification of the
information gathered or transmitted. This classification, in turn, reflects the importance of the infor-
mation to the national security.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2013
Note (amendment 778); November 1, 2014 (amendment 789).
§2M3.2. Gathering National Defense Information
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 35, if top secret information was gathered; or
(2) 30, otherwise.
288 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M3.3
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 793(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), 1030(a)(1). For additional statutory
provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. See Commentary to §2M3.1.
2. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 793(d) or (e), §2M3.3 may apply. See Commentary
to §2M3.3.
Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe diverse forms of obtaining and transmit-
ting national defense information with intent or reason to believe the information would injure the
United States or be used to the advantage of a foreign government.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2003 (amendment 654).
Note
§2M3.3. Transmitting National Defense Information; Disclosure of Classified
Cryptographic Information; Unauthorized Disclosure to a Foreign
Government or a Communist Organization of Classified Information by
Government Employee; Unauthorized Receipt of Classified Information
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 29, if top secret information; or
(2) 24, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 793(d), (e), (g), 798; 50 U.S.C. § 783.
Application Notes:
1. See Commentary to §2M3.1.
2. If the defendant was convicted of 18 U.S.C. § 793(d) or (e) for the willful transmission or commu-
nication of intangible information with reason to believe that it could be used to the injury of the
United States or the advantage of a foreign nation, apply §2M3.2.
Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe willfully transmitting or communicating
to a person not entitled to receive it a document, writing, code book, signal book, sketch, photograph,
photographic negative, blueprint, plan, map, model, instrument, appliance, or note relating to the na-
tional defense. Proof that the item was communicated with reason to believe that it could be used to
the injury of the United States or the advantage of a foreign nation is required only where intangible
information is communicated under 18 U.S.C. § 793(d) or (e).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 289
§2M3.5
This section also covers statutes that proscribe the disclosure of classified information concerning
cryptographic or communication intelligence to the detriment of the United States or for the benefit of
a foreign government, the unauthorized disclosure to a foreign government or a communist organiza-
tion of classified information by a government employee, and the unauthorized receipt of classified
information.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 2010
Note (amendment 746).
§2M3.4. Losing National Defense Information
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 18, if top secret information was lost; or
(2) 13, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 793(f).
Application Note:
1. See Commentary to §2M3.1.
Background: Offenses prosecuted under this statute generally do not involve subversive conduct on
behalf of a foreign power, but rather the loss of classified information by the gross negligence of an
employee of the federal government or a federal contractor.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2M3.5. Tampering with Restricted Data Concerning Atomic Energy
(a) Base Offense Level: 24
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. § 2276.
Application Note:
1. See Commentary to §2M3.1.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
290 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M3.9
§2M3.6. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2M3.6 (Disclosure of Classified Cryptographic Information), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted
Note by consolidation with §2M3.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2M3.7. [Deleted]
Section 2M3.7 (Unauthorized Disclosure to Foreign Government or a Communist Organization of Classified
Historical
Information by Government Employee), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with
Note
§2M3.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2M3.8. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2M3.8 (Receipt of Classified Information), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation
Note with §2M3.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481).
§2M3.9. Disclosure of Information Identifying a Covert Agent
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 30, if the information was disclosed by a person with, or who had au-
thorized access to classified information identifying a covert agent; or
(2) 25, if the information was disclosed by a person with authorized ac-
cess only to other classified information.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. § 3121.
Application Notes:
1. See Commentary to §2M3.1.
2. This guideline applies only to violations of 50 U.S.C. § 3121 by persons who have or previously
had authorized access to classified information. This guideline does not apply to violations of
50 U.S.C. § 3121 by defendants, including journalists, who disclosed such information without
having or having had authorized access to classified information. Violations of 50 U.S.C. § 3121
not covered by this guideline may vary in the degree of harm they inflict, and the court should
impose a sentence that reflects such harm. See §2X5.1 (Other Offenses).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 291
§2M4.1
3. A term of imprisonment imposed for a conviction under 50 U.S.C. § 3121 shall be imposed con-
secutively to any other term of imprisonment. See 50 U.S.C. § 3121(d).
Background: The alternative base offense levels reflect a statutory distinction by providing a greater
base offense level for a violation of 50 U.S.C. § 3121 by an official who has or had authorized access to
classified information identifying a covert agent than for a violation by an official with authorized
access only to other classified information. This guideline does not apply to violations of 50 U.S.C.
§ 3121 by defendants who disclosed such information without having, or having had, authorized access
to classified information.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 636); November 1, 2010
Note (amendment 746); November 1, 2015 (amendment 796).
* * * * *
4. EVASION OF MILITARY SERVICE
§2M4.1. Failure to Register and Evasion of Military Service
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense occurred at a time when persons were being inducted for
compulsory military service, increase by 6 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. § 3811.
Application Note:
1. Subsection (b)(1) does not distinguish between whether the offense was committed in peacetime
or during time of war or armed conflict. If the offense was committed when persons were being
inducted for compulsory military service during time of war or armed conflict, an upward depar-
ture may be warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 336); November 1, 2023
Note (amendment 824).
* * * * *
292 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M5.1
5. PROHIBITED FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS AND EXPORTS, AND PROVIDING MATE-
RIAL SUPPORT TO DESIGNATED FOREIGN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637).
Note
§2M5.1. Evasion of Export Controls; Financial Transactions with Countries Supporting
International Terrorism
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 26, if (A) national security controls or controls relating to the prolifer-
ation of nuclear, biological, or chemical weapons or materials were
evaded; or (B) the offense involved a financial transaction with a coun-
try supporting international terrorism; or
(2) 14, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 2332d; 22 U.S.C. § 8512; 50 U.S.C. §§ 1705, 4819. For additional
statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(B), “a country supporting international ter-
rorism” means a country designated under section 1754 of the Export Controls Act of 2018
(50 U.S.C. § 4813).
2. Additional Penalties.—In addition to the provisions for imprisonment, 50 U.S.C. § 4819 con-
tains provisions for criminal fines and forfeiture as well as civil penalties.
3. Departure Provisions.—
(A) In General.—In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the court
may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security interest of the United
States, the volume of commerce involved, the extent of planning or sophistication, and
whether there were multiple occurrences. Where such factors are present in an extreme
form, a departure from the guidelines may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Depar-
tures).
(B) War or Armed Conflict.—In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict,
an upward departure may be warranted.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 633); November 1, 2002
Historical
(amendment 637); November 1, 2011 (amendment 753); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824); November 1,
Note
2024 (amendment 830).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 293
§2M5.3
§2M5.2. Exportation of Arms, Munitions, or Military Equipment or Services Without
Required Validated Export License
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 26, except as provided in subdivision (2) below;
(2) 14, if the offense involved only (A) non-fully automatic small arms (ri-
fles, handguns, or shotguns), and the number of weapons did not ex-
ceed two, (B) ammunition for non-fully automatic small arms, and the
number of rounds did not exceed 500, or (C) both.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 554; 22 U.S.C. §§ 2778, 2780, 8512; 50 U.S.C. § 1705.
Application Notes:
1. Under 22 U.S.C. § 2778, the President is authorized, through a licensing system administered
by the Department of State, to control exports of defense articles and defense services that he
deems critical to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. The items subject to
control constitute the United States Munitions List, which is set out in 22 C.F.R. Part 121.1.
Included in this list are such things as military aircraft, helicopters, artillery, shells, missiles,
rockets, bombs, vessels of war, explosives, military and space electronics, and certain firearms.
The base offense level assumes that the offense conduct was harmful or had the potential to be
harmful to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. In the unusual case where
the offense conduct posed no such risk, a downward departure may be warranted. In the case of
a violation during time of war or armed conflict, an upward departure may be warranted.
See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
2. In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the court may consider the
degree to which the violation threatened a security or foreign policy interest of the United States,
the volume of commerce involved, the extent of planning or sophistication, and whether there
were multiple occurrences. Where such factors are present in an extreme form, a departure from
the guidelines may be warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 337); November 1, 2001
Note (amendment 633); November 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2011 (amendment 753).
§2M5.3. Providing Material Support or Resources to Designated Foreign Terrorist
Organizations or Specially Designated Global Terrorists, or For a Terrorist
Purpose
(a) Base Offense Level: 26
294 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M5.3
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense involved the provision of (A) dangerous weapons;
(B) firearms; (C) explosives; (D) funds with the intent, knowledge, or
reason to believe such funds would be used to purchase any of the
items described in subdivisions (A) through (C); or (E) funds or other
material support or resources with the intent, knowledge, or reason
to believe they are to be used to commit or assist in the commission of
a violent act, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense resulted in death, apply §2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if
the death was caused intentionally or knowingly, or §2A1.2 (Second
Degree Murder) otherwise, if the resulting offense level is greater
than that determined above.
(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply §2A2.1 (As-
sault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder), if the re-
sulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
(3) If the offense involved the provision of (A) a nuclear weapon, nuclear
material, or nuclear byproduct material; (B) a chemical weapon; (C) a
biological agent, toxin, or delivery system; or (D) a weapon of mass
destruction, apply §2M6.1 (Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Weap-
ons, and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction), if the resulting offense
level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2283, 2284, 2339B, 2339C(a)(1)(B), (c)(2)(B) (but only with re-
spect to funds known or intended to have been provided or collected in violation of 18 U.S.C.
§ 2339C(a)(1)(B)); 22 U.S.C. § 8512; 50 U.S.C. § 1705.
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Biological agent”, “chemical weapon”, “nuclear byproduct material”, “nuclear mate-
rial”, “toxin”, and “weapon of mass destruction” have the meaning given those terms in Ap-
plication Note 1 of the Commentary to §2M6.1 (Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Weapons, and
Other Weapons of Mass Destruction).
“Dangerous weapon”, “firearm”, and “destructive device” have the meaning given those
terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Explosives” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to
§2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 295
§2M6.1
“Foreign terrorist organization” has the meaning given the term “terrorist organization” in
18 U.S.C. § 2339B(g)(6).
“Material support or resources” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2339B(g)(4).
“Specially designated global terrorist” has the meaning given that term in 31 C.F.R.
§ 594.310.
2. Departure Provisions.—
(A) In General.—In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the court
may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security interest of the United
States, the volume of the funds or other material support or resources involved, the extent
of planning or sophistication, and whether there were multiple occurrences. In a case in
which such factors are present in an extreme form, a departure from the guidelines may be
warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
(B) War or Armed Conflict.—In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict,
an upward departure may be warranted.
Effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 637). Amended effective November 1, 2003 (amendment 655); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2011 (amendment 753); November 1, 2023 (amend-
Note
ment 824).
* * * * *
6. NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL WEAPONS AND MATERIALS, AND
OTHER WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 633).
Note
§2M6.1. Unlawful Activity Involving Nuclear Material, Weapons, or Facilities,
Biological Agents, Toxins, or Delivery Systems, Chemical Weapons, or Other
Weapons of Mass Destruction; Attempt or Conspiracy
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
(1) 42, if the offense was committed with intent (A) to injure the United
States; or (B) to aid a foreign nation or a foreign terrorist organization;
(2) 28, if subsections (a)(1), (a)(3), and (a)(4) do not apply;
(3) 22, if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 175b; or
(4) 20, if (A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 175(b); or
(B) the offense (i) involved a threat to use a nuclear weapon, nuclear
296 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M6.1
material, or nuclear byproduct material, a chemical weapon, a biolog-
ical agent, toxin, or delivery system, or a weapon of mass destruction;
but (ii) did not involve any conduct evidencing an intent or ability to
carry out the threat.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) or (a)(4)(A) applies; and (B) the offense involved
a threat to use, or otherwise involved (i) a select biological agent; (ii) a
listed precursor or a listed toxic chemical; (iii) nuclear material or nu-
clear byproduct material; or (iv) a weapon of mass destruction that
contains any agent, precursor, toxic chemical, or material referred to
in subdivision (i), (ii), or (iii), increase by 2 levels.
(2) If (A) subsection (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4)(A) applies; and (B)(i) any victim
died or sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, in-
crease by 4 levels; (ii) any victim sustained serious bodily injury, in-
crease by 2 levels; or (iii) the degree of injury is between that specified
in subdivisions (i) and (ii), increase by 3 levels.
(3) If (A) subsection (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) applies; and (B) the offense re-
sulted in (i) substantial disruption of public, governmental, or busi-
ness functions or services; or (ii) a substantial expenditure of funds to
clean up, decontaminate, or otherwise respond to the offense, increase
by 4 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense resulted in death, apply §2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if
the death was caused intentionally or knowingly, or §2A1.2 (Second
Degree Murder) otherwise, if the resulting offense level is greater
than that determined above.
(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply §2A2.1 (As-
sault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder), if the re-
sulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) conduct
that resulted in the death or permanent, life-threatening, or serious
bodily injury of more than one victim, or (B) conduct tantamount to
the attempted murder of more than one victim, Chapter Three, Part D
(Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if such conduct in respect to each
victim had been contained in a separate count of conviction.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 297
§2M6.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 175, 175b, 175c, 229, 831, 832, 842(p)(2) (only with respect to
weapons of mass destruction as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2332a(c)(2)(B), (C), and (D)), 1992(a)(2), (a)(3),
(a)(4), (b)(2), 2283, 2291, 2332h; 42 U.S.C. §§ 2077(b), 2122, 2131. For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Biological agent” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 178(1).
“Chemical weapon” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 229F(1).
“Foreign terrorist organization” (A) means an organization that engages in terrorist activity
that threatens the security of a national of the United States or the national security of the
United States; and (B) includes an organization designated by the Secretary of State as a foreign
terrorist organization pursuant to section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
§ 1189). “National of the United States” has the meaning given that term in section 101(a)(22) of
the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(22)).
“Listed precursor or a listed toxic chemical” means a precursor or a toxic chemical, respec-
tively, listed in Schedule I of the Annex on Chemicals to the Chemical Weapons Convention. See
18 U.S.C. § 229F(6)(B), (8)(B). “Precursor” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C.
§ 229F(6)(A). “Toxic chemical” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 229F(8)(A).
“Nuclear byproduct material” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 831(g)(2).
“Nuclear material” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 831(g)(1).
“Select biological agent” means a biological agent or toxin identified (A) by the Secretary of
Health and Human Services on the select agent list established and maintained pursuant to
section 351A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. § 262a); or (B) by the Secretary of Agri-
culture on the list established and maintained pursuant to section 212 of the Agricultural Bio-
terrorism Protection Act of 2002 (7 U.S.C. § 8401).
“Toxin” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 178(2).
“Weapon of mass destruction” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2332a(c)(2)(B),
(C), and (D).
2. Threat Cases.—Subsection (a)(4)(B) applies in cases that involved a threat to use a weapon,
agent, or material covered by this guideline but that did not involve any conduct evidencing an
intent or ability to carry out the threat. For example, subsection (a)(4)(B) would apply in a case
in which the defendant threatened to contaminate an area with anthrax and also dispersed into
the area a substance that appeared to be anthrax but that the defendant knew to be harmless
talcum powder. In such a case, the dispersal of talcum powder does not evidence an intent on the
defendant’s part to carry out the threat. In contrast, subsection (a)(4)(B) would not apply in a
case in which the defendant threatened to contaminate an area with anthrax and also dispersed
into the area a substance that the defendant believed to be anthrax but that in fact was harmless
talcum powder. In such a case, the dispersal of talcum powder was conduct evidencing an intent
to carry out the threat because of the defendant’s belief that the talcum powder was anthrax.
298 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2M6.2
Subsection (a)(4)(B) shall not apply in any case involving both a threat to use any weapon, agent,
or material covered by this guideline and the possession of that weapon, agent, or material. In
such a case, possession of the weapon, agent, or material is conduct evidencing an intent to use
that weapon, agent, or material.
3. Application of Special Instruction.—Subsection (d) applies in any case in which the defend-
ant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent, life-threatening, or seri-
ous bodily injury of more than one victim, or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of
more than one victim, regardless of whether the offense level is determined under this guideline
or under another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) by use of a cross reference under
subsection (c).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 633); November 1, 2002
Historical (amendment 637); November 1, 2003 (amendment 655); November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1,
Note 2006 (amendment 686); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699 and 700); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746);
November 1, 2016 (amendment 804); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§2M6.2. Violation of Other Federal Atomic Energy Agency Statutes, Rules, and
Regulations
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 30, if the offense was committed with intent to injure the United
States or to aid a foreign nation; or
(2) 6.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. § 2273.
Background: This section applies to offenses related to nuclear energy not specifically addressed
elsewhere. This provision covers, for example, violations of statutes dealing with rules and regulations,
license conditions, and orders of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 359).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 299
§2N1.1
PART N ― OFFENSES INVOLVING FOOD, DRUGS, AGRICULTURAL
PRODUCTS, CONSUMER PRODUCTS, AND ODOMETER LAWS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
Note
1. TAMPERING WITH CONSUMER PRODUCTS
§2N1.1. Tampering or Attempting to Tamper Involving Risk of Death or Bodily Injury
(a) Base Offense Level: 25
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if any victim sustained serious bodily
injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between
that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense resulted in death, apply §2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if
the death was caused intentionally or knowingly, or §2A1.2 (Second
Degree Murder) in any other case.
(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply §2A2.1 (As-
sault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder) if the result-
ing offense level is greater than that determined above.
(3) If the offense involved extortion, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or
Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death
or permanent, life-threatening, or serious bodily injury of more than
one victim, or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of
more than one victim, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall
be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count
for each such victim.
300 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2N1.2
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 1365(a), (e); 21 U.S.C. § 333(b)(7). For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. The base offense level reflects that this offense typically poses a risk of death or serious bodily
injury to one or more victims; or causes, or is intended to cause, bodily injury. Where the offense
posed a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims, or caused extreme
psychological injury or substantial property damage or monetary loss, an upward departure may
be warranted. In the unusual case in which the offense did not cause a risk of death or serious
bodily injury, and neither caused nor was intended to cause bodily injury, a downward departure
may be warranted.
2. The special instruction in subsection (d)(1) applies whether the offense level is determined under
subsection (b)(1) or by use of a cross reference in subsection (c).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 338); November 1, 1991
Note (amendment 376); November 1, 2023 (amendment 815).
§2N1.2. Providing False Information or Threatening to Tamper with Consumer
Products
(a) Base Offense Level: 16
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved extortion, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or
Threat of Injury or Serious Damage).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 1365(c), (d).
Application Note:
1. If death or bodily injury, extreme psychological injury, or substantial property damage or mone-
tary loss resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Depar-
tures).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 339).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 301
§2N2.1
§2N1.3. Tampering With Intent to Injure Business
(a) Base Offense Level: 12
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1365(b).
Application Note:
1. If death or bodily injury, extreme psychological injury, or substantial property damage or mone-
tary loss resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Depar-
tures).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
* * * * *
2. FOOD, DRUGS, AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS, AND CONSUMER PRODUCTS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
Note
§2N2.1. Violations of Statutes and Regulations Dealing With Any Food, Drug,
Biological Product, Device, Cosmetic, Agricultural Product, or Consumer
Product
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the defendant was convicted under 21 U.S.C. § 331 after sustaining
a prior conviction under 21 U.S.C. § 331, increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense involved fraud, apply §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruc-
tion, and Fraud).
(2) If the offense was committed in furtherance of, or to conceal, an of-
fense covered by another offense guideline, apply that other offense
guideline if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined
above.
302 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2N3.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. §§ 150bb, 150gg, 6810, 7734, 8313; 21 U.S.C. §§ 115, 117, 122, 134–
134e, 151–158, 331, 333(a)(1), (a)(2), (b)(1)–(6), (b)(8), 458–461, 463, 466, 610, 611, 614, 617, 619, 620,
642–644, 676; 42 U.S.C. § 262. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. This guideline assumes a regulatory offense that involved knowing or reckless conduct. Where
only negligence was involved, a downward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five,
Part K (Departures).
2. The cross reference at subsection (c)(1) addresses cases in which the offense involved fraud. The
cross reference at subsection (c)(2) addresses cases in which the offense was committed in fur-
therance of, or to conceal, an offense covered by another offense guideline (e.g., bribery).
3. Upward Departure Provisions.—The following are circumstances in which an upward depar-
ture may be warranted:
(A) The offense created a substantial risk of bodily injury or death; or bodily injury, death,
extreme psychological injury, property damage, or monetary loss resulted from the offense.
See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
(B) The defendant was convicted under 7 U.S.C. § 7734.
4. The Commission has not promulgated a guideline for violations of 21 U.S.C. § 333(e) (offenses
involving human growth hormones). Offenses involving anabolic steroids are covered by Chap-
ter Two, Part D (Offenses Involving Drugs and Narco-Terrorism). In the case of an offense in-
volving a substance purported to be an anabolic steroid, but not containing any active ingredient,
apply §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) with “loss” measured by the amount paid,
or to be paid, by the victim for such substance.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 340); November 1, 1991
(amendment 432); November 1, 1992 (amendment 451); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1,
Historical
2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2007 (amendment 711); November 1, 2008 (amendment 723); November 1, 2009 (amendment 733);
November 1, 2023 (amendment 815).
* * * * *
3. ODOMETER LAWS AND REGULATIONS
§2N3.1. Odometer Laws and Regulations
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved more than one vehicle, apply §2B1.1 (Theft,
Property Destruction, and Fraud).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 303
§2N3.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 49 U.S.C. §§ 32703–32705, 32709(b).
Background: The base offense level takes into account the deceptive aspect of the offense assuming
a single vehicle was involved. If more than one vehicle was involved, §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruc-
tion, and Fraud) is to be applied because it is designed to deal with a pattern or scheme.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 199); November 1, 1997
Note (amendment 553); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617).
PART O ― [NOT USED]
304 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2P1.1
PART P ― OFFENSES INVOLVING PRISONS AND CORRECTIONAL
FACILITIES
§2P1.1. Escape, Instigating or Assisting Escape
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 13, if the custody or confinement is by virtue of an arrest on a charge
of felony, or conviction of any offense;
(2) 8, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the use or the threat of force against any person was involved, in-
crease by 5 levels.
(2) If the defendant escaped from non-secure custody and returned vol-
untarily within ninety-six hours, decrease the offense level under
§2P1.1(a)(1) by 7 levels or the offense level under §2P1.1(a)(2) by
4 levels. Provided, however, that this reduction shall not apply if the
defendant, while away from the facility, committed any federal, state,
or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or
more.
(3) If the defendant escaped from the non-secure custody of a community
corrections center, community treatment center, “halfway house,” or
similar facility, and subsection (b)(2) is not applicable, decrease the
offense level under subsection (a)(1) by 4 levels or the offense level
under subsection (a)(2) by 2 levels. Provided, however, that this re-
duction shall not apply if the defendant, while away from the facility,
committed any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of
imprisonment of one year or more.
(4) If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or em-
ployee, or an employee of the Department of Justice, at the time of the
offense, increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 751, 752, 755; 28 U.S.C. § 1826. For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 305
§2P1.2
Application Notes:
1. “Non-secure custody” means custody with no significant physical restraint (e.g., where a de-
fendant walked away from a work detail outside the security perimeter of an institution; where
a defendant failed to return to any institution from a pass or unescorted furlough; or where a
defendant escaped from an institution with no physical perimeter barrier).
2. “Returned voluntarily” includes voluntarily returning to the institution or turning one’s self in
to a law enforcement authority as an escapee (not in connection with an arrest or other charges).
3. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(4) applies, no adjustment is to be made under §3B1.3 (Abuse
of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
4. If death or bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five,
Part K (Departures).
5. Criminal history points under Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History) are to be determined
independently of the application of this guideline. For example, in the case of a defendant serving
a one-year sentence of imprisonment at the time of the escape, criminal history points from
§4A1.1(b) (for the sentence being served at the time of the escape) and §4A1.1(e) (custody status)
would be applicable.
6. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(1) applies as a result of conduct that involves an official victim,
do not apply §3A1.2 (Official Victim).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 200 and 201); November 1,
Historical
1990 (amendment 341); November 1, 1991 (amendment 406); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2023 (amendment 821).
§2P1.2. Providing or Possessing Contraband in Prison
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 23, if the object was a firearm or destructive device.
(2) 13, if the object was a weapon (other than a firearm or a destructive
device), any object that might be used as a weapon or as a means of
facilitating escape, ammunition, LSD, PCP, methamphetamine, or a
narcotic drug.
(3) 6, if the object was an alcoholic beverage, United States or foreign
currency, a mobile phone or similar device, or a controlled substance
(other than LSD, PCP, methamphetamine, or a narcotic drug).
(4) 4, if the object was any other object that threatened the order, disci-
pline, or security of the institution or the life, health, or safety of an
individual.
306 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2P1.2
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or em-
ployee, or an employee of the Department of Justice, at the time of the
offense, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the object of the offense was the distribution of a controlled sub-
stance, apply the offense level from §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing,
Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking; Attempt or Conspiracy). Pro-
vided, that if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1791(a)(1)
and is punishable under 18 U.S.C. § 1791(b)(1), and the resulting of-
fense level is less than level 26, increase to level 26.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1791.
Application Notes:
1. In this guideline, the term “mobile phone or similar device” means a phone or other device as
described in 18 U.S.C. § 1791(d)(1)(F).
2. If the adjustment in §2P1.2(b)(1) applies, no adjustment is to be made under §3B1.3 (Abuse of
Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
3. In a case in which the defendant is convicted of the underlying offense and an offense involving
providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison, group the offenses together under
§3D1.2(c). (Note that 18 U.S.C. § 1791(b) does not require a sentence of imprisonment, although
if a sentence of imprisonment is imposed on a count involving providing or possessing a controlled
substance in prison, section 1791(c) requires that the sentence be imposed to run consecutively
to any other sentence of imprisonment for the controlled substance. Therefore, unlike a count in
which the statute mandates both a minimum and a consecutive sentence of imprisonment, the
grouping rules of §§3D1.1–3D1.5 apply. See §3D1.1(b)(1), comment. (n.1), and §3D1.2, com-
ment. (n.1).) The combined sentence will then be constructed to provide a “total punishment”
that satisfies the requirements both of §5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) and
18 U.S.C. § 1791(c). For example, if the combined applicable guideline range for both counts is
30–37 months and the court determines a “total punishment” of 36 months is appropriate, a
sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus a consecutive six months’ sentence for the
providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison count would satisfy these requirements.
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1791(c), a sentence imposed upon an inmate for a violation of 18 U.S.C.
§ 1791 shall be consecutive to the sentence being served by the inmate at the time of the violation.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 202 and 203); November 1,
Historical
1995 (amendment 525); November 1, 1998 (amendment 579); November 1, 2005 (amendment 680); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2012 (amendment 769).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 307
§2P1.4
§2P1.3. Engaging In, Inciting or Attempting to Incite a Riot Involving Persons in a
Facility for Official Detention
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 22, if the offense was committed under circumstances creating a sub-
stantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person.
(2) 16, if the offense involved a major disruption to the operation of an
institution.
(3) 10, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1792.
Application Note:
1. If death or bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five,
Part K (Departures).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2P1.4. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2P1.4 (Trespass on Bureau of Prisons Facilities), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective
Note November 1, 1989 (amendment 204).
308 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2Q1.2
PART Q ― OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ENVIRONMENT
1. ENVIRONMENT
§2Q1.1. Knowing Endangerment Resulting From Mishandling Hazardous or Toxic
Substances, Pesticides or Other Pollutants
(a) Base Offense Level: 24
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 1992(b)(3); 33 U.S.C. § 1319(c)(3); 42 U.S.C. §§ 6928(e), 7413(c)(5).
For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. If death or serious bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chap-
ter Five, Part K (Departures).
Background: This section applies to offenses committed with knowledge that the violation placed
another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 699); November 1, 2018
Note (amendment 813).
§2Q1.2. Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides;
Recordkeeping, Tampering, and Falsification; Unlawfully Transporting
Hazardous Materials in Commerce
(a) Base Offense Level: 8
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing, continuous, or repetitive
discharge, release, or emission of a hazardous or toxic substance
or pesticide into the environment, increase by 6 levels; or
(B) if the offense otherwise involved a discharge, release, or emission
of a hazardous or toxic substance or pesticide, increase by 4 lev-
els.
(2) If the offense resulted in a substantial likelihood of death or serious
bodily injury, increase by 9 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 309
§2Q1.2
(3) If the offense resulted in disruption of public utilities or evacuation of
a community, or if cleanup required a substantial expenditure, in-
crease by 4 levels.
(4) If the offense involved transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal
without a permit or in violation of a permit, increase by 4 levels.
(5) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive
environmental offense, use the offense level for the substantive of-
fense.
(6) If the offense involved a simple recordkeeping or reporting violation
only, decrease by 2 levels.
(7) If the defendant was convicted under 49 U.S.C. § 5124 or § 46312, in-
crease by 2 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. §§ 136j–136l; 15 U.S.C. §§ 2614 and 2615; 33 U.S.C.
§§ 1319(c)(1), (2), 1321(b)(5), 1517(b); 42 U.S.C. §§ 300h-2, 6928(d), 7413(c)(1)–(4), 9603(b), (c), (d);
43 U.S.C. §§ 1350, 1816(a), 1822(b); 49 U.S.C. §§ 5124, 46312. For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “Recordkeeping offense” includes both recordkeeping and reporting offenses. The term is to be
broadly construed as including failure to report discharges, releases, or emissions where re-
quired; the giving of false information; failure to file other required reports or provide necessary
information; and failure to prepare, maintain, or provide records as prescribed.
2. “Simple recordkeeping or reporting violation” means a recordkeeping or reporting offense
in a situation where the defendant neither knew nor had reason to believe that the recordkeeping
offense would significantly increase the likelihood of any substantive environmental harm.
3. This section applies to offenses involving pesticides or substances designated toxic or hazardous
at the time of the offense by statute or regulation. A listing of hazardous and toxic substances in
the guidelines would be impractical. Several federal statutes (or regulations promulgated there-
under) list toxics, hazardous wastes and substances, and pesticides. These lists, such as those of
toxic pollutants for which effluent standards are published under the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (e.g., 33 U.S.C. § 1317) as well as the designation of hazardous substances under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (e.g., 42 U.S.C.
§ 9601(14)), are revised from time to time. “Toxic” and “hazardous” are defined differently in
various statutes, but the common dictionary meanings of the words are not significantly differ-
ent.
4. Except when the adjustment in subsection (b)(6) for simple recordkeeping offenses applies, this
section assumes knowing conduct. In cases involving negligent conduct, a downward departure
may be warranted.
310 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2Q1.2
5. Subsection (b)(1) assumes a discharge or emission into the environment resulting in actual envi-
ronmental contamination. A wide range of conduct, involving the handling of different quantities
of materials with widely differing propensities, potentially is covered. Depending upon the harm
resulting from the emission, release or discharge, the quantity and nature of the substance or
pollutant, the duration of the offense and the risk associated with the violation, a departure of
up to two levels in either direction from the offense levels prescribed in these specific offense
characteristics may be appropriate.
6. Subsection (b)(2) applies to offenses where the public health is seriously endangered. Depending
upon the nature of the risk created and the number of people placed at risk, a departure of up to
three levels upward or downward may be warranted. If death or serious bodily injury results, a
departure would be called for. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
7. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement where a public disruption, evacuation or cleanup at
substantial expense has been required. Depending upon the nature of the contamination in-
volved, a departure of up to two levels either upward or downward could be warranted.
8. Subsection (b)(4) applies where the offense involved violation of a permit, or where there was a
failure to obtain a permit when one was required. Depending upon the nature and quantity of
the substance involved and the risk associated with the offense, a departure of up to two levels
either upward or downward may be warranted.
9. Other Upward Departure Provisions.—
(A) Civil Adjudications and Failure to Comply with Administrative Order.—In a case
in which the defendant has previously engaged in similar misconduct established by a civil
adjudication or has failed to comply with an administrative order, an upward departure
may be warranted. See §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Cat-
egory).
(B) Extreme Psychological Injury.—If the offense caused extreme psychological injury, an
upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.3 (Extreme Psychological Injury).
(C) Terrorism.—If the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government
by intimidation or coercion, or to retaliate against government conduct, an upward depar-
ture would be warranted. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1.4 (Terrorism).
Background: This section applies both to substantive violations of the statute governing the handling
of pesticides and toxic and hazardous substances and to recordkeeping offenses. The first four specific
offense characteristics provide enhancements when the offense involved a substantive violation. The
fifth and sixth specific offense characteristics apply to recordkeeping offenses. Although other sections
of the guidelines generally prescribe a base offense level of 6 for regulatory violations, §2Q1.2 pre-
scribes a base offense level of 8 because of the inherently dangerous nature of hazardous and toxic
substances and pesticides. A decrease of 2 levels is provided, however, for “simple recordkeeping or
reporting violations” under §2Q1.2(b)(6).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 481); November 1, 1997
Historical
(amendment 553); November 1, 2004 (amendment 672); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1,
Note
2018 (amendment 813).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 311
§2Q1.3
§2Q1.3. Mishandling of Other Environmental Pollutants; Recordkeeping, Tampering,
and Falsification
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing, continuous, or repetitive
discharge, release, or emission of a pollutant into the environ-
ment, increase by 6 levels; or
(B) if the offense otherwise involved a discharge, release, or emission
of a pollutant, increase by 4 levels.
(2) If the offense resulted in a substantial likelihood of death or serious
bodily injury, increase by 11 levels.
(3) If the offense resulted in disruption of public utilities or evacuation of
a community, or if cleanup required a substantial expenditure, in-
crease by 4 levels.
(4) If the offense involved a discharge without a permit or in violation of
a permit, increase by 4 levels.
(5) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive
environmental offense, use the offense level for the substantive of-
fense.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 33 U.S.C. §§ 403, 406, 407, 411, 1319(c)(1), (c)(2), 1415(b), 1907, 1908;
42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(1)–(4). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “Recordkeeping offense” includes both recordkeeping and reporting offenses. The term is to be
broadly construed as including failure to report discharges, releases, or emissions where re-
quired; the giving of false information; failure to file other required reports or provide necessary
information; and failure to prepare, maintain, or provide records as prescribed.
2. If the offense involved mishandling of nuclear material, apply §2M6.2 (Violation of Other Federal
Atomic Energy Agency Statutes, Rules, and Regulations) rather than this guideline.
3. The specific offense characteristics in this section assume knowing conduct. In cases involving
negligent conduct, a downward departure may be warranted.
4. Subsection (b)(1) assumes a discharge or emission into the environment resulting in actual envi-
ronmental contamination. A wide range of conduct, involving the handling of different quantities
of materials with widely differing propensities, potentially is covered. Depending upon the harm
312 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2Q1.4
resulting from the emission, release or discharge, the quantity and nature of the substance or
pollutant, the duration of the offense and the risk associated with the violation, a departure of
up to two levels in either direction from that prescribed in these specific offense characteristics
may be appropriate.
5. Subsection (b)(2) applies to offenses where the public health is seriously endangered. Depending
upon the nature of the risk created and the number of people placed at risk, a departure of up to
three levels upward or downward may be warranted. If death or serious bodily injury results, a
departure would be called for. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).
6. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement where a public disruption, evacuation or cleanup at
substantial expense has been required. Depending upon the nature of the contamination in-
volved, a departure of up to two levels in either direction could be warranted.
7. Subsection (b)(4) applies where the offense involved violation of a permit, or where there was a
failure to obtain a permit when one was required. Depending upon the nature and quantity of
the substance involved and the risk associated with the offense, a departure of up to two levels
in either direction may be warranted.
8. Where a defendant has previously engaged in similar misconduct established by a civil adjudi-
cation or has failed to comply with an administrative order, an upward departure may be war-
ranted. See §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category (Policy State-
ment)).
Background: This section parallels §2Q1.2 but applies to offenses involving substances which are not
pesticides and are not designated as hazardous or toxic.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 205); November 1, 2018
Note (amendment 813).
§2Q1.4. Tampering or Attempted Tampering with a Public Water System; Threatening
to Tamper with a Public Water System
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) 26;
(2) 22, if the offense involved (A) a threat to tamper with a public water
system; and (B) any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out the
threat; or
(3) 16, if the offense involved a threat to tamper with a public water sys-
tem but did not involve any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out
the threat.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 313
§2Q1.4
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily in-
jury, increase by 4 levels; (B) any victim sustained serious bodily in-
jury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) the degree of injury is between that
specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.
(2) If the offense resulted in (A) a substantial disruption of public, gov-
ernmental, or business functions or services; or (B) a substantial ex-
penditure of funds to clean up, decontaminate, or otherwise respond
to the offense, increase by 4 levels.
(3) If the offense resulted in an ongoing, continuous, or repetitive release
of a contaminant into a public water system or lasted for a substantial
period of time, increase by 2 levels.
(c) Cross References
(1) If the offense resulted in death, apply §2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if
the death was caused intentionally or knowingly, or §2A1.2 (Second
Degree Murder) in any other case, if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply §2A2.1 (As-
sault with Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder) if the result-
ing offense level is greater than that determined above.
(3) If the offense involved extortion, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or
Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
(d) Special Instruction
(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death
or permanent, life-threatening, or serious bodily injury of more than
one victim; or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of
more than one victim, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall
be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count
for each such victim.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. § 300i-1.
314 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2Q1.6
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline, “permanent or life-threatening bodily injury”
and “serious bodily injury” have the meaning given those terms in Note 1 of the Commentary
to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
2. Application of Special Instruction.—Subsection (d) applies in any case in which the defend-
ant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent, life-threatening, or seri-
ous bodily injury of more than one victim; or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of
more than one victim, regardless of whether the offense level is determined under this guideline
or under another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) by use of a cross reference under
subsection (c).
3. Departure Provisions.—
(A) Downward Departure Provision.—The base offense level in subsection (a)(1) reflects
that offenses covered by that subsection typically pose a risk of death or serious bodily in-
jury to one or more victims, or cause, or are intended to cause, bodily injury. In the unusual
case in which such an offense did not cause a risk of death or serious bodily injury, and
neither caused nor was intended to cause bodily injury, a downward departure may be war-
ranted.
(B) Upward Departure Provisions.—If the offense caused extreme psychological injury, or
caused substantial property damage or monetary loss, an upward departure may be war-
ranted.
If the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimida-
tion or coercion, or to retaliate against government conduct, an upward departure would be
warranted. See Application Note 4 of §3A1.4 (Terrorism).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 206); November 1, 2003
Note (amendment 655).
§2Q1.5. [Deleted]
Section 2Q1.5 (Threatened Tampering with Public Water System), effective November 1, 1987, amended
Historical
effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 207), was deleted by consolidation with §2Q1.4 effective November
Note
1, 2003 (amendment 655).
§2Q1.6. Hazardous or Injurious Devices on Federal Lands
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):
(1) If the intent was to violate the Controlled Substances Act, apply
§2D1.9 (Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on Federal Prop-
erty to Protect the Unlawful Production of Controlled Substances; At-
tempt or Conspiracy);
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 315
§2Q2.1
(2) If the intent was to obstruct the harvesting of timber, and property
destruction resulted, apply §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and
Fraud);
(3) If the offense involved reckless disregard to the risk that another per-
son would be placed in danger of death or serious bodily injury under
circumstances manifesting extreme indifference to such risk, the of-
fense level from §2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault); or
(4) 6, otherwise.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1864.
Background: The statute covered by this guideline proscribes a wide variety of conduct, ranging from
placing nails in trees to interfere with harvesting equipment to placing anti-personnel devices capable
of causing death or serious bodily injury to protect the unlawful production of a controlled substance.
Subsections (a)(1)–(a)(3) cover the more serious forms of this offense. Subsection (a)(4) provides a min-
imum offense level of 6 where the intent was to obstruct the harvesting of timber and little or no
property damage resulted.
Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 208). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 313); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2010 (amend-
Note
ment 746).
* * * * *
2. CONSERVATION AND WILDLIFE
§2Q2.1. Offenses Involving Fish, Wildlife, and Plants
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the offense (A) was committed for pecuniary gain or otherwise in-
volved a commercial purpose; or (B) involved a pattern of similar vio-
lations, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the offense (A) involved fish, wildlife, or plants that were not quar-
antined as required by law; or (B) otherwise created a significant risk
of infestation or disease transmission potentially harmful to humans,
fish, wildlife, or plants, increase by 2 levels.
316 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2Q2.1
(3) (If more than one applies, use the greater):
(A) If the market value of the fish, wildlife, or plants (i) exceeded
$2,500 but did not exceed $6,500, increase by 1 level; or (ii) ex-
ceeded $6,500, increase by the number of levels from the table in
§2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding
to that amount; or
(B) If the offense involved (i) marine mammals that are listed as de-
pleted under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (as set forth in
50 C.F.R. § 216.15); (ii) fish, wildlife, or plants that are listed as
endangered or threatened by the Endangered Species Act (as set
forth in 50 C.F.R. Part 17); or (iii) fish, wildlife, or plants that are
listed in Appendix I to the Convention on International Trade in
Endangered Species of Wild Fauna or Flora (as set forth in
50 C.F.R. Part 23), increase by 4 levels.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource or paleontological
resource, apply §2B1.5 (Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of, Cul-
tural Heritage Resources or Paleontological Resources; Unlawful
Sale, Purchase, Exchange, Transportation, or Receipt of Cultural Her-
itage Resources or Paleontological Resources), if the resulting offense
level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 16 U.S.C. §§ 668(a), 707(b), 1174(a), 1338(a), 1375(b), 1540(b), 3373(d);
18 U.S.C. §§ 545, 554. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. “For pecuniary gain” means for receipt of, or in anticipation of receipt of, anything of value,
whether monetary or in goods or services. Thus, offenses committed for pecuniary gain include
both monetary and barter transactions. Similarly, activities designed to increase gross revenue
are considered to be committed for pecuniary gain.
2. The acquisition of fish, wildlife, or plants for display to the public, whether for a fee or donation
and whether by an individual or an organization, including a governmental entity, a private non-
profit organization, or a private for-profit organization, shall be considered to involve a “commer-
cial purpose.”
3. For purposes of subsection (b)(2), the quarantine requirements include those set forth in 9 C.F.R.
Part 92, and 7 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter III. State quarantine laws are included as well.
4. When information is reasonably available, “market value” under subsection (b)(3)(A) shall be
based on the fair-market retail price. Where the fair-market retail price is difficult to ascertain,
the court may make a reasonable estimate using any reliable information, such as the reasonable
replacement or restitution cost or the acquisition and preservation (e.g., taxidermy) cost. Market
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 317
§2Q2.2
value, however, shall not be based on measurement of aesthetic loss (so called “contingent valu-
ation” methods).
5. If the offense involved the destruction of a substantial quantity of fish, wildlife, or plants, and
the seriousness of the offense is not adequately measured by the market value, an upward de-
parture may be warranted.
6. For purposes of subsection (c)(1), “cultural heritage resource” has the meaning given that
term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B1.5 (Theft of, Damage to, or Destruction of,
Cultural Heritage Resources; Unlawful Sale, Purchase, Exchange, Transportation, or Receipt of
Cultural Heritage Resources).
Background: This section applies to violations of the Endangered Species Act, the Bald Eagle Pro-
tection Act, the Migratory Bird Treaty, the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the Wild Free-Roaming
Horses and Burros Act, the Fur Seal Act, the Lacey Act, and to violations of 18 U.S.C. §§ 545 and 554
if the smuggling activity involved fish, wildlife, or plants.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 41); November 1, 1989
(amendments 209 and 210); November 1, 1991 (amendment 407); November 1, 1992 (amendment 452); No-
Historical
vember 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amend-
Note
ment 638); November 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2011
(amendment 758); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2Q2.2. [Deleted]
Section 2Q2.2 (Lacey Act; Smuggling and Otherwise Unlawfully Dealing in Fish, Wildlife, and Plants), ef-
Historical
fective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with §2Q2.1 effective November 1, 1989 (amend-
Note
ment 209).
318 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2R1.1
PART R ― ANTITRUST OFFENSES
§2R1.1. Bid-Rigging, Price-Fixing or Market-Allocation Agreements Among
Competitors
(a) Base Offense Level: 12
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the conduct involved participation in an agreement to submit non-
competitive bids, increase by 1 level.
(2) If the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant was more
than $1,000,000, adjust the offense level as follows:
VOLUME OF COMMERCE ADJUSTMENT TO
(APPLY THE GREATEST) OFFENSE LEVEL
(A) More than $1,000,000 add 2
(B) More than $10,000,000 add 4
(C) More than $50,000,000 add 6
(D) More than $100,000,000 add 8
(E) More than $300,000,000 add 10
(F) More than $600,000,000 add 12
(G) More than $1,200,000,000 add 14
(H) More than $1,850,000,000 add 16.
For purposes of this guideline, the volume of commerce attributable
to an individual participant in a conspiracy is the volume of commerce
done by him or his principal in goods or services that were affected by
the violation. When multiple counts or conspiracies are involved, the
volume of commerce should be treated cumulatively to determine a
single, combined offense level.
(c) Special Instruction for Fines
(1) For an individual, the guideline fine range shall be from one to five
percent of the volume of commerce, but not less than $20,000.
(d) Special Instructions for Fines ― Organizations
(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base
Fine), use 20 percent of the volume of affected commerce.
(2) When applying §8C2.6 (Minimum and Maximum Multipliers), neither
the minimum nor maximum multiplier shall be less than 0.75.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 319
§2R1.1
(3) In a bid-rigging case in which the organization submitted one or more
complementary bids, use as the organization’s volume of commerce
the greater of (A) the volume of commerce done by the organization in
the goods or services that were affected by the violation, or (B) the
largest contract on which the organization submitted a complemen-
tary bid in connection with the bid-rigging conspiracy.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. §§ 1, 3(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A
(Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Application of Chapter Three (Adjustments).—Sections 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), 3B1.2
(Mitigating Role), 3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill), and 3C1.1 (Obstruct-
ing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) may be relevant in determining the seriousness
of the defendant’s offense. For example, if a sales manager organizes or leads the price-fixing
activity of five or more participants, the 4-level increase at §3B1.1(a) should be applied to reflect
the defendant’s aggravated role in the offense. For purposes of applying §3B1.2, an individual
defendant should be considered for a mitigating role adjustment only if he were responsible in
some minor way for his firm’s participation in the conspiracy.
2. Considerations in Setting Fine for Individuals.—In setting the fine for individuals, the
court should consider the extent of the defendant’s participation in the offense, the defendant’s
role, and the degree to which the defendant personally profited from the offense (including salary,
bonuses, and career enhancement). If the court concludes that the defendant lacks the ability to
pay the guideline fine, it should impose community service in lieu of a portion of the fine. The
community service should be equally as burdensome as a fine.
3. Fines for Organizations.—The fine for an organization is determined by applying Chapter
Eight (Sentencing of Organizations). In selecting a fine for an organization within the guideline
fine range, the court should consider both the gain to the organization from the offense and the
loss caused by the organization. It is estimated that the average gain from price-fixing is 10 per-
cent of the selling price. The loss from price-fixing exceeds the gain because, among other things,
injury is inflicted upon consumers who are unable or for other reasons do not buy the product at
the higher prices. Because the loss from price-fixing exceeds the gain, subsection (d)(1) provides
that 20 percent of the volume of affected commerce is to be used in lieu of the pecuniary loss
under §8C2.4(a)(3). The purpose for specifying a percent of the volume of commerce is to avoid
the time and expense that would be required for the court to determine the actual gain or loss.
In cases in which the actual monopoly overcharge appears to be either substantially more or
substantially less than 10 percent, this factor should be considered in setting the fine within the
guideline fine range.
4. Another Consideration in Setting Fine.—Another consideration in setting the fine is that
the average level of mark-up due to price-fixing may tend to decline with the volume of commerce
involved.
5. Use of Alternatives Other Than Imprisonment.—It is the intent of the Commission that
alternatives such as community confinement not be used to avoid imprisonment of antitrust of-
fenders.
320 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2R1.1
6. Understatement of Seriousness.—Understatement of seriousness is especially likely in cases
involving complementary bids. If, for example, the defendant participated in an agreement not
to submit a bid, or to submit an unreasonably high bid, on one occasion, in exchange for his being
allowed to win a subsequent bid that he did not in fact win, his volume of commerce would be
zero, although he would have contributed to harm that possibly was quite substantial. The court
should consider sentences near the top of the guideline range in such cases.
7. Defendant with Previous Antitrust Convictions.—In the case of a defendant with previous
antitrust convictions, a sentence at the maximum of the applicable guideline range, or an upward
departure, may be warranted. See §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History
Category (Policy Statement)).
Background: This guideline applies to violations of the antitrust laws. Although they are not unlaw-
ful in all countries, there is near universal agreement that restrictive agreements among competitors,
such as horizontal price-fixing (including bid-rigging) and horizontal market-allocation, can cause se-
rious economic harm. There is no consensus, however, about the harmfulness of other types of anti-
trust offenses, which furthermore are rarely prosecuted and may involve unsettled issues of law. Con-
sequently, only one guideline, which deals with horizontal agreements in restraint of trade, has been
promulgated.
The agreements among competitors covered by this section are almost invariably covert conspir-
acies that are intended to, and serve no purpose other than to, restrict output and raise prices, and
that are so plainly anticompetitive that they have been recognized as illegal per se, i.e., without any
inquiry in individual cases as to their actual competitive effect.
Under the guidelines, prison terms for these offenders should be much more common, and usually
somewhat longer, than typical under pre-guidelines practice. Absent adjustments, the guidelines re-
quire some period of confinement in the great majority of cases that are prosecuted, including all bid-
rigging cases. The court will have the discretion to impose considerably longer sentences within the
guideline ranges. Adjustments from Chapter Three, Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and, in rare
instances, Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense), may decrease these minimum sentences; none-
theless, in very few cases will the guidelines not require that some confinement be imposed. Adjust-
ments will not affect the level of fines.
Tying the offense level to the scale or scope of the offense is important in order to ensure that the
sanction is in fact punitive and that there is an incentive to desist from a violation once it has begun.
The offense levels are not based directly on the damage caused or profit made by the defendant because
damages are difficult and time consuming to establish. The volume of commerce is an acceptable and
more readily measurable substitute. The limited empirical data available as to pre-guidelines practice
showed that fines increased with the volume of commerce and the term of imprisonment probably did
as well.
The Commission believes that the volume of commerce is liable to be an understated measure of
seriousness in some bid-rigging cases. For this reason, and consistent with pre-guidelines practice, the
Commission has specified a 1-level increase for bid-rigging.
Substantial fines are an essential part of the sentence. For an individual, the guideline fine range
is from one to five percent of the volume of commerce, but not less than $20,000. For an organization,
the guideline fine range is determined under Chapter Eight (Sentencing of Organizations), but pursu-
ant to subsection (d)(2), the minimum multiplier is at least 0.75. This multiplier, which requires a
minimum fine of 15 percent of the volume of commerce for the least serious case, was selected to pro-
vide an effective deterrent to antitrust offenses. At the same time, this minimum multiplier maintains
incentives for desired organizational behavior. Because the Department of Justice has a well-estab-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 321
§2R1.1
lished amnesty program for organizations that self-report antitrust offenses, no lower minimum mul-
tiplier is needed as an incentive for self-reporting. A minimum multiplier of at least 0.75 ensures that
fines imposed in antitrust cases will exceed the average monopoly overcharge.
The Commission believes that most antitrust defendants have the resources and earning capac-
ity to pay the fines called for by this guideline, at least over time on an installment basis.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 211 and 303); November 1,
Historical 1991 (amendments 377 and 422); November 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674);
Note November 1, 2005 (amendment 678); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791); November 1, 2018 (amend-
ment 813); November 1, 2024 (amendment 830).
322 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2S1.1
PART S ― MONEY LAUNDERING AND MONETARY TRANSACTION
REPORTING
Historical Introductory Commentary to this Part, effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1990
Note (amendment 342).
§2S1.1. Laundering of Monetary Instruments; Engaging in Monetary Transactions in
Property Derived from Unlawful Activity
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) The offense level for the underlying offense from which the laundered
funds were derived, if (A) the defendant committed the underlying of-
fense (or would be accountable for the underlying offense under sub-
section (a)(1)(A) of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)); and (B) the offense
level for that offense can be determined; or
(2) 8 plus the number of offense levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft,
Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to the value of the
laundered funds, otherwise.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies; and (B) the defendant knew or believed
that any of the laundered funds were the proceeds of, or were intended
to promote (i) an offense involving the manufacture, importation, or
distribution of a controlled substance or a listed chemical; (ii) a crime
of violence; or (iii) an offense involving firearms, explosives, national
security, or the sexual exploitation of a minor, increase by 6 levels.
(2) (Apply the Greatest):
(A) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1957, increase
by 1 level.
(B) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1956, increase
by 2 levels.
(C) If (i) subsection (a)(2) applies; and (ii) the defendant was in the
business of laundering funds, increase by 4 levels.
(3) If (A) subsection (b)(2)(B) applies; and (B) the offense involved sophis-
ticated laundering, increase by 2 levels.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 323
§2S1.1
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956, 1957, 1960 (but only with respect to unlicensed money
transmitting businesses as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 1960(b)(1)(C)). For additional statutory provision(s),
see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Crime of violence” has the meaning given that term in subsection (a)(1) of §4B1.2 (Definitions
of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
“Criminally derived funds” means any funds derived, or represented by a law enforcement
officer, or by another person at the direction or approval of an authorized federal official, to be
derived from conduct constituting a criminal offense.
“Laundered funds” means the property, funds, or monetary instrument involved in the trans-
action, financial transaction, monetary transaction, transportation, transfer, or transmission in
violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1956 or § 1957.
“Laundering funds” means making a transaction, financial transaction, monetary transaction,
or transmission, or transporting or transferring property, funds, or a monetary instrument in
violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1956 or § 1957.
“Sexual exploitation of a minor” means an offense involving (A) promoting prostitution by a
minor; (B) sexually exploiting a minor by production of sexually explicit visual or printed mate-
rial; (C) distribution of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor, or possession of
material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to distribute; or (D) aggravated
sexual abuse, sexual abuse, or abusive sexual contact involving a minor. “Minor” means an indi-
vidual under the age of 18 years.
2. Application of Subsection (a)(1).—
(A) Multiple Underlying Offenses.—In cases in which subsection (a)(1) applies and there is
more than one underlying offense, the offense level for the underlying offense is to be de-
termined under the procedures set forth in Application Note 3 of the Commentary to §1B1.5
(Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines).
(B) Defendants Accountable for Underlying Offense.—In order for subsection (a)(1) to
apply, the defendant must have committed the underlying offense or be accountable for the
underlying offense under §1B1.3(a)(1)(A). The fact that the defendant was involved in laun-
dering criminally derived funds after the commission of the underlying offense, without
additional involvement in the underlying offense, does not establish that the defendant
committed, aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused
the underlying offense.
(C) Application of Chapter Three Adjustments.—Notwithstanding §1B1.5(c), in cases in
which subsection (a)(1) applies, application of any Chapter Three adjustment shall be de-
termined based on the offense covered by this guideline (i.e., the laundering of criminally
derived funds) and not on the underlying offense from which the laundered funds were
derived.
324 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2S1.1
3. Application of Subsection (a)(2).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (a)(2) applies to any case in which (i) the defendant did not com-
mit the underlying offense; or (ii) the defendant committed the underlying offense (or would
be accountable for the underlying offense under §1B1.3(a)(1)(A)), but the offense level for
the underlying offense is impossible or impracticable to determine.
(B) Commingled Funds.—In a case in which a transaction, financial transaction, monetary
transaction, transportation, transfer, or transmission results in the commingling of legiti-
mately derived funds with criminally derived funds, the value of the laundered funds, for
purposes of subsection (a)(2), is the amount of the criminally derived funds, not the total
amount of the commingled funds, if the defendant provides sufficient information to deter-
mine the amount of criminally derived funds without unduly complicating or prolonging
the sentencing process. If the amount of the criminally derived funds is difficult or imprac-
ticable to determine, the value of the laundered funds, for purposes of subsection (a)(2), is
the total amount of the commingled funds.
(C) Non-Applicability of Enhancement.—Subsection (b)(2)(B) shall not apply if the defend-
ant was convicted of a conspiracy under 18 U.S.C. § 1956(h) and the sole object of that
conspiracy was to commit an offense set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 1957.
4. Enhancement for Business of Laundering Funds.—
(A) In General.—The court shall consider the totality of the circumstances to determine
whether a defendant who did not commit the underlying offense was in the business of
laundering funds, for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(C).
(B) Factors to Consider.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that may indicate
the defendant was in the business of laundering funds for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(C):
(i) The defendant regularly engaged in laundering funds.
(ii) The defendant engaged in laundering funds during an extended period of time.
(iii) The defendant engaged in laundering funds from multiple sources.
(iv) The defendant generated a substantial amount of revenue in return for laundering
funds.
(v) At the time the defendant committed the instant offense, the defendant had one or
more prior convictions for an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1956 or § 1957, or under
31 U.S.C. § 5313, § 5314, § 5316, § 5324 or § 5326, or any similar offense under state
law, or an attempt or conspiracy to commit any such federal or state offense. A con-
viction taken into account under subsection (b)(2)(C) is not excluded from considera-
tion of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chap-
ter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
(vi) During the course of an undercover government investigation, the defendant made
statements that the defendant engaged in any of the conduct described in clauses (i)
through (iv).
5. (A) Sophisticated Laundering under Subsection (b)(3).—For purposes of subsec-
tion (b)(3), “sophisticated laundering” means complex or intricate offense conduct per-
taining to the execution or concealment of the 18 U.S.C. § 1956 offense.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 325
§2S1.3
Sophisticated laundering typically involves the use of—
(i) fictitious entities;
(ii) shell corporations;
(iii) two or more levels (i.e., layering) of transactions, transportation, transfers, or trans-
missions, involving criminally derived funds that were intended to appear legitimate;
or
(iv) offshore financial accounts.
(B) Non-Applicability of Enhancement.—If subsection (b)(3) applies, and the conduct that
forms the basis for an enhancement under the guideline applicable to the underlying of-
fense is the only conduct that forms the basis for application of subsection (b)(3) of this
guideline, do not apply subsection (b)(3) of this guideline.
6. Grouping of Multiple Counts.—In a case in which the defendant is convicted of a count of
laundering funds and a count for the underlying offense from which the laundered funds were
derived, the counts shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (c) of §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely-
Related Counts).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 212–214); November 1,
Historical
1991 (amendments 378 and 422); November 1, 2001 (amendment 634); November 1, 2003 (amendment 655);
Note
November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§2S1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2S1.2 (Engaging in Monetary Transactions in Property Derived from Specified Unlawful Activity),
Historical
effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 215), and November 1, 1991
Note
(amendment 422), was deleted by consolidation with §2S1.1 effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 634).
§2S1.3. Structuring Transactions to Evade Reporting Requirements; Failure to Report
Cash or Monetary Transactions; Failure to File Currency and Monetary
Instrument Report; Knowingly Filing False Reports; Bulk Cash Smuggling;
Establishing or Maintaining Prohibited Accounts
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 8, if the defendant was convicted under 31 U.S.C. § 5318 or § 5318A;
or
(2) 6 plus the number of offense levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft,
Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to the value of the
funds, if subsection (a)(1) does not apply.
326 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2S1.3
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the defendant knew or believed that the funds were proceeds of
unlawful activity, or were intended to promote unlawful activity; or
(B) the offense involved bulk cash smuggling, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the defendant (A) was convicted of an offense under subchapter II
of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code; and (B) committed the
offense while violating another law of the United States or as part of
a pattern of unlawful activity involving more than $100,000 in a 12-
month period, increase by 2 levels.
(3) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies and subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) do not
apply; (B) the defendant did not act with reckless disregard of the
source of the funds; (C) the funds were the proceeds of lawful activity;
and (D) the funds were to be used for a lawful purpose, decrease the
offense level to level 6.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense was committed for the purposes of violating the Internal
Revenue laws, apply the most appropriate guideline from Chap-
ter Two, Part T (Offenses Involving Taxation) if the resulting offense
level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 1960 (but only with respect to unlicensed money transmitting
businesses as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 1960(b)(1)(A) and (B)); 26 U.S.C. §§ 7203 (if a violation based upon
26 U.S.C. § 6050I), 7206 (if a violation based upon 26 U.S.C. § 6050I); 31 U.S.C. §§ 5313, 5314, 5316,
5318, 5318A(b), 5322, 5324, 5326, 5331, 5332, 5335, 5336. For additional statutory provision(s), see Ap-
pendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Definition of “Value of the Funds”.—For purposes of this guideline, “value of the funds”
means the amount of the funds involved in the structuring or reporting conduct. The relevant
statutes require monetary reporting without regard to whether the funds were lawfully or un-
lawfully obtained.
2. Bulk Cash Smuggling.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B), “bulk cash smuggling” means
(A) knowingly concealing, with the intent to evade a currency reporting requirement under
31 U.S.C. § 5316, more than $10,000 in currency or other monetary instruments; and (B) trans-
porting or transferring (or attempting to transport or transfer) such currency or monetary in-
struments into or outside of the United States. “United States” has the meaning given that term
in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B5.1 (Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Ob-
ligations of the United States).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 327
§2S1.4
3. Enhancement for Pattern of Unlawful Activity.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), “pat-
tern of unlawful activity” means at least two separate occasions of unlawful activity involving
a total amount of more than $100,000 in a 12-month period, without regard to whether any such
occasion occurred during the course of the offense or resulted in a conviction for the conduct that
occurred on that occasion.
Background: Some of the offenses covered by this guideline relate to records and reports of certain
transactions involving currency and monetary instruments. These reports include Currency Transac-
tion Reports, Currency and Monetary Instrument Reports, Reports of Foreign Bank and Financial
Accounts, and Reports of Cash Payments Over $10,000 Received in a Trade or Business.
This guideline also covers offenses under 31 U.S.C. §§ 5318 and 5318A, pertaining to records,
reporting and identification requirements, prohibited accounts involving certain foreign jurisdictions,
foreign institutions, and foreign banks, and other types of transactions and types of accounts.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 216–218); November 1,
Historical 1991 (amendments 379 and 422); November 1, 1993 (amendment 490); November 1, 2001 (amendments 617
Note and 634); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2003 (amendment 655); November 1, 2023
(amendment 815); November 1, 2024 (amendment 830).
§2S1.4. [Deleted]
Section 2S1.4 (Failure to File Currency and Monetary Instrument Report), effective November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendments 379 and 422), was deleted by consolidation with §2S1.3 effective November 1, 1993 (amend-
Note
ment 490).
328 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T1.1
PART T ― OFFENSES INVOLVING TAXATION
1. INCOME TAXES, EMPLOYMENT TAXES, ESTATE TAXES, GIFT TAXES, AND
EXCISE TAXES (OTHER THAN ALCOHOL, TOBACCO, AND CUSTOMS TAXES)
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 491).
Note
Introductory Commentary
The criminal tax laws are designed to protect the public interest in preserving the integrity of
the nation’s tax system. Criminal tax prosecutions serve to punish the violator and promote respect
for the tax laws. Because of the limited number of criminal tax prosecutions relative to the estimated
incidence of such violations, deterring others from violating the tax laws is a primary consideration
underlying these guidelines. Recognition that the sentence for a criminal tax case will be commensu-
rate with the gravity of the offense should act as a deterrent to would-be violators.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§2T1.1. Tax Evasion; Willful Failure to File Return, Supply Information, or Pay Tax;
Fraudulent or False Returns, Statements, or Other Documents
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) Level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss; or
(2) 6, if there is no tax loss.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If the defendant failed to report or to correctly identify the source of
income exceeding $10,000 in any year from criminal activity, increase
by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase
to level 12.
(2) If the offense involved sophisticated means, increase by 2 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.
(c) Special Instructions
For the purposes of this guideline—
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 329
§2T1.1
(1) If the offense involved tax evasion or a fraudulent or false return,
statement, or other document, the tax loss is the total amount of loss
that was the object of the offense (i.e., the loss that would have re-
sulted had the offense been successfully completed).
Notes:
(A) If the offense involved filing a tax return in which gross income
was underreported, the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 28%
of the unreported gross income (34% if the taxpayer is a corpora-
tion) plus 100% of any false credits claimed against tax, unless a
more accurate determination of the tax loss can be made.
(B) If the offense involved improperly claiming a deduction or an ex-
emption, the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 28% of the
amount of the improperly claimed deduction or exemption (34%
if the taxpayer is a corporation) plus 100% of any false credits
claimed against tax, unless a more accurate determination of the
tax loss can be made.
(C) If the offense involved improperly claiming a deduction to provide
a basis for tax evasion in the future, the tax loss shall be treated
as equal to 28% of the amount of the improperly claimed deduc-
tion (34% if the taxpayer is a corporation) plus 100% of any false
credits claimed against tax, unless a more accurate determina-
tion of the tax loss can be made.
(D) If the offense involved (i) conduct described in subdivision (A),
(B), or (C) of these Notes; and (ii) both individual and corporate
tax returns, the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the of-
fenses added together.
(2) If the offense involved failure to file a tax return, the tax loss is the
amount of tax that the taxpayer owed and did not pay.
Notes:
(A) If the offense involved failure to file a tax return, the tax loss
shall be treated as equal to 20% of the gross income (25% if the
taxpayer is a corporation) less any tax withheld or otherwise
paid, unless a more accurate determination of the tax loss can be
made.
(B) If the offense involved (i) conduct described in subdivision (A) of
these Notes; and (ii) both individual and corporate tax returns,
the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the offenses added to-
gether.
330 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T1.1
(3) If the offense involved willful failure to pay tax, the tax loss is the
amount of tax that the taxpayer owed and did not pay.
(4) If the offense involved improperly claiming a refund to which the
claimant was not entitled, the tax loss is the amount of the claimed
refund to which the claimant was not entitled.
(5) The tax loss is not reduced by any payment of the tax subsequent to
the commission of the offense.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 26 U.S.C. §§ 7201, 7203 (other than a violation based upon 26 U.S.C. § 6050I),
7206 (other than a violation based upon 26 U.S.C. § 6050I or § 7206(2)), and 7207. For additional stat-
utory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Tax Loss.—“Tax loss” is defined in subsection (c). The tax loss does not include interest or pen-
alties, except in willful evasion of payment cases under 26 U.S.C. § 7201 and willful failure to
pay cases under 26 U.S.C. § 7203. Although the definition of tax loss corresponds to what is com-
monly called the “criminal figures,” its amount is to be determined by the same rules applicable
in determining any other sentencing factor. In some instances, such as when indirect methods of
proof are used, the amount of the tax loss may be uncertain; the guidelines contemplate that the
court will simply make a reasonable estimate based on the available facts.
Notes under subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2) address certain situations in income tax cases in which
the tax loss may not be reasonably ascertainable. In these situations, the “presumptions” set
forth are to be used unless the government or defense provides sufficient information for a more
accurate assessment of the tax loss. In cases involving other types of taxes, the presumptions in
the notes under subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2) do not apply.
Example 1: A defendant files a tax return reporting income of $40,000 when his income was
actually $90,000. Under Note (A) to subsection (c)(1), the tax loss is treated as $14,000 ($90,000
of actual gross income minus $40,000 of reported gross income = $50,000 x 28%) unless sufficient
information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss.
Example 2: A defendant files a tax return reporting income of $60,000 when his income was
actually $130,000. In addition, the defendant claims $10,000 in false tax credits. Under Note (A)
to subsection (c)(1), the tax loss is treated as $29,600 ($130,000 of actual gross income minus
$60,000 of reported gross income = $70,000 x 28% = $19,600, plus $10,000 of false tax credits)
unless sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss.
Example 3: A defendant fails to file a tax return for a year in which his salary was $24,000, and
$2,600 in income tax was withheld by his employer. Under the note to subsection (c)(2), the tax
loss is treated as $2,200 ($24,000 of gross income x 20% = $4,800, minus $2,600 of tax withheld)
unless sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss.
In determining the tax loss attributable to the offense, the court should use as many methods set
forth in subsection (c) and this commentary as are necessary given the circumstances of the par-
ticular case. If none of the methods of determining the tax loss set forth fit the circumstances of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 331
§2T1.1
the particular case, the court should use any method of determining the tax loss that appears
appropriate to reasonably calculate the loss that would have resulted had the offense been suc-
cessfully completed.
2. Total Tax Loss Attributable to the Offense.—In determining the total tax loss attributable
to the offense (see §1B1.3(a)(2)), all conduct violating the tax laws should be considered as part
of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan unless the evidence demonstrates that
the conduct is clearly unrelated. The following examples are illustrative of conduct that is part
of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan: (A) there is a continuing pattern of
violations of the tax laws by the defendant; (B) the defendant uses a consistent method to evade
or camouflage income, e.g., backdating documents or using off-shore accounts; (C) the violations
involve the same or a related series of transactions; (D) the violation in each instance involves a
false or inflated claim of a similar deduction or credit; and (E) the violation in each instance
involves a failure to report or an understatement of a specific source of income, e.g., interest from
savings accounts or income from a particular business activity. These examples are not intended
to be exhaustive.
3. Unclaimed Credits, Deductions, and Exemptions.—In determining the tax loss, the court
should account for the standard deduction and personal and dependent exemptions to which the
defendant was entitled. In addition, the court should account for any unclaimed credit, deduction,
or exemption that is needed to ensure a reasonable estimate of the tax loss, but only to the extent
that (A) the credit, deduction, or exemption was related to the tax offense and could have been
claimed at the time the tax offense was committed; (B) the credit, deduction, or exemption is
reasonably and practicably ascertainable; and (C) the defendant presents information to support
the credit, deduction, or exemption sufficiently in advance of sentencing to provide an adequate
opportunity to evaluate whether it has sufficient indicia of reliability to support its probable
accuracy (see §6A1.3 (Resolution of Disputed Factors) (Policy Statement)).
However, the court shall not account for payments to third parties made in a manner that en-
couraged or facilitated a separate violation of law (e.g., “under the table” payments to employees
or expenses incurred to obstruct justice).
The burden is on the defendant to establish any such credit, deduction, or exemption by a pre-
ponderance of the evidence. See §6A1.3, comment.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(1) (Criminal Activity).—“Criminal activity” means any
conduct constituting a criminal offense under federal, state, local, or foreign law.
5. Application of Subsection (b)(2) (Sophisticated Means).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2),
“sophisticated means” means especially complex or especially intricate offense conduct per-
taining to the execution or concealment of an offense. Conduct such as hiding assets or transac-
tions, or both, through the use of fictitious entities, corporate shells, or offshore financial accounts
ordinarily indicates sophisticated means.
6. Other Definitions.—For purposes of this section:
A “credit claimed against tax” is an item that reduces the amount of tax directly. In contrast,
a “deduction” is an item that reduces the amount of taxable income.
“Gross income” has the same meaning as it has in 26 U.S.C. § 61 and 26 C.F.R. § 1.61-1.
7. Aggregation of Individual and Corporate Tax Loss.—If the offense involved both individual
and corporate tax returns, the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the individual tax offense
and the corporate tax offense added together. Accordingly, in a case in which a defendant fails to
332 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T1.1
report income derived from a corporation on both the defendant’s individual tax return and the
defendant’s corporate tax return, the tax loss is the sum of (A) the unreported or diverted amount
multiplied by (i) 28%; or (ii) the tax rate for the individual tax offense, if sufficient information is
available to make a more accurate assessment of that tax rate; and (B) the unreported or diverted
amount multiplied by (i) 34%; or (ii) the tax rate for the corporate tax offense, if sufficient infor-
mation is available to make a more accurate assessment of that tax rate. For example, the de-
fendant, the sole owner of a subchapter C corporation, fraudulently understates the corporation’s
income in the amount of $100,000 on the corporation’s tax return, diverts the funds to the de-
fendant’s own use, and does not report these funds on the defendant’s individual tax return. For
purposes of this example, assume the use of 34% with respect to the corporate tax loss and the
use of 28% with respect to the individual tax loss. The tax loss attributable to the defendant’s
corporate tax return is $34,000 ($100,000 multiplied by 34%). The tax loss attributable to the
defendant’s individual tax return is $28,000 ($100,000 multiplied by 28%). The tax loss for the
offenses are added together to equal $62,000 ($34,000 + $28,000).
Background: This guideline relies most heavily on the amount of loss that was the object of the of-
fense. Tax offenses, in and of themselves, are serious offenses; however, a greater tax loss is obviously
more harmful to the Treasury and more serious than a smaller one with otherwise similar character-
istics. Furthermore, as the potential benefit from the offense increases, the sanction necessary to deter
also increases.
Under pre-guidelines practice, roughly half of all tax evaders were sentenced to probation with-
out imprisonment, while the other half received sentences that required them to serve an average
prison term of twelve months. This guideline is intended to reduce disparity in sentencing for tax
offenses and to somewhat increase average sentence length. As a result, the number of purely proba-
tionary sentences will be reduced. The Commission believes that any additional costs of imprisonment
that may be incurred as a result of the increase in the average term of imprisonment for tax offenses
are inconsequential in relation to the potential increase in revenue. According to estimates current at
the time this guideline was originally developed (1987), income taxes are underpaid by approximately
$90 billion annually. Guideline sentences should result in small increases in the average length of
imprisonment for most tax cases that involve less than $100,000 in tax loss. The increase is expected
to be somewhat larger for cases involving more taxes.
Failure to report criminally derived income is included as a factor for deterrence purposes. Crim-
inally derived income is generally difficult to establish, so that the tax loss in such cases will tend to
be substantially understated. An enhancement for offenders who violate the tax laws as part of a pat-
tern of criminal activity from which they derive a substantial portion of their income also serves to
implement the mandate of 28 U.S.C. § 994(i)(2).
Although tax offenses always involve some planning, unusually sophisticated efforts to conceal
the offense decrease the likelihood of detection and therefore warrant an additional sanction for deter-
rence purposes.
The guideline does not make a distinction for an employee who prepares fraudulent returns on
behalf of his employer. The adjustments in Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense) should be used
to make appropriate distinctions.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 219–223); November 1,
Historical 1990 (amendment 343); November 1, 1992 (amendment 468); November 1, 1993 (amendment 491); Novem-
Note ber 1, 1998 (amendment 577); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646);
November 1, 2013 (amendment 774); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 333
§2T1.4
§2T1.2. [Deleted]
Section 2T1.2 (Willful Failure To File Return, Supply Information, or Pay Tax), effective November 1, 1987,
Historical amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 224–227), November 1, 1990 (amendment 343), and No-
Note vember 1, 1991 (amendment 408), was deleted by consolidation with §2T1.1 effective November 1, 1993
(amendment 491).
§2T1.3. [Deleted]
Section 2T1.3 (Fraud and False Statements Under Penalty of Perjury), effective November 1, 1987, amended
Historical effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 228–230), November 1, 1990 (amendment 343), and November 1,
Note 1991 (amendment 426), was deleted by consolidation with §2T1.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amend-
ment 491).
§2T1.4. Aiding, Assisting, Procuring, Counseling, or Advising Tax Fraud
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) Level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss; or
(2) 6, if there is no tax loss.
For purposes of this guideline, the “tax loss” is the tax loss, as defined in
§2T1.1, resulting from the defendant’s aid, assistance, procurance or ad-
vice.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If (A) the defendant committed the offense as part of a pattern or
scheme from which he derived a substantial portion of his income; or
(B) the defendant was in the business of preparing or assisting in the
preparation of tax returns, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If the offense involved sophisticated means, increase by 2 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 26 U.S.C. § 7206(2) (other than a violation based upon 26 U.S.C. § 6050I).
Application Notes:
1. For the general principles underlying the determination of tax loss, see §2T1.1(c) and Application
Note 1 of the Commentary to §2T1.1 (Tax Evasion; Willful Failure to File Return, Supply Infor-
mation, or Pay Tax; Fraudulent or False Returns, Statements, or Other Documents). In certain
334 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T1.6
instances, such as promotion of a tax shelter scheme, the defendant may advise other persons to
violate their tax obligations through filing returns that find no support in the tax laws. If this
type of conduct can be shown to have resulted in the filing of false returns (regardless of whether
the principals were aware of their falsity), the misstatements in all such returns will contribute
to one aggregate “tax loss.”
2. Subsection (b)(1) has two prongs. The first prong applies to persons who derive a substantial
portion of their income through the promotion of tax schemes, e.g., through promoting fraudulent
tax shelters. The second prong applies to persons who regularly prepare or assist in the prepa-
ration of tax returns for profit. If an enhancement from this subsection applies, do not apply
§3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).
3. Sophisticated Means.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), “sophisticated means” means es-
pecially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or conceal-
ment of an offense. Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions, or both, through the use of
fictitious entities, corporate shells, or offshore financial accounts ordinarily indicates sophisti-
cated means.
Background: An increased offense level is specified for those in the business of preparing or assisting
in the preparation of tax returns and those who make a business of promoting tax fraud because their
misconduct poses a greater risk of revenue loss and is more clearly willful. Other considerations are
similar to those in §2T1.1.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 231 and 303); November 1,
Historical
1990 (amendment 343); November 1, 1993 (amendment 491); November 1, 1998 (amendment 577); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2001 (amendment 617).
§2T1.5. [Deleted]
Historical Section 2T1.5 (Fraudulent Returns, Statements, or Other Documents), effective November 1, 1987, was de-
Note leted by consolidation with §2T1.1 effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 491).
§2T1.6. Failing to Collect or Truthfully Account for and Pay Over Tax
(a) Base Offense Level: Level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the
tax not collected or accounted for and paid over.
(b) Cross Reference
(1) Where the offense involved embezzlement by withholding tax from an
employee’s earnings and willfully failing to account to the employee
for it, apply §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) if the
resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 26 U.S.C. § 7202.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 335
§2T1.7
Application Note:
1. In the event that the employer not only failed to account to the Internal Revenue Service and
pay over the tax, but also collected the tax from employees and did not account to them for it, it
is both tax evasion and a form of embezzlement. Subsection (b)(1) addresses such cases.
Background: The failure to collect or truthfully account for the tax must be willful, as must the fail-
ure to pay. Where no effort is made to defraud the employee, the offense is a form of tax evasion, and
is treated as such in the guidelines.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 232); November 1, 1991
Note (amendment 409); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2016 (amendment 804).
§2T1.7. Failing to Deposit Collected Taxes in Trust Account as Required After Notice
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) 4; or
(2) 5 less than the level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the
amount not deposited.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 26 U.S.C. §§ 7215, 7512(b).
Application Notes:
1. If funds are deposited and withdrawn without being paid to the Internal Revenue Service, they
should be treated as never having been deposited.
2. It is recommended that the fine be based on the total amount of funds not deposited.
Background: This offense is a misdemeanor that does not require any intent to evade taxes, nor even
that taxes have not been paid. The more serious offense is 26 U.S.C. § 7202 (see §2T1.6).
This offense should be relatively easy to detect and fines may be feasible. Accordingly, the offense
level has been set considerably lower than for tax evasion, although some effort has been made to tie
the offense level to the level of taxes that were not deposited.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
336 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T1.9
§2T1.8. Offenses Relating to Withholding Statements
(a) Base Offense Level: 4
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 26 U.S.C. §§ 7204, 7205.
Application Note:
1. If the defendant was attempting to evade, rather than merely delay, payment of taxes, an upward
departure may be warranted.
Background: The offenses are misdemeanors. Under pre-guidelines practice, imprisonment was un-
usual.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§2T1.9. Conspiracy to Impede, Impair, Obstruct, or Defeat Tax
(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
(1) Offense level determined from §2T1.1 or §2T1.4, as appropriate; or
(2) 10.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
If more than one applies, use the greater:
(1) If the offense involved the planned or threatened use of violence to
impede, impair, obstruct, or defeat the ascertainment, computation,
assessment, or collection of revenue, increase by 4 levels.
(2) If the conduct was intended to encourage persons other than or in ad-
dition to co-conspirators to violate the internal revenue laws or im-
pede, impair, obstruct, or defeat the ascertainment, computation, as-
sessment, or collection of revenue, increase by 2 levels. Do not, how-
ever, apply this adjustment if an adjustment from §2T1.4(b)(1) is ap-
plied.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 371.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 337
§2T1.9
Application Notes:
1. This section applies to conspiracies to “defraud the United States by impeding, impairing, ob-
structing and defeating . . . the collection of revenue.” United States v. Carruth, 699 F.2d 1017,
1021 (9th Cir. 1983), cert. denied, 464 U.S. 1038 (1984). See also United States v. Browning,
723 F.2d 1544 (11th Cir. 1984); United States v. Klein, 247 F.2d 908, 915 (2d Cir. 1957), cert.
denied, 355 U.S. 924 (1958). It does not apply to taxpayers, such as a husband and wife, who
merely evade taxes jointly or file a fraudulent return.
2. The base offense level is the offense level (base offense level plus any applicable specific offense
characteristics) from §2T1.1 or §2T1.4 (whichever guideline most closely addresses the harm that
would have resulted had the conspirators succeeded in impeding, impairing, obstructing, or de-
feating the Internal Revenue Service) if that offense level is greater than 10. Otherwise, the base
offense level is 10.
3. Specific offense characteristics from §2T1.9(b) are to be applied to the base offense level deter-
mined under §2T1.9(a)(1) or (2).
4. Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement where the conduct was intended to encourage per-
sons, other than the participants directly involved in the offense, to violate the tax laws (e.g., an
offense involving a “tax protest” group that encourages persons to violate the tax laws, or an
offense involving the marketing of fraudulent tax shelters or schemes).
Background: This type of conspiracy generally involves substantial sums of money. It also typically
is complex and may be far-reaching, making it quite difficult to evaluate the extent of the revenue loss
caused. Additional specific offense characteristics are included because of the potential for these tax
conspiracies to subvert the revenue system and the danger to law enforcement agents and the public.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 233 and 234); November 1,
Note 1993 (amendment 491).
* * * * *
2. ALCOHOL AND TOBACCO TAXES
Introductory Commentary
This subpart deals with offenses contained in parts I–IV of subchapter J of chapter 51 of subti-
tle E of title 26, United States Code, chiefly 26 U.S.C. §§ 5601–5605, 5607, 5608, 5661, 5671, 5691, and
5762, where the essence of the conduct is tax evasion or a regulatory violation. No effort has been made
to provide a section-by-section set of guidelines. Rather, the conduct is dealt with by dividing offenses
into two broad categories: tax evasion offenses and regulatory offenses.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2016
Note (amendment 804); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
338 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T2.2
§2T2.1. Non-Payment of Taxes
(a) Base Offense Level: Level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the
tax loss.
For purposes of this guideline, the “tax loss” is the amount of taxes that
the taxpayer failed to pay or attempted not to pay.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. § 377, 26 U.S.C. §§ 5601–5605, 5607, 5608, 5661, 5671, 5691, 5762,
provided the conduct constitutes non-payment, evasion or attempted evasion of taxes. For additional
statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. The tax loss is the total amount of unpaid taxes that were due on the alcohol and/or tobacco, or
that the defendant was attempting to evade.
2. Offense conduct directed at more than tax evasion (e.g., theft or fraud) may warrant an upward
departure.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2012 (amendment 769); November 1, 2016
Note (amendment 804).
§2T2.2. Regulatory Offenses
(a) Base Offense Level: 4
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. § 377, 26 U.S.C. §§ 5601, 5603–5605, 5661, 5671, 5762, provided
the conduct is tantamount to a record-keeping violation rather than an effort to evade payment of
taxes. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 359); November 1, 2012
Note (amendment 769); November 1, 2016 (amendment 804).
* * * * *
3. CUSTOMS TAXES
Introductory Commentary
This subpart deals with violations of 18 U.S.C. §§ 496, 541–545, 547, 548, 550, 551, 1915 and
19 U.S.C. §§ 283, 1436, 1464, 1465, 1586(e), 1708(b), and 3907, and is designed to address violations
involving revenue collection or trade regulation. It is intended to deal with some types of contraband,
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 339
§2T3.1
such as certain uncertified diamonds, but is not intended to deal with the importation of other types
of contraband, such as drugs, or other items such as obscene material, firearms or pelts of endangered
species, the importation of which is prohibited or restricted for non-economic reasons. Other, more
specific criminal statutes apply to most of these offenses. Importation of contraband or stolen goods
not specifically covered by this subpart would be a reason for referring to another, more specific guide-
line, if applicable, or for departing upward if there is not another more specific applicable guideline.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 453); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 674); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§2T3.1. Evading Import Duties or Restrictions (Smuggling); Receiving or Trafficking in
Smuggled Property
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) The level from §2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss, if the
tax loss exceeded $1,500; or
(2) 5, if the tax loss exceeded $200 but did not exceed $1,500; or
(3) 4, if the tax loss did not exceed $200.
For purposes of this guideline, the “tax loss” is the amount of the duty.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) If the offense involved sophisticated means, increase by 2 levels. If the
resulting offense level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) If the offense involves a contraband item covered by another offense
guideline, apply that offense guideline if the resulting offense level is
greater than that determined above.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 496, 541–545, 547, 548, 550, 551, 1915; 19 U.S.C. §§ 283, 1436,
1464, 1465, 1586(e), 1708(b), 3907. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory
Index).
Application Notes:
1. A sentence at or near the minimum of the guideline range typically would be appropriate for
cases involving tourists who bring in items for their own use. Such conduct generally poses a
lesser threat to revenue collection.
340 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2T4.1
2. Particular attention should be given to those items for which entry is prohibited, limited, or re-
stricted. Especially when such items are harmful or protective quotas are in effect, the duties
evaded on such items may not adequately reflect the harm to society or protected industries
resulting from their importation. In such instances, an upward departure may be warranted. A
sentence based upon an alternative measure of the “duty” evaded, such as the increase in market
value due to importation, or 25 percent of the items’ fair market value in the United States if the
increase in market value due to importation is not readily ascertainable, might be considered.
3. Sophisticated Means.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), “sophisticated means” means es-
pecially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or conceal-
ment of an offense. Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions, or both, through the use of
fictitious entities, corporate shells, or offshore financial accounts ordinarily indicates sophisti-
cated means.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 235); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 410); November 1, 1992 (amendment 453); November 1, 1998 (amendment 577); November 1,
Note
2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
§2T3.2. [Deleted]
Section 2T3.2 (Receiving or Trafficking in Smuggled Property), effective November 1, 1987, amended effec-
Historical
tive November 1, 1989 (amendment 236) and November 1, 1991 (amendment 410), was deleted by consoli-
Note
dation with §2T3.1 effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 453).
* * * * *
4. TAX TABLE
§2T4.1. Tax Table
TAX LOSS (APPLY THE GREATEST) OFFENSE LEVEL
(A) $2,500 or less 6
(B) More than $2,500 8
(C) More than $6,500 10
(D) More than $15,000 12
(E) More than $40,000 14
(F) More than $100,000 16
(G) More than $250,000 18
(H) More than $550,000 20
(I) More than $1,500,000 22
(J) More than $3,500,000 24
(K) More than $9,500,000 26
(L) More than $25,000,000 28
(M) More than $65,000,000 30
(N) More than $150,000,000 32
(O) More than $250,000,000 34
(P) More than $550,000,000 36.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 341
§2T4.1
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 237); November 1, 1993
Historical
(amendment 491); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); January 25, 2003 (amendment 647); November 1,
Note
2003 (amendment 653); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
PART U ― [NOT USED]
PART V ― [NOT USED]
PART W ― [NOT USED]
342 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2X1.1
PART X ― OTHER OFFENSES
1. CONSPIRACIES, ATTEMPTS, SOLICITATIONS
§2X1.1. Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy (Not Covered by a Specific Offense
Guideline)
(a) Base Offense Level: The base offense level from the guideline for the sub-
stantive offense, plus any adjustments from such guideline for any in-
tended offense conduct that can be established with reasonable certainty.
(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
(1) If an attempt, decrease by 3 levels, unless the defendant completed
all the acts the defendant believed necessary for successful completion
of the substantive offense or the circumstances demonstrate that the
defendant was about to complete all such acts but for apprehension or
interruption by some similar event beyond the defendant’s control.
(2) If a conspiracy, decrease by 3 levels, unless the defendant or a co-con-
spirator completed all the acts the conspirators believed necessary on
their part for the successful completion of the substantive offense or
the circumstances demonstrate that the conspirators were about to
complete all such acts but for apprehension or interruption by some
similar event beyond their control.
(3) (A) If a solicitation, decrease by 3 levels unless the person solicited
to commit or aid the substantive offense completed all the acts he
believed necessary for successful completion of the substantive
offense or the circumstances demonstrate that the person was
about to complete all such acts but for apprehension or interrup-
tion by some similar event beyond such person’s control.
(B) If the statute treats solicitation of the substantive offense identi-
cally with the substantive offense, do not apply subdivision (A)
above; i.e., the offense level for solicitation is the same as that for
the substantive offense.
(c) Cross Reference
(1) When an attempt, solicitation, or conspiracy is expressly covered by
another offense guideline section, apply that guideline section.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 343
§2X1.1
(d) Special Instruction
(1) Subsection (b) shall not apply to:
(A) Any of the following offenses, if such offense involved, or was in-
tended to promote, a federal crime of terrorism as defined in
18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5):
18 U.S.C. § 81;
18 U.S.C. § 930(c);
18 U.S.C. § 1362;
18 U.S.C. § 1363;
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(1)–(a)(7), (a)(9), (a)(10);
18 U.S.C. § 2339A;
18 U.S.C. § 2340A;
49 U.S.C. § 46504;
49 U.S.C. § 46505; and
49 U.S.C. § 60123(b).
(B) Any of the following offenses:
18 U.S.C. § 32; and
18 U.S.C. § 2332a.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 371, 372, 2271, 2282A, 2282B. For additional statutory provi-
sion(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Notes:
1. Certain attempts, conspiracies, and solicitations are expressly covered by other offense guide-
lines.
Offense guidelines that expressly cover attempts include:
§§2A2.1, 2A3.1, 2A3.2, 2A3.3, 2A3.4, 2A4.2, 2A5.1;
§§2C1.1, 2C1.2;
§§2D1.1, 2D1.2, 2D1.5, 2D1.6, 2D1.7, 2D1.8, 2D1.9, 2D1.10, 2D1.11, 2D1.12, 2D1.13, 2D2.1,
2D2.2, 2D3.1, 2D3.2;
§2E5.1;
§2M6.1;
§2N1.1;
§2Q1.4.
Offense guidelines that expressly cover conspiracies include:
§2A1.5;
§§2D1.1, 2D1.2, 2D1.5, 2D1.6, 2D1.7, 2D1.8, 2D1.9, 2D1.10, 2D1.11, 2D1.12, 2D1.13, 2D2.1,
2D2.2, 2D3.1, 2D3.2;
§2H1.1;
344 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2X1.1
§2M6.1;
§2T1.9.
Offense guidelines that expressly cover solicitations include:
§2A1.5;
§§2C1.1, 2C1.2;
§2E5.1.
2. “Substantive offense,” as used in this guideline, means the offense that the defendant was con-
victed of soliciting, attempting, or conspiring to commit. Under §2X1.1(a), the base offense level
will be the same as that for the substantive offense. But the only specific offense characteristics
from the guideline for the substantive offense that apply are those that are determined to have
been specifically intended or actually occurred. Speculative specific offense characteristics will
not be applied. For example, if two defendants are arrested during the conspiratorial stage of
planning an armed bank robbery, the offense level ordinarily would not include aggravating fac-
tors regarding possible injury to others, hostage taking, discharge of a weapon, or obtaining a
large sum of money, because such factors would be speculative. The offense level would simply
reflect the level applicable to robbery of a financial institution, with the enhancement for posses-
sion of a weapon. If it was established that the defendants actually intended to physically re-
strain the teller, the specific offense characteristic for physical restraint would be added. In an
attempted theft, the value of the items that the defendant attempted to steal would be consid-
ered.
3. If the substantive offense is not covered by a specific guideline, see §2X5.1 (Other Offenses).
4. In certain cases, the participants may have completed (or have been about to complete but for
apprehension or interruption) all of the acts necessary for the successful completion of part, but
not all, of the intended offense. In such cases, the offense level for the count (or group of closely
related multiple counts) is whichever of the following is greater: the offense level for the intended
offense minus 3 levels (under §2X1.1(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3)(A)), or the offense level for the part of
the offense for which the necessary acts were completed (or about to be completed but for appre-
hension or interruption). For example, where the intended offense was the theft of $800,000 but
the participants completed (or were about to complete) only the acts necessary to steal $30,000,
the offense level is the offense level for the theft of $800,000 minus 3 levels, or the offense level
for the theft of $30,000, whichever is greater.
In the case of multiple counts that are not closely related counts, whether the 3-level reduction
under §2X1.1(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3)(A) applies is determined separately for each count.
Background: In most prosecutions for conspiracies or attempts, the substantive offense was substan-
tially completed or was interrupted or prevented on the verge of completion by the intercession of law
enforcement authorities or the victim. In such cases, no reduction of the offense level is warranted.
Sometimes, however, the arrest occurs well before the defendant or any co-conspirator has completed
the acts necessary for the substantive offense. Under such circumstances, a reduction of 3 levels is
provided under §2X1.1(b)(1) or (2).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 42); November 1, 1989
(amendments 238–242); November 1, 1990 (amendments 311 and 327); November 1, 1991 (amendment 411);
Historical
November 1, 1992 (amendments 444 and 447); November 1, 1993 (amendment 496); November 1, 2001
Note
(amendment 633); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004 (amendment 669); November 1,
2007 (amendments 699 and 700).
* * * * *
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 345
§2X3.1
2. AIDING AND ABETTING
§2X2.1. Aiding and Abetting
The offense level is the same level as that for the underlying offense.
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 2, 2284, 2339, 2339A, 2339C(a)(1)(A).
Application Note:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “underlying offense” means the offense the de-
fendant is convicted of aiding or abetting, or in the case of a violation of 18 U.S.C. § 2339A or
§ 2339C(a)(1)(A), “underlying offense” means the offense the defendant is convicted of having
materially supported or provided or collected funds for, prior to or during its commission.
Background: A defendant convicted of aiding and abetting is punishable as a principal. 18 U.S.C.
§ 2. This section provides that aiding and abetting the commission of an offense has the same offense
level as the underlying offense. An adjustment for a mitigating role (§3B1.2) may be applicable.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 359); November 1,
Note 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2003 (amendment 655); November 1, 2007 (amendment 700).
* * * * *
3. ACCESSORY AFTER THE FACT
§2X3.1. Accessory After the Fact
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) 6 levels lower than the offense level for the underlying offense, except
as provided in subdivisions (2) and (3).
(2) The base offense level under this guideline shall be not less than
level 4.
(3) (A) The base offense level under this guideline shall be not more than
level 30, except as provided in subdivision (B).
(B) In any case in which the conduct is limited to harboring a fugi-
tive, other than a case described in subdivision (C), the base of-
fense level under this guideline shall be not more than level 20.
346 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2X4.1
(C) The limitation in subdivision (B) shall not apply in any case in
which (i) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 2339 or
§ 2339A; or (ii) the conduct involved harboring a person who com-
mitted any offense listed in 18 U.S.C. § 2339 or § 2339A or who
committed any offense involving or intending to promote a fed-
eral crime of terrorism, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5). In
such a case, the base offense level under this guideline shall be
not more than level 30, as provided in subdivision (A).
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 3, 757, 1071, 1072, 2284, 2339, 2339A, 2339C(c)(2)(A), (c)(2)(B)
(but only with respect to funds known or intended to have been provided or collected in violation of
18 U.S.C. § 2339C(a)(1)(A)).
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “underlying offense” means the offense as to
which the defendant is convicted of being an accessory, or in the case of a violation of 18 U.S.C.
§ 2339A, “underlying offense” means the offense the defendant is convicted of having materi-
ally supported after its commission (i.e., in connection with the concealment of or an escape from
that offense), or in the case of a violation of 18 U.S.C. § 2339C(c)(2)(A), “underlying offense”
means the violation of 18 U.S.C. § 2339B with respect to which the material support or resources
were concealed or disguised. Apply the base offense level plus any applicable specific offense
characteristics that were known, or reasonably should have been known, by the defendant;
see Application Note 9 of the Commentary to §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).
2. Application of Mitigating Role Adjustment.—The adjustment from §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role)
normally would not apply because an adjustment for reduced culpability is incorporated in the
base offense level.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 243); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 380); November 1, 1993 (amendment 496); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1,
Note
2003 (amendment 655); November 1, 2007 (amendment 700); November 1, 2015 (amendments 790 and 797).
* * * * *
4. MISPRISION OF FELONY
§2X4.1. Misprision of Felony
(a) Base Offense Level: 9 levels lower than the offense level for the underlying
offense, but in no event less than 4, or more than 19.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 4.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 347
§2X5.1
Application Notes:
1. “Underlying offense” means the offense as to which the defendant is convicted of committing
the misprision. Apply the base offense level plus any applicable specific offense characteristics
that were known, or reasonably should have been known, by the defendant; see Application
Note 9 of the Commentary to §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).
2. The adjustment from §3B1.2 (Mitigating Role) normally would not apply because an adjustment
for reduced culpability is incorporated in the base offense level.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 244); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 496); November 1, 2015 (amendments 790 and 797).
* * * * *
5. ALL OTHER FELONY OFFENSES AND CLASS A MISDEMEANORS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 685).
Note
§2X5.1. Other Felony Offenses
If the offense is a felony for which no guideline expressly has been promulgated,
apply the most analogous offense guideline. If there is not a sufficiently analo-
gous guideline, the provisions of 18 U.S.C. § 3553 shall control, except that any
guidelines and policy statements that can be applied meaningfully in the ab-
sence of a Chapter Two offense guideline shall remain applicable.
If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1), apply the guideline
that covers the conduct the defendant is convicted of having engaged in, as that
conduct is described in 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1) and listed in 18 U.S.C. § 1841(b).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1).
Application Notes:
1. In General.—Guidelines and policy statements that can be applied meaningfully in the absence
of a Chapter Two offense guideline include: §5B1.3 (Conditions of Probation); §5D1.1 (Imposition
of a Term of Supervised Release); §5D1.2 (Term of Supervised Release); §5D1.3 (Conditions of
Supervised Release); §5E1.1 (Restitution); §5E1.3 (Special Assessments); §5E1.4 (Forfeiture);
Chapter Five, Part F (Sentencing Options); §5G1.3 (Imposition of a Sentence on a Defendant
Subject to an Undischarged Term of Imprisonment or Anticipated State Term of Imprisonment);
Chapter Five, Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics); Chapter Five, Part J (Relief from Dis-
ability); Chapter Five, Part K (Departures); Chapter Six, Part A (Sentencing Procedures); Chap-
ter Six, Part B (Plea Agreements).
348 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2X5.2
2. Convictions under 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1).—
(A) In General.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1), the Chapter Two
offense guideline that applies is the guideline that covers the conduct the defendant is con-
victed of having engaged in, i.e., the conduct of which the defendant is convicted that vio-
lates a specific provision listed in 18 U.S.C. § 1841(b) and that results in the death of, or
bodily injury to, a child in utero at the time of the offense of conviction. For example, if the
defendant committed aggravated sexual abuse against the unborn child’s mother and it
caused the death of the child in utero, the applicable Chapter Two guideline would be
§2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).
(B) Upward Departure Provision.—For offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1), an upward
departure may be warranted if the offense level under the applicable guideline does not
adequately account for the death of, or serious bodily injury to, the child in utero.
3. Application of §2X5.2.—This guideline applies only to felony offenses not referenced in Appen-
dix A (Statutory Index). For Class A misdemeanor offenses that have not been referenced in
Appendix A, apply §2X5.2 (Class A Misdemeanors (Not Covered by Another Specific Offense
Guideline)).
Background: Many offenses, especially assimilative crimes, are not listed in the Statutory Index or
in any of the lists of Statutory Provisions that follow each offense guideline. Nonetheless, the specific
guidelines that have been promulgated cover the type of criminal behavior that most such offenses
proscribe. The court is required to determine if there is a sufficiently analogous offense guideline, and,
if so, to apply the guideline that is most analogous. In a case in which there is no sufficiently analogous
guideline, the provisions of 18 U.S.C. § 3553 control.
The sentencing guidelines apply to convictions under 18 U.S.C. § 13 (Assimilative Crimes Act)
and 18 U.S.C. § 1153 (Indian Major Crimes Act); see 18 U.S.C. § 3551(a), as amended by section 1602
of Public Law 101–647.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 43); November 1, 1991 (amend-
Historical
ment 412); November 1, 1997 (amendment 569); November 1, 2006 (amendment 685); November 1, 2014
Note
(amendment 787).
§2X5.2. Class A Misdemeanors (Not Covered by Another Specific Offense
Guideline)
(a) Base Offense Level: 6
Commentary
Statutory Provisions: 10 U.S.C. § 2733a(g)(2); 18 U.S.C. §§ 39B, 1365(f), 1801, 2259(d)(4); 34 U.S.C.
§ 12593; 49 U.S.C. § 31310. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
Application Note:
1. In General.—This guideline applies to Class A misdemeanor offenses that are specifically ref-
erenced in Appendix A (Statutory Index) to this guideline. This guideline also applies to Class A
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 349
§2X6.1
misdemeanor offenses that have not been referenced in Appendix A. Do not apply this guideline
to a Class A misdemeanor that has been specifically referenced in Appendix A to another Chapter
Two guideline.
Effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 685). Amended effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 699); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2008 (amendment 721); November 1, 2010 (amendment 746); November 1, 2018 (amend-
Note
ment 813); November 1, 2023 (amendment 815).
* * * * *
6. OFFENSES INVOLVING USE OF A MINOR IN A CRIME OF VIOLENCE
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§2X6.1. Use of a Minor in a Crime of Violence
(a) Base Offense Level: 4 plus the offense level from the guideline applicable
to the underlying crime of violence.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 25.
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “underlying crime of violence” means the crime
of violence as to which the defendant is convicted of using a minor.
2. Inapplicability of §3B1.4.—Do not apply the adjustment under §3B1.4 (Using a Minor to Com-
mit a Crime).
3. Multiple Counts.—
(A) In a case in which the defendant is convicted under both 18 U.S.C. § 25 and the underlying
crime of violence, the counts shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (a) of §3D1.2 (Groups
of Closely Related Counts).
(B) Multiple counts involving the use of a minor in a crime of violence shall not be grouped
under §3D1.2.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
* * * * *
350 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§2X7.2
7. OFFENSES INVOLVING BORDER TUNNELS AND SUBMERSIBLE AND
SEMI-SUBMERSIBLE VESSELS
Historical
Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700). Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 728).
Note
§2X7.1. Border Tunnels and Subterranean Passages
(a) Base Offense Level:
(1) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 555(c), 4 plus the
offense level applicable to the underlying smuggling offense. If the re-
sulting offense level is less than level 16, increase to level 16.
(2) 16, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 555(a); or
(3) 8, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 555(b).
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 555.
Application Note:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “underlying smuggling offense” means the
smuggling offense the defendant committed through the use of the tunnel or subterranean pas-
sage.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700). Amended effective November 1, 2008 (amendment 724).
Note
§2X7.2. Submersible and Semi-Submersible Vessels
(a) Base Offense Level: 26
(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
(1) (Apply the greatest) If the offense involved—
(A) a failure to heave to when directed by law enforcement officers,
increase by 2 levels;
(B) an attempt to sink the vessel, increase by 4 levels; or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 351
§2X7.2
(C) the sinking of the vessel, increase by 8 levels.
Commentary
Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2285.
Application Note:
1. Upward Departure Provisions.—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the fol-
lowing cases:
(A) The defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving use of a submersible vessel or
semi-submersible vessel described in 18 U.S.C. § 2285 to facilitate other felonies.
(B) The offense involved use of the vessel as part of an ongoing criminal organization or enter-
prise.
Background: This guideline implements the directive to the Commission in section 103 of Public
Law 110–407.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 728).
Note
PART Y ― [NOT USED]
PART Z ― [NOT USED]
352 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3A1.1
CHAPTER THREE
ADJUSTMENTS
PART A ― VICTIM-RELATED ADJUSTMENTS
Introductory Commentary
The following adjustments are included in this part because they may apply to a wide variety of
offenses.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 344); November 1, 2023
Note (amendment 824).
§3A1.1. Hate Crime Motivation or Vulnerable Victim
(a) If the finder of fact at trial or, in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo conten-
dere, the court at sentencing determines beyond a reasonable doubt that
the defendant intentionally selected any victim or any property as the ob-
ject of the offense of conviction because of the actual or perceived race,
color, religion, national origin, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, disabil-
ity, or sexual orientation of any person, increase by 3 levels.
(b) (1) If the defendant knew or should have known that a victim of the of-
fense was a vulnerable victim, increase by 2 levels.
(2) If (A) subdivision (1) applies; and (B) the offense involved a large num-
ber of vulnerable victims, increase the offense level determined under
subdivision (1) by 2 additional levels.
(c) Special Instruction
(1) Subsection (a) shall not apply if an adjustment from §2H1.1(b)(1) ap-
plies.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Subsection (a) applies to offenses that are hate crimes. Note that special evidentiary require-
ments govern the application of this subsection.
Do not apply subsection (a) on the basis of gender in the case of a sexual offense. In such cases,
this factor is taken into account by the offense level of the Chapter Two offense guideline. More-
over, do not apply subsection (a) if an adjustment from §2H1.1(b)(1) applies.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 353
§3A1.1
2. For purposes of subsection (b), “vulnerable victim” means a person (A) who is a victim of the
offense of conviction and any conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Rel-
evant Conduct); and (B) who is unusually vulnerable due to age, physical or mental condition, or
who is otherwise particularly susceptible to the criminal conduct.
Subsection (b) applies to offenses involving an unusually vulnerable victim in which the defend-
ant knows or should have known of the victim’s unusual vulnerability. The adjustment would
apply, for example, in a fraud case in which the defendant marketed an ineffective cancer cure
or in a robbery in which the defendant selected a handicapped victim. But it would not apply in
a case in which the defendant sold fraudulent securities by mail to the general public and one of
the victims happened to be senile. Similarly, for example, a bank teller is not an unusually vul-
nerable victim solely by virtue of the teller’s position in a bank.
Do not apply subsection (b) if the factor that makes the person a vulnerable victim is incorporated
in the offense guideline. For example, if the offense guideline provides an enhancement for the
age of the victim, this subsection would not be applied unless the victim was unusually vulnera-
ble for reasons unrelated to age.
3. The adjustments from subsections (a) and (b) are to be applied cumulatively. Do not, however,
apply subsection (b) in a case in which subsection (a) applies unless a victim of the offense was
unusually vulnerable for reasons unrelated to race, color, religion, national origin, ethnicity, gen-
der, gender identity, disability, or sexual orientation.
4. If an enhancement from subsection (b) applies and the defendant’s criminal history includes a
prior sentence for an offense that involved the selection of a vulnerable victim, an upward depar-
ture may be warranted.
5. For purposes of this guideline, “gender identity” means actual or perceived gender-related char-
acteristics. See 18 U.S.C. § 249(c)(4).
Background: Subsection (a) reflects the directive to the Commission, contained in section 280003 of
the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, to provide an enhancement of not less
than three levels for an offense when the finder of fact at trial determines beyond a reasonable doubt
that the defendant had a hate crime motivation. To avoid unwarranted sentencing disparity based on
the method of conviction, the Commission has broadened the application of this enhancement to in-
clude offenses that, in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, the court at sentencing determines
are hate crimes. In section 4703(a) of Public Law 111–84, Congress broadened the scope of that di-
rective to include gender identity; to reflect that congressional action, the Commission has broadened
the scope of this enhancement to include gender identity.
Subsection (b)(2) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in sec-
tion 6(c)(3) of Public Law 105–184.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 245); November 1, 1990
Historical (amendment 344); November 1, 1992 (amendment 454); November 1, 1995 (amendment 521); November 1,
Note 1997 (amendment 564); November 1, 1998 (amendment 587); November 1, 2000 (amendment 595); Novem-
ber 1, 2010 (amendment 743); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
354 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3A1.2
§3A1.2. Official Victim
(Apply the greatest):
(a) If (1) the victim was (A) a government officer or employee; (B) a former
government officer or employee; or (C) a member of the immediate family
of a person described in subdivision (A) or (B); and (2) the offense of con-
viction was motivated by such status, increase by 3 levels.
(b) If subsection (a)(1) and (2) apply, and the applicable Chapter Two guideline
is from Chapter Two, Part A (Offenses Against the Person), increase by
6 levels.
(c) If, in a manner creating a substantial risk of serious bodily injury, the de-
fendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise account-
able—
(1) knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that a person was a
law enforcement officer, assaulted such officer during the course of
the offense or immediate flight therefrom; or
(2) knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that a person was a
prison official, assaulted such official while the defendant (or a person
for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise accountable) was in the
custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility,
increase by 6 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Applicability to Certain Victims.—This guideline applies when specified individuals are vic-
tims of the offense. This guideline does not apply when the only victim is an organization, agency,
or the government.
2. Nonapplicability in Case of Incorporation of Factor in Chapter Two.—Do not apply this
adjustment if the offense guideline specifically incorporates this factor. The only offense guide-
line in Chapter Two that specifically incorporates this factor is §2A2.4 (Obstructing or Impeding
Officers).
3. Application of Subsections (a) and (b).—“Motivated by such status”, for purposes of sub-
sections (a) and (b), means that the offense of conviction was motivated by the fact that the victim
was a government officer or employee, a former government officer or employee, or a member of
the immediate family thereof. This adjustment would not apply, for example, where both the
defendant and victim were employed by the same government agency and the offense was moti-
vated by a personal dispute. This adjustment also would not apply in the case of a robbery of a
postal employee because the offense guideline for robbery contains an enhancement
(§2B3.1(b)(1)) that takes such conduct into account.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 355
§3A1.3
4. Application of Subsection (c).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (c) applies in circumstances tantamount to aggravated assault
(i) against a law enforcement officer, committed in the course of, or in immediate flight
following, another offense; or (ii) against a prison official, while the defendant (or a person
for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise accountable) was in the custody or control of
a prison or other correctional facility. While subsection (c) may apply in connection with a
variety of offenses that are not by nature targeted against official victims, its applicability
is limited to assaultive conduct against such official victims that is sufficiently serious to
create at least a “substantial risk of serious bodily injury”.
(B) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (c):
“Custody or control” includes “non-secure custody”, i.e., custody with no significant phys-
ical restraint. For example, a defendant is in the custody or control of a prison or other
correctional facility if the defendant (i) is on a work detail outside the security perimeter of
the prison or correctional facility; (ii) is physically away from the prison or correctional
facility while on a pass or furlough; or (iii) is in custody at a community corrections center,
community treatment center, “halfway house”, or similar facility. The defendant also shall
be deemed to be in the custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility while the
defendant is in the status of having escaped from that prison or correctional facility.
“Prison official” means any individual (including a director, officer, employee, independ-
ent contractor, or volunteer, but not including an inmate) authorized to act on behalf of a
prison or correctional facility. For example, this enhancement would be applicable to any of
the following: (i) an individual employed by a prison as a corrections officer; (ii) an individ-
ual employed by a prison as a work detail supervisor; and (iii) a nurse who, under contract,
provides medical services to prisoners in a prison health facility.
“Substantial risk of serious bodily injury” includes any more serious injury that was
risked, as well as actual serious bodily injury (or more serious injury) if it occurs.
5. Upward Departure Provision.—If the official victim is an exceptionally high-level official,
such as the President or the Vice President of the United States, an upward departure may be
warranted due to the potential disruption of the governmental function.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 44); November 1, 1989
Historical
(amendments 246–248); November 1, 1992 (amendment 455); November 1, 2002 (amendment 643); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2004 (amendment 663); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§3A1.3. Restraint of Victim
If a victim was physically restrained in the course of the offense, increase by
2 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Physically restrained” is defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
356 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3A1.4
2. Do not apply this adjustment where the offense guideline specifically incorporates this factor, or
where the unlawful restraint of a victim is an element of the offense itself (e.g., this adjustment
does not apply to offenses covered by §2A4.1 (Kidnapping, Abduction, Unlawful Restraint)).
3. If the restraint was sufficiently egregious, an upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.4
(Abduction or Unlawful Restraint).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 249 and 250); November 1,
Note 1991 (amendment 413).
§3A1.4. Terrorism
(a) If the offense is a felony that involved, or was intended to promote, a fed-
eral crime of terrorism, increase by 12 levels; but if the resulting offense
level is less than level 32, increase to level 32.
(b) In each such case, the defendant’s criminal history category from Chapter
Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall be Category VI.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Federal Crime of Terrorism” Defined.—For purposes of this guideline, “federal crime of
terrorism” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5).
2. Harboring, Concealing, and Obstruction Offenses.—For purposes of this guideline, an of-
fense that involved (A) harboring or concealing a terrorist who committed a federal crime of ter-
rorism (such as an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 2339 or § 2339A); or (B) obstructing an investigation
of a federal crime of terrorism, shall be considered to have involved, or to have been intended to
promote, that federal crime of terrorism.
3. Computation of Criminal History Category.—Under subsection (b), if the defendant’s crim-
inal history category as determined under Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Liveli-
hood) is less than Category VI, it shall be increased to Category VI.
4. Upward Departure Provision.—By the terms of the directive to the Commission in sec-
tion 730 of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, the adjustment provided
by this guideline applies only to federal crimes of terrorism. However, there may be cases in
which (A) the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimi-
dation or coercion, or to retaliate against government conduct but the offense involved, or was
intended to promote, an offense other than one of the offenses specifically enumerated in
18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5)(B); or (B) the offense involved, or was intended to promote, one of the
offenses specifically enumerated in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5)(B), but the terrorist motive was to
intimidate or coerce a civilian population, rather than to influence or affect the conduct of gov-
ernment by intimidation or coercion, or to retaliate against government conduct. In such cases
an upward departure would be warranted, except that the sentence resulting from such a depar-
ture may not exceed the top of the guideline range that would have resulted if the adjustment
under this guideline had been applied.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 357
§3A1.5
Historical Effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 526). Amended effective November 1, 1996 (amendment 539); No-
Note vember 1, 1997 (amendment 565); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637).
§3A1.5. Serious Human Rights Offense
If the defendant was convicted of a serious human rights offense, increase the
offense level as follows:
(a) If the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1091(c), in-
crease by 2 levels.
(b) If the defendant was convicted of any other serious human rights offense,
increase by 4 levels. If (1) death resulted, and (2) the resulting offense level
is less than level 37, increase to level 37.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “serious human rights offense” means violations
of federal criminal laws relating to genocide, torture, war crimes, and the use or recruitment of
child soldiers under sections 1091, 2340, 2340A, 2441, and 2442 of title 18, United States Code.
See 28 U.S.C. § 509B(e).
2. Application of Minimum Offense Level in Subsection (b).—The minimum offense level in
subsection (b) is cumulative with any other provision in the guidelines. For example, if death
resulted and this factor was specifically incorporated into the Chapter Two offense guideline, the
minimum offense level in subsection (b) may also apply.
Background: This guideline covers a range of conduct considered to be serious human rights offenses,
including genocide, war crimes, torture, and the recruitment or use of child soldiers. See generally
28 U.S.C. § 509B(e).
Serious human rights offenses generally have a statutory maximum term of imprisonment of
20 years, but if death resulted, a higher statutory maximum term of imprisonment of any term of years
or life applies. See 18 U.S.C. §§ 1091(b), 2340A(a), 2442(b). For the offense of war crimes, a statutory
maximum term of imprisonment of any term of years or life always applies. See 18 U.S.C. § 2441(a).
For the offense of incitement to genocide, the statutory maximum term of imprisonment is five years.
See 18 U.S.C. § 1091(c).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2012 (amendment 765).
Note
358 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3B1.1
PART B ― ROLE IN THE OFFENSE
Introductory Commentary
This part provides adjustments to the offense level based upon the role the defendant played in
committing the offense. The determination of a defendant’s role in the offense is to be made on the
basis of all conduct within the scope of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), i.e., all conduct included under
§1B1.3(a)(1)–(4), and not solely on the basis of elements and acts cited in the count of conviction.
When an offense is committed by more than one participant, §3B1.1 or §3B1.2 (or neither) may
apply. Section 3B1.3 may apply to offenses committed by any number of participants.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 345); November 1, 1992
Note (amendment 456); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§3B1.1. Aggravating Role
Based on the defendant’s role in the offense, increase the offense level as fol-
lows:
(a) If the defendant was an organizer or leader of a criminal activity that in-
volved five or more participants or was otherwise extensive, increase by
4 levels.
(b) If the defendant was a manager or supervisor (but not an organizer or
leader) and the criminal activity involved five or more participants or was
otherwise extensive, increase by 3 levels.
(c) If the defendant was an organizer, leader, manager, or supervisor in any
criminal activity other than described in subsection (a) or (b), increase by
2 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definition of “Participant”.—A “participant” is a person who is criminally responsible for
the commission of the offense, but need not have been convicted. A person who is not criminally
responsible for the commission of the offense (e.g., an undercover law enforcement officer) is not
a participant.
2. Organizer, Leader, Manager, or Supervisor of One or More Participants.—To qualify for
an adjustment under this section, the defendant must have been the organizer, leader, manager,
or supervisor of one or more other participants. An upward departure may be warranted, how-
ever, in the case of a defendant who did not organize, lead, manage, or supervise another partic-
ipant, but who nevertheless exercised management responsibility over the property, assets, or
activities of a criminal organization.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 359
§3B1.2
3. “Otherwise Extensive”.—In assessing whether an organization is “otherwise extensive,” all
persons involved during the course of the entire offense are to be considered. Thus, a fraud that
involved only three participants but used the unknowing services of many outsiders could be
considered extensive.
4. Factors to Consider.—In distinguishing a leadership and organizational role from one of mere
management or supervision, titles such as “kingpin” or “boss” are not controlling. Factors the
court should consider include the exercise of decision-making authority, the nature of participa-
tion in the commission of the offense, the recruitment of accomplices, the claimed right to a larger
share of the fruits of the crime, the degree of participation in planning or organizing the offense,
the nature and scope of the illegal activity, and the degree of control and authority exercised over
others. There can, of course, be more than one person who qualifies as a leader or organizer of a
criminal association or conspiracy. This adjustment does not apply to a defendant who merely
suggests committing the offense.
Background: This section provides a range of adjustments to increase the offense level based upon
the size of a criminal organization (i.e., the number of participants in the offense) and the degree to
which the defendant was responsible for committing the offense. This adjustment is included primarily
because of concerns about relative responsibility. However, it is also likely that persons who exercise
a supervisory or managerial role in the commission of an offense tend to profit more from it and present
a greater danger to the public and/or are more likely to recidivate. The Commission’s intent is that
this adjustment should increase with both the size of the organization and the degree of the defend-
ant’s responsibility.
In relatively small criminal enterprises that are not otherwise to be considered as extensive in
scope or in planning or preparation, the distinction between organization and leadership, and that of
management or supervision, is of less significance than in larger enterprises that tend to have clearly
delineated divisions of responsibility. This is reflected in the inclusiveness of §3B1.1(c).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 414); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 500); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§3B1.2. Mitigating Role
Based on the defendant’s role in the offense, decrease the offense level as fol-
lows:
(a) If the defendant was a minimal participant in any criminal activity, de-
crease by 4 levels.
(b) If the defendant was a minor participant in any criminal activity, decrease
by 2 levels.
In cases falling between (a) and (b), decrease by 3 levels.
360 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3B1.2
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “participant” has the meaning given that term in
Application Note 1 of §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
2. Requirement of Multiple Participants.—This guideline is not applicable unless more than
one participant was involved in the offense. See the Introductory Commentary to this Part (Role
in the Offense). Accordingly, an adjustment under this guideline may not apply to a defendant
who is the only defendant convicted of an offense unless that offense involved other participants
in addition to the defendant and the defendant otherwise qualifies for such an adjustment.
3. Applicability of Adjustment.—
(A) Substantially Less Culpable than Average Participant.—This section provides a
range of adjustments for a defendant who plays a part in committing the offense that makes
him substantially less culpable than the average participant in the criminal activity.
A defendant who is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) only for the conduct in
which the defendant personally was involved and who performs a limited function in the
criminal activity may receive an adjustment under this guideline. For example, a defendant
who is convicted of a drug trafficking offense, whose participation in that offense was lim-
ited to transporting or storing drugs and who is accountable under §1B1.3 only for the
quantity of drugs the defendant personally transported or stored may receive an adjust-
ment under this guideline.
Likewise, a defendant who is accountable under §1B1.3 for a loss amount under §2B1.1
(Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) that greatly exceeds the defendant’s personal gain
from a fraud offense or who had limited knowledge of the scope of the scheme may receive
an adjustment under this guideline. For example, a defendant in a health care fraud
scheme, whose participation in the scheme was limited to serving as a nominee owner and
who received little personal gain relative to the loss amount, may receive an adjustment
under this guideline.
(B) Conviction of Significantly Less Serious Offense.—If a defendant has received a lower
offense level by virtue of being convicted of an offense significantly less serious than war-
ranted by his actual criminal conduct, a reduction for a mitigating role under this section
ordinarily is not warranted because such defendant is not substantially less culpable than
a defendant whose only conduct involved the less serious offense. For example, if a defend-
ant whose actual conduct involved a minimal role in the distribution of 25 grams of cocaine
(an offense having a Chapter Two offense level of level 12 under §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manu-
facturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Com-
mit These Offenses); Attempt or Conspiracy)) is convicted of simple possession of cocaine
(an offense having a Chapter Two offense level of level 6 under §2D2.1 (Unlawful Posses-
sion; Attempt or Conspiracy)), no reduction for a mitigating role is warranted because the
defendant is not substantially less culpable than a defendant whose only conduct involved
the simple possession of cocaine.
(C) Fact-Based Determination.—The determination whether to apply subsection (a) or sub-
section (b), or an intermediate adjustment, is based on the totality of the circumstances and
involves a determination that is heavily dependent upon the facts of the particular case.
In determining whether to apply subsection (a) or (b), or an intermediate adjustment, the
court should consider the following non-exhaustive list of factors:
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 361
§3B1.3
(i) the degree to which the defendant understood the scope and structure of the criminal
activity;
(ii) the degree to which the defendant participated in planning or organizing the criminal
activity;
(iii) the degree to which the defendant exercised decision-making authority or influenced
the exercise of decision-making authority;
(iv) the nature and extent of the defendant’s participation in the commission of the crim-
inal activity, including the acts the defendant performed and the responsibility and
discretion the defendant had in performing those acts;
(v) the degree to which the defendant stood to benefit from the criminal activity.
For example, a defendant who does not have a proprietary interest in the criminal activity
and who is simply being paid to perform certain tasks should be considered for an adjust-
ment under this guideline.
The fact that a defendant performs an essential or indispensable role in the criminal activ-
ity is not determinative. Such a defendant may receive an adjustment under this guideline
if he or she is substantially less culpable than the average participant in the criminal ac-
tivity.
4. Minimal Participant.—Subsection (a) applies to a defendant described in Application
Note 3(A) who plays a minimal role in the criminal activity. It is intended to cover defendants
who are plainly among the least culpable of those involved in the conduct of a group. Under this
provision, the defendant’s lack of knowledge or understanding of the scope and structure of the
enterprise and of the activities of others is indicative of a role as minimal participant.
5. Minor Participant.—Subsection (b) applies to a defendant described in Application Note 3(A)
who is less culpable than most other participants in the criminal activity, but whose role could
not be described as minimal.
6. Application of Role Adjustment in Certain Drug Cases.—In a case in which the court ap-
plied §2D1.1 and the defendant’s base offense level under that guideline was reduced by opera-
tion of the maximum base offense level in §2D1.1(a)(5), the court also shall apply the appropriate
adjustment under this guideline.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 456); November 1, 2001
Historical
(amendment 635); November 1, 2002 (amendment 640); November 1, 2009 (amendment 737); November 1,
Note
2011 (amendments 749 and 755); November 1, 2014 (amendment 782); November 1, 2015 (amendment 794).
§3B1.3. Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill
If the defendant abused a position of public or private trust, or used a special
skill, in a manner that significantly facilitated the commission or concealment
of the offense, increase by 2 levels. This adjustment may not be employed if an
abuse of trust or skill is included in the base offense level or specific offense
362 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3B1.3
characteristic. If this adjustment is based upon an abuse of a position of trust,
it may be employed in addition to an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating
Role); if this adjustment is based solely on the use of a special skill, it may not
be employed in addition to an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definition of “Public or Private Trust”.—“Public or private trust” refers to a position of
public or private trust characterized by professional or managerial discretion (i.e., substantial
discretionary judgment that is ordinarily given considerable deference). Persons holding such
positions ordinarily are subject to significantly less supervision than employees whose responsi-
bilities are primarily non-discretionary in nature. For this adjustment to apply, the position of
public or private trust must have contributed in some significant way to facilitating the commis-
sion or concealment of the offense (e.g., by making the detection of the offense or the defendant’s
responsibility for the offense more difficult). This adjustment, for example, applies in the case of
an embezzlement of a client’s funds by an attorney serving as a guardian, a bank executive’s
fraudulent loan scheme, or the criminal sexual abuse of a patient by a physician under the guise
of an examination. This adjustment does not apply in the case of an embezzlement or theft by an
ordinary bank teller or hotel clerk because such positions are not characterized by the above-
described factors.
2. Application of Adjustment in Certain Circumstances.—Notwithstanding Application
Note 1, or any other provision of this guideline, an adjustment under this guideline shall apply
to the following:
(A) An employee of the United States Postal Service who engages in the theft or destruction of
undelivered United States mail.
(B) A defendant who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position in order to obtain,
transfer, or issue unlawfully, or use without authority, any means of identification. “Means
of identification” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(7). The follow-
ing are examples to which this subdivision would apply: (i) an employee of a state motor
vehicle department who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by knowingly
issuing a driver’s license based on false, incomplete, or misleading information; (ii) a hospi-
tal orderly who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by obtaining or mis-
using patient identification information from a patient chart; and (iii) a volunteer at a char-
itable organization who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by obtaining
or misusing identification information from a donor’s file.
3. This adjustment also applies in a case in which the defendant provides sufficient indicia to the
victim that the defendant legitimately holds a position of private or public trust when, in fact,
the defendant does not. For example, the adjustment applies in the case of a defendant who
(A) perpetrates a financial fraud by leading an investor to believe the defendant is a legitimate
investment broker; or (B) perpetrates a fraud by representing falsely to a patient or employer
that the defendant is a licensed physician. In making the misrepresentation, the defendant as-
sumes a position of trust, relative to the victim, that provides the defendant with the same op-
portunity to commit a difficult-to-detect crime that the defendant would have had if the position
were held legitimately.
4. “Special skill” refers to a skill not possessed by members of the general public and usually
requiring substantial education, training or licensing. Examples would include pilots, lawyers,
doctors, accountants, chemists, and demolition experts.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 363
§3B1.4
5. The following additional illustrations of an abuse of a position of trust pertain to theft or embez-
zlement from employee pension or welfare benefit plans or labor unions:
(A) If the offense involved theft or embezzlement from an employee pension or welfare benefit
plan and the defendant was a fiduciary of the benefit plan, an adjustment under this section
for abuse of a position of trust will apply. “Fiduciary of the benefit plan” is defined in
29 U.S.C. § 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who exercises any discretionary authority or con-
trol in respect to the management of such plan or exercises authority or control in respect
to management or disposition of its assets, or who renders investment advice for a fee or
other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any moneys or other property of such
plan, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or who has any discretionary authority
or responsibility in the administration of such plan.
(B) If the offense involved theft or embezzlement from a labor union and the defendant was a
union officer or occupied a position of trust in the union (as set forth in 29 U.S.C. § 501(a)),
an adjustment under this section for an abuse of a position of trust will apply.
Background: This adjustment applies to persons who abuse their positions of trust or their special
skills to facilitate significantly the commission or concealment of a crime. The adjustment also applies
to persons who provide sufficient indicia to the victim that they legitimately hold a position of public
or private trust when, in fact, they do not. Such persons generally are viewed as more culpable.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 346); November 1, 1993
Historical
(amendment 492); November 1, 1998 (amendment 580); November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1,
Note
2005 (amendment 677); November 1, 2009 (amendment 726).
§3B1.4. Using a Minor To Commit a Crime
If the defendant used or attempted to use a person less than eighteen years of
age to commit the offense or assist in avoiding detection of, or apprehension for,
the offense, increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Used or attempted to use” includes directing, commanding, encouraging, intimidating, coun-
seling, training, procuring, recruiting, or soliciting.
2. Do not apply this adjustment if the Chapter Two offense guideline incorporates this factor. For
example, if the defendant receives an enhancement under §2D1.1(b)(16)(B) for involving an in-
dividual less than 18 years of age in the offense, do not apply this adjustment.
3. If the defendant used or attempted to use more than one person less than eighteen years of age,
an upward departure may be warranted.
Effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 527). Amended effective November 1, 1996 (amendment 540); No-
vember 1, 2010 (amendment 748); November 1, 2011 (amendment 750); November 1, 2014 (amend-
Historical
ment 783); November 1, 2018 (amendment 807). A former §3B1.4 (untitled), effective November 1, 1987,
Note
amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 303), was deleted effective November 1, 1995 (amend-
ment 527).
364 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3B1.5
§3B1.5. Use of Body Armor in Drug Trafficking Crimes and Crimes of Violence
If—
(1) the defendant was convicted of a drug trafficking crime or a crime of vio-
lence; and
(2) (apply the greater)—
(A) the offense involved the use of body armor, increase by 2 levels; or
(B) the defendant used body armor during the commission of the offense,
in preparation for the offense, or in an attempt to avoid apprehension
for the offense, increase by 4 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Body armor” means any product sold or offered for sale, in interstate or foreign commerce, as
personal protective body covering intended to protect against gunfire, regardless of whether the
product is to be worn alone or is sold as a complement to another product or garment.
See 18 U.S.C. § 921(a)(35).
“Crime of violence” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 16.
“Drug trafficking crime” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 924(c)(2).
“Offense” has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1
(Application Instructions).
“Use” means (A) active employment in a manner to protect the person from gunfire; or (B) use as
a means of bartering. “Use” does not mean mere possession (e.g., “use” does not mean that the
body armor was found in the trunk of the car but not used actively as protection). “Used” means
put into “use” as defined in this paragraph.
2. Application of Subdivision (2)(B).—Consistent with §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), the term
“defendant”, for purposes of subdivision (2)(B), limits the accountability of the defendant to the
defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided or abetted, counseled, com-
manded, induced, procured, or willfully caused.
3. Interaction with §2K2.6 and Other Counts of Conviction.—If the defendant is convicted
only of 18 U.S.C. § 931 and receives an enhancement under subsection (b)(1) of §2K2.6 (Pos-
sessing, Purchasing, or Owning Body Armor by Violent Felons), do not apply an adjustment un-
der this guideline. However, if, in addition to the count of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 931, the
defendant (A) is convicted of an offense that is a drug trafficking crime or a crime of violence; and
(B) used the body armor with respect to that offense, an adjustment under this guideline shall
apply with respect to that offense.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 365
§3B1.5
Background: This guideline implements the directive in the James Guelff and Chris McCurley Body
Armor Act of 2002 (section 11009(d) of the 21st Century Department of Justice Appropriations Au-
thorization Act, Pub. L. 107–273).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2003 (amendment 659). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 670).
Note
366 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3C1.1
PART C ― OBSTRUCTION AND RELATED ADJUSTMENTS
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 684).
Note
§3C1.1. Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice
If (1) the defendant willfully obstructed or impeded, or attempted to obstruct or
impede, the administration of justice with respect to the investigation, prose-
cution, or sentencing of the instant offense of conviction, and (2) the obstructive
conduct related to (A) the defendant’s offense of conviction and any relevant
conduct; or (B) a closely related offense, increase the offense level by 2 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In General.—This adjustment applies if the defendant’s obstructive conduct (A) occurred with
respect to the investigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the defendant’s instant offense of con-
viction, and (B) related to (i) the defendant’s offense of conviction and any relevant conduct; or
(ii) an otherwise closely related case, such as that of a co-defendant.
Obstructive conduct that occurred prior to the start of the investigation of the instant offense of
conviction may be covered by this guideline if the conduct was purposefully calculated, and likely,
to thwart the investigation or prosecution of the offense of conviction.
2. Limitations on Applicability of Adjustment.—This provision is not intended to punish a
defendant for the exercise of a constitutional right. A defendant’s denial of guilt (other than a
denial of guilt under oath that constitutes perjury), refusal to admit guilt or provide information
to a probation officer, or refusal to enter a plea of guilty is not a basis for application of this
provision. In applying this provision in respect to alleged false testimony or statements by the
defendant, the court should be cognizant that inaccurate testimony or statements sometimes
may result from confusion, mistake, or faulty memory and, thus, not all inaccurate testimony or
statements necessarily reflect a willful attempt to obstruct justice.
3. Covered Conduct Generally.—Obstructive conduct can vary widely in nature, degree of plan-
ning, and seriousness. Application Note 4 sets forth examples of the types of conduct to which
this adjustment is intended to apply. Application Note 5 sets forth examples of less serious forms
of conduct to which this enhancement is not intended to apply, but that ordinarily can appropri-
ately be sanctioned by the determination of the particular sentence within the otherwise appli-
cable guideline range. Although the conduct to which this adjustment applies is not subject to
precise definition, comparison of the examples set forth in Application Notes 4 and 5 should assist
the court in determining whether application of this adjustment is warranted in a particular
case.
4. Examples of Covered Conduct.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of examples of the
types of conduct to which this adjustment applies:
(A) threatening, intimidating, or otherwise unlawfully influencing a co-defendant, witness, or
juror, directly or indirectly, or attempting to do so;
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 367
§3C1.1
(B) committing, suborning, or attempting to suborn perjury, including during the course of a
civil proceeding if such perjury pertains to conduct that forms the basis of the offense of
conviction;
(C) producing or attempting to produce a false, altered, or counterfeit document or record dur-
ing an official investigation or judicial proceeding;
(D) destroying or concealing or directing or procuring another person to destroy or conceal evi-
dence that is material to an official investigation or judicial proceeding (e.g., shredding a
document or destroying ledgers upon learning that an official investigation has commenced
or is about to commence), or attempting to do so; however, if such conduct occurred contem-
poraneously with arrest (e.g., attempting to swallow or throw away a controlled substance),
it shall not, standing alone, be sufficient to warrant an adjustment for obstruction unless it
resulted in a material hindrance to the official investigation or prosecution of the instant
offense or the sentencing of the offender;
(E) escaping or attempting to escape from custody before trial or sentencing; or willfully failing
to appear, as ordered, for a judicial proceeding;
(F) providing materially false information to a judge or magistrate judge;
(G) providing a materially false statement to a law enforcement officer that significantly ob-
structed or impeded the official investigation or prosecution of the instant offense;
(H) providing materially false information to a probation officer in respect to a presentence or
other investigation for the court;
(I) other conduct prohibited by obstruction of justice provisions under title 18, United States
Code (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1510, 1511);
(J) failing to comply with a restraining order or injunction issued pursuant to 21 U.S.C.
§ 853(e) or with an order to repatriate property issued pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 853(p);
(K) threatening the victim of the offense in an attempt to prevent the victim from reporting the
conduct constituting the offense of conviction.
This adjustment also applies to any other obstructive conduct in respect to the official investiga-
tion, prosecution, or sentencing of the instant offense where there is a separate count of convic-
tion for such conduct.
5. Examples of Conduct Ordinarily Not Covered.—Some types of conduct ordinarily do not
warrant application of this adjustment but may warrant a greater sentence within the otherwise
applicable guideline range or affect the determination of whether other guideline adjustments
apply (e.g., §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility)). However, if the defendant is convicted of a
separate count for such conduct, this adjustment will apply and increase the offense level for the
underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which the obstructive conduct occurred).
See Application Note 8, below.
The following is a non-exhaustive list of examples of the types of conduct to which this application
note applies:
368 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3C1.1
(A) providing a false name or identification document at arrest, except where such conduct
actually resulted in a significant hindrance to the investigation or prosecution of the instant
offense;
(B) making false statements, not under oath, to law enforcement officers, unless Application
Note 4(G) above applies;
(C) providing incomplete or misleading information, not amounting to a material falsehood, in
respect to a presentence investigation;
(D) avoiding or fleeing from arrest (see, however, §3C1.2 (Reckless Endangerment During
Flight));
(E) lying to a probation or pretrial services officer about defendant’s drug use while on pre-trial
release, although such conduct may be a factor in determining whether to reduce the de-
fendant’s sentence under §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility).
6. “Material” Evidence Defined.—“Material” evidence, fact, statement, or information, as used
in this section, means evidence, fact, statement, or information that, if believed, would tend to
influence or affect the issue under determination.
7. Inapplicability of Adjustment in Certain Circumstances.—If the defendant is convicted of
an offense covered by §2J1.1 (Contempt), §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), §2J1.3 (Perjury or Sub-
ornation of Perjury; Bribery of Witness), §2J1.5 (Failure to Appear by Material Witness), §2J1.6
(Failure to Appear by Defendant), §2J1.9 (Payment to Witness), §2X3.1 (Accessory After the
Fact), or §2X4.1 (Misprision of Felony), this adjustment is not to be applied to the offense level
for that offense except if a significant further obstruction occurred during the investigation, pros-
ecution, or sentencing of the obstruction offense itself (e.g., if the defendant threatened a witness
during the course of the prosecution for the obstruction offense).
Similarly, if the defendant receives an enhancement under §2D1.1(b)(16)(D), do not apply this
adjustment.
8. Grouping Under §3D1.2(c).—If the defendant is convicted both of an obstruction offense
(e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 3146 (Penalty for failure to appear); 18 U.S.C. § 1621 (Perjury generally)) and
an underlying offense (the offense with respect to which the obstructive conduct occurred), the
count for the obstruction offense will be grouped with the count for the underlying offense under
subsection (c) of §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). The offense level for that group of
closely related counts will be the offense level for the underlying offense increased by the 2-level
adjustment specified by this section, or the offense level for the obstruction offense, whichever is
greater.
9. Accountability for §1B1.3(a)(1)(A) Conduct.—Under this section, the defendant is account-
able for the defendant’s own conduct and for conduct that the defendant aided or abetted, coun-
seled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 251 and 252); November 1,
1990 (amendment 347); November 1, 1991 (amendment 415); November 1, 1992 (amendment 457); Novem-
ber 1, 1993 (amendment 496); November 1, 1997 (amendment 566); November 1, 1998 (amendments 579,
Historical
581, and 582); November 1, 2002 (amendment 637); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2006
Note
(amendment 693); November 1, 2010 (amendments 746, 747, and 748); November 1, 2011 (amendments 750
and 758); November 1, 2014 (amendment 783); November 1, 2018 (amendment 807); November 1, 2023
(amendment 824).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 369
§3C1.2
§3C1.2. Reckless Endangerment During Flight
If the defendant recklessly created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily
injury to another person in the course of fleeing from a law enforcement officer,
increase by 2 levels.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Do not apply this enhancement where the offense guideline in Chapter Two, or another adjust-
ment in Chapter Three, results in an equivalent or greater increase in offense level solely on the
basis of the same conduct.
2. “Reckless” is defined in the Commentary to §2A1.4 (Involuntary Manslaughter). For the pur-
poses of this guideline, “reckless” means that the conduct was at least reckless and includes any
higher level of culpability. However, where a higher degree of culpability was involved, an up-
ward departure above the 2-level increase provided in this section may be warranted.
3. “During flight” is to be construed broadly and includes preparation for flight. Therefore, this
adjustment also is applicable where the conduct occurs in the course of resisting arrest.
4. “Another person” includes any person, except a participant in the offense who willingly partic-
ipated in the flight.
5. Under this section, the defendant is accountable for the defendant’s own conduct and for conduct
that the defendant aided or abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully
caused.
6. If death or bodily injury results or the conduct posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury
to more than one person, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K
(Departures).
Historical Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 347). Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 416); No-
Note vember 1, 1992 (amendment 457); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747).
§3C1.3. Commission of Offense While on Release
If a statutory sentencing enhancement under 18 U.S.C. § 3147 applies, increase
the offense level by 3 levels.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Under 18 U.S.C. § 3147, a sentence of imprisonment must be imposed in addition to the sentence
for the underlying offense, and the sentence of imprisonment imposed under 18 U.S.C. § 3147
must run consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. Therefore, the court, in order to
comply with the statute, should divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence
attributable to the underlying offense and the sentence attributable to the enhancement. The
court will have to ensure that the “total punishment” (i.e., the sentence for the offense committed
370 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3C1.4
while on release plus the statutory sentencing enhancement under 18 U.S.C. § 3147) is in accord
with the guideline range for the offense committed while on release, including, as in any other
case in which a Chapter Three adjustment applies (see §1B1.1 (Application Instructions)), the
adjustment provided by the enhancement in this section. For example, if the applicable adjusted
guideline range is 30–37 months and the court determines a “total punishment” of 36 months is
appropriate, a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus 6 months under 18 U.S.C.
§ 3147 would satisfy this requirement. Similarly, if the applicable adjusted guideline range is
30–37 months and the court determines a “total punishment” of 30 months is appropriate, a
sentence of 24 months for the underlying offense plus 6 months under 18 U.S.C. § 3147 would
satisfy this requirement.
Background: An enhancement under 18 U.S.C. § 3147 applies, after appropriate sentencing notice,
when a defendant is sentenced for an offense committed while released in connection with another
federal offense.
This guideline enables the court to determine and implement a combined “total punishment”
consistent with the overall structure of the guidelines, while at the same time complying with the
statutory requirement.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 684). Amended effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 734).
Note
§3C1.4. False Registration of Domain Name
If a statutory enhancement under 18 U.S.C. § 3559(g)(1) applies, increase by
2 levels.
Commentary
Background: This adjustment implements the directive to the Commission in section 204(b) of
Pub. L. 108–482.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 689). Amended effective November 1, 2008 (amendment 724).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 371
Ch. 3 Pt. D
PART D ― MULTIPLE COUNTS
Ch. 3 Pt. D
Introductory Commentary
This part provides rules for determining a single offense level that encompasses all the counts of
which the defendant is convicted. These rules apply to multiple counts of conviction (A) contained in
the same indictment or information; or (B) contained in different indictments or informations for which
sentences are to be imposed at the same time or in a consolidated proceeding. The single, “combined”
offense level that results from applying these rules is used, after adjustment pursuant to the guidelines
in subsequent parts, to determine the sentence. These rules have been designed primarily with the
more commonly prosecuted federal offenses in mind.
The rules in this part seek to provide incremental punishment for significant additional criminal
conduct. The most serious offense is used as a starting point. The other counts determine how much
to increase the offense level. The amount of the additional punishment declines as the number of ad-
ditional offenses increases.
Some offenses that may be charged in multiple-count indictments are so closely intertwined with
other offenses that conviction for them ordinarily would not warrant increasing the guideline range.
For example, embezzling money from a bank and falsifying the related records, although legally dis-
tinct offenses, represent essentially the same type of wrongful conduct with the same ultimate harm,
so that it would be more appropriate to treat them as a single offense for purposes of sentencing. Other
offenses, such as an assault causing bodily injury to a teller during a bank robbery, are so closely
related to the more serious offense that it would be appropriate to treat them as part of the more
serious offense, leaving the sentence enhancement to result from application of a specific offense char-
acteristic.
In order to limit the significance of the formal charging decision and to prevent multiple punish-
ment for substantially identical offense conduct, this part provides rules for grouping offenses together.
Convictions on multiple counts do not result in a sentence enhancement unless they represent addi-
tional conduct that is not otherwise accounted for by the guidelines. In essence, counts that are
grouped together are treated as constituting a single offense for purposes of the guidelines.
Some offense guidelines, such as those for theft, fraud and drug offenses, contain provisions that
deal with repetitive or ongoing behavior. Other guidelines, such as those for assault and robbery, are
oriented more toward single episodes of criminal behavior. Accordingly, different rules are required
for dealing with multiple-count convictions involving these two different general classes of offenses.
More complex cases involving different types of offenses may require application of one rule to some of
the counts and another rule to other counts.
Some offenses, e.g., racketeering and conspiracy, may be “composite” in that they involve a pat-
tern of conduct or scheme involving multiple underlying offenses. The rules in this part are to be used
to determine the offense level for such composite offenses from the offense level for the underlying
offenses.
Essentially, the rules in this part can be summarized as follows: (1) If the offense guidelines in
Chapter Two base the offense level primarily on the amount of money or quantity of substance involved
(e.g., theft, fraud, drug trafficking, firearms dealing), or otherwise contain provisions dealing with re-
petitive or ongoing misconduct (e.g., many environmental offenses), add the numerical quantities and
apply the pertinent offense guideline, including any specific offense characteristics for the conduct
taken as a whole. (2) When offenses are closely interrelated, group them together for purposes of the
multiple-count rules, and use only the offense level for the most serious offense in that group. (3) As
372 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3D1.1
to other offenses (e.g., independent instances of assault or robbery), start with the offense level for the
most serious count and use the number and severity of additional counts to determine the amount by
which to increase that offense level.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 121); November 1, 2007
Note (amendment 707); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§3D1.1. Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts
(a) When a defendant has been convicted of more than one count, the court
shall:
(1) Group the counts resulting in conviction into distinct Groups of
Closely Related Counts (“Groups”) by applying the rules specified in
§3D1.2.
(2) Determine the offense level applicable to each Group by applying the
rules specified in §3D1.3.
(3) Determine the combined offense level applicable to all Groups taken
together by applying the rules specified in §3D1.4.
(b) Exclude from the application of §§3D1.2–3D1.5 the following:
(1) Any count for which the statute (A) specifies a term of imprisonment
to be imposed; and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be
imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. Sen-
tences for such counts are governed by the provisions of §5G1.2(a).
(2) Any count of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1028A. See Application
Note 2(B) of the Commentary to §5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple
Counts of Conviction) for guidance on how sentences for multiple
counts of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1028A should be imposed.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In General.—For purposes of sentencing multiple counts of conviction, counts can be (A) con-
tained in the same indictment or information; or (B) contained in different indictments or infor-
mations for which sentences are to be imposed at the same time or in a consolidated proceeding.
2. Application of Subsection (b).—Subsection (b)(1) applies if a statute (A) specifies a term of
imprisonment to be imposed; and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run
consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) (requiring manda-
tory minimum terms of imprisonment, based on the conduct involved, to run consecutively). The
multiple count rules set out under this part do not apply to a count of conviction covered by
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 373
§3D1.2
subsection (b). However, a count covered by subsection (b)(1) may affect the offense level deter-
mination for other counts. For example, a defendant is convicted of one count of bank robbery
(18 U.S.C. § 2113), and one count of use of a firearm in the commission of a crime of violence
(18 U.S.C. § 924(c)). The two counts are not grouped together pursuant to this guideline, and, to
avoid unwarranted double counting, the offense level for the bank robbery count under §2B3.1
(Robbery) is computed without application of the enhancement for weapon possession or use as
otherwise required by subsection (b)(2) of that guideline. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 924(c), the
mandatory minimum five-year sentence on the weapon-use count runs consecutively to the
guideline sentence imposed on the bank robbery count. See §5G1.2(a).
Unless specifically instructed, subsection (b)(1) does not apply when imposing a sentence under
a statute that requires the imposition of a consecutive term of imprisonment only if a term of
imprisonment is imposed (i.e., the statute does not otherwise require a term of imprisonment to
be imposed). See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 3146 (Penalty for failure to appear); 18 U.S.C. § 924(a)(4) (re-
garding penalty for 18 U.S.C. § 922(q) (possession or discharge of a firearm in a school zone));
18 U.S.C. § 1791(c) (penalty for providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison). Accord-
ingly, the multiple count rules set out under this part do apply to a count of conviction under this
type of statute.
Background: This section outlines the procedure to be used for determining the combined offense
level. After any adjustments from Chapter Three, Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and Chapter
Four, Parts B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood) and C (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point
Offenders) are made, this combined offense level is used to determine the guideline sentence range.
Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) discusses how to determine the sentence from the (combined)
offense level; §5G1.2 deals specifically with determining the sentence of imprisonment when convic-
tions on multiple counts are involved. References in Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) to the
“offense level” should be treated as referring to the combined offense level after all subsequent adjust-
ments have been made.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 348); November 1, 1998
Historical (amendment 579); November 1, 2000 (amendment 598); November 1, 2005 (amendments 677 and 680); No-
Note vember 1, 2007 (amendment 707); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824); November 1, 2024 (amend-
ment 831).
§3D1.2. Groups of Closely Related Counts
All counts involving substantially the same harm shall be grouped together into
a single Group. Counts involve substantially the same harm within the mean-
ing of this rule:
(a) When counts involve the same victim and the same act or transaction.
(b) When counts involve the same victim and two or more acts or transactions
connected by a common criminal objective or constituting part of a common
scheme or plan.
(c) When one of the counts embodies conduct that is treated as a specific of-
fense characteristic in, or other adjustment to, the guideline applicable to
another of the counts.
374 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3D1.2
(d) When the offense level is determined largely on the basis of the total
amount of harm or loss, the quantity of a substance involved, or some other
measure of aggregate harm, or if the offense behavior is ongoing or contin-
uous in nature and the offense guideline is written to cover such behavior.
Offenses covered by the following guidelines are to be grouped under this
subsection:
§2A3.5;
§§2B1.1, 2B1.4, 2B1.5, 2B4.1, 2B5.1, 2B5.3, 2B6.1;
§§2C1.1, 2C1.2, 2C1.8;
§§2D1.1, 2D1.2, 2D1.5, 2D1.11, 2D1.13;
§§2E4.1, 2E5.1;
§§2G2.2, 2G3.1;
§2K2.1;
§§2L1.1, 2L2.1;
§2N3.1;
§2Q2.1;
§2R1.1;
§§2S1.1, 2S1.3;
§§2T1.1, 2T1.4, 2T1.6, 2T1.7, 2T1.9, 2T2.1, 2T3.1.
Specifically excluded from the operation of this subsection are:
all offenses in Chapter Two, Part A (except §2A3.5);
§§2B2.1, 2B2.3, 2B3.1, 2B3.2, 2B3.3;
§2C1.5;
§§2D2.1, 2D2.2, 2D2.3;
§§2E1.3, 2E1.4, 2E2.1;
§§2G1.1, 2G1.3, 2G2.1;
§§2H1.1, 2H2.1, 2H4.1;
§§2L2.2, 2L2.5;
§§2M2.1, 2M2.3, 2M3.1, 2M3.2, 2M3.3, 2M3.4, 2M3.5, 2M3.9;
§§2P1.1, 2P1.2, 2P1.3;
§2X6.1.
For multiple counts of offenses that are not listed, grouping under this
subsection may or may not be appropriate; a case-by-case determination
must be made based upon the facts of the case and the applicable guide-
lines (including specific offense characteristics and other adjustments)
used to determine the offense level.
Exclusion of an offense from grouping under this subsection does not nec-
essarily preclude grouping under another subsection.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 375
§3D1.2
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Subsections (a)–(d) set forth circumstances in which counts are to be grouped together into a
single Group. Counts are to be grouped together into a single Group if any one or more of the
subsections provide for such grouping. Counts for which the statute (A) specifies a term of im-
prisonment to be imposed; and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run
consecutively to any other term of imprisonment are excepted from application of the multiple
count rules. See §3D1.1(b)(1); id., comment. (n.1).
2. The term “victim” is not intended to include indirect or secondary victims. Generally, there will
be one person who is directly and most seriously affected by the offense and is therefore identifi-
able as the victim. For offenses in which there are no identifiable victims (e.g., drug or immigra-
tion offenses, where society at large is the victim), the “victim” for purposes of subsections (a)
and (b) is the societal interest that is harmed. In such cases, the counts are grouped together
when the societal interests that are harmed are closely related. Where one count, for example,
involves unlawfully entering the United States and the other involves possession of fraudulent
evidence of citizenship, the counts are grouped together because the societal interests harmed
(the interests protected by laws governing immigration) are closely related. In contrast, where
one count involves the sale of controlled substances and the other involves an immigration law
violation, the counts are not grouped together because different societal interests are harmed.
Ambiguities should be resolved in accordance with the purpose of this section as stated in the
lead paragraph, i.e., to identify and group “counts involving substantially the same harm.”
3. Under subsection (a), counts are to be grouped together when they represent essentially a single
injury or are part of a single criminal episode or transaction involving the same victim.
When one count charges an attempt to commit an offense and the other charges the commission
of that offense, or when one count charges an offense based on a general prohibition and the other
charges violation of a specific prohibition encompassed in the general prohibition, the counts will
be grouped together under subsection (a).
Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of forging and uttering the same check. The counts
are to be grouped together. (2) The defendant is convicted of kidnapping and assaulting the victim
during the course of the kidnapping. The counts are to be grouped together. (3) The defendant is
convicted of bid rigging (an antitrust offense) and of mail fraud for signing and mailing a false
statement that the bid was competitive. The counts are to be grouped together. (4) The defendant
is convicted of two counts of assault on a federal officer for shooting at the same officer twice
while attempting to prevent apprehension as part of a single criminal episode. The counts are to
be grouped together. (5) The defendant is convicted of three counts of unlawfully bringing aliens
into the United States, all counts arising out of a single incident. The three counts are to be
grouped together. But: (6) The defendant is convicted of two counts of assault on a federal officer
for shooting at the officer on two separate days. The counts are not to be grouped together.
4. Subsection (b) provides that counts that are part of a single course of conduct with a single crim-
inal objective and represent essentially one composite harm to the same victim are to be grouped
together, even if they constitute legally distinct offenses occurring at different times. This provi-
sion does not authorize the grouping of offenses that cannot be considered to represent essentially
one composite harm (e.g., robbery of the same victim on different occasions involves multiple,
separate instances of fear and risk of harm, not one composite harm).
When one count charges a conspiracy or solicitation and the other charges a substantive offense
that was the sole object of the conspiracy or solicitation, the counts will be grouped together
under subsection (b).
376 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3D1.2
Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of one count of conspiracy to commit extortion and one
count of extortion for the offense he conspired to commit. The counts are to be grouped together.
(2) The defendant is convicted of two counts of mail fraud and one count of wire fraud, each in
furtherance of a single fraudulent scheme. The counts are to be grouped together, even if the
mailings and telephone call occurred on different days. (3) The defendant is convicted of one
count of auto theft and one count of altering the vehicle identification number of the car he stole.
The counts are to be grouped together. (4) The defendant is convicted of two counts of distributing
a controlled substance, each count involving a separate sale of 10 grams of cocaine that is part of
a common scheme or plan. In addition, a finding is made that there are two other sales, also part
of the common scheme or plan, each involving 10 grams of cocaine. The total amount of all four
sales (40 grams of cocaine) will be used to determine the offense level for each count under
§1B1.3(a)(2). The two counts will then be grouped together under either this subsection or sub-
section (d) to avoid double counting. But: (5) The defendant is convicted of two counts of rape for
raping the same person on different days. The counts are not to be grouped together.
5. Subsection (c) provides that when conduct that represents a separate count, e.g., bodily injury or
obstruction of justice, is also a specific offense characteristic in or other adjustment to another
count, the count represented by that conduct is to be grouped with the count to which it consti-
tutes an aggravating factor. This provision prevents “double counting” of offense behavior. Of
course, this rule applies only if the offenses are closely related. It is not, for example, the intent
of this rule that (assuming they could be joined together) a bank robbery on one occasion and an
assault resulting in bodily injury on another occasion be grouped together. The bodily injury (the
harm from the assault) would not be a specific offense characteristic to the robbery and would
represent a different harm. On the other hand, use of a firearm in a bank robbery and unlawful
possession of that firearm are sufficiently related to warrant grouping of counts under this sub-
section. Frequently, this provision will overlap subsection (a), at least with respect to specific
offense characteristics. However, a count such as obstruction of justice, which represents a Chap-
ter Three adjustment and involves a different harm or societal interest than the underlying of-
fense, is covered by subsection (c) even though it is not covered by subsection (a).
Sometimes there may be several counts, each of which could be treated as an aggravating factor
to another more serious count, but the guideline for the more serious count provides an adjust-
ment for only one occurrence of that factor. In such cases, only the count representing the most
serious of those factors is to be grouped with the other count. For example, if in a robbery of a
credit union on a military base the defendant is also convicted of assaulting two employees, one
of whom is injured seriously, the assault with serious bodily injury would be grouped with the
robbery count, while the remaining assault conviction would be treated separately.
A cross reference to another offense guideline does not constitute “a specific offense characteris-
tic . . . or other adjustment” within the meaning of subsection (c). For example, the guideline for
bribery of a public official contains a cross reference to the guideline for a conspiracy to commit
the offense that the bribe was to facilitate. Nonetheless, if the defendant were convicted of one
count of securities fraud and one count of bribing a public official to facilitate the fraud, the two
counts would not be grouped together by virtue of the cross reference. If, however, the bribe was
given for the purpose of hampering a criminal investigation into the offense, it would constitute
obstruction and under §3C1.1 would result in a 2-level enhancement to the offense level for the
fraud. Under the latter circumstances, the counts would be grouped together.
6. Subsection (d) likely will be used with the greatest frequency. It provides that most property
crimes (except robbery, burglary, extortion and the like), drug offenses, firearms offenses, and
other crimes where the guidelines are based primarily on quantity or contemplate continuing
behavior are to be grouped together. The list of instances in which this subsection should be
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 377
§3D1.2
applied is not exhaustive. Note, however, that certain guidelines are specifically excluded from
the operation of subsection (d).
A conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation to commit an offense is covered under subsection (d) if the
offense that is the object of the conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation is covered under subsection (d).
Counts involving offenses to which different offense guidelines apply are grouped together under
subsection (d) if the offenses are of the same general type and otherwise meet the criteria for
grouping under this subsection. In such cases, the offense guideline that results in the highest
offense level is used; see §3D1.3(b). The “same general type” of offense is to be construed broadly.
Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of five counts of embezzling money from a bank. The
five counts are to be grouped together. (2) The defendant is convicted of two counts of theft of
social security checks and three counts of theft from the mail, each from a different victim. All
five counts are to be grouped together. (3) The defendant is convicted of five counts of mail fraud
and ten counts of wire fraud. Although the counts arise from various schemes, each involves a
monetary objective. All fifteen counts are to be grouped together. (4) The defendant is convicted
of three counts of unlicensed dealing in firearms. All three counts are to be grouped together.
(5) The defendant is convicted of one count of selling heroin, one count of selling PCP, and one
count of selling cocaine. The counts are to be grouped together. The Commentary to §2D1.1 pro-
vides rules for combining (adding) quantities of different drugs to determine a single combined
offense level. (6) The defendant is convicted of three counts of tax evasion. The counts are to be
grouped together. (7) The defendant is convicted of three counts of discharging toxic substances
from a single facility. The counts are to be grouped together. (8) The defendant is convicted on
two counts of check forgery and one count of uttering the first of the forged checks. All three
counts are to be grouped together. Note, however, that the uttering count is first grouped with
the first forgery count under subsection (a) of this guideline, so that the monetary amount of that
check counts only once when the rule in §3D1.3(b) is applied. But: (9) The defendant is convicted
of three counts of bank robbery. The counts are not to be grouped together, nor are the amounts
of money involved to be added.
7. A single case may result in application of several of the rules in this section. Thus, for example,
example (8) in the discussion of subsection (d) involves an application of §3D1.2(a) followed by
an application of §3D1.2(d). Note also that a Group may consist of a single count; conversely, all
counts may form a single Group.
8. A defendant may be convicted of conspiring to commit several substantive offenses and also of
committing one or more of the substantive offenses. In such cases, treat the conspiracy count as
if it were several counts, each charging conspiracy to commit one of the substantive offenses. See
§1B1.2(d) and accompanying commentary. Then apply the ordinary grouping rules to determine
the combined offense level based upon the substantive counts of which the defendant is convicted
and the various acts cited by the conspiracy count that would constitute behavior of a substantive
nature. Example: The defendant is convicted of two counts: conspiring to commit offenses A, B,
and C, and committing offense A. Treat this as if the defendant was convicted of (1) committing
offense A; (2) conspiracy to commit offense A; (3) conspiracy to commit offense B; and (4) conspir-
acy to commit offense C. Count (1) and count (2) are grouped together under §3D1.2(b). Group
the remaining counts, including the various acts cited by the conspiracy count that would consti-
tute behavior of a substantive nature, according to the rules in this section.
Background: Ordinarily, the first step in determining the combined offense level in a case involving
multiple counts is to identify those counts that are sufficiently related to be placed in the same Group
of Closely Related Counts (“Group”). This section specifies four situations in which counts are to be
grouped together. Although it appears last for conceptual reasons, subsection (d) probably will be used
most frequently.
378 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3D1.3
A primary consideration in this section is whether the offenses involve different victims. For
example, a defendant may stab three prison guards in a single escape attempt. Some would argue that
all counts arising out of a single transaction or occurrence should be grouped together even when there
are distinct victims. Although such a proposal was considered, it was rejected because it probably
would require departure in many cases in order to capture adequately the criminal behavior. Cases
involving injury to distinct victims are sufficiently comparable, whether or not the injuries are inflicted
in distinct transactions, so that each such count should be treated separately rather than grouped
together. Counts involving different victims (or societal harms in the case of “victimless” crimes) are
grouped together only as provided in subsection (c) or (d).
Even if counts involve a single victim, the decision as to whether to group them together may not
always be clear cut. For example, how contemporaneous must two assaults on the same victim be in
order to warrant grouping together as constituting a single transaction or occurrence? Existing case
law may provide some guidance as to what constitutes distinct offenses, but such decisions often turn
on the technical language of the statute and cannot be controlling. In interpreting this part and re-
solving ambiguities, the court should look to the underlying policy of this part as stated in the Intro-
ductory Commentary.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 45); November 1, 1989 (amend-
ments 121, 253–256, and 303); November 1, 1990 (amendments 309, 348, and 349); November 1, 1991
(amendment 417); November 1, 1992 (amendment 458); November 1, 1993 (amendment 496); November 1,
Historical 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 1996 (amendment 538); November 1, 1998 (amendment 579); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2001 (amendments 615, 617, and 634); November 1, 2002 (amendment 638); January 25, 2003
(amendment 648); November 1, 2003 (amendment 656); November 1, 2004 (amendments 664 and 674); No-
vember 1, 2005 (amendments 679 and 680); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2023 (amend-
ments 823 and 824).
§3D1.3. Offense Level Applicable to Each Group of Closely Related Counts
Determine the offense level applicable to each of the Groups as follows:
(a) In the case of counts grouped together pursuant to §3D1.2(a)–(c), the of-
fense level applicable to a Group is the offense level, determined in accord-
ance with Chapter Two and Parts A, B, and C of Chapter Three, for the
most serious of the counts comprising the Group, i.e., the highest offense
level of the counts in the Group.
(b) In the case of counts grouped together pursuant to §3D1.2(d), the offense
level applicable to a Group is the offense level corresponding to the aggre-
gated quantity, determined in accordance with Chapter Two and Parts A,
B and C of Chapter Three. When the counts involve offenses of the same
general type to which different guidelines apply, apply the offense guide-
line that produces the highest offense level.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. The “offense level” for a count refers to the offense level from Chapter Two after all adjustments
from Parts A, B, and C of Chapter Three.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 379
§3D1.4
2. When counts are grouped pursuant to §3D1.2(a)–(c), the highest offense level of the counts in the
group is used. Ordinarily, it is necessary to determine the offense level for each of the counts in
a Group in order to ensure that the highest is correctly identified. Sometimes, it will be clear that
one count in the Group cannot have a higher offense level than another, as with a count for an
attempt or conspiracy to commit the completed offense. The formal determination of the offense
level for such a count may be unnecessary.
3. When counts are grouped pursuant to §3D1.2(d), the offense guideline applicable to the aggregate
behavior is used. If the counts in the Group are covered by different guidelines, use the guideline
that produces the highest offense level. Determine whether the specific offense characteristics or
adjustments from Chapter Three, Parts A, B, and C apply based upon the combined offense be-
havior taken as a whole. Note that guidelines for similar property offenses have been coordinated
to produce identical offense levels, at least when substantial property losses are involved. How-
ever, when small sums are involved the differing specific offense characteristics that require in-
creasing the offense level to a certain minimum may affect the outcome.
4. Sometimes the rule specified in this section may not result in incremental punishment for addi-
tional criminal acts because of the grouping rules. For example, if the defendant commits forcible
criminal sexual abuse (rape), aggravated assault, and robbery, all against the same victim on a
single occasion, all of the counts are grouped together under §3D1.2. The aggravated assault will
increase the guideline range for the rape. The robbery, however, will not. This is because the
offense guideline for rape (§2A3.1) includes the most common aggravating factors, including in-
jury, that data showed to be significant in actual practice. The additional factor of property loss
ordinarily can be taken into account adequately within the guideline range for rape, which is
fairly wide. However, an exceptionally large property loss in the course of the rape would provide
grounds for an upward departure. See §5K2.5 (Property Damage or Loss).
Background: This section provides rules for determining the offense level associated with each Group
of Closely Related Counts. Summary examples of the application of these rules are provided at the end
of the Commentary to this part.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 257 and 303); November 1,
Note 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§3D1.4. Determining the Combined Offense Level
The combined offense level is determined by taking the offense level applicable
to the Group with the highest offense level and increasing that offense level by
the amount indicated in the following table:
NUMBER OF UNITS INCREASE IN OFFENSE LEVEL
1 none
1 1/2 add 1 level
2 add 2 levels
2 1/2 – 3 add 3 levels
3 1/2 – 5 add 4 levels
More than 5 add 5 levels.
380 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3D1.4
In determining the number of Units for purposes of this section:
(a) Count as one Unit the Group with the highest offense level. Count one ad-
ditional Unit for each Group that is equally serious or from 1 to 4 levels
less serious.
(b) Count as one-half Unit any Group that is 5 to 8 levels less serious than the
Group with the highest offense level.
(c) Disregard any Group that is 9 or more levels less serious than the Group
with the highest offense level. Such Groups will not increase the applicable
offense level but may provide a reason for sentencing at the higher end of
the sentencing range for the applicable offense level.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Application of the rules in §§3D1.2 and 3D1.3 may produce a single Group of Closely Related
Counts. In such cases, the combined offense level is the level corresponding to the Group deter-
mined in accordance with §3D1.3.
2. The procedure for calculating the combined offense level when there is more than one Group of
Closely Related Counts is as follows: First, identify the offense level applicable to the most seri-
ous Group; assign it one Unit. Next, determine the number of Units that the remaining Groups
represent. Finally, increase the offense level for the most serious Group by the number of levels
indicated in the table corresponding to the total number of Units.
Background: When Groups are of roughly comparable seriousness, each Group will represent one
Unit. When the most serious Group carries an offense level substantially higher than that applicable
to the other Groups, however, counting the lesser Groups fully for purposes of the table could add
excessive punishment, possibly even more than those offenses would carry if prosecuted separately.
To avoid this anomalous result and produce declining marginal punishment, Groups 9 or more levels
less serious than the most serious Group should not be counted for purposes of the table, and that
Groups 5 to 8 levels less serious should be treated as equal to one-half of a Group. Thus, if the most
serious Group is at offense level 15 and if two other Groups are at level 10, there would be a total of
two Units for purposes of the table (one plus one-half plus one-half) and the combined offense level
would be 17. Inasmuch as the maximum increase provided in the guideline is 5 levels, departure would
be warranted in the unusual case where the additional offenses resulted in a total of significantly more
than 5 Units.
In unusual circumstances, the approach adopted in this section could produce adjustments for
the additional counts that are inadequate or excessive. If there are several groups and the most serious
offense is considerably more serious than all of the others, there will be no increase in the offense level
resulting from the additional counts. Ordinarily, the court will have latitude to impose added punish-
ment by sentencing toward the upper end of the range authorized for the most serious offense. Situa-
tions in which there will be inadequate scope for ensuring appropriate additional punishment for the
additional crimes are likely to be unusual and can be handled by departure from the guidelines. Con-
versely, it is possible that if there are several minor offenses that are not grouped together, application
of the rules in this part could result in an excessive increase in the sentence range. Again, such situa-
tions should be infrequent and can be handled through departure. An alternative method for ensuring
more precise adjustments would have been to determine the appropriate offense level adjustment
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 381
§3D1.5
through a more complicated mathematical formula; that approach was not adopted because of its com-
plexity.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 350); November 1, 2023
Note (amendment 824).
§3D1.5. Determining the Total Punishment
Use the combined offense level to determine the appropriate sentence in accord-
ance with the provisions of Chapter Five.
Commentary
This section refers the court to Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) in order to determine
the total punishment to be imposed based upon the combined offense level. The combined offense level
is subject to adjustments from Chapter Three, Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and Chapter Four,
Parts B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood) and C (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offend-
ers).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
Note
* * * * *
Ch. 3 Pt. D Concl. Comment.
Concluding Commentary to Part D of Chapter Three
Illustrations of the Operation of the Multiple-Count Rules
The following examples, drawn from presentence reports in the Commission’s files, illustrate the
operation of the guidelines for multiple counts. The examples are discussed summarily; a more thor-
ough, step-by-step approach is recommended until the user is thoroughly familiar with the guidelines.
1. Defendant A was convicted of four counts, each charging robbery of a different bank. Each would
represent a distinct Group. §3D1.2. In each of the first three robberies, the offense level was 22
(20 plus a 2-level increase because a financial institution was robbed) (§2B3.1(b)). In the fourth
robbery $21,000 was taken and a firearm was displayed; the offense level was therefore 28. As
the first three counts are 6 levels lower than the fourth, each of the first three represents one-
half unit for purposes of §3D1.4. Altogether there are 2 1/2 Units, and the offense level for the
most serious (28) is therefore increased by 3 levels under the table. The combined offense level
is 31.
2. Defendant B was convicted of four counts: (1) distribution of 230 grams of cocaine; (2) distribu-
tion of 150 grams of cocaine; (3) distribution of 75 grams of heroin; (4) offering a DEA agent
$20,000 to avoid prosecution. The combined offense level for drug offenses is determined by the
total quantity of drugs, converted to converted drug weight (using the Drug Conversion Tables
in the Commentary to §2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking)).
The first count translates into 46 kilograms of converted drug weight; the second count translates
into 30 kilograms of converted drug weight; and the third count translates into 75 kilograms of
converted drug weight. The total is 151 kilograms of converted drug weight. Under §2D1.1, the
382 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 3 Pt. D Concl. Comment.
combined offense level for the drug offenses is 24. In addition, because of the attempted bribe of
the DEA agent, this offense level is increased by 2 levels to 26 under §3C1.1 (Obstructing or
Impeding the Administration of Justice). Because the conduct constituting the bribery offense is
accounted for by §3C1.1, it becomes part of the same Group as the drug offenses pursuant to
§3D1.2(c). The combined offense level is 26 pursuant to §3D1.3(a), because the offense level for
bribery (20) is less than the offense level for the drug offenses (26).
3. Defendant C was convicted of four counts arising out of a scheme pursuant to which the defend-
ant received kickbacks from subcontractors. The counts were as follows: (1) The defendant re-
ceived $1,000 from subcontractor A relating to contract X (Mail Fraud). (2) The defendant re-
ceived $1,000 from subcontractor A relating to contract X (Commercial Bribery). (3) The defend-
ant received $1,000 from subcontractor A relating to contract Y (Mail Fraud). (4) The defendant
received $1,000 from subcontractor B relating to contract Z (Commercial Bribery). The mail fraud
counts are covered by §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud). The bribery counts are
covered by §2B4.1 (Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery), which
treats the offense as a sophisticated fraud. The total money involved is $4,000, which results in
an offense level of 9 under either §2B1.1 (assuming the application of the “sophisticated means”
enhancement in §2B1.1(b)(10)) or §2B4.1. Since these two guidelines produce identical offense
levels, the combined offense level is 9.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 303); November 1,
1990 (amendment 350); November 1, 1991 (amendment 417); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534);
Historical
November 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2009 (amendment 737); November 1, 2011
Note
(amendment 760); November 1, 2014 (amendment 782); November 1, 2015 (amendment 796); Novem-
ber 1, 2018 (amendment 808).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 383
§3E1.1
PART E ― ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY
§3E1.1. Acceptance of Responsibility
(a) If the defendant clearly demonstrates acceptance of responsibility for his
offense, decrease the offense level by 2 levels.
(b) If the defendant qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a), the offense
level determined prior to the operation of subsection (a) is level 16 or
greater, and upon motion of the government stating that the defendant has
assisted authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his own miscon-
duct by timely notifying authorities of his intention to enter a plea of guilty,
thereby permitting the government to avoid preparing for trial and per-
mitting the government and the court to allocate their resources effi-
ciently, decrease the offense level by 1 additional level. The term “prepar-
ing for trial” means substantive preparations taken to present the gov-
ernment’s case against the defendant to a jury (or judge, in the case of a
bench trial) at trial. “Preparing for trial” is ordinarily indicated by actions
taken close to trial, such as preparing witnesses for trial, in limine mo-
tions, proposed voir dire questions and jury instructions, and witness and
exhibit lists. Preparations for pretrial proceedings (such as litigation re-
lated to a charging document, discovery motions, and suppression motions)
ordinarily are not considered “preparing for trial” under this subsection.
Post-conviction matters (such as sentencing objections, appeal waivers,
and related issues) are not considered “preparing for trial.”
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In determining whether a defendant qualifies under subsection (a), appropriate considerations
include, but are not limited to, the following:
(A) truthfully admitting the conduct comprising the offense(s) of conviction, and truthfully ad-
mitting or not falsely denying any additional relevant conduct for which the defendant is
accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). Note that a defendant is not required to vol-
unteer, or affirmatively admit, relevant conduct beyond the offense of conviction in order to
obtain a reduction under subsection (a). A defendant may remain silent in respect to rele-
vant conduct beyond the offense of conviction without affecting his ability to obtain a re-
duction under this subsection. A defendant who falsely denies, or frivolously contests, rele-
vant conduct that the court determines to be true has acted in a manner inconsistent with
acceptance of responsibility, but the fact that a defendant’s challenge is unsuccessful does
not necessarily establish that it was either a false denial or frivolous;
(B) voluntary termination or withdrawal from criminal conduct or associations;
(C) voluntary payment of restitution prior to adjudication of guilt;
384 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§3E1.1
(D) voluntary surrender to authorities promptly after commission of the offense;
(E) voluntary assistance to authorities in the recovery of the fruits and instrumentalities of the
offense;
(F) voluntary resignation from the office or position held during the commission of the offense;
(G) post-offense rehabilitative efforts (e.g., counseling or drug treatment); and
(H) the timeliness of the defendant’s conduct in manifesting the acceptance of responsibility.
2. This adjustment is not intended to apply to a defendant who puts the government to its burden
of proof at trial by denying the essential factual elements of guilt, is convicted, and only then
admits guilt and expresses remorse. Conviction by trial, however, does not automatically pre-
clude a defendant from consideration for such a reduction. In rare situations a defendant may
clearly demonstrate an acceptance of responsibility for his criminal conduct even though he ex-
ercises his constitutional right to a trial. This may occur, for example, where a defendant goes to
trial to assert and preserve issues that do not relate to factual guilt (e.g., to make a constitutional
challenge to a statute or a challenge to the applicability of a statute to his conduct). In each such
instance, however, a determination that a defendant has accepted responsibility will be based
primarily upon pre-trial statements and conduct.
3. Entry of a plea of guilty prior to the commencement of trial combined with truthfully admitting
the conduct comprising the offense of conviction, and truthfully admitting or not falsely denying
any additional relevant conduct for which he is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)
(see Application Note 1(A)), will constitute significant evidence of acceptance of responsibility for
the purposes of subsection (a). However, this evidence may be outweighed by conduct of the de-
fendant that is inconsistent with such acceptance of responsibility. A defendant who enters a
guilty plea is not entitled to an adjustment under this section as a matter of right.
4. Conduct resulting in an enhancement under §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administra-
tion of Justice) ordinarily indicates that the defendant has not accepted responsibility for his
criminal conduct. There may, however, be extraordinary cases in which adjustments under both
§§3C1.1 and 3E1.1 may apply.
5. The sentencing judge is in a unique position to evaluate a defendant’s acceptance of responsibil-
ity. For this reason, the determination of the sentencing judge is entitled to great deference on
review.
6. Subsection (a) provides a 2-level decrease in offense level. Subsection (b) provides an additional
1-level decrease in offense level for a defendant at offense level 16 or greater prior to the operation
of subsection (a) who both qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a) and who has assisted
authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his own misconduct by taking the steps set forth
in subsection (b). The timeliness of the defendant’s acceptance of responsibility is a consideration
under both subsections, and is context specific. In general, the conduct qualifying for a decrease
in offense level under subsection (b) will occur particularly early in the case. For example, to
qualify under subsection (b), the defendant must have notified authorities of his intention to
enter a plea of guilty at a sufficiently early point in the process so that the government may avoid
preparing for trial and the court may schedule its calendar efficiently.
Because the Government is in the best position to determine whether the defendant has assisted
authorities in a manner that avoids preparing for trial, an adjustment under subsection (b) may
only be granted upon a formal motion by the Government at the time of sentencing. See sec-
tion 401(g)(2)(B) of Public Law 108–21.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 385
§3E1.1
If the government files such a motion, and the court in deciding whether to grant the motion also
determines that the defendant has assisted authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his
own misconduct by timely notifying authorities of his intention to enter a plea of guilty, thereby
permitting the government to avoid preparing for trial and permitting the government and the
court to allocate their resources efficiently, the court should grant the motion.
Background: The reduction of offense level provided by this section recognizes legitimate societal
interests. For several reasons, a defendant who clearly demonstrates acceptance of responsibility for
his offense by taking, in a timely fashion, the actions listed above (or some equivalent action) is appro-
priately given a lower offense level than a defendant who has not demonstrated acceptance of respon-
sibility.
Subsection (a) provides a 2-level decrease in offense level. Subsection (b) provides an additional
1-level decrease for a defendant at offense level 16 or greater prior to operation of subsection (a) who
both qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a) and has assisted authorities in the investigation or
prosecution of his own misconduct by taking the steps specified in subsection (b). Such a defendant
has accepted responsibility in a way that ensures the certainty of his just punishment in a timely
manner, thereby appropriately meriting an additional reduction. Subsection (b) does not apply, how-
ever, to a defendant whose offense level is level 15 or lower prior to application of subsection (a). At
offense level 15 or lower, the reduction in the guideline range provided by a 2-level decrease in offense
level under subsection (a) (which is a greater proportional reduction in the guideline range than at
higher offense levels due to the structure of the Sentencing Table) is adequate for the court to take
into account the factors set forth in subsection (b) within the applicable guideline range.
Section 401(g) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended subsection (b), Application Note 6 (includ-
ing adding the first sentence of the second paragraph of that application note), and the Background
Commentary, effective April 30, 2003.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 46); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendment 258); November 1, 1990 (amendment 351); November 1, 1992 (amendment 459); April 30, 2003
Note (amendment 649); November 1, 2010 (amendments 746 and 747); November 1, 2013 (amendment 775); No-
vember 1, 2018 (amendment 810); November 1, 2023 (amendment 820).
386 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.1
CHAPTER FOUR
CRIMINAL HISTORY
AND CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD
PART A ― CRIMINAL HISTORY
Introductory Commentary
The Comprehensive Crime Control Act sets forth four purposes of sentencing. (See 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(a)(2).) A defendant’s record of past criminal conduct is directly relevant to those purposes. A
defendant with a record of prior criminal behavior is more culpable than a first offender and thus
deserving of greater punishment. General deterrence of criminal conduct dictates that a clear message
be sent to society that repeated criminal behavior will aggravate the need for punishment with each
recurrence. To protect the public from further crimes of the particular defendant, the likelihood of
recidivism and future criminal behavior must be considered. Repeated criminal behavior is an indica-
tor of a limited likelihood of successful rehabilitation.
The specific factors included in §4A1.1 and §4A1.3 are consistent with the extant empirical re-
search assessing correlates of recidivism and patterns of career criminal behavior. While empirical
research has shown that other factors are correlated highly with the likelihood of recidivism, e.g., age
and drug abuse, for policy reasons they were not included here at this time. The Commission has made
no definitive judgment as to the reliability of the existing data. However, the Commission will review
additional data insofar as they become available in the future.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§4A1.1. Criminal History Category
The total points from subsections (a) through (e) determine the criminal history
category in the Sentencing Table in Chapter Five, Part A.
(a) Add 3 points for each prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year
and one month.
(b) Add 2 points for each prior sentence of imprisonment of at least sixty days
not counted in subsection (a).
(c) Add 1 point for each prior sentence not counted in subsection (a) or (b), up
to a total of 4 points for this subsection.
(d) Add 1 point for each prior sentence resulting from a conviction of a crime
of violence that did not receive any points under subsection (a), (b), or (c)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 387
§4A1.1
above because such sentence was treated as a single sentence, up to a total
of 3 points for this subsection.
(e) Add 1 point if the defendant (1) receives 7 or more points under subsec-
tions (a) through (d), and (2) committed the instant offense while under
any criminal justice sentence, including probation, parole, supervised re-
lease, imprisonment, work release, or escape status.
Commentary
The total criminal history points from §4A1.1 determine the criminal history category (I–VI) in
the Sentencing Table in Chapter Five, Part A. The definitions and instructions in §4A1.2 govern the
computation of the criminal history points. Therefore, §§4A1.1 and 4A1.2 must be read together. The
following notes highlight the interaction of §§4A1.1 and 4A1.2.
Application Notes:
1. §4A1.1(a).—Three points are added for each prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year
and one month. There is no limit to the number of points that may be counted under this subsec-
tion. The term “prior sentence” is defined at §4A1.2(a). The term “sentence of imprisonment”
is defined at §4A1.2(b). Where a prior sentence of imprisonment resulted from a revocation of
probation, parole, or a similar form of release, see §4A1.2(k).
Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions:
A sentence imposed more than fifteen years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the
instant offense is not counted unless the defendant’s incarceration extended into this fif-
teen-year period. See §4A1.2(e).
A sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday
is counted under this subsection only if it resulted from an adult conviction. See §4A1.2(d).
A sentence for a foreign conviction, a conviction that has been expunged, or an invalid con-
viction is not counted. See §4A1.2(h) and (j) and the Commentary to §4A1.2.
2. §4A1.1(b).—Two points are added for each prior sentence of imprisonment of at least sixty days
not counted in §4A1.1(a). There is no limit to the number of points that may be counted under
this subsection. The term “prior sentence” is defined at §4A1.2(a). The term “sentence of im-
prisonment” is defined at §4A1.2(b). Where a prior sentence of imprisonment resulted from a
revocation of probation, parole, or a similar form of release, see §4A1.2(k).
Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions:
A sentence imposed more than ten years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the
instant offense is not counted. See §4A1.2(e).
An adult or juvenile sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s
eighteenth birthday is counted only if confinement resulting from such sentence extended
into the five-year period preceding the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense.
See §4A1.2(d).
Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are never counted. See §4A1.2(c)(2).
388 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.1
A sentence for a foreign conviction or a tribal court conviction, an expunged conviction, or
an invalid conviction is not counted. See §4A1.2(h), (i), (j), and the Commentary to §4A1.2.
A military sentence is counted only if imposed by a general or special court-martial.
See §4A1.2(g).
3. §4A1.1(c).—One point is added for each prior sentence not counted under §4A1.1(a) or (b). A
maximum of four points may be counted under this subsection. The term “prior sentence” is
defined at §4A1.2(a).
Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions:
A sentence imposed more than ten years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the
instant offense is not counted. See §4A1.2(e).
An adult or juvenile sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s
eighteenth birthday is counted only if imposed within five years of the defendant’s com-
mencement of the current offense. See §4A1.2(d).
Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are counted only if they meet certain
requirements. See §4A1.2(c)(1).
Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are never counted. See §4A1.2(c)(2).
A diversionary disposition is counted only where there is a finding or admission of guilt in
a judicial proceeding. See §4A1.2(f).
A sentence for a foreign conviction, a tribal court conviction, an expunged conviction, or an
invalid conviction, is not counted. See §4A1.2(h), (i), (j), and the Commentary to §4A1.2.
A military sentence is counted only if imposed by a general or special court-martial.
See §4A1.2(g).
4. §4A1.1(d).—In a case in which the defendant received two or more prior sentences as a result of
convictions for crimes of violence that are treated as a single sentence (see §4A1.2(a)(2)), one point
is added under §4A1.1(d) for each such sentence that did not result in any additional points under
§4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). A total of up to 3 points may be added under §4A1.1(d). For purposes of this
guideline, “crime of violence” has the meaning given that term in §4B1.2(a). See §4A1.2(p).
For example, a defendant’s criminal history includes two robbery convictions for offenses com-
mitted on different occasions. The sentences for these offenses were imposed on the same day
and are treated as a single prior sentence. See §4A1.2(a)(2). If the defendant received a five-year
sentence of imprisonment for one robbery and a four-year sentence of imprisonment for the other
robbery (consecutively or concurrently), a total of 3 points is added under §4A1.1(a). An addi-
tional point is added under §4A1.1(d) because the second sentence did not result in any additional
point(s) (under §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c)). In contrast, if the defendant received a one-year sentence
of imprisonment for one robbery and a nine-month consecutive sentence of imprisonment for the
other robbery, a total of 3 points also is added under §4A1.1(a) (a one-year sentence of imprison-
ment and a consecutive nine-month sentence of imprisonment are treated as a combined one-
year-nine-month sentence of imprisonment). But no additional point is added under §4A1.1(d)
because the sentence for the second robbery already resulted in an additional point under
§4A1.1(a). Without the second sentence, the defendant would only have received two points under
§4A1.1(b) for the one-year sentence of imprisonment.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 389
§4A1.2
5. §4A1.1(e).—One point is added if the defendant (1) receives 7 or more points under §4A1.1(a)
through (d), and (2) committed any part of the instant offense (i.e., any relevant conduct) while
under any criminal justice sentence, including probation, parole, supervised release, imprison-
ment, work release, or escape status. Failure to report for service of a sentence of imprisonment
is to be treated as an escape from such sentence. See §4A1.2(n). For the purposes of this subsec-
tion, a “criminal justice sentence” means a sentence countable under §4A1.2 (Definitions and
Instructions for Computing Criminal History) having a custodial or supervisory component, alt-
hough active supervision is not required for this subsection to apply. For example, a term of
unsupervised probation would be included; but a sentence to pay a fine, by itself, would not be
included. A defendant who commits the instant offense while a violation warrant from a prior
sentence is outstanding (e.g., a probation, parole, or supervised release violation warrant) shall
be deemed to be under a criminal justice sentence for the purposes of this provision if that sen-
tence is otherwise countable, even if that sentence would have expired absent such warrant.
See §4A1.2(m).
Background: Prior convictions may represent convictions in the federal system, fifty state systems,
the District of Columbia, territories, and foreign, tribal, and military courts. There are jurisdictional
variations in offense definitions, sentencing structures, and manner of sentence pronouncement. To
minimize problems with imperfect measures of past crime seriousness, criminal history categories are
based on the maximum term imposed in previous sentences rather than on other measures, such as
whether the conviction was designated a felony or misdemeanor. In recognition of the imperfection of
this measure however, §4A1.3 authorizes the court to depart from the otherwise applicable criminal
history category in certain circumstances.
Subsections (a), (b), and (c) of §4A1.1 distinguish confinement sentences longer than one year
and one month, shorter confinement sentences of at least sixty days, and all other sentences, such as
confinement sentences of less than sixty days, probation, fines, and residency in a halfway house.
Section 4A1.1(e) adds one point if the defendant receives 7 or more points under §4A1.1(a)
through (d) and was under a criminal justice sentence during any part of the instant offense.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 259–261); November 1,
Historical 1991 (amendments 381 and 382); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2007 (amendment 709);
Note November 1, 2010 (amendment 742); November 1, 2013 (amendment 777); November 1, 2015 (amend-
ment 795); November 1, 2023 (amendment 821); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§4A1.2. Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History
(a) PRIOR SENTENCE
(1) The term “prior sentence” means any sentence previously imposed
upon adjudication of guilt, whether by guilty plea, trial, or plea of nolo
contendere, for conduct not part of the instant offense.
(2) If the defendant has multiple prior sentences, determine whether
those sentences are counted separately or treated as a single sentence.
Prior sentences always are counted separately if the sentences were
imposed for offenses that were separated by an intervening arrest
(i.e., the defendant is arrested for the first offense prior to committing
390 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.2
the second offense). If there is no intervening arrest, prior sentences
are counted separately unless (A) the sentences resulted from offenses
contained in the same charging instrument; or (B) the sentences were
imposed on the same day. Treat any prior sentence covered by sub-
paragraph (A) or (B) as a single sentence. See also §4A1.1(d).
For purposes of applying §4A1.1(a), (b), and (c), if prior sentences are
treated as a single sentence, use the longest sentence of imprisonment
if concurrent sentences were imposed. If consecutive sentences were
imposed, use the aggregate sentence of imprisonment.
(3) A conviction for which the imposition or execution of sentence was to-
tally suspended or stayed shall be counted as a prior sentence under
§4A1.1(c).
(4) Where a defendant has been convicted of an offense, but not yet sen-
tenced, such conviction shall be counted as if it constituted a prior
sentence under §4A1.1(c) if a sentence resulting from that conviction
otherwise would be countable. In the case of a conviction for an offense
set forth in §4A1.2(c)(1), apply this provision only where the sentence
for such offense would be countable regardless of type or length.
“Convicted of an offense,” for the purposes of this provision, means
that the guilt of the defendant has been established, whether by guilty
plea, trial, or plea of nolo contendere.
(b) SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT DEFINED
(1) The term “sentence of imprisonment” means a sentence of incarcera-
tion and refers to the maximum sentence imposed.
(2) If part of a sentence of imprisonment was suspended, “sentence of im-
prisonment” refers only to the portion that was not suspended.
(c) SENTENCES COUNTED AND EXCLUDED
Sentences for all felony offenses are counted. Sentences for misdemeanor
and petty offenses are counted, except as follows:
(1) Sentences for the following prior offenses and offenses similar to
them, by whatever name they are known, are counted only if (A) the
sentence was a term of probation of more than one year or a term of
imprisonment of at least thirty days, or (B) the prior offense was sim-
ilar to an instant offense:
Careless or reckless driving
Contempt of court
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 391
§4A1.2
Disorderly conduct or disturbing the peace
Driving without a license or with a revoked or suspended license
False information to a police officer
Gambling
Hindering or failure to obey a police officer
Insufficient funds check
Leaving the scene of an accident
Non-support
Prostitution
Resisting arrest
Trespassing.
(2) Sentences for the following prior offenses and offenses similar to
them, by whatever name they are known, are never counted:
Fish and game violations
Hitchhiking
Juvenile status offenses and truancy
Local ordinance violations (except those violations that are also
violations under state criminal law)
Loitering
Minor traffic infractions (e.g., speeding)
Public intoxication
Vagrancy.
(d) OFFENSES COMMITTED PRIOR TO AGE EIGHTEEN
(1) If the defendant was convicted as an adult and received a sentence of
imprisonment exceeding one year and one month, add 3 points under
§4A1.1(a) for each such sentence.
(2) In any other case,
(A) add 2 points under §4A1.1(b) for each adult or juvenile sentence
to confinement of at least sixty days if the defendant was released
from such confinement within five years of his commencement of
the instant offense;
(B) add 1 point under §4A1.1(c) for each adult or juvenile sentence
imposed within five years of the defendant’s commencement of
the instant offense not covered in subparagraph (A).
(e) APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD
(1) Any prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one
month that was imposed within fifteen years of the defendant’s com-
392 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.2
mencement of the instant offense is counted. Also count any prior sen-
tence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month, whenever
imposed, that resulted in the defendant being incarcerated during any
part of such fifteen-year period.
(2) Any other prior sentence that was imposed within ten years of the
defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is counted.
(3) Any prior sentence not within the time periods specified above is not
counted.
(4) The applicable time period for certain sentences resulting from of-
fenses committed prior to age eighteen is governed by §4A1.2(d)(2).
(f) DIVERSIONARY DISPOSITIONS
Diversion from the judicial process without a finding of guilt (e.g., deferred
prosecution) is not counted. A diversionary disposition resulting from a
finding or admission of guilt, or a plea of nolo contendere, in a judicial pro-
ceeding is counted as a sentence under §4A1.1(c) even if a conviction is not
formally entered, except that diversion from juvenile court is not counted.
(g) MILITARY SENTENCES
Sentences resulting from military offenses are counted if imposed by a gen-
eral or special court-martial. Sentences imposed by a summary court-mar-
tial or Article 15 proceeding are not counted.
(h) FOREIGN SENTENCES
Sentences resulting from foreign convictions are not counted, but may be
considered under §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal
History Category (Policy Statement)).
(i) TRIBAL COURT SENTENCES
Sentences resulting from tribal court convictions are not counted, but may
be considered under §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal
History Category (Policy Statement)).
(j) EXPUNGED CONVICTIONS
Sentences for expunged convictions are not counted, but may be considered
under §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Cate-
gory (Policy Statement)).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 393
§4A1.2
(k) REVOCATIONS OF PROBATION, PAROLE, MANDATORY RELEASE, OR SUPERVISED
RELEASE
(1) In the case of a prior revocation of probation, parole, supervised re-
lease, special parole, or mandatory release, add the original term of
imprisonment to any term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation.
The resulting total is used to compute the criminal history points for
§4A1.1(a), (b), or (c), as applicable.
(2) Revocation of probation, parole, supervised release, special parole, or
mandatory release may affect the time period under which certain
sentences are counted as provided in §4A1.2(d)(2) and (e). For the pur-
poses of determining the applicable time period, use the following:
(A) in the case of an adult term of imprisonment totaling more than
one year and one month, the date of last release from incarceration on
such sentence (see §4A1.2(e)(1)); (B) in the case of any other confine-
ment sentence for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eight-
eenth birthday, the date of the defendant’s last release from confine-
ment on such sentence (see §4A1.2(d)(2)(A)); and (C) in any other case,
the date of the original sentence (see §4A1.2(d)(2)(B) and (e)(2)).
(l) SENTENCES ON APPEAL
Prior sentences under appeal are counted except as expressly provided be-
low. In the case of a prior sentence, the execution of which has been stayed
pending appeal, §4A1.1(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) shall apply as if the execu-
tion of such sentence had not been stayed.
(m) EFFECT OF A VIOLATION WARRANT
For the purposes of §4A1.1(e), a defendant who commits the instant offense
while a violation warrant from a prior sentence is outstanding (e.g., a pro-
bation, parole, or supervised release violation warrant) shall be deemed to
be under a criminal justice sentence if that sentence is otherwise counta-
ble, even if that sentence would have expired absent such warrant.
(n) FAILURE TO REPORT FOR SERVICE OF SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT
For the purposes of §4A1.1(e), failure to report for service of a sentence of
imprisonment shall be treated as an escape from such sentence.
(o) FELONY OFFENSE
For the purposes of §4A1.2(c), a “felony offense” means any federal, state,
or local offense punishable by death or a term of imprisonment exceeding
one year, regardless of the actual sentence imposed.
394 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.2
(p) CRIME OF VIOLENCE DEFINED
For the purposes of §4A1.1(d), the definition of “crime of violence” is that
set forth in §4B1.2(a).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Prior Sentence.—“Prior sentence” means a sentence imposed prior to sentencing on the in-
stant offense, other than a sentence for conduct that is part of the instant offense. See §4A1.2(a).
A sentence imposed after the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense, but prior to sen-
tencing on the instant offense, is a prior sentence if it was for conduct other than conduct that
was part of the instant offense. Conduct that is part of the instant offense means conduct that is
relevant conduct to the instant offense under the provisions of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).
Under §4A1.2(a)(4), a conviction for which the defendant has not yet been sentenced is treated
as if it were a prior sentence under §4A1.1(c) if a sentence resulting from such conviction other-
wise would have been counted. In the case of an offense set forth in §4A1.2(c)(1) (which lists
certain misdemeanor and petty offenses), a conviction for which the defendant has not yet been
sentenced is treated as if it were a prior sentence under §4A1.2(a)(4) only where the offense is
similar to the instant offense (because sentences for other offenses set forth in §4A1.2(c)(1) are
counted only if they are of a specified type and length).
2. Sentence of Imprisonment.—To qualify as a sentence of imprisonment, the defendant must
have actually served a period of imprisonment on such sentence (or, if the defendant escaped,
would have served time). See §4A1.2(a)(3) and (b)(2). For the purposes of applying §4A1.1(a), (b),
or (c), the length of a sentence of imprisonment is the stated maximum (e.g., in the case of a
determinate sentence of five years, the stated maximum is five years; in the case of an indeter-
minate sentence of one to five years, the stated maximum is five years; in the case of an indeter-
minate sentence for a term not to exceed five years, the stated maximum is five years; in the case
of an indeterminate sentence for a term not to exceed the defendant’s twenty-first birthday, the
stated maximum is the amount of time in pre-trial detention plus the amount of time between
the date of sentence and the defendant’s twenty-first birthday). That is, criminal history points
are based on the sentence pronounced, not the length of time actually served. See §4A1.2(b)(1)
and (2). A sentence of probation is to be treated as a sentence under §4A1.1(c) unless a condition
of probation requiring imprisonment of at least sixty days was imposed.
3. Application of “Single Sentence” Rule (Subsection (a)(2)).—
(A) Predicate Offenses.—In some cases, multiple prior sentences are treated as a single sen-
tence for purposes of calculating the criminal history score under §4A1.1(a), (b), and (c).
However, for purposes of determining predicate offenses, a prior sentence included in the
single sentence should be treated as if it received criminal history points, if it independently
would have received criminal history points. Therefore, an individual prior sentence may
serve as a predicate under the career offender guideline (see §4B1.2(c)) or other guidelines
with predicate offenses, if it independently would have received criminal history points.
However, because predicate offenses may be used only if they are counted “separately” from
each other (see §4B1.2(c)), no more than one prior sentence in a given single sentence may
be used as a predicate offense.
For example, a defendant’s criminal history includes one robbery conviction and one theft
conviction. The sentences for these offenses were imposed on the same day, eight years ago,
and are treated as a single sentence under §4A1.2(a)(2). If the defendant received a one-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 395
§4A1.2
year sentence of imprisonment for the robbery and a two-year sentence of imprisonment for
the theft, to be served concurrently, a total of 3 points is added under §4A1.1(a). Because
this particular robbery met the definition of a felony crime of violence and independently
would have received 2 criminal history points under §4A1.1(b), it may serve as a predicate
under the career offender guideline.
Note, however, that if the sentences in the example above were imposed thirteen years ago,
the robbery independently would have received no criminal history points under §4A1.1(b),
because it was not imposed within ten years of the defendant’s commencement of the in-
stant offense. See §4A1.2(e)(2). Accordingly, it may not serve as a predicate under the career
offender guideline.
(B) Upward Departure Provision.—Treating multiple prior sentences as a single sentence
may result in a criminal history score that underrepresents the seriousness of the defend-
ant’s criminal history and the danger that the defendant presents to the public. In such a
case, an upward departure may be warranted. For example, if a defendant was convicted
of a number of serious non-violent offenses committed on different occasions, and the re-
sulting sentences were treated as a single sentence because either the sentences resulted
from offenses contained in the same charging instrument or the defendant was sentenced
for these offenses on the same day, the assignment of a single set of points may not ade-
quately reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the frequency with
which the defendant has committed crimes.
4. Sentences Imposed in the Alternative.—A sentence which specifies a fine or other non-in-
carcerative disposition as an alternative to a term of imprisonment (e.g., $1,000 fine or ninety
days’ imprisonment) is treated as a non-imprisonment sentence.
5. Sentences for Driving While Intoxicated or Under the Influence.—Convictions for driving
while intoxicated or under the influence (and similar offenses by whatever name they are known)
are always counted, without regard to how the offense is classified. Paragraphs (1) and (2) of
§4A1.2(c) do not apply.
6. Reversed, Vacated, or Invalidated Convictions.—Sentences resulting from convictions that
(A) have been reversed or vacated because of errors of law or because of subsequently discovered
evidence exonerating the defendant, or (B) have been ruled constitutionally invalid in a prior
case are not to be counted. With respect to the current sentencing proceeding, this guideline and
commentary do not confer upon the defendant any right to attack collaterally a prior conviction
or sentence beyond any such rights otherwise recognized in law (e.g., 21 U.S.C. § 851 expressly
provides that a defendant may collaterally attack certain prior convictions).
Nonetheless, the criminal conduct underlying any conviction that is not counted in the criminal
history score may be considered pursuant to §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Crimi-
nal History Category (Policy Statement)).
7. Offenses Committed Prior to Age Eighteen.—Section 4A1.2(d) covers offenses committed
prior to age eighteen. Attempting to count every juvenile adjudication would have the potential
for creating large disparities due to the differential availability of records. Therefore, for offenses
committed prior to age eighteen, only those that resulted in adult sentences of imprisonment
exceeding one year and one month, or resulted in imposition of an adult or juvenile sentence or
release from confinement on that sentence within five years of the defendant’s commencement
of the instant offense are counted. To avoid disparities from jurisdiction to jurisdiction in the age
at which a defendant is considered a “juvenile,” this provision applies to all offenses committed
prior to age eighteen.
396 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.2
8. Applicable Time Period.—Section 4A1.2(d)(2) and (e) establishes the time period within which
prior sentences are counted. As used in §4A1.2(d)(2) and (e), the term “commencement of the
instant offense” includes any relevant conduct. See §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). If the court finds
that a sentence imposed outside this time period is evidence of similar, or serious dissimilar,
criminal conduct, the court may consider this information in determining whether an upward
departure is warranted under §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Cat-
egory (Policy Statement)).
9. Diversionary Dispositions.—Section 4A1.2(f) requires counting prior adult diversionary dis-
positions if they involved a judicial determination of guilt or an admission of guilt in open court.
This reflects a policy that defendants who receive the benefit of a rehabilitative sentence and
continue to commit crimes should not be treated with further leniency.
10. Convictions Set Aside or Defendant Pardoned.—A number of jurisdictions have various
procedures pursuant to which previous convictions may be set aside or the defendant may be
pardoned for reasons unrelated to innocence or errors of law, e.g., in order to restore civil rights
or to remove the stigma associated with a criminal conviction. Sentences resulting from such
convictions are to be counted. However, expunged convictions are not counted. §4A1.2(j).
11. Revocations to be Considered.—Section 4A1.2(k) covers revocations of probation and other
conditional sentences where the original term of imprisonment imposed, if any, did not exceed
one year and one month. Rather than count the original sentence and the resentence after revo-
cation as separate sentences, the sentence given upon revocation should be added to the original
sentence of imprisonment, if any, and the total should be counted as if it were one sentence. By
this approach, no more than three points will be assessed for a single conviction, even if probation
or conditional release was subsequently revoked. If the sentence originally imposed, the sentence
imposed upon revocation, or the total of both sentences exceeded one year and one month, the
maximum three points would be assigned. If, however, at the time of revocation another sentence
was imposed for a new criminal conviction, that conviction would be computed separately from
the sentence imposed for the revocation.
Where a revocation applies to multiple sentences, and such sentences are counted separately
under §4A1.2(a)(2), add the term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation to the sentence that
will result in the greatest increase in criminal history points. Example: A defendant was serving
two probationary sentences, each counted separately under §4A1.2(a)(2); probation was revoked
on both sentences as a result of the same violation conduct; and the defendant was sentenced to
a total of 45 days of imprisonment. If one sentence had been a “straight” probationary sentence
and the other had been a probationary sentence that had required service of 15 days of impris-
onment, the revocation term of imprisonment (45 days) would be added to the probationary sen-
tence that had the 15-day term of imprisonment. This would result in a total of 2 criminal history
points under §4A1.1(b) (for the combined 60-day term of imprisonment) and 1 criminal history
point under §4A1.1(c) (for the other probationary sentence).
12. Application of Subsection (c).—
(A) In General.—In determining whether an unlisted offense is similar to an offense listed in
subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2), the court should use a common sense approach that includes con-
sideration of relevant factors such as (i) a comparison of punishments imposed for the listed
and unlisted offenses; (ii) the perceived seriousness of the offense as indicated by the level
of punishment; (iii) the elements of the offense; (iv) the level of culpability involved; and
(v) the degree to which the commission of the offense indicates a likelihood of recurring
criminal conduct.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 397
§4A1.3
(B) Local Ordinance Violations.—A number of local jurisdictions have enacted ordinances
covering certain offenses (e.g., larceny and assault misdemeanors) that are also violations
of state criminal law. This enables a local court (e.g., a municipal court) to exercise jurisdic-
tion over such offenses. Such offenses are excluded from the definition of local ordinance
violations in §4A1.2(c)(2) and, therefore, sentences for such offenses are to be treated as if
the defendant had been convicted under state law.
(C) Insufficient Funds Check.—“Insufficient funds check,” as used in §4A1.2(c)(1), does
not include any conviction establishing that the defendant used a false name or non-exist-
ent account.
Background: Prior sentences, not otherwise excluded, are to be counted in the criminal history score,
including uncounseled misdemeanor sentences where imprisonment was not imposed.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 262–265); November 1,
1990 (amendments 352 and 353); November 1, 1991 (amendments 381 and 382); November 1, 1992 (amend-
Historical ment 472); November 1, 1993 (amendment 493); November 1, 2007 (amendment 709); November 1, 2010
Note (amendment 742); November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2012 (amendment 766); November 1,
2013 (amendment 777); November 1, 2015 (amendment 795); November 1, 2018 (amendment 813); Novem-
ber 1, 2023 (amendment 821); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§4A1.3. Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category (Policy
Statement)
(a) UPWARD DEPARTURES.—
(1) STANDARD FOR UPWARD DEPARTURE.—If reliable information indicates
that the defendant’s criminal history category substantially under-
represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the
likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes, an upward
departure may be warranted.
(2) TYPES OF INFORMATION FORMING THE BASIS FOR UPWARD DEPAR-
TURE.—The information described in subsection (a)(1) may include in-
formation concerning the following:
(A) Prior sentence(s) not used in computing the criminal history cat-
egory (e.g., sentences for foreign and tribal convictions).
(B) Prior sentence(s) of substantially more than one year imposed as
a result of independent crimes committed on different occasions.
(C) Prior similar misconduct established by a civil adjudication or by
a failure to comply with an administrative order.
(D) Whether the defendant was pending trial or sentencing on an-
other charge at the time of the instant offense.
398 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.3
(E) Prior similar adult criminal conduct not resulting in a criminal
conviction.
(3) PROHIBITION.—A prior arrest record itself shall not be considered for
purposes of an upward departure under this policy statement.
(4) DETERMINATION OF EXTENT OF UPWARD DEPARTURE.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subdivision (B), the court
shall determine the extent of a departure under this subsection
by using, as a reference, the criminal history category applicable
to defendants whose criminal history or likelihood to recidivate
most closely resembles that of the defendant’s.
(B) UPWARD DEPARTURES FROM CATEGORY VI.—In a case in which the
court determines that the extent and nature of the defendant’s
criminal history, taken together, are sufficient to warrant an up-
ward departure from Criminal History Category VI, the court
should structure the departure by moving incrementally down
the sentencing table to the next higher offense level in Criminal
History Category VI until it finds a guideline range appropriate
to the case.
(b) DOWNWARD DEPARTURES.—
(1) STANDARD FOR DOWNWARD DEPARTURE.—If reliable information indi-
cates that the defendant’s criminal history category substantially
over-represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or
the likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes, a down-
ward departure may be warranted.
(2) PROHIBITIONS.—
(A) CRIMINAL HISTORY CATEGORY I.—Unless otherwise specified, a
departure below the lower limit of the applicable guideline range
for Criminal History Category I is prohibited.
(B) ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL AND REPEAT AND DANGEROUS SEX OF-
FENDER.—A downward departure under this subsection is pro-
hibited for (i) an armed career criminal within the meaning of
§4B1.4 (Armed Career Criminal); and (ii) a repeat and dangerous
sex offender against minors within the meaning of §4B1.5 (Re-
peat and Dangerous Sex Offender Against Minors).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 399
§4A1.3
(3) LIMITATIONS.—
(A) LIMITATION ON EXTENT OF DOWNWARD DEPARTURE FOR CAREER
OFFENDER.—The extent of a downward departure under this sub-
section for a career offender within the meaning of §4B1.1 (Ca-
reer Offender) may not exceed one criminal history category.
(B) LIMITATION ON APPLICABILITY OF §5C1.2 IN EVENT OF DOWNWARD
DEPARTURE.—A defendant who receives a downward departure
under this subsection does not meet the criminal history require-
ment of subsection (a)(1) of §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability
of Statutory Maximum Sentences in Certain Cases) if the defend-
ant did not otherwise meet such requirement before receipt of the
downward departure.
(c) WRITTEN SPECIFICATION OF BASIS FOR DEPARTURE.—In departing from the
otherwise applicable criminal history category under this policy statement,
the court shall specify in writing the following:
(1) In the case of an upward departure, the specific reasons why the ap-
plicable criminal history category substantially under-represents the
seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that
the defendant will commit other crimes.
(2) In the case of a downward departure, the specific reasons why the
applicable criminal history category substantially over-represents the
seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that
the defendant will commit other crimes.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this policy statement, the terms “depart”, “departure”, “down-
ward departure”, and “upward departure” have the meaning given those terms in Applica-
tion Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
2. Upward Departures.—
(A) Examples.—An upward departure from the defendant’s criminal history category may be
warranted based on any of the following circumstances:
(i) A previous foreign sentence for a serious offense.
(ii) Receipt of a prior consolidated sentence of ten years for a series of serious assaults.
(iii) A similar instance of large scale fraudulent misconduct established by an adjudication
in a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement proceeding.
(iv) Commission of the instant offense while on bail or pretrial release for another serious
offense.
400 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4A1.3
(B) Upward Departures from Criminal History Category VI.—In the case of an egre-
gious, serious criminal record in which even the guideline range for Criminal History Cat-
egory VI is not adequate to reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history, a
departure above the guideline range for a defendant with Criminal History Category VI
may be warranted. In determining whether an upward departure from Criminal History
Category VI is warranted, the court should consider that the nature of the prior offenses
rather than simply their number is often more indicative of the seriousness of the defend-
ant’s criminal record. For example, a defendant with five prior sentences for very large-
scale fraud offenses may have 15 criminal history points, within the range of points typical
for Criminal History Category VI, yet have a substantially more serious criminal history
overall because of the nature of the prior offenses.
(C) Upward Departures Based on Tribal Court Convictions.—In determining whether,
or to what extent, an upward departure based on a tribal court conviction is appropriate,
the court shall consider the factors set forth in §4A1.3(a) above and, in addition, may con-
sider relevant factors such as the following:
(i) The defendant was represented by a lawyer, had the right to a trial by jury, and re-
ceived other due process protections consistent with those provided to criminal de-
fendants under the United States Constitution.
(ii) The defendant received the due process protections required for criminal defendants
under the Indian Civil Rights Act of 1968, Public Law 90–284, as amended.
(iii) The tribe was exercising expanded jurisdiction under the Tribal Law and Order Act
of 2010, Public Law 111–211.
(iv) The tribe was exercising expanded jurisdiction under the Violence Against Women
Reauthorization Act of 2013, Public Law 113–4.
(v) The tribal court conviction is not based on the same conduct that formed the basis for
a conviction from another jurisdiction that receives criminal history points pursuant
to this chapter.
(vi) The tribal court conviction is for an offense that otherwise would be counted under
§4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History).
3. Downward Departures.—
(A) Examples.—A downward departure from the defendant’s criminal history category may
be warranted based on any of the following circumstances:
(i) The defendant had two minor misdemeanor convictions close to ten years prior to the
instant offense and no other evidence of prior criminal behavior in the intervening
period.
(ii) The defendant received criminal history points from a sentence for possession of ma-
rihuana for personal use, without an intent to sell or distribute it to another person.
(B) Downward Departures from Criminal History Category I.—A departure below the
lower limit of the applicable guideline range for Criminal History Category I is prohibited
under subsection (b)(2)(A), unless otherwise specified.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 401
§4A1.3
Background: This policy statement recognizes that the criminal history score is unlikely to take into
account all the variations in the seriousness of criminal history that may occur. For example, a de-
fendant with an extensive record of serious, assaultive conduct who had received what might now be
considered extremely lenient treatment in the past might have the same criminal history category as
a defendant who had a record of less serious conduct. Yet, the first defendant’s criminal history clearly
may be more serious. This may be particularly true in the case of younger defendants (e.g., defendants
in their early twenties or younger) who are more likely to have received repeated lenient treatment,
yet who may actually pose a greater risk of serious recidivism than older defendants. This policy state-
ment authorizes the consideration of a departure from the guidelines in the limited circumstances
where reliable information indicates that the criminal history category does not adequately reflect the
seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or likelihood of recidivism, and provides guidance for
the consideration of such departures.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 381); November 1, 1992
Historical
(amendment 460); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2018 (amendment 805); November 1,
Note
2023 (amendments 817, 821, and 824).
402 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.1
PART B ― CAREER OFFENDERS AND CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD
§4B1.1. Career Offender
(a) A defendant is a career offender if (1) the defendant was at least eighteen
years old at the time the defendant committed the instant offense of con-
viction; (2) the instant offense of conviction is a felony that is either a crime
of violence or a controlled substance offense; and (3) the defendant has at
least two prior felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a con-
trolled substance offense.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (c), if the offense level for a career of-
fender from the table in this subsection is greater than the offense level
otherwise applicable, the offense level from the table in this subsection
shall apply. A career offender’s criminal history category in every case un-
der this subsection shall be Category VI.
OFFENSE STATUTORY MAXIMUM OFFENSE LEVEL*
(1) Life 37
(2) 25 years or more 34
(3) 20 years or more, but less than 25 years 32
(4) 15 years or more, but less than 20 years 29
(5) 10 years or more, but less than 15 years 24
(6) 5 years or more, but less than 10 years 17
(7) More than 1 year, but less than 5 years 12.
*If an adjustment from §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) applies, de-
crease the offense level by the number of levels corresponding to that ad-
justment.
(c) If the defendant is convicted of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a), and the de-
fendant is determined to be a career offender under subsection (a), the ap-
plicable guideline range shall be determined as follows:
(1) If the only count of conviction is 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a), the
applicable guideline range shall be determined using the table in sub-
section (c)(3).
(2) In the case of multiple counts of conviction in which at least one of the
counts is a conviction other than a conviction for 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or
§ 929(a), the guideline range shall be the greater of—
(A) the guideline range that results by adding the mandatory mini-
mum consecutive penalty required by the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 403
§4B1.1
§ 929(a) count(s) to the minimum and the maximum of the oth-
erwise applicable guideline range determined for the count(s) of
conviction other than the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a) count(s);
and
(B) the guideline range determined using the table in subsec-
tion (c)(3).
(3) CAREER OFFENDER TABLE FOR 18 U.S.C. § 924(C) OR § 929(A)
OFFENDERS
§3E1.1 REDUCTION GUIDELINE RANGE FOR THE 18 U.S.C.
§ 924(C) OR § 929(A) COUNT(S)
No reduction 360–life
2-level reduction 292–365
3-level reduction 262–327.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—“Crime of violence,” “controlled substance offense,” and “two prior felony
convictions” are defined in §4B1.2.
2. “Offense Statutory Maximum”.—“Offense Statutory Maximum,” for the purposes of this
guideline, refers to the maximum term of imprisonment authorized for the offense of conviction
that is a crime of violence or controlled substance offense, including any increase in that maxi-
mum term under a sentencing enhancement provision that applies because of the defendant’s
prior criminal record (such sentencing enhancement provisions are contained, for example, in
21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(A), (B), (C), and (D)). For example, in a case in which the statutory maxi-
mum term of imprisonment under 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(C) is increased from twenty years to
thirty years because the defendant has one or more qualifying prior drug convictions, the “Of-
fense Statutory Maximum” for that defendant for the purposes of this guideline is thirty years
and not twenty years. If more than one count of conviction is of a crime of violence or controlled
substance offense, use the maximum authorized term of imprisonment for the count that has the
greatest offense statutory maximum.
3. Application of Subsection (c).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (c) applies in any case in which the defendant (i) was convicted
of violating 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a); and (ii) as a result of that conviction (alone or in
addition to another offense of conviction), is determined to be a career offender under
§4B1.1(a).
(B) Subsection (c)(2).—To determine the greater guideline range under subsection (c)(2), the
court shall use the guideline range with the highest minimum term of imprisonment.
(C) “Otherwise Applicable Guideline Range”.—For purposes of subsection (c)(2)(A), “oth-
erwise applicable guideline range” for the count(s) of conviction other than the 18 U.S.C.
§ 924(c) or 18 U.S.C. § 929(a) count(s) is determined as follows:
404 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.1
(i) If the count(s) of conviction other than the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or 18 U.S.C. § 929(a)
count(s) does not qualify the defendant as a career offender, the otherwise applicable
guideline range for that count(s) is the guideline range determined using: (I) the Chap-
ter Two and Three offense level for that count(s); and (II) the appropriate criminal
history category determined under §§4A1.1 (Criminal History Category) and 4A1.2
(Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History).
(ii) If the count(s) of conviction other than the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or 18 U.S.C. § 929(a)
count(s) qualifies the defendant as a career offender, the otherwise applicable guide-
line range for that count(s) is the guideline range determined for that count(s) under
§4B1.1(a) and (b).
(D) Imposition of Consecutive Term of Imprisonment.—In a case involving multiple
counts, the sentence shall be imposed according to the rules in subsection (e) of §5G1.2
(Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction).
(E) Example.—The following example illustrates the application of subsection (c)(2) in a mul-
tiple count situation:
The defendant is convicted of one count of violating 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) for possessing a fire-
arm in furtherance of a drug trafficking offense (5 year mandatory minimum), and one
count of violating 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(B) (5 year mandatory minimum, 40 year statutory
maximum). Applying subsection (c)(2)(A), the court determines that the drug count (with-
out regard to the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count) qualifies the defendant as a career offender un-
der §4B1.1(a). Under §4B1.1(a), the otherwise applicable guideline range for the drug count
is 188–235 months (using offense level 34 (because the statutory maximum for the drug
count is 40 years), minus 3 levels for acceptance of responsibility, and criminal history cat-
egory VI). The court adds 60 months (the minimum required by 18 U.S.C. § 924(c)) to the
minimum and the maximum of that range, resulting in a guideline range of 248–
295 months. Applying subsection (c)(2)(B), the court then determines the career offender
guideline range from the table in subsection (c)(3) is 262–327 months. The range with the
greatest minimum, 262–327 months, is used to impose the sentence in accordance with
§5G1.2(e).
4. Departure Provision for State Misdemeanors.—In a case in which one or both of the de-
fendant’s “two prior felony convictions” is based on an offense that was classified as a misde-
meanor at the time of sentencing for the instant federal offense, application of the career offender
guideline may result in a guideline range that substantially overrepresents the seriousness of
the defendant’s criminal history or substantially overstates the seriousness of the instant offense.
In such a case, a downward departure may be warranted without regard to the limitation in
§4A1.3(b)(3)(A).
Background: Section 994(h) of title 28, United States Code, mandates that the Commission assure
that certain “career” offenders receive a sentence of imprisonment “at or near the maximum term
authorized.” Section 4B1.1 implements this directive, with the definition of a career offender tracking
in large part the criteria set forth in 28 U.S.C. § 994(h). However, in accord with its general guideline
promulgation authority under 28 U.S.C. § 994(a)–(f), and its amendment authority under 28 U.S.C.
§ 994(o) and (p), the Commission has modified this definition in several respects to focus more precisely
on the class of recidivist offenders for whom a lengthy term of imprisonment is appropriate and to
avoid “unwarranted sentencing disparities among defendants with similar records who have been
found guilty of similar criminal conduct . . . .” 28 U.S.C. § 991(b)(1)(B). The Commission’s refinement
of this definition over time is consistent with Congress’s choice of a directive to the Commission rather
than a mandatory minimum sentencing statute (“The [Senate Judiciary] Committee believes that such
a directive to the Commission will be more effective; the guidelines development process can assure
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 405
§4B1.2
consistent and rational implementation for the Committee’s view that substantial prison terms should
be imposed on repeat violent offenders and repeat drug traffickers.” S. Rep. No. 225, 98th Cong.,
1st Sess. 175 (1983)).
Subsection (c) provides rules for determining the sentence for career offenders who have been
convicted of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a). The Career Offender Table in subsection (c)(3) provides a
sentence at or near the statutory maximum for these offenders by using guideline ranges that corre-
spond to criminal history category VI and offense level 37 (assuming §3E.1.1 (Acceptance of Responsi-
bility) does not apply), offense level 35 (assuming a 2-level reduction under §3E.1.1 applies), and of-
fense level 34 (assuming a 3-level reduction under §3E1.1 applies).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendments 47 and 48); November 1,
1989 (amendments 266 and 267); November 1, 1992 (amendment 459); November 1, 1994 (amendment 506);
Historical
November 1, 1995 (amendment 528); November 1, 1997 (amendments 546 and 567); November 1, 2002
Note
(amendment 642); November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); August 1, 2016 (amendment 798); November 1, 2023
(amendment 824).
§4B1.2. Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1
(a) CRIME OF VIOLENCE.—The term “crime of violence” means any offense un-
der federal or state law, punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding
one year, that—
(1) has as an element the use, attempted use, or threatened use of phys-
ical force against the person of another; or
(2) is murder, voluntary manslaughter, kidnapping, aggravated assault,
a forcible sex offense, robbery, arson, extortion, or the use or unlawful
possession of a firearm described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a) or explosive
material as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 841(c).
(b) CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE OFFENSE.—The term “controlled substance of-
fense” means an offense under federal or state law, punishable by impris-
onment for a term exceeding one year, that—
(1) prohibits the manufacture, import, export, distribution, or dispensing
of a controlled substance (or a counterfeit substance) or the possession
of a controlled substance (or a counterfeit substance) with intent to
manufacture, import, export, distribute, or dispense; or
(2) is an offense described in 46 U.S.C. § 70503(a) or § 70506(b).
(c) TWO PRIOR FELONY CONVICTIONS.—The term “two prior felony convictions”
means (1) the defendant committed the instant offense of conviction sub-
sequent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of
violence or a controlled substance offense (i.e., two felony convictions of a
crime of violence, two felony convictions of a controlled substance offense,
406 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.2
or one felony conviction of a crime of violence and one felony conviction of
a controlled substance offense), and (2) the sentences for at least two of the
aforementioned felony convictions are counted separately under the provi-
sions of §4A1.1(a), (b), or (c). The date that a defendant sustained a convic-
tion shall be the date that the guilt of the defendant has been established,
whether by guilty plea, trial, or plea of nolo contendere.
(d) INCHOATE OFFENSES INCLUDED.—The terms “crime of violence” and “con-
trolled substance offense” include the offenses of aiding and abetting, at-
tempting to commit, or conspiring to commit any such offense.
(e) ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.—
(1) FORCIBLE SEX OFFENSE.—“Forcible sex offense” includes where con-
sent to the conduct is not given or is not legally valid, such as where
consent to the conduct is involuntary, incompetent, or coerced. The
offenses of sexual abuse of a minor and statutory rape are included
only if the sexual abuse of a minor or statutory rape was (A) an offense
described in 18 U.S.C. § 2241(c) or (B) an offense under state law that
would have been an offense under section 2241(c) if the offense had
occurred within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the
United States.
(2) EXTORTION.—“Extortion” is obtaining something of value from an-
other by the wrongful use of (A) force, (B) fear of physical injury, or
(C) threat of physical injury.
(3) ROBBERY.—“Robbery” is the unlawful taking or obtaining of personal
property from the person or in the presence of another, against his
will, by means of actual or threatened force, or violence, or fear of in-
jury, immediate or future, to his person or property, or property in his
custody or possession, or the person or property of a relative or mem-
ber of his family or of anyone in his company at the time of the taking
or obtaining. The phrase “actual or threatened force” refers to force
that is sufficient to overcome a victim’s resistance.
(4) PRIOR FELONY CONVICTION.—“Prior felony conviction” means a
prior adult federal or state conviction for an offense punishable by
death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, regardless of
whether such offense is specifically designated as a felony and regard-
less of the actual sentence imposed. A conviction for an offense com-
mitted at age eighteen or older is an adult conviction. A conviction for
an offense committed prior to age eighteen is an adult conviction if it
is classified as an adult conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction
in which the defendant was convicted (e.g., a federal conviction for an
offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is an
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 407
§4B1.2
adult conviction if the defendant was expressly proceeded against as
an adult).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Further Considerations Regarding “Crime of Violence” and “Controlled Substance Of-
fense”.—For purposes of this guideline—
Unlawfully possessing a listed chemical with intent to manufacture a controlled substance
(21 U.S.C. § 841(c)(1)) is a “controlled substance offense.”
Unlawfully possessing a prohibited flask or equipment with intent to manufacture a controlled
substance (21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(6)) is a “controlled substance offense.”
Maintaining any place for the purpose of facilitating a drug offense (21 U.S.C. § 856) is a “con-
trolled substance offense” if the offense of conviction established that the underlying offense (the
offense facilitated) was a “controlled substance offense.”
Using a communications facility in committing, causing, or facilitating a drug offense (21 U.S.C.
§ 843(b)) is a “controlled substance offense” if the offense of conviction established that the un-
derlying offense (the offense committed, caused, or facilitated) was a “controlled substance of-
fense.”
A violation of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a) is a “crime of violence” or a “controlled substance
offense” if the offense of conviction established that the underlying offense was a “crime of vio-
lence” or a “controlled substance offense”. (Note that in the case of a prior 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or
§ 929(a) conviction, if the defendant also was convicted of the underlying offense, the sentences
for the two prior convictions will be treated as a single sentence under §4A1.2 (Definitions and
Instructions for Computing Criminal History).)
2. Offense of Conviction as Focus of Inquiry.—Section 4B1.1 (Career Offender) expressly pro-
vides that the instant and prior offenses must be crimes of violence or controlled substance of-
fenses of which the defendant was convicted. Therefore, in determining whether an offense is a
crime of violence or controlled substance for the purposes of §4B1.1 (Career Offender), the offense
of conviction (i.e., the conduct of which the defendant was convicted) is the focus of inquiry.
3. Applicability of §4A1.2.—The provisions of §4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing
Criminal History) are applicable to the counting of convictions under §4B1.1.
4. Upward Departure for Burglary Involving Violence.—There may be cases in which a bur-
glary involves violence, but does not qualify as a “crime of violence” as defined in §4B1.2(a) and,
as a result, the defendant does not receive a higher offense level or higher Criminal History
Category that would have applied if the burglary qualified as a “crime of violence.” In such a
case, an upward departure may be appropriate.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 49); November 1, 1989
(amendment 268); November 1, 1991 (amendment 433); November 1, 1992 (amendment 461); November 1,
Historical 1995 (amendment 528); November 1, 1997 (amendments 546 and 568); November 1, 2000 (amendment 600);
Note November 1, 2002 (amendments 642 and 646); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2007
(amendment 709); November 1, 2009 (amendment 736); November 1, 2015 (amendment 795); August 1, 2016
(amendment 798); November 1, 2023 (amendment 822).
408 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.4
§4B1.3. Criminal Livelihood
If the defendant committed an offense as part of a pattern of criminal conduct
engaged in as a livelihood, his offense level shall be not less than 13, unless
§3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) applies, in which event his offense level
shall be not less than 11.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Pattern of criminal conduct” means planned criminal acts occurring over a substantial pe-
riod of time. Such acts may involve a single course of conduct or independent offenses.
2. “Engaged in as a livelihood” means that (A) the defendant derived income from the pattern
of criminal conduct that in any twelve-month period exceeded 2,000 times the then existing
hourly minimum wage under federal law; and (B) the totality of circumstances shows that such
criminal conduct was the defendant’s primary occupation in that twelve-month period (e.g., the
defendant engaged in criminal conduct rather than regular, legitimate employment; or the de-
fendant’s legitimate employment was merely a front for the defendant’s criminal conduct).
Background: Section 4B1.3 implements 28 U.S.C. § 994(i)(2), which directs the Commission to en-
sure that the guidelines specify a “substantial term of imprisonment” for a defendant who committed
an offense as part of a pattern of criminal conduct from which the defendant derived a substantial
portion of the defendant’s income.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 50); November 1, 1989 (amend-
Note ment 269); November 1, 1990 (amendment 354); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747).
§4B1.4. Armed Career Criminal
(a) A defendant who is subject to an enhanced sentence under the provisions
of 18 U.S.C. § 924(e) is an armed career criminal.
(b) The offense level for an armed career criminal is the greatest of:
(1) the offense level applicable from Chapters Two and Three; or
(2) the offense level from §4B1.1 (Career Offender) if applicable; or
(3) (A) 34, if the defendant used or possessed the firearm or ammunition
in connection with either a crime of violence, as defined in
§4B1.2(a), or a controlled substance offense, as defined in
§4B1.2(b), or if the firearm possessed by the defendant was of a
type described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a)*; or
(B) 33, otherwise.*
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 409
§4B1.4
*If an adjustment from §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) applies,
decrease the offense level by the number of levels corresponding to
that adjustment.
(c) The criminal history category for an armed career criminal is the greatest
of:
(1) the criminal history category from Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal
History), or §4B1.1 (Career Offender) if applicable; or
(2) Category VI, if the defendant used or possessed the firearm or ammu-
nition in connection with either a crime of violence, as defined in
§4B1.2(a), or a controlled substance offense, as defined in §4B1.2(b),
or if the firearm possessed by the defendant was of a type described
in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a); or
(3) Category IV.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. This guideline applies in the case of a defendant subject to an enhanced sentence under 18 U.S.C.
§ 924(e). Under 18 U.S.C. § 924(e)(1), a defendant is subject to an enhanced sentence if the in-
stant offense of conviction is a violation of 18 U.S.C. § 922(g) and the defendant has at least three
prior convictions for a “violent felony” or “serious drug offense,” or both, committed on occasions
different from one another. The terms “violent felony” and “serious drug offense” are defined
in 18 U.S.C. § 924(e)(2). It is to be noted that the definitions of “violent felony” and “serious drug
offense” in 18 U.S.C. § 924(e)(2) are not identical to the definitions of “crime of violence” and
“controlled substance offense” used in §4B1.1 (Career Offender), nor are the time periods for the
counting of prior sentences under §4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal
History) applicable to the determination of whether a defendant is subject to an enhanced sen-
tence under 18 U.S.C. § 924(e).
It is also to be noted that the procedural steps relative to the imposition of an enhanced sentence
under 18 U.S.C. § 924(e) are not set forth by statute and may vary to some extent from jurisdic-
tion to jurisdiction.
2. Application of §4B1.4 in Cases Involving Convictions Under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c),
or § 929(a).—If a sentence under this guideline is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for a
conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a), do not apply either subsection (b)(3)(A)
or (c)(2). A sentence under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a) accounts for the conduct cov-
ered by subsections (b)(3)(A) and (c)(2) because of the relatedness of the conduct covered by these
subsections to the conduct that forms the basis for the conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h),
§ 924(c), or § 929(a).
In a few cases, the rule provided in the preceding paragraph may result in a guideline range that,
when combined with the mandatory consecutive sentence under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or
§ 929(a), produces a total maximum penalty that is less than the maximum of the guideline range
that would have resulted had there not been a count of conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h),
§ 924(c), or § 929(a) (i.e., the guideline range that would have resulted if subsections (b)(3)(A)
and (c)(2) had been applied). In such a case, an upward departure may be warranted so that the
410 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.5
conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a) does not result in a decrease in the total
punishment. An upward departure under this paragraph shall not exceed the maximum of the
guideline range that would have resulted had there not been a count of conviction under
18 U.S.C. § 844(h), § 924(c), or § 929(a).
Background: This section implements 18 U.S.C. § 924(e), which requires a minimum sentence of
imprisonment of fifteen years for a defendant who violates 18 U.S.C. § 922(g) and has three previous
convictions for a violent felony or a serious drug offense. If the offense level determined under this
section is greater than the offense level otherwise applicable, the offense level determined under this
section shall be applied. A minimum criminal history category (Category IV) is provided, reflecting
that each defendant to whom this section applies will have at least three prior convictions for serious
offenses. In some cases, the criminal history category may not adequately reflect the defendant’s crim-
inal history; see §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category (Policy State-
ment)).
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 355). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 459); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2018 (amend-
Note
ment 813).
§4B1.5. Repeat and Dangerous Sex Offender Against Minors
(a) In any case in which the defendant’s instant offense of conviction is a cov-
ered sex crime, §4B1.1 (Career Offender) does not apply, and the defendant
committed the instant offense of conviction subsequent to sustaining at
least one sex offense conviction:
(1) The offense level shall be the greater of:
(A) the offense level determined under Chapters Two and Three; or
(B) the offense level from the table below decreased by the number
of levels corresponding to any applicable adjustment from §3E1.1
(Acceptance of Responsibility):
OFFENSE STATUTORY MAXIMUM OFFENSE LEVEL
(i) Life 37
(ii) 25 years or more 34
(iii) 20 years or more, but less than 25 years 32
(iv) 15 years or more, but less than 20 years 29
(v) 10 years or more, but less than 15 years 24
(vi) 5 years or more, but less than 10 years 17
(vii) More than 1 year, but less than 5 years 12.
(2) The criminal history category shall be the greater of: (A) the criminal
history category determined under Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal
History); or (B) criminal history Category V.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 411
§4B1.5
(b) In any case in which the defendant’s instant offense of conviction is a cov-
ered sex crime, neither §4B1.1 nor subsection (a) of this guideline applies,
and the defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving prohibited
sexual conduct:
(1) The offense level shall be 5 plus the offense level determined under
Chapters Two and Three. However, if the resulting offense level is less
than level 22, the offense level shall be level 22, decreased by the
number of levels corresponding to any applicable adjustment from
§3E1.1.
(2) The criminal history category shall be the criminal history category
determined under Chapter Four, Part A.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, “minor” means (A) an individual who had not at-
tained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual, whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement
officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years; and (ii) could be
provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law en-
forcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of
18 years.
2. Covered Sex Crime as Instant Offense of Conviction.—For purposes of this guideline, the
instant offense of conviction must be a covered sex crime, i.e.: (A) an offense, perpetrated against
a minor, under (i) chapter 109A of title 18, United States Code; (ii) chapter 110 of such title, not
including trafficking in, receipt of, or possession of, child pornography, or a recordkeeping offense;
(iii) chapter 117 of such title, not including transmitting information about a minor or filing a
factual statement about an alien individual; or (iv) 18 U.S.C. § 1591; or (B) an attempt or a con-
spiracy to commit any offense described in subdivisions (A)(i) through (iv) of this note.
3. Application of Subsection (a).—
(A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (a):
(i) “Offense statutory maximum” means the maximum term of imprisonment author-
ized for the instant offense of conviction that is a covered sex crime, including any
increase in that maximum term under a sentencing enhancement provision (such as
a sentencing enhancement provision contained in 18 U.S.C. § 2247(a) or § 2426(a))
that applies to that covered sex crime because of the defendant’s prior criminal record.
(ii) “Sex offense conviction” (I) means any offense described in 18 U.S.C. § 2426(b)(1)(A)
or (B), if the offense was perpetrated against a minor; and (II) does not include traf-
ficking in, receipt of, or possession of, child pornography. “Child pornography” has
the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(8).
(B) Determination of Offense Statutory Maximum in the Case of Multiple Counts of
Conviction.—In a case in which more than one count of the instant offense of conviction
is a felony that is a covered sex crime, the court shall use the maximum authorized term of
imprisonment for the count that has the greatest offense statutory maximum, for purposes
of determining the offense statutory maximum under subsection (a).
412 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4B1.5
4. Application of Subsection (b).—
(A) Definition.—For purposes of subsection (b), “prohibited sexual conduct” means any of
the following: (i) any offense described in 18 U.S.C. § 2426(b)(1)(A) or (B); (ii) the production
of child pornography; or (iii) trafficking in child pornography only if, prior to the commission
of the instant offense of conviction, the defendant sustained a felony conviction for that
trafficking in child pornography. It does not include receipt or possession of child pornogra-
phy. “Child pornography” has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2256(8).
(B) Determination of Pattern of Activity.—
(i) In General.—For purposes of subsection (b), the defendant engaged in a pattern of
activity involving prohibited sexual conduct if on at least two separate occasions, the
defendant engaged in prohibited sexual conduct with a minor.
(ii) Occasion of Prohibited Sexual Conduct.—An occasion of prohibited sexual con-
duct may be considered for purposes of subsection (b) without regard to whether the
occasion (I) occurred during the course of the instant offense; or (II) resulted in a con-
viction for the conduct that occurred on that occasion.
5. Treatment and Monitoring.—
(A) Recommended Maximum Term of Supervised Release.—The statutory maximum
term of supervised release is recommended for offenders sentenced under this guideline.
(B) Recommended Conditions of Probation and Supervised Release.—Treatment and
monitoring are important tools for supervising offenders and should be considered as spe-
cial conditions of any term of probation or supervised release that is imposed.
Background: This guideline applies to offenders whose instant offense of conviction is a sex offense
committed against a minor and who present a continuing danger to the public. The relevant criminal
provisions provide for increased statutory maximum penalties for repeat sex offenders and make those
increased statutory maximum penalties available if the defendant previously was convicted of any of
several federal and state sex offenses (see 18 U.S.C. §§ 2247, 2426). In addition, section 632 of Public
Law 102–141 and section 505 of Public Law 105–314 directed the Commission to ensure lengthy in-
carceration for offenders who engage in a pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation
of minors.
Section 401(i)(1)(A) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended Application Note 4(b)(i), effective
April 30, 2003.
Historical Effective November 1, 2001 (amendment 615). Amended effective April 30, 2003 (amendment 649); Novem-
Note ber 1, 2003 (amendment 661); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 413
§4C1.1
PART C ― ADJUSTMENT FOR CERTAIN ZERO-POINT OFFENDERS
§4C1.1. Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders
(a) ADJUSTMENT.—If the defendant meets all of the following criteria:
(1) the defendant did not receive any criminal history points from Chap-
ter Four, Part A;
(2) the defendant did not receive an adjustment under §3A1.4 (Terror-
ism);
(3) the defendant did not use violence or credible threats of violence in
connection with the offense;
(4) the offense did not result in death or serious bodily injury;
(5) the instant offense of conviction is not a sex offense;
(6) the defendant did not personally cause substantial financial hardship;
(7) the defendant did not possess, receive, purchase, transport, transfer,
sell, or otherwise dispose of a firearm or other dangerous weapon (or
induce another participant to do so) in connection with the offense;
(8) the instant offense of conviction is not covered by §2H1.1 (Offenses
Involving Individual Rights);
(9) the defendant did not receive an adjustment under §3A1.1 (Hate
Crime Motivation or Vulnerable Victim) or §3A1.5 (Serious Human
Rights Offense);
(10) the defendant did not receive an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravat-
ing Role); and
(11) the defendant was not engaged in a continuing criminal enterprise, as
defined in 21 U.S.C. § 848;
decrease the offense level determined under Chapters Two and Three by
2 levels.
414 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§4C1.1
(b) DEFINITIONS AND ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS.—
(1) “Dangerous weapon,” “firearm,” “offense,” and “serious bodily
injury” have the meaning given those terms in the Commentary to
§1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
(2) “Sex offense” means (A) an offense under (i) chapter 109A of title 18,
United States Code; (ii) chapter 110 of title 18, not including a record-
keeping offense; (iii) chapter 117 of title 18, not including transmit-
ting information about a minor or filing a factual statement about an
alien individual; or (iv) 18 U.S.C. § 1591; or (B) an attempt or a con-
spiracy to commit any offense described in subparagraphs (A)(i)
through (iv) of this definition.
(3) In determining whether the defendant’s acts or omissions resulted in
“substantial financial hardship” to a victim, the court shall con-
sider, among other things, the non-exhaustive list of factors provided
in Application Note 4(F) of the Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft, Prop-
erty Destruction, and Fraud).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (a)(6).—The application of subsection (a)(6) is to be determined
independently of the application of subsection (b)(2) of §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and
Fraud).
2. Upward Departure.—An upward departure may be warranted if an adjustment under this
guideline substantially underrepresents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history. For
example, an upward departure may be warranted if the defendant has a prior conviction or other
comparable judicial disposition for an offense that involved violence or credible threats of vio-
lence.
Historical Effective November 1, 2023 (amendment 821). Amended effective November 1, 2024 (amendments 830 and
Note 831).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 415
CHAPTER FIVE
DETERMINING THE SENTENCE
Introductory Commentary
For certain categories of offenses and offenders, the guidelines permit the court to impose either
imprisonment or some other sanction or combination of sanctions. In determining the type of sentence
to impose, the sentencing judge should consider the nature and seriousness of the conduct, the statu-
tory purposes of sentencing, and the pertinent offender characteristics. A sentence is within the guide-
lines if it complies with each applicable section of this chapter. The court should impose a sentence
sufficient, but not greater than necessary, to comply with the statutory purposes of sentencing.
18 U.S.C. § 3553(a).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
PART A ― SENTENCING TABLE
The Sentencing Table used to determine the guideline range follows:
416 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 5 Pt. A
SENTENCING TABLE
(in months of imprisonment)
Criminal History Category (Criminal History Points)
Offense I II III IV V VI
Level (0 or 1) (2 or 3) (4, 5, 6) (7, 8, 9) (10, 11, 12) (13 or more)
1 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6
2 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6 1–7
3 0–6 0–6 0–6 0–6 2–8 3–9
4 0–6 0–6 0–6 2–8 4–10 6–12
Zone A
5 0–6 0–6 1–7 4–10 6–12 9–15
6 0–6 1–7 2–8 6–12 9–15 12–18
7 0–6 2–8 4–10 8–14 12–18 15–21
8 0–6 4–10 6–12 10–16 15–21 18–24
9 4–10 6–12 8–14 12–18 18–24 21–27
Zone B 10 6–12 8–14 10–16 15–21 21–27 24–30
11 8–14 10–16 12–18 18–24 24–30 27–33
12 10–16 12–18 15–21 21–27 27–33 30–37
Zone C
13 12–18 15–21 18–24 24–30 30–37 33–41
14 15–21 18–24 21–27 27–33 33–41 37–46
15 18–24 21–27 24–30 30–37 37–46 41–51
16 21–27 24–30 27–33 33–41 41–51 46–57
17 24–30 27–33 30–37 37–46 46–57 51–63
18 27–33 30–37 33–41 41–51 51–63 57–71
19 30–37 33–41 37–46 46–57 57–71 63–78
20 33–41 37–46 41–51 51–63 63–78 70–87
21 37–46 41–51 46–57 57–71 70–87 77–96
22 41–51 46–57 51–63 63–78 77–96 84–105
23 46–57 51–63 57–71 70–87 84–105 92–115
24 51–63 57–71 63–78 77–96 92–115 100–125
25 57–71 63–78 70–87 84–105 100–125 110–137
26 63–78 70–87 78–97 92–115 110–137 120–150
27 70–87 78–97 87–108 100–125 120–150 130–162
28 78–97 87–108 97–121 110–137 130–162 140–175
Zone D
29 87–108 97–121 108–135 121–151 140–175 151–188
30 97–121 108–135 121–151 135–168 151–188 168–210
31 108–135 121–151 135–168 151–188 168–210 188–235
32 121–151 135–168 151–188 168–210 188–235 210–262
33 135–168 151–188 168–210 188–235 210–262 235–293
34 151–188 168–210 188–235 210–262 235–293 262–327
35 168–210 188–235 210–262 235–293 262–327 292–365
36 188–235 210–262 235–293 262–327 292–365 324–405
37 210–262 235–293 262–327 292–365 324–405 360–life
38 235–293 262–327 292–365 324–405 360–life 360–life
39 262–327 292–365 324–405 360–life 360–life 360–life
40 292–365 324–405 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life
41 324–405 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life
42 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life 360–life
43 life life life life life life
November 1, 2016
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 417
Ch. 5 Pt. A
Commentary to Sentencing Table
Application Notes:
1. The Offense Level (1–43) forms the vertical axis of the Sentencing Table. The Criminal History
Category (I–VI) forms the horizontal axis of the Table. The intersection of the Offense Level and
Criminal History Category displays the Guideline Range in months of imprisonment. “Life”
means life imprisonment. For example, the guideline range applicable to a defendant with an
Offense Level of 15 and a Criminal History Category of III is 24–30 months of imprisonment.
2. In rare cases, a total offense level of less than 1 or more than 43 may result from application of
the guidelines. A total offense level of less than 1 is to be treated as an offense level of 1. An
offense level of more than 43 is to be treated as an offense level of 43.
3. The Criminal History Category is determined by the total criminal history points from Chap-
ter Four, Part A, except as provided in §§4B1.1 (Career Offender) and 4B1.4 (Armed Career
Criminal). The total criminal history points associated with each Criminal History Category are
shown under each Criminal History Category in the Sentencing Table.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 270); November 1, 1991
Note (amendment 418); November 1, 1992 (amendment 462); November 1, 2010 (amendment 738).
418 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5B1.1
PART B ― PROBATION
Introductory Commentary
The Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984 makes probation a sentence in and of itself.
18 U.S.C. § 3561. Probation may be used as an alternative to incarceration, provided that the terms
and conditions of probation can be fashioned so as to meet fully the statutory purposes of sentencing,
including promoting respect for law, providing just punishment for the offense, achieving general de-
terrence, and protecting the public from further crimes by the defendant.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5B1.1. Imposition of a Term of Probation
(a) Subject to the statutory restrictions in subsection (b) below, a sentence of
probation is authorized if:
(1) the applicable guideline range is in Zone A of the Sentencing Table;
or
(2) the applicable guideline range is in Zone B of the Sentencing Table
and the court imposes a condition or combination of conditions requir-
ing intermittent confinement, community confinement, or home de-
tention as provided in subsection (c)(3) of §5C1.1 (Imposition of a
Term of Imprisonment).
(b) A sentence of probation may not be imposed in the event:
(1) the offense of conviction is a Class A or B felony, 18 U.S.C.
§ 3561(a)(1);
(2) the offense of conviction expressly precludes probation as a sentence,
18 U.S.C. § 3561(a)(2);
(3) the defendant is sentenced at the same time to a sentence of impris-
onment for the same or a different offense, 18 U.S.C. § 3561(a)(3).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Except where prohibited by statute or by the guideline applicable to the offense in Chapter Two,
the guidelines authorize, but do not require, a sentence of probation in the following circum-
stances:
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 419
§5B1.2
(A) Where the applicable guideline range is in Zone A of the Sentencing Table
(i.e., the minimum term of imprisonment specified in the applicable guideline
range is zero months). In such cases, a condition requiring a period of community con-
finement, home detention, or intermittent confinement may be imposed but is not required.
(B) Where the applicable guideline range is in Zone B of the Sentencing Table
(i.e., the minimum term of imprisonment specified in the applicable guideline
range is at least one but not more than nine months). In such cases, the court may
impose probation only if it imposes a condition or combination of conditions requiring a
period of community confinement, home detention, or intermittent confinement sufficient
to satisfy the minimum term of imprisonment specified in the guideline range. For example,
where the offense level is 7 and the criminal history category is II, the guideline range from
the Sentencing Table is 2–8 months. In such a case, the court may impose a sentence of
probation only if it imposes a condition or conditions requiring at least two months of com-
munity confinement, home detention, or intermittent confinement, or a combination of com-
munity confinement, home detention, and intermittent confinement totaling at least two
months.
2. Where the applicable guideline range is in Zone C or D of the Sentencing Table (i.e., the minimum
term of imprisonment specified in the applicable guideline range is ten months or more), the
guidelines do not authorize a sentence of probation. See §5C1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Impris-
onment).
Background: This section provides for the imposition of a sentence of probation. The court may sen-
tence a defendant to a term of probation in any case unless (1) prohibited by statute, or (2) where a
term of imprisonment is required under §5C1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Imprisonment). Under
18 U.S.C. § 3561(a)(3), the imposition of a sentence of probation is prohibited where the defendant is
sentenced at the same time to a sentence of imprisonment for the same or a different offense. Although
this provision has effectively abolished the use of “split sentences” imposable pursuant to the former
18 U.S.C. § 3651, the drafters of the Sentencing Reform Act noted that the functional equivalent of the
split sentence could be “achieved by a more direct and logically consistent route” by providing that a
defendant serve a term of imprisonment followed by a period of supervised release. (S. Rep. No. 225,
98th Cong., 1st Sess. 89 (1983)). Section 5B1.1(a)(2) provides a transition between the circumstances
under which a “straight” probationary term is authorized and those where probation is prohibited.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 271 and 302); November 1,
Note 1992 (amendment 462); November 1, 2010 (amendments 738 and 747).
§5B1.2. Term of Probation
(a) When probation is imposed, the term shall be:
(1) at least one year but not more than five years if the offense level is 6
or greater;
(2) no more than three years in any other case.
420 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5B1.3
Commentary
Background: This section governs the length of a term of probation. Subject to statutory restrictions,
the guidelines provide that a term of probation may not exceed three years if the offense level is less
than 6. If a defendant has an offense level of 6 or greater, the guidelines provide that a term of proba-
tion be at least one year but not more than five years. Although some distinction in the length of a
term of probation is warranted based on the circumstances of the case, a term of probation may also
be used to enforce conditions such as fine or restitution payments, or attendance in a program of treat-
ment such as drug rehabilitation. Often, it may not be possible to determine the amount of time re-
quired for the satisfaction of such payments or programs in advance. This issue has been resolved by
setting forth two broad ranges for the duration of a term of probation depending upon the offense level.
Within the guidelines set forth in this section, the determination of the length of a term of probation
is within the discretion of the sentencing judge.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987
Note
§5B1.3. Conditions of Probation
(a) MANDATORY CONDITIONS
(1) For any offense, the defendant shall not commit another federal, state
or local offense (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)).
(2) For a felony, the defendant shall (A) make restitution, (B) work in
community service, or (C) both, unless the court has imposed a fine,
or unless the court finds on the record that extraordinary circum-
stances exist that would make such a condition plainly unreasona-
ble, in which event the court shall impose one or more of the discre-
tionary conditions set forth under 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b) (see 18 U.S.C.
§ 3563(a)(2)).
(3) For any offense, the defendant shall not unlawfully possess a con-
trolled substance (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)).
(4) For a domestic violence crime as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 3561(b) by a
defendant convicted of such an offense for the first time, the defendant
shall attend a public, private, or non-profit offender rehabilitation
program that has been approved by the court, in consultation with a
State Coalition Against Domestic Violence or other appropriate ex-
perts, if an approved program is available within a 50-mile radius of
the legal residence of the defendant (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)).
(5) For any offense, the defendant shall refrain from any unlawful use of
a controlled substance and submit to one drug test within 15 days of
release on probation and at least two periodic drug tests thereafter
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 421
§5B1.3
(as determined by the court) for use of a controlled substance, but the
condition stated in this paragraph may be ameliorated or suspended
by the court for any individual defendant if the defendant’s presen-
tence report or other reliable information indicates a low risk of future
substance abuse by the defendant (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)).
(6) The defendant shall (A) make restitution in accordance with 18 U.S.C.
§§ 2248, 2259, 2264, 2327, 3663, 3663A, and 3664; and (B) pay the
assessment imposed in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 3013. If there is a
court-established payment schedule for making restitution or paying
the assessment (see 18 U.S.C. § 3572(d)), the defendant shall adhere
to the schedule.
(7) The defendant shall notify the court of any material change in the
defendant’s economic circumstances that might affect the defendant’s
ability to pay restitution, fines, or special assessments (see 18 U.S.C.
§ 3563(a)).
(8) If the court has imposed a fine, the defendant shall pay the fine or
adhere to a court-established payment schedule (see 18 U.S.C.
§ 3563(a)).
(9) If the defendant is required to register under the Sex Offender Regis-
tration and Notification Act, the defendant shall comply with the re-
quirements of that Act (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)).
(10) The defendant shall submit to the collection of a DNA sample from
the defendant at the direction of the United States Probation Office if
the collection of such a sample is authorized pursuant to section 3 of
the DNA Analysis Backlog Elimination Act of 2000 (34 U.S.C.
§ 40702).
(b) DISCRETIONARY CONDITIONS
The court may impose other conditions of probation to the extent that such
conditions (1) are reasonably related to (A) the nature and circumstances
of the offense and the history and characteristics of the defendant; (B) the
need for the sentence imposed to reflect the seriousness of the offense, to
promote respect for the law, and to provide just punishment for the offense;
(C) the need for the sentence imposed to afford adequate deterrence to
criminal conduct; (D) the need to protect the public from further crimes of
the defendant; and (E) the need to provide the defendant with needed ed-
ucational or vocational training, medical care, or other correctional treat-
ment in the most effective manner; and (2) involve only such deprivations
of liberty or property as are reasonably necessary for the purposes of sen-
tencing indicated in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a) (see 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)).
422 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5B1.3
(c) “STANDARD” CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “standard” conditions are recommended for probation. Sev-
eral of the conditions are expansions of the conditions required by statute:
(1) The defendant shall report to the probation office in the federal judi-
cial district where he or she is authorized to reside within 72 hours of
the time the defendant was sentenced, unless the probation officer in-
structs the defendant to report to a different probation office or within
a different time frame.
(2) After initially reporting to the probation office, the defendant will re-
ceive instructions from the court or the probation officer about how
and when to report to the probation officer, and the defendant shall
report to the probation officer as instructed.
(3) The defendant shall not knowingly leave the federal judicial district
where he or she is authorized to reside without first getting permis-
sion from the court or the probation officer.
(4) The defendant shall answer truthfully the questions asked by the pro-
bation officer.
(5) The defendant shall live at a place approved by the probation officer.
If the defendant plans to change where he or she lives or anything
about his or her living arrangements (such as the people the defend-
ant lives with), the defendant shall notify the probation officer at least
10 days before the change. If notifying the probation officer at least
10 days in advance is not possible due to unanticipated circumstances,
the defendant shall notify the probation officer within 72 hours of be-
coming aware of a change or expected change.
(6) The defendant shall allow the probation officer to visit the defendant
at any time at his or her home or elsewhere, and the defendant shall
permit the probation officer to take any items prohibited by the con-
ditions of the defendant’s supervision that he or she observes in plain
view.
(7) The defendant shall work full time (at least 30 hours per week) at a
lawful type of employment, unless the probation officer excuses the
defendant from doing so. If the defendant does not have full-time em-
ployment he or she shall try to find full-time employment, unless the
probation officer excuses the defendant from doing so. If the defendant
plans to change where the defendant works or anything about his or
her work (such as the position or the job responsibilities), the defend-
ant shall notify the probation officer at least 10 days before the
change. If notifying the probation officer at least 10 days in advance
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 423
§5B1.3
is not possible due to unanticipated circumstances, the defendant
shall notify the probation officer within 72 hours of becoming aware
of a change or expected change.
(8) The defendant shall not communicate or interact with someone the
defendant knows is engaged in criminal activity. If the defendant
knows someone has been convicted of a felony, the defendant shall not
knowingly communicate or interact with that person without first get-
ting the permission of the probation officer.
(9) If the defendant is arrested or questioned by a law enforcement of-
ficer, the defendant shall notify the probation officer within 72 hours.
(10) The defendant shall not own, possess, or have access to a firearm, am-
munition, destructive device, or dangerous weapon (i.e., anything that
was designed, or was modified for, the specific purpose of causing bod-
ily injury or death to another person, such as nunchakus or tasers).
(11) The defendant shall not act or make any agreement with a law en-
forcement agency to act as a confidential human source or informant
without first getting the permission of the court.
(12) If the probation officer determines that the defendant poses a risk to
another person (including an organization), the probation officer may
require the defendant to notify the person about the risk and the de-
fendant shall comply with that instruction. The probation officer may
contact the person and confirm that the defendant has notified the
person about the risk.
(13) The defendant shall follow the instructions of the probation officer re-
lated to the conditions of supervision.
(d) “SPECIAL” CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “special” conditions of probation are recommended in the cir-
cumstances described and, in addition, may otherwise be appropriate in
particular cases:
(1) SUPPORT OF DEPENDENTS
(A) If the defendant has one or more dependents — a condition spec-
ifying that the defendant shall support his or her dependents.
(B) If the defendant is ordered by the government to make child sup-
port payments or to make payments to support a person caring
for a child — a condition specifying that the defendant shall make
the payments and comply with the other terms of the order.
424 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5B1.3
(2) DEBT OBLIGATIONS
If an installment schedule of payment of restitution or a fine is im-
posed — a condition prohibiting the defendant from incurring new
credit charges or opening additional lines of credit without approval
of the probation officer unless the defendant is in compliance with the
payment schedule.
(3) ACCESS TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
If the court imposes an order of restitution, forfeiture, or notice to vic-
tims, or orders the defendant to pay a fine — a condition requiring the
defendant to provide the probation officer access to any requested fi-
nancial information.
(4) SUBSTANCE ABUSE
If the court has reason to believe that the defendant is an abuser of
narcotics, other controlled substances or alcohol — (A) a condition re-
quiring the defendant to participate in a program approved by the
United States Probation Office for substance abuse, which program
may include testing to determine whether the defendant has reverted
to the use of drugs or alcohol; and (B) a condition specifying that the
defendant shall not use or possess alcohol.
(5) MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM PARTICIPATION
If the court has reason to believe that the defendant is in need of psy-
chological or psychiatric treatment — a condition requiring that the
defendant participate in a mental health program approved by the
United States Probation Office.
(6) DEPORTATION
If (A) the defendant and the United States entered into a stipulation
of deportation pursuant to section 238(c)(5) of the Immigration and
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1228(c)(5)*); or (B) in the absence of a stip-
ulation of deportation, if, after notice and hearing pursuant to such
section, the Attorney General demonstrates by clear and convincing
evidence that the alien is deportable — a condition ordering deporta-
tion by a United States district court or a United States magistrate
judge.
*So in original. Probably should be 8 U.S.C. § 1228(d)(5).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 425
§5B1.3
(7) SEX OFFENSES
If the instant offense of conviction is a sex offense, as defined in Ap-
plication Note 1 of the Commentary to §5D1.2 (Term of Supervised
Release)—
(A) A condition requiring the defendant to participate in a program
approved by the United States Probation Office for the treatment
and monitoring of sex offenders.
(B) A condition limiting the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service in cases in which the defendant used such items.
(C) A condition requiring the defendant to submit to a search, at any
time, with or without a warrant, and by any law enforcement or
probation officer, of the defendant’s person and any property,
house, residence, vehicle, papers, computer, other electronic com-
munication or data storage devices or media, and effects, upon
reasonable suspicion concerning a violation of a condition of pro-
bation or unlawful conduct by the defendant, or by any probation
officer in the lawful discharge of the officer’s supervision func-
tions.
(e) ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “special conditions” may be appropriate on a case-by-case
basis:
(1) COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT
Residence in a community treatment center, halfway house or similar
facility may be imposed as a condition of probation. See §5F1.1 (Com-
munity Confinement).
(2) HOME DETENTION
Home detention may be imposed as a condition of probation but only
as a substitute for imprisonment. See §5F1.2 (Home Detention).
(3) COMMUNITY SERVICE
Community service may be imposed as a condition of probation.
See §5F1.3 (Community Service).
426 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5B1.4
(4) OCCUPATIONAL RESTRICTIONS
Occupational restrictions may be imposed as a condition of probation.
See §5F1.5 (Occupational Restrictions).
(5) CURFEW
A condition imposing a curfew may be imposed if the court concludes
that restricting the defendant to his place of residence during evening
and nighttime hours is necessary to provide just punishment for the
offense, to protect the public from crimes that the defendant might
commit during those hours, or to assist in the rehabilitation of the
defendant. Electronic monitoring may be used as a means of surveil-
lance to ensure compliance with a curfew order.
(6) INTERMITTENT CONFINEMENT
Intermittent confinement (custody for intervals of time) may be or-
dered as a condition of probation during the first year of probation.
See §5F1.8 (Intermittent Confinement).
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Application of Subsection (c)(4).—Although the condition in subsection (c)(4) requires the
defendant to “answer truthfully” the questions asked by the probation officer, a defendant’s le-
gitimate invocation of the Fifth Amendment privilege against self-incrimination in response to a
probation officer’s question shall not be considered a violation of this condition.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 273, 274, and 302); Novem-
ber 1, 1997 (amendment 569); November 1, 1998 (amendment 584); November 1, 2000 (amendment 605);
Historical
November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2002 (amendment 644); November 1, 2004 (amend-
Note
ment 664); November 1, 2007 (amendments 701 and 711); November 1, 2009 (amendment 733); November 1,
2016 (amendment 803); November 1, 2018 (amendment 813).
§5B1.4. [Deleted]
Section 5B1.4 (Recommended Conditions of Probation and Supervised Release (Policy Statement)), effective
Historical
November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 271, 272, and 302), was deleted by
Note
consolidation with §§5B1.3 and 5D1.3 effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 569).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 427
§5C1.1
PART C ― IMPRISONMENT
§5C1.1. Imposition of a Term of Imprisonment
(a) A sentence conforms with the guidelines for imprisonment if it is within
the minimum and maximum terms of the applicable guideline range.
(b) If the applicable guideline range is in Zone A of the Sentencing Table, a
sentence of imprisonment is not required, unless the applicable guideline
in Chapter Two expressly requires such a term.
(c) If the applicable guideline range is in Zone B of the Sentencing Table, the
minimum term may be satisfied by—
(1) a sentence of imprisonment; or
(2) a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term of supervised release
with a condition that substitutes community confinement or home de-
tention according to the schedule in subsection (e), provided that at
least one month is satisfied by imprisonment; or
(3) a sentence of probation that includes a condition or combination of
conditions that substitute intermittent confinement, community con-
finement, or home detention for imprisonment according to the sched-
ule in subsection (e).
(d) If the applicable guideline range is in Zone C of the Sentencing Table, the
minimum term may be satisfied by—
(1) a sentence of imprisonment; or
(2) a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term of supervised release
with a condition that substitutes community confinement or home de-
tention according to the schedule in subsection (e), provided that at
least one-half of the minimum term is satisfied by imprisonment.
(e) Schedule of Substitute Punishments:
(1) One day of intermittent confinement in prison or jail for one day of
imprisonment (each 24 hours of confinement is credited as one day of
intermittent confinement, provided, however, that one day shall be
credited for any calendar day during which the defendant is employed
in the community and confined during all remaining hours);
428 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5C1.1
(2) One day of community confinement (residence in a community treat-
ment center, halfway house, or similar residential facility) for one day
of imprisonment;
(3) One day of home detention for one day of imprisonment.
(f) If the applicable guideline range is in Zone D of the Sentencing Table, the
minimum term shall be satisfied by a sentence of imprisonment.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (a).—Subsection (a) provides that a sentence conforms with the
guidelines for imprisonment if it is within the minimum and maximum terms of the applicable
guideline range specified in the Sentencing Table in Part A of this chapter. For example, if the
defendant has an Offense Level of 20 and a Criminal History Category of I, the applicable guide-
line range is 33–41 months of imprisonment. Therefore, a sentence of imprisonment of at least
thirty-three months, but not more than forty-one months, is within the applicable guideline
range.
2. Application of Subsection (b).—Subsection (b) provides that where the applicable guideline
range is in Zone A of the Sentencing Table (i.e., the minimum term of imprisonment specified in
the applicable guideline range is zero months), the court is not required to impose a sentence of
imprisonment unless a sentence of imprisonment or its equivalent is specifically required by the
guideline applicable to the offense. Where imprisonment is not required, the court, for example,
may impose a sentence of probation. In some cases, a fine appropriately may be imposed as the
sole sanction.
3. Application of Subsection (c).—Subsection (c) provides that where the applicable guideline
range is in Zone B of the Sentencing Table (i.e., the minimum term of imprisonment specified in
the applicable guideline range is at least one but not more than nine months), the court has three
options:
(A) It may impose a sentence of imprisonment.
(B) It may impose a sentence of probation provided that it includes a condition of probation
requiring a period of intermittent confinement, community confinement, or home detention,
or combination of intermittent confinement, community confinement, and home detention,
sufficient to satisfy the minimum period of imprisonment specified in the guideline range.
For example, where the guideline range is 4–10 months, a sentence of probation with a
condition requiring at least four months of intermittent confinement, community confine-
ment, or home detention would satisfy the minimum term of imprisonment specified in the
guideline range.
(C) Or, it may impose a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term of supervised release
with a condition that requires community confinement or home detention. In such case, at
least one month must be satisfied by actual imprisonment and the remainder of the mini-
mum term specified in the guideline range must be satisfied by community confinement or
home detention. For example, where the guideline range is 4–10 months, a sentence of im-
prisonment of one month followed by a term of supervised release with a condition requiring
three months of community confinement or home detention would satisfy the minimum
term of imprisonment specified in the guideline range.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 429
§5C1.1
The preceding examples illustrate sentences that satisfy the minimum term of imprisonment
required by the guideline range. The court, of course, may impose a sentence at a higher point
within the applicable guideline range. For example, where the guideline range is 4–10 months,
both a sentence of probation with a condition requiring six months of community confinement or
home detention (under subsection (c)(3)) and a sentence of two months imprisonment followed
by a term of supervised release with a condition requiring four months of community confinement
or home detention (under subsection (c)(2)) would be within the guideline range.
4. Application of Subsection (d).—Subsection (d) provides that where the applicable guideline
range is in Zone C of the Sentencing Table (i.e., the minimum term specified in the applicable
guideline range is ten or twelve months), the court has two options:
(A) It may impose a sentence of imprisonment.
(B) Or, it may impose a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term of supervised release
with a condition requiring community confinement or home detention. In such case, at least
one-half of the minimum term specified in the guideline range must be satisfied by impris-
onment, and the remainder of the minimum term specified in the guideline range must be
satisfied by community confinement or home detention. For example, where the guideline
range is 10–16 months, a sentence of five months imprisonment followed by a term of su-
pervised release with a condition requiring five months community confinement or home
detention would satisfy the minimum term of imprisonment required by the guideline
range.
The preceding example illustrates a sentence that satisfies the minimum term of imprisonment
required by the guideline range. The court, of course, may impose a sentence at a higher point
within the guideline range. For example, where the guideline range is 10–16 months, both a
sentence of five months imprisonment followed by a term of supervised release with a condition
requiring six months of community confinement or home detention (under subsection (d)), and a
sentence of ten months imprisonment followed by a term of supervised release with a condition
requiring four months of community confinement or home detention (also under subsection (d))
would be within the guideline range.
5. Application of Subsection (e).—Subsection (e) sets forth a schedule of imprisonment substi-
tutes.
6. Departures Based on Specific Treatment Purpose.—There may be cases in which a depar-
ture from the sentencing options authorized for Zone C of the Sentencing Table (under which at
least half the minimum term must be satisfied by imprisonment) to the sentencing options au-
thorized for Zone B of the Sentencing Table (under which all or most of the minimum term may
be satisfied by intermittent confinement, community confinement, or home detention instead of
imprisonment) is appropriate to accomplish a specific treatment purpose. Such a departure
should be considered only in cases where the court finds that (A) the defendant is an abuser of
narcotics, other controlled substances, or alcohol, or suffers from a significant mental illness, and
(B) the defendant’s criminality is related to the treatment problem to be addressed.
In determining whether such a departure is appropriate, the court should consider, among other
things, (1) the likelihood that completion of the treatment program will successfully address the
treatment problem, thereby reducing the risk to the public from further crimes of the defendant,
and (2) whether imposition of less imprisonment than required by Zone C will increase the risk
to the public from further crimes of the defendant.
Examples: The following examples both assume the applicable guideline range is 12–18 months
and the court departs in accordance with this application note. Under Zone C rules, the defendant
430 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5C1.2
must be sentenced to at least six months imprisonment. (1) The defendant is a nonviolent drug
offender in Criminal History Category I and probation is not prohibited by statute. The court
departs downward to impose a sentence of probation, with twelve months of intermittent con-
finement, community confinement, or home detention and participation in a substance abuse
treatment program as conditions of probation. (2) The defendant is convicted of a Class A or B
felony, so probation is prohibited by statute (see §5B1.1(b)). The court departs downward to im-
pose a sentence of one month imprisonment, with eleven months in community confinement or
home detention and participation in a substance abuse treatment program as conditions of su-
pervised release.
7. Use of Substitutes for Imprisonment.—The use of substitutes for imprisonment as provided
in subsections (c) and (d) is not recommended for most defendants with a criminal history cate-
gory of III or above.
8. Residential Treatment Program.—In a case in which community confinement in a residential
treatment program is imposed to accomplish a specific treatment purpose, the court should con-
sider the effectiveness of the residential treatment program.
9. Application of Subsection (f).—Subsection (f) provides that, where the applicable guideline
range is in Zone D of the Sentencing Table (i.e., the minimum term of imprisonment specified in
the applicable guideline range is 15 months or more), the minimum term must be satisfied by a
sentence of imprisonment without the use of any of the imprisonment substitutes in subsec-
tion (e).
10. Zero-Point Offenders.—
(A) Zero-Point Offenders in Zones A and B of the Sentencing Table.—If the defendant
received an adjustment under §4C1.1 (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders) and
the defendant’s applicable guideline range is in Zone A or B of the Sentencing Table, a
sentence other than a sentence of imprisonment, in accordance with subsection (b) or (c)(3),
is generally appropriate. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(j).
(B) Departure for Cases Where the Applicable Guideline Range Overstates the Grav-
ity of the Offense.—A departure, including a departure to a sentence other than a sen-
tence of imprisonment, may be appropriate if the defendant received an adjustment under
§4C1.1 (Adjustment for Certain Zero-Point Offenders) and the defendant’s applicable guide-
line range overstates the gravity of the offense because the offense of conviction is not a
crime of violence or an otherwise serious offense. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(j).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 51); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendments 271, 275, and 302); November 1, 1992 (amendment 462); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646);
Note November 1, 2009 (amendment 733); November 1, 2010 (amendment 738); November 1, 2018 (amend-
ment 811); November 1, 2023 (amendments 821 and 824).
§5C1.2. Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentences in Certain
Cases
(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), in the case of an offense under
21 U.S.C. § 841, § 844, § 846, § 960, or § 963, or 46 U.S.C. § 70503 or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 431
§5C1.2
§ 70506, the court shall impose a sentence in accordance with the applica-
ble guidelines without regard to any statutory minimum sentence, if the
court finds that the defendant meets the criteria in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f)(1)–
(5) as follows:
(1) the defendant does not have—
(A) more than 4 criminal history points, excluding any criminal his-
tory points resulting from a 1-point offense, as determined under
the sentencing guidelines;
(B) a prior 3-point offense, as determined under the sentencing
guidelines; and
(C) a prior 2-point violent offense, as determined under the sentenc-
ing guidelines;
(2) the defendant did not use violence or credible threats of violence or
possess a firearm or other dangerous weapon (or induce another par-
ticipant to do so) in connection with the offense;
(3) the offense did not result in death or serious bodily injury to any per-
son;
(4) the defendant was not an organizer, leader, manager, or supervisor of
others in the offense, as determined under the sentencing guidelines
and was not engaged in a continuing criminal enterprise, as defined
in 21 U.S.C. § 848; and
(5) not later than the time of the sentencing hearing, the defendant has
truthfully provided to the Government all information and evidence
the defendant has concerning the offense or offenses that were part of
the same course of conduct or of a common scheme or plan, but the
fact that the defendant has no relevant or useful other information to
provide or that the Government is already aware of the information
shall not preclude a determination by the court that the defendant
has complied with this requirement.
(b) In the case of a defendant (1) who meets the criteria set forth in subsec-
tion (a); and (2) for whom the statutorily required minimum sentence is at
least five years, the applicable guideline range shall not be less than 24 to
30 months of imprisonment.
432 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5C1.2
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—
(A) The term “violent offense” means a “crime of violence,” as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 16, that
is punishable by imprisonment.
(B) “Dangerous weapon” and “firearm,” as used in subsection (a)(2), and “serious bodily
injury,” as used in subsection (a)(3), are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application
Instructions).
(C) “Offense,” as used in subsection (a)(2)–(4), and “offense or offenses that were part of
the same course of conduct or of a common scheme or plan,” as used in subsec-
tion (a)(5), mean the offense of conviction and all relevant conduct.
2. Application of subsection (a)(2).—Consistent with §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), the term “de-
fendant,” as used in subsection (a)(2), limits the accountability of the defendant to his own con-
duct and conduct that he aided or abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully
caused.
3. Application of Subsection (a)(4).—
(A) “Organizer, leader, manager, or supervisor of others in the offense”.—The first
prong of subsection (a)(4) requires that the defendant was not subject to an adjustment for
an aggravating role under §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role).
(B) “Engaged in a continuing criminal enterprise”.—“Engaged in a continuing crim-
inal enterprise,” as used in subsection (a)(4), is defined in 21 U.S.C. § 848(c). As a practical
matter, it should not be necessary to apply this prong of subsection (a)(4) because (i) this
section does not apply to a conviction under 21 U.S.C. § 848, and (ii) any defendant who
“engaged in a continuing criminal enterprise” but is convicted of an offense to which this
section applies will be an “organizer, leader, manager, or supervisor of others in the of-
fense.”
4. Use of Information Disclosed under Subsection (a).—Information disclosed by a defendant
under subsection (a) may not be used to enhance the sentence of the defendant unless the infor-
mation relates to a violent offense, as defined in Application Note 1(A).
5. Government’s Opportunity to Make Recommendation.—Under 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f), prior
to its determination, the court shall afford the government an opportunity to make a recommen-
dation. See also Fed. R. Crim. P. 32(f), (i).
6. Exemption from Otherwise Applicable Statutory Minimum Sentences.—A defendant
who meets the criteria under this section is exempt from any otherwise applicable statutory min-
imum sentence of imprisonment and statutory minimum term of supervised release.
Background: This section sets forth the relevant provisions of 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f), as added by sec-
tion 80001(a) of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 and subsequently
amended, which limit the applicability of statutory minimum sentences in certain cases. Under the
authority of section 80001(b) of that Act, the Commission has promulgated application notes to provide
guidance in the application of 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f). See also H. Rep. No. 460, 103d Cong., 2d Sess. 3
(1994) (expressing intent to foster greater coordination between mandatory minimum sentencing and
the sentencing guideline system).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 433
§5C1.2
Effective September 23, 1994 (amendment 509). Amended effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 515);
Historical November 1, 1996 (amendment 540); November 1, 1997 (amendment 570); November 1, 2001 (amend-
Note ment 624); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2009
(amendment 736); November 1, 2023 (amendment 817).
434 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.1
PART D ― SUPERVISED RELEASE
§5D1.1. Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release
(a) The court shall order a term of supervised release to follow imprison-
ment—
(1) when required by statute (see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(a)); or
(2) except as provided in subsection (c), when a sentence of imprisonment
of more than one year is imposed.
(b) The court may order a term of supervised release to follow imprisonment
in any other case. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(a).
(c) The court ordinarily should not impose a term of supervised release in a
case in which supervised release is not required by statute and the defend-
ant is a deportable alien who likely will be deported after imprisonment.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Application of Subsection (a).—Under subsection (a), the court is required to impose a term
of supervised release to follow imprisonment when supervised release is required by statute or,
except as provided in subsection (c), when a sentence of imprisonment of more than one year is
imposed. The court may depart from this guideline and not impose a term of supervised release
if supervised release is not required by statute and the court determines, after considering the
factors set forth in Note 3, that supervised release is not necessary.
2. Application of Subsection (b).—Under subsection (b), the court may impose a term of super-
vised release to follow a term of imprisonment in any other case, after considering the factors set
forth in Note 3.
3. Factors to Be Considered.—
(A) Statutory Factors.—In determining whether to impose a term of supervised release, the
court is required by statute to consider, among other factors:
(i) the nature and circumstances of the offense and the history and characteristics of the
defendant;
(ii) the need to afford adequate deterrence to criminal conduct, to protect the public from
further crimes of the defendant, and to provide the defendant with needed educational
or vocational training, medical care, or other correctional treatment in the most effec-
tive manner;
(iii) the need to avoid unwarranted sentence disparities among defendants with similar
records who have been found guilty of similar conduct; and
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 435
§5D1.2
(iv) the need to provide restitution to any victims of the offense.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(c).
(B) Criminal History.—The court should give particular consideration to the defendant’s
criminal history (which is one aspect of the “history and characteristics of the defendant”
in subparagraph (A)(i), above). In general, the more serious the defendant’s criminal his-
tory, the greater the need for supervised release.
(C) Substance Abuse.—In a case in which a defendant sentenced to imprisonment is an
abuser of controlled substances or alcohol, it is highly recommended that a term of super-
vised release also be imposed. See §5H1.4 (Physical Condition, Including Drug or Alcohol
Dependence or Abuse; Gambling Addiction).
(D) Domestic Violence.—If the defendant is convicted for the first time of a domestic violence
crime as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 3561(b), a term of supervised release is required by statute.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(a). Such a defendant is also required by statute to attend an approved
rehabilitation program, if available within a 50-mile radius of the legal residence of the
defendant. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d); §5D1.3(a)(3). In any other case involving domestic vio-
lence or stalking in which the defendant is sentenced to imprisonment, it is highly recom-
mended that a term of supervised release also be imposed.
4. Community Confinement or Home Detention Following Imprisonment.—A term of su-
pervised release must be imposed if the court wishes to impose a “split sentence” under which
the defendant serves a term of imprisonment followed by a period of community confinement or
home detention pursuant to subsection (c)(2) or (d)(2) of §5C1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Impris-
onment). In such a case, the period of community confinement or home detention is imposed as
a condition of supervised release.
5. Application of Subsection (c).—In a case in which the defendant is a deportable alien speci-
fied in subsection (c) and supervised release is not required by statute, the court ordinarily should
not impose a term of supervised release. Unless such a defendant legally returns to the United
States, supervised release is unnecessary. If such a defendant illegally returns to the United
States, the need to afford adequate deterrence and protect the public ordinarily is adequately
served by a new prosecution. The court should, however, consider imposing a term of supervised
release on such a defendant if the court determines it would provide an added measure of deter-
rence and protection based on the facts and circumstances of a particular case.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 302); November 1, 1995
Historical
(amendment 529); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747); November 1, 2011 (amendment 756); November 1,
Note
2014 (amendment 781).
§5D1.2. Term of Supervised Release
(a) Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c), if a term of supervised release is
ordered, the length of the term shall be:
(1) At least two years but not more than five years for a defendant convicted
of a Class A or B felony. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(b)(1).
436 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.2
(2) At least one year but not more than three years for a defendant convicted
of a Class C or D felony. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(b)(2).
(3) One year for a defendant convicted of a Class E felony or a Class A mis-
demeanor. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(b)(3).
(b) Notwithstanding subdivisions (a)(1) through (3), the length of the term of su-
pervised release shall be not less than the minimum term of years specified
for the offense under subdivisions (a)(1) through (3) and may be up to life, if
the offense is—
(1) any offense listed in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5)(B), the commission of which
resulted in, or created a foreseeable risk of, death or serious bodily injury
to another person; or
(2) a sex offense.
(Policy Statement) If the instant offense of conviction is a sex offense, however,
the statutory maximum term of supervised release is recommended.
(c) The term of supervised release imposed shall be not less than any statutorily
required term of supervised release.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Sex offense” means (A) an offense, perpetrated against a minor, under (i) chapter 109A of ti-
tle 18, United States Code; (ii) chapter 110 of such title, not including a recordkeeping offense;
(iii) chapter 117 of such title, not including transmitting information about a minor or filing a
factual statement about an alien individual; (iv) an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1201; or (v) an
offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1591; or (B) an attempt or a conspiracy to commit any offense described
in subdivisions (A)(i) through (v) of this note. Such term does not include an offense under
18 U.S.C. § 2250 (Failure to register).
“Minor” means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years; (B) an individual,
whether fictitious or not, who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not
attained the age of 18 years; and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant
that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.
2. Safety Valve Cases.—A defendant who qualifies under §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of
Statutory Minimum Sentence in Certain Cases) is not subject to any statutory minimum sen-
tence of supervised release. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(f). In such a case, the term of supervised release
shall be determined under subsection (a).
3. Substantial Assistance Cases.—Upon motion of the Government, a defendant who has pro-
vided substantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another person who has com-
mitted an offense may be sentenced to a term of supervised release that is less than any minimum
required by statute or the guidelines. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(e), §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to
Authorities).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 437
§5D1.2
4. Factors Considered.—The factors to be considered in determining the length of a term of su-
pervised release are the same as the factors considered in determining whether to impose such
a term. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(c); Application Note 3 to §5D1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised
Release). The court should ensure that the term imposed on the defendant is long enough to
address the purposes of imposing supervised release on the defendant.
5. Early Termination and Extension.—The court has authority to terminate or extend a term
of supervised release. See 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(1), (2). The court is encouraged to exercise this
authority in appropriate cases. The prospect of exercising this authority is a factor the court may
wish to consider in determining the length of a term of supervised release. For example, the court
may wish to consider early termination of supervised release if the defendant is an abuser of
narcotics, other controlled substances, or alcohol who, while on supervised release, successfully
completes a treatment program, thereby reducing the risk to the public from further crimes of
the defendant.
6. Application of Subsection (c).—Subsection (c) specifies how a statutorily required minimum
term of supervised release may affect the minimum term of supervised release provided by the
guidelines.
For example, if subsection (a) provides a range of two years to five years, but the relevant statute
requires a minimum term of supervised release of three years and a maximum term of life, the
term of supervised release provided by the guidelines is restricted by subsection (c) to three years
to five years. Similarly, if subsection (a) provides a range of two years to five years, but the rele-
vant statute requires a minimum term of supervised release of five years and a maximum term
of life, the term of supervised release provided by the guidelines is five years.
The following example illustrates the interaction of subsections (a) and (c) when subsection (b) is
also involved. In this example, subsection (a) provides a range of two years to five years; the
relevant statute requires a minimum term of supervised release of five years and a maximum
term of life; and the offense is a sex offense under subsection (b). The effect of subsection (b) is to
raise the maximum term of supervised release from five years (as provided by subsection (a)) to
life, yielding a range of two years to life. The term of supervised release provided by the guide-
lines is then restricted by subsection (c) to five years to life. In this example, a term of supervised
release of more than five years would be a guideline sentence. In addition, subsection (b) contains
a policy statement recommending that the maximum — a life term of supervised release — be
imposed.
Background: This section specifies the length of a term of supervised release that is to be imposed.
Subsection (c) applies to statutes, such as the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986, that require imposition of
a specific minimum term of supervised release.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 52); November 1, 1989
(amendment 302); November 1, 1995 (amendment 529); November 1, 1997 (amendment 570); November 1,
Historical
2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2002 (amendments 637 and 646); November 1, 2004 (amendment 664);
Note
November 1, 2005 (amendment 679); November 1, 2007 (amendment 701); November 1, 2009 (amend-
ment 736); November 1, 2011 (amendment 756); November 1, 2014 (amendment 786).
438 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.3
§5D1.3. Conditions of Supervised Release
(a) MANDATORY CONDITIONS
(1) The defendant shall not commit another federal, state or local offense
(see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d)).
(2) The defendant shall not unlawfully possess a controlled substance
(see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d)).
(3) The defendant who is convicted for a domestic violence crime as de-
fined in 18 U.S.C. § 3561(b) for the first time shall attend a public,
private, or private non-profit offender rehabilitation program that has
been approved by the court, in consultation with a State Coalition
Against Domestic Violence or other appropriate experts, if an ap-
proved program is available within a 50-mile radius of the legal resi-
dence of the defendant (see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d)).
(4) The defendant shall refrain from any unlawful use of a controlled sub-
stance and submit to one drug test within 15 days of release on super-
vised release and at least two periodic drug tests thereafter (as deter-
mined by the court) for use of a controlled substance, but the condition
stated in this paragraph may be ameliorated or suspended by the
court for any individual defendant if the defendant’s presentence re-
port or other reliable information indicates a low risk of future sub-
stance abuse by the defendant (see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d)).
(5) If a fine is imposed and has not been paid upon release to supervised
release, the defendant shall adhere to an installment schedule to pay
that fine (see 18 U.S.C. § 3624(e)).
(6) The defendant shall (A) make restitution in accordance with 18 U.S.C.
§§ 3663 and 3663A, or any other statute authorizing a sentence of res-
titution; and (B) pay the assessment imposed in accordance with
18 U.S.C. § 3013. If there is a court-established payment schedule for
making restitution or paying the assessment (see 18 U.S.C. § 3572(d)),
the defendant shall adhere to the schedule.
(7) If the defendant is required to register under the Sex Offender Regis-
tration and Notification Act, the defendant shall comply with the re-
quirements of that Act (see 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d)).
(8) The defendant shall submit to the collection of a DNA sample from
the defendant at the direction of the United States Probation Office if
the collection of such a sample is authorized pursuant to section 3 of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 439
§5D1.3
the DNA Analysis Backlog Elimination Act of 2000 (34 U.S.C.
§ 40702).
(b) DISCRETIONARY CONDITIONS
The court may impose other conditions of supervised release to the extent
that such conditions (1) are reasonably related to (A) the nature and cir-
cumstances of the offense and the history and characteristics of the defend-
ant; (B) the need for the sentence imposed to afford adequate deterrence to
criminal conduct; (C) the need to protect the public from further crimes of
the defendant; and (D) the need to provide the defendant with needed ed-
ucational or vocational training, medical care, or other correctional treat-
ment in the most effective manner; and (2) involve no greater deprivation
of liberty than is reasonably necessary for the purposes set forth above and
are consistent with any pertinent policy statements issued by the Sentenc-
ing Commission.
(c) “STANDARD” CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “standard” conditions are recommended for supervised re-
lease. Several of the conditions are expansions of the conditions required
by statute:
(1) The defendant shall report to the probation office in the federal judi-
cial district where he or she is authorized to reside within 72 hours of
release from imprisonment, unless the probation officer instructs the
defendant to report to a different probation office or within a different
time frame.
(2) After initially reporting to the probation office, the defendant will re-
ceive instructions from the court or the probation officer about how
and when to report to the probation officer, and the defendant shall
report to the probation officer as instructed.
(3) The defendant shall not knowingly leave the federal judicial district
where he or she is authorized to reside without first getting permis-
sion from the court or the probation officer.
(4) The defendant shall answer truthfully the questions asked by the pro-
bation officer.
(5) The defendant shall live at a place approved by the probation officer.
If the defendant plans to change where he or she lives or anything
about his or her living arrangements (such as the people the defend-
ant lives with), the defendant shall notify the probation officer at least
10 days before the change. If notifying the probation officer at least
10 days in advance is not possible due to unanticipated circumstances,
440 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.3
the defendant shall notify the probation officer within 72 hours of be-
coming aware of a change or expected change.
(6) The defendant shall allow the probation officer to visit the defendant
at any time at his or her home or elsewhere, and the defendant shall
permit the probation officer to take any items prohibited by the con-
ditions of the defendant’s supervision that he or she observes in plain
view.
(7) The defendant shall work full time (at least 30 hours per week) at a
lawful type of employment, unless the probation officer excuses the
defendant from doing so. If the defendant does not have full-time em-
ployment he or she shall try to find full-time employment, unless the
probation officer excuses the defendant from doing so. If the defendant
plans to change where the defendant works or anything about his or
her work (such as the position or the job responsibilities), the defend-
ant shall notify the probation officer at least 10 days before the
change. If notifying the probation officer in advance is not possible
due to unanticipated circumstances, the defendant shall notify the
probation officer within 72 hours of becoming aware of a change or
expected change.
(8) The defendant shall not communicate or interact with someone the
defendant knows is engaged in criminal activity. If the defendant
knows someone has been convicted of a felony, the defendant shall not
knowingly communicate or interact with that person without first get-
ting the permission of the probation officer.
(9) If the defendant is arrested or questioned by a law enforcement of-
ficer, the defendant shall notify the probation officer within 72 hours.
(10) The defendant shall not own, possess, or have access to a firearm, am-
munition, destructive device, or dangerous weapon (i.e., anything that
was designed, or was modified for, the specific purpose of causing bod-
ily injury or death to another person, such as nunchakus or tasers).
(11) The defendant shall not act or make any agreement with a law en-
forcement agency to act as a confidential human source or informant
without first getting the permission of the court.
(12) If the probation officer determines that the defendant poses a risk to
another person (including an organization), the probation officer may
require the defendant to notify the person about the risk and the de-
fendant shall comply with that instruction. The probation officer may
contact the person and confirm that the defendant has notified the
person about the risk.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 441
§5D1.3
(13) The defendant shall follow the instructions of the probation officer re-
lated to the conditions of supervision.
(d) “SPECIAL” CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “special” conditions of supervised release are recommended
in the circumstances described and, in addition, may otherwise be appro-
priate in particular cases:
(1) SUPPORT OF DEPENDENTS
(A) If the defendant has one or more dependents — a condition spec-
ifying that the defendant shall support his or her dependents.
(B) If the defendant is ordered by the government to make child sup-
port payments or to make payments to support a person caring
for a child — a condition specifying that the defendant shall make
the payments and comply with the other terms of the order.
(2) DEBT OBLIGATIONS
If an installment schedule of payment of restitution or a fine is im-
posed — a condition prohibiting the defendant from incurring new
credit charges or opening additional lines of credit without approval
of the probation officer unless the defendant is in compliance with the
payment schedule.
(3) ACCESS TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
If the court imposes an order of restitution, forfeiture, or notice to vic-
tims, or orders the defendant to pay a fine — a condition requiring the
defendant to provide the probation officer access to any requested fi-
nancial information.
(4) SUBSTANCE ABUSE
If the court has reason to believe that the defendant is an abuser of
narcotics, other controlled substances or alcohol — (A) a condition re-
quiring the defendant to participate in a program approved by the
United States Probation Office for substance abuse, which program
may include testing to determine whether the defendant has reverted
to the use of drugs or alcohol; and (B) a condition specifying that the
defendant shall not use or possess alcohol.
442 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.3
(5) MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM PARTICIPATION
If the court has reason to believe that the defendant is in need of psy-
chological or psychiatric treatment — a condition requiring that the
defendant participate in a mental health program approved by the
United States Probation Office.
(6) DEPORTATION
If (A) the defendant and the United States entered into a stipulation
of deportation pursuant to section 238(c)(5) of the Immigration and
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1228(c)(5)*); or (B) in the absence of a stip-
ulation of deportation, if, after notice and hearing pursuant to such
section, the Attorney General demonstrates by clear and convincing
evidence that the alien is deportable — a condition ordering deporta-
tion by a United States district court or a United States magistrate
judge.
*So in original. Probably should be 8 U.S.C. § 1228(d)(5).
(7) SEX OFFENSES
If the instant offense of conviction is a sex offense, as defined in Ap-
plication Note 1 of the Commentary to §5D1.2 (Term of Supervised
Release) —
(A) A condition requiring the defendant to participate in a program
approved by the United States Probation Office for the treatment
and monitoring of sex offenders.
(B) A condition limiting the use of a computer or an interactive com-
puter service in cases in which the defendant used such items.
(C) A condition requiring the defendant to submit to a search, at any
time, with or without a warrant, and by any law enforcement or
probation officer, of the defendant’s person and any property,
house, residence, vehicle, papers, computer, other electronic com-
munication or data storage devices or media, and effects upon
reasonable suspicion concerning a violation of a condition of su-
pervised release or unlawful conduct by the defendant, or by any
probation officer in the lawful discharge of the officer’s supervi-
sion functions.
(8) UNPAID RESTITUTION, FINES, OR SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS
If the defendant has any unpaid amount of restitution, fines, or spe-
cial assessments, the defendant shall notify the probation officer of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 443
§5D1.3
any material change in the defendant’s economic circumstances that
might affect the defendant’s ability to pay.
(e) ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (POLICY STATEMENT)
The following “special conditions” may be appropriate on a case-by-case
basis:
(1) COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT
Residence in a community treatment center, halfway house or similar
facility may be imposed as a condition of supervised release.
See §5F1.1 (Community Confinement).
(2) HOME DETENTION
Home detention may be imposed as a condition of supervised release,
but only as a substitute for imprisonment. See §5F1.2 (Home Deten-
tion).
(3) COMMUNITY SERVICE
Community service may be imposed as a condition of supervised re-
lease. See §5F1.3 (Community Service).
(4) OCCUPATIONAL RESTRICTIONS
Occupational restrictions may be imposed as a condition of supervised
release. See §5F1.5 (Occupational Restrictions).
(5) CURFEW
A condition imposing a curfew may be imposed if the court concludes
that restricting the defendant to his place of residence during evening
and nighttime hours is necessary to protect the public from crimes
that the defendant might commit during those hours, or to assist in
the rehabilitation of the defendant. Electronic monitoring may be
used as a means of surveillance to ensure compliance with a curfew
order.
(6) INTERMITTENT CONFINEMENT
Intermittent confinement (custody for intervals of time) may be or-
dered as a condition of supervised release during the first year of su-
pervised release, but only for a violation of a condition of supervised
release in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(2) and only when facil-
ities are available. See §5F1.8 (Intermittent Confinement).
444 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5D1.3
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Application of Subsection (c)(4).—Although the condition in subsection (c)(4) requires the
defendant to “answer truthfully” the questions asked by the probation officer, a defendant’s le-
gitimate invocation of the Fifth Amendment privilege against self-incrimination in response to a
probation officer’s question shall not be considered a violation of this condition.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 276, 277, and 302); Novem-
ber 1, 1997 (amendment 569); November 1, 1998 (amendment 584); November 1, 2000 (amendment 605);
Historical
November 1, 2001 (amendment 615); November 1, 2002 (amendments 644 and 646); November 1, 2004
Note
(amendment 664); November 1, 2007 (amendments 701 and 711); November 1, 2009 (amendment 733); No-
vember 1, 2016 (amendment 803); November 1, 2018 (amendments 812 and 813).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 445
§5E1.1
PART E ― RESTITUTION, FINES, ASSESSMENTS, FORFEITURES
§5E1.1. Restitution
(a) In the case of an identifiable victim, the court shall—
(1) enter a restitution order for the full amount of the victim’s loss, if such
order is authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 1593, § 2248, § 2259, § 2264,
§ 2327, § 3663, or § 3663A, or 21 U.S.C. § 853(q); or
(2) impose a term of probation or supervised release with a condition re-
quiring restitution for the full amount of the victim’s loss, if the of-
fense is not an offense for which restitution is authorized under
18 U.S.C. § 3663(a)(1) but otherwise meets the criteria for an order of
restitution under that section.
(b) Provided, that the provisions of subsection (a) do not apply—
(1) when full restitution has been made; or
(2) in the case of a restitution order under 18 U.S.C. § 3663; a restitution
order under 18 U.S.C. § 3663A that pertains to an offense against
property described in 18 U.S.C. § 3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii); or a condition of
restitution imposed pursuant to subsection (a)(2) above, to the extent
the court finds, from facts on the record, that (A) the number of iden-
tifiable victims is so large as to make restitution impracticable; or
(B) determining complex issues of fact related to the cause or amount
of the victim’s losses would complicate or prolong the sentencing pro-
cess to a degree that the need to provide restitution to any victim is
outweighed by the burden on the sentencing process.
(c) If a defendant is ordered to make restitution to an identifiable victim and
to pay a fine, the court shall order that any money paid by the defendant
shall first be applied to satisfy the order of restitution.
(d) In a case where there is no identifiable victim and the defendant was con-
victed under 21 U.S.C. § 841, § 848(a), § 849, § 856, § 861, or § 863, the
court, taking into consideration the amount of public harm caused by the
offense and other relevant factors, shall order an amount of community
restitution not to exceed the fine imposed under §5E1.2.
(e) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make a single, lump sum
payment, partial payments at specified intervals, in-kind payments, or a
combination of payments at specified intervals and in-kind payments.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3664(f)(3)(A). An in-kind payment may be in the form of
446 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5E1.1
(1) return of property; (2) replacement of property; or (3) if the victim
agrees, services rendered to the victim or to a person or organization other
than the victim. See 18 U.S.C. § 3664(f)(4).
(f) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make nominal periodic pay-
ments if the court finds from facts on the record that the economic circum-
stances of the defendant do not allow the payment of any amount of a res-
titution order and do not allow for the payment of the full amount of a
restitution order in the foreseeable future under any reasonable schedule
of payments.
(g) Special Instruction
(1) This guideline applies only to a defendant convicted of an offense com-
mitted on or after November 1, 1997. Notwithstanding the provisions
of §1B1.11 (Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentenc-
ing), use the former §5E1.1 (set forth in Appendix C, amendment 571)
in lieu of this guideline in any other case.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. The court shall not order community restitution under subsection (d) if it appears likely that
such an award would interfere with a forfeiture under chapter 46 or 96 of title 18, United States
Code, or under the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. § 801 et seq.). See 18 U.S.C. § 3663(c)(4).
Furthermore, a penalty assessment under 18 U.S.C. § 3013 or a fine under subchapter C of chap-
ter 227 of title 18, United States Code, shall take precedence over an order of community resti-
tution under subsection (d). See 18 U.S.C. § 3663(c)(5).
Background: Section 3553(a)(7) of title 18, United States Code, requires the court, “in determining
the particular sentence to be imposed,” to consider “the need to provide restitution to any victims of
the offense.” Orders of restitution are authorized under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1593, 2248, 2259, 2264, 2327,
3663, and 3663A, and 21 U.S.C. § 853(q). For offenses for which an order of restitution is not author-
ized, restitution may be imposed as a condition of probation or supervised release.
Subsection (d) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 205 of the Antiterrorism
and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996. This provision directs the Commission to develop guidelines
for community restitution in connection with certain drug offenses where there is no identifiable victim
but the offense causes “public harm.”
To the extent that any of the above-noted statutory provisions conflict with the provisions of this
guideline, the applicable statutory provision shall control.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 53); November 1, 1989
Historical (amendments 278, 279, and 302); November 1, 1991 (amendment 383); November 1, 1993 (amendment 501);
Note November 1, 1995 (amendment 530); November 1, 1997 (amendment 571); May 1, 2001 (amendment 612);
November 1, 2001 (amendment 627); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 447
§5E1.2
§5E1.2. Fines for Individual Defendants
(a) The court shall impose a fine in all cases, except where the defendant es-
tablishes that he is unable to pay and is not likely to become able to pay
any fine.
(b) The applicable fine guideline range is that specified in subsection (c) below.
If, however, the guideline for the offense in Chapter Two provides a specific
rule for imposing a fine, that rule takes precedence over subsection (c) of
this section.
(c) (1) The minimum of the fine guideline range is the amount shown in col-
umn A of the table below.
(2) Except as specified in paragraph (4) below, the maximum of the fine
guideline range is the amount shown in column B of the table below.
(3) FINE TABLE
OFFENSE A B
LEVEL MINIMUM MAXIMUM
3 and below $200 $9,500
4–5 $500 $9,500
6–7 $1,000 $9,500
8–9 $2,000 $20,000
10–11 $4,000 $40,000
12–13 $5,500 $55,000
14–15 $7,500 $75,000
16–17 $10,000 $95,000
18–19 $10,000 $100,000
20–22 $15,000 $150,000
23–25 $20,000 $200,000
26–28 $25,000 $250,000
29–31 $30,000 $300,000
32–34 $35,000 $350,000
35–37 $40,000 $400,000
38 and above $50,000 $500,000.
(4) Subsection (c)(2), limiting the maximum fine, does not apply if the de-
fendant is convicted under a statute authorizing (A) a maximum fine
greater than $500,000, or (B) a fine for each day of violation. In such
cases, the court may impose a fine up to the maximum authorized by
the statute.
448 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5E1.2
(d) In determining the amount of the fine, the court shall consider:
(1) the need for the combined sentence to reflect the seriousness of the
offense (including the harm or loss to the victim and the gain to the
defendant), to promote respect for the law, to provide just punishment
and to afford adequate deterrence;
(2) any evidence presented as to the defendant’s ability to pay the fine
(including the ability to pay over a period of time) in light of his earn-
ing capacity and financial resources;
(3) the burden that the fine places on the defendant and his dependents
relative to alternative punishments;
(4) any restitution or reparation that the defendant has made or is obli-
gated to make;
(5) any collateral consequences of conviction, including civil obligations
arising from the defendant’s conduct;
(6) whether the defendant previously has been fined for a similar offense;
(7) the expected costs to the government of any term of probation, or term
of imprisonment and term of supervised release imposed; and
(8) any other pertinent equitable considerations.
The amount of the fine should always be sufficient to ensure that the fine,
taken together with other sanctions imposed, is punitive.
(e) If the defendant establishes that (1) he is not able and, even with the use
of a reasonable installment schedule, is not likely to become able to pay all
or part of the fine required by the preceding provisions, or (2) imposition
of a fine would unduly burden the defendant’s dependents, the court may
impose a lesser fine or waive the fine. In these circumstances, the court
shall consider alternative sanctions in lieu of all or a portion of the fine,
and must still impose a total combined sanction that is punitive. Although
any additional sanction not proscribed by the guidelines is permissible,
community service is the generally preferable alternative in such in-
stances.
(f) If the defendant establishes that payment of the fine in a lump sum would
have an unduly severe impact on him or his dependents, the court should
establish an installment schedule for payment of the fine. The length of
the installment schedule generally should not exceed twelve months, and
shall not exceed the maximum term of probation authorized for the offense.
The defendant should be required to pay a substantial installment at the
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 449
§5E1.2
time of sentencing. If the court authorizes a defendant sentenced to proba-
tion or supervised release to pay a fine on an installment schedule, the
court shall require as a condition of probation or supervised release that
the defendant pay the fine according to the schedule. The court also may
impose a condition prohibiting the defendant from incurring new credit
charges or opening additional lines of credit unless he is in compliance with
the payment schedule.
(g) If the defendant knowingly fails to pay a delinquent fine, the court shall
resentence him in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 3614.
(h) Special Instruction
(1) For offenses committed prior to November 1, 2015, use the applicable
fine guideline range that was set forth in the version of §5E1.2(c) that
was in effect on November 1, 2014, rather than the applicable fine
guideline range set forth in subsection (c) above.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. A fine may be the sole sanction if the guidelines do not require a term of imprisonment. If, how-
ever, the fine is not paid in full at the time of sentencing, it is recommended that the court sen-
tence the defendant to a term of probation, with payment of the fine as a condition of probation.
If a fine is imposed in addition to a term of imprisonment, it is recommended that the court
impose a term of supervised release following imprisonment as a means of enforcing payment of
the fine.
2. In general, the maximum fine permitted by law as to each count of conviction is $250,000 for a
felony or for any misdemeanor resulting in death; $100,000 for a Class A misdemeanor; and
$5,000 for any other offense. 18 U.S.C. § 3571(b)(3)–(7). However, higher or lower limits may
apply when specified by statute. 18 U.S.C. § 3571(b)(1), (e). As an alternative maximum, the
court may fine the defendant up to the greater of twice the gross gain or twice the gross loss.
18 U.S.C. § 3571(b)(2), (d).
3. The determination of the fine guideline range may be dispensed with entirely upon a court de-
termination of present and future inability to pay any fine. The inability of a defendant to post
bail bond (having otherwise been determined eligible for release) and the fact that a defendant
is represented by (or was determined eligible for) assigned counsel are significant indicators of
present inability to pay any fine. In conjunction with other factors, they may also indicate that
the defendant is not likely to become able to pay any fine.
4. The Commission envisions that for most defendants, the maximum of the guideline fine range
from subsection (c) will be at least twice the amount of gain or loss resulting from the offense.
Where, however, two times either the amount of gain to the defendant or the amount of loss
caused by the offense exceeds the maximum of the fine guideline, an upward departure from the
fine guideline may be warranted.
Moreover, where a sentence within the applicable fine guideline range would not be sufficient to
ensure both the disgorgement of any gain from the offense that otherwise would not be disgorged
450 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5E1.3
(e.g., by restitution or forfeiture) and an adequate punitive fine, an upward departure from the
fine guideline range may be warranted.
5. Subsection (c)(4) applies to statutes that contain special provisions permitting larger fines; the
guidelines do not limit maximum fines in such cases. These statutes include, among others:
21 U.S.C. §§ 841(b) and 960(b), which authorize fines up to $8 million in offenses involving the
manufacture, distribution, or importation of certain controlled substances; 21 U.S.C. § 848(a),
which authorizes fines up to $4 million in offenses involving the manufacture or distribution of
controlled substances by a continuing criminal enterprise; 18 U.S.C. § 1956(a), which authorizes
a fine equal to the greater of $500,000 or two times the value of the monetary instruments or
funds involved in offenses involving money laundering of financial instruments; 18 U.S.C.
§ 1957(b)(2), which authorizes a fine equal to two times the amount of any criminally derived
property involved in a money laundering transaction; 33 U.S.C. § 1319(c), which authorizes a
fine of up to $50,000 per day for violations of the Water Pollution Control Act; 42 U.S.C. § 6928(d),
which authorizes a fine of up to $50,000 per day for violations of the Resource Conservation Act;
and 52 U.S.C. § 30109(d)(1)(D), which authorizes, for violations of the Federal Election Campaign
Act under 52 U.S.C. § 30122, a fine up to the greater of $50,000 or 1,000 percent of the amount
of the violation, and which requires, in the case of such a violation, a minimum fine of not less
than 300 percent of the amount of the violation.
There may be cases in which the defendant has entered into a conciliation agreement with the
Federal Election Commission under section 309 of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 in
order to correct or prevent a violation of such Act by the defendant. The existence of a conciliation
agreement between the defendant and Federal Election Commission, and the extent of compli-
ance with that conciliation agreement, may be appropriate factors in determining at what point
within the applicable fine guideline range to sentence the defendant, unless the defendant began
negotiations toward a conciliation agreement after becoming aware of a criminal investigation.
6. The existence of income or assets that the defendant failed to disclose may justify a larger fine
than that which otherwise would be warranted under this section. The court may base its con-
clusion as to this factor on information revealing significant unexplained expenditures by the
defendant or unexplained possession of assets that do not comport with the defendant’s reported
income. If the court concludes that the defendant willfully misrepresented all or part of his in-
come or assets, it may increase the offense level and resulting sentence in accordance with Chap-
ter Three, Part C (Obstruction and Related Adjustments).
7. In considering subsection (d)(7), the court may be guided by reports published by the Bureau of
Prisons and the Administrative Office of the United States Courts concerning average costs.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendment 54); November 1, 1989
(amendments 280, 281, and 302); November 1, 1990 (amendment 356); November 1, 1991 (amend-
Historical
ment 384); November 1, 1997 (amendment 572); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); January 25,
Note
2003 (amendment 648); November 1, 2003 (amendment 656); November 1, 2011 (amendment 758);
November 1, 2015 (amendments 791 and 796); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§5E1.3. Special Assessments
A special assessment must be imposed on a convicted defendant in the amount
prescribed by statute.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 451
§5E1.4
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. This guideline applies only if the defendant is an individual. See §8E1.1 for special assessments
applicable to organizations.
2. The following special assessments are provided by statute (18 U.S.C. § 3013):
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY INDIVIDUALS ON OR AFTER APRIL 24, 1996:
(A) $100, if convicted of a felony;
(B) $25, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
(C) $10, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor;
(D) $5, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY INDIVIDUALS ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 18, 1988 BUT PRIOR TO
APRIL 24, 1996:
(E) $50, if convicted of a felony;
(F) $25, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
(G) $10, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor;
(H) $5, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY INDIVIDUALS PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 18, 1988:
(I) $50, if convicted of a felony;
(J) $25, if convicted of a misdemeanor.
3. A special assessment is required by statute for each count of conviction.
Background: Section 3013 of title 18, United States Code, added by the Victims of Crimes Act of
1984, Pub. L. No. 98–473, Title II, Chap. XIV, requires courts to impose special assessments on con-
victed defendants for the purpose of funding the Crime Victims Fund established by the same legisla-
tion.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 282 and 302); November 1,
Note 1997 (amendment 573); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§5E1.4. Forfeiture
Forfeiture is to be imposed upon a convicted defendant as provided by statute.
Commentary
Background: Forfeiture provisions exist in various statutes. For example, 18 U.S.C. § 3554 requires
the court imposing a sentence under 18 U.S.C. § 1962 (proscribing the use of the proceeds of racket-
eering activities in the operation of an enterprise engaged in interstate commerce) or titles II and III
of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 (proscribing the manufacture
and distribution of controlled substances) to order the forfeiture of property in accordance with
18 U.S.C. § 1963 and 21 U.S.C. § 853, respectively. Those provisions require the automatic forfeiture
of certain property upon conviction of their respective underlying offenses.
452 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5E1.5
In addition, the provisions of 18 U.S.C. §§ 3681–3682 authorizes the court, in certain circum-
stances, to order the forfeiture of a violent criminal’s proceeds from the depiction of his crime in a book,
movie, or other medium. Those sections authorize the deposit of proceeds in an escrow account in the
Crime Victims Fund of the United States Treasury. The money is to remain available in the account
for five years to satisfy claims brought against the defendant by the victim(s) of his offenses. At the
end of the five-year period, the court may require that any proceeds remaining in the account be re-
leased from escrow and paid into the Fund. 18 U.S.C. § 3681(c)(2).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 302); November 1, 2023
Note (amendment 824).
§5E1.5. Costs of Prosecution (Policy Statement)
Costs of prosecution shall be imposed on a defendant as required by statute.
Commentary
Background: Various statutes require the court to impose the costs of prosecution: 7 U.S.C. § 13
(larceny or embezzlement in connection with commodity exchanges); 21 U.S.C. § 844 (simple posses-
sion of controlled substances) (unless the court finds that the defendant lacks the ability to pay);
26 U.S.C. § 7201 (attempt to defeat or evade income tax); 26 U.S.C. § 7202 (willful failure to collect or
pay tax); 26 U.S.C. § 7203 (willful failure to file income tax return, supply information, or pay tax);
26 U.S.C. § 7206 (fraud and false statements); 26 U.S.C. § 7210 (failure to obey summons); 26 U.S.C.
§ 7213 (unauthorized disclosure of information); 26 U.S.C. § 7215 (offenses with respect to collected
taxes); 26 U.S.C. § 7216 (disclosure or use of information by preparers of returns); 26 U.S.C. § 7232
(failure to register or false statement by gasoline manufacturer or producer); 42 U.S.C. § 1320c-9 (im-
proper FOIA disclosure); 43 U.S.C. § 942-6 (rights of way for Alaskan wagon roads).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 463). Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendment 747).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 453
§5F1.1
PART F ― SENTENCING OPTIONS
§5F1.1. Community Confinement
Community confinement may be imposed as a condition of probation or super-
vised release.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Community confinement” means residence in a community treatment center, halfway house,
restitution center, mental health facility, alcohol or drug rehabilitation center, or other commu-
nity facility; and participation in gainful employment, employment search efforts, community
service, vocational training, treatment, educational programs, or similar facility-approved pro-
grams during non-residential hours.
2. Community confinement generally should not be imposed for a period in excess of six months. A
longer period may be imposed to accomplish the objectives of a specific rehabilitative program,
such as drug rehabilitation. The sentencing judge may impose other discretionary conditions of
probation or supervised release appropriate to effectuate community confinement.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 302); November 1, 2002
Note (amendment 646); November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
§5F1.2. Home Detention
Home detention may be imposed as a condition of probation or supervised re-
lease, but only as a substitute for imprisonment.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Home detention” means a program of confinement and supervision that restricts the defendant
to his place of residence continuously, except for authorized absences, enforced by appropriate
means of surveillance by the probation office. When an order of home detention is imposed, the
defendant is required to be in his place of residence at all times except for approved absences for
gainful employment, community service, religious services, medical care, educational or training
programs, and such other times as may be specifically authorized. Electronic monitoring is an
appropriate means of surveillance for home detention. However, alternative means of surveil-
lance may be used if appropriate.
2. The court may impose other conditions of probation or supervised release appropriate to effectu-
ate home detention. If the court concludes that the amenities available in the residence of a de-
fendant would cause home detention not to be sufficiently punitive, the court may limit the amen-
ities available.
3. The defendant’s place of residence, for purposes of home detention, need not be the place where
the defendant previously resided. It may be any place of residence, so long as the owner of the
454 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5F1.4
residence (and any other person(s) from whom consent is necessary) agrees to any conditions that
may be imposed by the court, e.g., conditions that a monitoring system be installed, that there
will be no “call forwarding” or “call waiting” services, or that there will be no cordless telephones
or answering machines.
Background: The Commission has concluded that electronic monitoring is an appropriate means of
surveillance for home detention. However, in some cases home detention may effectively be enforced
without electronic monitoring, e.g., when the defendant is physically incapacitated, or where some
other effective means of surveillance is available. Accordingly, the Commission has not required that
electronic monitoring be a necessary condition for home detention. Nevertheless, before ordering home
detention without electronic monitoring, the court should be confident that an alternative form of sur-
veillance is appropriate considering the facts and circumstances of the defendant’s case.
In the usual case, the Commission assumes that a condition requiring that the defendant seek
and maintain gainful employment will be imposed when home detention is ordered.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 271 and 302); November 1,
Note 2018 (amendment 811).
§5F1.3. Community Service
Community service may be ordered as a condition of probation or supervised
release.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Community service generally should not be imposed in excess of 400 hours. Longer terms of com-
munity service impose heavy administrative burdens relating to the selection of suitable place-
ments and the monitoring of attendance.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 283 and 302); November 1,
Note 1991 (amendment 419).
§5F1.4. Order of Notice to Victims
The court may order the defendant to pay the cost of giving notice to victims
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3555. This cost may be set off against any fine imposed
if the court determines that the imposition of both sanctions would be excessive.
Commentary
Background: In cases where a defendant has been convicted of an offense involving fraud or “other
intentionally deceptive practices,” the court may order the defendant to “give reasonable notice and
explanation of the conviction, in such form as the court may approve” to the victims of the offense.
18 U.S.C. § 3555. The court may order the notice to be given by mail, by advertising in specific areas
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 455
§5F1.5
or through specific media, or by other appropriate means. In determining whether a notice is appro-
priate, the court must consider the generally applicable sentencing factors listed in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)
and the cost involved in giving the notice as it relates to the loss caused by the crime. The court may
not require the defendant to pay more than $20,000 to give notice.
If an order of notice to victims is under consideration, the court must notify the government and
the defendant. 18 U.S.C. § 3553(d). Upon motion of either party, or on its own motion, the court must:
(1) permit the parties to submit affidavits and memoranda relevant to the imposition of such an order;
(2) provide counsel for both parties the opportunity to address orally, in open court, the appropriate-
ness of such an order; and (3) if it issues such an order, state its reasons for doing so. The court may
also order any additional procedures that will not unduly complicate or prolong the sentencing process.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 284 and 302).
Note
§5F1.5. Occupational Restrictions
(a) The court may impose a condition of probation or supervised release pro-
hibiting the defendant from engaging in a specified occupation, business,
or profession, or limiting the terms on which the defendant may do so, only
if it determines that:
(1) a reasonably direct relationship existed between the defendant’s oc-
cupation, business, or profession and the conduct relevant to the of-
fense of conviction; and
(2) imposition of such a restriction is reasonably necessary to protect the
public because there is reason to believe that, absent such restriction,
the defendant will continue to engage in unlawful conduct similar to
that for which the defendant was convicted.
(b) If the court decides to impose a condition of probation or supervised release
restricting a defendant’s engagement in a specified occupation, business,
or profession, the court shall impose the condition for the minimum time
and to the minimum extent necessary to protect the public.
Commentary
Background: The Comprehensive Crime Control Act authorizes the imposition of occupational re-
strictions as a condition of probation, 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)(5), or supervised release, 18 U.S.C. § 3583(d).
Pursuant to § 3563(b)(5), a court may require a defendant to:
[R]efrain, in the case of an individual, from engaging in a specified occupation, business, or
profession bearing a reasonably direct relationship to the conduct constituting the offense,
or engage in such a specified occupation, business, or profession only to a stated degree or
under stated circumstances.
456 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5F1.6
Section 3583(d) incorporates this section by reference. The Senate Judiciary Committee Report
on the Comprehensive Crime Control Act explains that the provision was “intended to be used to pre-
clude the continuation or repetition of illegal activities while avoiding a bar from employment that
exceeds that needed to achieve that result.” S. Rep. No. 225, 98th Cong., 1st Sess. 96–97. The condition
“should only be used as reasonably necessary to protect the public. It should not be used as a means
of punishing the convicted person.” Id. at 96. Section 5F1.5 accordingly limits the use of the condition
and, if imposed, limits its scope, to the minimum reasonably necessary to protect the public.
The appellate review provisions permit a defendant to challenge the imposition of a probation
condition under 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)(5) if the sentence includes a more limiting condition of probation
or supervised release than the maximum established in the guideline. See 18 U.S.C. § 3742(a)(3). The
government may appeal if the sentence includes a less limiting condition of probation than the mini-
mum established in the guideline. See 18 U.S.C. § 3742(b)(3).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 285 and 302); November 1,
Note 1991 (amendment 428); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646).
§5F1.6. Denial of Federal Benefits to Drug Traffickers and Possessors
The court, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 862, may deny the eligibility for certain fed-
eral benefits of any individual convicted of distribution or possession of a con-
trolled substance.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Definition of “Federal Benefit”.—“Federal benefit” is defined in 21 U.S.C. § 862(d) to mean
“any grant, contract, loan, professional license, or commercial license provided by an agency of
the United States or by appropriated funds of the United States” but “does not include any re-
tirement, welfare, Social Security, health, disability, veterans benefit, public housing, or other
similar benefit, or any other benefit for which payments or services are required for eligibility.”
Background: Subsections (a) and (b) of 21 U.S.C. § 862 provide that an individual convicted of a state
or federal drug trafficking or possession offense may be denied certain federal benefits. Except for an
individual convicted of a third or subsequent drug distribution offense, the period of benefit ineligibil-
ity, within the applicable maximum term set forth in 21 U.S.C. § 862(a)(1) (for distribution offenses)
and (b)(1)(for possession offenses), is at the discretion of the court. In the case of an individual con-
victed of a third or subsequent drug distribution offense, denial of benefits is mandatory and perma-
nent under 21 U.S.C. § 862(a)(1)(C) (unless suspended by the court under 21 U.S.C. § 862(c)).
Subsection (b)(2) of 21 U.S.C. § 862 provides that the period of benefit ineligibility that may be
imposed in the case of a drug possession offense “shall be waived in the case of a person who, if there
is a reasonable body of evidence to substantiate such declaration, declares himself to be an addict and
submits himself to a long-term treatment program for addiction, or is deemed to be rehabilitated pur-
suant to rules established by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.”
Subsection (c) of 21 U.S.C. § 862 provides that the period of benefit ineligibility shall be sus-
pended “if the individual (A) completes a supervised drug rehabilitation program after becoming inel-
igible under this section; (B) has otherwise been rehabilitated; or (C) has made a good faith effort to
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 457
§5F1.7
gain admission to a supervised drug rehabilitation program, but is unable to do so because of inacces-
sibility or unavailability of such a program, or the inability of the individual to pay for such a program.”
Subsection (e) of 21 U.S.C. § 862 provides that a period of benefit ineligibility “shall not apply to
any individual who cooperates or testifies with the Government in the prosecution of a Federal or State
offense or who is in a Government witness protection program.”
Historical Effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 305). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 464); No-
Note vember 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§5F1.7. Shock Incarceration Program (Policy Statement)
The court, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §§ 3582(a) and 3621(b)(4), may recommend
that a defendant who meets the criteria set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 4046 participate
in a shock incarceration program.
Commentary
Background: Section 4046 of title 18, United States Code, provides—
“(a) the Bureau of Prisons may place in a shock incarceration program any person who is
sentenced to a term of more than 12, but not more than 30 months, if such person
consents to that placement.
(b) For such initial portion of the term of imprisonment as the Bureau of Prisons may
determine, not to exceed 6 months, an inmate in the shock incarceration program shall
be required to—
(1) adhere to a highly regimented schedule that provides the strict discipline, phys-
ical training, hard labor, drill, and ceremony characteristic of military basic
training; and
(2) participate in appropriate job training and educational programs (including lit-
eracy programs) and drug, alcohol, and other counseling programs.
(c) An inmate who in the judgment of the Director of the Bureau of Prisons has success-
fully completed the required period of shock incarceration shall remain in the custody
of the Bureau for such period (not to exceed the remainder of the prison term otherwise
required by law to be served by that inmate), and under such conditions, as the Bureau
deems appropriate.” 18 U.S.C. § 4046.
In 1990, the Bureau of Prisons issued an operations memorandum (174-90 (5390), November 20,
1990) that outlined eligibility criteria and procedures for the implementation of a shock incarceration
program (which the Bureau of Prisons titled the “intensive confinement program”). In 2008, however,
the Bureau of Prisons terminated the program and removed the rules governing its operation.
See 73 FR 39863 (July 11, 2008).
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 424). Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); No-
Note vember 1, 2023 (amendment 823).
458 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5F1.8
§5F1.8. Intermittent Confinement
Intermittent confinement may be imposed as a condition of probation during
the first year of probation. See 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)(10). It may be imposed as a
condition of supervised release during the first year of supervised release, but
only for a violation of a condition of supervised release in accordance with
18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(2) and only when facilities are available. See 18 U.S.C.
§ 3583(d).
Commentary
Application Note:
1. “Intermittent confinement” means remaining in the custody of the Bureau of Prisons during
nights, weekends, or other intervals of time, totaling no more than the lesser of one year or the
term of imprisonment authorized for the offense, during the first year of the term of probation or
supervised release. See 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)(10).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 459
§5G1.1
PART G ― IMPLEMENTING THE TOTAL SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT
§5G1.1. Sentencing on a Single Count of Conviction
(a) Where the statutorily authorized maximum sentence is less than the min-
imum of the applicable guideline range, the statutorily authorized maxi-
mum sentence shall be the guideline sentence.
(b) Where a statutorily required minimum sentence is greater than the maxi-
mum of the applicable guideline range, the statutorily required minimum
sentence shall be the guideline sentence.
(c) In any other case, the sentence may be imposed at any point within the
applicable guideline range, provided that the sentence—
(1) is not greater than the statutorily authorized maximum sentence, and
(2) is not less than any statutorily required minimum sentence.
Commentary
This section describes how the statutorily authorized maximum sentence, or a statutorily re-
quired minimum sentence, may affect the determination of a sentence under the guidelines. For ex-
ample, if the applicable guideline range is 51–63 months and the maximum sentence authorized by
statute for the offense of conviction is 48 months, the sentence required by the guidelines under sub-
section (a) is 48 months; a sentence of less than 48 months would be a guideline departure. If the
applicable guideline range is 41–51 months and there is a statutorily required minimum sentence of
60 months, the sentence required by the guidelines under subsection (b) is 60 months; a sentence of
more than 60 months would be a guideline departure. If the applicable guideline range is 51–
63 months and the maximum sentence authorized by statute for the offense of conviction is 60 months,
the guideline range is restricted to 51–60 months under subsection (c).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 286).
Note
§5G1.2. Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction
(a) Except as provided in subsection (e), the sentence to be imposed on a count
for which the statute (1) specifies a term of imprisonment to be imposed;
and (2) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run consec-
utively to any other term of imprisonment, shall be determined by that
statute and imposed independently.
460 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5G1.2
(b) For all counts not covered by subsection (a), the court shall determine the
total punishment and shall impose that total punishment on each such
count, except to the extent otherwise required by law.
(c) If the sentence imposed on the count carrying the highest statutory maxi-
mum is adequate to achieve the total punishment, then the sentences on
all counts shall run concurrently, except to the extent otherwise required
by law.
(d) If the sentence imposed on the count carrying the highest statutory maxi-
mum is less than the total punishment, then the sentence imposed on one
or more of the other counts shall run consecutively, but only to the extent
necessary to produce a combined sentence equal to the total punishment.
In all other respects, sentences on all counts shall run concurrently, except
to the extent otherwise required by law.
(e) In a case in which subsection (c) of §4B1.1 (Career Offender) applies, to the
extent possible, the total punishment is to be apportioned among the
counts of conviction, except that (1) the sentence to be imposed on a count
requiring a minimum term of imprisonment shall be at least the minimum
required by statute; and (2) the sentence to be imposed on the 18 U.S.C.
§ 924(c) or § 929(a) count shall be imposed to run consecutively to any
other count.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In General.—This section specifies the procedure for determining the specific sentence to be
formally imposed on each count in a multiple-count case. The combined length of the sentences
(“total punishment”) is determined by the court after determining the adjusted combined offense
level and the Criminal History Category and determining the defendant’s guideline range on the
Sentencing Table in Chapter Five, Part A (Sentencing Table).
Note that the defendant’s guideline range on the Sentencing Table may be affected or restricted
by a statutorily authorized maximum sentence or a statutorily required minimum sentence not
only in a single-count case, see §5G1.1 (Sentencing on a Single Count of Conviction), but also in
a multiple-count case. See Application Note 3, below.
Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) or any other law, the total punishment is to be
imposed on each count and the sentences on all counts are to be imposed to run concurrently to
the extent allowed by the statutory maximum sentence of imprisonment for each count of con-
viction.
This section applies to multiple counts of conviction (A) contained in the same indictment or
information, or (B) contained in different indictments or informations for which sentences are to
be imposed at the same time or in a consolidated proceeding.
Usually, at least one of the counts will have a statutory maximum adequate to permit imposition
of the total punishment as the sentence on that count. The sentence on each of the other counts
will then be set at the lesser of the total punishment and the applicable statutory maximum, and
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 461
§5G1.2
be made to run concurrently with all or part of the longest sentence. If no count carries an ade-
quate statutory maximum, consecutive sentences are to be imposed to the extent necessary to
achieve the total punishment.
2. Mandatory Minimum and Mandatory Consecutive Terms of Imprisonment (Not Cov-
ered by Subsection (e)).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (a) applies if a statute (i) specifies a term of imprisonment to be
imposed; and (ii) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run consecutively
to any other term of imprisonment. See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) (requiring mandatory min-
imum terms of imprisonment, based on the conduct involved, and also requiring the sen-
tence imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment) and 18 U.S.C.
§ 1028A (requiring a mandatory term of imprisonment of either two or five years, based on
the conduct involved, and also requiring, except in the circumstances described in subpar-
agraph (B), the sentence imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment).
Except for certain career offender situations in which subsection (c) of §4B1.1 (Career Of-
fender) applies, the term of years to be imposed consecutively is the minimum required by
the statute of conviction and is independent of the guideline sentence on any other count.
See, e.g., the Commentary to §§2K2.4 (Use of Firearm, Armor-Piercing Ammunition, or Ex-
plosive During or in Relation to Certain Crimes) and 3D1.1 (Procedure for Determining
Offense Level on Multiple Counts) regarding the determination of the offense levels for
related counts when a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) is involved. Subsection (a) also
applies in certain other instances in which an independently determined and consecutive
sentence is required. See, e.g., Application Note 3 of the Commentary to §2J1.6 (Failure to
Appear by Defendant), relating to failure to appear for service of sentence.
(B) Multiple Convictions Under 18 U.S.C. § 1028A.—Section 1028A of title 18, United
States Code, generally requires that the mandatory term of imprisonment for a violation of
such section be imposed consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. However,
18 U.S.C. § 1028A(b)(4) permits the court, in its discretion, to impose the mandatory term
of imprisonment on a defendant for a violation of such section “concurrently, in whole or in
part, only with another term of imprisonment that is imposed by the court at the same time
on that person for an additional violation of this section, provided that such discretion shall
be exercised in accordance with any applicable guidelines and policy statements issued by
the Sentencing Commission . . .”.
In determining whether multiple counts of 18 U.S.C. § 1028A should run concurrently with,
or consecutively to, each other, the court should consider the following non-exhaustive list
of factors:
(i) The nature and seriousness of the underlying offenses. For example, the court should
consider the appropriateness of imposing consecutive, or partially consecutive, terms
of imprisonment for multiple counts of 18 U.S.C. § 1028A in a case in which an un-
derlying offense for one of the 18 U.S.C. § 1028A offenses is a crime of violence or an
offense enumerated in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5)(B).
(ii) Whether the underlying offenses are groupable under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Re-
lated Counts). Generally, multiple counts of 18 U.S.C. § 1028A should run concur-
rently with one another in cases in which the underlying offenses are groupable under
§3D1.2.
(iii) Whether the purposes of sentencing set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2) are better
achieved by imposing a concurrent or a consecutive sentence for multiple counts of
18 U.S.C. § 1028A.
462 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5G1.2
(C) Imposition of Supervised Release.—In the case of a consecutive term of imprisonment
imposed under subsection (a), any term of supervised release imposed is to run concurrently
with any other term of supervised release imposed. See 18 U.S.C. § 3624(e).
3. Application of Subsection (b).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (b) provides that, for all counts not covered by subsection (a), the
court shall determine the total punishment (i.e., the combined length of the sentences to be
imposed) and shall impose that total punishment on each such count, except to the extent
otherwise required by law (such as where a statutorily required minimum sentence or a
statutorily authorized maximum sentence otherwise requires).
(B) Effect on Guidelines Range of Mandatory Minimum or Statutory Maximum.—The
defendant’s guideline range on the Sentencing Table may be affected or restricted by a stat-
utorily authorized maximum sentence or a statutorily required minimum sentence not only
in a single-count case, see §5G1.1, but also in a multiple-count case.
In particular, where a statutorily required minimum sentence on any count is greater than
the maximum of the applicable guideline range, the statutorily required minimum sentence
on that count shall be the guideline sentence on all counts. See §5G1.1(b). Similarly, where
a statutorily required minimum sentence on any count is greater than the minimum of the
applicable guideline range, the guideline range for all counts is restricted by that statutorily
required minimum sentence. See §5G1.1(c)(2) and accompanying Commentary.
However, where a statutorily authorized maximum sentence on a particular count is less
than the minimum of the applicable guideline range, the sentence imposed on that count
shall not be greater than the statutorily authorized maximum sentence on that count.
See §5G1.1(a).
(C) Examples.—The following examples illustrate how subsection (b) applies, and how the re-
strictions in subparagraph (B) operate, when a statutorily required minimum sentence is
involved.
Defendant A and Defendant B are each convicted of the same four counts. Counts 1, 3, and 4
have statutory maximums of 10 years, 20 years, and 2 years, respectively. Count 2 has a
statutory maximum of 30 years and a mandatory minimum of 10 years.
For Defendant A, the court determines that the final offense level is 19 and the defendant
is in Criminal History Category I, which yields a guideline range on the Sentencing Table
of 30 to 37 months. Because of the 10-year mandatory minimum on Count 2, however, De-
fendant A’s guideline sentence is 120 months. See subparagraph (B), above. After consider-
ing that guideline sentence, the court determines that the appropriate “total punishment”
to be imposed on Defendant A is 120 months. Therefore, subsection (b) requires that the
total punishment of 120 months be imposed on each of Counts 1, 2, and 3. The sentence
imposed on Count 4 is limited to 24 months, because a statutory maximum of 2 years ap-
plies to that particular count.
For Defendant B, in contrast, the court determines that the final offense level is 30 and the
defendant is in Criminal History Category II, which yields a guideline range on the Sen-
tencing Table of 108 to 135 months. Because of the 10-year mandatory minimum on
Count 2, however, Defendant B’s guideline range is restricted to 120 to 135 months.
See subparagraph (B), above. After considering that restricted guideline range, the court
determines that the appropriate “total punishment” to be imposed on Defendant B is
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 463
§5G1.2
130 months. Therefore, subsection (b) requires that the total punishment of 130 months be
imposed on each of Counts 2 and 3. The sentences imposed on Counts 1 and 4 are limited
to 120 months (10 years) and 24 months (2 years), respectively, because of the applicable
statutory maximums.
(D) Special Rule on Resentencing.—In a case in which (i) the defendant’s guideline range
on the Sentencing Table was affected or restricted by a statutorily required minimum sen-
tence (as described in subparagraph (B)), (ii) the court is resentencing the defendant, and
(iii) the statutorily required minimum sentence no longer applies, the defendant’s guideline
range for purposes of the remaining counts shall be redetermined without regard to the
previous effect or restriction of the statutorily required minimum sentence.
4. Career Offenders Covered under Subsection (e).—
(A) Imposing Sentence.—The sentence imposed for a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or
§ 929(a) shall, under that statute, consist of a minimum term of imprisonment imposed to
run consecutively to the sentence on any other count. Subsection (e) requires that the total
punishment determined under §4B1.1(c) be apportioned among all the counts of conviction.
In most cases this can be achieved by imposing the statutory minimum term of imprison-
ment on the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a) count, subtracting that minimum term of impris-
onment from the total punishment determined under §4B1.1(c), and then imposing the bal-
ance of the total punishment on the other counts of conviction. In some cases covered by
subsection (e), a consecutive term of imprisonment longer than the minimum required by
18 U.S.C. § 924(c) or § 929(a) will be necessary in order both to achieve the total punish-
ment determined by the court and to comply with the applicable statutory requirements.
(B) Examples.—The following examples illustrate the application of subsection (e) in a multi-
ple count situation:
(i) The defendant is convicted of one count of violating 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) for possessing
a firearm in furtherance of a drug trafficking offense (5-year mandatory minimum),
and one count of violating 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(C) (20-year statutory maximum). Ap-
plying §4B1.1(c), the court determines that a sentence of 300 months is appropriate
(applicable guideline range of 262–327). The court then imposes a sentence of
60 months on the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count, subtracts that 60 months from the total
punishment of 300 months and imposes the remainder of 240 months on the 21 U.S.C.
§ 841 count. As required by statute, the sentence on the 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count is
imposed to run consecutively.
(ii) The defendant is convicted of one count of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) (5-year mandatory min-
imum), and one count of violating 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(C) (20-year statutory maxi-
mum). Applying §4B1.1(c), the court determines that a sentence of 327 months is ap-
propriate (applicable guideline range of 262–327). The court then imposes a sentence
of 240 months on the 21 U.S.C. § 841 count and a sentence of 87 months on the
18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count to run consecutively to the sentence on the 21 U.S.C. § 841
count.
(iii) The defendant is convicted of two counts of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) (5-year mandatory min-
imum on each count) and one count of violating 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(3) (10-year statu-
tory maximum). Applying §4B1.1(c), the court determines that a sentence of
262 months is appropriate (applicable guideline range of 262–327 months). The court
then imposes (I) a sentence of 82 months on the first 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count; (II) a
sentence of 60 months on the second 18 U.S.C. § 924(c) count; and (III) a sentence of
464 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5G1.3
120 months on the 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(3) count. The sentence on each count is imposed
to run consecutively to the other counts.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 287 and 288); November 1,
1994 (amendment 507); November 1, 1998 (amendment 579); November 1, 2000 (amendment 598); Novem-
Historical
ber 1, 2002 (amendment 642); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2005 (amendments 677
Note
and 680); November 1, 2010 (amendment 747); November 1, 2012 (amendments 767 and 770); November 1,
2024 (amendment 831).
§5G1.3. Imposition of a Sentence on a Defendant Subject to an Undischarged Term
of Imprisonment or Anticipated State Term of Imprisonment
(a) If the instant offense was committed while the defendant was serving a
term of imprisonment (including work release, furlough, or escape status)
or after sentencing for, but before commencing service of, such term of im-
prisonment, the sentence for the instant offense shall be imposed to run
consecutively to the undischarged term of imprisonment.
(b) If subsection (a) does not apply, and a term of imprisonment resulted from
another offense that is relevant conduct to the instant offense of conviction
under the provisions of subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of §1B1.3 (Rele-
vant Conduct), the sentence for the instant offense shall be imposed as fol-
lows:
(1) the court shall adjust the sentence for any period of imprisonment al-
ready served on the undischarged term of imprisonment if the court
determines that such period of imprisonment will not be credited to
the federal sentence by the Bureau of Prisons; and
(2) the sentence for the instant offense shall be imposed to run concur-
rently to the remainder of the undischarged term of imprisonment.
(c) If subsection (a) does not apply, and a state term of imprisonment is antic-
ipated to result from another offense that is relevant conduct to the instant
offense of conviction under the provisions of subsections (a)(1), (a)(2),
or (a)(3) of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), the sentence for the instant offense
shall be imposed to run concurrently to the anticipated term of imprison-
ment.
(d) (Policy Statement) In any other case involving an undischarged term of
imprisonment, the sentence for the instant offense may be imposed to run
concurrently, partially concurrently, or consecutively to the prior undis-
charged term of imprisonment to achieve a reasonable punishment for the
instant offense.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 465
§5G1.3
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Consecutive Sentence ― Subsection (a) Cases. Under subsection (a), the court shall impose
a consecutive sentence when the instant offense was committed while the defendant was serving
an undischarged term of imprisonment or after sentencing for, but before commencing service of,
such term of imprisonment.
2. Application of Subsection (b).—
(A) In General.—Subsection (b) applies in cases in which all of the prior offense is relevant
conduct to the instant offense under the provisions of subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of
§1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). Cases in which only part of the prior offense is relevant conduct
to the instant offense are covered under subsection (d).
(B) Inapplicability of Subsection (b).—Subsection (b) does not apply in cases in which the
prior offense was not relevant conduct to the instant offense under §1B1.3(a)(1), (a)(2),
or (a)(3) (e.g., the prior offense is a prior conviction for which the defendant received an
increase under §2L1.2 (Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States), or the
prior offense was a crime of violence for which the defendant received an increased base
offense level under §2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms or
Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition)).
(C) Imposition of Sentence.—If subsection (b) applies, and the court adjusts the sentence for
a period of time already served, the court should note on the Judgment in a Criminal Case
Order (i) the applicable subsection (e.g., §5G1.3(b)); (ii) the amount of time by which the
sentence is being adjusted; (iii) the undischarged term of imprisonment for which the ad-
justment is being given; and (iv) that the sentence imposed is a sentence reduction pursuant
to §5G1.3(b) for a period of imprisonment that will not be credited by the Bureau of Prisons.
(D) Example.—The following is an example in which subsection (b) applies and an adjustment
to the sentence is appropriate:
The defendant is convicted of a federal offense charging the sale of 90 grams of cocaine.
Under §1B1.3, the defendant is held accountable for the sale of an additional 25 grams of
cocaine, an offense for which the defendant has been convicted and sentenced in state court.
The defendant received a nine-month sentence of imprisonment for the state offense and
has served six months on that sentence at the time of sentencing on the instant federal
offense. The guideline range applicable to the defendant is 12–18 months (Chapter Two
offense level of level 16 for sale of 115 grams of cocaine; 3 level reduction for acceptance of
responsibility; final offense level of level 13; Criminal History Category I). The court deter-
mines that a sentence of 13 months provides the appropriate total punishment. Because
the defendant has already served six months on the related state charge as of the date of
sentencing on the instant federal offense, a sentence of seven months, imposed to run con-
currently with the three months remaining on the defendant’s state sentence, achieves this
result.
3. Application of Subsection (c).—Subsection (c) applies to cases in which the federal court an-
ticipates that, after the federal sentence is imposed, the defendant will be sentenced in state
court and serve a state sentence before being transferred to federal custody for federal imprison-
ment. In such a case, where the other offense is relevant conduct to the instant offense of convic-
tion under the provisions of subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), the
sentence for the instant offense shall be imposed to run concurrently to the anticipated term of
imprisonment.
466 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5G1.3
4. Application of Subsection (d).—
(A) In General.—Under subsection (d), the court may impose a sentence concurrently, par-
tially concurrently, or consecutively to the undischarged term of imprisonment. In order to
achieve a reasonable incremental punishment for the instant offense and avoid unwar-
ranted disparity, the court should consider the following:
(i) the factors set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3584 (referencing 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a));
(ii) the type (e.g., determinate, indeterminate/parolable) and length of the prior undis-
charged sentence;
(iii) the time served on the undischarged sentence and the time likely to be served before
release;
(iv) the fact that the prior undischarged sentence may have been imposed in state court
rather than federal court, or at a different time before the same or different federal
court; and
(v) any other circumstance relevant to the determination of an appropriate sentence for
the instant offense.
(B) Partially Concurrent Sentence.—In some cases under subsection (d), a partially con-
current sentence may achieve most appropriately the desired result. To impose a partially
concurrent sentence, the court may provide in the Judgment in a Criminal Case Order that
the sentence for the instant offense shall commence on the earlier of (i) when the defendant
is released from the prior undischarged sentence; or (ii) on a specified date. This order pro-
vides for a fully consecutive sentence if the defendant is released on the undischarged term
of imprisonment on or before the date specified in the order, and a partially concurrent
sentence if the defendant is not released on the undischarged term of imprisonment by that
date.
(C) Undischarged Terms of Imprisonment Resulting from Revocations of Probation,
Parole or Supervised Release.—Subsection (d) applies in cases in which the defendant
was on federal or state probation, parole, or supervised release at the time of the instant
offense and has had such probation, parole, or supervised release revoked. Consistent with
the policy set forth in Application Note 4 and subsection (f) of §7B1.3 (Revocation of Proba-
tion or Supervised Release), the Commission recommends that the sentence for the instant
offense be imposed consecutively to the sentence imposed for the revocation.
(D) Complex Situations.—Occasionally, the court may be faced with a complex case in which
a defendant may be subject to multiple undischarged terms of imprisonment that seemingly
call for the application of different rules. In such a case, the court may exercise its discretion
in accordance with subsection (d) to fashion a sentence of appropriate length and structure
it to run in any appropriate manner to achieve a reasonable punishment for the instant
offense.
(E) Downward Departure.—Unlike subsection (b), subsection (d) does not authorize an ad-
justment of the sentence for the instant offense for a period of imprisonment already served
on the undischarged term of imprisonment. However, in an extraordinary case involving
an undischarged term of imprisonment under subsection (d), it may be appropriate for the
court to downwardly depart. This may occur, for example, in a case in which the defendant
has served a very substantial period of imprisonment on an undischarged term of impris-
onment that resulted from conduct only partially within the relevant conduct for the instant
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 467
§5G1.3
offense. In such a case, a downward departure may be warranted to ensure that the com-
bined punishment is not increased unduly by the fortuity and timing of separate prosecu-
tions and sentencings. Nevertheless, it is intended that a departure pursuant to this appli-
cation note result in a sentence that ensures a reasonable incremental punishment for the
instant offense of conviction.
To avoid confusion with the Bureau of Prisons’ exclusive authority provided under 18 U.S.C.
§ 3585(b) to grant credit for time served under certain circumstances, the Commission rec-
ommends that any downward departure under this application note be clearly stated on
the Judgment in a Criminal Case Order as a downward departure pursuant to §5G1.3(d),
rather than as a credit for time served.
5. Downward Departure Provision.—In the case of a discharged term of imprisonment, a down-
ward departure is not prohibited if the defendant (A) has completed serving a term of imprison-
ment; and (B) subsection (b) would have provided an adjustment had that completed term of
imprisonment been undischarged at the time of sentencing for the instant offense. See §5K2.23
(Discharged Terms of Imprisonment).
Background: Federal courts generally “have discretion to select whether the sentences they impose
will run concurrently or consecutively with respect to other sentences that they impose, or that have
been imposed in other proceedings, including state proceedings.” See Setser v. United States, 566 U.S.
231, 236 (2012); 18 U.S.C. § 3584(a). Federal courts also generally have discretion to order that the
sentences they impose will run concurrently with or consecutively to other state sentences that are
anticipated but not yet imposed. See Setser, 566 U.S. at 236. Exercise of that discretion, however, is
predicated on the court’s consideration of the factors listed in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a), including any appli-
cable guidelines or policy statements issued by the Sentencing Commission.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 289); November 1, 1991
(amendment 385); November 1, 1992 (amendment 465); November 1, 1993 (amendment 494); November 1,
Historical
1995 (amendment 535); November 1, 2002 (amendment 645); November 1, 2003 (amendment 660); Novem-
Note
ber 1, 2010 (amendment 747); November 1, 2013 (amendment 776).; November 1, 2014 (amendments 782,
787, and 789); November 1, 2016 (amendment 802); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
468 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 5 Pt. H
PART H ― SPECIFIC OFFENDER CHARACTERISTICS
Introductory Commentary
This part addresses the relevance of certain specific offender characteristics in sentencing. The
Sentencing Reform Act (the “Act”) contains several provisions regarding specific offender characteris-
tics:
First, the Act directs the Commission to ensure that the guidelines and policy statements “are
entirely neutral” as to five characteristics – race, sex, national origin, creed, and socioeconomic
status. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(d).
Second, the Act directs the Commission to consider whether eleven specific offender characteris-
tics, “among others”, have any relevance to the nature, extent, place of service, or other aspects
of an appropriate sentence, and to take them into account in the guidelines and policy statements
only to the extent that they do have relevance. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(d).
Third, the Act directs the Commission to ensure that the guidelines and policy statements, in
recommending a term of imprisonment or length of a term of imprisonment, reflect the “general
inappropriateness” of considering five of those characteristics – education; vocational skills; em-
ployment record; family ties and responsibilities; and community ties. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(e).
Fourth, the Act also directs the sentencing court, in determining the particular sentence to be
imposed, to consider, among other factors, “the history and characteristics of the defendant”.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(1).
Specific offender characteristics are taken into account in the guidelines in several ways. One
important specific offender characteristic is the defendant’s criminal history, see 28 U.S.C.
§ 994(d)(10), which is taken into account in the guidelines in Chapter Four (Criminal History and
Criminal Livelihood). See §5H1.8 (Criminal History). Another specific offender characteristic in the
guidelines is the degree of dependence upon criminal history for a livelihood, see 28 U.S.C. § 994(d)(11),
which is taken into account in Chapter Four, Part B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood).
See §5H1.9 (Dependence upon Criminal Activity for a Livelihood). Other specific offender characteris-
tics are accounted for elsewhere in this manual. See, e.g., §§2C1.1(a)(1) and 2C1.2(a)(1) (providing
alternative base offense levels if the defendant was a public official); 3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust
or Use of Special Skill); and 3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility).
The Supreme Court has emphasized that the advisory guideline system should “continue to move
sentencing in Congress’ preferred direction, helping to avoid excessive sentencing disparities while
maintaining flexibility sufficient to individualize sentences where necessary.” See United States v.
Booker, 543 U.S. 220, 264–65 (2005). Although the court must consider “the history and characteristics
of the defendant” among other factors, see 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a), in order to avoid unwarranted sentenc-
ing disparities the court should not give them excessive weight. Generally, the most appropriate use
of specific offender characteristics is to consider them not as a reason for a sentence outside the appli-
cable guideline range but for other reasons, such as in determining the sentence within the applicable
guideline range, the type of sentence (e.g., probation or imprisonment) within the sentencing options
available for the applicable Zone on the Sentencing Table, and various other aspects of an appropriate
sentence. To avoid unwarranted sentencing disparities among defendants with similar records who
have been found guilty of similar conduct, see 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(6), 28 U.S.C. § 991(b)(1)(B), the
guideline range, which reflects the defendant’s criminal conduct and the defendant’s criminal history,
should continue to be “the starting point and the initial benchmark.” Gall v. United States, 552 U.S. 38,
49 (2007).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 469
Ch. 5 Pt. H
Accordingly, the purpose of this part is to provide sentencing courts with a framework for ad-
dressing specific offender characteristics in a reasonably consistent manner. Using such a framework
in a uniform manner will help “secure nationwide consistency,” see Gall v. United States, 552 U.S. 38,
49 (2007), “avoid unwarranted sentencing disparities,” see 28 U.S.C. § 991(b)(1)(B), 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(a)(6), “provide certainty and fairness,” see 28 U.S.C. § 991(b)(1)(B), and “promote respect for
the law,” see 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2)(A).
This part allocates specific offender characteristics into three general categories.
In the first category are specific offender characteristics the consideration of which Congress has
prohibited (e.g., §5H1.10 (Race, Sex, National Origin, Creed, Religion, and Socio-Economic Status)) or
that the Commission has determined should be prohibited.
In the second category are specific offender characteristics that Congress directed the Commis-
sion to take into account in the guidelines only to the extent that they have relevance to sentencing.
See 28 U.S.C. § 994(d). For some of these, the policy statements indicate that these characteristics may
be relevant in determining whether a sentence outside the applicable guideline range is warranted
(e.g., age; mental and emotional condition; physical condition). These characteristics may warrant a
sentence outside the applicable guideline range if the characteristic, individually or in combination
with other such characteristics, is present to an unusual degree and distinguishes the case from the
typical cases covered by the guidelines. These specific offender characteristics also may be considered
for other reasons, such as in determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the type
of sentence (e.g., probation or imprisonment) within the sentencing options available for the applicable
Zone on the Sentencing Table, and various other aspects of an appropriate sentence.
In the third category are specific offender characteristics that Congress directed the Commission
to ensure are reflected in the guidelines and policy statements as generally inappropriate in recom-
mending a term of imprisonment or length of a term of imprisonment. See 28 U.S.C. § 994(e). The
policy statements indicate that these characteristics are not ordinarily relevant to the determination
of whether a sentence should be outside the applicable guideline range. Unless expressly stated, this
does not mean that the Commission views such circumstances as necessarily inappropriate to the de-
termination of the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the type of sentence (e.g., probation
or imprisonment) within the sentencing options available for the applicable Zone on the Sentencing
Table, or various other aspects of an appropriate sentence (e.g., the appropriate conditions of probation
or supervised release). Furthermore, although these circumstances are not ordinarily relevant to the
determination of whether a sentence should be outside the applicable guideline range, they may be
relevant to this determination in exceptional cases. They also may be relevant if a combination of such
circumstances makes the case an exceptional one, but only if each such circumstance is identified as
an affirmative ground for departure and is present in the case to a substantial degree. See §5K2.0
(Grounds for Departure).
As with the other provisions in this manual, these policy statements “are evolutionary in nature”.
See Chapter One, Part A, Subpart 2 (Continuing Evolution and Role of the Guidelines); 28 U.S.C.
§ 994(o). The Commission expects, and the Sentencing Reform Act contemplates, that continuing re-
search, experience, and analysis will result in modifications and revisions.
The nature, extent, and significance of specific offender characteristics can involve a range of
considerations. The Commission will continue to provide information to the courts on the relevance of
specific offender characteristics in sentencing, as the Sentencing Reform Act contemplates.
See, e.g., 28 U.S.C. § 995(a)(12)(A) (the Commission serves as a “clearinghouse and information cen-
ter” on federal sentencing). Among other things, this may include information on the use of specific
offender characteristics, individually and in combination, in determining the sentence to be imposed
(including, where available, information on rates of use, criteria for use, and reasons for use); the
relationship, if any, between specific offender characteristics and (A) the “forbidden factors” specified
470 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5H1.2
in 28 U.S.C. § 994(d) and (B) the “discouraged factors” specified in 28 U.S.C. § 994(e); and the relation-
ship, if any, between specific offender characteristics and the statutory purposes of sentencing.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 357); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 386); November 1, 1994 (amendment 508); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1,
Note
2010 (amendment 739); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§5H1.1. Age (Policy Statement)
Age may be relevant in determining whether a departure is warranted.
Age may be a reason to depart downward in a case in which the defendant is
elderly and infirm and where a form of punishment such as home confinement
might be equally efficient as and less costly than incarceration.
A downward departure also may be warranted due to the defendant’s youthful-
ness at the time of the offense or prior offenses. Certain risk factors may affect
a youthful individual’s development into the mid-20’s and contribute to involve-
ment in criminal justice systems, including environment, adverse childhood ex-
periences, substance use, lack of educational opportunities, and familial rela-
tionships. In addition, youthful individuals generally are more impulsive, risk-
seeking, and susceptible to outside influence as their brains continue to develop
into young adulthood. Youthful individuals also are more amenable to rehabil-
itation.
The age-crime curve, one of the most consistent findings in criminology, demon-
strates that criminal behavior tends to decrease with age. Age-appropriate in-
terventions and other protective factors may promote desistance from crime.
Accordingly, in an appropriate case, the court may consider whether a form of
punishment other than imprisonment might be sufficient to meet the purposes
of sentencing.
Physical condition, which may be related to age, is addressed at §5H1.4 (Phys-
ical Condition, Including Drug or Alcohol Dependence or Abuse; Gambling Ad-
diction).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); November 1, 1993
Historical
(amendment 475); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1,
Note
2010 (amendment 739); November 1, 2024 (amendment 829).
§5H1.2. Education and Vocational Skills (Policy Statement)
Education and vocational skills are not ordinarily relevant in determining
whether a departure is warranted, but the extent to which a defendant may
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 471
§5H1.3
have misused special training or education to facilitate criminal activity is an
express guideline factor. See §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special
Skill).
Education and vocational skills may be relevant in determining the conditions
of probation or supervised release for rehabilitative purposes, for public protec-
tion by restricting activities that allow for the utilization of a certain skill, or in
determining the appropriate type of community service.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 674).
§5H1.3. Mental and Emotional Conditions (Policy Statement)
Mental and emotional conditions may be relevant in determining whether a
departure is warranted, if such conditions, individually or in combination with
other offender characteristics, are present to an unusual degree and distinguish
the case from the typical cases covered by the guidelines. See also Chapter Five,
Part K, Subpart 2 (Other Grounds for Departure).
In certain cases a downward departure may be appropriate to accomplish a spe-
cific treatment purpose. See §5C1.1, Application Note 7.
Mental and emotional conditions may be relevant in determining the conditions
of probation or supervised release; e.g., participation in a mental health pro-
gram (see §§5B1.3(d)(5) and 5D1.3(d)(5)).
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); November 1, 1997
Historical
(amendment 569); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2010 (amendment 739); November 1,
Note
2018 (amendment 811).
§5H1.4. Physical Condition, Including Drug or Alcohol Dependence or Abuse;
Gambling Addiction (Policy Statement)
Physical condition or appearance, including physique, may be relevant in de-
termining whether a departure is warranted, if the condition or appearance,
individually or in combination with other offender characteristics, is present to
an unusual degree and distinguishes the case from the typical cases covered by
the guidelines. An extraordinary physical impairment may be a reason to de-
part downward; e.g., in the case of a seriously infirm defendant, home detention
may be as efficient as, and less costly than, imprisonment.
472 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5H1.6
Drug or alcohol dependence or abuse ordinarily is not a reason for a downward
departure. Substance abuse is highly correlated to an increased propensity to
commit crime. Due to this increased risk, it is highly recommended that a de-
fendant who is incarcerated also be sentenced to supervised release with a re-
quirement that the defendant participate in an appropriate substance abuse
program (see §5D1.3(d)(4)). If participation in a substance abuse program is re-
quired, the length of supervised release should take into account the length of
time necessary for the probation office to judge the success of the program.
In certain cases a downward departure may be appropriate to accomplish a spe-
cific treatment purpose. See §5C1.1, Application Note 7.
In a case in which a defendant who is a substance abuser is sentenced to pro-
bation, it is strongly recommended that the conditions of probation contain a
requirement that the defendant participate in an appropriate substance abuse
program (see §5B1.3(d)(4)).
Addiction to gambling is not a reason for a downward departure.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); November 1, 1997
Historical
(amendment 569); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2010 (amendment 739); November 1,
Note
2018 (amendment 811).
§5H1.5. Employment Record (Policy Statement)
Employment record is not ordinarily relevant in determining whether a depar-
ture is warranted.
Employment record may be relevant in determining the conditions of probation
or supervised release (e.g., the appropriate hours of home detention).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 674).
§5H1.6. Family Ties and Responsibilities (Policy Statement)
In sentencing a defendant convicted of an offense other than an offense de-
scribed in the following paragraph, family ties and responsibilities are not or-
dinarily relevant in determining whether a departure may be warranted.
In sentencing a defendant convicted of an offense involving a minor victim un-
der section 1201, an offense under section 1591, or an offense under chapter 71,
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 473
§5H1.6
109A, 110, or 117, of title 18, United States Code, family ties and responsibili-
ties and community ties are not relevant in determining whether a sentence
should be below the applicable guideline range.
Family responsibilities that are complied with may be relevant to the determi-
nation of the amount of restitution or fine.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Circumstances to Consider.—
(A) In General.—In determining whether a departure is warranted under this policy state-
ment, the court shall consider the following non-exhaustive list of circumstances:
(i) The seriousness of the offense.
(ii) The involvement in the offense, if any, of members of the defendant’s family.
(iii) The danger, if any, to members of the defendant’s family as a result of the offense.
(B) Departures Based on Loss of Caretaking or Financial Support.—A departure under
this policy statement based on the loss of caretaking or financial support of the defendant’s
family requires, in addition to the court’s consideration of the non-exhaustive list of circum-
stances in subdivision (A), the presence of the following circumstances:
(i) The defendant’s service of a sentence within the applicable guideline range will cause
a substantial, direct, and specific loss of essential caretaking, or essential financial
support, to the defendant’s family.
(ii) The loss of caretaking or financial support substantially exceeds the harm ordinarily
incident to incarceration for a similarly situated defendant. For example, the fact that
the defendant’s family might incur some degree of financial hardship or suffer to some
extent from the absence of a parent through incarceration is not in itself sufficient as
a basis for departure because such hardship or suffering is of a sort ordinarily incident
to incarceration.
(iii) The loss of caretaking or financial support is one for which no effective remedial or
ameliorative programs reasonably are available, making the defendant’s caretaking
or financial support irreplaceable to the defendant’s family.
(iv) The departure effectively will address the loss of caretaking or financial support.
Background: Section 401(b)(4) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended this policy statement to add
the second paragraph, effective April 30, 2003.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386); April 30, 2003 (amend-
Note ment 649); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
474 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5H1.10
§5H1.7. Role in the Offense (Policy Statement)
A defendant’s role in the offense is relevant in determining the applicable guide-
line range (see Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense)) but is not a basis
for departing from that range (see subsection (d) of §5K2.0 (Grounds for Depar-
tures)).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
Note
§5H1.8. Criminal History (Policy Statement)
A defendant’s criminal history is relevant in determining the applicable crimi-
nal history category. See Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Liveli-
hood). For grounds of departure based on the defendant’s criminal history,
see §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
Note
§5H1.9. Dependence upon Criminal Activity for a Livelihood (Policy Statement)
The degree to which a defendant depends upon criminal activity for a livelihood
is relevant in determining the appropriate sentence. See Chapter Four, Part B
(Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5H1.10. Race, Sex, National Origin, Creed, Religion, and Socio-Economic Status
(Policy Statement)
These factors are not relevant in the determination of a sentence.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 475
§5H1.11
§5H1.11. Military, Civic, Charitable, or Public Service; Employment-Related
Contributions; Record of Prior Good Works (Policy Statement)
Military service may be relevant in determining whether a departure is war-
ranted, if the military service, individually or in combination with other of-
fender characteristics, is present to an unusual degree and distinguishes the
case from the typical cases covered by the guidelines.
Civic, charitable, or public service; employment-related contributions; and sim-
ilar prior good works are not ordinarily relevant in determining whether a de-
parture is warranted.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 386). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); No-
Note vember 1, 2010 (amendment 739).
§5H1.12. Lack of Guidance as a Youth and Similar Circumstances (Policy Statement)
Lack of guidance as a youth and similar circumstances indicating a disadvan-
taged upbringing are not relevant grounds in determining whether a departure
is warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 466). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
PART I ― [NOT USED]
476 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5J1.1
PART J ― RELIEF FROM DISABILITY
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 55).
Note
§5J1.1. Relief from Disability Pertaining to Convicted Persons Prohibited from Holding
Certain Positions (Policy Statement)
A collateral consequence of conviction of certain crimes described in 29 U.S.C.
§§ 504 and 1111 is the prohibition of convicted persons from service and em-
ployment with labor unions, employer associations, employee pension and wel-
fare benefit plans, and as labor relations consultants in the private sector. A
convicted person’s prohibited service or employment in such capacities without
having been granted one of the following three statutory procedures of admin-
istrative or judicial relief is subject to criminal prosecution. First, a disqualified
person whose citizenship rights have been fully restored to him or her in the
jurisdiction of conviction, following the revocation of such rights as a result of
the disqualifying conviction, is relieved of the disability. Second, a disqualified
person convicted after October 12, 1984, may petition the sentencing court to
reduce the statutory length of disability (thirteen years after date of sentencing
or release from imprisonment, whichever is later) to a lesser period (not less
than three years after date of conviction or release from imprisonment, which-
ever is later). Third, a disqualified person may petition either the United States
Parole Commission or a United States District Court judge to exempt his or her
service or employment in a particular prohibited capacity pursuant to the pro-
cedures set forth in 29 U.S.C. §§ 504(a)(B) and 1111(a)(B). In the case of a per-
son convicted of a disqualifying crime committed before November 1, 1987, the
United States Parole Commission will continue to process such exemption ap-
plications.
In the case of a person convicted of a disqualifying crime committed on or after
November 1, 1987, however, a petition for exemption from disability must be
directed to a United States District Court. If the petitioner was convicted of a
disqualifying federal offense, the petition is directed to the sentencing judge. If
the petitioner was convicted of a disqualifying state or local offense, the petition
is directed to the United States District Court for the district in which the of-
fense was committed. In such cases, relief shall not be given to aid rehabilita-
tion, but may be granted only following a clear demonstration by the convicted
person that he or she has been rehabilitated since commission of the disquali-
fying crime and can therefore be trusted not to endanger the organization in
the position for which he or she seeks relief from disability.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 56).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 477
§5K1.1
PART K ― DEPARTURES
1. SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE TO AUTHORITIES
§5K1.1. Substantial Assistance to Authorities (Policy Statement)
Upon motion of the government stating that the defendant has provided sub-
stantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another person who
has committed an offense, the court may depart from the guidelines.
(a) The appropriate reduction shall be determined by the court for reasons
stated that may include, but are not limited to, consideration of the follow-
ing:
(1) the court’s evaluation of the significance and usefulness of the defend-
ant’s assistance, taking into consideration the government’s evalua-
tion of the assistance rendered;
(2) the truthfulness, completeness, and reliability of any information or
testimony provided by the defendant;
(3) the nature and extent of the defendant’s assistance;
(4) any injury suffered, or any danger or risk of injury to the defendant
or his family resulting from his assistance;
(5) the timeliness of the defendant’s assistance.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Sentence Below Statutorily Required Minimum Sentence.—Under circumstances set
forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(e) and 28 U.S.C. § 994(n), as amended, substantial assistance in the
investigation or prosecution of another person who has committed an offense may justify a sen-
tence below a statutorily required minimum sentence.
2. Interaction with Acceptance of Responsibility Reduction.—The sentencing reduction for
assistance to authorities shall be considered independently of any reduction for acceptance of
responsibility. Substantial assistance is directed to the investigation and prosecution of criminal
activities by persons other than the defendant, while acceptance of responsibility is directed to
the defendant’s affirmative recognition of responsibility for his own conduct.
3. Government’s Evaluation of Extent of Defendant’s Assistance.—Substantial weight
should be given to the government’s evaluation of the extent of the defendant’s assistance, par-
ticularly where the extent and value of the assistance are difficult to ascertain.
478 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.0
Background: A defendant’s assistance to authorities in the investigation of criminal activities has
been recognized in practice and by statute as a mitigating sentencing factor. The nature, extent, and
significance of assistance can involve a broad spectrum of conduct that must be evaluated by the court
on an individual basis. Latitude is, therefore, afforded the sentencing judge to reduce a sentence based
upon variable relevant factors, including those listed above. The sentencing judge must, however, state
the reasons for reducing a sentence under this section. 18 U.S.C. § 3553(c). The court may elect to
provide its reasons to the defendant in camera and in writing under seal for the safety of the defendant
or to avoid disclosure of an ongoing investigation.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 290); November 1, 2024
Note (amendment 831).
§5K1.2. Refusal to Assist (Policy Statement)
A defendant’s refusal to assist authorities in the investigation of other persons
may not be considered as an aggravating sentencing factor.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 291).
Note
* * * * *
2. OTHER GROUNDS FOR DEPARTURE
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 358).
Note
§5K2.0. Grounds for Departure (Policy Statement)
(a) UPWARD DEPARTURES IN GENERAL AND DOWNWARD DEPARTURES IN CRIMI-
NAL CASES OTHER THAN CHILD CRIMES AND SEXUAL OFFENSES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The sentencing court may depart from the applicable
guideline range if—
(A) in the case of offenses other than child crimes and sexual of-
fenses, the court finds, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(1), that
there exists an aggravating or mitigating circumstance; or
(B) in the case of child crimes and sexual offenses, the court finds,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(i), that there exists an ag-
gravating circumstance,
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 479
§5K2.0
of a kind, or to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration by
the Sentencing Commission in formulating the guidelines that, in or-
der to advance the objectives set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2),
should result in a sentence different from that described.
(2) DEPARTURES BASED ON CIRCUMSTANCES OF A KIND NOT ADEQUATELY
TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION.—
(A) IDENTIFIED CIRCUMSTANCES.—This subpart (Chapter Five,
Part K, Subpart 2 (Other Grounds for Departure)) identifies
some of the circumstances that the Commission may have not
adequately taken into consideration in determining the applica-
ble guideline range (e.g., as a specific offense characteristic or
other adjustment). If any such circumstance is present in the
case and has not adequately been taken into consideration in de-
termining the applicable guideline range, a departure consistent
with 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b) and the provisions of this subpart may
be warranted.
(B) UNIDENTIFIED CIRCUMSTANCES.—A departure may be warranted
in the exceptional case in which there is present a circumstance
that the Commission has not identified in the guidelines but that
nevertheless is relevant to determining the appropriate sentence.
(3) DEPARTURES BASED ON CIRCUMSTANCES PRESENT TO A DEGREE NOT AD-
EQUATELY TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION.—A departure may be war-
ranted in an exceptional case, even though the circumstance that
forms the basis for the departure is taken into consideration in deter-
mining the guideline range, if the court determines that such circum-
stance is present in the offense to a degree substantially in excess of,
or substantially below, that which ordinarily is involved in that kind
of offense.
(4) DEPARTURES BASED ON NOT ORDINARILY RELEVANT OFFENDER CHARAC-
TERISTICS AND OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES.—An offender characteristic or
other circumstance identified in Chapter Five, Part H (Offender Char-
acteristics) or elsewhere in the guidelines as not ordinarily relevant
in determining whether a departure is warranted may be relevant to
this determination only if such offender characteristic or other cir-
cumstance is present to an exceptional degree.
(b) DOWNWARD DEPARTURES IN CHILD CRIMES AND SEXUAL OFFENSES.—Under
18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(ii), the sentencing court may impose a sentence
below the range established by the applicable guidelines only if the court
finds that there exists a mitigating circumstance of a kind, or to a degree,
that—
480 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.0
(1) has been affirmatively and specifically identified as a permissible
ground of downward departure in the sentencing guidelines or policy
statements issued under section 994(a) of title 28, United States Code,
taking account of any amendments to such sentencing guidelines or
policy statements by act of Congress;
(2) has not adequately been taken into consideration by the Sentencing
Commission in formulating the guidelines; and
(3) should result in a sentence different from that described.
The grounds enumerated in this Part K of Chapter Five are the sole
grounds that have been affirmatively and specifically identified as a per-
missible ground of downward departure in these sentencing guidelines and
policy statements. Thus, notwithstanding any other reference to authority
to depart downward elsewhere in this Sentencing Manual, a ground of
downward departure has not been affirmatively and specifically identified
as a permissible ground of downward departure within the meaning of sec-
tion 3553(b)(2) unless it is expressly enumerated in this Part K as a ground
upon which a downward departure may be granted.
(c) LIMITATION ON DEPARTURES BASED ON MULTIPLE CIRCUMSTANCES.—The
court may depart from the applicable guideline range based on a combina-
tion of two or more offender characteristics or other circumstances, none of
which independently is sufficient to provide a basis for departure, only if—
(1) such offender characteristics or other circumstances, taken together,
make the case an exceptional one; and
(2) each such offender characteristic or other circumstance is—
(A) present to a substantial degree; and
(B) identified in the guidelines as a permissible ground for depar-
ture, even if such offender characteristic or other circumstance is
not ordinarily relevant to a determination of whether a departure
is warranted.
(d) PROHIBITED DEPARTURES.—Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this
policy statement, or any other provision in the guidelines, the court may
not depart from the applicable guideline range based on any of the follow-
ing circumstances:
(1) Any circumstance specifically prohibited as a ground for departure in
§§5H1.10 (Race, Sex, National Origin, Creed, Religion, and Socio-Eco-
nomic Status), 5H1.12 (Lack of Guidance as a Youth and Similar Cir-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 481
§5K2.0
cumstances), the last sentence of 5H1.4 (Physical Condition, Includ-
ing Drug or Alcohol Dependence or Abuse; Gambling Addiction), and
the last sentence of 5K2.12 (Coercion and Duress).
(2) The defendant’s acceptance of responsibility for the offense, which
may be taken into account only under §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Respon-
sibility).
(3) The defendant’s aggravating or mitigating role in the offense, which
may be taken into account only under §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role) or
§3B1.2 (Mitigating Role), respectively.
(4) The defendant’s decision, in and of itself, to plead guilty to the offense
or to enter a plea agreement with respect to the offense (i.e., a depar-
ture may not be based merely on the fact that the defendant decided
to plead guilty or to enter into a plea agreement, but a departure may
be based on justifiable, non-prohibited reasons as part of a sentence
that is recommended, or agreed to, in the plea agreement and ac-
cepted by the court. See §6B1.2 (Standards for Acceptance of Plea
Agreement).
(5) The defendant’s fulfillment of restitution obligations only to the ex-
tent required by law including the guidelines (i.e., a departure may
not be based on unexceptional efforts to remedy the harm caused by
the offense).
(6) Any other circumstance specifically prohibited as a ground for depar-
ture in the guidelines.
(e) REQUIREMENT OF SPECIFIC WRITTEN REASONS FOR DEPARTURE.—If the court
departs from the applicable guideline range, it shall state, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 3553(c), its specific reasons for departure in open court at the
time of sentencing and, with limited exception in the case of statements
received in camera, shall state those reasons with specificity in the state-
ment of reasons form.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this policy statement:
“Circumstance” includes, as appropriate, an offender characteristic or any other offense factor.
“Depart”, “departure”, “downward departure”, and “upward departure” have the meaning
given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
482 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.0
2. Scope of this Policy Statement.—
(A) Departures Covered by this Policy Statement.—This policy statement covers depar-
tures from the applicable guideline range based on offense characteristics or offender char-
acteristics of a kind, or to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration in determining
that range. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b).
Subsection (a) of this policy statement applies to upward departures in all cases covered by
the guidelines and to downward departures in all such cases except for downward depar-
tures in child crimes and sexual offenses.
Subsection (b) of this policy statement applies only to downward departures in child crimes
and sexual offenses.
(B) Departures Covered by Other Guidelines.—This policy statement does not cover the
following departures, which are addressed elsewhere in the guidelines: (i) departures based
on the defendant’s criminal history (see Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Live-
lihood), particularly §4A1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Cate-
gory)); (ii) departures based on the defendant’s substantial assistance to the authorities
(see §5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities)); and (iii) departures based on early dis-
position programs (see §5K3.1 (Early Disposition Programs)).
3. Kinds and Expected Frequency of Departures under Subsection (a).—As set forth in
subsection (a), there generally are two kinds of departures from the guidelines based on offense
characteristics and/or offender characteristics: (A) departures based on circumstances of a kind
not adequately taken into consideration in the guidelines; and (B) departures based on circum-
stances that are present to a degree not adequately taken into consideration in the guidelines.
(A) Departures Based on Circumstances of a Kind Not Adequately Taken into Ac-
count in Guidelines.—Subsection (a)(2) authorizes the court to depart if there exists an
aggravating or a mitigating circumstance in a case under 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(1), or an ag-
gravating circumstance in a case under 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(i), of a kind not ade-
quately taken into consideration in the guidelines.
(i) Identified Circumstances.—This subpart (Chapter Five, Part K, Subpart 2) iden-
tifies several circumstances that the Commission may have not adequately taken into
consideration in setting the offense level for certain cases. Offense guidelines in Chap-
ter Two (Offense Conduct) and adjustments in Chapter Three (Adjustments) some-
times identify circumstances the Commission may have not adequately taken into
consideration in setting the offense level for offenses covered by those guidelines. If
the offense guideline in Chapter Two or an adjustment in Chapter Three does not
adequately take that circumstance into consideration in setting the offense level for
the offense, and only to the extent not adequately taken into consideration, a depar-
ture based on that circumstance may be warranted.
(ii) Unidentified Circumstances.—A case may involve circumstances, in addition to
those identified by the guidelines, that have not adequately been taken into consider-
ation by the Commission, and the presence of any such circumstance may warrant
departure from the guidelines in that case. However, inasmuch as the Commission
has continued to monitor and refine the guidelines since their inception to take into
consideration relevant circumstances in sentencing, it is expected that departures
based on such unidentified circumstances will occur rarely and only in exceptional
cases.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 483
§5K2.0
(B) Departures Based on Circumstances Present to a Degree Not Adequately Taken
into Consideration in Guidelines.—
(i) In General.—Subsection (a)(3) authorizes the court to depart if there exists an ag-
gravating or a mitigating circumstance in a case under 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(1), or an
aggravating circumstance in a case under 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(i), to a degree not
adequately taken into consideration in the guidelines. However, inasmuch as the
Commission has continued to monitor and refine the guidelines since their inception
to determine the most appropriate weight to be accorded the mitigating and aggra-
vating circumstances specified in the guidelines, it is expected that departures based
on the weight accorded to any such circumstance will occur rarely and only in excep-
tional cases.
(ii) Examples.—As set forth in subsection (a)(3), if the applicable offense guideline and
adjustments take into consideration a circumstance identified in this subpart, depar-
ture is warranted only if the circumstance is present to a degree substantially in ex-
cess of that which ordinarily is involved in the offense. Accordingly, a departure pur-
suant to §5K2.7 for the disruption of a governmental function would have to be sub-
stantial to warrant departure from the guidelines when the applicable offense guide-
line is bribery or obstruction of justice. When the guideline covering the mailing of
injurious articles is applicable, however, and the offense caused disruption of a gov-
ernmental function, departure from the applicable guideline range more readily would
be appropriate. Similarly, physical injury would not warrant departure from the
guidelines when the robbery offense guideline is applicable because the robbery guide-
line includes a specific adjustment based on the extent of any injury. However, be-
cause the robbery guideline does not deal with injury to more than one victim, depar-
ture may be warranted if several persons were injured.
(C) Departures Based on Circumstances Identified as Not Ordinarily Relevant.—Be-
cause certain circumstances are specified in the guidelines as not ordinarily relevant to
sentencing (see, e.g., Chapter Five, Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics)), a departure
based on any one of such circumstances should occur only in exceptional cases, and only if
the circumstance is present in the case to an exceptional degree. If two or more of such
circumstances each is present in the case to a substantial degree, however, and taken to-
gether make the case an exceptional one, the court may consider whether a departure would
be warranted pursuant to subsection (c). Departures based on a combination of not ordinar-
ily relevant circumstances that are present to a substantial degree should occur extremely
rarely and only in exceptional cases.
In addition, as required by subsection (e), each circumstance forming the basis for a depar-
ture described in this subparagraph shall be stated with specificity in the statement of rea-
sons form.
4. Downward Departures in Child Crimes and Sexual Offenses.—
(A) Definition.—For purposes of this policy statement, the term “child crimes and sexual
offenses” means offenses under any of the following: 18 U.S.C. § 1201 (involving a minor
victim), 18 U.S.C. § 1591, or chapter 71, 109A, 110, or 117 of title 18, United States Code.
(B) Standard for Departure.—
(i) Requirement of Affirmative and Specific Identification of Departure
Ground.—The standard for a downward departure in child crimes and sexual of-
fenses differs from the standard for other departures under this policy statement in
484 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.0
that it includes a requirement, set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(ii)(I) and subsec-
tion (b)(1) of this guideline, that any mitigating circumstance that forms the basis for
such a downward departure be affirmatively and specifically identified as a ground
for downward departure in this part (i.e., Chapter Five, Part K).
(ii) Application of Subsection (b)(2).—The commentary in Application Note 3 of this
policy statement, except for the commentary in Application Note 3(A)(ii) relating to
unidentified circumstances, shall apply to the court’s determination of whether a case
meets the requirement, set forth in subsection 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b)(2)(A)(ii)(II) and
subsection (b)(2) of this policy statement, that the mitigating circumstance forming
the basis for a downward departure in child crimes and sexual offenses be of kind, or
to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration by the Commission.
5. Departures Based on Plea Agreements.—Subsection (d)(4) prohibits a downward departure
based only on the defendant’s decision, in and of itself, to plead guilty to the offense or to enter a
plea agreement with respect to the offense. Even though a departure may not be based merely
on the fact that the defendant agreed to plead guilty or enter a plea agreement, a departure may
be based on justifiable, non-prohibited reasons for departure as part of a sentence that is recom-
mended, or agreed to, in the plea agreement and accepted by the court. See §6B1.2 (Standards
for Acceptance of Plea Agreements). In cases in which the court departs based on such reasons
as set forth in the plea agreement, the court must state the reasons for departure with specificity
in the statement of reasons form, as required by subsection (e).
Background: This policy statement sets forth the standards for departing from the applicable guide-
line range based on offense and offender characteristics of a kind, or to a degree, not adequately con-
sidered by the Commission. Circumstances the Commission has determined are not ordinarily rele-
vant to determining whether a departure is warranted or are prohibited as bases for departure are
addressed in Chapter Five, Part H (Offender Characteristics) and in this policy statement. Other de-
partures, such as those based on the defendant’s criminal history, the defendant’s substantial assis-
tance to authorities, and early disposition programs, are addressed elsewhere in the guidelines.
As acknowledged by Congress in the Sentencing Reform Act and by the Commission when the
first set of guidelines was promulgated, “it is difficult to prescribe a single set of guidelines that en-
compasses the vast range of human conduct potentially relevant to a sentencing decision.” (See Chap-
ter One, Part A). Departures, therefore, perform an integral function in the sentencing guideline sys-
tem. Departures permit courts to impose an appropriate sentence in the exceptional case in which
mechanical application of the guidelines would fail to achieve the statutory purposes and goals of sen-
tencing. Departures also help maintain “sufficient flexibility to permit individualized sentences when
warranted by mitigating or aggravating factors not taken into account in the establishment of general
sentencing practices.” 28 U.S.C. § 991(b)(1)(B). By monitoring when courts depart from the guidelines
and by analyzing their stated reasons for doing so, along with appellate cases reviewing these depar-
tures, the Commission can further refine the guidelines to specify more precisely when departures
should and should not be permitted.
As reaffirmed in the Prosecutorial Remedies and Other Tools to end the Exploitation of Children
Today Act of 2003 (the “PROTECT Act”, Public Law 108–21), circumstances warranting departure
should be rare. Departures were never intended to permit sentencing courts to substitute their policy
judgments for those of Congress and the Sentencing Commission. Departure in such circumstances
would produce unwarranted sentencing disparity, which the Sentencing Reform Act was designed to
avoid.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 485
§5K2.1
In order for appellate courts to fulfill their statutory duties under 18 U.S.C. § 3742 and for the
Commission to fulfill its ongoing responsibility to refine the guidelines in light of information it re-
ceives on departures, it is essential that sentencing courts state with specificity the reasons for depar-
ture, as required by the PROTECT Act.
This policy statement, including its commentary, was substantially revised, effective October 27,
2003, in response to directives contained in the PROTECT Act, particularly the directive in sec-
tion 401(m) of that Act to—
“(1) review the grounds of downward departure that are authorized by the sentenc-
ing guidelines, policy statements, and official commentary of the Sentencing Commis-
sion; and
(2) promulgate, pursuant to section 994 of title 28, United States Code—
(A) appropriate amendments to the sentencing guidelines, policy statements,
and official commentary to ensure that the incidence of downward departures is
substantially reduced;
(B) a policy statement authorizing a departure pursuant to an early disposi-
tion program; and
(C) any other conforming amendments to the sentencing guidelines, policy
statements, and official commentary of the Sentencing Commission necessitated
by the Act, including a revision of . . . section 5K2.0”.
The substantial revision of this policy statement in response to the PROTECT Act was intended
to refine the standards applicable to departures while giving due regard for concepts, such as the
“heartland”, that have evolved in departure jurisprudence over time.
Section 401(b)(1) of the PROTECT Act directly amended this policy statement to add subsec-
tion (b), effective April 30, 2003.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 57); November 1, 1990 (amend-
ment 358); November 1, 1994 (amendment 508); November 1, 1997 (amendment 561); November 1, 1998
Historical
(amendment 585); April 30, 2003 (amendment 649); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2008
Note
(amendment 725); November 1, 2010 (amendment 739); November 1, 2011 (amendment 757); November 1,
2012 (amendment 770); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
§5K2.1. Death (Policy Statement)
If death resulted, the court may increase the sentence above the authorized
guideline range.
Loss of life does not automatically suggest a sentence at or near the statutory
maximum. The sentencing judge must give consideration to matters that would
normally distinguish among levels of homicide, such as the defendant’s state of
mind and the degree of planning or preparation. Other appropriate factors are
whether multiple deaths resulted, and the means by which life was taken. The
extent of the increase should depend on the dangerousness of the defendant’s
conduct, the extent to which death or serious injury was intended or knowingly
risked, and the extent to which the offense level for the offense of conviction, as
determined by the other Chapter Two guidelines, already reflects the risk of
486 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.3
personal injury. For example, a substantial increase may be appropriate if the
death was intended or knowingly risked or if the underlying offense was one for
which base offense levels do not reflect an allowance for the risk of personal
injury, such as fraud.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.2. Physical Injury (Policy Statement)
If significant physical injury resulted, the court may increase the sentence
above the authorized guideline range. The extent of the increase ordinarily
should depend on the extent of the injury, the degree to which it may prove
permanent, and the extent to which the injury was intended or knowingly
risked. When the victim suffers a major, permanent disability and when such
injury was intentionally inflicted, a substantial departure may be appropriate.
If the injury is less serious or if the defendant (though criminally negligent) did
not knowingly create the risk of harm, a less substantial departure would be
indicated. In general, the same considerations apply as in §5K2.1.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.3. Extreme Psychological Injury (Policy Statement)
If a victim or victims suffered psychological injury much more serious than that
normally resulting from commission of the offense, the court may increase the
sentence above the authorized guideline range. The extent of the increase ordi-
narily should depend on the severity of the psychological injury and the extent
to which the injury was intended or knowingly risked.
Normally, psychological injury would be sufficiently severe to warrant applica-
tion of this adjustment only when there is a substantial impairment of the in-
tellectual, psychological, emotional, or behavioral functioning of a victim, when
the impairment is likely to be of an extended or continuous duration, and when
the impairment manifests itself by physical or psychological symptoms or by
changes in behavior patterns. The court should consider the extent to which
such harm was likely, given the nature of the defendant’s conduct.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 487
§5K2.4
§5K2.4. Abduction or Unlawful Restraint (Policy Statement)
If a person was abducted, taken hostage, or unlawfully restrained to facilitate
commission of the offense or to facilitate the escape from the scene of the crime,
the court may increase the sentence above the authorized guideline range.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.5. Property Damage or Loss (Policy Statement)
If the offense caused property damage or loss not taken into account within the
guidelines, the court may increase the sentence above the authorized guideline
range. The extent of the increase ordinarily should depend on the extent to
which the harm was intended or knowingly risked and on the extent to which
the harm to property is more serious than other harm caused or risked by the
conduct relevant to the offense of conviction.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.6. Weapons and Dangerous Instrumentalities (Policy Statement)
If a weapon or dangerous instrumentality was used or possessed in the com-
mission of the offense the court may increase the sentence above the authorized
guideline range. The extent of the increase ordinarily should depend on the
dangerousness of the weapon, the manner in which it was used, and the extent
to which its use endangered others. The discharge of a firearm might warrant
a substantial sentence increase.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.7. Disruption of Governmental Function (Policy Statement)
If the defendant’s conduct resulted in a significant disruption of a governmental
function, the court may increase the sentence above the authorized guideline
range to reflect the nature and extent of the disruption and the importance of
the governmental function affected. Departure from the guidelines ordinarily
488 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.10
would not be justified when the offense of conviction is an offense such as brib-
ery or obstruction of justice; in such cases interference with a governmental
function is inherent in the offense, and unless the circumstances are unusual
the guidelines will reflect the appropriate punishment for such interference.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.8. Extreme Conduct (Policy Statement)
If the defendant’s conduct was unusually heinous, cruel, brutal, or degrading to
the victim, the court may increase the sentence above the guideline range to
reflect the nature of the conduct. Examples of extreme conduct include torture
of a victim, gratuitous infliction of injury, or prolonging of pain or humiliation.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.9. Criminal Purpose (Policy Statement)
If the defendant committed the offense in order to facilitate or conceal the com-
mission of another offense, the court may increase the sentence above the guide-
line range to reflect the actual seriousness of the defendant’s conduct.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
§5K2.10. Victim’s Conduct (Policy Statement)
If the victim’s wrongful conduct contributed significantly to provoking the of-
fense behavior, the court may reduce the sentence below the guideline range to
reflect the nature and circumstances of the offense. In deciding whether a sen-
tence reduction is warranted, and the extent of such reduction, the court should
consider the following:
(1) The size and strength of the victim, or other relevant physical characteris-
tics, in comparison with those of the defendant.
(2) The persistence of the victim’s conduct and any efforts by the defendant to
prevent confrontation.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 489
§5K2.11
(3) The danger reasonably perceived by the defendant, including the victim’s
reputation for violence.
(4) The danger actually presented to the defendant by the victim.
(5) Any other relevant conduct by the victim that substantially contributed to
the danger presented.
(6) The proportionality and reasonableness of the defendant’s response to the
victim’s provocation.
Victim misconduct ordinarily would not be sufficient to warrant application of
this provision in the context of offenses under Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 3
(Criminal Sexual Abuse). In addition, this provision usually would not be rele-
vant in the context of non-violent offenses. There may, however, be unusual
circumstances in which substantial victim misconduct would warrant a reduced
penalty in the case of a non-violent offense. For example, an extended course of
provocation and harassment might lead a defendant to steal or destroy property
in retaliation.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
Note
§5K2.11. Lesser Harms (Policy Statement)
Sometimes, a defendant may commit a crime in order to avoid a perceived
greater harm. In such instances, a reduced sentence may be appropriate, pro-
vided that the circumstances significantly diminish society’s interest in punish-
ing the conduct, for example, in the case of a mercy killing. Where the interest
in punishment or deterrence is not reduced, a reduction in sentence is not war-
ranted. For example, providing defense secrets to a hostile power should receive
no lesser punishment simply because the defendant believed that the govern-
ment’s policies were misdirected.
In other instances, conduct may not cause or threaten the harm or evil sought
to be prevented by the law proscribing the offense at issue. For example, where
a war veteran possessed a machine gun or grenade as a trophy, or a school
teacher possessed controlled substances for display in a drug education pro-
gram, a reduced sentence might be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
490 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.13
§5K2.12. Coercion and Duress (Policy Statement)
If the defendant committed the offense because of serious coercion, blackmail
or duress, under circumstances not amounting to a complete defense, the court
may depart downward. The extent of the decrease ordinarily should depend on
the reasonableness of the defendant’s actions, on the proportionality of the de-
fendant’s actions to the seriousness of coercion, blackmail, or duress involved,
and on the extent to which the conduct would have been less harmful under the
circumstances as the defendant believed them to be. Ordinarily coercion will be
sufficiently serious to warrant departure only when it involves a threat of phys-
ical injury, substantial damage to property or similar injury resulting from the
unlawful action of a third party or from a natural emergency. Notwithstanding
this policy statement, personal financial difficulties and economic pressures
upon a trade or business do not warrant a downward departure.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2004
Note (amendment 674).
§5K2.13. Diminished Capacity (Policy Statement)
A downward departure may be warranted if (1) the defendant committed the
offense while suffering from a significantly reduced mental capacity; and (2) the
significantly reduced mental capacity contributed substantially to the commis-
sion of the offense. Similarly, if a departure is warranted under this policy state-
ment, the extent of the departure should reflect the extent to which the reduced
mental capacity contributed to the commission of the offense.
However, the court may not depart below the applicable guideline range if
(1) the significantly reduced mental capacity was caused by the voluntary use
of drugs or other intoxicants; (2) the facts and circumstances of the defendant’s
offense indicate a need to protect the public because the offense involved actual
violence or a serious threat of violence; (3) the defendant’s criminal history in-
dicates a need to incarcerate the defendant to protect the public; or (4) the de-
fendant has been convicted of an offense under chapter 71, 109A, 110, or 117,
of title 18, United States Code.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. For purposes of this policy statement—
“Significantly reduced mental capacity” means the defendant, although convicted, has a sig-
nificantly impaired ability to (A) understand the wrongfulness of the behavior comprising the
offense or to exercise the power of reason; or (B) control behavior that the defendant knows is
wrongful.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 491
§5K2.14
Background: Section 401(b)(5) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended this policy statement to add
subdivision (4), effective April 30, 2003.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1998 (amendment 583); April 30, 2003 (amend-
Note ment 649); October 27, 2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
§5K2.14. Public Welfare (Policy Statement)
If national security, public health, or safety was significantly endangered, the
court may depart upward to reflect the nature and circumstances of the offense.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§5K2.15. [Deleted]
Historical Section 5K2.15 (Terrorism (Policy Statement)), effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 292), was deleted
Note effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 526).
§5K2.16. Voluntary Disclosure of Offense (Policy Statement)
If the defendant voluntarily discloses to authorities the existence of, and accepts
responsibility for, the offense prior to the discovery of such offense, and if such
offense was unlikely to have been discovered otherwise, a downward departure
may be warranted. For example, a downward departure under this section
might be considered where a defendant, motivated by remorse, discloses an of-
fense that otherwise would have remained undiscovered. This provision does
not apply where the motivating factor is the defendant’s knowledge that discov-
ery of the offense is likely or imminent, or where the defendant’s disclosure
occurs in connection with the investigation or prosecution of the defendant for
related conduct.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 420). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
492 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.19
§5K2.17. Semiautomatic Firearms Capable of Accepting Large Capacity Magazine
(Policy Statement)
If the defendant possessed a semiautomatic firearm capable of accepting a large
capacity magazine in connection with a crime of violence or controlled sub-
stance offense, an upward departure may be warranted. A “semiautomatic fire-
arm capable of accepting a large capacity magazine” means a semiautomatic
firearm that has the ability to fire many rounds without reloading because at
the time of the offense (1) the firearm had attached to it a magazine or similar
device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition; or (2) a magazine
or similar device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition was in
close proximity to the firearm. The extent of any increase should depend upon
the degree to which the nature of the weapon increased the likelihood of death
or injury in the circumstances of the particular case.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. “Crime of violence” and “controlled substance offense” are defined in §4B1.2 (Definitions of
Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
Historical Effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 531). Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 691); No-
Note vember 1, 2010 (amendment 746).
§5K2.18. Violent Street Gangs (Policy Statement)
If the defendant is subject to an enhanced sentence under 18 U.S.C. § 521 (per-
taining to criminal street gangs), an upward departure may be warranted. The
purpose of this departure provision is to enhance the sentences of defendants
who participate in groups, clubs, organizations, or associations that use vio-
lence to further their ends. It is to be noted that there may be cases in which
18 U.S.C. § 521 applies, but no violence is established. In such cases, it is ex-
pected that the guidelines will account adequately for the conduct and, conse-
quently, this departure provision would not apply.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1995 (amendment 532).
Note
§5K2.19. [Deleted]
Historical Section 5K2.19 (Post-Sentencing Rehabilitative Efforts) (Policy Statement), effective November 1, 2000
Note (amendment 602), was deleted effective November 1, 2012 (amendment 768).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 493
§5K2.20
§5K2.20. Aberrant Behavior (Policy Statement)
(a) IN GENERAL.—Except where a defendant is convicted of an offense involv-
ing a minor victim under section 1201, an offense under section 1591, or
an offense under chapter 71, 109A, 110, or 117, of title 18, United States
Code, a downward departure may be warranted in an exceptional case if
(1) the defendant’s criminal conduct meets the requirements of subsec-
tion (b); and (2) the departure is not prohibited under subsection (c).
(b) REQUIREMENTS.—The court may depart downward under this policy state-
ment only if the defendant committed a single criminal occurrence or sin-
gle criminal transaction that (1) was committed without significant plan-
ning; (2) was of limited duration; and (3) represents a marked deviation by
the defendant from an otherwise law-abiding life.
(c) PROHIBITIONS BASED ON THE PRESENCE OF CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.—The
court may not depart downward pursuant to this policy statement if any
of the following circumstances are present:
(1) The offense involved serious bodily injury or death.
(2) The defendant discharged a firearm or otherwise used a firearm or a
dangerous weapon.
(3) The instant offense of conviction is a serious drug trafficking offense.
(4) The defendant has either of the following: (A) more than one criminal
history point, as determined under Chapter Four (Criminal History
and Criminal Livelihood) before application of subsection (b) of §4A1.3
(Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category); or
(B) a prior federal or state felony conviction, or any other significant
prior criminal behavior, regardless of whether the conviction or sig-
nificant prior criminal behavior is countable under Chapter Four.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this policy statement:
“Dangerous weapon,” “firearm,” “otherwise used,” and “serious bodily injury” have the
meaning given those terms in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
“Serious drug trafficking offense” means any controlled substance offense under title 21,
United States Code, other than simple possession under 21 U.S.C. § 844, that provides for a
mandatory minimum term of imprisonment of five years or greater, regardless of whether the
defendant meets the criteria of §5C1.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Mandatory Min-
imum Sentences in Certain Cases).
494 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K2.22
2. Repetitious or Significant, Planned Behavior.—Repetitious or significant, planned behav-
ior does not meet the requirements of subsection (b). For example, a fraud scheme generally
would not meet such requirements because such a scheme usually involves repetitive acts, rather
than a single occurrence or single criminal transaction, and significant planning.
3. Other Circumstances to Consider.—In determining whether the court should depart under
this policy statement, the court may consider the defendant’s (A) mental and emotional condi-
tions; (B) employment record; (C) record of prior good works; (D) motivation for committing the
offense; and (E) efforts to mitigate the effects of the offense.
Background: Section 401(b)(3) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended subsection (a) of this policy
statement, effective April 30, 2003.
Historical Effective November 1, 2000 (amendment 603). Amended effective April 30, 2003 (amendment 649); Octo-
Note ber 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
§5K2.21. Dismissed and Uncharged Conduct (Policy Statement)
The court may depart upward to reflect the actual seriousness of the offense
based on conduct (1) underlying a charge dismissed as part of a plea agreement
in the case, or underlying a potential charge not pursued in the case as part of
a plea agreement or for any other reason; and (2) that did not enter into the
determination of the applicable guideline range.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2000 (amendment 604). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§5K2.22. Specific Offender Characteristics as Grounds for Downward Departure in
Child Crimes and Sexual Offenses (Policy Statement)
In sentencing a defendant convicted of an offense involving a minor victim un-
der section 1201, an offense under section 1591, or an offense under chapter 71,
109A, 110, or 117, of title 18, United States Code:
(1) Age may be a reason to depart downward only if and to the extent permit-
ted by §5H1.1.
(2) An extraordinary physical impairment may be a reason to depart down-
ward only if and to the extent permitted by §5H1.4.
(3) Drug, alcohol, or gambling dependence or abuse is not a reason to depart
downward.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 495
§5K2.23
Commentary
Background: Section 401(b)(2) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended Chapter Five, Part K, to add
this policy statement, effective April 30, 2003.
Historical
Effective April 30, 2003 (amendment 649). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§5K2.23. Discharged Terms of Imprisonment (Policy Statement)
A downward departure may be appropriate if the defendant (1) has completed
serving a term of imprisonment; and (2) subsection (b) of §5G1.3 (Imposition of
a Sentence on a Defendant Subject to Undischarged Term of Imprisonment or
Anticipated Term of Imprisonment) would have provided an adjustment had
that completed term of imprisonment been undischarged at the time of sentenc-
ing for the instant offense. Any such departure should be fashioned to achieve
a reasonable punishment for the instant offense.
Historical Effective November 1, 2003 (amendment 660). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674); No-
Note vember 1, 2014 (amendment 787).
§5K2.24. Commission of Offense While Wearing or Displaying Unauthorized or Coun-
terfeit Insignia or Uniform (Policy Statement)
If, during the commission of the offense, the defendant wore or displayed an
official, or counterfeit official, insignia or uniform received in violation of
18 U.S.C. § 716, an upward departure may be warranted.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this policy statement, “official insignia or uniform” has the
meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 716(c)(3).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2007 (amendment 700).
Note
* * * * *
496 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§5K3.1
3. EARLY DISPOSITION PROGRAMS
Historical
Effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
Note
§5K3.1. Early Disposition Programs (Policy Statement)
Upon motion of the Government, the court may depart downward not more than
4 levels pursuant to an early disposition program authorized by the Attorney
General of the United States and the United States Attorney for the district in
which the court resides.
Commentary
Background: This policy statement implements the directive to the Commission in sec-
tion 401(m)(2)(B) of the Prosecutorial Remedies and Other Tools to end the Exploitation of Children
Today Act of 2003 (the “PROTECT Act”, Public Law 108–21).
Historical
Effective October 27, 2003 (amendment 651).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 497
§6A1.1
CHAPTER SIX
SENTENCING PROCEDURES,
PLEA AGREEMENTS,
AND CRIME VICTIMS’ RIGHTS
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 694).
Note
PART A ― SENTENCING PROCEDURES
Introductory Commentary
This part addresses sentencing procedures that are applicable in all cases, including those in
which guilty or nolo contendere pleas are entered with or without a plea agreement between the par-
ties, and convictions based upon judicial findings or verdicts. It sets forth the procedures for establish-
ing the facts upon which the sentence will be based. Reliable fact-finding is essential to procedural due
process and to the accuracy and uniformity of sentencing.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Note
§6A1.1. Presentence Report (Policy Statement)
(a) The probation officer must conduct a presentence investigation and submit
a report to the court before it imposes sentence unless—
(1) 18 U.S.C. § 3593(c) or another statute requires otherwise; or
(2) the court finds that the information in the record enables it to mean-
ingfully exercise its sentencing authority under 18 U.S.C. § 3553, and
the court explains its finding on the record.
Rule 32(c)(1)(A), Fed. R. Crim. P.
(b) The defendant may not waive preparation of the presentence report.
Commentary
A thorough presentence investigation ordinarily is essential in determining the facts relevant to
sentencing. Rule 32(c)(1)(A) permits the judge to dispense with a presentence report in certain limited
circumstances, as when a specific statute requires or when the court finds sufficient information in
498 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§6A1.3
the record to enable it to exercise its statutory sentencing authority meaningfully and explains its
finding on the record.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 58); November 1, 1989 (amend-
Note ment 293); November 1, 1997 (amendment 574); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
§6A1.2. Disclosure of Presentence Report; Issues in Dispute (Policy Statement)
(a) The probation officer must give the presentence report to the defendant,
the defendant’s attorney, and an attorney for the government at least
35 days before sentencing unless the defendant waives this minimum pe-
riod. Rule 32(e)(2), Fed. R. Crim. P.
(b) Within 14 days after receiving the presentence report, the parties must
state in writing any objections, including objections to material infor-
mation, sentencing guideline ranges, and policy statements contained in
or omitted from the report. An objecting party must provide a copy of its
objections to the opposing party and to the probation officer. After receiv-
ing objections, the probation officer may meet with the parties to discuss
the objections. The probation officer may then investigate further and re-
vise the presentence report accordingly. Rule 32(f), Fed. R. Crim. P.
(c) At least 7 days before sentencing, the probation officer must submit to the
court and to the parties the presentence report and an addendum contain-
ing any unresolved objections, the grounds for those objections, and the
probation officer’s comments on them. Rule 32(g), Fed. R. Crim. P.
Commentary
Background: In order to focus the issues prior to sentencing, the parties are required to respond in
writing to the presentence report and to identify any issues in dispute. See Rule 32(f), Fed. R. Crim. P.
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (amendment 59); November 1, 1991 (amend-
Note ment 425); November 1, 1997 (amendment 574); November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
§6A1.3. Resolution of Disputed Factors (Policy Statement)
(a) When any factor important to the sentencing determination is reasonably
in dispute, the parties shall be given an adequate opportunity to present
information to the court regarding that factor. In resolving any dispute
concerning a factor important to the sentencing determination, the court
may consider relevant information without regard to its admissibility un-
der the rules of evidence applicable at trial, provided that the information
has sufficient indicia of reliability to support its probable accuracy.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 499
§6A1.3
(b) The court shall resolve disputed sentencing factors at a sentencing hearing
in accordance with Rule 32(i), Fed. R. Crim. P.
Commentary
Although lengthy sentencing hearings seldom should be necessary, disputes about sentencing
factors must be resolved with care. When a dispute exists about any factor important to the sentencing
determination, the court must ensure that the parties have an adequate opportunity to present rele-
vant information. Written statements of counsel or affidavits of witnesses may be adequate under
many circumstances. See, e.g., United States v. Ibanez, 924 F.2d 427 (2d Cir. 1991). An evidentiary
hearing may sometimes be the only reliable way to resolve disputed issues. See, e.g., United States v.
Jimenez Martinez, 83 F.3d 488, 494–95 (1st Cir. 1996) (finding error in district court’s denial of de-
fendant’s motion for evidentiary hearing given questionable reliability of affidavit on which the district
court relied at sentencing); United States v. Roberts, 14 F.3d 502, 521(10th Cir. 1993) (remanding
because district court did not hold evidentiary hearing to address defendants’ objections to drug quan-
tity determination or make requisite findings of fact regarding drug quantity); see also, United
States v. Fatico, 603 F.2d 1053, 1057 n.9 (2d Cir. 1979), cert. denied, 444 U.S. 1073 (1980). The sen-
tencing court must determine the appropriate procedure in light of the nature of the dispute, its rele-
vance to the sentencing determination, and applicable case law.
In determining the relevant facts, sentencing judges are not restricted to information that would
be admissible at trial. See 18 U.S.C. § 3661; Witte v. United States, 515 U.S. 389, 397–401 (1995) (not-
ing that sentencing courts have traditionally considered a wide range of information without the pro-
cedural protections of a criminal trial, including information concerning uncharged criminal conduct,
in sentencing a defendant within the range authorized by statute); Nichols v. United States, 511 U.S.
738, 747–48 (1994) (noting that district courts have traditionally considered defendant’s prior criminal
conduct even when the conduct did not result in a conviction). Any information may be considered, so
long as it has sufficient indicia of reliability to support its probable accuracy. Witte, 515 U.S. at 399–
401; Nichols, 511 U.S. at 748; United States v. Zuleta-Alvarez, 922 F.2d 33 (1st Cir. 1990), cert. denied,
500 U.S. 927 (1991); United States v. Beaulieu, 893 F.2d 1177 (10th Cir.), cert. denied, 497 U.S. 1038
(1990). Reliable hearsay evidence may be considered. United States v. Petty, 982 F.2d 1365 (9th Cir.
1993), cert. denied, 510 U.S. 1040 (1994); United States v. Sciarrino, 884 F.2d 95 (3d Cir.), cert. denied,
493 U.S. 997 (1989). Out-of-court declarations by an unidentified informant may be considered where
there is good cause for the non-disclosure of the informant’s identity and there is sufficient corrobora-
tion by other means. United States v. Rogers, 1 F.3d 341 (5th Cir. 1993); see also United States v.
Young, 981 F.2d 180 (5th Cir.), cert. denied, 508 U.S. 980 (1993); United States v. Fatico, 579 F.2d 707,
713 (2d Cir. 1978), cert. denied, 444 U.S. 1073 (1980). Unreliable allegations shall not be considered.
United States v. Ortiz, 993 F.2d 204 (10th Cir. 1993).
The Commission believes that use of a preponderance of the evidence standard is appropriate to
meet due process requirements and policy concerns in resolving disputes regarding application of the
guidelines to the facts of a case. Acquitted conduct, however, is not relevant conduct for purposes of
determining the guideline range. See §1B1.3(c) (Relevant Conduct). Nonetheless, nothing in the Guide-
lines Manual abrogates a court’s authority under 18 U.S.C. § 3661.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 294); November 1, 1991
Historical
(amendment 387); November 1, 1997 (amendment 574); November 1, 1998 (amendment 586); November 1,
Note
2004 (amendment 674); November 1, 2024 (amendment 826).
500 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§6A1.5
§6A1.4. Notice of Possible Departure (Policy Statement)
Before the court may depart from the applicable sentencing guideline range on
a ground not identified for departure either in the presentence report or in a
party’s prehearing submission, the court must give the parties reasonable no-
tice that it is contemplating such a departure. The notice must specify any
ground on which the court is contemplating a departure. Rule 32(h), Fed. R.
Crim. P.
Commentary
Background: The Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure were amended, effective December 1, 2002,
to incorporate into Rule 32(h) the holding in Burns v. United States, 501 U.S. 129, 138–39 (1991). This
policy statement parallels Rule 32(h), Fed. R. Crim. P.
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§6A1.5. Crime Victims’ Rights (Policy Statement)
In any case involving the sentencing of a defendant for an offense against a
crime victim, the court shall ensure that the crime victim is afforded the rights
described in 18 U.S.C. § 3771 and in any other provision of federal law pertain-
ing to the treatment of crime victims.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Definition.—For purposes of this policy statement, “crime victim” has the meaning given that
term in 18 U.S.C. § 3771(e).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2006 (amendment 694). Amended effective November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 501
§6B1.1
PART B ― PLEA AGREEMENTS
Introductory Commentary
Policy statements governing the acceptance of plea agreements under Rule 11(c), Fed. R.
Crim. P., are intended to ensure that plea negotiation practices: (1) promote the statutory purposes of
sentencing prescribed in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a); and (2) do not perpetuate unwarranted sentencing dis-
parity.
These policy statements make clear that sentencing is a judicial function and that the appropri-
ate sentence in a guilty plea case is to be determined by the judge. The policy statements also ensure
that the basis for any judicial decision to depart from the guidelines will be explained on the record.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§6B1.1. Plea Agreement Procedure (Policy Statement)
(a) The parties must disclose the plea agreement in open court when the plea
is offered, unless the court for good cause allows the parties to disclose the
plea agreement in camera. Rule 11(c)(2), Fed. R. Crim. P.
(b) To the extent the plea agreement is of the type specified in Rule 11(c)(1)(B),
the court must advise the defendant that the defendant has no right to
withdraw the plea if the court does not follow the recommendation or re-
quest. Rule 11(c)(3)(B), Fed. R. Crim. P.
(c) To the extent the plea agreement is of the type specified in Rule 11(c)(1)(A)
or (C), the court may accept the agreement, reject it, or defer a decision
until the court has reviewed the presentence report. Rule 11(c)(3)(A),
Fed. R. Crim. P.
Commentary
This provision parallels the procedural requirements of Rule 11(c), Fed. R. Crim. P. Plea agree-
ments must be fully disclosed and a defendant whose plea agreement includes a nonbinding recom-
mendation must be advised that the court’s refusal to accept the sentencing recommendation will not
entitle the defendant to withdraw the plea.
Section 6B1.1(c) deals with the timing of the court’s decision regarding whether to accept or reject
the plea agreement. Rule 11(c)(3)(A) gives the court discretion to accept or reject the plea agreement
immediately or defer a decision pending consideration of the presentence report. Given that a presen-
tence report normally will be prepared, the Commission recommends that the court defer acceptance
of the plea agreement until the court has reviewed the presentence report.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
502 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§6B1.2
§6B1.2. Standards for Acceptance of Plea Agreements (Policy Statement)
(a) In the case of a plea agreement that includes the dismissal of any charges
or an agreement not to pursue potential charges (Rule 11(c)(1)(A)), the
court may accept the agreement if the court determines, for reasons stated
on the record, that the remaining charges adequately reflect the serious-
ness of the actual offense behavior and that accepting the agreement will
not undermine the statutory purposes of sentencing or the sentencing
guidelines.
However, a plea agreement that includes the dismissal of a charge or a
plea agreement not to pursue a potential charge shall not preclude the con-
duct underlying such charge from being considered under the provisions of
§1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) in connection with the count(s) of which the
defendant is convicted.
(b) In the case of a plea agreement that includes a nonbinding recommenda-
tion (Rule 11(c)(1)(B)), the court may accept the recommendation if the
court is satisfied either that:
(1) the recommended sentence is within the applicable guideline range;
or
(2) (A) the recommended sentence is outside the applicable guideline
range for justifiable reasons; and (B) those reasons are set forth with
specificity in the statement of reasons form.
(c) In the case of a plea agreement that includes a specific sentence
(Rule 11(c)(1)(C)), the court may accept the agreement if the court is satis-
fied either that:
(1) the agreed sentence is within the applicable guideline range; or
(2) (A) the agreed sentence is outside the applicable guideline range for
justifiable reasons; and (B) those reasons are set forth with specificity
in the statement of reasons form.
Commentary
The court may accept an agreement calling for dismissal of charges or an agreement not to pursue
potential charges if the remaining charges reflect the seriousness of the actual offense behavior. This
requirement does not authorize judges to intrude upon the charging discretion of the prosecutor. If the
government’s motion to dismiss charges or statement that potential charges will not be pursued is not
contingent on the disposition of the remaining charges, the judge should defer to the government’s
position except under extraordinary circumstances. Rule 48(a), Fed. R. Crim. P. However, when the
dismissal of charges or agreement not to pursue potential charges is contingent on acceptance of a plea
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 503
§6B1.3
agreement, the court’s authority to adjudicate guilt and impose sentence is implicated, and the court
is to determine whether or not dismissal of charges will undermine the sentencing guidelines.
Similarly, the court should accept a recommended sentence or a plea agreement requiring impo-
sition of a specific sentence only if the court is satisfied either that such sentence is an appropriate
sentence within the applicable guideline range or, if not, that the sentence is outside the applicable
guideline range for justifiable reasons and those reasons are set forth with specificity in the statement
of reasons form. See 18 U.S.C. § 3553(c). As set forth in subsection (d) of §5K2.0 (Grounds for Depar-
ture), however, the court may not depart below the applicable guideline range merely because of the
defendant’s decision to plead guilty to the offense or to enter a plea agreement with respect to the
offense.
A defendant who enters a plea of guilty in a timely manner will enhance the likelihood of his
receiving a reduction in offense level under §3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility). Further reduction
in offense level (or sentence) due to a plea agreement will tend to undermine the sentencing guidelines.
The second paragraph of subsection (a) provides that a plea agreement that includes the dismis-
sal of a charge, or a plea agreement not to pursue a potential charge, shall not prevent the conduct
underlying that charge from being considered under the provisions of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) in
connection with the count(s) of which the defendant is convicted. This paragraph prevents a plea agree-
ment from restricting consideration of conduct that is within the scope of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)
in respect to the count(s) of which the defendant is convicted; it does not in any way expand or modify
the scope of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). Section 5K2.21 (Dismissed and Uncharged Conduct) addresses
the use, as a basis for upward departure, of conduct underlying a charge dismissed as part of a plea
agreement in the case, or underlying a potential charge not pursued in the case as part of a plea
agreement.
The Commission encourages the prosecuting attorney prior to the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo
contendere under Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure to disclose to the defendant the
facts and circumstances of the offense and offender characteristics, then known to the prosecuting
attorney, that are relevant to the application of the sentencing guidelines. This recommendation, how-
ever, shall not be construed to confer upon the defendant any right not otherwise recognized in law.
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendment 295); November 1, 1992
Historical
(amendment 467); November 1, 1993 (amendment 495); November 1, 2000 (amendment 604); October 27,
Note
2003 (amendment 651); November 1, 2011 (amendment 757).
§6B1.3. Procedure Upon Rejection of a Plea Agreement (Policy Statement)
If the court rejects a plea agreement containing provisions of the type specified
in Rule 11(c)(1)(A) or (C), the court must do the following on the record and in
open court (or, for good cause, in camera)—
(a) inform the parties that the court rejects the plea agreement;
(b) advise the defendant personally that the court is not required to follow the
plea agreement and give the defendant an opportunity to withdraw the
plea; and
504 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§6B1.4
(c) advise the defendant personally that if the plea is not withdrawn, the court
may dispose of the case less favorably toward the defendant than the plea
agreement contemplated.
Rule 11(c)(5), Fed. R. Crim. P.
Commentary
This provision implements the requirements of Rule 11(c)(5). It assures the defendant an oppor-
tunity to withdraw his plea when the court has rejected a plea agreement.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 674).
Note
§6B1.4. Stipulations (Policy Statement)
(a) A plea agreement may be accompanied by a written stipulation of facts
relevant to sentencing. Except to the extent that a party may be privileged
not to disclose certain information, stipulations shall:
(1) set forth the relevant facts and circumstances of the actual offense
conduct and offender characteristics;
(2) not contain misleading facts; and
(3) set forth with meaningful specificity the reasons why the sentencing
range resulting from the proposed agreement is appropriate.
(b) To the extent that the parties disagree about any facts relevant to sentenc-
ing, the stipulation shall identify the facts that are in dispute.
(c) A district court may, by local rule, identify categories of cases for which the
parties are authorized to make the required stipulation orally, on the rec-
ord, at the time the plea agreement is offered.
(d) The court is not bound by the stipulation, but may with the aid of the
presentence report, determine the facts relevant to sentencing.
Commentary
This provision requires that when a plea agreement includes a stipulation of fact, the stipulation
must fully and accurately disclose all factors relevant to the determination of sentence. This provision
does not obligate the parties to reach agreement on issues that remain in dispute or to present the
court with an appearance of agreement in areas where agreement does not exist. Rather, the overrid-
ing principle is full disclosure of the circumstances of the actual offense and the agreement of the
parties. The stipulation should identify all areas of agreement, disagreement and uncertainty that
may be relevant to the determination of sentence. Similarly, it is not appropriate for the parties to
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 505
§6B1.4
stipulate to misleading or non-existent facts, even when both parties are willing to assume the exist-
ence of such “facts” for purposes of the litigation. Rather, the parties should fully disclose the actual
facts and then explain to the court the reasons why the disposition of the case should differ from that
which such facts ordinarily would require under the guidelines.
Because of the importance of the stipulations and the potential complexity of the factors that can
affect the determination of sentences, stipulations ordinarily should be in writing. However, exceptions
to this practice may be allowed by local rule. The Commission intends to pay particular attention to
this aspect of the plea agreement procedure as experience under the guidelines develops. See Com-
mentary to §6A1.2 (Disclosure of Presentence Report; Issues in Dispute).
Section 6B1.4(d) makes clear that the court is not obliged to accept the stipulation of the parties.
Even though stipulations are expected to be accurate and complete, the court cannot rely exclusively
upon stipulations in ascertaining the factors relevant to the determination of sentence. Rather, in
determining the factual basis for the sentence, the court will consider the stipulation, together with
the results of the presentence investigation, and any other relevant information.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1987.
Note
506 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 7 Pt. A
CHAPTER SEVEN
VIOLATIONS OF PROBATION
AND SUPERVISED RELEASE
PART A ― INTRODUCTION TO CHAPTER SEVEN
1. Authority
Under 28 U.S.C. § 994(a)(3), the Sentencing Commission is required to issue guidelines
or policy statements applicable to the revocation of probation and supervised release. At this
time, the Commission has chosen to promulgate policy statements only. These policy state-
ments will provide guidance while allowing for the identification of any substantive or proce-
dural issues that require further review. The Commission views these policy statements as
evolutionary and will review relevant data and materials concerning revocation determina-
tions under these policy statements. Revocation guidelines will be issued after federal judges,
probation officers, practitioners, and others have the opportunity to evaluate and comment
on these policy statements.
2. Background
(a) Probation.
Prior to the implementation of the federal sentencing guidelines, a court could stay the
imposition or execution of sentence and place a defendant on probation. When a court found
that a defendant violated a condition of probation, the court could continue probation, with
or without extending the term or modifying the conditions, or revoke probation and either
impose the term of imprisonment previously stayed, or, where no term of imprisonment had
originally been imposed, impose any term of imprisonment that was available at the initial
sentencing.
The statutory authority to “suspend” the imposition or execution of sentence in order to
impose a term of probation was abolished upon implementation of the sentencing guidelines.
Instead, the Sentencing Reform Act recognized probation as a sentence in itself. 18 U.S.C.
§ 3561. Under current law, if the court finds that a defendant violated a condition of proba-
tion, the court may continue probation, with or without extending the term or modifying the
conditions, or revoke probation and impose any other sentence that initially could have been
imposed. 18 U.S.C. § 3565. For certain violations, revocation is required by statute.
(b) Supervised Release.
Supervised release, a new form of post-imprisonment supervision created by the Sen-
tencing Reform Act, accompanied implementation of the guidelines. A term of supervised
release may be imposed by the court as a part of the sentence of imprisonment at the time of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 507
Ch. 7 Pt. A
initial sentencing. 18 U.S.C. § 3583(a). Unlike parole, a term of supervised release does not
replace a portion of the sentence of imprisonment, but rather is an order of supervision in
addition to any term of imprisonment imposed by the court. Accordingly, supervised release
is more analogous to the additional “special parole term” previously authorized for certain
drug offenses.
The conditions of supervised release authorized by statute are the same as those for a
sentence of probation, except for intermittent confinement. (Intermittent confinement is
available for a sentence of probation, but is available as a condition of supervised release only
for a violation of a condition of supervised release.) When the court finds that the defendant
violated a condition of supervised release, it may continue the defendant on supervised re-
lease, with or without extending the term or modifying the conditions, or revoke supervised
release and impose a term of imprisonment. The periods of imprisonment authorized by stat-
ute for a violation of the conditions of supervised release generally are more limited, however,
than those available for a violation of the conditions of probation. 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(3).
3. Resolution of Major Issues
(a) Guidelines versus Policy Statements.
At the outset, the Commission faced a choice between promulgating guidelines or issu-
ing advisory policy statements for the revocation of probation and supervised release. After
considered debate and input from judges, probation officers, and prosecuting and defense
attorneys, the Commission decided, for a variety of reasons, initially to issue policy state-
ments. Not only was the policy statement option expressly authorized by statute, but this
approach provided greater flexibility to both the Commission and the courts. Unlike guide-
lines, policy statements are not subject to the May 1 statutory deadline for submission to
Congress, and the Commission believed that it would benefit from the additional time to
consider complex issues relating to revocation guidelines provided by the policy statement
option.
Moreover, the Commission anticipates that, because of its greater flexibility, the policy
statement option will provide better opportunities for evaluation by the courts and the Com-
mission. This flexibility is important, given that supervised release as a method of post-in-
carceration supervision and transformation of probation from a suspension of sentence to a
sentence in itself represent recent changes in federal sentencing practices. After an adequate
period of evaluation, the Commission intends to promulgate revocation guidelines.
(b) Choice Between Theories.
The Commission debated two different approaches to sanctioning violations of probation
and supervised release.
The first option considered a violation resulting from a defendant’s failure to follow the
court-imposed conditions of probation or supervised release as a “breach of trust.” While the
nature of the conduct leading to the revocation would be considered in measuring the extent
of the breach of trust, imposition of an appropriate punishment for any new criminal conduct
508 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 7 Pt. A
would not be the primary goal of a revocation sentence. Instead, the sentence imposed upon
revocation would be intended to sanction the violator for failing to abide by the conditions of
the court-ordered supervision, leaving the punishment for any new criminal conduct to the
court responsible for imposing the sentence for that offense.
The second option considered by the Commission sought to sanction violators for the
particular conduct triggering the revocation as if that conduct were being sentenced as new
federal criminal conduct. Under this approach, offense guidelines in Chapters Two and Three
of the Guidelines Manual would be applied to any criminal conduct that formed the basis of
the violation, after which the criminal history in Chapter Four of the Guidelines Manual
would be recalculated to determine the appropriate revocation sentence. This option would
also address a violation not constituting a criminal offense.
After lengthy consideration, the Commission adopted an approach that is consistent
with the theory of the first option; i.e., at revocation the court should sanction primarily the
defendant’s breach of trust, while taking into account, to a limited degree, the seriousness of
the underlying violation and the criminal history of the violator.
The Commission adopted this approach for a variety of reasons. First, although the
Commission found desirable several aspects of the second option that provided for a detailed
revocation guideline system similar to that applied at the initial sentencing, extensive testing
proved it to be impractical. In particular, with regard to new criminal conduct that consti-
tuted a violation of state or local law, working groups expert in the functioning of federal
criminal law noted that it would be difficult in many instances for the court or the parties to
obtain the information necessary to apply properly the guidelines to this new conduct. The
potential unavailability of information and witnesses necessary for a determination of spe-
cific offense characteristics or other guideline adjustments could create questions about the
accuracy of factual findings concerning the existence of those factors.
In addition, the Commission rejected the second option because that option was incon-
sistent with its views that the court with jurisdiction over the criminal conduct leading to
revocation is the more appropriate body to impose punishment for that new criminal conduct,
and that, as a breach of trust inherent in the conditions of supervision, the sanction for the
violation of trust should be in addition, or consecutive, to any sentence imposed for the new
conduct. In contrast, the second option would have the revocation court substantially dupli-
cate the sanctioning role of the court with jurisdiction over a defendant’s new criminal con-
duct and would provide for the punishment imposed upon revocation to run concurrently
with, and thus generally be subsumed in, any sentence imposed for that new criminal con-
duct.
Further, the sanctions available to the courts upon revocation are, in many cases, more
significantly restrained by statute. Specifically, the term of imprisonment that may be im-
posed upon revocation of supervised release is limited by statute to not more than five years
for persons convicted of Class A felonies, except for certain title 21 drug offenses; not more
than three years for Class B felonies; not more than two years for Class C or D felonies; and
not more than one year for Class E felonies. 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(3).
Given the relatively narrow ranges of incarceration available in many cases, combined
with the potential difficulty in obtaining information necessary to determine specific offense
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 509
Ch. 7 Pt. A
characteristics, the Commission felt that it was undesirable at this time to develop guidelines
that attempt to distinguish, in detail, the wide variety of behavior that can lead to revocation.
Indeed, with the relatively low ceilings set by statute, revocation policy statements that at-
tempted to delineate with great particularity the gradations of conduct leading to revocation
would frequently result in a sentence at the statutory maximum penalty.
Accordingly, the Commission determined that revocation policy statements that pro-
vided for three broad grades of violations would permit proportionally longer terms for more
serious violations and thereby would address adequately concerns about proportionality,
without creating the problems inherent in the second option.
4. The Basic Approach
The revocation policy statements categorize violations of probation and supervised re-
lease in three broad classifications ranging from serious new felonious criminal conduct to
less serious criminal conduct and technical violations. The grade of the violation, together
with the violator’s criminal history category calculated at the time of the initial sentencing,
fix the applicable sentencing range.
The Commission has elected to develop a single set of policy statements for revocation
of both probation and supervised release. In reviewing the relevant literature, the Commis-
sion determined that the purpose of supervision for probation and supervised release should
focus on the integration of the violator into the community, while providing the supervision
designed to limit further criminal conduct. Although there was considerable debate as to
whether the sanction imposed upon revocation of probation should be different from that
imposed upon revocation of supervised release, the Commission has initially concluded that
a single set of policy statements is appropriate.
5. A Concluding Note
The Commission views these policy statements for revocation of probation and super-
vised release as the first step in an evolutionary process. The Commission expects to issue
revocation guidelines after judges, probation officers, and practitioners have had an oppor-
tunity to apply and comment on the policy statements.
In developing these policy statements, the Commission assembled two outside working
groups of experienced probation officers representing every circuit in the nation, officials from
the Probation Division of the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, the General Counsel’s
office at the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, and the U.S. Parole Commission. In
addition, a number of federal judges, members of the Criminal Law and Probation Admin-
istration Committee of the Judicial Conference, and representatives from the Department of
Justice and federal and community defenders provided considerable input into this effort.
Historical Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362). Amended effective November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); No-
Note vember 1, 2009 (amendment 733); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
510 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
Ch. 7 Pt. A
§§7A1.1 – 7A1.4 [Deleted]
Sections 7A1.1 (Reporting of Violations of Probation and Supervised Release), 7A1.2 (Revocation of Proba-
Historical tion), 7A1.3 (Revocation of Supervised Release), and 7A1.4 (No Credit for Time Under Supervision), effective
Note November 1, 1987, were deleted as part of an overall revision of this chapter effective November 1, 1990
(amendment 362).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 511
§7B1.1
PART B ― PROBATION AND SUPERVISED RELEASE VIOLATIONS
Introductory Commentary
The policy statements in this chapter seek to prescribe penalties only for the violation of the
judicial order imposing supervision. Where a defendant is convicted of a criminal charge that also is a
basis of the violation, these policy statements do not purport to provide the appropriate sanction for
the criminal charge itself. The Commission has concluded that the determination of the appropriate
sentence on any new criminal conviction should be a separate determination for the court having ju-
risdiction over such conviction.
Because these policy statements focus on the violation of the court-ordered supervision, this
chapter, to the extent permitted by law, treats violations of the conditions of probation and supervised
release as functionally equivalent.
Under 18 U.S.C. § 3584, the court, upon consideration of the factors set forth in 18 U.S.C.
§ 3553(a), including applicable guidelines and policy statements issued by the Sentencing Commission,
may order a term of imprisonment to be served consecutively or concurrently to an undischarged term
of imprisonment. It is the policy of the Commission that the sanction imposed upon revocation is to be
served consecutively to any other term of imprisonment imposed for any criminal conduct that is the
basis of the revocation.
This chapter is applicable in the case of a defendant under supervision for a felony or Class A
misdemeanor. Consistent with §1B1.9 (Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions), this chapter does
not apply in the case of a defendant under supervision for a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362).
Note
§7B1.1. Classification of Violations (Policy Statement)
(a) There are three grades of probation and supervised release violations:
(1) GRADE A VIOLATIONS — conduct constituting (A) a federal, state, or
local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment exceeding one
year that (i) is a crime of violence, (ii) is a controlled substance offense,
or (iii) involves possession of a firearm or destructive device of a type
described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a); or (B) any other federal, state, or
local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment exceeding twenty
years;
(2) GRADE B VIOLATIONS — conduct constituting any other federal, state,
or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment exceeding one
year;
512 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§7B1.2
(3) GRADE C VIOLATIONS — conduct constituting (A) a federal, state, or
local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or less;
or (B) a violation of any other condition of supervision.
(b) Where there is more than one violation of the conditions of supervision, or
the violation includes conduct that constitutes more than one offense, the
grade of the violation is determined by the violation having the most seri-
ous grade.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Under 18 U.S.C. §§ 3563(a)(1) and 3583(d), a mandatory condition of probation and supervised
release is that the defendant not commit another federal, state, or local crime. A violation of this
condition may be charged whether or not the defendant has been the subject of a separate federal,
state, or local prosecution for such conduct. The grade of violation does not depend upon the
conduct that is the subject of criminal charges or of which the defendant is convicted in a criminal
proceeding. Rather, the grade of the violation is to be based on the defendant’s actual conduct.
2. “Crime of violence” is defined in §4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1).
See §4B1.2(a) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1.2.
3. “Controlled substance offense” is defined in §4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Sec-
tion 4B1.1). See §4B1.2(b) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1.2.
4. A “firearm or destructive device of a type described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a)” includes a shot-
gun, or a weapon made from a shotgun, with a barrel or barrels of less than 18 inches in length;
a weapon made from a shotgun or rifle with an overall length of less than 26 inches; a rifle, or a
weapon made from a rifle, with a barrel or barrels of less than 16 inches in length; a machine
gun; a muffler or silencer for a firearm; a destructive device; and certain large bore weapons.
5. Where the defendant is under supervision in connection with a felony conviction, or has a prior
felony conviction, possession of a firearm (other than a firearm of a type described in 26 U.S.C.
§ 5845(a)) will generally constitute a Grade B violation, because 18 U.S.C. § 922(g) prohibits a
convicted felon from possessing a firearm. The term “generally” is used in the preceding sentence,
however, because there are certain limited exceptions to the applicability of 18 U.S.C. § 922(g).
See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 925(c).
Historical Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 473); No-
Note vember 1, 1997 (amendment 568); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646).
§7B1.2. Reporting of Violations of Probation and Supervised Release (Policy
Statement)
(a) The probation officer shall promptly report to the court any alleged
Grade A or B violation.
(b) The probation officer shall promptly report to the court any alleged
Grade C violation unless the officer determines: (1) that such violation is
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 513
§7B1.3
minor, and not part of a continuing pattern of violations; and (2) that non-
reporting will not present an undue risk to an individual or the public or
be inconsistent with any directive of the court relative to the reporting of
violations.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Under subsection (b), a Grade C violation must be promptly reported to the court unless the
probation officer makes an affirmative determination that the alleged violation meets the criteria
for non-reporting. For example, an isolated failure to file a monthly report or a minor traffic
infraction generally would not require reporting.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362).
Note
§7B1.3. Revocation of Probation or Supervised Release (Policy Statement)
(a) (1) Upon a finding of a Grade A or B violation, the court shall revoke pro-
bation or supervised release.
(2) Upon a finding of a Grade C violation, the court may (A) revoke pro-
bation or supervised release; or (B) extend the term of probation or
supervised release and/or modify the conditions of supervision.
(b) In the case of a revocation of probation or supervised release, the applica-
ble range of imprisonment is that set forth in §7B1.4 (Term of Imprison-
ment).
(c) In the case of a Grade B or C violation—
(1) Where the minimum term of imprisonment determined under §7B1.4
(Term of Imprisonment) is at least one month but not more than six
months, the minimum term may be satisfied by (A) a sentence of im-
prisonment; or (B) a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term of
supervised release with a condition that substitutes community con-
finement or home detention according to the schedule in §5C1.1(e) for
any portion of the minimum term; and
(2) Where the minimum term of imprisonment determined under §7B1.4
(Term of Imprisonment) is more than six months but not more than
ten months, the minimum term may be satisfied by (A) a sentence of
imprisonment; or (B) a sentence of imprisonment that includes a term
of supervised release with a condition that substitutes community
confinement or home detention according to the schedule in §5C1.1(e),
514 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§7B1.3
provided that at least one-half of the minimum term is satisfied by
imprisonment.
(3) In the case of a revocation based, at least in part, on a violation of a
condition specifically pertaining to community confinement, intermit-
tent confinement, or home detention, use of the same or a less restric-
tive sanction is not recommended.
(d) Any restitution, fine, community confinement, home detention, or inter-
mittent confinement previously imposed in connection with the sentence
for which revocation is ordered that remains unpaid or unserved at the
time of revocation shall be ordered to be paid or served in addition to the
sanction determined under §7B1.4 (Term of Imprisonment), and any such
unserved period of community confinement, home detention, or intermit-
tent confinement may be converted to an equivalent period of imprison-
ment.
(e) Where the court revokes probation or supervised release and imposes a
term of imprisonment, it shall increase the term of imprisonment deter-
mined under subsections (b), (c), and (d) above by the amount of time in
official detention that will be credited toward service of the term of impris-
onment under 18 U.S.C. § 3585(b), other than time in official detention re-
sulting from the federal probation or supervised release violation warrant
or proceeding.
(f) Any term of imprisonment imposed upon the revocation of probation or
supervised release shall be ordered to be served consecutively to any sen-
tence of imprisonment that the defendant is serving, whether or not the
sentence of imprisonment being served resulted from the conduct that is
the basis of the revocation of probation or supervised release.
(g) (1) If probation is revoked and a term of imprisonment is imposed, the
provisions of §§5D1.1–1.3 shall apply to the imposition of a term of
supervised release.
(2) If supervised release is revoked, the court may include a requirement
that the defendant be placed on a term of supervised release upon
release from imprisonment. The length of such a term of supervised
release shall not exceed the term of supervised release authorized by
statute for the offense that resulted in the original term of supervised
release, less any term of imprisonment that was imposed upon revo-
cation of supervised release. 18 U.S.C. § 3583(h).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 515
§7B1.4
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Revocation of probation or supervised release generally is the appropriate disposition in the case
of a Grade C violation by a defendant who, having been continued on supervision after a finding
of violation, again violates the conditions of his supervision.
2. The provisions for the revocation, as well as early termination and extension, of a term of super-
vised release are found in 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e), (g)–(i). Under 18 U.S.C. § 3583(h) (effective Sep-
tember 13, 1994), the court, in the case of revocation of supervised release, may order an addi-
tional period of supervised release to follow imprisonment.
3. Subsection (e) is designed to ensure that the revocation penalty is not decreased by credit for
time in official detention other than time in official detention resulting from the federal probation
or supervised release violation warrant or proceeding. Example: A defendant, who was in pre-
trial detention for three months, is placed on probation, and subsequently violates that probation.
The court finds the violation to be a Grade C violation, determines that the applicable range of
imprisonment is 4–10 months, and determines that revocation of probation and imposition of a
term of imprisonment of four months is appropriate. Under subsection (e), a sentence of seven
months imprisonment would be required because the Bureau of Prisons, under 18 U.S.C.
§ 3585(b), will allow the defendant three months’ credit toward the term of imprisonment im-
posed upon revocation.
4. Subsection (f) provides that any term of imprisonment imposed upon the revocation of probation
or supervised release shall run consecutively to any sentence of imprisonment being served by
the defendant. Similarly, it is the Commission’s recommendation that any sentence of imprison-
ment for a criminal offense that is imposed after revocation of probation or supervised release be
run consecutively to any term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation.
5. Intermittent confinement is authorized as a condition of probation during the first year of the
term of probation. 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b)(10). Intermittent confinement is authorized as a condition
of supervised release during the first year of supervised release, but only for a violation of a
condition of supervised release in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 3583(e)(2) and only when facilities
are available. See §5F1.8 (Intermittent Confinement).
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362). Amended effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 427); No-
Historical
vember 1, 1995 (amendment 533); November 1, 2002 (amendment 646); November 1, 2004 (amend-
Note
ment 664); November 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
§7B1.4. Term of Imprisonment (Policy Statement)
(a) The range of imprisonment applicable upon revocation is set forth in the
following table:
516 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§7B1.4
Revocation Table
(in months of imprisonment)
Criminal History Category*
Grade of
Violation I II III IV V VI
Grade C 3–9 4–10 5–11 6–12 7–13 8–14
Grade B 4–10 6–12 8–14 12–18 18–24 21–27
Grade A (1) Except as provided in subdivision (2) below:
12–18 15–21 18–24 24–30 30–37 33–41
(2) Where the defendant was on probation or supervised release as
a result of a sentence for a Class A felony:
24–30 27–33 30–37 37–46 46–57 51–63.
*The criminal history category is the category applicable at the time the
defendant originally was sentenced to a term of supervision.
(b) Provided, that—
(1) Where the statutorily authorized maximum term of imprisonment
that is imposable upon revocation is less than the minimum of the
applicable range, the statutorily authorized maximum term shall be
substituted for the applicable range; and
(2) Where the minimum term of imprisonment required by statute, if
any, is greater than the maximum of the applicable range, the mini-
mum term of imprisonment required by statute shall be substituted
for the applicable range.
(3) In any other case, the sentence upon revocation may be imposed at
any point within the applicable range, provided that the sentence—
(A) is not greater than the maximum term of imprisonment author-
ized by statute; and
(B) is not less than any minimum term of imprisonment required by
statute.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 517
§7B1.5
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. The criminal history category to be used in determining the applicable range of imprisonment in
the Revocation Table is the category determined at the time the defendant originally was sen-
tenced to the term of supervision. The criminal history category is not to be recalculated because
the ranges set forth in the Revocation Table have been designed to take into account that the
defendant violated supervision. In the rare case in which no criminal history category was deter-
mined when the defendant originally was sentenced to the term of supervision being revoked,
the court shall determine the criminal history category that would have been applicable at the
time the defendant originally was sentenced to the term of supervision. (See the criminal history
provisions of §§4A1.1–4B1.4.)
2. Departure from the applicable range of imprisonment in the Revocation Table may be warranted
when the court departed from the applicable range for reasons set forth in §4A1.3 (Departures
Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category) in originally imposing the sentence that re-
sulted in supervision. Additionally, an upward departure may be warranted when a defendant,
subsequent to the federal sentence resulting in supervision, has been sentenced for an offense
that is not the basis of the violation proceeding.
3. In the case of a Grade C violation that is associated with a high risk of new felonious conduct
(e.g., a defendant, under supervision for conviction of criminal sexual abuse, violates the condi-
tion that the defendant not associate with children by loitering near a schoolyard), an upward
departure may be warranted.
4. Where the original sentence was the result of a downward departure (e.g., as a reward for sub-
stantial assistance), or a charge reduction that resulted in a sentence below the guideline range
applicable to the defendant’s underlying conduct, an upward departure may be warranted.
5. Upon a finding that a defendant violated a condition of probation or supervised release by being
in possession of a controlled substance or firearm or by refusing to comply with a condition re-
quiring drug testing, the court is required to revoke probation or supervised release and impose
a sentence that includes a term of imprisonment. 18 U.S.C. §§ 3565(b), 3583(g).
6. In the case of a defendant who fails a drug test, the court shall consider whether the availability
of appropriate substance abuse programs, or a defendant’s current or past participation in such
programs, warrants an exception from the requirement of mandatory revocation and imprison-
ment under 18 U.S.C. §§ 3565(b) and 3583(g). 18 U.S.C. §§ 3563(a), 3583(d).
Historical Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362); November 1, 1995 (amendment 533); November 1, 2010
Note (amendment 747).
§7B1.5. No Credit for Time Under Supervision (Policy Statement)
(a) Upon revocation of probation, no credit shall be given (toward any sentence
of imprisonment imposed) for any portion of the term of probation served
prior to revocation.
518 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§7B1.5
(b) Upon revocation of supervised release, no credit shall be given (toward any
term of imprisonment ordered) for time previously served on post-release
supervision.
(c) Provided, that in the case of a person serving a period of supervised release
on a foreign sentence under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. § 4106A, credit
shall be given for time on supervision prior to revocation, except that no
credit shall be given for any time in escape or absconder status.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Subsection (c) implements 18 U.S.C. § 4106A(b)(1)(C), which provides that the combined periods
of imprisonment and supervised release in transfer treaty cases shall not exceed the term of
imprisonment imposed by the foreign court.
Background: This section provides that time served on probation or supervised release is not to be
credited in the determination of any term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation. Other aspects of
the defendant’s conduct, such as compliance with supervision conditions and adjustment while under
supervision, appropriately may be considered by the court in the determination of the sentence to be
imposed within the applicable revocation range.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1990 (amendment 362).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 519
Ch. 8
CHAPTER EIGHT
SENTENCING OF ORGANIZATIONS
Ch. 8
Introductory Commentary
The guidelines and policy statements in this chapter apply when the convicted defendant is an
organization. Organizations can act only through agents and, under federal criminal law, generally
are vicariously liable for offenses committed by their agents. At the same time, individual agents are
responsible for their own criminal conduct. Federal prosecutions of organizations therefore frequently
involve individual and organizational co-defendants. Convicted individual agents of organizations are
sentenced in accordance with the guidelines and policy statements in the preceding chapters. This
chapter is designed so that the sanctions imposed upon organizations and their agents, taken together,
will provide just punishment, adequate deterrence, and incentives for organizations to maintain inter-
nal mechanisms for preventing, detecting, and reporting criminal conduct.
This chapter reflects the following general principles:
First, the court must, whenever practicable, order the organization to remedy any harm caused
by the offense. The resources expended to remedy the harm should not be viewed as punishment, but
rather as a means of making victims whole for the harm caused.
Second, if the organization operated primarily for a criminal purpose or primarily by criminal
means, the fine should be set sufficiently high to divest the organization of all its assets.
Third, the fine range for any other organization should be based on the seriousness of the offense
and the culpability of the organization. The seriousness of the offense generally will be reflected by the
greatest of the pecuniary gain, the pecuniary loss, or the amount in a guideline offense level fine table.
Culpability generally will be determined by six factors that the sentencing court must consider. The
four factors that increase the ultimate punishment of an organization are: (i) the involvement in or
tolerance of criminal activity; (ii) the prior history of the organization; (iii) the violation of an order;
and (iv) the obstruction of justice. The two factors that mitigate the ultimate punishment of an organ-
ization are: (i) the existence of an effective compliance and ethics program; and (ii) self-reporting, co-
operation, or acceptance of responsibility.
Fourth, probation is an appropriate sentence for an organizational defendant when needed to
ensure that another sanction will be fully implemented, or to ensure that steps will be taken within
the organization to reduce the likelihood of future criminal conduct.
These guidelines offer incentives to organizations to reduce and ultimately eliminate criminal
conduct by providing a structural foundation from which an organization may self-police its own con-
duct through an effective compliance and ethics program. The prevention and detection of criminal
conduct, as facilitated by an effective compliance and ethics program, will assist an organization in
encouraging ethical conduct and in complying fully with all applicable laws.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
520 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8A1.2
PART A ― GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
§8A1.1. Applicability of Chapter Eight
This chapter applies to the sentencing of all organizations for felony and
Class A misdemeanor offenses.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Organization” means “a person other than an individual.” 18 U.S.C. § 18. The term includes
corporations, partnerships, associations, joint-stock companies, unions, trusts, pension funds,
unincorporated organizations, governments and political subdivisions thereof, and non-profit or-
ganizations.
2. The fine guidelines in §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 apply only to specified types of offenses. The other
provisions of this chapter apply to the sentencing of all organizations for all felony and Class A
misdemeanor offenses. For example, the restitution and probation provisions in Parts B and D
of this chapter apply to the sentencing of an organization, even if the fine guidelines in §§8C2.2
through 8C2.9 do not apply.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8A1.2. Application Instructions ― Organizations
(a) Determine from Part B, Subpart 1 (Remedying Harm from Criminal Con-
duct) the sentencing requirements and options relating to restitution, re-
medial orders, community service, and notice to victims.
(b) Determine from Part C (Fines) the sentencing requirements and options
relating to fines:
(1) If the organization operated primarily for a criminal purpose or pri-
marily by criminal means, apply §8C1.1 (Determining the Fine ―
Criminal Purpose Organizations).
(2) Otherwise, apply §8C2.1 (Applicability of Fine Guidelines) to identify
the counts for which the provisions of §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 apply.
For such counts:
(A) Refer to §8C2.2 (Preliminary Determination of Inability to Pay
Fine) to determine whether an abbreviated determination of the
guideline fine range may be warranted.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 521
§8A1.2
(B) Apply §8C2.3 (Offense Level) to determine the offense level from
Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) and Chapter Three, Part D (Mul-
tiple Counts).
(C) Apply §8C2.4 (Base Fine) to determine the base fine.
(D) Apply §8C2.5 (Culpability Score) to determine the culpability
score. To determine whether the organization had an effective
compliance and ethics program for purposes of §8C2.5(f), apply
§8B2.1 (Effective Compliance and Ethics Program).
(E) Apply §8C2.6 (Minimum and Maximum Multipliers) to deter-
mine the minimum and maximum multipliers corresponding to
the culpability score.
(F) Apply §8C2.7 (Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations) to deter-
mine the minimum and maximum of the guideline fine range.
(G) Refer to §8C2.8 (Determining the Fine Within the Range) to de-
termine the amount of the fine within the applicable guideline
range.
(H) Apply §8C2.9 (Disgorgement) to determine whether an increase
to the fine is required.
For any count or counts not covered under §8C2.1 (Applicability of
Fine Guidelines), apply §8C2.10 (Determining the Fine for Other
Counts).
(3) Apply the provisions relating to the implementation of the sentence of
a fine in Part C, Subpart 3 (Implementing the Sentence of a Fine).
(4) For grounds for departure from the applicable guideline fine range,
refer to Part C, Subpart 4 (Departures from the Guideline Fine
Range).
(c) Determine from Part D (Organizational Probation) the sentencing require-
ments and options relating to probation.
(d) Determine from Part E (Special Assessments, Forfeitures, and Costs) the
sentencing requirements relating to special assessments, forfeitures, and
costs.
522 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8A1.2
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Determinations under this chapter are to be based upon the facts and information specified in
the applicable guideline. Determinations that reference other chapters are to be made under the
standards applicable to determinations under those chapters.
2. The definitions in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions) and the guidelines and
commentary in §§1B1.2 through 1B1.8 apply to determinations under this chapter unless other-
wise specified. The adjustments in Chapter Three, Parts A (Victim-Related Adjustments), B (Role
in the Offense), C (Obstruction and Related Adjustments), and E (Acceptance of Responsibility)
do not apply. The provisions of Chapter Six (Sentencing Procedures, Plea Agreements, and Crime
Victims’ Rights) apply to proceedings in which the defendant is an organization. Guidelines and
policy statements not referenced in this chapter, directly or indirectly, do not apply when the
defendant is an organization; e.g., the policy statements in Chapter Seven (Violations of Proba-
tion and Supervised Release) do not apply to organizations.
3. The following are definitions of terms used frequently in this chapter:
(A) “Offense” means the offense of conviction and all relevant conduct under §1B1.3 (Relevant
Conduct) unless a different meaning is specified or is otherwise clear from the context. The
term “instant” is used in connection with “offense,” “federal offense,” or “offense of convic-
tion,” as the case may be, to distinguish the violation for which the defendant is being sen-
tenced from a prior or subsequent offense, or from an offense before another court (e.g., an
offense before a state court involving the same underlying conduct).
(B) “High-level personnel of the organization” means individuals who have substantial
control over the organization or who have a substantial role in the making of policy within
the organization. The term includes: a director; an executive officer; an individual in charge
of a major business or functional unit of the organization, such as sales, administration, or
finance; and an individual with a substantial ownership interest. “High-level personnel
of a unit of the organization” is defined in the Commentary to §8C2.5 (Culpability
Score).
(C) “Substantial authority personnel” means individuals who within the scope of their au-
thority exercise a substantial measure of discretion in acting on behalf of an organization.
The term includes high-level personnel of the organization, individuals who exercise sub-
stantial supervisory authority (e.g., a plant manager, a sales manager), and any other in-
dividuals who, although not a part of an organization’s management, nevertheless exercise
substantial discretion when acting within the scope of their authority (e.g., an individual
with authority in an organization to negotiate or set price levels or an individual authorized
to negotiate or approve significant contracts). Whether an individual falls within this cate-
gory must be determined on a case-by-case basis.
(D) “Agent” means any individual, including a director, an officer, an employee, or an inde-
pendent contractor, authorized to act on behalf of the organization.
(E) An individual “condoned” an offense if the individual knew of the offense and did not take
reasonable steps to prevent or terminate the offense.
(F) “Similar misconduct” means prior conduct that is similar in nature to the conduct under-
lying the instant offense, without regard to whether or not such conduct violated the same
statutory provision. For example, prior Medicare fraud would be misconduct similar to an
instant offense involving another type of fraud.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 523
§8A1.2
(G) “Criminal adjudication” means conviction by trial, plea of guilty (including an Alford
plea), or plea of nolo contendere.
(H) “Pecuniary gain” is derived from 18 U.S.C. § 3571(d) and means the additional before-tax
profit to the defendant resulting from the relevant conduct of the offense. Gain can result
from either additional revenue or cost savings. For example, an offense involving odometer
tampering can produce additional revenue. In such a case, the pecuniary gain is the addi-
tional revenue received because the automobiles appeared to have less mileage, i.e., the
difference between the price received or expected for the automobiles with the apparent
mileage and the fair market value of the automobiles with the actual mileage. An offense
involving defense procurement fraud related to defective product testing can produce pecu-
niary gain resulting from cost savings. In such a case, the pecuniary gain is the amount
saved because the product was not tested in the required manner.
(I) “Pecuniary loss” is derived from 18 U.S.C. § 3571(d) and is equivalent to the term “loss”
as used in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct). See §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and
Fraud) and the Commentary to §2B1.1, and definitions of “tax loss” in Chapter Two, Part T
(Offenses Involving Taxation).
(J) An individual was “willfully ignorant of the offense” if the individual did not investigate
the possible occurrence of unlawful conduct despite knowledge of circumstances that would
lead a reasonable person to investigate whether unlawful conduct had occurred.
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 546); No-
Historical vember 1, 2001 (amendment 617); November 1, 2004 (amendment 673); November 1, 2010 (amend-
Note ment 747); November 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2023 (amendment 824); November 1, 2024
(amendment 827).
524 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8B1.1
PART B ― REMEDYING HARM FROM CRIMINAL CONDUCT, AND
EFFECTIVE COMPLIANCE AND ETHICS PROGRAM
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
1. REMEDYING HARM FROM CRIMINAL CONDUCT
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
Introductory Commentary
As a general principle, the court should require that the organization take all appropriate steps
to provide compensation to victims and otherwise remedy the harm caused or threatened by the of-
fense. A restitution order or an order of probation requiring restitution can be used to compensate
identifiable victims of the offense. A remedial order or an order of probation requiring community
service can be used to reduce or eliminate the harm threatened, or to repair the harm caused by the
offense, when that harm or threatened harm would otherwise not be remedied. An order of notice to
victims can be used to notify unidentified victims of the offense.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8B1.1. Restitution ― Organizations
(a) In the case of an identifiable victim, the court shall—
(1) enter a restitution order for the full amount of the victim’s loss, if such
order is authorized under 18 U.S.C. § 2248, § 2259, § 2264, § 2327,
§ 3663, or § 3663A; or
(2) impose a term of probation or supervised release with a condition re-
quiring restitution for the full amount of the victim’s loss, if the of-
fense is not an offense for which restitution is authorized under
18 U.S.C. § 3663(a)(1) but otherwise meets the criteria for an order of
restitution under that section.
(b) Provided, that the provisions of subsection (a) do not apply—
(1) when full restitution has been made; or
(2) in the case of a restitution order under § 3663; a restitution order un-
der 18 U.S.C. § 3663A that pertains to an offense against property de-
scribed in 18 U.S.C. § 3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii); or a condition of restitution
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 525
§8B1.1
imposed pursuant to subsection (a)(2) above, to the extent the court
finds, from facts on the record, that (A) the number of identifiable vic-
tims is so large as to make restitution impracticable; or (B) determin-
ing complex issues of fact related to the cause or amount of the vic-
tim’s losses would complicate or prolong the sentencing process to a
degree that the need to provide restitution to any victim is outweighed
by the burden on the sentencing process.
(c) If a defendant is ordered to make restitution to an identifiable victim and
to pay a fine, the court shall order that any money paid by the defendant
shall first be applied to satisfy the order of restitution.
(d) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make a single, lump sum
payment, partial payments at specified intervals, in-kind payments, or a
combination of payments at specified intervals and in-kind payments.
See 18 U.S.C. § 3664(f)(3)(A). An in-kind payment may be in the form of
(1) return of property; (2) replacement of property; or (3) if the victim
agrees, services rendered to the victim or to a person or organization other
than the victim. See 18 U.S.C. § 3664(f)(4).
(e) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make nominal periodic pay-
ments if the court finds from facts on the record that the economic circum-
stances of the defendant do not allow the payment of any amount of a res-
titution order, and do not allow for the payment of the full amount of a
restitution order in the foreseeable future under any reasonable schedule
of payments.
(f) Special Instruction
(1) This guideline applies only to a defendant convicted of an offense com-
mitted on or after November 1, 1997. Notwithstanding the provisions
of §1B1.11 (Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentenc-
ing), use the former §8B1.1 (set forth in Appendix C, amendment 571)
in lieu of this guideline in any other case.
Commentary
Background: Section 3553(a)(7) of title 18, United States Code, requires the court, “in determining
the particular sentence to be imposed,” to consider “the need to provide restitution to any victims of
the offense.” Orders of restitution are authorized under 18 U.S.C. §§ 2248, 2259, 2264, 2327, 3663,
and 3663A. For offenses for which an order of restitution is not authorized, restitution may be imposed
as a condition of probation.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 571); No-
Note vember 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
526 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8B1.3
§8B1.2. Remedial Orders ― Organizations (Policy Statement)
(a) To the extent not addressed under §8B1.1 (Restitution ― Organizations),
a remedial order imposed as a condition of probation may require the or-
ganization to remedy the harm caused by the offense and to eliminate or
reduce the risk that the instant offense will cause future harm.
(b) If the magnitude of expected future harm can be reasonably estimated, the
court may require the organization to create a trust fund sufficient to ad-
dress that expected harm.
Commentary
Background: The purposes of a remedial order are to remedy harm that has already occurred and to
prevent future harm. A remedial order requiring corrective action by the organization may be neces-
sary to prevent future injury from the instant offense, e.g., a product recall for a food and drug violation
or a clean-up order for an environmental violation. In some cases in which a remedial order potentially
may be appropriate, a governmental regulatory agency, e.g., the Environmental Protection Agency or
the Food and Drug Administration, may have authority to order remedial measures. In such cases, a
remedial order by the court may not be necessary. If a remedial order is entered, it should be coordi-
nated with any administrative or civil actions taken by the appropriate governmental regulatory
agency.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8B1.3. Community Service ― Organizations (Policy Statement)
Community service may be ordered as a condition of probation where such com-
munity service is reasonably designed to repair the harm caused by the offense.
Commentary
Background: An organization can perform community service only by employing its resources or
paying its employees or others to do so. Consequently, an order that an organization perform commu-
nity service is essentially an indirect monetary sanction, and therefore generally less desirable than a
direct monetary sanction. However, where the convicted organization possesses knowledge, facilities,
or skills that uniquely qualify it to repair damage caused by the offense, community service directed
at repairing damage may provide an efficient means of remedying harm caused.
In the past, some forms of community service imposed on organizations have not been related to
the purposes of sentencing. Requiring a defendant to endow a chair at a university or to contribute to
a local charity would not be consistent with this section unless such community service provided a
means for preventive or corrective action directly related to the offense and therefore served one of the
purposes of sentencing set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 527
§8B1.4
§8B1.4. Order of Notice to Victims ― Organizations
Apply §5F1.4 (Order of Notice to Victims).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
* * * * *
2. EFFECTIVE COMPLIANCE AND ETHICS PROGRAM
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
§8B2.1. Effective Compliance and Ethics Program
(a) To have an effective compliance and ethics program, for purposes of sub-
section (f) of §8C2.5 (Culpability Score) and subsection (b)(1) of §8D1.4
(Recommended Conditions of Probation ― Organizations), an organization
shall—
(1) exercise due diligence to prevent and detect criminal conduct; and
(2) otherwise promote an organizational culture that encourages ethical
conduct and a commitment to compliance with the law.
Such compliance and ethics program shall be reasonably designed, imple-
mented, and enforced so that the program is generally effective in prevent-
ing and detecting criminal conduct. The failure to prevent or detect the
instant offense does not necessarily mean that the program is not generally
effective in preventing and detecting criminal conduct.
(b) Due diligence and the promotion of an organizational culture that encour-
ages ethical conduct and a commitment to compliance with the law within
the meaning of subsection (a) minimally require the following:
(1) The organization shall establish standards and procedures to prevent
and detect criminal conduct.
(2) (A) The organization’s governing authority shall be knowledgeable
about the content and operation of the compliance and ethics pro-
gram and shall exercise reasonable oversight with respect to the
528 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8B2.1
implementation and effectiveness of the compliance and ethics
program.
(B) High-level personnel of the organization shall ensure that the or-
ganization has an effective compliance and ethics program, as
described in this guideline. Specific individual(s) within high-
level personnel shall be assigned overall responsibility for the
compliance and ethics program.
(C) Specific individual(s) within the organization shall be delegated
day-to-day operational responsibility for the compliance and eth-
ics program. Individual(s) with operational responsibility shall
report periodically to high-level personnel and, as appropriate, to
the governing authority, or an appropriate subgroup of the gov-
erning authority, on the effectiveness of the compliance and eth-
ics program. To carry out such operational responsibility, such
individual(s) shall be given adequate resources, appropriate au-
thority, and direct access to the governing authority or an appro-
priate subgroup of the governing authority.
(3) The organization shall use reasonable efforts not to include within the
substantial authority personnel of the organization any individual
whom the organization knew, or should have known through the ex-
ercise of due diligence, has engaged in illegal activities or other con-
duct inconsistent with an effective compliance and ethics program.
(4) (A) The organization shall take reasonable steps to communicate pe-
riodically and in a practical manner its standards and proce-
dures, and other aspects of the compliance and ethics program,
to the individuals referred to in subparagraph (B) by conducting
effective training programs and otherwise disseminating infor-
mation appropriate to such individuals’ respective roles and re-
sponsibilities.
(B) The individuals referred to in subparagraph (A) are the members
of the governing authority, high-level personnel, substantial au-
thority personnel, the organization’s employees, and, as appro-
priate, the organization’s agents.
(5) The organization shall take reasonable steps—
(A) to ensure that the organization’s compliance and ethics program
is followed, including monitoring and auditing to detect criminal
conduct;
(B) to evaluate periodically the effectiveness of the organization’s
compliance and ethics program; and
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 529
§8B2.1
(C) to have and publicize a system, which may include mechanisms
that allow for anonymity or confidentiality, whereby the organi-
zation’s employees and agents may report or seek guidance re-
garding potential or actual criminal conduct without fear of re-
taliation.
(6) The organization’s compliance and ethics program shall be promoted
and enforced consistently throughout the organization through (A) ap-
propriate incentives to perform in accordance with the compliance and
ethics program; and (B) appropriate disciplinary measures for engag-
ing in criminal conduct and for failing to take reasonable steps to pre-
vent or detect criminal conduct.
(7) After criminal conduct has been detected, the organization shall take
reasonable steps to respond appropriately to the criminal conduct and
to prevent further similar criminal conduct, including making any
necessary modifications to the organization’s compliance and ethics
program.
(c) In implementing subsection (b), the organization shall periodically assess
the risk of criminal conduct and shall take appropriate steps to design,
implement, or modify each requirement set forth in subsection (b) to reduce
the risk of criminal conduct identified through this process.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline:
“Compliance and ethics program” means a program designed to prevent and detect criminal
conduct.
“Governing authority” means (A) the Board of Directors; or (B) if the organization does not
have a Board of Directors, the highest-level governing body of the organization.
“High-level personnel of the organization” and “substantial authority personnel” have
the meaning given those terms in the Commentary to §8A1.2 (Application Instructions ― Organ-
izations).
“Standards and procedures” means standards of conduct and internal controls that are rea-
sonably capable of reducing the likelihood of criminal conduct.
2. Factors to Consider in Meeting Requirements of this Guideline.—
(A) In General.—Each of the requirements set forth in this guideline shall be met by an or-
ganization; however, in determining what specific actions are necessary to meet those re-
quirements, factors that shall be considered include: (i) applicable industry practice or the
standards called for by any applicable governmental regulation; (ii) the size of the organi-
zation; and (iii) similar misconduct.
530 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8B2.1
(B) Applicable Governmental Regulation and Industry Practice.—An organization’s
failure to incorporate and follow applicable industry practice or the standards called for by
any applicable governmental regulation weighs against a finding of an effective compliance
and ethics program.
(C) The Size of the Organization.—
(i) In General.—The formality and scope of actions that an organization shall take to
meet the requirements of this guideline, including the necessary features of the or-
ganization’s standards and procedures, depend on the size of the organization.
(ii) Large Organizations.—A large organization generally shall devote more formal op-
erations and greater resources in meeting the requirements of this guideline than
shall a small organization. As appropriate, a large organization should encourage
small organizations (especially those that have, or seek to have, a business relation-
ship with the large organization) to implement effective compliance and ethics pro-
grams.
(iii) Small Organizations.—In meeting the requirements of this guideline, small organ-
izations shall demonstrate the same degree of commitment to ethical conduct and
compliance with the law as large organizations. However, a small organization may
meet the requirements of this guideline with less formality and fewer resources than
would be expected of large organizations. In appropriate circumstances, reliance on
existing resources and simple systems can demonstrate a degree of commitment that,
for a large organization, would only be demonstrated through more formally planned
and implemented systems.
Examples of the informality and use of fewer resources with which a small organiza-
tion may meet the requirements of this guideline include the following: (I) the govern-
ing authority’s discharge of its responsibility for oversight of the compliance and eth-
ics program by directly managing the organization’s compliance and ethics efforts;
(II) training employees through informal staff meetings, and monitoring through reg-
ular “walk-arounds” or continuous observation while managing the organization;
(III) using available personnel, rather than employing separate staff, to carry out the
compliance and ethics program; and (IV) modeling its own compliance and ethics pro-
gram on existing, well-regarded compliance and ethics programs and best practices of
other similar organizations.
(D) Recurrence of Similar Misconduct.—Recurrence of similar misconduct creates doubt
regarding whether the organization took reasonable steps to meet the requirements of this
guideline. For purposes of this subparagraph, “similar misconduct” has the meaning
given that term in the Commentary to §8A1.2 (Application Instructions ― Organizations).
3. Application of Subsection (b)(2).—High-level personnel and substantial authority personnel
of the organization shall be knowledgeable about the content and operation of the compliance
and ethics program, shall perform their assigned duties consistent with the exercise of due dili-
gence, and shall promote an organizational culture that encourages ethical conduct and a com-
mitment to compliance with the law.
If the specific individual(s) assigned overall responsibility for the compliance and ethics program
does not have day-to-day operational responsibility for the program, then the individual(s) with
day-to-day operational responsibility for the program typically should, no less than annually,
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 531
§8B2.1
give the governing authority or an appropriate subgroup thereof information on the implemen-
tation and effectiveness of the compliance and ethics program.
4. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—
(A) Consistency with Other Law.—Nothing in subsection (b)(3) is intended to require con-
duct inconsistent with any federal, state, or local law, including any law governing employ-
ment or hiring practices.
(B) Implementation.—In implementing subsection (b)(3), the organization shall hire and pro-
mote individuals so as to ensure that all individuals within the high-level personnel and
substantial authority personnel of the organization will perform their assigned duties in a
manner consistent with the exercise of due diligence and the promotion of an organizational
culture that encourages ethical conduct and a commitment to compliance with the law un-
der subsection (a). With respect to the hiring or promotion of such individuals, an organi-
zation shall consider the relatedness of the individual’s illegal activities and other miscon-
duct (i.e., other conduct inconsistent with an effective compliance and ethics program) to
the specific responsibilities the individual is anticipated to be assigned and other factors
such as: (i) the recency of the individual’s illegal activities and other misconduct; and
(ii) whether the individual has engaged in other such illegal activities and other such mis-
conduct.
5. Application of Subsection (b)(6).—Adequate discipline of individuals responsible for an of-
fense is a necessary component of enforcement; however, the form of discipline that will be ap-
propriate will be case specific.
6. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—Subsection (b)(7) has two aspects.
First, the organization should respond appropriately to the criminal conduct. The organization
should take reasonable steps, as warranted under the circumstances, to remedy the harm result-
ing from the criminal conduct. These steps may include, where appropriate, providing restitution
to identifiable victims, as well as other forms of remediation. Other reasonable steps to respond
appropriately to the criminal conduct may include self-reporting and cooperation with authori-
ties.
Second, the organization should act appropriately to prevent further similar criminal conduct,
including assessing the compliance and ethics program and making modifications necessary to
ensure the program is effective. The steps taken should be consistent with subsections (b)(5)
and (c) and may include the use of an outside professional advisor to ensure adequate assessment
and implementation of any modifications.
7. Application of Subsection (c).—To meet the requirements of subsection (c), an organization
shall:
(A) Assess periodically the risk that criminal conduct will occur, including assessing the follow-
ing:
(i) The nature and seriousness of such criminal conduct.
(ii) The likelihood that certain criminal conduct may occur because of the nature of the
organization’s business. If, because of the nature of an organization’s business, there
is a substantial risk that certain types of criminal conduct may occur, the organization
shall take reasonable steps to prevent and detect that type of criminal conduct. For
532 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8B2.1
example, an organization that, due to the nature of its business, employs sales per-
sonnel who have flexibility to set prices shall establish standards and procedures de-
signed to prevent and detect price-fixing. An organization that, due to the nature of
its business, employs sales personnel who have flexibility to represent the material
characteristics of a product shall establish standards and procedures designed to pre-
vent and detect fraud.
(iii) The prior history of the organization. The prior history of an organization may indi-
cate types of criminal conduct that it shall take actions to prevent and detect.
(B) Prioritize periodically, as appropriate, the actions taken pursuant to any requirement set
forth in subsection (b), in order to focus on preventing and detecting the criminal conduct
identified under subparagraph (A) of this note as most serious, and most likely, to occur.
(C) Modify, as appropriate, the actions taken pursuant to any requirement set forth in subsec-
tion (b) to reduce the risk of criminal conduct identified under subparagraph (A) of this note
as most serious, and most likely, to occur.
Background: This section sets forth the requirements for an effective compliance and ethics program.
This section responds to section 805(a)(5) of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, Public Law 107–204,
which directed the Commission to review and amend, as appropriate, the guidelines and related policy
statements to ensure that the guidelines that apply to organizations in this chapter “are sufficient to
deter and punish organizational criminal misconduct.”
The requirements set forth in this guideline are intended to achieve reasonable prevention and
detection of criminal conduct for which the organization would be vicariously liable. The prior diligence
of an organization in seeking to prevent and detect criminal conduct has a direct bearing on the ap-
propriate penalties and probation terms for the organization if it is convicted and sentenced for a
criminal offense.
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673). Amended effective November 1, 2010 (amendment 744); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2011 (amendment 758); November 1, 2013 (amendment 778); November 1, 2023 (amend-
Note
ment 824); November 1, 2024 (amendment 831).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 533
§8C1.1
PART C ― FINES
1. DETERMINING THE FINE ― CRIMINAL PURPOSE ORGANIZATIONS
§8C1.1. Determining the Fine ― Criminal Purpose Organizations
If, upon consideration of the nature and circumstances of the offense and the
history and characteristics of the organization, the court determines that the
organization operated primarily for a criminal purpose or primarily by criminal
means, the fine shall be set at an amount (subject to the statutory maximum)
sufficient to divest the organization of all its net assets. When this section ap-
plies, Subpart 2 (Determining the Fine ― Other Organizations) and §8C3.4
(Fines Paid by Owners of Closely Held Organizations) do not apply.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. “Net assets,” as used in this section, means the assets remaining after payment of all legitimate
claims against assets by known innocent bona fide creditors.
Background: This guideline addresses the case in which the court, based upon an examination of the
nature and circumstances of the offense and the history and characteristics of the organization, deter-
mines that the organization was operated primarily for a criminal purpose (e.g., a front for a scheme
that was designed to commit fraud; an organization established to participate in the illegal manufac-
ture, importation, or distribution of a controlled substance) or operated primarily by criminal means
(e.g., a hazardous waste disposal business that had no legitimate means of disposing of hazardous
waste). In such a case, the fine shall be set at an amount sufficient to remove all of the organization’s
net assets. If the extent of the assets of the organization is unknown, the maximum fine authorized by
statute should be imposed, absent innocent bona fide creditors.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
* * * * *
2. DETERMINING THE FINE ― OTHER ORGANIZATIONS
§8C2.1. Applicability of Fine Guidelines
The provisions of §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 apply to each count for which the ap-
plicable guideline offense level is determined under:
(a) §§2B1.1, 2B1.4, 2B2.3, 2B4.1, 2B5.3, 2B6.1;
§§2C1.1, 2C1.2;
§§2D1.7, 2D3.1, 2D3.2;
534 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.2
§§2E3.1, 2E4.1, 2E5.1, 2E5.3;
§2G3.1;
§§2K1.1, 2K2.1;
§2L1.1;
§2N3.1;
§2R1.1;
§§2S1.1, 2S1.3;
§§2T1.1, 2T1.4, 2T1.6, 2T1.7, 2T1.8, 2T1.9, 2T2.1, 2T2.2, 2T3.1; or
(b) §§2E1.1, 2X1.1, 2X2.1, 2X3.1, 2X4.1, with respect to cases in which the of-
fense level for the underlying offense is determined under one of the guide-
line sections listed in subsection (a) above.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. If the Chapter Two offense guideline for a count is listed in subsection (a) or (b) above, and the
applicable guideline results in the determination of the offense level by use of one of the listed
guidelines, apply the provisions of §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 to that count. For example, §§8C2.2
through 8C2.9 apply to an offense under §2K2.1 (an offense guideline listed in subsection (a)),
unless the cross reference in that guideline requires the offense level to be determined under an
offense guideline section not listed in subsection (a).
2. If the Chapter Two offense guideline for a count is not listed in subsection (a) or (b) above, but
the applicable guideline results in the determination of the offense level by use of a listed guide-
line, apply the provisions of §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 to that count. For example, where the conduct
set forth in a count of conviction ordinarily referenced to §2N2.1 (an offense guideline not listed
in subsection (a)) establishes §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) as the applicable
offense guideline (an offense guideline listed in subsection (a)), §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 would
apply because the actual offense level is determined under §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction,
and Fraud).
Background: The fine guidelines of this subpart apply only to offenses covered by the guideline sec-
tions set forth in subsection (a) above. For example, the provisions of §§8C2.2 through 8C2.9 do not
apply to counts for which the applicable guideline offense level is determined under Chapter Two,
Part Q (Offenses Involving the Environment). For such cases, §8C2.10 (Determining the Fine for Other
Counts) is applicable.
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (amendment 453); No-
Historical
vember 1, 1993 (amendment 496); November 1, 2001 (amendments 617, 619, and 634); November 1, 2005
Note
(amendment 679); November 1, 2018 (amendment 813).
§8C2.2. Preliminary Determination of Inability to Pay Fine
(a) Where it is readily ascertainable that the organization cannot and is not
likely to become able (even on an installment schedule) to pay restitution
required under §8B1.1 (Restitution ― Organizations), a determination of
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 535
§8C2.3
the guideline fine range is unnecessary because, pursuant to §8C3.3(a), no
fine would be imposed.
(b) Where it is readily ascertainable through a preliminary determination of
the minimum of the guideline fine range (see §§8C2.3 through 8C2.7) that
the organization cannot and is not likely to become able (even on an in-
stallment schedule) to pay such minimum guideline fine, a further deter-
mination of the guideline fine range is unnecessary. Instead, the court may
use the preliminary determination and impose the fine that would result
from the application of §8C3.3 (Reduction of Fine Based on Inability to
Pay).
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In a case of a determination under subsection (a), a statement that “the guideline fine range was
not determined because it is readily ascertainable that the defendant cannot and is not likely to
become able to pay restitution” is recommended.
2. In a case of a determination under subsection (b), a statement that “no precise determination of
the guideline fine range is required because it is readily ascertainable that the defendant cannot
and is not likely to become able to pay the minimum of the guideline fine range” is recommended.
Background: Many organizational defendants lack the ability to pay restitution. In addition, many
organizational defendants who may be able to pay restitution lack the ability to pay the minimum fine
called for by §8C2.7(a). In such cases, a complete determination of the guideline fine range may be a
needless exercise. This section provides for an abbreviated determination of the guideline fine range
that can be applied where it is readily ascertainable that the fine within the guideline fine range
determined under §8C2.7 (Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations) would be reduced under §8C3.3
(Reduction of Fine Based on Inability to Pay).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C2.3. Offense Level
(a) For each count covered by §8C2.1 (Applicability of Fine Guidelines), use
the applicable Chapter Two guideline to determine the base offense level
and apply, in the order listed, any appropriate adjustments contained in
that guideline.
(b) Where there is more than one such count, apply Chapter Three, Part D
(Multiple Counts) to determine the combined offense level.
536 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.4
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. In determining the offense level under this section, “defendant,” as used in Chapter Two, in-
cludes any agent of the organization for whose conduct the organization is criminally responsible.
2. In determining the offense level under this section, apply the provisions of §§1B1.2
through 1B1.8. Do not apply the adjustments in Chapter Three, Parts A (Victim-Related Adjust-
ments), B (Role in the Offense), C (Obstruction and Related Adjustments), and E (Acceptance of
Responsibility).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2011 (amendment 758).
Note
§8C2.4. Base Fine
(a) The base fine is the greatest of:
(1) the amount from the table in subsection (d) below corresponding to
the offense level determined under §8C2.3 (Offense Level); or
(2) the pecuniary gain to the organization from the offense; or
(3) the pecuniary loss from the offense caused by the organization, to the
extent the loss was caused intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly.
(b) Provided, that if the applicable offense guideline in Chapter Two includes
a special instruction for organizational fines, that special instruction shall
be applied, as appropriate.
(c) Provided, further, that to the extent the calculation of either pecuniary
gain or pecuniary loss would unduly complicate or prolong the sentencing
process, that amount, i.e., gain or loss as appropriate, shall not be used for
the determination of the base fine.
(d) OFFENSE LEVEL FINE TABLE
Offense Level Amount
6 or less $8,500
7 $15,000
8 $15,000
9 $25,000
10 $35,000
11 $50,000
12 $70,000
13 $100,000
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 537
§8C2.4
14 $150,000
15 $200,000
16 $300,000
17 $450,000
18 $600,000
19 $850,000
20 $1,000,000
21 $1,500,000
22 $2,000,000
23 $3,000,000
24 $3,500,000
25 $5,000,000
26 $6,500,000
27 $8,500,000
28 $10,000,000
29 $15,000,000
30 $20,000,000
31 $25,000,000
32 $30,000,000
33 $40,000,000
34 $50,000,000
35 $65,000,000
36 $80,000,000
37 $100,000,000
38 or more $150,000,000.
(e) Special Instruction
(1) For offenses committed prior to November 1, 2015, use the offense
level fine table that was set forth in the version of §8C2.4(d) that was
in effect on November 1, 2014, rather than the offense level fine table
set forth in subsection (d) above.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. “Pecuniary gain,” “pecuniary loss,” and “offense” are defined in the Commentary to §8A1.2
(Application Instructions ― Organizations). Note that subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) contain cer-
tain limitations as to the use of pecuniary gain and pecuniary loss in determining the base fine.
Under subsection (a)(2), the pecuniary gain used to determine the base fine is the pecuniary gain
to the organization from the offense. Under subsection (a)(3), the pecuniary loss used to deter-
mine the base fine is the pecuniary loss from the offense caused by the organization, to the extent
that such loss was caused intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly.
2. Under 18 U.S.C. § 3571(d), the court is not required to calculate pecuniary loss or pecuniary gain
to the extent that determination of loss or gain would unduly complicate or prolong the sentenc-
ing process. Nevertheless, the court may need to approximate loss in order to calculate offense
levels under Chapter Two. See Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud).
538 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.4
If loss is approximated for purposes of determining the applicable offense level, the court should
use that approximation as the starting point for calculating pecuniary loss under this section.
3. In a case of an attempted offense or a conspiracy to commit an offense, pecuniary loss and pecu-
niary gain are to be determined in accordance with the principles stated in §2X1.1 (Attempt,
Solicitation, or Conspiracy).
4. In a case involving multiple participants (i.e., multiple organizations, or the organization and
individual(s) unassociated with the organization), the applicable offense level is to be determined
without regard to apportionment of the gain from or loss caused by the offense. See §1B1.3 (Rel-
evant Conduct). However, if the base fine is determined under subsections (a)(2) or (a)(3), the
court may, as appropriate, apportion gain or loss considering the defendant’s relative culpability
and other pertinent factors. Note also that under §2R1.1(d)(1), the volume of commerce, which is
used in determining a proxy for loss under §8C2.4(a)(3), is limited to the volume of commerce
attributable to the defendant.
5. Special instructions regarding the determination of the base fine are contained in §§2B4.1 (Brib-
ery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery); 2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, So-
liciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right; Fraud Involving the Dep-
rivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by
Interference with Governmental Functions); 2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a
Gratuity); 2E5.1 (Offering, Accepting, or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation
of an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan; Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by
Employer or Agent to Employees, Representatives, or Labor Organizations); and 2R1.1 (Bid-Rig-
ging, Price-Fixing or Market-Allocation Agreements Among Competitors).
Background: Under this section, the base fine is determined in one of three ways: (1) by the amount,
based on the offense level, from the table in subsection (d); (2) by the pecuniary gain to the organization
from the offense; and (3) by the pecuniary loss caused by the organization, to the extent that such loss
was caused intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly. In certain cases, special instructions for determin-
ing the loss or offense level amount apply. As a general rule, the base fine measures the seriousness
of the offense. The determinants of the base fine are selected so that, in conjunction with the multipli-
ers derived from the culpability score in §8C2.5 (Culpability Score), they will result in guideline fine
ranges appropriate to deter organizational criminal conduct and to provide incentives for organizations
to maintain internal mechanisms for preventing, detecting, and reporting criminal conduct. In order
to deter organizations from seeking to obtain financial reward through criminal conduct, this section
provides that, when greatest, pecuniary gain to the organization is used to determine the base fine. In
order to ensure that organizations will seek to prevent losses intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly
caused by their agents, this section provides that, when greatest, pecuniary loss is used to determine
the base fine in such circumstances. Chapter Two provides special instructions for fines that include
specific rules for determining the base fine in connection with certain types of offenses in which the
calculation of loss or gain is difficult, e.g., price-fixing. For these offenses, the special instructions tailor
the base fine to circumstances that occur in connection with such offenses and that generally relate to
the magnitude of loss or gain resulting from such offenses.
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1993 (amendment 496); No-
Historical
vember 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 2001 (amendment 634); November 1, 2004 (amendments 666
Note
and 673); November 1, 2015 (amendment 791).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 539
§8C2.5
§8C2.5. Culpability Score
(a) Start with 5 points and apply subsections (b) through (g) below.
(b) INVOLVEMENT IN OR TOLERANCE OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY
If more than one applies, use the greatest:
(1) If—
(A) the organization had 5,000 or more employees and
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the organiza-
tion participated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of
the offense; or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout the organization; or
(B) the unit of the organization within which the offense was com-
mitted had 5,000 or more employees and
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the unit partic-
ipated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of the offense;
or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout such unit,
add 5 points; or
(2) If—
(A) the organization had 1,000 or more employees and
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the organiza-
tion participated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of
the offense; or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout the organization; or
(B) the unit of the organization within which the offense was com-
mitted had 1,000 or more employees and
540 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.5
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the unit partic-
ipated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of the offense;
or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout such unit,
add 4 points; or
(3) If—
(A) the organization had 200 or more employees and
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the organiza-
tion participated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of
the offense; or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout the organization; or
(B) the unit of the organization within which the offense was com-
mitted had 200 or more employees and
(i) an individual within high-level personnel of the unit partic-
ipated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of the offense;
or
(ii) tolerance of the offense by substantial authority personnel
was pervasive throughout such unit,
add 3 points; or
(4) If the organization had 50 or more employees and an individual within
substantial authority personnel participated in, condoned, or was
willfully ignorant of the offense, add 2 points; or
(5) If the organization had 10 or more employees and an individual within
substantial authority personnel participated in, condoned, or was
willfully ignorant of the offense, add 1 point.
(c) PRIOR HISTORY
If more than one applies, use the greater:
(1) If the organization (or separately managed line of business) commit-
ted any part of the instant offense less than 10 years after (A) a crim-
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 541
§8C2.5
inal adjudication based on similar misconduct; or (B) civil or adminis-
trative adjudication(s) based on two or more separate instances of
similar misconduct, add 1 point; or
(2) If the organization (or separately managed line of business) commit-
ted any part of the instant offense less than 5 years after (A) a crimi-
nal adjudication based on similar misconduct; or (B) civil or adminis-
trative adjudication(s) based on two or more separate instances of
similar misconduct, add 2 points.
(d) VIOLATION OF AN ORDER
If more than one applies, use the greater:
(1) (A) If the commission of the instant offense violated a judicial order or
injunction, other than a violation of a condition of probation; or (B) if
the organization (or separately managed line of business) violated a
condition of probation by engaging in similar misconduct, i.e., miscon-
duct similar to that for which it was placed on probation, add 2 points;
or
(2) If the commission of the instant offense violated a condition of proba-
tion, add 1 point.
(e) OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICE
If the organization willfully obstructed or impeded, attempted to obstruct
or impede, or aided, abetted, or encouraged obstruction of justice during
the investigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the instant offense, or, with
knowledge thereof, failed to take reasonable steps to prevent such obstruc-
tion or impedance or attempted obstruction or impedance, add 3 points.
(f) EFFECTIVE COMPLIANCE AND ETHICS PROGRAM
(1) If the offense occurred even though the organization had in place at
the time of the offense an effective compliance and ethics program, as
provided in §8B2.1 (Effective Compliance and Ethics Program), sub-
tract 3 points.
(2) Subsection (f)(1) shall not apply if, after becoming aware of an offense,
the organization unreasonably delayed reporting the offense to appro-
priate governmental authorities.
(3) (A) Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), subsec-
tion (f)(1) shall not apply if an individual within high-level per-
sonnel of the organization, a person within high-level personnel
542 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.5
of the unit of the organization within which the offense was com-
mitted where the unit had 200 or more employees, or an individ-
ual described in §8B2.1(b)(2)(B) or (C), participated in, condoned,
or was willfully ignorant of the offense.
(B) There is a rebuttable presumption, for purposes of subsec-
tion (f)(1), that the organization did not have an effective compli-
ance and ethics program if an individual—
(i) within high-level personnel of a small organization; or
(ii) within substantial authority personnel, but not within high-
level personnel, of any organization,
participated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of, the of-
fense.
(C) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall not apply if—
(i) the individual or individuals with operational responsibility
for the compliance and ethics program (see §8B2.1(b)(2)(C))
have direct reporting obligations to the governing authority
or an appropriate subgroup thereof (e.g., an audit committee
of the board of directors);
(ii) the compliance and ethics program detected the offense be-
fore discovery outside the organization or before such dis-
covery was reasonably likely;
(iii) the organization promptly reported the offense to appropri-
ate governmental authorities; and
(iv) no individual with operational responsibility for the compli-
ance and ethics program participated in, condoned, or was
willfully ignorant of the offense.
(g) SELF-REPORTING, COOPERATION, AND ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY
If more than one applies, use the greatest:
(1) If the organization (A) prior to an imminent threat of disclosure or
government investigation; and (B) within a reasonably prompt time
after becoming aware of the offense, reported the offense to appropri-
ate governmental authorities, fully cooperated in the investigation,
and clearly demonstrated recognition and affirmative acceptance of
responsibility for its criminal conduct, subtract 5 points; or
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 543
§8C2.5
(2) If the organization fully cooperated in the investigation and clearly
demonstrated recognition and affirmative acceptance of responsibility
for its criminal conduct, subtract 2 points; or
(3) If the organization clearly demonstrated recognition and affirmative
acceptance of responsibility for its criminal conduct, subtract 1 point.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline, “condoned”, “criminal adjudication”, “similar
misconduct”, “substantial authority personnel”, and “willfully ignorant of the offense”
have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 3 of the Commentary to §8A1.2 (Appli-
cation Instructions ― Organizations).
“Small Organization”, for purposes of subsection (f)(3), means an organization that, at the time
of the instant offense, had fewer than 200 employees.
2. For purposes of subsection (b), “unit of the organization” means any reasonably distinct oper-
ational component of the organization. For example, a large organization may have several large
units such as divisions or subsidiaries, as well as many smaller units such as specialized manu-
facturing, marketing, or accounting operations within these larger units. For purposes of this
definition, all of these types of units are encompassed within the term “unit of the organization.”
3. “High-level personnel of the organization” is defined in the Commentary to §8A1.2 (Applica-
tion Instructions ― Organizations). With respect to a unit with 200 or more employees, “high-
level personnel of a unit of the organization” means agents within the unit who set the policy
for or control that unit. For example, if the managing agent of a unit with 200 employees partic-
ipated in an offense, three points would be added under subsection (b)(3); if that organization
had 1,000 employees and the managing agent of the unit with 200 employees were also within
high-level personnel of the organization in its entirety, four points (rather than three) would be
added under subsection (b)(2).
4. Pervasiveness under subsection (b) will be case specific and depend on the number, and degree
of responsibility, of individuals within substantial authority personnel who participated in, con-
doned, or were willfully ignorant of the offense. Fewer individuals need to be involved for a find-
ing of pervasiveness if those individuals exercised a relatively high degree of authority. Perva-
siveness can occur either within an organization as a whole or within a unit of an organization.
For example, if an offense were committed in an organization with 1,000 employees but the tol-
erance of the offense was pervasive only within a unit of the organization with 200 employees
(and no high-level personnel of the organization participated in, condoned, or was willfully igno-
rant of the offense), three points would be added under subsection (b)(3). If, in the same organi-
zation, tolerance of the offense was pervasive throughout the organization as a whole, or an in-
dividual within high-level personnel of the organization participated in the offense, four points
(rather than three) would be added under subsection (b)(2).
5. A “separately managed line of business,” as used in subsections (c) and (d), is a subpart of a
for-profit organization that has its own management, has a high degree of autonomy from higher
managerial authority, and maintains its own separate books of account. Corporate subsidiaries
and divisions frequently are separately managed lines of business. Under subsection (c), in de-
termining the prior history of an organization with separately managed lines of business, only
the prior conduct or criminal record of the separately managed line of business involved in the
544 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.5
instant offense is to be used. Under subsection (d), in the context of an organization with sepa-
rately managed lines of business, in making the determination whether a violation of a condition
of probation involved engaging in similar misconduct, only the prior misconduct of the separately
managed line of business involved in the instant offense is to be considered.
6. Under subsection (c), in determining the prior history of an organization or separately managed
line of business, the conduct of the underlying economic entity shall be considered without regard
to its legal structure or ownership. For example, if two companies merged and became separate
divisions and separately managed lines of business within the merged company, each division
would retain the prior history of its predecessor company. If a company reorganized and became
a new legal entity, the new company would retain the prior history of the predecessor company.
In contrast, if one company purchased the physical assets but not the ongoing business of another
company, the prior history of the company selling the physical assets would not be transferred
to the company purchasing the assets. However, if an organization is acquired by another organ-
ization in response to solicitations by appropriate federal government officials, the prior history
of the acquired organization shall not be attributed to the acquiring organization.
7. Under subsections (c)(1)(B) and (c)(2)(B), the civil or administrative adjudication(s) must have
occurred within the specified period (ten or five years) of the instant offense.
8. Adjust the culpability score for the factors listed in subsection (e) whether or not the offense
guideline incorporates that factor, or that factor is inherent in the offense.
9. Subsection (e) applies where the obstruction is committed on behalf of the organization; it does
not apply where an individual or individuals have attempted to conceal their misconduct from
the organization. The Commentary to §3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of
Justice) provides guidance regarding the types of conduct that constitute obstruction.
10. Subsection (f)(2) contemplates that the organization will be allowed a reasonable period of time
to conduct an internal investigation. In addition, no reporting is required by subsection (f)(2)
or (f)(3)(C)(iii) if the organization reasonably concluded, based on the information then available,
that no offense had been committed.
11. For purposes of subsection (f)(3)(C)(i), an individual has “direct reporting obligations” to the
governing authority or an appropriate subgroup thereof if the individual has express authority
to communicate personally to the governing authority or appropriate subgroup thereof
(A) promptly on any matter involving criminal conduct or potential criminal conduct, and (B) no
less than annually on the implementation and effectiveness of the compliance and ethics pro-
gram.
12. “Appropriate governmental authorities,” as used in subsections (f) and (g)(1), means the fed-
eral or state law enforcement, regulatory, or program officials having jurisdiction over such mat-
ter. To qualify for a reduction under subsection (g)(1), the report to appropriate governmental
authorities must be made under the direction of the organization.
13. To qualify for a reduction under subsection (g)(1) or (g)(2), cooperation must be both timely and
thorough. To be timely, the cooperation must begin essentially at the same time as the organiza-
tion is officially notified of a criminal investigation. To be thorough, the cooperation should in-
clude the disclosure of all pertinent information known by the organization. A prime test of
whether the organization has disclosed all pertinent information is whether the information is
sufficient for law enforcement personnel to identify the nature and extent of the offense and the
individual(s) responsible for the criminal conduct. However, the cooperation to be measured is
the cooperation of the organization itself, not the cooperation of individuals within the organiza-
tion. If, because of the lack of cooperation of particular individual(s), neither the organization nor
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 545
§8C2.6
law enforcement personnel are able to identify the culpable individual(s) within the organization
despite the organization’s efforts to cooperate fully, the organization may still be given credit for
full cooperation.
14. Entry of a plea of guilty prior to the commencement of trial combined with truthful admission of
involvement in the offense and related conduct ordinarily will constitute significant evidence of
affirmative acceptance of responsibility under subsection (g), unless outweighed by conduct of
the organization that is inconsistent with such acceptance of responsibility. This adjustment is
not intended to apply to an organization that puts the government to its burden of proof at trial
by denying the essential factual elements of guilt, is convicted, and only then admits guilt and
expresses remorse. Conviction by trial, however, does not automatically preclude an organization
from consideration for such a reduction. In rare situations, an organization may clearly demon-
strate an acceptance of responsibility for its criminal conduct even though it exercises its consti-
tutional right to a trial. This may occur, for example, where an organization goes to trial to assert
and preserve issues that do not relate to factual guilt (e.g., to make a constitutional challenge to
a statute or a challenge to the applicability of a statute to its conduct). In each such instance,
however, a determination that an organization has accepted responsibility will be based primar-
ily upon pretrial statements and conduct.
15. In making a determination with respect to subsection (g), the court may determine that the chief
executive officer or highest ranking employee of an organization should appear at sentencing in
order to signify that the organization has clearly demonstrated recognition and affirmative ac-
ceptance of responsibility.
Background: The increased culpability scores under subsection (b) are based on three interrelated
principles. First, an organization is more culpable when individuals who manage the organization or
who have substantial discretion in acting for the organization participate in, condone, or are willfully
ignorant of criminal conduct. Second, as organizations become larger and their managements become
more professional, participation in, condonation of, or willful ignorance of criminal conduct by such
management is increasingly a breach of trust or abuse of position. Third, as organizations increase in
size, the risk of criminal conduct beyond that reflected in the instant offense also increases whenever
management’s tolerance of that offense is pervasive. Because of the continuum of sizes of organizations
and professionalization of management, subsection (b) gradually increases the culpability score based
upon the size of the organization and the level and extent of the substantial authority personnel in-
volvement.
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673); No-
Historical
vember 1, 2006 (amendment 695); November 1, 2010 (amendment 744); November 1, 2023 (amend-
Note
ment 824).
§8C2.6. Minimum and Maximum Multipliers
Using the culpability score from §8C2.5 (Culpability Score) and applying any
applicable special instruction for fines in Chapter Two, determine the applica-
ble minimum and maximum fine multipliers from the table below.
546 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.8
CULPABILITY MINIMUM MAXIMUM
SCORE MULTIPLIER MULTIPLIER
10 or more 2.00 4.00
9 1.80 3.60
8 1.60 3.20
7 1.40 2.80
6 1.20 2.40
5 1.00 2.00
4 0.80 1.60
3 0.60 1.20
2 0.40 0.80
1 0.20 0.40
0 or less 0.05 0.20.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. A special instruction for fines in §2R1.1 (Bid-Rigging, Price-Fixing or Market-Allocation Agree-
ments Among Competitors) sets a floor for minimum and maximum multipliers in cases covered
by that guideline.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C2.7. Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations
(a) The minimum of the guideline fine range is determined by multiplying the
base fine determined under §8C2.4 (Base Fine) by the applicable minimum
multiplier determined under §8C2.6 (Minimum and Maximum Multipli-
ers).
(b) The maximum of the guideline fine range is determined by multiplying the
base fine determined under §8C2.4 (Base Fine) by the applicable maximum
multiplier determined under §8C2.6 (Minimum and Maximum Multipli-
ers).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C2.8. Determining the Fine Within the Range (Policy Statement)
(a) In determining the amount of the fine within the applicable guideline
range, the court should consider:
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 547
§8C2.8
(1) the need for the sentence to reflect the seriousness of the offense, pro-
mote respect for the law, provide just punishment, afford adequate
deterrence, and protect the public from further crimes of the organi-
zation;
(2) the organization’s role in the offense;
(3) any collateral consequences of conviction, including civil obligations
arising from the organization’s conduct;
(4) any nonpecuniary loss caused or threatened by the offense;
(5) whether the offense involved a vulnerable victim;
(6) any prior criminal record of an individual within high-level personnel
of the organization or high-level personnel of a unit of the organiza-
tion who participated in, condoned, or was willfully ignorant of the
criminal conduct;
(7) any prior civil or criminal misconduct by the organization other than
that counted under §8C2.5(c);
(8) any culpability score under §8C2.5 (Culpability Score) higher than 10
or lower than 0;
(9) partial but incomplete satisfaction of the conditions for one or more of
the mitigating or aggravating factors set forth in §8C2.5 (Culpability
Score);
(10) any factor listed in 18 U.S.C. § 3572(a); and
(11) whether the organization failed to have, at the time of the instant of-
fense, an effective compliance and ethics program within the meaning
of §8B2.1 (Effective Compliance and Ethics Program).
(b) In addition, the court may consider the relative importance of any factor
used to determine the range, including the pecuniary loss caused by the
offense, the pecuniary gain from the offense, any specific offense charac-
teristic used to determine the offense level, and any aggravating or miti-
gating factor used to determine the culpability score.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Subsection (a)(2) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider the organization’s role in the offense. This consideration is particularly appro-
priate if the guideline fine range does not take the organization’s role in the offense into account.
548 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C2.8
For example, the guideline fine range in an antitrust case does not take into consideration
whether the organization was an organizer or leader of the conspiracy. A higher fine within the
guideline fine range ordinarily will be appropriate for an organization that takes a leading role
in such an offense.
2. Subsection (a)(3) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider any collateral consequences of conviction, including civil obligations arising from
the organization’s conduct. As a general rule, collateral consequences that merely make victims
whole provide no basis for reducing the fine within the guideline range. If criminal and civil
sanctions are unlikely to make victims whole, this may provide a basis for a higher fine within
the guideline fine range. If punitive collateral sanctions have been or will be imposed on the
organization, this may provide a basis for a lower fine within the guideline fine range.
3. Subsection (a)(4) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider any nonpecuniary loss caused or threatened by the offense. To the extent that
nonpecuniary loss caused or threatened (e.g., loss of or threat to human life; psychological injury;
threat to national security) by the offense is not adequately considered in setting the guideline
fine range, this factor provides a basis for a higher fine within the range. This factor is more
likely to be applicable where the guideline fine range is determined by pecuniary loss or gain,
rather than by offense level, because the Chapter Two offense levels frequently take actual or
threatened nonpecuniary loss into account.
4. Subsection (a)(6) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider any prior criminal record of an individual within high-level personnel of the or-
ganization or within high-level personnel of a unit of the organization. Since an individual within
high-level personnel either exercises substantial control over the organization or a unit of the
organization or has a substantial role in the making of policy within the organization or a unit
of the organization, any prior criminal misconduct of such an individual may be relevant to the
determination of the appropriate fine for the organization.
5. Subsection (a)(7) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider any prior civil or criminal misconduct by the organization other than that
counted under §8C2.5(c). The civil and criminal misconduct counted under §8C2.5(c) increases
the guideline fine range. Civil or criminal misconduct other than that counted under §8C2.5(c)
may provide a basis for a higher fine within the range. In a case involving a pattern of illegality,
an upward departure may be warranted.
6. Subsection (a)(8) provides that the court, in setting the fine within the guideline fine range,
should consider any culpability score higher than ten or lower than zero. As the culpability score
increases above ten, this may provide a basis for a higher fine within the range. Similarly, as the
culpability score decreases below zero, this may provide a basis for a lower fine within the range.
7. Under subsection (b), the court, in determining the fine within the range, may consider any factor
that it considered in determining the range. This allows for courts to differentiate between cases
that have the same offense level but differ in seriousness (e.g., two fraud cases at offense level 12,
one resulting in a loss of $21,000, the other $40,000). Similarly, this allows for courts to differen-
tiate between two cases that have the same aggravating factors, but in which those factors vary
in their intensity (e.g., two cases with upward adjustments to the culpability score under
§8C2.5(c)(2) (prior criminal adjudications within 5 years of the commencement of the instant
offense, one involving a single conviction, the other involving two or more convictions)).
Background: Subsection (a) includes factors that the court is required to consider under 18 U.S.C.
§§ 3553(a) and 3572(a) as well as additional factors that the Commission has determined may be rel-
evant in a particular case. A number of factors required for consideration under 18 U.S.C. § 3572(a)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 549
§8C2.9
(e.g., pecuniary loss, the size of the organization) are used under the fine guidelines in this subpart to
determine the fine range, and therefore are not specifically set out again in subsection (a) of this guide-
line. In unusual cases, factors listed in this section may provide a basis for departure.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673); No-
Note vember 1, 2015 (amendment 797).
§8C2.9. Disgorgement
The court shall add to the fine determined under §8C2.8 (Determining the Fine
Within the Range) any gain to the organization from the offense that has not
and will not be paid as restitution or by way of other remedial measures.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. This section is designed to ensure that the amount of any gain that has not and will not be taken
from the organization for remedial purposes will be added to the fine. This section typically will
apply in cases in which the organization has received gain from an offense but restitution or
remedial efforts will not be required because the offense did not result in harm to identifiable
victims, e.g., money laundering, obscenity, and regulatory reporting offenses. Money spent or to
be spent to remedy the adverse effects of the offense, e.g., the cost to retrofit defective products,
should be considered as disgorged gain. If the cost of remedial efforts made or to be made by the
organization equals or exceeds the gain from the offense, this section will not apply.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C2.10. Determining the Fine for Other Counts
For any count or counts not covered under §8C2.1 (Applicability of Fine Guide-
lines), the court should determine an appropriate fine by applying the provi-
sions of 18 U.S.C. §§ 3553 and 3572. The court should determine the appropri-
ate fine amount, if any, to be imposed in addition to any fine determined under
§8C2.8 (Determining the Fine Within the Range) and §8C2.9 (Disgorgement).
Commentary
Background: The Commission has not promulgated guidelines governing the setting of fines for
counts not covered by §8C2.1 (Applicability of Fine Guidelines). For such counts, the court should
determine the appropriate fine based on the general statutory provisions governing sentencing. In
cases that have a count or counts not covered by the guidelines in addition to a count or counts covered
by the guidelines, the court shall apply the fine guidelines for the count(s) covered by the guidelines,
and add any additional amount to the fine, as appropriate, for the count(s) not covered by the guide-
lines.
550 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C3.2
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
* * * * *
3. IMPLEMENTING THE SENTENCE OF A FINE
§8C3.1. Imposing a Fine
(a) Except to the extent restricted by the maximum fine authorized by statute
or any minimum fine required by statute, the fine or fine range shall be
that determined under §8C1.1 (Determining the Fine ― Criminal Purpose
Organizations); §8C2.7 (Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations) and
§8C2.9 (Disgorgement); or §8C2.10 (Determining the Fine for Other
Counts), as appropriate.
(b) Where the minimum guideline fine is greater than the maximum fine au-
thorized by statute, the maximum fine authorized by statute shall be the
guideline fine.
(c) Where the maximum guideline fine is less than a minimum fine required
by statute, the minimum fine required by statute shall be the guideline
fine.
Commentary
Background: This section sets forth the interaction of the fines or fine ranges determined under this
chapter with the maximum fine authorized by statute and any minimum fine required by statute for
the count or counts of conviction. The general statutory provisions governing a sentence of a fine are
set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3571.
When the organization is convicted of multiple counts, the maximum fine authorized by statute
may increase. For example, in the case of an organization convicted of three felony counts related to a
$200,000 fraud, the maximum fine authorized by statute will be $500,000 on each count, for an aggre-
gate maximum authorized fine of $1,500,000.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C3.2. Payment of the Fine ― Organizations
(a) If the defendant operated primarily for a criminal purpose or primarily by
criminal means, immediate payment of the fine shall be required.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 551
§8C3.3
(b) In any other case, immediate payment of the fine shall be required unless
the court finds that the organization is financially unable to make imme-
diate payment or that such payment would pose an undue burden on the
organization. If the court permits other than immediate payment, it shall
require full payment at the earliest possible date, either by requiring pay-
ment on a date certain or by establishing an installment schedule.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. When the court permits other than immediate payment, the period provided for payment shall
be the shortest time in which full payment can reasonably be made. 18 U.S.C. § 3572(d).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Note
§8C3.3. Reduction of Fine Based on Inability to Pay
(a) The court shall reduce the fine below that otherwise required by §8C1.1
(Determining the Fine ― Criminal Purpose Organizations), or §8C2.7
(Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations) and §8C2.9 (Disgorgement), to the
extent that imposition of such fine would impair the ability of the organi-
zation to make restitution to victims.
(b) The court may impose a fine below that otherwise required by §8C2.7
(Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations) and §8C2.9 (Disgorgement) if the
court finds that the organization is not able and, even with the use of a
reasonable installment schedule, is not likely to become able to pay the
minimum fine required by §8C2.7 (Guideline Fine Range ― Organizations)
and §8C2.9 (Disgorgement).
Provided, that the reduction under this subsection shall not be more than
necessary to avoid substantially jeopardizing the continued viability of the
organization.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. For purposes of this section, an organization is not able to pay the minimum fine if, even with an
installment schedule under §8C3.2 (Payment of the Fine ― Organizations), the payment of that
fine would substantially jeopardize the continued existence of the organization.
Background: Subsection (a) carries out the requirement in 18 U.S.C. § 3572(b) that the court impose
a fine or other monetary penalty only to the extent that such fine or penalty will not impair the ability
of the organization to make restitution for the offense; however, this section does not authorize a crim-
inal purpose organization to remain in business in order to pay restitution.
552 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C3.4
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
Note
§8C3.4. Fines Paid by Owners of Closely Held Organizations
The court may offset the fine imposed upon a closely held organization when
one or more individuals, each of whom owns at least a 5 percent interest in the
organization, has been fined in a federal criminal proceeding for the same of-
fense conduct for which the organization is being sentenced. The amount of such
offset shall not exceed the amount resulting from multiplying the total fines
imposed on those individuals by those individuals’ total percentage interest in
the organization.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. For purposes of this section, an organization is closely held, regardless of its size, when relatively
few individuals own it. In order for an organization to be closely held, ownership and manage-
ment need not completely overlap.
2. This section does not apply to a fine imposed upon an individual that arises out of offense conduct
different from that for which the organization is being sentenced.
Background: For practical purposes, most closely held organizations are the alter egos of their owner-
managers. In the case of criminal conduct by a closely held corporation, the organization and the cul-
pable individual(s) both may be convicted. As a general rule in such cases, appropriate punishment
may be achieved by offsetting the fine imposed upon the organization by an amount that reflects the
percentage ownership interest of the sentenced individuals and the magnitude of the fines imposed
upon those individuals. For example, an organization is owned by five individuals, each of whom has
a twenty percent interest; three of the individuals are convicted; and the combined fines imposed on
those three equals $100,000. In this example, the fine imposed upon the organization may be offset by
up to 60 percent of their combined fine amounts, i.e., by $60,000.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
* * * * *
4. DEPARTURES FROM THE GUIDELINE FINE RANGE
Introductory Commentary
The statutory provisions governing departures are set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b). Departure
may be warranted if the court finds “that there exists an aggravating or mitigating circumstance of a
kind, or to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration by the Sentencing Commission in formu-
lating the guidelines that should result in a sentence different from that described.” This subpart sets
forth certain factors that, in connection with certain offenses, may not have been adequately taken
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 553
§8C4.1
into consideration by the guidelines. In deciding whether departure is warranted, the court should
consider the extent to which that factor is adequately taken into consideration by the guidelines and
the relative importance or substantiality of that factor in the particular case.
To the extent that any policy statement from Chapter Five, Part K (Departures) is relevant to
the organization, a departure from the applicable guideline fine range may be warranted. Some factors
listed in Chapter Five, Part K that are particularly applicable to organizations are listed in this sub-
part. Other factors listed in Chapter Five, Part K may be applicable in particular cases. While this
subpart lists factors that the Commission believes may constitute grounds for departure, the list is not
exhaustive.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.1. Substantial Assistance to Authorities ― Organizations (Policy Statement)
(a) Upon motion of the government stating that the defendant has provided
substantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another organ-
ization that has committed an offense, or in the investigation or prosecu-
tion of an individual not directly affiliated with the defendant who has
committed an offense, the court may depart from the guidelines.
(b) The appropriate reduction shall be determined by the court for reasons
stated on the record that may include, but are not limited to, consideration
of the following:
(1) the court’s evaluation of the significance and usefulness of the organ-
ization’s assistance, taking into consideration the government’s eval-
uation of the assistance rendered;
(2) the nature and extent of the organization’s assistance; and
(3) the timeliness of the organization’s assistance.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Departure under this section is intended for cases in which substantial assistance is provided in
the investigation or prosecution of crimes committed by individuals not directly affiliated with
the organization or by other organizations. It is not intended for assistance in the investigation
or prosecution of the agents of the organization responsible for the offense for which the organi-
zation is being sentenced.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
554 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C4.5
§8C4.2. Risk of Death or Bodily Injury (Policy Statement)
If the offense resulted in death or bodily injury, or involved a foreseeable risk
of death or bodily injury, an upward departure may be warranted. The extent
of any such departure should depend, among other factors, on the nature of the
harm and the extent to which the harm was intended or knowingly risked, and
the extent to which such harm or risk is taken into account within the applica-
ble guideline fine range.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.3. Threat to National Security (Policy Statement)
If the offense constituted a threat to national security, an upward departure
may be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.4. Threat to the Environment (Policy Statement)
If the offense presented a threat to the environment, an upward departure may
be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.5. Threat to a Market (Policy Statement)
If the offense presented a risk to the integrity or continued existence of a mar-
ket, an upward departure may be warranted. This section is applicable to both
private markets (e.g., a financial market, a commodities market, or a market
for consumer goods) and public markets (e.g., government contracting).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 555
§8C4.6
§8C4.6. Official Corruption (Policy Statement)
If the organization, in connection with the offense, bribed or unlawfully gave a
gratuity to a public official, or attempted or conspired to bribe or unlawfully
give a gratuity to a public official, an upward departure may be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.7. Public Entity (Policy Statement)
If the organization is a public entity, a downward departure may be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.8. Members or Beneficiaries of the Organization as Victims (Policy Statement)
If the members or beneficiaries, other than shareholders, of the organization
are direct victims of the offense, a downward departure may be warranted. If
the members or beneficiaries of an organization are direct victims of the offense,
imposing a fine upon the organization may increase the burden upon the vic-
tims of the offense without achieving a deterrent effect. In such cases, a fine
may not be appropriate. For example, departure may be appropriate if a labor
union is convicted of embezzlement of pension funds.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.9. Remedial Costs that Greatly Exceed Gain (Policy Statement)
If the organization has paid or has agreed to pay remedial costs arising from
the offense that greatly exceed the gain that the organization received from the
offense, a downward departure may be warranted. In such a case, a substantial
fine may not be necessary in order to achieve adequate punishment and deter-
rence. In deciding whether departure is appropriate, the court should consider
the level and extent of substantial authority personnel involvement in the of-
fense and the degree to which the loss exceeds the gain. If an individual within
high-level personnel was involved in the offense, a departure would not be ap-
556 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8C4.11
propriate under this section. The lower the level and the more limited the ex-
tent of substantial authority personnel involvement in the offense, and the
greater the degree to which remedial costs exceeded or will exceed gain, the less
will be the need for a substantial fine to achieve adequate punishment and de-
terrence.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8C4.10. Mandatory Programs to Prevent and Detect Violations of Law (Policy
Statement)
If the organization’s culpability score is reduced under §8C2.5(f) (Effective Com-
pliance and Ethics Program) and the organization had implemented its pro-
gram in response to a court order or administrative order specifically directed
at the organization, an upward departure may be warranted to offset, in part
or in whole, such reduction.
Similarly, if, at the time of the instant offense, the organization was required
by law to have an effective compliance and ethics program, but the organization
did not have such a program, an upward departure may be warranted.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
§8C4.11. Exceptional Organizational Culpability (Policy Statement)
If the organization’s culpability score is greater than 10, an upward departure
may be appropriate.
If no individual within substantial authority personnel participated in, con-
doned, or was willfully ignorant of the offense; the organization at the time of
the offense had an effective program to prevent and detect violations of law;
and the base fine is determined under §8C2.4(a)(1), §8C2.4(a)(3), or a special
instruction for fines in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct), a downward departure
may be warranted. In a case meeting these criteria, the court may find that the
organization had exceptionally low culpability and therefore a fine based on
loss, offense level, or a special Chapter Two instruction results in a guideline
fine range higher than necessary to achieve the purposes of sentencing. Never-
theless, such fine should not be lower than if determined under §8C2.4(a)(2).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 557
§8D1.1
PART D ― ORGANIZATIONAL PROBATION
Introductory Commentary
Section 8D1.1 sets forth the circumstances under which a sentence to a term of probation is re-
quired. Sections 8D1.2 through 8D1.4, and 8F1.1, address the length of the probation term, conditions
of probation, and violations of probation conditions.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
§8D1.1. Imposition of Probation ― Organizations
(a) The court shall order a term of probation:
(1) if such sentence is necessary to secure payment of restitution
(§8B1.1), enforce a remedial order (§8B1.2), or ensure completion of
community service (§8B1.3);
(2) if the organization is sentenced to pay a monetary penalty (e.g., resti-
tution, fine, or special assessment), the penalty is not paid in full at
the time of sentencing, and restrictions are necessary to safeguard the
organization’s ability to make payments;
(3) if, at the time of sentencing, (A) the organization (i) has 50 or more
employees, or (ii) was otherwise required under law to have an effec-
tive compliance and ethics program; and (B) the organization does not
have such a program;
(4) if the organization within five years prior to sentencing engaged in
similar misconduct, as determined by a prior criminal adjudication,
and any part of the misconduct underlying the instant offense oc-
curred after that adjudication;
(5) if an individual within high-level personnel of the organization or the
unit of the organization within which the instant offense was commit-
ted participated in the misconduct underlying the instant offense and
that individual within five years prior to sentencing engaged in simi-
lar misconduct, as determined by a prior criminal adjudication, and
any part of the misconduct underlying the instant offense occurred
after that adjudication;
(6) if such sentence is necessary to ensure that changes are made within
the organization to reduce the likelihood of future criminal conduct;
558 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8D1.3
(7) if the sentence imposed upon the organization does not include a fine;
or
(8) if necessary to accomplish one or more of the purposes of sentencing
set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3553(a)(2).
Commentary
Background: Under 18 U.S.C. § 3561(a), an organization may be sentenced to a term of probation.
Under 18 U.S.C. § 3551(c), imposition of a term of probation is required if the sentence imposed upon
the organization does not include a fine.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
§8D1.2. Term of Probation ― Organizations
(a) When a sentence of probation is imposed—
(1) In the case of a felony, the term of probation shall be at least one year
but not more than five years.
(2) In any other case, the term of probation shall be not more than five
years.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. Within the limits set by the guidelines, the term of probation should be sufficient, but not more
than necessary, to accomplish the court’s specific objectives in imposing the term of probation.
The terms of probation set forth in this section are those provided in 18 U.S.C. § 3561(c).
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2013 (amendment 778).
Note
§8D1.3. Conditions of Probation ― Organizations
(a) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)(1), any sentence of probation shall include
the condition that the organization not commit another federal, state, or
local crime during the term of probation.
(b) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)(2), if a sentence of probation is imposed
for a felony, the court shall impose as a condition of probation at least one
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 559
§8D1.4
of the following: (1) restitution or (2) community service, unless the court
has imposed a fine, or unless the court finds on the record that extraordi-
nary circumstances exist that would make such condition plainly unrea-
sonable, in which event the court shall impose one or more other conditions
set forth in 18 U.S.C. § 3563(b).
(c) The court may impose other conditions that (1) are reasonably related to
the nature and circumstances of the offense or the history and character-
istics of the organization; and (2) involve only such deprivations of liberty
or property as are necessary to effect the purposes of sentencing.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 569); No-
Note vember 1, 2009 (amendment 733).
§8D1.4. Recommended Conditions of Probation ― Organizations (Policy Statement)
(a) The court may order the organization, at its expense and in the format and
media specified by the court, to publicize the nature of the offense commit-
ted, the fact of conviction, the nature of the punishment imposed, and the
steps that will be taken to prevent the recurrence of similar offenses.
(b) If probation is imposed under §8D1.1, the following conditions may be ap-
propriate:
(1) The organization shall develop and submit to the court an effective
compliance and ethics program consistent with §8B2.1 (Effective
Compliance and Ethics Program). The organization shall include in
its submission a schedule for implementation of the compliance and
ethics program.
(2) Upon approval by the court of a program referred to in paragraph (1),
the organization shall notify its employees and shareholders of its
criminal behavior and its program referred to in paragraph (1). Such
notice shall be in a form prescribed by the court.
(3) The organization shall make periodic submissions to the court or pro-
bation officer, at intervals specified by the court, (A) reporting on the
organization’s financial condition and results of business operations,
and accounting for the disposition of all funds received, and (B) re-
porting on the organization’s progress in implementing the program
referred to in paragraph (1). Among other things, reports under sub-
paragraph (B) shall disclose any criminal prosecution, civil litigation,
or administrative proceeding commenced against the organization, or
any investigation or formal inquiry by governmental authorities of
which the organization learned since its last report.
560 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8D1.5
(4) The organization shall notify the court or probation officer immedi-
ately upon learning of (A) any material adverse change in its business
or financial condition or prospects, or (B) the commencement of any
bankruptcy proceeding, major civil litigation, criminal prosecution, or
administrative proceeding against the organization, or any investiga-
tion or formal inquiry by governmental authorities regarding the or-
ganization.
(5) The organization shall submit to: (A) a reasonable number of regular
or unannounced examinations of its books and records at appropriate
business premises by the probation officer or experts engaged by the
court; and (B) interrogation of knowledgeable individuals within the
organization. Compensation to and costs of any experts engaged by
the court shall be paid by the organization.
(6) The organization shall make periodic payments, as specified by the
court, in the following priority: (A) restitution; (B) fine; and (C) any
other monetary sanction.
Commentary
Application Note:
1. In determining the conditions to be imposed when probation is ordered under §8D1.1, the court
should consider the views of any governmental regulatory body that oversees conduct of the or-
ganization relating to the instant offense. To assess the efficacy of a compliance and ethics pro-
gram submitted by the organization, the court may employ appropriate experts who shall be
afforded access to all material possessed by the organization that is necessary for a comprehen-
sive assessment of the proposed program. The court should approve any program that appears
reasonably calculated to prevent and detect criminal conduct, as long as it is consistent with
§8B2.1 (Effective Compliance and Ethics Program), and any applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements.
Periodic reports submitted in accordance with subsection (b)(3) should be provided to any gov-
ernmental regulatory body that oversees conduct of the organization relating to the instant of-
fense.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673); No-
Note vember 1, 2010 (amendment 744).
§8D1.5. [Deleted]
Historical Section 8D1.5 (Violations of Conditions of Probation – Organizations (Policy Statement)), effective Novem-
Note ber 1, 1991 (amendment 422), was moved to §8F1.1 effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 561
§8E1.1
PART E ― SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS, FORFEITURES, AND COSTS
§8E1.1. Special Assessments ― Organizations
A special assessment must be imposed on an organization in the amount pre-
scribed by statute.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. This guideline applies if the defendant is an organization. It does not apply if the defendant is
an individual. See §5E1.3 for special assessments applicable to individuals.
2. The following special assessments are provided by statute (see 18 U.S.C. § 3013):
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY ORGANIZATIONS ON OR AFTER APRIL 24, 1996:
(A) $400, if convicted of a felony;
(B) $125, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
(C) $50, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor; or
(D) $25, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY ORGANIZATIONS ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 18, 1988 BUT PRIOR TO
APRIL 24, 1996:
(E) $200, if convicted of a felony;
(F) $125, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
(G) $50, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor; or
(H) $25, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
FOR OFFENSES COMMITTED BY ORGANIZATIONS PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 18, 1988:
(I) $200, if convicted of a felony;
(J) $100, if convicted of a misdemeanor.
3. A special assessment is required by statute for each count of conviction.
Background: Section 3013 of title 18, United States Code, added by The Victims of Crimes Act of
1984, Pub. L. No. 98-473, Title II, Chap. XIV, requires courts to impose special assessments on con-
victed defendants for the purpose of funding the Crime Victims Fund established by the same legisla-
tion.
Historical Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422). Amended effective November 1, 1997 (amendment 573); No-
Note vember 1, 2023 (amendment 824).
§8E1.2. Forfeiture ― Organizations
Apply §5E1.4 (Forfeiture).
562 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
§8E1.3
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
§8E1.3. Assessment of Costs ― Organizations
As provided in 28 U.S.C. § 1918, the court may order the organization to pay
the costs of prosecution. In addition, specific statutory provisions mandate as-
sessment of costs.
Historical
Effective November 1, 1991 (amendment 422).
Note
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 563
§8F1.1
PART F ― VIOLATIONS OF PROBATION ― ORGANIZATIONS
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
§8F1.1. Violations of Conditions of Probation ― Organizations (Policy Statement)
Upon a finding of a violation of a condition of probation, the court may extend
the term of probation, impose more restrictive conditions of probation, or revoke
probation and resentence the organization.
Commentary
Application Notes:
1. Appointment of Master or Trustee.—In the event of repeated violations of conditions of pro-
bation, the appointment of a master or trustee may be appropriate to ensure compliance with
court orders.
2. Conditions of Probation.—Mandatory and recommended conditions of probation are specified
in §§8D1.3 (Conditions of Probation ― Organizations) and 8D1.4 (Recommended Conditions of
Probation ― Organizations).
Historical
Effective November 1, 2004 (amendment 673).
Note
564 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX A
STATUTORY INDEX
INTRODUCTION
This index specifies the offense guideline section(s) in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) appli-
cable to the statute of conviction. If more than one guideline section is referenced for the particular
statute, use the guideline most appropriate for the offense conduct charged in the count of which the
defendant was convicted. For the rules governing the determination of the offense guideline section(s)
from Chapter Two, and for any exceptions to those rules, see §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines).
Historical Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (amendments 296 and 297); November 1, 1993
Note (amendment 496); November 1, 2000 (amendment 591); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781).
INDEX
Statute Guideline Statute Guideline
2 U.S.C. § 192 2J1.1, 2J1.5 7 U.S.C. § 13(d) 2B1.4
2 U.S.C. § 390 2J1.1, 2J1.5 7 U.S.C. § 13(e) 2B1.4
5 U.S.C. § 8345a 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 23 2B1.1
5 U.S.C. § 8466a 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 87b 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 6 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 87f(e) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
7 U.S.C. § 6b(A) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 136 2Q1.2
7 U.S.C. § 6b(B) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 136j 2Q1.2
7 U.S.C. § 6b(C) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 136k 2Q1.2
7 U.S.C. § 6c 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 136l 2Q1.2
7 U.S.C. § 6h 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 149 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 6o 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 150bb 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 13(a)(1) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 150gg 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 13(a)(2) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 154 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 13(a)(3) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 156 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 13(a)(4) 2B1.1 7 U.S.C. § 157 2N2.1
7 U.S.C. § 13(c) 2C1.3 7 U.S.C. § 158 2N2.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 565
APPENDIX A
7 U.S.C. § 161 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1253 2L1.2
7 U.S.C. § 163 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1255a(c)(6) 2L2.1, 2L2.2
7 U.S.C. § 195 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1324(a) 2L1.1
7 U.S.C. § 270 2B1.1
8 U.S.C. § 1325(a) 2L1.2
7 U.S.C. § 281 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1325(c) 2L2.1, 2L2.2
7 U.S.C. § 472 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1325(d) 2L2.1, 2L2.2
7 U.S.C. § 473c-1 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1326 2L1.2
7 U.S.C. § 491 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1327 2L1.1
7 U.S.C. § 499n 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. § 1328 2G1.1, 2G1.3
7 U.S.C. § 503 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. §
7 U.S.C. § 511d 2N2.1 1375a(d)(5)(B)(i) 2H3.1
7 U.S.C. § 511i 2N2.1 8 U.S.C. §
1375a(d)(5)(B)(ii) 2H3.1
7 U.S.C. § 516 2N2.1
8 U.S.C. §
7 U.S.C. § 610(g) 2C1.3 1375a(d)(5)(B)(iii) 2B1.1
7 U.S.C. § 2018(c) 2N2.1 10 U.S.C. § 987(f) 2X5.2
7 U.S.C. § 2024(b) 2B1.1 10 U.S.C. § 2733a(g)(2) 2X5.2
7 U.S.C. § 2024(c) 2B1.1 12 U.S.C. § 631 2B1.1
7 U.S.C. § 2156 12 U.S.C. § 1818(j) 2B1.1
(felony provisions only) 2E3.1
12 U.S.C. § 1844(f) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
7 U.S.C. § 6810 2N2.1
12 U.S.C. § 2273 2J1.1, 2J1.5
7 U.S.C. § 7734 2N2.1
12 U.S.C. § 3108(b)(6) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
7 U.S.C. § 8313 2N2.1
12 U.S.C. § 4636b 2B1.1
8 U.S.C. § 1160(b)(7)(A) 2L2.1, 2L2.2
12 U.S.C. § 4641 2J1.1, 2J1.5
8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(1) 2L1.2
12 U.S.C. § 5382 2H3.1
8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(2) 2L1.1
15 U.S.C. § 1 2R1.1
8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(3) 2L2.1, 2L2.2
15 U.S.C. § 3(a) 2R1.1
8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(4) 2L2.1
15 U.S.C. § 50 2B1.1, 2J1.1, 2J1.5
8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(5) 2L2.2
566 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
15 U.S.C. § 77e 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1176 2E3.1
15 U.S.C. § 77q 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1192 2N2.1
15 U.S.C. § 77x 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1197(b) 2N2.1
15 U.S.C. § 78j 2B1.1, 2B1.4 15 U.S.C. § 1202(c) 2N2.1
15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1 2C1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1263 2N2.1
15 U.S.C. § 78dd-2 2C1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1281 2B1.1 (for offenses
committed prior to
15 U.S.C. § 78dd-3 2C1.1 July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 78ff 2B1.1, 2C1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1644 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 78u(c) 2J1.1, 2J1.5 15 U.S.C. § 1681q 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 78jjj(c)(1),(2) 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1693n(a) 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 78jjj(d) 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1983 2N3.1 (for offenses
committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 80a-41(c) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
15 U.S.C. § 80b-6 2B1.1 15 U.S.C. § 1984 2N3.1 (for offenses
committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 80b-9(c) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
15 U.S.C. § 1985 2N3.1 (for offenses
15 U.S.C. § 158 2B1.1 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 377 2T2.1, 2T2.2
15 U.S.C. § 1986 2N3.1 (for offenses
15 U.S.C. § 645(a) 2B1.1 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 645(b) 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 1987 2N3.1 (for offenses
15 U.S.C. § 645(c) 2B1.1 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 714m(a) 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 1988 2N3.1 (for offenses
15 U.S.C. § 714m(b) 2B1.1 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 714m(c) 2B1.1
15 U.S.C. § 1990c 2N3.1 (for offenses
committed prior to
15 U.S.C. § 717m(d) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
July 5, 1994)
15 U.S.C. § 1172 2E3.1 15 U.S.C. § 2068 2N2.1
15 U.S.C. § 1173 2E3.1 15 U.S.C. § 2614 2Q1.2
15 U.S.C. § 1174 2E3.1 15 U.S.C. § 2615(b)(1) 2Q1.2
15 U.S.C. § 1175 2E3.1 15 U.S.C. § 2615(b)(2) 2Q1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 567
APPENDIX A
15 U.S.C. § 6821 2B1.1 16 U.S.C. § 1375(b) 2Q2.1
15 U.S.C. § 7704(d) 2G2.5 16 U.S.C. § 1387 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 114 2B1.1 16 U.S.C. §
1417(a)(5),(6), (b)(2) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 117c 2B1.1
16 U.S.C. § 1437(c) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 123 2B1.1, 2B2.3
16 U.S.C. § 1540(b) 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 146 2B1.1, 2B2.3
16 U.S.C. § 1857(1)(D) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 470aaa–5 2B1.1, 2B1.5
16 U.S.C. § 1857(1)(E) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 470ee 2B1.5
16 U.S.C. § 1857(1)(F) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 668(a) 2B1.5, 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 1857(1)(H) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 707(b) 2B1.5, 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 1859 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 742j-1(a) 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 2435(4) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. §
773e (a)(2),(3),(4),(6) 2A2.4 16 U.S.C. § 2435(5) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 773g 2A2.4 16 U.S.C. § 2435(6) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 825f(c) 2J1.1, 2J1.5 16 U.S.C. § 2435(7) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 831t(a) 2B1.1 16 U.S.C. § 2438 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 831t(b) 2B1.1 16 U.S.C. § 3373(d) 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 831t(c) 2B1.1, 2X1.1 16 U.S.C. § 3606 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 916c 2Q2.1 16 U.S.C. §
3637(a)(2),(3),(4),(6), (c) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 916f 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 4223 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. §
973c(a)(8),(10),(11),(12) 2A2.4 16 U.S.C. § 4224 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 973e 2A2.4 16 U.S.C. § 4910(a) 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 1029 2A2.4 16 U.S.C. §
4912(a)(2)(A) 2Q2.1
16 U.S.C. § 1030 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. §
16 U.S.C. § 1174(a) 2Q2.1 5009(5),(6),(7),(8) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 1338(a) 2Q2.1 16 U.S.C. § 5010(b) 2A2.4
16 U.S.C. § 1372 2Q2.1 17 U.S.C. § 506(a) 2B5.3
568 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 112(a) 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2A2.3,
17 U.S.C. § 1201 2B5.3 2A4.1, 2B1.1, 2K1.4
17 U.S.C. § 1204 2B5.3 18 U.S.C. § 113(a) 2A2.1 (for offenses
committed prior to
18 U.S.C. § 2 2X2.1 September 13, 1994)
18 U.S.C. § 3 2X3.1 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(1) 2A2.1, 2A3.1
18 U.S.C. § 4 2X4.1 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(2) 2A2.2, 2A3.2, 2A3.3,
2A3.4
18 U.S.C. § 25 2X6.1
18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(3) 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. §32(a), (b) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(4) 2A2.3
2A2.3, 2A4.1, 2A5.1,
2A5.2, 2B1.1, 2K1.4, 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(5)
2X1.1 (Class A misdemeanor
provisions only) 2A2.3
18 U.S.C. § 32(c) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(6) 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 33 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2B1.1,
2K1.4 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(7) 2A2.3
18 U.S.C. § 34 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, 18 U.S.C. § 113(a)(8) 2A2.2
2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 113(b) 2A2.2 (for offenses
committed prior to
18 U.S.C. § 35(b) 2A6.1
September 13, 1994)
18 U.S.C. § 36 2D1.1
18 U.S.C. § 113(c) 2A2.2 (for offenses
committed prior to
18 U.S.C. § 37 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, September 13, 1994)
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2A2.3, 2A3.1, 2A3.4, 18 U.S.C. § 113(f) 2A2.2 (for offenses
2A4.1, 2A5.1, 2A5.2, committed prior to
2B1.1, 2B3.1, 2K1.4, September 13, 1994)
2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 114 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 38 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 115(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 39A 2A5.2 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2A2.3,
2A4.1, 2A6.1, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 39B 2A5.2, 2X5.2
18 U.S.C. § 115(b)(1) 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2A2.3
18 U.S.C. § 40A 2A2.4
18 U.S.C. § 115(b)(2) 2A4.1, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 43 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 115(b)(3) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A2.1,
18 U.S.C. § 48 2G3.1 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 81 2K1.4 18 U.S.C. § 115(b)(4) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 111 2A2.2, 2A2.4 18 U.S.C. § 117 2A6.2
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 569
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 119 2H3.1 18 U.S.C. § 219 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 152 2B1.1, 2B4.1, 2J1.3 18 U.S.C. § 220 2B1.1, 2B4.1
18 U.S.C. § 153 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 224 2B4.1
18 U.S.C. § 155 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 225 2B1.1, 2B4.1
18 U.S.C. § 175 2M6.1 18 U.S.C. § 226 2C1.1
18 U.S.C. § 175b 2M6.1 18 U.S.C. § 227 2C1.1
18 U.S.C. § 175c 2M6.1 18 U.S.C. § 228 2J1.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(b)(1) 2C1.1 18 U.S.C. § 229 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(b)(2) 2C1.1 18 U.S.C. § 241 2H1.1, 2H2.1, 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(b)(3) 2J1.3 18 U.S.C. § 242 2H1.1, 2H2.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(b)(4) 2J1.3 18 U.S.C. § 245(b) 2H1.1, 2H2.1, 2J1.2
18 U.S.C. § 201(c)(1) 2C1.2 18 U.S.C. § 246 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(c)(2) 2J1.9 18 U.S.C. § 247 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 201(c)(3) 2J1.9 18 U.S.C. § 248 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 203 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 249 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 204 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 250 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 205 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 281 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 207 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 285 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 208 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 286 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 209 2C1.3 18 U.S.C. § 287 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 210 2C1.5 18 U.S.C. § 288 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 211 2C1.5 18 U.S.C. § 289 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 212 2C1.2 18 U.S.C. § 332 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 213 2C1.2 18 U.S.C. § 335 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 214 2C1.2 18 U.S.C. § 342 2D2.3
18 U.S.C. § 215 2B4.1 18 U.S.C. § 351(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 217 2C1.2
18 U.S.C. § 351(b) 2A1.1, 2A4.1
570 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 483 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 351(c) 2A2.1, 2A4.1
18 U.S.C. § 484 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 351(d) 2A1.5, 2A4.1
18 U.S.C. § 485 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 351(e) 2A2.2, 2A2.3
18 U.S.C. § 486 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 371 2A1.5, 2C1.1 (if
conspiracy to defraud by 18 U.S.C. § 487 2B5.1
interference with
governmental 18 U.S.C. § 488 2B1.1
functions), 2K2.1 (if a
conspiracy to violate
18 U.S.C. § 490 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(c)),
2T1.9, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 491 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 372 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 493 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 373 2A1.5, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 494 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 401 2J1.1
18 U.S.C. § 495 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 403 2J1.1
18 U.S.C. § 496 2B1.1, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 440 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 497 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 442 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 498 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 470 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 499 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 471 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 500 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 472 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 501 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 473 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 502 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 474 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 503 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 474A 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 505 2B1.1, 2J1.2
18 U.S.C. § 476 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 506 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 477 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 507 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 478 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 508 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 479 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 509 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 480 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 510 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 481 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 511 2B6.1
18 U.S.C. § 482 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 513 2B1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 571
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 514 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 644 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 541 2B1.5, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 645 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 542 2B1.5, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 646 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 543 2B1.5, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 647 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 544 2B1.5, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 648 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 545 2B1.5, 2Q2.1, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 649 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 546 2B1.5
18 U.S.C. § 650 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 547 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 651 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 548 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 652 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 549 2B1.1, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 653 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 550 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 654 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 551 2J1.2, 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 655 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 552 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 656 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 553(a)(1) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 657 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 553(a)(2) 2B1.1, 2B6.1
18 U.S.C. § 658 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 554 2B1.5, 2M5.1, 2M5.2,
2Q2.1 18 U.S.C. § 659 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 555 2X7.1 18 U.S.C. § 660 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 592 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 661 2B1.1, 2B1.5
18 U.S.C. § 593 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 662 2B1.1, 2B1.5
18 U.S.C. § 594 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 663 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 597 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 664 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 607 2C1.8 18 U.S.C. § 665(a) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 608 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 665(b) 2B3.3, 2C1.1
18 U.S.C. § 611 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 665(c) 2J1.2
18 U.S.C. § 641 2B1.1, 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 666(a)(1)(A) 2B1.1, 2B1.5
18 U.S.C. § 642 2B1.1, 2B5.1 18 U.S.C. § 666(a)(1)(B) 2C1.1, 2C1.2
18 U.S.C. § 643 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 666(a)(2) 2C1.1, 2C1.2
572 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 667 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 842(l)–(o) 2K1.3
18 U.S.C. § 668 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 842(p)(2) 2K1.3, 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 669 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(b) 2K1.1
18 U.S.C. § 670 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(d) 2K1.3
18 U.S.C. § 709 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(e) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 712 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(f) 2K1.4, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 751 2P1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(g) 2K1.3
18 U.S.C. § 752 2P1.1, 2X3.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(h) 2K2.4 (2K1.4 for
offenses committed prior
18 U.S.C. § 753 2P1.1 to November 18, 1988)
18 U.S.C. § 755 2P1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(i) 2K1.4
18 U.S.C. § 756 2P1.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(m) 2K1.3
18 U.S.C. § 757 2P1.1, 2X3.1 18 U.S.C. § 844(n) 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 758 2A2.4 18 U.S.C. § 844(o) 2K2.4
18 U.S.C. § 793(a)–(c) 2M3.2 18 U.S.C. § 871 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 793(d),(e) 2M3.2, 2M3.3 18 U.S.C. § 872 2C1.1
18 U.S.C. § 793(f) 2M3.4 18 U.S.C. § 873 2B3.3
18 U.S.C. § 793(g) 2M3.2, 2M3.3 18 U.S.C. § 874 2B3.2, 2B3.3
18 U.S.C. § 794 2M3.1 18 U.S.C. § 875(a) 2A4.2, 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 798 2M3.3 18 U.S.C. § 875(b) 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 831 2M6.1 18 U.S.C. § 875(c) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 832 2M6.1 18 U.S.C. § 875(d) 2B3.2, 2B3.3
18 U.S.C. § 842(a)–(e) 2K1.3 18 U.S.C. § 876(a) 2A4.2, 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 842(f) 2K1.6 18 U.S.C. § 876(b) 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 842(g) 2K1.6 18 U.S.C. § 876(c) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 842(h),(i) 2K1.3 18 U.S.C. § 876(d) 2B3.2, 2B3.3
18 U.S.C. § 842(j) 2K1.1 18 U.S.C. § 877 2A4.2, 2A6.1, 2B3.2,
2B3.3
18 U.S.C. § 842(k) 2K1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 573
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 878(a) 2A6.1 18 U.S.C. § 924(j)(2) 2A1.3, 2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 878(b) 2B3.2 18 U.S.C. § 924(k)–(o) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 879 2A6.1 18 U.S.C. § 929(a) 2K2.4
18 U.S.C. § 880 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 930 2K2.5
18 U.S.C. § 892 2E2.1 18 U.S.C. § 931 2K2.6
18 U.S.C. § 893 2E2.1 18 U.S.C. § 932 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 894 2E2.1 18 U.S.C. § 933 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 911 2B1.1, 2L2.2 18 U.S.C. § 956 2A1.5, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 912 2J1.4 18 U.S.C. § 970(a) 2B1.1, 2K1.4
18 U.S.C. § 913 2J1.4 18 U.S.C. § 1001 2B1.1, 2J1.2 (when the
statutory maximum
18 U.S.C. § 914 2B1.1 term of eight years’
imprisonment applies
because the matter
18 U.S.C. § 915 2B1.1
relates to international
terrorism or domestic
18 U.S.C. § 917 2B1.1 terrorism, or to sex
offenses under 18 U.S.C.
18 U.S.C. § 922(a)–(p) 2K2.1 § 1591 or chapters 109A,
109B, 110, or 117 of
18 U.S.C. § 922(q) 2K2.5 title 18, United States
Code)
18 U.S.C. § 922(r)–(w) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1002 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 922(x)(1) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1003 2B1.1, 2B5.1
18 U.S.C. § 923 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1004 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(a) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1005 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(b) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1006 2B1.1, 2S1.3
18 U.S.C. § 924(c) 2K2.4
18 U.S.C. § 1007 2B1.1, 2S1.3
18 U.S.C. § 924(e) 2K2.1 (see also 4B1.4)
18 U.S.C. § 1010 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(f) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1011 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(g) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1012 2B1.1, 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 924(h) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1013 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(i) 2K2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1014 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 924(j)(1) 2A1.1, 2A1.2
574 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 1015(a)–(e) 2B1.1, 2J1.3, 2L2.1,
2L2.2 18 U.S.C. § 1033 2B1.1, 2J1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1015(f) 2H2.1 18 U.S.C. § 1035 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1016 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1036 2B2.3
18 U.S.C. § 1017 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1037 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1018 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1038 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 1019 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1039 2H3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1020 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1040 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1021 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1071 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1022 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1072 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1023 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1073 2J1.5, 2J1.6
18 U.S.C. § 1024 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1082 2E3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1025 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1084 2E3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1026 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1091 2H1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1027 2E5.3 18 U.S.C. § 1111(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1028 2B1.1, 2L2.1, 2L2.2 18 U.S.C. § 1112 2A1.3, 2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1028A 2B1.6 18 U.S.C. § 1113 2A2.1, 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1029 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1114 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(1) 2M3.2
18 U.S.C. § 1115 2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(2) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1116 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(3) 2B2.3 2A1.4, 2A2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(4) 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1117 2A1.5
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(5) 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1118 2A1.1, 2A1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(6) 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1119 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1030(a)(7) 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 1120 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 1030(b) 2X1.1 2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1031 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1121 2A1.1, 2A1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1032 2B1.1, 2B4.1 18 U.S.C. § 1158 2B1.1, 2B5.3
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 575
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 1159 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1364 2K1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1163 2B1.1, 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 1365(a) 2N1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1167 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1365(b) 2N1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1168 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1365(c) 2N1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1170 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 1365(d) 2N1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1201(a) 2A4.1 18 U.S.C. § 1365(e) 2N1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1201(c),(d) 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1365(f) 2X5.2
18 U.S.C. § 1202 2A4.2 18 U.S.C. § 1366 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1203 2A4.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1369 2B1.1, 2B1.5
18 U.S.C. § 1204 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1389 2A2.2, 2A2.3, 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1301 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1422 2B1.1, 2C1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1302 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1423 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1303 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1424 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1304 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1425 2L2.1, 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1306 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1426 2L2.1, 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1341 2B1.1, 2C1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1427 2L2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1342 2B1.1, 2C1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1428 2L2.5
18 U.S.C. § 1343 2B1.1, 2C1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1429 2J1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1344 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1460 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1347 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1461 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1348 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1462 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1349 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1463 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1350 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1464 2G3.2
18 U.S.C. § 1351 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1465 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1361 2B1.1, 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 1466 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1362 2B1.1, 2K1.4 18 U.S.C. § 1466A 2G2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1363 2B1.1, 2K1.4 18 U.S.C. § 1468 2G3.2
576 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 1470 2G3.1 18 U.S.C. § 1543 2L2.1, 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1501 2A2.2, 2A2.4 18 U.S.C. § 1544 2L2.1, 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1502 2A2.4 18 U.S.C. § 1546 2L2.1, 2L2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1503 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1581 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1505 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1582 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1506 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1583 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1507 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1584 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1508 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1585 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1509 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1586 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1510 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1587 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1511 2E3.1, 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1588 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1512(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, 18 U.S.C. § 1589 2H4.1
2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2A2.3,
2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1590 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1512(b) 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1591 2G1.1, 2G1.3, 2G2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1512(c) 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1592 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1512(d) 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1593A 2H4.1
18 U.S.C. § 1513 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, 18 U.S.C. § 1597 2X5.2
2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2A2.3,
2B1.1, 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1621 2J1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1514(c) 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1622 2J1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1516 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1623 2J1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1517 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1700 2H3.3
18 U.S.C. § 1518 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1702 2B1.1, 2H3.3
18 U.S.C. § 1519 2J1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1703 2B1.1, 2H3.3
18 U.S.C. § 1520 2E5.3 18 U.S.C. § 1704 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1521 2A6.1 18 U.S.C. § 1705 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1541 2L2.1 18 U.S.C. § 1706 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1542 2L2.1, 2L2.2 18 U.S.C. § 1707 2B1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 577
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 1708 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1841(a)(1) 2X5.1
18 U.S.C. § 1709 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. §
1841(a)(2)(C) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 1710 2B1.1 2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1711 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1851 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1712 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1852 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1715 2K2.1 18 U.S.C. § 1853 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1716 18 U.S.C. § 1854 2B1.1
(felony provisions only) 2K1.3, 2K3.2
18 U.S.C. § 1855 2K1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1716C 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1857 2B1.1, 2B2.3
18 U.S.C. § 1716D 2Q2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1860 2R1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1716E 2T2.2
18 U.S.C. § 1861 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1720 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1864 2Q1.6
18 U.S.C. § 1721 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1865(c) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1728 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1901 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1735 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1902 2B1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1737 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1903 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1751(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4 18 U.S.C. § 1905 2H3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1751(b) 2A4.1 18 U.S.C. § 1909 2C1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1751(c) 2A2.1, 2A4.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1915 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1751(d) 2A1.5, 2A4.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 1919 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1751(e) 2A2.2, 2A2.3 18 U.S.C. § 1920 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1752 2A2.4, 2B2.3 18 U.S.C. § 1923 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1791 2P1.2 18 U.S.C. § 1951 2B3.1, 2B3.2, 2B3.3,
2C1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1792 2P1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1952 2E1.2
18 U.S.C. § 1801 2X5.2
18 U.S.C. § 1952A 2E1.4
18 U.S.C. § 1831 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1952B 2E1.3
18 U.S.C. § 1832 2B1.1
578 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 1953 2E3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2113(a) 2B1.1, 2B2.1, 2B3.1,
18 U.S.C. § 1954 2E5.1 2B3.2
18 U.S.C. § 1955 2E3.1 18 U.S.C. § 2113(b) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1956 2S1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2113(c) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1957 2S1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2113(d) 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1958 2E1.4 18 U.S.C. § 2113(e) 2A1.1, 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1959 2E1.3 18 U.S.C. § 2114(a) 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1960 2S1.1, 2S1.3 18 U.S.C. § 2114(b) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1962 2E1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2115 2B2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1963 2E1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2116 2A2.2, 2A2.3, 2B2.1,
2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1991 2A2.1, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2117 2B2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(1) 2A5.2, 2B1.1, 2K1.4,
2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2118(a) 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(2) 2K1.4, 2M6.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2118(b) 2B2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(3) 2M6.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2118(c)(1) 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(4) 2A5.2, 2K1.4, 2M6.1, 18 U.S.C. § 2118(c)(2) 2A1.1
2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2118(d) 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(5) 2A5.2, 2B1.1, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2119 2B3.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(6) 2A5.2, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2153 2M2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(7) 2A1.1, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2154 2M2.1
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(8) 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2155 2M2.3
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(9) 2A6.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2156 2M2.3
18 U.S.C. § 1992(a)(10) 2A6.1, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2197 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2071 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2199 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
18 U.S.C. § 2072 2B1.1 2A2.3, 2B1.1, 2B2.3
18 U.S.C. § 2073 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2231 2A2.2, 2A2.3
18 U.S.C. § 2111 2B3.1 18 U.S.C. § 2232 2B1.5, 2J1.2
18 U.S.C. § 2112 2B3.1 18 U.S.C. § 2233 2B1.1, 2B3.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 579
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 2251A 2G2.3
18 U.S.C. §
2237(a)(1), (a)(2)(A) 2A2.4 18 U.S.C. § 2252 2G2.2
18 U.S.C. § 18 U.S.C. § 2252A(a),(b) 2G2.2
2237(a)(2)(B) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2252A(g) 2G2.6
18 U.S.C. §
2237(b)(2)(B)(i) 2A1.3, 2A1.4 18 U.S.C. § 2252B 2G3.1
18 U.S.C. § 18 U.S.C. § 2252C 2G3.1
2237(b)(2)(B)(ii)(I) 2A2.1, 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 2257 2G2.5
18 U.S.C. §
2237(b)(2)(B)(ii)(II) 2A4.1 18 U.S.C. § 2257A 2G2.5
18 U.S.C. § 18 U.S.C. § 2259(d)(4) 2X5.2
2237(b)(2)(B)(ii)(III) 2A3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2260(a) 2G2.1
18 U.S.C. § 2237(b)(3) 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 2260(b) 2G2.2
18 U.S.C. § 2237(b)(4) 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 2G1.1,
2G1.3, 2G2.1, 2H4.1, 18 U.S.C. § 2260A 2A3.6
2L1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2261 2A6.2
18 U.S.C. § 2241 2A3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2261A 2A6.2
18 U.S.C. § 2242 2A3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2262 2A6.2
18 U.S.C. § 2243(a) 2A3.2
18 U.S.C. § 2271 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2243(b) 2A3.3
18 U.S.C. § 2272 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2243(c) 2A3.3
18 U.S.C. § 2275 2B1.1, 2K1.4
18 U.S.C. § 2244 2A3.4
18 U.S.C. § 2276 2B1.1, 2B2.1
18 U.S.C. § 2245 2A1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2280 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 2250(a), (b) 2A3.5 2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2A2.3, 2A4.1, 2A6.1,
18 U.S.C. § 2250(d) 2A3.6 2B1.1, 2B3.1, 2B3.2,
2K1.4, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2251(a), (b) 2G2.1
18 U.S.C. § 2280a 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
18 U.S.C. § 2251(c) 2G2.1 2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2A2.3, 2A6.1, 2B1.1,
18 U.S.C. § 2B3.2, 2K1.3, 2K1.4,
2251(d)(1)(A) 2G2.2 2M5.2, 2M5.3, 2M6.1,
2Q1.1, 2Q1.2, 2X1.1,
18 U.S.C. § 2X2.1, 2X3.1
2251(d)(1)(B) 2G2.1
580 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 2281 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, 18 U.S.C. § 2321 2B6.1
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2A2.3, 2A4.1, 2B1.1, 18 U.S.C. § 2322 2B6.1
2B3.1, 2B3.2, 2K1.4,
2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2332(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4
18 U.S.C. § 2281a 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2, 18 U.S.C. § 2332(b)(1) 2A2.1
2A2.3, 2A6.1, 2B1.1,
2B3.2, 2K1.4, 2M6.1, 18 U.S.C. § 2332(b)(2) 2A1.5
2Q1.1, 2Q1.2, 2X1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2332(c) 2A2.2
18 U.S.C. § 2282A 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2B1.1,
2K1.4, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2332a 2A6.1, 2K1.4, 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2282B 2B1.1, 2K1.4, 2X1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(a)(1) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
18 U.S.C. § 2283 2K1.3, 2M5.3, 2M6.1 2A4.1, 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2284 2M5.3, 2X2.1, 2X3.1 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(a)(2) 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2285 2X7.2 18 U.S.C. § 2332d 2M5.1
18 U.S.C. § 2291 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3, 18 U.S.C. § 2332f 2K1.4, 2M6.1
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
2A2.3, 2A6.1, 2B1.1, 18 U.S.C. § 2332g 2K2.1
2K1.4, 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2332h 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2292 2A6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2332i 2A6.1, 2K1.4, 2M2.1,
18 U.S.C. § 2312 2B1.1 2M2.3, 2M6.1
18 U.S.C. § 2313 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. § 2339 2M5.3, 2X2.1, 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2314 2B1.1, 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 2339A 2X2.1, 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2315 2B1.1, 2B1.5 18 U.S.C. § 2339B 2M5.3
18 U.S.C. § 2316 2B1.1 18 U.S.C. §
2339C(a)(1)(A) 2X2.1
18 U.S.C. § 2317 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. §
18 U.S.C. § 2318 2B5.3 2339C(a)(1)(B) 2M5.3
18 U.S.C. § 2319 2B5.3 18 U.S.C. §
2339C(c)(2)(A) 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2319A 2B5.3
18 U.S.C. §
18 U.S.C. § 2319B 2B5.3 2339C(c)(2)(B) 2M5.3, 2X3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2319C 2B5.3 18 U.S.C. § 2340A 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A2.1,
2A2.2, 2A4.1
18 U.S.C. § 2320 2B5.3
18 U.S.C. § 2342(a) 2E4.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 581
APPENDIX A
18 U.S.C. § 2344(a) 2E4.1 19 U.S.C. § 1707 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2381 2M1.1 19 U.S.C. § 1708(b) 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2421 2G1.1, 2G1.3 19 U.S.C. § 1919 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2421A 2G1.1, 2G1.3 19 U.S.C. § 2316 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2422 2G1.1, 2G1.3 19 U.S.C. § 2401f 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2423(a)–(d) 2G1.3 19 U.S.C. § 3907 2T3.1
18 U.S.C. § 2425 2G1.3 20 U.S.C. § 1097(a) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2441 2X5.1 20 U.S.C. § 1097(b) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2442 2H4.1 20 U.S.C. § 1097(c) 2B4.1
18 U.S.C. § 2511 2B5.3, 2H3.1 20 U.S.C. § 1097(d) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2512 2H3.2 20 U.S.C. § 1097(e) 2B1.1
18 U.S.C. § 2701 2B1.1 21 U.S.C. § 101 2N2.1
18 U.S.C. § 3056(d) 2A2.4 21 U.S.C. § 102 2N2.1
18 U.S.C. § 21 U.S.C. § 103 2N2.1
3146(b)(1)(A) 2J1.6
21 U.S.C. § 104 2N2.1
18 U.S.C. §
3146(b)(1)(B) 2J1.5 21 U.S.C. § 105 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 283 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 111 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1304 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 115 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1433 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 117 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1434 2B1.1, 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 120 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1435 2B1.1, 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 121 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1436 2B1.1, 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 122 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1464 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 124 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1465 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 126 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1586(e) 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 134a–e 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1590(d)(1) 2T3.1 21 U.S.C. § 135a 2N2.1
19 U.S.C. § 1590(d)(2) 2D1.1 21 U.S.C. § 141 2N2.1
582 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
21 U.S.C. § 143 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 619 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 144 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 620 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 145 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 622 2C1.1
21 U.S.C. § 151 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 642 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 152 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 643 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 153 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 644 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 154 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 675 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
21 U.S.C. § 155 2N2.1 2A2.3
21 U.S.C. § 156 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 676 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 157 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(a) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 158 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)–(3) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 331 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(4) 2D2.1
21 U.S.C. § 333(a)(1) 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(b)(7) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 333(a)(2) 2B1.1, 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(c)(1),(2) 2D1.11
21 U.S.C. § 333(b)(1)–(6) 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(c)(3) 2D1.13
21 U.S.C. § 333(b)(7) 2N1.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(d) 2D1.9
21 U.S.C. § 333(b)(8) 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(f)(1) 2D1.11, 2D1.13
21 U.S.C. § 458 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(g) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 459 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 841(h) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 460 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. § 842(a)(1) 2D3.1
21 U.S.C. § 461 2N2.1 21 U.S.C. §
842(a)(2),(9),(10) 2D3.2
21 U.S.C. § 463 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 842(b) 2D3.2
21 U.S.C. § 466 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(1),(2) 2D3.1
21 U.S.C. § 610 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(3) 2D2.2
21 U.S.C. § 611 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(4)(A) 2D1.13
21 U.S.C. § 614 2N2.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(4)(B) 2D1.13
21 U.S.C. § 617 2N2.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 583
APPENDIX A
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(6),(7) 2D1.12
21 U.S.C. § 952 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(8) 2D1.13
21 U.S.C. § 953 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(a)(9) 2D3.1
21 U.S.C. § 954 2D3.2
21 U.S.C. § 843(b) 2D1.6
21 U.S.C. § 955 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 843(c) 2D3.1
21 U.S.C. § 955a(a)–(d) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 844(a) 2D2.1
21 U.S.C. § 959 2D1.1, 2D1.11
21 U.S.C. § 845 2D1.2
21 U.S.C. § 960(a),(b) 2D1.1
21 U.S.C. § 845a 2D1.2
21 U.S.C. § 960(d)(1),(2) 2D1.11
21 U.S.C. § 845b 2D1.2
21 U.S.C. § 960(d)(3),(4) 2D1.11
21 U.S.C. § 846 2D1.1, 2D1.2, 2D1.5,
2D1.6, 2D1.7, 2D1.8, 21 U.S.C. § 960(d)(5) 2D1.13
2D1.9, 2D1.10,
2D1.11, 2D1.12, 21 U.S.C. § 960(d)(6) 2D3.1
2D1.13, 2D2.1, 2D2.2,
2D3.1, 2D3.2 21 U.S.C. § 960(d)(7) 2D1.11
21 U.S.C. § 848(a) 2D1.5 21 U.S.C. § 960a 2D1.14
21 U.S.C. § 848(b) 2D1.5 21 U.S.C. § 961 2D3.2
21 U.S.C. § 848(e) 2A1.1 21 U.S.C. § 963 2D1.1, 2D1.2, 2D1.5,
2D1.6, 2D1.7, 2D1.8,
21 U.S.C. § 849 2D1.2 2D1.9, 2D1.10,
2D1.11, 2D1.12,
21 U.S.C. § 854 2S1.1 2D1.13, 2D2.1, 2D2.2,
2D3.1, 2D3.2
21 U.S.C. § 856 2D1.8
22 U.S.C. § 1980(g) 2B1.1
21 U.S.C. § 857 2D1.7
22 U.S.C. § 2197(n) 2B1.1
21 U.S.C. § 858 2D1.10
22 U.S.C. § 2778 2M5.2
21 U.S.C. § 859 2D1.2
22 U.S.C. § 2780 2M5.2
21 U.S.C. § 860 2D1.2
22 U.S.C. § 4217 2B1.1
21 U.S.C. § 860a 2D1.1
22 U.S.C. § 4221 2B1.1
21 U.S.C. § 861 2D1.2
22 U.S.C. § 8512 2M5.1, 2M5.2, 2M5.3
21 U.S.C. § 863 2D1.7
25 U.S.C. § 5306 2B1.1
21 U.S.C. § 864 2D1.12
26 U.S.C. § 5148(1) 2T2.1
21 U.S.C. § 865 2D1.1, 2D1.11
584 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
26 U.S.C. § 5214(a)(1) 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7204 2T1.8
26 U.S.C. § 5273(b)(2) 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7205 2T1.8
26 U.S.C. § 5273(c) 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. §
7206(1),(3),(4),(5) 2S1.3, 2T1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5291(a) 2T2.1, 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7206(2) 2S1.3, 2T1.4
26 U.S.C. § 5601(a) 2T2.1, 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7207 2T1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5602 2T2.1
26 U.S.C. § 7208 2B1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5603 2T2.1, 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7210 2J1.1, 2J1.5
26 U.S.C. § 5604(a) 2T2.1, 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7211 2T1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5605 2T2.1, 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7212(a) 2A2.4
26 U.S.C. § 5607 2T2.1
26 U.S.C. § 7212(a)
26 U.S.C. § 5608 2T2.1 (omnibus clause) 2J1.2, 2T1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5661 2T2.1, 2T2.2 26 U.S.C. § 7212(b) 2B1.1, 2B2.1, 2B3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5662 2T2.2 26 U.S.C. § 7213(a)(1) 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5671 2T2.1, 2T2.2 26 U.S.C. § 7213(a)(2) 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5684 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7213(a)(3) 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5685 2K1.3, 2K2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7213(a)(5) 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5691(a) 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7213(d) 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 26 U.S.C. § 7213A 2H3.1
5751(a)(1),(2) 2T2.1
26 U.S.C. § 7214 2B1.1, 2C1.1, 2C1.2
26 U.S.C. § 5752 2T2.2
26 U.S.C. § 7215 2T1.7
26 U.S.C. §
5762(a)(1),(2),(4),(5),(6) 2T2.2 26 U.S.C. § 7216 2H3.1
26 U.S.C. § 5762(a)(3) 2T2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7232 2B1.1
26 U.S.C. § 5861(a)–(l) 2K2.1 26 U.S.C. § 7512(b) 2T1.7
26 U.S.C. § 5871 2K2.1 26 U.S.C. § 9012(e) 2B4.1
26 U.S.C. § 7201 2T1.1 26 U.S.C. § 9042(d) 2B4.1
26 U.S.C. § 7202 2T1.6 28 U.S.C. § 1826(c) 2P1.1
26 U.S.C. § 7203 2S1.3, 2T1.1 28 U.S.C. § 2902(e) 2P1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 585
APPENDIX A
29 U.S.C. § 186 2E5.1 31 U.S.C. § 5335 2S1.3
29 U.S.C. § 431 2E5.3 31 U.S.C. § 5336 2S1.3
29 U.S.C. § 432 2E5.3 31 U.S.C. § 5363 2E3.1
29 U.S.C. § 433 2E5.3 33 U.S.C. § 403 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 439 2E5.3 33 U.S.C. § 406 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 461 2E5.3 33 U.S.C. § 407 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 501(c) 2B1.1 33 U.S.C. § 411 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 530 2B3.2 33 U.S.C. §
1319(c)(1),(2),(4) 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 1131(a) 2E5.3
33 U.S.C. § 1319(c)(3) 2Q1.1
29 U.S.C. § 1141 2B1.1, 2B3.2
33 U.S.C. § 1321 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 1149 2B1.1
33 U.S.C. § 1342 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3
29 U.S.C. § 1851 2H4.2
33 U.S.C. § 1415(b) 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3
30 U.S.C. §
1461(a)(3), (4),(5),(7) 2A2.4 33 U.S.C. § 1517 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3
30 U.S.C. § 1463 2A2.4 33 U.S.C. § 1907 2Q1.3
31 U.S.C. § 5311 note 33 U.S.C. § 1908 2Q1.3
(section 329 of the
USA PATRIOT Act 33 U.S.C. § 3851 2Q1.2
of 2001) 2C1.1
34 U.S.C. § 10251 2B1.1
31 U.S.C. § 5313 2S1.3
34 U.S.C. § 10271 2B1.1
31 U.S.C. § 5314 2S1.3
34 U.S.C. § 12593 2X5.2
31 U.S.C. § 5316 2S1.3
34 U.S.C. § 20962 2H3.1
31 U.S.C. § 5318 2S1.3
34 U.S.C. § 20984 2H3.1
31 U.S.C. § 5318A(b) 2S1.3
38 U.S.C. § 787 2B1.1
31 U.S.C. § 5322 2S1.3
38 U.S.C. § 2413 2B2.3
31 U.S.C. § 5324 2S1.3
38 U.S.C. § 3501(a) 2B1.1
31 U.S.C. § 5326 2S1.3, 2T2.2
38 U.S.C. § 3502 2B1.1
31 U.S.C. § 5331 2S1.3
40 U.S.C. § 5104(e)(1) 2K2.5
31 U.S.C. § 5332 2S1.3
40 U.S.C. § 14309(a),(b) 2C1.3
586 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
41 U.S.C. § 2102 2B1.1, 2C1.1 42 U.S.C. § 1761(o)(1) 2B1.1
41 U.S.C. § 2105 2B1.1, 2C1.1 42 U.S.C. § 1761(o)(2) 2B1.1
41 U.S.C. § 8702 2B4.1 42 U.S.C. § 2000e-13 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4, 2A2.1, 2A2.2,
41 U.S.C. § 8707 2B4.1 2A2.3
42 U.S.C. § 261(a) 2D1.1 42 U.S.C. § 2077 2M6.1
42 U.S.C. § 262 2N2.1 42 U.S.C. § 2122 2M6.1
42 U.S.C. § 300h-2 2Q1.2 42 U.S.C. § 2131 2M6.1
42 U.S.C. § 300i-1 2Q1.4 42 U.S.C. § 2272 2M6.1
42 U.S.C. § 408 2B1.1, 2X1.1 42 U.S.C. § 2273 2M6.2
42 U.S.C. § 1011 2B1.1, 2X1.1 42 U.S.C. § 2274(a),(b) 2M3.1
42 U.S.C. § 1307(a) 2B1.1 42 U.S.C. § 2275 2M3.1
42 U.S.C. § 1307(b) 2B1.1 42 U.S.C. § 2276 2M3.5
42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b 2B1.1, 2B4.1 42 U.S.C. § 2278a(c) 2B2.3
42 U.S.C. § 1320a-8b 2X5.1, 2X5.2 42 U.S.C. § 2283(a) 2A1.1, 2A1.2, 2A1.3,
2A1.4
42 U.S.C. § 1383(d)(2) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 2283(b) 2A2.2, 2A2.3
42 U.S.C. § 1383a(a) 2B1.1, 2X1.1
42 U.S.C. § 2284(a) 2M2.1, 2M2.3
42 U.S.C. § 1383a(b) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 3220(a) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1395nn(a) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 3220(b) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1395nn(b)(1) 2B4.1
42 U.S.C. § 3426 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1395nn(b)(2) 2B4.1
42 U.S.C. § 3611(f) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
42 U.S.C. § 1395nn(c) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 3631 2H1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1396h(a) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 3792 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1396h(b)(1) 2B4.1
42 U.S.C. § 5157(a) 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1396h(b)(2) 2B4.1
42 U.S.C. § 5409 2N2.1
42 U.S.C. § 1396w–2 2H3.1
42 U.S.C. § 6928(d) 2Q1.2
42 U.S.C. § 1713 2B1.1
42 U.S.C. § 6928(e) 2Q1.1
42 U.S.C. § 1760(g) 2B1.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 587
APPENDIX A
42 U.S.C. § 7270b 2B2.3
47 U.S.C. § 223(a)(1)(D) 2A6.1
42 U.S.C. §
7413(c)(1)–(4) 2Q1.2, 2Q1.3 47 U.S.C. § 223(a)(1)(E) 2A6.1
42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(5) 2Q1.1 47 U.S.C. § 223(b)(1)(A) 2G3.2
42 U.S.C. § 47 U.S.C. § 409(m) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
9151(2),(3),(4),(5) 2A2.4
47 U.S.C. § 553(b)(2) 2B5.3
42 U.S.C. § 9152(d) 2A2.4
47 U.S.C. § 605 2B5.3, 2H3.1
42 U.S.C. § 9603(b) 2Q1.2
49 U.S.C. § 121 2B1.1 (for offenses
42 U.S.C. § 9603(c) 2Q1.2 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
42 U.S.C. § 9603(d) 2Q1.2
49 U.S.C. § 1809(b) 2Q1.2 (for offenses
42 U.S.C. § 14905 2B1.1 committed prior to
July 5, 1994)
43 U.S.C. § 1350 2Q1.2
49 U.S.C. § 5124 2Q1.2
43 U.S.C. § 1733(a)
(43 C.F.R. 4140.1(b)(1)(i)) 2B2.3 49 U.S.C. § 11902 2B4.1
43 U.S.C. § 1816(a) 2Q1.2 49 U.S.C. § 11903 2B1.1
43 U.S.C. § 1822(b) 2Q1.2 49 U.S.C. § 11904 2B1.1 (2B4.1 for
offenses committed prior
to January 1, 1996)
44 U.S.C. § 3572 2H3.1
49 U.S.C. § 11907(a) 2B4.1 (for offenses
45 U.S.C. § 359(a) 2B1.1 committed prior to
January 1, 1996)
46 U.S.C. § 1276 2B1.1
49 U.S.C. § 11907(b) 2B4.1 (for offenses
46 U.S.C. § 3718(b) 2Q1.2 committed prior to
January 1, 1996)
46 U.S.C. § 70035(b) 2J1.1, 2J1.5
49 U.S.C. § 14103(b) 2B1.1
46 U.S.C. § 70036(b) 2A2.4
49 U.S.C. § 14905(b) 2B1.1
46 U.S.C. App. §
1707a(f)(2) 2B1.1 49 U.S.C. § 14909 2J1.1, 2J1.5
46 U.S.C. App. § 49 U.S.C. § 14912 2B1.1
1903(a) 2D1.1
49 U.S.C. § 14915 2B1.1
46 U.S.C. App. §
1903(g) 2D1.1 49 U.S.C. § 16102 2B1.1
46 U.S.C. App. § 49 U.S.C. § 16104 2J1.1, 2J1.5
1903(j) 2D1.1
49 U.S.C. § 30170 2B1.1
47 U.S.C. § 223(a)(1)(C) 2A6.1
588 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
APPENDIX A
49 U.S.C. § 31310 2X5.2
50 U.S.C. § 4819 2M5.1
49 U.S.C. § 32703 2N3.1
52 U.S.C. § 10307(c) 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 32704 2N3.1
52 U.S.C. § 10307(d) 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 32705 2N3.1
52 U.S.C. § 10307(e) 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 32709(b) 2N3.1
52 U.S.C. § 10308(a) 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46308 2A5.2
52 U.S.C. § 10308(b) 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46312 2Q1.2
52 U.S.C. § 10308(c) 2X1.1
49 U.S.C. § 46317(a) 2B1.1
52 U.S.C. § 10501 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46317(b) 2D1.1
52 U.S.C. § 10502 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46502(a),(b) 2A5.1, 2X1.1
52 U.S.C. § 10503 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46503 2A5.2
52 U.S.C. § 10505 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46504 2A5.2
52 U.S.C. § 10701 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46505 2K1.5
52 U.S.C. § 20511 2H2.1
49 U.S.C. § 46506 2A5.3
52 U.S.C. § 30109(d) 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. § 46507 2A6.1
52 U.S.C. § 30114 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. § 60123(b) 2B1.1, 2K1.4, 2M2.1,
2M2.3 52 U.S.C. § 30116 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. § 60123(d) 2B1.1 52 U.S.C. § 30117 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. § 80116 2B1.1 52 U.S.C. § 30118 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. § 80501 2B1.1 52 U.S.C. § 30119 2C1.8
49 U.S.C. App. § 52 U.S.C. § 30120 2C1.8
1687(g) 2B1.1 (for offenses
committed prior to 52 U.S.C. § 30121 2C1.8
July 5, 1994)
52 U.S.C. § 30122 2C1.8
50 U.S.C. § 783 2M3.3
52 U.S.C. § 30123 2C1.8
50 U.S.C. § 1705 2M5.1, 2M5.2, 2M5.3
52 U.S.C. § 30124(a) 2C1.8
50 U.S.C. § 3121 2M3.9
52 U.S.C. § 30125 2C1.8
50 U.S.C. § 3811 2M4.1
52 U.S.C. § 30126 2C1.8
50 U.S.C. § 3937(e) 2X5.2
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 589
APPENDIX A
Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (amendments 60 and 61); June 15, 1988 (amend-
ments 62 and 63); October 15, 1988 (amendments 64 and 65); November 1, 1989 (amendments 297–301); November 1,
1990 (amendment 359); November 1, 1991 (amendment 421); November 1, 1992 (amendment 468); November 1, 1993
(amendment 496); November 1, 1995 (amendment 534); November 1, 1996 (amendment 540); November 1, 1997
(amendment 575); November 1, 1998 (amendment 589); November 1, 2000 (amendment 592); May 1, 2001 (amend-
ment 612); November 1, 2001 (amendments 617, 622, 626, 627, 628, 633, and 634); November 1, 2002 (amend-
ments 637, 638, 639, and 646); January 25, 2003 (amendments 647 and 648); November 1, 2003 (amendments 653,
Historical 654, 655, 656, 658, and 661); November 1, 2004 (amendments 664, 665, 666, 667, 669, and 674); October 24, 2005
Note (amendments 675 and 676); November 1, 2005 (amendments 677, 679, and 680); November 1, 2006 (amendments 685,
686, 687, 689, and 690); May 1, 2007 (amendment 697); November 1, 2007 (amendments 699, 700, 701, 703, 704, 705,
707, 708, and 711); February 6, 2008 (amendment 714); November 1, 2008 (amendments 718, 720, 721, 724 and 725);
November 1, 2009 (amendments 727, 728, 729, 730, 731, 733, 736, and 737); November 1, 2010 (amendments 743,
745, and 746); November 1, 2011 (amendments 749, 753, and 757); November 1, 2012 (amendments 765 and 769);
November 1, 2013 (amendments 772, 773, and 777); November 1, 2014 (amendment 781); November 1, 2015 (amend-
ment 796); November 1, 2016 (amendments 800 and 804); November 1, 2018 (amendments 806, 812, and 813); No-
vember 1, 2023 (amendments 815, 816, 819, and 824); November 1, 2024 (amendment 830).
590 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
INDEX TO GUIDELINES MANUAL
This index provides an alphabetical list of topics addressed in the Guidelines Manual and refers
the reader to provisions that may be relevant to those topics. This index is unofficial and is provided
only as a convenience to the reader.
Note that this index generally does not refer the reader to provisions in Chapter Two offense
guidelines. This is by design, because this index is not to be used in determining the offense guideline
section in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) that applies in a particular case. Such determinations are
made based on the statute of conviction. See §1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines) and Appendix A (Statutory
Index).
For example, this index contains an entry for “kidnapping” which refers the reader to the Chapter
Three adjustment at §3A1.3 (Restraint of Victim) and the upward departure provision at §5K2.4 (Ab-
duction or Unlawful Restraint), each of which may be relevant to kidnapping. This index does not,
however, refer the reader to any of the Chapter Two offense guidelines with provisions that may be
relevant to kidnapping. The Chapter Two offense guideline that applies in a case involving a kidnap-
ping is determined by identifying the statute of conviction and consulting §1B1.2 (Applicable Guide-
lines) and Appendix A (Statutory Index).
ABDUCTED accessory after the fact 2X3.1
defined 1B1.1 n.1 relevant conduct 1B1.3 n.1
ABDUCTION OR UNLAWFUL ADEQUACY OF CRIMINAL HISTORY
RESTRAINT CATEGORY
ground for departure 5K2.4 ground for departure 4A1.3
ABERRANT BEHAVIOR ADDICTION TO GAMBLING
ground for departure 5K2.20 see GAMBLING ADDICTION
ABUSE OF DRUGS OR ALCOHOL ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE,
generally (offender characteristic) 5H1.4 OBSTRUCTING OR IMPEDING
departure for treatment purpose 5C1.1 n.7 Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.1
recommendation that a term of
supervised release also AGE
be imposed 5D1.1 n.3(C); 5H1.4 ground for departure 5H1.1
age of victim (as ground for
ABUSE OF POSITION OF TRUST vulnerable victim adjustment) 3A1.1
Chapter Three adjustment 3B1.3
AGENT
ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
Chapter Three adjustment 3E1.1
ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0 AGGRAVATING CIRCUMSTANCES
generally (as ground for departure) 5K2.0
ACCESSORY AFTER THE FACT
generally 2X3.1 AGGRAVATING ROLE
relevant conduct 1B1.3 generally (adjustment) 3B1.1
ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d)
ACCOMPLICES AND ACCESSORIES
see also ROLE IN THE OFFENSE AIDING AND ABETTING
generally 2X2.1 generally 2X2.1
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 591
INDEX
ALCOHOL DEPENDENCE OR ABUSE ATTEMPTS
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.4 generally 2X1.1
alcohol rehabilitation center 5F1.1
condition of probation 5B1.3(d)(4) AUTHORITY OF SENTENCING
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(d)(4) COMMISSION
see SENTENCING COMMISSION
ALLOCUTION
by crime victim 6A1.5 BODILY INJURY
defined 1B1.1 n.1
AMENDED GUIDELINE RANGE permanent or life threatening,
retroactive application of 1B1.10 defined 1B1.1 n.1
serious, defined 1B1.1 n.1
AMENDMENTS TO GUIDELINES
see also USSG APPENDIX C BODY ARMOR IN DRUG TRAFFICKING
ex post facto considerations 1B1.11 AND CRIMES OF VIOLENCE
“one book” rule 1B1.11 use in drug trafficking or crimes of
retroactive application at resentencing 1B1.10 violence (adjustment) 3B1.5
ANTICIPATED TERM BRANDISHED
OF IMPRISONMENT defined 1B1.1 n.1
imposition of a sentence on a
defendant subject to 5G1.3(c) BRIBERY
obstruction of justice 3C1.1
APPLICABLE GUIDELINES ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.6
generally 1B1.2
BRUTALITY
APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD ground for departure 5K2.8
criminal history 4A1.2(e), n.8
BURDEN OF PROOF AT SENTENCING
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS generally 6A1.3
generally 1B1.1
organizations 8A1.2 CAREER CRIMINAL, ARMED
see ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL
APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
generally Ch. 1 Pt. B CAREER OFFENDER
generally 4B1.1; 4B1.2
ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL and criminal livelihood Ch. 4 Pt. B
generally 4B1.4
CHARITABLE SERVICE
ASSESSMENT OF COSTS ground for departure 5H1.11
organizations 8E1.3
CHEMICAL QUANTITY TABLE
ASSESSMENTS, SPECIAL generally 2D1.11
generally 5E1.3
organizations 8E1.1 CHILDREN AND MINORS
as condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(6) see also FAMILY TIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES;
as condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(6) JUVENILE DELINQUENCY; LACK OF GUIDANCE AS
YOUTH; OFFENSES COMMITTED PRIOR TO AGE
ASSISTANCE TO AUTHORITIES EIGHTEEN; USING MINOR TO COMMIT CRIME;
see SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE TO AUTHORITIES; VULNERABLE VICTIMS; YOUTHFULNESS OF THE
REFUSAL TO ASSIST AUTHORITIES; COOPERATION DEFENDANT
AGREEMENT child crimes and sexual offenses,
restrictions on downward
departures 5K2.0(b); 5K2.22
592 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
CIVIC SERVICE COMMUNITY SERVICE
ground for departure 5H1.11 generally 5F1.3
condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(3)
CLASS A, B, C, D, E FELONIES condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(3)
and length of term of supervised release 5D1.2 organizations 8A1.2; 8B1.3; 8D1.3
CLASS A MISDEMEANORS COMMUNITY TIES
generally 2X5.2 ground for departure 5H1.6
and length of term of supervised release 5D1.2
COMPASSIONATE RELEASE
CLASS B OR C MISDEMEANORS generally 1B1.13
generally 1B1.2(a); 1B1.9
COMPLIANCE AND ETHICS PROGRAMS
CLOSELY-HELD ORGANIZATIONS generally 8B2.1
fine paid by owners of 8C3.4
CONCEALMENT OF ANOTHER
CLOSELY RELATED COUNTS OFFENSE
groups of 3D1.2 ground for departure 5K2.9
offense level applicable to each group of 3D1.3
CONCURRENT SENTENCES
CODEFENDANTS, DISPARITY BETWEEN see also CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES
ground for departure 5K2.0 when sentencing on multiple counts 5G1.2
when there is an anticipated term 5G1.3(c)
COERCION when there is an undischarged term 5G1.3
ground for departure 5K2.12
CONDITIONS OF PROBATION
COLOR generally 5B1.3
see also RACE organizations 8D1.3
of victim, as basis for hate crime
adjustment 3A1.1 CONDITIONS OF SUPERVISED
RELEASE
COMBINED OFFENSE LEVEL generally 5D1.3
determination of 3D1.4
CONDUCT, RELEVANT
COMMENTARY see RELEVANT CONDUCT
significance of 1B1.7
CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES
COMMISSION OF OFFENSE WHILE ON see also CONCURRENT SENTENCES
RELEASE when sentencing on multiple counts 5G1.2
Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.3 when there is an undischarged term 5G1.3
COMMON SCHEME OR PLAN CONSPIRACIES
defined (relevant conduct) 1B1.3 n.5(B)(i) generally 2X1.1
conspiracy to commit more than one
COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT offense, treated as separate
generally 5B1.1, 5F1.1 count for each offense 1B1.2(d)
condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(1) relevant conduct 1B1.3
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(1)
in a residential treatment program 5C1.1 n.9 CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE OFFENSE
defined (career offender) 4B1.2(b)
COMMUNITY RESTITUTION revocation of probation 7B1.4
generally 5E1.1(d)
CONVERTED DRUG WEIGHT
see also DRUG CONVERSION TABLES
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 593
INDEX
defined 2D1.1(c)(Notes) CRIMINAL HISTORY
generally 2D1.1(c) see also CRIMINAL HISTORY (DEFINITIONS AND
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPUTING)
CONVICTED PERSONS PROHIBITED generally Ch. 4 Pt. A
FROM HOLDING CERTAIN POSITIONS Criminal History Category 4A1.1
generally 5J1.1 ground for departure 5H1.8
inadequacy of Criminal History
COOPERATION Category, ground for departure 4A1.3
see ASSISTANCE TO AUTHORITIES
CRIMINAL HISTORY (DEFINITIONS
COOPERATION AGREEMENT AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPUTING)
see also SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE TO generally 4A1.2
AUTHORITIES applicable time period 4A1.2(e); 4A1.2 n.8
non-use of information obtained during 1B1.8 crime of violence, defined 4A1.2(p); 4B1.2(a)
diversionary dispositions 4A1.2(f); 4A1.2 n.9
CORRUPTION driving while intoxicated
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.6 or under the influence 4A.2 n.5
expunged prior convictions 4A1.2(j)
COST ASSESSMENT failure to report for service of
organizations 8E1.3 sentence of imprisonment 4A1.2(n)
felony offense, defined 4A1.2(o)
COSTS OF PROSECUTION foreign sentences 4A1.2(h)
generally 5E1.5 insufficient funds check 4A1.2 n.12
invalidated prior convictions 4A1.2 n.6
COUNT OF CONVICTION local ordinance violations 4A1.2 n.12
guideline applicable to 1B1.2 military sentences 4A1.2(g)
multiple counts, generally Ch. 3 Pt. D offenses committed prior to
sentencing on multiple counts 5G1.2 age eighteen 4A1.2(d); 4A1.2, n.7
sentencing on a single count 5G1.1 pardoned prior convictions 4A1.2 n.10
reversed prior convictions 4A1.2 n.6
COURT-MARTIAL revocations of probation, parole,
see MILITARY SENTENCE mandatory release, or
supervised release 4A1.2(k); 4A1.2 n.11
COURT PROTECTION ORDER sentence of imprisonment,
defined 1B1.1 n.1 defined 4A1.2(b); 4A1.2 n.2
sentences counted and excluded 4A1.2(c)
CREDIT FOR PRIOR CUSTODY sentences imposed in
generally 7B1.5 the alternative 4A1.2 n.4
sentences on appeal 4A1.2(l)
CREED setting aside prior convictions 4A1.2 n.10
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10 “single sentence” rule 4A1.2(a)(2); 4A1.2 n.3
suspended sentences 4A1.2(b)(1)
CRIME OF VIOLENCE time period, applicable 4A1.2(e); 4A1.2 n.8
defined 4A1.2(p), 4B1.2(a) tribal court sentences 4A1.2(i)
predicate for career offender 4B1.2 vacated prior convictions 4A1.2 n.6
violation warrant, effect of 4A1.2(m)
CRIME VICTIMS FUND violence, crime of, defined 4A1.2(p); 4B1.2(a)
generally (special assessments) 5E1.3
CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD
CRIME VICTIMS’ RIGHTS generally Ch. 4 Pt. B
generally 6A1.5 career offender 4B1.1; 4B1.2
criminal livelihood 4B1.3
Armed Career Criminal 4B1.4
offender characteristic 5H1.9
594 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
CRIMINALLY NEGLIGENT (organizations) 8C2.5 n.12
defined 2A1.4 n.1 bodily injury 1B1.1 n.1
brandished 1B1.1 n.1
CRIMINAL PURPOSE common scheme or plan 1B1.3 n.5(B)(i)
ground for departure 5K2.9 community confinement 5F1.1 n.1
compliance and ethics program
CRIMINAL PURPOSE ORGANIZATION (organizations) 8B2.1 n.1
determining the fine for 8C1.1 controlled substance offense
(career offender) 4B1.2(b)
CROSS REFERENCES TO OTHER converted drug weight 2D1.1(c)(Notes)
GUIDELINES court protection order 1B1.1 n.1
generally 1B1.5 crime of violence (career offender) 4B1.2(a)
criminal history (definitions and
CRUELTY instructions for computing) 4A1.2
ground for departure 5K2.8 criminally negligent 2A1.4 n.1
dangerous weapon 1B1.1 n.1
CULPABILITY, EXCEPTIONAL destructive device 1B1.1 n.1
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.11 during flight 3C1.2 n.3
“e.g.” 1B1.1 n.2
CULPABILITY SCORE felony offense (criminal history) 4A1.2(o)
generally (organizations) 8C2.5 firearm 1B1.1 n.1
gain, pecuniary (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
CUMULATIVE APPLICATION OF harm (relevant conduct) 1B1.3 n.6(A)
MULTIPLE ADJUSTMENTS high-level personnel (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
generally 1B1.1 n.4 home detention 5F1.2 n.1
“includes” 1B1.1 n.2
CURFEW instant offense, instant federal offense,
condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(5) instant offense of conviction 1B1.1 n.1
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(5) jointly undertaken criminal activity 1B1.3 n.3
life-threatening bodily injury 1B1.1 n.1
CUSTODY CREDIT, PRIOR loss, pecuniary (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
see CREDIT FOR PRIOR CUSTODY more than minimal
planning 2A2.2 n.2; 2B2.1 n.4
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY negligent, criminally 2A1.4 n.1
see PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS offense 1B1.1 n.1
offense (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
DANGEROUS WEAPON otherwise extensive 3B1.1 n.3
defined 1B1.1 n.1 otherwise used (with respect to a
dangerous weapon) 1B1.1 n.1
DANGEROUS WEAPONS AND participant 3B1.1 n.1
INSTRUMENTALITIES pattern of criminal conduct 4B1.3 n.1
ground for departure 5K2.6 pecuniary gain (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
pecuniary loss (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
DEATH permanent bodily injury 1B1.1 n.1
ground for departure 5K2.1 physically restrained 1B1.1 n.1
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.2 prior criminal adjudication
(organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
DEFINITIONS prior felony convictions
generally 1B1.1 (career offender) 4B1.2(c), (e)(4)
abducted 1B1.1 n.1 prior sentence
agent (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3 (criminal history) 4A1.2(a); 4A1.2 n.1
and instructions for computing reckless 2A1.4 n.1
criminal history 4A1.2 related cases (criminal history) 4A1.2 n.3
appropriate governmental authorities same course of conduct 1B1.3 n.5(B)(ii)
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 595
INDEX
sentence of imprisonment Early Disposition Programs 5K3.1
(criminal history) 4A1.2(b); 4A1.2 n.2 environmental threat (organizations) 8C4.4
separately managed line of business exceptional organizational culpability
(organizations) 8C2.5 n.5 (organizations) 8C4.11
serious bodily injury 1B1.1 n.1 extreme conduct 5K2.8
similar misconduct (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3 “fast track” programs 5K3.1
special skill 3B1.3 n.4 from the guideline fine range
substantial authority personnel (organizations) Ch. 8 Pt. C Subpt. 4
(organizations) 8A1.2 n.3 gambling addiction 5H1.4; 5K2.0; 5K2.13
unit of the organization gangs, violent street 5K2.18
(organizations) 8C2.5 n.2 grounds for, generally 5K2.0
victim (multiple counts) 3D1.2 n.2 high-capacity, semi-automatic firearms 5K2.17
weapon, dangerous 1B1.1 n.1 humiliation 5K2.8
willfully ignorant of the offense information to be used in departing 1B1.4
(organizations) 8A1.2 n.3 injury, bodily (organizations) 8C4.2
injury, extreme psychological 5K2.3
DENIAL OF FEDERAL BENEFITS TO injury, physical 5K2.2
DRUG TRAFFICKERS AND POSSESSORS kidnapping 5K2.4
generally 5F1.6 lesser harms 5K2.11
mandatory programs to prevent and
DEPARTURES detect violations of law
see also LIST OF DEPARTURE PROVISIONS (organizations) 8C4.10
(following this Index); OFFENDER market threat (organizations) 8C4.5
CHARACTERISTICS members or beneficiaries of the
generally Ch. 5 Pt. K organization as victims
generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(b) (organizations) 8C4.8
aberrant behavior 5K2.20 national security threat (organizations) 8C4.3
addiction to gambling 5H1.4; 5K2.0; 5K2.13 notice of possible departure 6A1.4
application instructions 1B1.1(b) official corruption (organizations) 8C4.6
assistance to authorities 5K1.1 physical injury 5K2.2
assistance to authorities (organizations) 8C4.1 property damage or loss 5K2.5
bodily injury (organizations) 8C4.2 psychological injury, extreme 5K2.3
child crimes and sexual offenses, public entity (organizations) 8C4.7
restrictions on downward public welfare 5K2.14
departures 5K2.0(b); 5K2.22 refusal to assist authorities 5K1.2
coercion 5K2.12 risk of death or bodily injury
commission of offense while wearing (organizations) 8C4.2
or displaying unauthorized or risk of harm 1B1.3 n.6(B)
counterfeit insignia or uniform 5K2.24 sexual offenses, restrictions on
concealment of another offense 5K2.9 downward departures 5K20.(b); 5K2.22
corruption (organizations) 8C4.6 street gangs, violent 5K2.18
criminal history category, adequacy of 4A1.3 substantial assistance to authorities 5K1.1
criminal purpose 5K2.9 substantial assistance to authorities
cruelty 5K2.8 (organizations) 8C4.1
dangerous instrumentalities 5K2.6 terrorism 3A1.4
death 5K2.1 threat to a market (organizations) 8C4.5
death or bodily injury (organizations) 8C4.2 threat to national security
defined 1B1.1 n.1 (organizations) 8C4.3
diminished capacity 5K2.13 threat to the environment
discharged term of imprisonment 5K2.23 (organizations) 8C4.4
dismissed conduct 5K2.21 uncharged conduct 5K2.21
disparity between codefendants 5K2.0 unlawful restraint 5K2.4
disruption of government function 5K2.7 victim conduct 5K2.10
duress 5K2.12 voluntary disclosure of offense 5K2.16
596 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
weapons and dangerous DISRUPTION OF GOVERNMENTAL
instrumentalities 5K2.6 FUNCTION
ground for departure 5K2.7
DEPENDENCE ON DRUGS OR ALCOHOL
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.4 DIVERSIONARY DISPOSITIONS
alcohol or drug rehabilitation center 5F1.1 criminal history 4A1.2(f); 4A1.2 n.9
DEPENDENCE UPON CRIMINAL DNA, COLLECTION OF
ACTIVITY FOR A LIVELIHOOD condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(10)
generally 4B1.3 condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(8)
ground for departure 5H1.9
DOMAIN NAME, FALSE REGISTRATION
DESTRUCTIVE DEVICE OF
defined 1B1.1 n.1 Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.4
DIMINISHED CAPACITY DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
ground for departure 5K2.13 condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(4)
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(3)
DIRECTIVES TO THE SENTENCING imposition of supervised release 5D1.1 n.3(D)
COMMISSION
see also USSG APPENDIX B “DOUBLE COUNTING”
as providing authority to promulgate 1A3.1 generally 1B1.1 n.4
DISABILITY DOWNWARD DEPARTURE
see also PHYSICAL CONDITION see also DEPARTURES
of victim, as basis for hate crime defined 1B1.1 n.1
adjustment 3A1.1
DRIVING WHILE INTOXICATED OR
DISABILITY, RELIEF FROM UNDER THE INFLUENCE
generally Ch. 5 Pt. J career offender 4B1.2
criminal history 4A1.2 n.5
DISCHARGED TERM OF
IMPRISONMENT DRUG DEPENDENCE OR ABUSE
ground for departure 5K2.23 ground for departure 5H1.4
drug rehabilitation center 5F1.1
DISCLOSURE OF OFFENSE,
VOLUNTARY DRUG CONVERSION TABLES
ground for departure 5K2.16 generally 2D1.1 n.8
DISCRETIONARY CONDITIONS DRUG QUANTITY TABLE
of probation 5B1.3(b) generally 2D1.1(c)
of supervised release 5D1.3(b)
DRUG TESTING
DISGORGEMENT OF GAIN condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(5)
generally (organizations) 8C2.9 condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(4)
DISMISSED CONDUCT DURESS
ground for departure 5K2.21 ground for departure 5K2.12
DISPARITY BETWEEN CODEFENDANTS EARLY DISPOSITION PROGRAMS
ground for departure 5K2.0 ground for departure 5K3.1
DISPUTED FACTORS, RESOLUTION OF “E.G.”
generally 6A1.3 defined 1B1.1 n.2
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 597
INDEX
EDUCATION FALSE REGISTRATION OF DOMAIN
ground for departure 5H1.2 NAME
Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.4
ELECTRONIC MONITORING
home detention 5F1.2 FAMILY TIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
ground for departure 5H1.6
EMOTIONAL CONDITIONS
ground for departure 5H1.3 “FAST TRACK” PROGRAMS
mental health facility 5F1.1 see EARLY DISPOSITION PROGRAMS
EMPLOYMENT RECORD FEDERAL BENEFITS
ground for departure 5H1.5 denial of, to drug traffickers and
possessors 5F1.6
EMPLOYMENT-RELATED
CONTRIBUTIONS FELONY OFFENSE
ground for departure 5H1.11 defined (criminal history) 4A1.2(o)
ENDANGERMENT DURING FLIGHT, FINANCIAL INFORMATION, ACCESS TO
RECKLESS condition of probation 5B1.3(d)(3)
see RECKLESS ENDANGERMENT DURING FLIGHT condition of supervised release 5D1.3(d)(3)
ENVIRONMENTAL THREAT FINES
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.4 see also FINES (ORGANIZATIONS)
generally 5E1.2
ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE PROGRAMS as sole sanction 5C1.1 n.2
generally 8B2.1 condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(8)
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(5)
ETHNICITY
of victim, as basis for hate crime FINES (ORGANIZATIONS)
adjustment 3A1.1 generally Ch. 8 Pt. C
criminal purpose organizations 8C1.1
EX POST FACTO CLAUSE non-criminal purpose
generally 1B1.11 organizations Ch. 8 Pt. C Subpt. 2
“EXPANDED RELEVANT CONDUCT” FIREARM
generally 1B1.3(a)(2) defined 1B1.1 n.1
ground for departure 5K2.6
EXPUNGED CONVICTIONS semiautomatic, capable of accepting
criminal history 4A1.2(j) large capacity magazine
(ground for departure) 5K2.17
EXTREME CONDUCT
ground for departure 5K2.8 FIRST OFFENDER
see ABERRANT BEHAVIOR; CRIMINAL HISTORY;
EXTREME PAIN AND SUFFERING “SAFETY VALVE”
ground for departure 5K2.8
FOREIGN SENTENCES
EXTREME PSYCHOLOGICAL INJURY criminal history 4A1.2(h)
ground for departure 5K2.3
FORFEITURE
FAILURE TO REPORT FOR SERVICE OF generally 5E1.4
SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT organizations 8E1.2
criminal history 4A1.2(n)
GAIN, PECUNIARY
organizations 8A1.2 n.3
598 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
GAMBLING ADDICTION HIGH-CAPACITY SEMIAUTOMATIC
ground for departure WEAPONS
(not authorized) 5H1.4; 5K2.0; 5K2.13 ground for departure 5K2.17
GANGS, VIOLENT STREET HIGH-LEVEL PERSONNEL
ground for departure 5K2.18 defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
GENDER HOME DETENTION
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10 generally 5F1.2
of victim, as basis for hate crime condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(2)
adjustment 3A1.1 condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(2)
defined 5F1.2 n.1
GENDER IDENTITY
of victim, as basis for hate crime HOSTAGES
adjustment 3A1.1 Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.3
ground for departure 5K2.4
GOOD TIME CREDIT
reduction in sentence 5C1.1 HUMAN RIGHTS OFFENSE, SERIOUS
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.5
GOVERNMENTAL FUNCTIONS,
DISRUPTION OF HUMILIATION
ground for departure 5K2.7 ground for departure 5K2.8
GROUPS OF CLOSELY-RELATED IMPEDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF
COUNTS JUSTICE
see MULTIPLE COUNTS Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.1
GUIDELINE RANGE IMPRISONMENT
generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(g) generally Ch. 5 Pt. C
information to be used in selecting imposition of a sentence on a
a point within the range 1B1.4 defendant subject to an
anticipated term of 5G1.3(c)
GUILTY PLEAS imposition of a sentence on a
see generally ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY; defendant subject to an
PLEA AGREEMENTS undischarged term of 5G1.3
ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d) imposition of a term of 5C1.1
discharged term, ground for departure 5K2.23
HALFWAY HOUSES
see COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT INABILITY TO PAY FINES
ORGANIZATIONS)
HARM generally 8C3.3
see also RISK OF HARM preliminary determination of 8C2.2
defined (relevant conduct) 1B1.3 n.6(A)
INADEQUACY OF CRIMINAL HISTORY
HATE CRIME MOTIVATION CATEGORY
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.1 ground for departure 4A1.3
HEALTH PROGRAM PARTICIPATION INCHOATE OFFENSES
see also MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL CONDITIONS see also ATTEMPTS; SOLICITATIONS;
condition of probation 5B1.3(d)(5) CONSPIRACIES
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(d)(5) generally 2X1.1
“INCLUDES”
defined 1B1.1 n.2
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 599
INDEX
INFORMATION TO BE USED IN LOSS, PECUNIARY (ORGANIZATIONS)
IMPOSING SENTENCE defined 8A1.2 n.3
generally 1B1.4
LOSS TABLE
INFRACTIONS in 2B1.1 2B1.1(b)(1)
generally 1B1.2(a); 1B1.9
MANDATORY CONDITIONS
INJURY of probation 5B1.3(a)
bodily, defined 1B1.1 n.1 of supervised release 5D1.3(a)
extreme psychological injury,
ground for departure 5K2.3 MANDATORY MINIMUM SENTENCES
life-threatening bodily injury, see also “SAFETY VALVE”; SUBSTANTIAL
defined 1B1.1 n.1 ASSISTANCE TO AUTHORITIES
permanent bodily, defined 1B1.1 n.1 effect on guideline range 5G1.1; 5G1.2
physical injury, ground for departure 5K2.2 retroactive application of amended
serious bodily injury, defined 1B1.1 n.1 guideline range in cases involving
substantial assistance to
INSTANT OFFENSE authorities and 1B1.10(c)
defined 1B1.1 n.1
MANDATORY PROGRAMS TO PREVENT
INSUFFICIENT FUNDS CHECK AND DETECT VIOLATIONS OF LAW
generally 4A1.2 n.12 ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.10
INTERMITTENT CONFINEMENT MARKET THREAT
generally 5F1.8 ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.5
condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(6)
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(6) MEMBERS OR BENEFICIARIES OF THE
ORGANIZATION AS VICTIMS
INVALIDATED PRIOR CONVICTIONS ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.8
criminal history 4A1.2 n.6
MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL
JOINTLY UNDERTAKEN CRIMINAL CONDITIONS
ACTIVITY see also DIMINISHED CAPACITY; HEALTH
defined (relevant conduct) 1B1.3 n.3 PROGRAM PARTICIPATION
ground for departure 5H1.3
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY mental health facility 5F1.1
generally 1B1.12 mental illness, departure for
treatment purpose 5C1.1 n.7
KIDNAPPING of victim, as basis for vulnerable
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.3 victim adjustment 3A1.1
ground for departure 5K2.4
MILITARY SENTENCE
LACK OF GUIDANCE AS YOUTH criminal history 4A1.2(g)
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.12
MILITARY SERVICE
LESSER HARMS ground for departure 5H1.11
ground for departure 5K2.11
MINIMAL PARTICIPANT
LIFE-THREATENING BODILY INJURY generally (mitigating role) 3B1.2(a)
defined 1B1.1 n.1
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM
LOCAL ORDINANCE VIOLATIONS MULTIPLIERS
criminal history 4A1.2 n.12 organizations 8C2.6
600 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
MINOR PARTICIPANT NOTICE OF POSSIBLE DEPARTURE
generally (mitigating role) 3B1.2(b) generally 6A1.4
MINORS NOTICE TO VICTIMS
see also CHILDREN order of 5F1.4
use of a minor to commit a crime
(Chapter Three adjustment) 3B1.4 OBSTRUCTING OR IMPEDING THE
use of minor in a crime of violence 2X6.1 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.1
MISDEMEANORS
Class A 2X5.2 OCCUPATIONAL RESTRICTIONS
Class B or C 1B1.2(a); 1B1.9 generally 5F1.5
condition of probation 5B1.3(e)(4)
MISPRISION OF FELONY condition of supervised release 5D1.3(e)(4)
generally 2X4.1
relevant conduct 1B1.3 OFFENDER CHARACTERISTICS
generally Ch. 5 Pt. H
MITIGATING CIRCUMSTANCES addiction to gambling 5H1.4; 5K2.0; 5K2.13
generally (as ground for departure) 5K2.0 age 5H1.1
alcohol dependence or abuse 5H1.4
MITIGATING ROLE charitable service 5H1.11
generally (adjustment) 3B1.2 civic service 5H1.11
ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d) community ties 5H1.6
“mitigating role cap” in 2D1.1 2D1.1(a)(5) creed 5H1.10
criminal history 5H1.8
MORE THAN MINIMAL PLANNING drug dependence or abuse 5H1.4
defined 2A2.2 n.2; 2B2.1 n.4 education 5H1.2
emotional conditions 5H1.3
MULTIPLE COUNTS employment record 5H1.5
generally Ch. 3 Pt. D employment-related contributions 5H1.11
generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(e) family ties and responsibilities 5H1.6
determining the combined offense level 3D1.4 gambling addiction 5H1.4; 5K2.0; 5K2.13
determining the total punishment 3D1.5 gender 5H1.10
groups of closely related counts 3D1.2 lack of guidance as youth 5H1.12
offense level applicable to each group mental conditions 5H1.3
of closely related counts 3D1.3 military service 5H1.11
procedure for determining the offense national origin 5H1.10
level on 3D1.1 physical condition 5H1.4
sentencing on 5G1.2 prior good works, record of 5H1.11
public service 5H1.11
NATIONAL ORIGIN race 5H1.10
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10 religion 5H1.10
of victim, as basis for hate crime role in the offense 5H1.7
adjustment 3A1.1 sex 5H1.10
socio-economic status 5H1.10
NATIONAL SECURITY THREAT vocational skills 5H1.2
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.3
OFFENSE
NEGLIGENT, CRIMINALLY defined 1B1.1 n.1
defined 2A1.4 n.1 defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
instant offense, defined 1B1.1 n.1
NON-CRIMINAL PURPOSE
ORGANIZATIONS OFFENSE LEVEL (ORGANIZATIONS)
applicability of fine guidelines 8C2.1 generally 8C2.3
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 601
INDEX
OFFENSES COMMITTED PRIOR TO AGE PECUNIARY LOSS
EIGHTEEN defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
criminal history 4A1.2(d); 4A1.2, n.7
PERMANENT OR LIFE-THREATENING
OFFENSES NOT COVERED BY BODILY INJURY
STATUTORY INDEX defined 1B1.1 n.1
see also USSG APPENDIX A (STATUTORY INDEX)
generally 2X5.1; 2X5.2 PHYSICAL CONDITION
ground for departure 5H1.4
OFFICIAL CORRUPTION of victim, as basis for vulnerable
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.6 victim adjustment 3A1.1
OFFICIAL INSIGNIA OR UNIFORM PHYSICAL INJURY
commission of offense while wearing or ground for departure 5K2.2
displaying unauthorized or
counterfeit insignia or uniform PHYSICALLY RESTRAINED
(ground for departure) 5K2.24 defined 1B1.1 n.1
OFFICIAL VICTIM PLEA AGREEMENTS
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.2 generally Ch. 6 Pt. B
generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(c)
“ONE BOOK” RULE ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d)
generally 1B1.11 procedure 6B1.1
rejection of 6B1.3
ORDER OF NOTICE TO VICTIMS standards for acceptance of 6B1.2
generally 5F1.4 stipulations contained in 1B1.2(a), (c); 6B1.4
organizations 8B1.4
POSITION OF TRUST, ABUSE OF
ORGANIZATIONS, SENTENCING OF see ABUSE OF POSITION OF TRUST
generally Ch. 8
POSSESSION OF DRUGS
OTHERWISE USED (WITH RESPECT TO condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(3)
A DANGEROUS WEAPON, INCLUDING A condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(2)
FIREARM) denial of federal benefits 5F1.6
defined 1B1.1 n.1
POSSESSION OF WEAPONS
PARDONED CONVICTIONS condition of probation 5B1.3(c)(10)
criminal history 4A1.2 n.10 condition of supervised release 5D1.3(c)(10)
PAROLE REVOCATIONS PRESENTENCE INVESTIGATION
criminal history 4A1.2(k); 4A1.2 n.11 generally 6A1.1
PARTICIPANT PRESENTENCE REPORT
defined (role in the offense) 3B1.1 n.1 generally 6A1.1
disclosure of, issues in dispute 6A1.2
PATTERN OF CRIMINAL CONDUCT
defined 4B1.3 n.1 PRIOR CONVICTIONS
see CRIMINAL HISTORY (DEFINITIONS AND
PAYMENT OF FINES (ORGANIZATIONS) INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPUTING)
generally 8C3.2
PRIOR CRIMINAL ADJUDICATION
PECUNIARY GAIN defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
602 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
PRIOR CUSTODY CREDIT PUBLIC SAFETY
generally 7B1.5 ground for departure 5K2.14
PRIOR FELONY CONVICTION PUBLIC SERVICE
see also CRIMINAL HISTORY ground for departure 5H1.11
defined 4B1.2(c), (e)(4)
PUBLIC WELFARE
PRIOR GOOD WORKS, RECORD OF ground for departure 5K2.14
ground for departure 5H1.11
RACE
PRIOR SENTENCE ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10
defined (criminal history) 4A1.2 of victim, as basis for hate crime
adjustment 3A1.1
PROBATION
see also PROBATION (ORGANIZATIONS); “REAL OFFENSE” VS. “CHARGE
PROBATION AND SUPERVISED RELEASE OFFENSE” SENTENCING
(VIOLATIONS AND REVOCATIONS) generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(A)
generally Ch. 5 Pt. B
conditions of 5B1.3 RECKLESS
imposition of a term of 5B1.1 defined 2A1.4 n.1
term of 5B1.2
RECKLESS ENDANGERMENT DURING
PROBATION (ORGANIZATIONS) FLIGHT
conditions of 8D1.3 Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.2
imposition of 8D1.1 assaulting officer during (adjustment) 3A1.2(c)
recommended conditions of 8D1.4
term of 8D1.2 RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS OF
violations of conditions 8F1.1 PROBATION
organizations 8D1.4
PROBATION AND SUPERVISED
RELEASE (VIOLATIONS AND REDUCTION IN TERM OF
REVOCATIONS) IMPRISONMENT
introduction to policy statements as a result of amended guideline range 1B1.10
concerning violations of Ch. 7 Pt. A under 18 U.S.C. § 3582(c)(1)(A) 1B1.13
reporting of violations of 7B1.2
revocation of 7B1.3 REFERENCES TO OTHER OFFENSE
term of imprisonment for violation of 7B1.4 GUIDELINES, INTERPRETATION OF
organizations 8F1.1 generally 1B1.5
violations, classification of 7B1.1
violations of, generally Ch. 7 REFUSAL TO ASSIST AUTHORITIES
see also SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE TO
PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS AUTHORITIES
ground for departure 5K2.5 ground for departure (not authorized) 5K1.2
PSYCHOLOGICAL INJURY, EXTREME REGULATORY OFFENSES
ground for departure 5K2.3 generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(f)
PUBLIC ENTITY REHABILITATION
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.7 see ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY;
COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT
PUBLIC HEALTH
ground for departure 5K2.14 RELEASE, COMMISSION OF OFFENSE
WHILE ON
Chapter Three adjustment 3C1.3
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 603
INDEX
RELEVANT CONDUCT condition of supervised release 5D1.3(a)(6)(A)
“expanded” relevant conduct 1B1.3(a)(2) fulfillment of restitution obligations,
generally 1B1.3 departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d)
information to be used in imposing organizations 8B1.1
sentence 1B1.4
use of acquitted conduct 1B1.3(c) RESTITUTION CENTERS
generally 5E1.1
RELIEF FROM DISABILITY
convicted persons prohibited from RESTRAINT OF VICTIM
holding certain positions 5J1.1 Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.3
RELIGION RETROACTIVE APPLICATION OF
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10 AMENDED GUIDELINE RANGE
of victim, as basis for hate crime generally 1B1.10
adjustment 3A1.1 in cases involving mandatory minimum
sentences and substantial
REMEDIAL COSTS THAT GREATLY assistance to authorities 1B1.10(c)
EXCEED GAIN
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.9 REVERSED PRIOR CONVICTIONS
generally 4A1.2 n.6
REMEDIAL ORDERS
generally (organizations) 8B1.2 REVOCATION OF PROBATION OR
SUPERVISED RELEASE
REMEDYING HARM FROM CRIMINAL see also REVOCATIONS OF PROBATION, PAROLE,
CONDUCT MANDATORY RELEASE, OR SUPERVISED RELEASE
generally (organizations) Ch. 8 Pt. B generally 7B1.3
revocation table 7B1.4
REPEAT AND DANGEROUS SEX
OFFENDER AGAINST MINORS REVOCATIONS OF PROBATION,
Chapter Three adjustment 4B1.5 PAROLE, MANDATORY RELEASE, OR
SUPERVISED RELEASE
REPORTING VIOLATIONS OF criminal history 4A1.2(k); 4A1.2 n.11
PROBATION AND SUPERVISED
RELEASE RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY
generally 7B1.2 ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.2
RESENTENCING RISK OF HARM
revocation of probation 7B1.3 generally (not equivalent to harm
revocation of supervised release 7B1.3 that occurred; ground for
use of amended guidelines 1B1.10 departure) 1B1.3 n.6(B)
RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT PROGRAMS ROLE IN THE OFFENSE
see COMMUNITY CONFINEMENT generally Ch. 3 Pt. B
aggravating role (adjustment) 3B1.1
RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED FACTORS mitigating role (adjustment) 3B1.2
generally 6A1.3 offender characteristic 5H1.7
ground for departure (not authorized) 5K2.0(d)
RESPONSIBILITY, ACCEPTANCE OF
see ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY RULE 11, FED. R. CRIM. P.
plea agreement procedure 6B1.1
RESTITUTION standards for acceptance of
generally 5E1.1 plea agreements 6B1.2
community restitution 5E1.1(d) procedure upon rejection of
condition of probation 5B1.3(a)(6)(A) plea agreement 6B1.3
604 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
RULE 32, FED. R. CRIM. P. SENTENCING RANGE
notice of possible departure 6A1.4 see GUIDELINE RANGE
presentence report 6A1.1
sentencing hearing 6A1.3 SENTENCING REFORM ACT OF 1984
see also USSG APPENDIX B
RULE 35(B), FED. R. CRIM. P. generally Ch. 1 Pt. A
substantial assistance to authorities 5K1.1
SENTENCING TABLE
“SAFETY VALVE” generally Ch. 5 Pt. A
downward adjustment generally (introduction) 1A1(4)(h)
in guidelines 2D1.1(b)(18); 2D1.11(b)(6)
limitation on applicability of SEPARATELY MANAGED LINE OF
statutory minimum sentences 5C1.2 BUSINESS
defined (organizations) 8C2.5 n.5
SAME COURSE OF CONDUCT
defined (relevant conduct) 1B1.3 n.5(B)(ii) SERIOUS BODILY INJURY
defined 1B1.1 n.1
SELF-INCRIMINATING INFORMATION,
USE OF SERIOUS DRUG OFFENSE
generally 1B1.8 generally 4B1.4 n.1
SEMIAUTOMATIC FIREARM, SET ASIDE PRIOR CONVICTIONS
ACCEPTING LARGE CAPACITY criminal history 4A1.2 n.10
MAGAZINE
ground for departure 5K2.17 SEX
see also GENDER
SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10
defined (criminal history) 4A1.2
implementing the total Ch. 5 Pt. G SEX OFFENDER, REPEAT AND
DANGEROUS, AGAINST MINORS
SENTENCES, PRIOR Chapter Three adjustment 4B1.5
see CRIMINAL HISTORY (DEFINITIONS AND
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPUTING) SEX OFFENSES
ground for departure 5K2.22
SENTENCING
hearing 6A1.3 SEXUAL ORIENTATION
of defendant subject to anticipated of victim, as basis for hate crime
term of imprisonment 5G1.3(c) adjustment 3A1.1
of defendant subject to undischarged
term of imprisonment 5G1.3 SHOCK INCARCERATION PROGRAM
of organizations Ch. 8 generally 5F1.7
on a single count of conviction 5G1.1
on multiple counts of conviction 5G1.2 SIGNIFICANCE OF COMMENTARY
options Ch. 5 Pt. F generally 1B1.7
procedures Ch. 6 Pt. A
procedures, plea agreements, SIMILAR MISCONDUCT
and crime victims’ rights Ch. 6 defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
table Ch. 5 Pt. A
SINGLE COUNT OF CONVICTION
SENTENCING COMMISSION sentencing of 5G1.1
authority of 1A1.3
introduction to Ch. 1 Pt. A “SINGLE SENTENCE” RULE
retroactive application of guidelines 1B1.10 generally 4A1.2(a)(2); 4A1.2 n.3
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 605
INDEX
SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS STIPULATION
ground for departure (not authorized) 5H1.10 in plea agreement 6B1.4
to more serious offense 1B1.2(a)
SOLICITATIONS to additional offense 1B1.2(c)
generally 2X1.1
relevant conduct 1B1.3 STREET GANGS, VIOLENT
ground for departure 5K2.18
SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS
generally 5E1.3 STRUCTURE OF THE GUIDELINES
organizations 8E1.1 generally 1B1.6
SPECIAL CONDITIONS SUBSTANCE ABUSE
of probation 5B1.3(d), (e) condition of probation 5B1.3(d)(4)
of supervised release 5D1.3(d), (e) condition of supervised release 5D1.3(d)(4)
SPECIAL SKILL, USE OF SUBSTANTIAL ASSISTANCE TO
Chapter Three adjustment 3B1.3 AUTHORITIES
see also REFUSAL TO ASSIST AUTHORITIES
SPECIFIC OFFENDER ground for departure 5K1.1
CHARACTERISTICS ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.1
see OFFENDER CHARACTERISTICS may justify a sentence below a
mandatory minimum sentence 5K1.1 n.1
“SPLIT SENTENCE” retroactive application of amended
former practice abolished 5B1.1 backg’d guideline range in cases involving
generally 5D1.1 n.4 mandatory minimum sentences
and 1B1.10(c)
STANDARD CONDITIONS
of probation 5B1.3(c) SUBSTANTIAL AUTHORITY
of supervised release 5D1.3(c) PERSONNEL
defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
STANDARDS FOR ACCEPTANCE OF
PLEA AGREEMENTS SUPERVISED RELEASE
generally 6B1.2 generally Ch. 5 Pt. D
conditions of 5D1.3
STATEMENT OF REASONS imposition of a term of 5D1.1
specific written reasons for sentence retroactivity 1B1.10
outside guideline range 5K2.0(e); 6B1.2 revocation of Ch. 7 Pt. A
term of 5D1.2
STATUTORY DIRECTIVES TO THE violations of Ch. 7
COMMISSION
see also USSG APPENDIX B SUPPORT OF DEPENDENTS
as providing authority to promulgate 1A3.1 condition of probation 5B1.3(d)(1)
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(d)(1)
STATUTORY INDEX
see USSG APPENDIX A (STATUTORY INDEX) SUSPENDED PRIOR SENTENCE
generally (criminal history) 4A1.2(b)(2)
STATUTORY MINIMUM SENTENCES,
LIMITATION ON TABLES
generally 5C1.2 chemical quantity table 2D1.11
drug conversion tables 2D1.1 n.8
STATUTORY PROVISIONS (LISTED IN Drug Quantity Table 2D1.1(c)
COMMENTARY) fine table in 5E1.2 5E1.2(c)(3)
generally 1B1.1 n.3 loss table in 2B1.1 2B1.1(b)(1)
revocation table 7B1.4
606 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
INDEX
sentencing table Ch. 5 Pt. A UPWARD DEPARTURE
tax table 2T4.1 see also DEPARTURES
defined 1B1.1 n.1
TAX TABLE
generally 2T4.1 USING MINOR TO COMMIT CRIME
generally (Chapter Three adjustment) 3B1.4
TERM OF IMPRISONMENT use of a minor in a crime of violence 2X6.1
generally 5C1.1
probation 5B1.2 VACATED PRIOR CONVICTIONS
probation (organizations) 8D1.2 generally 4A1.2 n.6
supervised release 5D1.2
VARIANCE
TERRORISM see also APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.4 defined 1B1.1 backg’d
THREAT TO A MARKET VICTIM
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.5 Chapter Three adjustments
related to Ch. 3 Pt. A
THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY conduct of (ground for departure) 5K2.10
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.3 defined (multiple counts) 3D1.2 n.2
hate crime motivation (adjustment) 3A1.1
THREAT TO THE ENVIRONMENT official victim (adjustment) 3A1.2
ground for departure (organizations) 8C4.4 order of notice to 5F1.4
order of notice to (organizations) 8B1.4
THREE-STEP PROCESS restraint of (adjustment) 3A1.3
generally (application instructions) 1B1.1 victim’s rights 6A1.5
vulnerable (adjustment) 3A1.1
TIME UNDER SUPERVISION
generally (no credit for) 7B1.5 VICTIM CONDUCT
ground for departure 5K2.10
TORTURE
ground for departure 5K2.8 VICTIMS’ RIGHTS
generally 6A1.5
TRIBAL COURT SENTENCES
generally 4A1.2(i) VIOLATION WARRANT
ground for departure 4A1.3 n.2(C) criminal history 4A1.2(m)
TRUST, ABUSE OF POSITION OF VIOLATIONS OF CONDITIONS OF
Chapter Three adjustment 3B1.3 PROBATION (ORGANIZATIONS)
generally 8F1.1
UNCHARGED CONDUCT
ground for departure 5K2.21 VIOLATIONS OF PROBATION AND
SUPERVISED RELEASE
UNDISCHARGED TERM OF see also REVOCATION OF PROBATION OR
IMPRISONMENT SUPERVISED RELEASE
imposition of a sentence on a generally Ch. 7
defendant subject to 5G1.3 reporting of 7B1.2
UNIT OF THE ORGANIZATION VIOLENCE
defined 8C2.5 n.2 see CRIME OF VIOLENCE; DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
UNLAWFUL RESTRAINT OF VICTIM VIOLENT FELONY
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.3 generally 4B1.4 n.1
ground for departure 5K2.4
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 607
INDEX
VIOLENT STREET GANGS WEAPONS, POSSESSION OF
ground for departure 5K2.18 condition of probation 5B1.3(c)(10)
condition of supervised release 5D1.3(c)(10)
VOCATIONAL SKILLS
ground for departure 5H1.2 WILLFULLY IGNORANT OF THE
OFFENSE
VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURE OF defined (organizations) 8A1.2 n.3
OFFENSE
ground for departure 5K2.16 YOUTHFUL LACK OF GUIDANCE
see LACK OF GUIDANCE AS YOUTH
VULNERABLE VICTIM
Chapter Three adjustment 3A1.1 YOUTHFULNESS OF THE DEFENDANT
ground for departure 5H1.1
WARRANT, EFFECT OF A VIOLATION
criminal history 4A1.2(m) ZERO-POINT OFFENDERS
adjustment 4C1.1
WEAPON, DANGEROUS imposition of term of imprisonment 5C1.1 n.10
defined 1B1.1 n.1
ZONES (ON THE SENTENCING TABLE)
WEAPONS AND DANGEROUS see also SENTENCING TABLE
INSTRUMENTALITIES sentencing options relating to 5B1.1; 5C1.1
ground for departure 5K2.6
608 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
DEPARTURES
LIST OF DEPARTURE PROVISIONS
This list identifies provisions in the Guidelines Manual that indicate when a departure based on a
specific ground may be warranted.
In the list that follows, the guideline provision is printed in bold type if it involves a downward
departure and italic type if it involves an upward departure. (Where the guideline provision could involve
either an upward departure or a downward departure, depending on the circumstances, the guideline
provision is printed in normal, roman type.)
For departures generally, including provisions setting forth the standards that apply in determining
whether a departure is warranted, provisions indicating certain factors that are not relevant (or not ordi-
narily relevant) in determining whether a departure is warranted, and provisions indicating certain cir-
cumstances that are prohibited as grounds for departure, see Chapter Five, Parts H (Specific Offender
Characteristics) and K (Departures). For departures with regard to organizations, see Chapter Eight,
Part C, Subpart 4 (Departures from the Guideline Fine Range).
For the definition of “departure” and related terms, see §1B1.1 (Application Instructions), Applica-
tion Note 1(E).
For the use of departures in determining the sentence, see §1B1.1(b). For the information to be used
in determining whether a departure is warranted, see §§1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sen-
tence (Selecting a Point Within the Guideline Range or Departing from the Guideline) and 1B1.8 (Use of
Certain Information). Other procedural provisions applicable to departures include §§5K2.0(e) (Require-
ment of Specific Written Reasons for Departure), 6A1.4 (Notice of Possible Departure), and 6B1.2 (Stand-
ards for Acceptance of Plea Agreements).
As an aid to understanding the role of departures in the guidelines, see Chapter One, Part A, Sub-
part 1(4)(b) (Departures).
The list is as follows:
CHAPTER ONE 2B1.1, comment. (n.21(B))
1B1.3, comment. (n.3(B)) 2B1.1, comment. (n.21(C))
1B1.3, comment. (n.6(B)) 2B1.1, comment. (n.21(D))
2B1.5, comment. (n.9)
CHAPTER TWO 2B2.1, comment. (backg’d.)
2A1.1, comment. (n.2(B)) 2B3.1, comment. (n.5)
2A1.2, comment. (n.1) 2B3.2, comment. (n.7)
2A2.1, comment. (n.2) 2B3.2, comment. (n.8)
2A2.4, comment. (n.3) 2B5.3, comment. (n.5)
2A3.1, comment. (n.6) 2C1.1, comment. (n.7)
2A3.2, comment. (n.6) 2C1.1, comment. (n.7)
2A3.6, comment. (n.4) 2C1.8, comment. (n.4)
2A5.3, comment. (n.2) 2D1.1, comment. (n.3)
2A6.1, comment. (n.4(B)) 2D1.1, comment. (n.10)
2A6.2, comment. (n.5) 2D1.1, comment. (n.18(A))
2B1.1, comment. (n.8(A)) 2D1.1, comment. (n.22(B))
2B1.1, comment. (n.21(A)) 2D1.1, comment. (n.27(A))
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 609
DEPARTURES
2D1.1, comment. (n.27(B)) 2L2.2, comment. (n.6)
2D1.1, comment. (n.27(C)) 2M3.1, comment. (n.2)
2D1.1, comment. (n.27(C)) 2M3.1, comment. (n.3)
2D1.1, comment. (n.27(D)(i)) 2M4.1, comment. (n.1)
2D1.1, comment. (n.27(D)(ii)) 2M5.1, comment. (n.3(A))
2D1.5, comment. (n.2) 2M5.1, comment. (n.3(B))
2D1.7, comment. (n.1) 2M5.2, comment. (n.1)
2D1.7, comment. (n.1) 2M5.2, comment. (n.2)
2D1.11, comment. (n.1(C)) 2M5.3, comment. (n.2(A))
2D1.11, comment. (n.4) 2M5.3, comment. (n.2(B))
2D1.12, comment. (n.1) 2N1.1, comment. (n.1)
2D1.12, comment. (n.3) 2N1.1, comment. (n.1)
2D2.1, comment. (n.1) 2N1.2, comment. (n.1)
2D2.3, comment. (backg’d.) 2N1.3, comment. (n.1)
2D2.3, comment. (backg’d.) 2N2.1, comment. (n.1)
2E1.1, comment. (n.4) 2N2.1, comment. (n.3(A))
2E3.1, comment. (n.2) 2N2.1, comment. (n.3(B))
2G1.1, comment. (n.2) 2P1.1, comment. (n.4)
2G1.1, comment. (n.6) 2P1.3, comment. (n.1)
2G1.3, comment. (n.7) 2Q1.1, comment. (n.1)
2G2.1, comment. (n.8) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.4)
2G2.2, comment. (n.6(B)(i)) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.5)
2G2.2, comment. (n.6(B)(ii)) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.6)
2G2.2, comment. (n.9) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.7)
2G2.2, comment. (n.9) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.8)
2H2.1, comment. (n.1) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.9(A))
2H3.1, comment. (n.5) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.9(B))
2H4.1, comment. (n.3) 2Q1.2, comment. (n.9(C))
2H4.1, comment. (n.4) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.3)
2J1.2, comment. (n.4) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.4)
2J1.2, comment. (n.4) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.5)
2J1.3, comment. (n.4) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.5)
2J1.6, comment. (n.4) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.6)
2K1.3, comment. (n.10) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.7)
2K1.3, comment. (n.11) 2Q1.3, comment. (n.8)
2K1.4, comment. (n.3) 2Q1.4, comment. (n.3(A))
2K2.1, comment. (n.7) 2Q1.4, comment. (n.3(B))
2K2.1, comment. (n.11) 2Q1.4, comment. (n.3(B))
2K2.1, comment. (n.13(B)) 2Q2.1, comment. (n.5)
2K2.1, comment. (n.14(D)) 2R1.1, comment. (n.7)
2K2.4, comment. (n.2(B)) 2T1.8, comment. (n.1)
2K2.4, comment. (n.4(C)) 2T2.1, comment. (n.2)
2K2.5, comment. (n.4) Ch. Two, Pt. T, Subpt. 3, intro. comment.
2L1.1, comment. (n.7) 2T3.1, comment. (n.2)
2L1.2, comment. (n.6) 2X5.1, comment. (n.2(B))
2L1.2, comment. (n.7) 2X7.2, comment. (n.1(A))
2L1.2, comment. (n.8) 2X7.2, comment. (n.1(B))
2L2.1, comment. (n.3)
2L2.1, comment. (n.5)
610 ║ Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024)
DEPARTURES
CHAPTER THREE 5K2.5, p.s.
3A1.1, comment. (n.4) 5K2.6, p.s.
3A1.2, comment. (n.5) 5K2.7, p.s.
3A1.3, comment. (n.3) 5K2.8, p.s.
3A1.4, comment. (n.4) 5K2.9, p.s.
3B1.1, comment. (n.2) 5K2.10, p.s.
3B1.4, comment. (n.3) 5K2.11, p.s.
3C1.2, comment. (n.2) 5K2.12, p.s.
3C1.2, comment. (n.6) 5K2.13, p.s.
3D1.3, comment. (n.4) 5K2.14, p.s.
3D1.4, comment. (backg’d.) 5K2.16, p.s.
3D1.4, comment. (backg’d.) 5K2.17, p.s.
5K2.18, p.s.
CHAPTER FOUR 5K2.20, p.s.
4A1.2, comment. (n.3(B)) 5K2.21, p.s.
4A1.2, comment. (n.8) 5K2.22, p.s.
4A1.3(a), p.s. 5K2.23, p.s.
4A1.3(b), p.s. 5K2.24, p.s.
4B1.1, comment. (n.4) 5K3.1, p.s.
4B1.2, comment. (n.4)
4B1.4, comment. (n.2) CHAPTER SEVEN
4C1.1, comment. (n.2) 7B1.4, comment. (n.2)
7B1.4, comment. (n.2)
CHAPTER FIVE 7B1.4, comment. (n.3)
5C1.1, comment. (n.10(B)) 7B1.4, comment. (n.4)
5D1.1, comment. (n.1)
5E1.2, comment. (n.4) CHAPTER EIGHT
5E1.2, comment. (n.4) 8C2.8, comment. (n.5)
5G1.3, comment. (n.4(E)) 8C2.8, comment. (backg’d.)
5G1.3, comment. (n.5) 8C4.1, p.s.
5H1.1, p.s. 8C4.2, p.s.
5H1.3, p.s. 8C4.3, p.s.
5H1.4, p.s. 8C4.4, p.s.
5H1.6, comment. (n.1(B)) 8C4.5, p.s.
5H1.11, p.s. 8C4.6, p.s.
5K1.1, p.s. 8C4.7, p.s.
5K2.0, p.s. 8C4.8, p.s.
5K2.1, p.s. 8C4.9, p.s.
5K2.2, p.s. 8C4.10, p.s.
5K2.3, p.s. 8C4.11, p.s.
5K2.4, p.s. 8C4.11, p.s.
Guidelines Manual (November 1, 2024) ║ 611
Online Edition of the 2024 Guidelines Manual
Take the Guidelines Manual on the go with the
Guidelines Manual Annotated and Guidelines App.
The annotated manual improves access to the history of
specific guideline and commentary provisions.
The app offers a mobile-friendly guidelines range calculator,
drug quantity calculator, drug conversion calculator, and more.
https://www.ussc.gov/guidelines https://guidelines.ussc.gov
Resources for Customizing Federal Sentencing Data
IDA
The Judiciary Sentencing INformation (JSIN) The Interactive Data Analyzer (IDA)
platform provides average sentences for is available to explore, filter, customize, and
similarly-situated defendants. visualize sentencing data and trends.
https://jsin.ussc.gov https://ida.ussc.gov
Other Commission Resources
Research & Data eLearning HelpLine
Access the latest Explore eLearning Get direct assistance with
Commission research courses on criminal applying the guidelines.
and data reports. history, relevant conduct,
and other topics.
https://www.ussc.gov/reports https://www.ussc.gov/elearning https://askussctraining.ussc.gov
File and source
- File
- GLMFull.pdf
- Size
- 4,582,032 bytes
- SHA-256
- 058ee1adb97bc6b93736c3a2122ab30b9108155ab92a917799f9eb62cebd47da
- Our copy
- GLMFull.pdf
- Original
- www.ussc.gov